Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington"

See other formats 


agaist ah rane 

aoe ao 

A a ENG 

Sh He BAK nee Mit Vi 

sath tit Crea) stant Mae 
i 


, ‘ 
' re scaly We a a WRIA GH 
‘ an rit ‘nal! he vn nor “ate i rit @ iit w hihi at 
Pr \ ’ on W000 
A oy A vn AAA LAD 4 Hh 


ily? De ‘ We in AY i pani ! in 


a ue THN 


nets ovr ny st 


ae iin bh 


ayaa veins 

alti eit ne in ee 

a phe stabs 
Pa Laces bh ANSE 


t 
eS 


4s yar ‘ A ay 
ped Wea ae 


shat 
Neda tin) 
Haney OU 


aye be tin tet 


w a 4 4 a ‘i 


poy mee er 
oT toy 


AIR nr 
net ny eat we Waddie H 
Rd REL ee 
eee ARR si eae) a 
Brrr SECTS eee neta) 
wie RON A WSUS TR ath pert hig Peo ay Us 
Rae Wn te bY eth Ho eer! 
Wosiouavae onc ceag ine tol toate 
Wiaae arent Tyg ey frye aN 8 uy bi wa ht 
We! 


1 SF 
yo bt rea 
shew insite Vite miter 
$09 a’ bum 
eee 


Beatin 


tiatat rye 
eed te L bau yf tal 


aan my anise shteshoat 
ek atec iy panne meNne Yr Ae cy Wy Wem 
i Aa a Pd et 
Weibel es sth ew Wath 
eens ve tay ARB si ke 


athens hotel 
AC TSe aie GET An Ut 
sy chee pv ahs 
Sacalodie bei jean 
y rbatanttae erie 


reese 
ha yo 
haa) 


Giwee 
Wins ea sna 
virethsmy anh 


‘ whe 

My ashe soa yada 
WE APO) eS Te 

diy AS ly 
go Baiaine 
ae ay 
Ye a 

we 


mob sie 
1 Wear eth 
eterna 


la altel 
aera 
vdyee aly thea tangy 


ee 
Ne a Meee 
Hieainy Me shai 


wey soe 
eet ih? adi Ba 
Mama teN es pa (Ash A TNS SS CM 
atin cg) Hy Agha: 
paren acne) 
Aetyshainu ey AS REDE ay 


, 
wav tora 
* xh we 


won WEG 


ASV Zt Aw iy 


" Tan eb pero 
Rata ei pit 
Non he he 


ats wey 
A viysiay sai 20s on 


9s HQ a Lee 
yo vere tenes Doron 


Yer hs pe PLT aS 
iM PANO SSHUsteELares Vide Suge Bem em oa Oye 


races beans wn 


sel hewey ad wey 
OAT Nata daa et bare 


a 7h) Gh 
nit Ses 


vi 
whey Dit sec 


’ . vos 
‘ vee ' van 
1 y 
f] 7 yea 


per daras gad PUES PRE " 
af) Hy inlet: rh seen 
Saige daedh ds fe a 
dudestiy bed te tg 


aa vis whe 
“7 


Ud De depet eed gl pact 
Mor bee g oth wks b peungnan 
ch haleg ” 


vhs ‘” 
Pf "ah aianaes Se ged ore 
Saas sinh 


4 i mA 

: Mage Bp a 14 Ut 9 gf 
US bbe Da perp MSH Ree 

Sate ined 

’ 


units 
eee 
1 


Meret Pay! 
’ 
aad Add 


aye 


be FEU EE Bs 
a) a i; 
frei 


‘ 
House ni 


ne 
hae id 


sein ei iv 


oo 
, MOY or tN ‘ 
vied aed ne ot Uipeaaly 
Weak daar Ltt eae bk i Ae Oe Re ee 

‘ ie ph ihe a 2 


BOv Sas Ny (Oo TW Arete ty | i , 
My ie ea 73 bat, De ; Sane, ; i . 
ati) YP : ed oe er : ‘ 
i ey SAR aie ria. : 1 1 f } 
i : 
4 
CONT nye ft tM Soe 
4 ui ih ww, D (tt j 
j igi Ai f yest ba nee i ae et te Uae oe ae he Py hi 
Vane “we Pu Bouin ‘Vay Bit weelirs 4 en iis. yet Bh “lt on bas 
anes 7h Ohashi) aes 7 oar ' = , ; Le 
; 7 aw Hii coating i i fe: al aks \ May! Ib 1 AY hee Op CRY 
er TMG By iy 7 one: th by ; 
thee Tap i ih iy ri wh Sty iia’ i a LE ae hy Ply i? Jee, 
“s awe peat fii: hie ligan% wri pave iron Minit 
om Hse wt i. ete Cee coe a A + PE rah % Hes ra 
7 #h ayiths tas te i ; ray rt rl 
Sy ili ‘ Aten 1 OAT: oto ah it haath: APRA? PY adh pe 
ed Pen wt ee Ie eateinidephne rari we Ree ee OS we» ob BA ¢ 
pas Tag ee’, Pa Vel elke | bak ris f Wars Tes ae lAG) my ie beg ay Ns * y 
yy ita 7 Crna te ae. | A ; ; . oF; 
ads | rit Mi ict ae were ew aie eSkk TS hie hes ae 
* ; Ts (oN LEA, ete yt, tye ae? 1 sn 
. a Datel ie De Dani ‘ R 
* r 
ee i aes, i Pe ee ey a / : oy 
ee wu Hialits at Jit ae 
bh fickdee. Ae Nettie Asa Oe, ° Mh TiN gst 
; p 5 a A ys ri 
A La An Bsa Biletwr (4 oF We Paralsstaeriobe. w% ae 
pla tab (tabla Th, cov eeeap ig MD ie ea ae ah 


Aker ta thoes a Al See?” ated Wife Dat ges. his 
ve ee \ Dak bay: pihinw tt, hy ie ap ie wads) Lent "7 eal ms a 
he ee Wee ty, 
eiRseo i" LA ee ae Pa al ile, ain ery Rawathaich is 
ie Mi Fp oth rhs eR R EY | Me Nia ; ‘es Beis De of Ral sek i) 
a he Whi wes ‘4 


Pie Aa Bee 1 toa “y ae actal ries we Bey pie ; 
oat Tyee n PRG 
gi, Hiwatian ba bahiak NALA gh pawilahon , i! 
oid Siiptiekl (te Wel) ree ota y 
a oped ted, At haetatinsie z =% 


~ ve ~* 


o sa Ubi pene hast Asai ainsi + dita aD 
me e. ‘ th if 


i hot 
awed ay ee Ae sh <ipuoah bh ‘Hab shed oF ol hein as 
‘ Ld ae oO iL ee » ane ih ‘ A Y 
Ver th | laeie, OB. A Fiabe Gan Riri TL lovin 05 ay, AA i . 
} Wis” Oar ania fy pe VA ite a aa als 1 AW - 


* 0 ih rapa! arian ‘is 


AS ow Me 1 iaioe ’ 


Ne tort wis ede) qt i dag 
i tl, isk sh ep 
My vai a 


a RHE 2 
bisa by ete Baier heir ae 


oe 
ite 


ah "a ae 
ail 7 
aN) ob ae a ' & 
: at : 


PABEEAOr CONTENT Ss. VYOrRUME 59 


ALLRED, D. M.: Mites Found on Mice of the Genus ae in Utah. 
Mesh ami yartacmosamasidaeaGAcarina) =. =e sone ES ee 

A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the 

Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Aeéa- 
LIN A) CEM Y SSL Ce) asec eee eee Ra LUTE Ae ee ee ee 
ARNAUD, P., Jr.:A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura 


(Diptera, ileus) cath hee eRe ha OR Ee aay Re al ee 
Baupur, W. V.: The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip- 
LIV) RR A a Bie te Paar a Nh ee cle VE z 
Barr, A. Re New Species of Gulicera ine Caneidaa from North 
PAIN CT: C2 0s 5 Ieee a ae i ee 


BELL, R. T.: Carabus auratus Ii (KC Yoleopter: a: Carabidae) in I] North America 
BeRNER, L.: A Mayfly Gynandromorph __ 22 ea ee coe SRE 5 ane AE eee 
BLAKE, Doris H.: A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera)... 
Burks, B. D.: A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a Host 
Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae) es 
(WER OUITRAS eINi elicitors SCCWILPAINIDS fll. 2 ees eee 
CUNLIFFE, F.: Notes on the Anystidae with a Description of a New Gait 
and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, Adamystinae 
@Alcarinay ip a hie ee Cy ee ee a eee 
Davis, H. G., and James, M. T.: Black Flies Attracted toe Mest ‘Bait (Dip- 
TREES, A Sohootull bse Ney)) + ee eee i US) eee ot ee 
DRAKE, C. J.: An Undescribed Apte Lous Meagade fon he fewlipuins (ile: 
MMT GOT A)! 8 es Ae Sg Dn) Sana on ee Nn ee a 
EpMuNpbS, G. F., Jr.: The Systematic Rel ationships of the Paleantarene 
Siphlonuridae (including Isonychiidae) (Ephemeroptera ) ~ A 
Epmunpbs, Lare R.: Observations on the Biology and Life History? of the 
Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister 
ELBEL, R. E.: See EMERSON, K. C.,__— Sa ae Sp Faiz sero A Len re eek ee 
Emerson, K. C.: New Species of Rallicola (ehitontendac. Mallophaga ) _ 
EMERSON, K. C., and ELBent, R. E.: New Species and Records of Mallophaga 
fromeGallinaceous birds, of) Lhatllande = 
Evans, Howarp E.: The North and Central American Species. ‘of Propisto- 
(ein: (Calyamemanterce’ 1Byewlindheeie)) ne ee 
FROESCHNER, R. C.: Perillus lunatus: ‘Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae ) 
TeV iom bana ate. 2 est, fe ee Pee 2 ee ee Se 
FULLAWAY, D. T.: A New Reared Opius from. Africa Seer Bra- 
COT AIG 5-2 rane Ra a ie cae aes ANE Be ion ee SR, 
GALINDO, P.: On the Validity of Haemagogus neeoae init Faleo Kumm et meni 
1946 (Diptera: Oiibvdidie patek ae wee Ne Sar tem MY eee ol ue, 
GALINDO, PEDRO: A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes (Sabe- 
thoides) chloropterus Humboldt ~~ 7 eee ee 
Hoop, J. D.: A Note on eae Laois Lactavnanvel) terns) alas) 2. ee 
Hurusutt, H. W.: See SLATER, J. park ee See a os 
Hussey, R. E.: A New Gargaphia a Florida (Hemiptera: ‘Tingidae) DENS. 
JAMES, M. T.: Some ee 1e Collected in South India (Diptera, Stratio- 
TIyAUClale)) es ee i OR Rs ret, os Re Ld on Be Ea ae 
JAMES, M. T.: See Davis, AL ron ech RS eae mel) Opens Le ee ee 


JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: See SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T._ £ 


KISSINGER, D. G.: Taxonomic notes on North American Apion OEE 
Curnculionid/alc}) iaeaaeeew enn ee 

KouHLs, GLEN M.: Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick fron a ao ive in uae 
1dad, Briishewwest indies) |CAcanima, lexodidac) i =. ees) 

KROMBEIN, K.'V., and ScuustEer, R. M.: A Review of the Typhoctinae 
GEiymenoptiena-aevinntililid ae} pee aameicen nr A egy econ Pees eh oe sll 


Lamore, D.: The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae, as 
a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Waleckenaer, Family Argiopidae, 


in) Prince Georges) Coumtiye lair ysl airy clleeseeees eee ee eee 79 
Lane, J., and CerqueEira, N. L.: The Validity and Change of Name of Two 
Species! of Waycomia (Diptera: Ch) EEE 244 
MELANDER, A. L.: A New TLachyempis (Diptera: Empididae) __..__...__.-....... 296 
MUESEBECK,, Co HA IW) See SHENE ROI (hy Dg ————————————— 129. 
Neuson, G. H.: A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination of 
Atizies (kemipteras 2 entatomii dae) eee ee OTT 
Saprosky, C. W.: The Throat Bot Fly: Gasterophilus nasalis or veterinus? 
@ipteras. ‘Gasterophilidae) 2 ee 
—————.: Two Overlooked Sourees of Type Designations for Genera. 171 
SarLer, R. I.: Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Synonym of Oebalus Stal, 1862, 
and A Note Concerning the Distribution of O. ornatus (Sailer) (Hemip- 
tera, Pentatomidae) =o. 2 ee ee ee 4] 
SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: On Some Microtine-Infest- 
haere SECM paar. (ONawoyovhoueey)) a ee nif 2508) See 279 
SCHUSTER) SRS MEE |S Ce Ra 0 MES HUNG DECC AV le pe LC) 
SELANDER, R. B.: Descriptions and Records of North American Meloidae. 
Wei @oleoptera,): co 2 ee ee ee ee 135 
SHENEFELT, R. D., and Murseseck, C. F. W.: Ashmead’s Meteoridea (Hy- 
menoptera::“Braconidae)) <= 2 ee ee 129 
SLATER, J. A., and Hurtseurt, H. W.: A Comparative Study of the Metatho- 
racic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) ao) ee 67 
Snyper, T. E.: A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81 
SOMMERMAN, K. M.: Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes) (Psocop- 
tera))sfrom” Texas. ee ee eR ee 125 
STEYSKAL, G. C.: The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philippine 
Dipterds= Vil >= 22 5eN fen en ee a a oe 90 
STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.: A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Associated 
With) Snails /CDip tera S com y.Z:G aie) pss eee ee ea eens 271 
STRANDTMANN, R. W., see TIBBETT, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W....._.- 
Summers, F. M.: American Species of Ledermuelleria and Ledermuelleri- 
opsis, with a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Aearina, Stig- 
maeidae; “Caligonellidae)) J2.2. 2 ee ee eee 49 
TIBBETTS, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W.: The Snake Mite Parasites of the 
Family Ixodorhynehidae (Mesostigmata), with Description of a New Spe- 
C1CSs LLOAOTNYNCHAULS GOT AON’: eee 265 
Topp, E. L.: Five New Species of Gelastocoridae with Comments on Other 
Species (@itemiptera,)) 2-2 ee ee ee eee 145 
TowNEs, H.: A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and Xoridini (Hymen- 
optera;. Ichneumonidae) 2.2.2 ee 15 
A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old World Ich- 
neumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan, Formosa, or 
North America (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) — a 100 
: A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of R. A. Cushman 248 
WALLIS, R. Ci: Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans 2 199 
WERNER, F. G.: A New Species of Hpicauta from the Gulf Coast of Texas 
(Coleoptera, -Meloidace) 2.23) ee ee ee 97 
WHEELER, G. C., and WHEELER, J.: The Larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera: 
Mormicidae): 2. 2 ee ee ee i 191 
WHEELER, J.:. See WHEELER, G: ©) 222. eee 191 
WILLIAMS, R. W.: Observations on the Breeding Habits of Some Heleidae 
of the Bermuda Islands (Diptera) 61 
——————. See WirTH; W. W... 2.025 eee By 
WINKLER, J. R.: Notes on Bionomies and Eeology of Moss Mites (Acari: 
Oribatel) 22.0 ine Ne a 3 eee 190, 270 
WirtH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.: The Biting Midges of the Bermuda 
Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species (Diptera, Heleidae) 5 


ii 


TOL. 59 | FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 


ALLRED, D. M.—Mites Found on Mice of the Genus Peromyscus 
in Utah. II Family Haemogamasidae (Acarina)——_________. Bhi: i) 


JAMES, M. T.—Some qe Collected in South India opie 
rr atiOMiyadae) ye eee eee pee 25 


KISSINGER, D. G.—Taxonomic Notes on North American Apion 
(Coleoptera, Curculionidae) ———_________ Ait e tees /2 40 


SABROSKY, C. W.—The Throat Bot Fly: Nee aera nasalis or 
veterinus? (Diptera, Gasterophilidae) —-______ ee ENT OE 


SAILER, R. I.—Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Snyonym of Oebalus 
Stal, 1862, and A Note Concerning the ‘Distribution of O. ornatus 
(Sailer) (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae): een oe ee ae | 


TOWNES, H.—A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and 


Xoridini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) —______ a 15 
WIRTH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.—The Biting Midges of 

the Bermuda Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species 

Riviriteti. EACIbIGme ye. coat eS EAD 
PAINIGRE CEI sy ee ay a 
ES AT ALR." MCE SN SRO ce ROL Oe ee wh 23 
OBITUARY—Norman Eugene McIndoo, 1881-1956__.__________-_-- 43 
SOCIETY MEETING—November, 1956 — = - 45 

DIV. INSA 


es @° Baer.” Saye 


THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON 


ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 


Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National 
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. 


MEMBERSHIP 


Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the 
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is 
$1.00 (U. S. currency). 


OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957 


Honorary President: 222) 42)! 3 oi re 2 Be ei eke eee R. E, SNODGRASS 
Presidente so: ea oR ilies AE oe Ue ee Een aS F, L. CAMPBELL 
Hirst Vice: President. ae." eee a ee ee R. I. SAILER 
SecondeVicewPresident. 42) S42) ee i) ee ee ee es SE ee R. H. NELSON 
Recording’ Sceretary =: oo Ae. le ee ee eee -KELLIE O’NEILL 
Corresponding Secretary. 1. ee a ee Kertyvin DorwaArD 
Preastrer:.< 0. ¢ iss Beet at Be Se eae ee ¥, P. HARRISON 
aditor'=—-* at a ee eee eee Aticn V. RENK 
Custodian: Se ot a a De ee eee H. J. CONKLE 
Program: Chairmant: ©2022) 0 ve ee eee eee eee J. F. G. CLARKE 
Executive Committee_______________. A. B. GuRNEY, T. L. BISSELL, R. A. ST. GEORGE 
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy 

of Sciences Vas he eee ee cei: eee ee C. F. W. MUESEBECK 
Honorary Members... ApAM G. Bovine, C. F. W. Mursrseck, H. G. BARBER 


The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Editor, and Treasurer should be ad- 
dressed as follows: 


Mr. Kelvin Dorward Mr. Herbert J. Conkle 

Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS 
U. 8. Department of Agriculture U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C. 

Miss Alice V. Renk Dr. Floyd P. Harrison 
Entomology Research Branch, ARS Department of Entomology 

U. 8. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland 

Room 3151, South Building College Park, Md. 


Washington 25, D. C. 


Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


VOL. 59 FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1 


THE THROAT BOT FLY: GASTEROPHILUS NASALIS OR VETERINUS? 
(DieTERA, GASTEROPHILIDAE ) 


Curtis W. Sasrosky, Entomology Research Branch, U. S, Department of 
Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


Adoption of the name Gasterophilus veterinus for the throat bot fly 
of horses in the latest taxonomic study of the Gasterophilidae, by 
Zumpt and Paterson (1953), has again raised the question of the 
proper scientific name for that species, long known to North American 
entomologists as Gasterophilus nasalis (l.). Authors who reject 
nasalis for a horse bot have applied the name instead to a deer nose bot 
called Cephenemyia trompe (Modeer) by other authors. 

In Opinion 106 of the International Commission on Zoological 
Nomenclature (1929), Cephenemyia was placed on the Official List of 
Generic Names with Oestrus trompe Fabricius as the type species 
(Fabricius actually credited the species to Modeer!). In the body of 
the Opinion, although not in the Summary, trompe is said to be a 
synonym of Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus. However, that is a zoological 
conclusion, and its acceptance or rejection is not affected by the 
Commission’s action relative to the generic name and its type species. 

After reviewing the evidence and the conflicting opinions, it is my 
conclusion that the proper scientific name of the throat bot fly should 
be Gasterophilus nasalis (u.)1 for three major reasons discussed below. 


(1) A Mixed Series and the First Reviser Rule 


Early descriptions of bot and warble flies (Oestridae in the old and 
very broad sense) soon involve one in uncertainty and confusion. 
Descriptions of adults, which are often brief and generalized, are 
combined with various statements of larval habitat, and it is difficult 
to be positive about what an author described or included. 

In four important publications of Linnaeus, species are described as 
follows in the genus Oestrus: 


1746. Fauna Suecica, ed. 1, pp. 306-307: Six species described; not named 


1pr. F. Zumpt, of the South African Institute for Medical Research at Johannes- 
burg, South Africa, has kindly permitted me to state that he has read the manu- 
script and agrees fully with the conclusions, at which he had arrived independently 
subsequent to his 1953 publication. I am also indebted to Dr. F. van Emden, of 
the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology at London, for suggestions and review 
of the manuscript. 


2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


binominally, but from comparison of data and references with the next three 
works, it is clear that the species are described in the following order: bovis, 
tarandi, nasalis, ovis, haemorrhoidalis, and a_ sixth species not subsequently 
referred to Oestrus. 

1758. Systema Naturae, ed. 10, pp. 584-585: Five species, in the order bovis, 
tarandi, nasalis, haemorrhoidalis, ovis. 

1761. Fauna Sueciea, ed. 2, pp. 428-430: Five species, in the same order as in 
1758. 

1767. Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, part 2, pp. 969-970: Five species in the 
same order as in 1758. 


By the order of listing of species, which is consistent throughout 
for bovis, tarandi, and nasalis, and by the references, one could con- 
clude that nasalis is the same throughout. If one considers only the 
1746 description and associated information, it seems certain that the 
deer nose bot was described. But the starting point for zoological 
names is the tenth edition of the Systema Naturae in 1758. Abbre- 
viated though it is, the diagnosis in the latter is markedly different 
from that in 1746, plus the fact that Linnaeus introduced the state- 
ment ‘‘ Habitat in Equorum fauce, per nares intrans.’’ The diagnosis 
has been interpreted by some able specialists (Aldrich 1926; van 
Emden in litt.) as applying perfectly to a species of Gasterophilus, 
and by other able specialists (Railliet 1918; Rodhain and Bequaert 
1920) as applying perfectly to a species of Cephenemyia. Its perfec- 
tion is clearly open to difference of opinion. It appears to me to agree 
most nearly with the usual appearance of the Gasterophilus which has 
been called nasalis. The habitat statement quoted above has long been 
dismissed as an erroneous observation by primitive peoples, a lapsus, 
or the erroneous association by Linnaeus of the habitat of still another 
—and non-Scandinavian — species, Rhinoestrus purpureus (Brauer). 
However, in view of the fact that throat bot larvae may in their early 
Stages attach to the throat or pharynx, sometimes in numbers, the 
habitat statement may represent a keen observation that was far 
ahead of its time and not appreciated. 

If therefore one considers only the diagnosis and habitat informa- 
tion of 1758, it is possible to conclude, from one point of view at least, 
that Linnaeus was indeed dealing with the horse bot that we know 
as Gasterophilus nasalis. However, he also cited species No. 1026 of 
the Fauna Suecica (1st edition), which is admittedly the deer nose 
bot. I believe that in all such cases one must consider all the informa- 
tion present,” including descriptive material, habitat, and references, 


“If this is not done, some peculiar situations will arise. For example, the 
original diagnosis of adult Oestrus bovis L. (now Hypoderma bovis, the northern 
cattle grub) is unmistakably that of the horse bot fly, Gasterophilus intestinalis 
(DeGeer), associated in error with the larvae living in the backs of cattle. DeGeer 
recognized the confusion, restricted bovis to the cattle pest, and proposed intesti- 
nalis for the horse bot fly. I doubt that anyone would insist on calling the horse 
bot fly Gasterophilus bovis on the basis of only the diagnosis part of the original 
publication. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


vo 


as representing the total species concept of the author, no matter how 
confused it may be by modern standards. Accordingly, I consider 
Oestrus nasalis Li. (1758) to have been based upon a mixture of 
species. It then becomes necessary to determine the first reviser, i.e., 
the first author who recognized that a mixture existed and who clearly 
restricted the name nasalis to one of its component parts. 


Linnaeus himself appears merely to have continued his confusion 
of 1758 in his later works. As far as I ean find, the first author who 
clearly recognized and resolved the confusion was Modeer (1786), who 
proposed Oestrus trompe for the deer nose bot, and restricted Oestrus 
nasalis to the horse bot. Under trompe he pointed out that Linnaeus 
described the species on deer, though not perfectly, in the first edition 
of the Fauna Suecica. However, wrote Modeer (pp. 134-5), ‘SA 
ereater error has occurred in the second edition of the same book, for 
in that there is an entirely different and quite separate description 
bearing on an entirely different little creature, entered under the 
name of nasalis (whose larva lives in the horse’s pharynx).’’? After 
noting the elimination of accompanying citations from Oestrus nasalis 
in the fifth edition of the Systema Naturae, Modeer stated that ‘‘From 
all this it can certainly be concluded that Oestrus trompe is far differ- 
ent from the nasalis cited in the more recent Fauna Suecica and the 
above-mentioned Systema...’’ (p. 135). Later, under nasalis, Modeer 
wrote that ‘‘There is no other author who has described this nose- 
sting fly [Nosstyng-fluga, i.e. Oestrus nasalis] except von Linné’’ (p. 
146) {Translations from Swedish by Miss Ruth Ericson]. 


Modeer’s work made a clear-cut distinction between trompe and 
nasalis, After his work, the name trompe was widely recognized by 
the great dipterists of the time (e.g., Fabricius, Fallén, Meigen, Zetter- 
stedt, etc.) as applying to a deer nose bot, and nasalis to a horse bot 
(either as the name of choice or as a synonym of veterinus ). 


(2) Substitute Name 


In 1797 Bracy Clark definitely accepted nasalis as applying to the 
throat bot fly, but renamed it veterinus only because he regarded the 
name nasalis as inappropriate (‘‘T have given it the name veterinus, 
because beasts of burden are particularly subject to it, in preference 
to the erroneous one of nasalis,’’ p. 313). Veterinus, which has been 
used for the throat bot fly by those authors who regard nasalis as a 
deer nose bot, is thus really only a substitute name for nasalis and 
neither a separate proposal nor a restriction. It is, however, an invalid 
substitute name, because zoological names are not to be rejected be- 
cause of inappropriateness (International Rules of Zoological Nomen- 
clature, Article 32); hence the proper specific name is nasalis, with 
veterinus as an objective synonym. 


4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


(3) Usage 


Although a few authors, chiefly taxonomists, have used nasalis L. 
for the deer nose bot and veterinus Clark for the throat bot fly of 
horses, predominant usage since Modeer (1786) has nasalis L. as the 
throat bot fly and trompe Modeer as the deer nose bot. As a purely 
practical approach, there will be less inconvenience and more contribu- 
tion to stability by maintaining that predominant usage. Otherwise, 
the specific names of two important economic species would have to 
be changed, including the transfer of the name nasalis from one 
species to another. We are not always so fortunate to find that usage 
and technical priority yield the same answer. 


LITERATURE CITED (other than references in text) 


Aldrich, J. M., 1926. What is Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus? Insecutor Inscitiae 
Menstruus 14: 15-16. 

Brauer, F., 1886. Nachtriige zur Monographie der Oestriden. Wien. Ent. Ztg. 5: 
289-304. 

Clark, Bracy, 1797. Observations on the genus Oestrus. Trans. Linnaean Soe. 
London 3: 289-329. 

Modeer, A., 1786. Styng-Flug-Sligtet (Oestrus). Svenska Vetenskaps Acad., Nya 
Handlingar 7: 125-158. 

Railliet, A., 1918. Sur la nomenclature de deux (strides du Cheval. Bull. Soe. 
Zool. France 43: 102-104. 

Rodhain, J. and Bequaert, J., 1920. Oestrides d’antilopes et de zébres .. . aveé 
un conspectus du genre Gasterophilus. Revue Zool. Africaine 8: 169-228. 
Zumpt, F. and Paterson, H. E., 1953. Studies on the family Gasterophilidae. Jour. 

Ent. Soc. S. Africa 16: 59-72. 


ANNUAL MOSQUITO MEETING 


The 13th annual meeting of the American Mosquito Control Association, Inc., 
will be held in the Di Lido Hotel at Miami Beach, Florida, April 28 to May 2, 
1957. Subjects of invitational papers include a report of the worldwide malaria 
eradication program, an evaluation of insect resistance to insecticides and its 
future significance on a worldwide basis, a report of the present status and 
future possibilities of biological control of mosquitoes, and a discussion of the 
importance of the relationship of taxonomy to mosquito control. 


PLAN NOW TO ATTEND!!! 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or 
less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication. References 
to literature should be ineluded in the text. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 5 


THE BITING MIDGES OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS, 
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES' 


(DiprprRA, HELEIDAE) 


Witurs W. Wirt? and Roger W. WinuiAmMs’ 


During June and July, 1955, the junior author conducted light- 
trap and recovery-cage studies of the Heleidae in each of the several 
parishes of Bermuda, and made observations on their breeding habits, 
which he will report on separately. Two pairs of recovery cages were 
placed for weekly periods in each of 15 areas, and a mosquito lght 
trap was operated for a week in each of 7 of the areas and for 4 days 
at the Biological Station. In this study 13 species of Heleidae, rep- 
resenting 4 genera, were taken, of which 5 species are new to science. 

In the taxonomic descriptions the following terms should be defined : 
‘* Antennal ratio’? (AR) is the value obtained by dividing the com- 
bined lengths of the five elongated distal segments by the combined 
leneths of the preceding eight, or XI-XV over III-X (in Pterobosca 
the ratio is X-X'V over III-IX). ‘‘Tarsal ratio (TR) is the value ob- 
tained by dividing the length of the hind basitarsus by the length of 
the second hind tarsomere. Wing length is measured exactly from the 
basal arculus to the wing tip. The Tillyard modification of the Com- 
stock-Needham system of wing venation is used whereby the branches 
of the anterior fork are called M,; and Mz and the branches of the 
posterior fork M34 and Cu,. The types of the new species here de- 
scribed and most of the material studied are deposited in the U.S. 
National Museum in Washington, D. C. Paratypes and other speci- 
mens when available will be furnished the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology in Cambridge, Mass., the British Museum (Natural History ) 
in London, and the Bermuda Biological Station, St. George’s, 
Bermuda. 

Johnson (1913) mentioned only two species of the family Heleidae 
(= Ceratopogonidae) from the Bermuda Islands. One, which he de- 
scribed as new under the name Ceratopogon fur, was actually Ptero- 
bosca fusicornis (Coquillett) ; the second species he referred to only 
as Ceratopogon sp., without notes that would give us a clue to its 
identity. Ogilvie (1928) does not mention this family as occurring 
in Bermuda, nor does Waterston (1940). 


1Contribution No. 226 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was sup- 
ported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick Fellow- 
ship granted to the junior author by the Bermuda Biological Station for investi- 
gation of the Culicoides of the Bermudas. Thanks are due Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr., 
director of the Biological Station, for assistance and to members of the Bermuda 
Agriculture Experiment Station, Gordon R. Groves, director, Idwal Wyn Hughs, 
assistant director, J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist, and C. A. Baker, hor- 
ticulturist, for transporting equipment and identifying the plants. 

*Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture. 

® School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine of the Faculty of Medi- 
cine, Columbia University. 


6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


KEY TO THE BERMUDA SPECIES OF HELEIDAH 


(Based primarily on females) 


1. Fore femur with strong ventral spines; tarsal claws large; macrotrichia 
of wing absent; wing with only one radial cell, the costa extending to 

0:72 0£ distance to wine tipi Blatt ae ae 14. Bezzia atlantica, n. sp. 
Fore femur without ventral spines; tarsal claws small; macrotrichia pres- 
ent on wing, usually abundant; wing with two radial cells present; 


costa extending to less than 0.6 of distance to wing tip... - 2 
2. Empodium well developed; wing with abundant, long appressed macro- 
trichia; first radial cell narrow, second radial cell not sharply angled 
awoapexcs = So. gh NS eee OEY Sak A oe ee oa ek a ce es See SSN, 3} 
Empodium absent; wing with sparse, suberect macrotrichia — 5206 
3. Terminal six segments of antenna elongated; empodium greatly developed, 
OPN GLEL ND espers RU Reg aye seers, etter 2 eee aos 1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett) 
Terminal five segments of antenna elongated; empodium normal, small; 
AREA OHS 1s bp Sek SS eet e os 2 ed SNS). Sips st Vie G8 ee 4 


4. TR 0.5; mesonotum with pale mesal longitudinal band; pleuron with 
transverse dark band; legs with apices of femora and bases of tibiae 
dark; wing without pale spots; halter brown _.3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie 

TR 1.0-1.3; mesonotum unicolorous brown; pleuron not banded; legs 
banded or unbanded; wing with or without pale spots; halter pale or 


Jaro yannte oem eee eee ies 2 ee Fe Ss ee ee ee 5 
5. TR 1.0; legs with broad pale and dark bands; wing with pattern of pale 
Spots; halter knob, brownish 2 5s 4. Forcipomyia varipennis, n. sp. 
TR 1.3; legs unbanded; wing uniformly brownish gray; halter pale 
Bh meer Senet Senta he a Doe 25 2 ow  Yicu) Mente 2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter 
6. First radial cell nearly or completely obliterated, second obliterated or 
square-ended; humeral pits not developed; eyes pubescent; wing hyaline 
without: «color .pattern 2253) i bine wee here ee eee 7 
First and second radial cells well developed, subequal; humeral pits well 
developed; eyes bare; wing usually with pattern of pale spots... 12 
7. Abdominal terga with posterior borders narrowly white; large species 
Gwanowellailsd: <mimir tone) ) ise eh eee Pe Tinea Wie ea ee 8 


Abdominal terga uniformly blackish; small species (wing 0.65-0.9 mm. 
Waralfes Ve Wks ee WD aie Ni camer Ie ee Man RCN Med ea ene Ee. 10 
8. Abdominal pleura dappled with many small black streaks; large species 
(wing 1.4 mm. long); mesonotum with median tuft of seale-like bristles 
SLT See RUE ES Rosie Bt REPL ED WeeMe 6 40 SEO Nee Sir ie Le dill 5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett ) 
Abdominal pleura uniformly pale or with several large dark areas; medium 
sized species (wing 1-1.2 mm. long); mesonotum without median tuft of 
seale-like bristles 
Mesonotum grayish green pollinose; abdominal pleura III-VI extensively 
Pa Vee SIN i el Re yeas nies FES 6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett ) 
Mesonotum yellowish brown with three obscure darker brown vittae; 
abdomen without dark areas on pleura III-VI 


Bz 


walea se, 7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, n. sp. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 1 


10. Thorax uniformly dull, jet-black; male dististyle bifid... == 
Seer uiubt ens Paani a nie, ANUS A, Oak a 8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie 

Thorax shining brown to black with yellow scutellum, humeri and pre 
seutellar and supra-alar spots; male dististyle simple... == =iDl 

11. Antennal segments longer, segment XI 1.39 times as long as X; second 

radial cell twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.04 mm. in diameter 

with sclerotized base of duct one-third as long as diameter of sperma- 
theca; male genitalia as in figure 1_____.._-.________ 9, Dasyhelea atlantis, n. sp. 

Antennal segments shorter, segment XI 1.25 times as long as X; second 

radial cell not twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.06 mm. in diame- 

ter with base of duct sclerotized only a short distance; male genitalia as 


FUP MCST LE WIT Ge) oe ee epee cet ow CNet ce eel BY abe 10. Dasyhelea bermudae, n. sp. 

12. Color subshining pale yellow; wing without pattern; two spermathecae 
OE OSC NN eee sere ere cee a ee 11. Culicoides floridensis Beck 

Color pruinose grayish brown; wing with pattern of large pale areas; 
oulyzoneuspermathecar present te. sls iia Te ee ee ees 13 


13. Wing markings consisting of sharply defined pale areas, second radial cell 
blackish to tip; mesonotum with prominent pattern .....___»_»_S 

I MOE IN ses ee AN SE eee NO uney LI he N 12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch 
Wing markings not sharply defined; second radial cell yellowish at the 
extromerapex; mesonotum without pattern = = = = 

iy A TRS ples bl Pe ae Me ce Wee BR Poe eee ep 13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams 


1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett) 


Ceratopogon fusicornis Coquillett, 1905, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 13: 63 (female; 
Biscayne Bay, Florida). 

Pterobosca fusicornis Johannsen, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 117 (vecords; syn.: 
macfiei Costa Lima and floridana Johannsen). 

Ceratopogon fur Johnson, 1913, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 444 (female; Ber- 
muda; fig. wing; attached to a small agrionid dragonfly). NEW 
SYNONYMY. 

The two cotypes of Ceratopogon fur in the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology at Harvard University were examined through the courtesy 
of Dr. P. J. Darlington. One female is attached to the thorax of the 
agrionid host at the membranous portion at the base of the wings, with 
the proboscis of the midge parasite piercing the integument of the 
host. The other cotype female which was glued to a eard point on a 
separate pin was dissected and mounted on a slide by the senior 
author. Examination of the following characters shows the species to 
be the same as Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), the type of which 
was used for comparison. Eyes bare; third palpal segment with a 
shallow, definite pit; tarsal ratio 3.0; tarsal claws each deeply cleft 
and the two parts each broadly expanded, bladelike ; empodium large 
and broad, modified for clinging; wing 1.13 mm. long, with moderately 
dense, long, suberect hairs arranged in lines, with narrow bare lines 
along the veins; halter brown; legs brown; thorax shining brown, with 
brown hairs, scutellum slightly paler. This species, which was not 


8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


taken in the present study, was the only named species of the family 
previously known from Bermuda. 


2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter 


Forcipomyia ingrami Carter, 1919, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 12: 290 (male, fe- 
male; Gold Coast; fig. antenna, wing, tarsus, palpus, genitalia, larva, pupa) ; 
Edwards, 1928, Ins. of Samoa, pt. VI, fase. 2, p. 51 (Samoa); Macfie, 1933, 
B. P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 114: 94 (Marquesas Ids.) ; Macfie, 1934, Stylops 3: 
133 (Hawaii) ; Macfie, 1934, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 28: 179 (Malaya). 


Specimens examined: 16 males, 314 females, in light traps from 
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Pampas Farm (South Shore 
Marsh), Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton 
Marsh, and Evans Pond, and in recovery cages from Pampas Farm, 
Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh, 
and Southampton Marsh. 

Forcipomyia ingrami is a pale brown, unmarked species with female 
TR about 1.3, the male TR from 0.8 to 1.1. The male genitalia offer the 
best characters for the separation of ingrami from the related species 
such as calcarata (Coquillett) from Mexico and quasiingranuw from 
Brazil; in ingrami the aedeagus is in the form of a truncated cone and 
the sclerotized band of the parameres is broadly U-shaped rather than 
narrowly V-shaped anteriorly. 

Macfie’s records of ingrami from Trinidad were later referred by 
him to quasiingrami, and the present record constitutes the first 
authentic record of ingrami from the Western Hemisphere. 


3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie 


Forcipomyia raleighi Maefie, 1938, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 7: 160 (male, 
female; Trinidad; fig. male genitalia). 


Specimens examined: 77 males, 36 females, in lght traps from 
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh, 
Southampton Marsh and Evans Pond. 

Forcipomyia raleight is easily recognized by its short basitarsus 
(TR about 0.5), plain wings, mesally pale mesonotum, dark halteres 
and dark-banded pleura and banded abdomen. It is widely distributed 
in the Caribbean area. 


4, Forcipomyia varipennis, new species 


Female.—Length of wing 0.67 mm. 

Head brown, eyes bare. Antenna with flagellar segments in proportion of 
13 :12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:18:18:18:23, AR 0.95, proximal flagellar segments 
short, tapering, segments XI-XIV vase-shaped with short distal necks, last segment 
with terminal papilla which has a spherical tip. Palpal segments in proportion of 
10:10:20:10:10, third segment greatly swollen to apex, three-fourths as broad as 
long, with a large, deep, sensory cavity opening by a small pore. Mouthparts 
rudimentary, mandibles not developed. 

Thorax dark brown, mesonotum and secutellum with numerous long, mixed 


PROG. ENT, SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 9 


brown and golden, upright hairs and appressed slender, yellowish scales. Coxae 
yellowish; fore and hind tibiae with narrow sub-basal and broader subapical brown 
bands, the latter subequal in width to the yellowish band of each side; mid tibia 
brown except at extreme base and apex; tarsi brown with narrow segmental yellow 
bands. Legs with numerous long, upright, stiff hairs and appressed, narrow, 
striated scales; six spines in hind tibial comb; hind tibial spur almost half as long 
as basitarsus, scaly at base; TR 1.0; claws slender and curved, simple. 

Wing with abundant long, striated, blackish scales; adorned with small yellow- 
ish anterior spot past end of costa and irregular, diffuse, paler areas on distal and 
posterior portions. Halter knob brownish. Abdomen dark brown with numerous 
dark brown hairs and slender scales. Spermathecae two, subequal, elongate oval, 
each measuring 0.035 by 0.055 mm. 


Holotype-—Female, Warwick Pond, Bermuda, 4 July 1955, R. W. 
Wilhams, recovery cage (type No. 62916, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes.—8 
females, Bermuda, same data as type; 1 female, Warwick Marsh, 
recovery cage, 4 July 1955. Purrro Rico—1 female, El Yunque, 20-23 
March, 1954, J. Maldonado and 8S. Medina. UNrrep Stares—1 female, 
Brownsville, Texas, 1 October 1951, A. B. Gurney, palm grove. GUATE- 
MALA—2, females, Actenango, 22 June 1951, Gibson and Ascoli, at 
hght; 1 female, Yepocapa, 26 ‘July Os Gibson and Ascoli, at light. 

“Forcipomyia. cinctipes (Coquillett) from United States (type local- 
ity, Florida )is very similar, but has pale halteres, dark coxae, femora 
dark nearly to bases, the second dark band on hind tibia is twice as 
broad as the pale bands on each side, the third palpal segment is not 
greatly swollen and has a small sensory pit and the size averages larger 
(wing up to 1.4 mm. long). Forcipomyia ornatipennis Macfie from 
Brazil is also related, but also is a larger species (wing 1.3-1.4 mm. 
long) with three large pale spots on the anterior margin of the female 
wing, halteres pale, and the legs have more extensive yellow bands on 
the femora and mid tibia. Macfie’s reference (1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 
96) to a damaged male specimen of ornatipennis from Costa Rica prob- 
ably refers to varipennis. 


5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett) 


Ceratopogon cinctus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 605 (female; 
Lake Worth, Florida). 

Dasyhelea cincta, Johannsen, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer, 36: 778; Wirth, 1952, 
Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 150 (male, baa fig. wing, antenna, palpus, 
spermathecae, male genitalia; many U. S. localities). 


Specimens examined: 7 males, 18 panies from recovery cages at 
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, and Southampton Marsh. 

This is a relatively large species (wing about 1.4 mm. long) with 
pruinose bluish-black mesonotum spotted with yellowish, especially on 
the borders, and bearing a tuft of black scale-like bristles in the middle 
of the mesonotum; wings with bare lines, abdomen with posterior 
borders of terga white and abdominal pleura with many small black 
streaks. 


10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett ) 


Ceratopogon griseus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 602 (female; 
Washington, D. C., Lake Worth, Florida). 

Dasyhelea grisea Thomsen, 1935, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 43: 283; Wirth, 1952, 
Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 155 (male, female; many U. S. localities; fig. 
antenna, palpus, male genitalia). 


Specimens examined: 19 males, 45 females, from recovery cage at 
Warwick Marsh. 

This moderate sized (wine 1-1.2 mm. long) species can be recog- 
nized by its uniformly grayish-green pollinose mesonotum with three 
narrow darker setigerous vittae; wine with sparse hairs and bare 
lines; legs pale with blackish knees; abdomen black above, the apices 
of segments narrowly white-margined; pleura of abdominal segments 
II-VI extensively black; spermatheca one, oval with a short sclero- 
tized neck; male genitalia with blunt dististyle, a distinct sclerotized 
hook on mesal margin of basistyle, ninth sternum not produced caudad, 
and apicolateral processes of ninth tergum well developed. 


7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, new species 


Female.—Length of wing 1.0 mm. 

Structurally nearly identical with grisea (Coquillett). Mesonotum yellowish 
brown with three broad, obscure, darker, dull, grayish-brown vittae; halter knob 
yellowish; abdominal pleura without integumental dark patches on segments III- 
VI, but with denser, longer, conspicuous patches of brownish bristly hairs; all 
hairs of body slightly longer and more conspicuous than in grisea. 

Male.—Mesonotum uniformly dark brown with heavy bluish-gray pollinosity ; 
scutellum dull yellowish brown. Genitalia with spine of apicolateral processes of 
ninth tergum short and stout. Otherwise as in grisea. 


Types.—Holotype female, allotype male, Bermuda, from recovery 
cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955, R. W. Willams (type No. 
62917, U.S.N.M., mounted on slides). Paratypes: 250 males, females, 
Bermuda, from recovery cages at Spittal Pond, Trott’s Pond, Paget 
Marsh, Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Evans Pond, Southampton 
Marsh and Mid-Ocean Country Club Pond, and in the light trap at 
Spittal Pond. Also the following paratypes: United States—22 males, 
7 females, Lake Worth, Florida, 9 August 1951, W. W. Wirth, light 
trap; 7 males, 13 females, North Miami Beach, Florida, 18 April 1951, 
J. E. Porter, hight trap; 3 females, Lake Charles, Louisiana, 9 June 
1917, J. M. Aldrich ; 2 females, Galveston, Texas, 16 April 1905, W. D. 
Pierce, on Tamarix gallica. Bahamas—1 female, South Bimini Island, 
June 1951, Cazier and Vaurie. 

This species is evidently a salt marsh relative of Dasyhelea grisea 
(Coquillett), with which it occasionally occurs, but without showing 
evidence of interbreeding. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 11 


8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie 
Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 20: 15 (male; Trini- 
dad; fig. genitalia) ; Macfie, 1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 103 (male, female; Costa 
Rica). 

Specimens examined: 2 males, 1 female, Paget Marsh, light trap, 
28 June and 1 male, Evans Pond, in hght trap, 12-18 July 1955. 

The uniformly dull, jet-black color with only the halteres white, 
small size (wing 0.9 mm. long) and the bifid male dististvles will 
readily identify this species. 

9. Dasyhelea atlantis, new species 
(Figure 1) 

Male, female.—Length of wing 0.75-0.8 mm. 

Color in specimens preserved in alcohol shining dark brown; male mesonotum 
uniformly blackish, female mesonotum paler brown with humeri, supra-alar spots 
and a pair of oval spots in prescutellar depression, yellowish. Scutellum yellowish, 
with six bristles; postscutellum and pleuron dark brown. Antenna brown, palpus 
yellowish; legs yellowish, femora and tibiae more or less infuscated; halter knob 
whitish, stem dark; wing grayish hyaline, the radial cells slightly darkened; 
abdominal terga uniformly blackish. Eye pubescent. Antenna with flagellar seg- 
ments in proportion of 15:10:11:11:12:12:13:13:18:18:18:18:25; tenth segment 
1.6 times as long as broad; last segment without terminal stylet. Palpal segments 
in proportion of 15:25:12:12. TR 2.4; six or seven spines in hind tibial comb. 
Wing with second radial cell twice as long as broad, macrotrichia numerous, 
arranged in lines on disc but forming patches on distal and posterior wing mar- 
gins. Spermatheca one, subspherical, diameter about 0.04 mm., with a very slender 
sclerotized duct one-third as long as diameter of spermatheca. Male genitalia as 
in figure 1. 

Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Trott’s Pond, 10 
June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62919, U.S.N.M., on slide). Allo- 
type—Female, from recovery cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955. 
Paratypes.—About 700 males and females, from recovery cages, during 
June and July from Lovers Lake, Wilkinson Pond, Trott’s Pond, 
Spittal Pond, Warwick Pond, Seymour Pond, Evans Pond, Pilchard 
Bay and Mid-Ocean Country Club Ponds, and from the heht trap at 
Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955. 


10. Dasyhelea bermudae, new species 

(Figure 2) 
Male, female. 
Very similar in color markings to atlantis, the shining blackish mesonotum with 


Length of wing 0.65-0.70 mm. 


yellowish humeri and preseutellar spots outstanding. Structurally as in atlantis, 
but differing as follows: Antennal segments slightly shorter, flagellar segments in 
proportion 15:12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:15:15:15:20. Wimg slightly hairier, sec- 
ond radial cell not quite as long as broad. Spermatheea larger, diameter about 
0.06 mm., the base of the duct sclerotized only a short distance. Male genitalia 
quite different, as in figure 2. 


12 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Warwick Pond, 
4 July 1955, R. W. W illiams (type No. 62918, U.S.N.M., on slide). 
Allotype. Female, from recovery cage at Pampas Farm, 21-27 June 
1955. Paratypes.—50 males, 75 females, from recovery cages during 
June and July at Pampas Farm, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, 
Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Seymour Pond, and Southampton 
Marsh. 


1 2 


Fig. 1, male genitalia of Dasyhelea atlantis; fig. 2, male genitalia of Dasyhelea 
bermudae. The stippling represents areas of greater sclerotization. 


11. Culicoides floridensis Beck 


Culicoides floridensis Beck, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 135 (male, female; Florida; 
fig. male genitalia). 


Specimens examined: Only 3 males and 3 females were taken, these 
in the light trap at Wilkinson Pond. 

Culicoides floridensis is somewhat similar to melleus of the Atlantie 
and Gulf Coasts of the United States, in that it is a pale yellowish 
species with unspotted wings, but the wings of floridensis are relatively 
barer and the female has the spermathecae less heavily sclerotized. 
The male genitalia of floridensis have normal dististyles, conspicuously 
spinose parameres, and a V-shaped aedeagus, whereas those of melleus 
have the dististyles conspicuously bent, the parameres simple and the 
aedeagus massive, with high arch and truneate tip. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 13 


12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch 


Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch, 1915, Bull. Illinois St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 10: 303 
(male, female; Illinois, Michigan, Arizona; fig. wing, mesonotum, male 
antenna, genitalia) ; Foote and Pratt, 1954, Pub. Hlth. Monogr. 18: 19 (re- 
described, records, fig. wing, mesonotum, palpus, male genitalia). 


Specimens examined: 176 females and 74 males from a light trap 
at Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Pampas Farm, 
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton Marsh, and Evans Pond, 
and 577 males and 658 females from recovery cages at Pampas Farm, 
Devonshire March, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh, 
Seymour Pond, Southampton Marsh, Pilchard Bay, and the larger of 
the two Mid-Ocean Golf Course Ponds. 

This species is a close relative of canithorax Hoffman and alaskensis 
Wirth from North America, as well as bermudensis with which it was 
associated in Bermuda. Crepuscularis can be distinguished from these 
species by its conspicuous wing pattern of definite rounded spots and 
by the prominent mesonotal pattern consisting of a median longi- 
tudinal diamond-shaped anterior band and a pair of crescent-shaped 
lateral bands which are dark brown on a pruinose grayish background. 


13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams 


Culicoides bermudensis Williams, 1956, Jour. Parasit. 42(3): 297-300. (female; 
Bermuda; fig. wing, palpus). 


Specimens examined: 224 females in light trap from Pampas Farm, 
Paget Marsh and Southampton Marsh, and 111 females in recovery 
cages from Trott’s Pond, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pampas 
Farm, Warwick Pond, and Southampton Marsh. 

Culicoides bermudensis is a small, brownish, poorly marked species. 
The female is closely related to canithorax of North America, but 
differs from it in possessing 8 or less mandibular teeth instead of 15, 
the AR is less than 1.2, the distance between the eyes is about 2.5 times 
as great, the palpus and wing are less than two-thirds as long, macro- 
trichia are sparse, the first spine of the hind tibial comb is the longest, 
the long axis of the distal pale spot in cell R; les at a 45° angle to 
yein M, and the single spermatheca is more than 1.5 times as large as 
in cantthorar. No males were collected. 


14. Bezzia atlantica, new species 


Male, female.—Length of wing 1.2 mm. 

Head brown; antenna and palpus pale brown, basal rings of antennal segments 
at the verticils whitish; flagellar segments in proportion of 20:18:18:19:20:22: 
23:24:35:35:30:40:44. Palpal segments in proportion of 8:12:20:12:18. Man- 
dible with ten teeth. Thorax in preserved specimens dark brown, with short dark 
pubescence, extent of pruinose pattern undetermined; four or five long black 
bristles above wing base; scutellum yellowish, with four strong black bristles. 
Legs dark brown; broad yellow bands on middle of hind femur, at base and before 
apex of fore tibia, on distal half of mid tibia but leaving extreme apex dark, and 


14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


on middle third of hind tibia; tarsi yellowish. Legs moderately stout; fore femur 
with three long, rather slender, black spines on flexor side, fore and mid femora 
with one apical extensor spine, hind femur with extensor series of three or four 
bristles; claws black, equal, each with a strong, blunt, basal tooth; TR about 2.0. 
Wing yellowish hyaline, costa extending to 0.72 of wing length; medial fork 
sessile. Halter brown. Abdomen dull yellowish brown; female with one pair of 
gland rods as long as 3.5 segments. Female spermathecae two, pyriform, subequal. 
Male genitalia as figured by Wirth (1952, fig. 27 f) for setulosa. 


Holotype.—Male, Bermuda, Devonshire Marsh, from recovery cage, 
21-27 June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62920, U.S.N.M. on slide): 
Allotype.—Female, Bermuda, Pampas Farms, from recovery cage, 21- 
27 June 1955. Paratypes——4 males, 4 females, same data as holotype. 

Bezzia setulosa (Loew), a common Nearectie species, is closely re- 
lated, but differs in having the legs more extensively yellowish, the 
femora with very broad pale bands at midlength and the fore femur 
with an additional pale preapical ring, the pale tibial bands are also 
slightly broader, the female gland rods extend through 4.5 segments 
and the spermathecae are not distinetly pyriform. 


REFERENCES 
Johnson, C. W. 1913. The Dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 
443-452. 
Oglivie, L. 1928. The insects of Bermuda. Bermuda Dept. Agr. 
Waterston, J. M. 1940. Supplementary list of Bermuda insects. Bermuda Dept. 
Agr. 
Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 95-266. 


PROCEEDINGS 


Back VOLUMES AND SINGLE NUMBERS AVAILABLE 


Vols. 1-19, per volume a _ $2.00 
| OXEH hi ¢N G01 OY 2 Ae see ee aes GMa anal Wes Ree Aaa were EN 90 
Vols. 20-50, per volume _ esd CNS Meace nat ORs Asante Mea rade were ee ee mT) ALLO G) 
Der MumbeIh es elk a SRE Oe eS nh Dee teen ae b 20 
AYACo) KS ESp al ESO feoey OLS) ian 0) Lh 00: ReMi A INane Ale RENEE aren Se Ne ere enn aa in Semen: waaay a NL (OY) 
DOL RDO =e ea Ee ee 2 a see eee a 

Note: No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 9 and No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 19 are available only 
as complete volumes. Per volume Pen eee Mae ee eee se 2)(0Y() 


COMPLETE SETS, Vous. 1-57 (1884-1955, inelusive) —- d f _.. 194.00 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 15 


A REVISION OF THE GENERA OF POEMENIINI AND XORIDINI 
(HYMENOPTERA, ICHNEUMONIDAE) 


Henry TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 


The ichneumonid tribes Poemeniini and Xoridini belong in the sub- 
family Pimplinae, which subfamily includes species with usually a 
rather cylindric body shape, areolet triangular or absent, tarsal claws 
not visibly pectinate but often lobed or cleft, spiracle of first abdomi- 
nal tergite at or in front of the middle, and ovipositor long and with- 
out a subapical dorsal notch. These characters are rather general in 
statement and subject to exceptions, but are enough for a correct sub- 
family placement of the majority of the Pimplinae, including mem- 
bers of the present two tribes. Perhaps the greatest difficulty for the 
tribes under consideration is to distinguish them from members of the 
Gelinae belonging to the subtribe Echthrina (tribe Mesostenini). 
The Echthrina differ from the Poemeniini and Xoridini in having 
the areolet, when present, rectangular or quadrangular (except in the 
Ethiopion genus Gabunia), and the dorsal valve of the ovipositor 
somewhat enclosed apically by a dorsal flange of the ventral valves. 
It is a common mistake of older authors to put some of these echthrine 
genera in the Xoridini because of a superficial resemblance, but both 
larval and adult characters show them to be true members of the 
relinae. 

The Poemeniini and Noridini have commonly been included in the 
single tribe Xoridini (Ashmead, 1900, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 23 : 60-62 ; 
and Schmeideknecht, 1907, Opuscula Ichneumonologica, p. 1336) or in 
the tribes Xoridini and Odontomerini (Cushman and Rohwer, 1920, 
Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 395-396). More recently a division into 
two tribes approximately as used here has been effected, but hereto- 
fore without a statement of the characters on which the division was 
based (Townes, 1944, Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85; 102-115, and 
Townes and Townes, 1951, U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog, 2: 198-199 ; 
204-207). In spite of the fact that members of the two tribes have 
been commonly classified together, they are not closely related. Lar- 
val and adult characters seem to ally the Poemeniini with the Rhys- 
sini and seem to relate the Xoridini with the Labenini and Acaenitini. 
At any rate, they are certainly distinct tribes. 


Key DISTINGUISHING THE POEMENIINI FROM THE XORIDINI 


1. Propodeum not areolated, prepectal carina absent; epipleurum of second 
abdominal tergite very narrow, almost absent; middle tibia of female 
iO Hite O Dlg tem or OO MES ome = su aeentl ee Shea Seat tS eee Poemeniini 

Propodeum completely or almost completely areolated; prepectal carina 
present; epipleurum of second abdominal tergite moderately wide, usually 
about 0.25 times as wide as long; middle tibia of female usually with one 
or two oblique grooves that give it a twisted appearance... Xoridini 


16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


Tribe Poemeniini 


As defined in the key, this tribe includes Poemenia, Deuteroxorides, 
Neoxorides, Eugalta, and the new genera Podoschistus, Cnastis, and 
Ganodes. In 1944 I ineluded also the genera Clistopyga and Diacritus 
(Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85). Clistopyga was removed to the 
Polysphinetini in 1951 (Townes and Townes, U. 8. Dept. Agr., Agr. 
Monogr. 2: 192). Diacritus has a prepectal carina, and in some other, 
less definite, characters is a misfit in the Poemeniini. It is hereby 
removed from the Poemniini and referred provisionally to the Plecti- 
scinae. The genera which I believe are properly referred to the 
Poemeniini are discussed below. 


KEY TO THE GENERA OF POKMENIINI 


1. Mandible with two apieal teeth, the upper tooth smaller; clypeus evenly 
convex, about 2.0 times as wide as long; tarsal claws simple. Hol- 
AT CULG preset tle, Fy A iol ota SG, SS Re ee aE Cee Poemenia 
Mandible without two teeth, its apex truneate and echisel-shaped; clypeus 
basally convex and apically impressed, 1.3 to 1.8 times as wide as long; 
tarsal claws of middle legs with a subapical tooth except in Neoworides._ 2 


~S) 


2. Dorsal half of temple finely and weakly scabrous; clypeus about 1.8 times 
asi wide, asilongs. | Palaearctic. 222 soeee em 25 Nie eal trate Deuteroxorides 

Dorsal half of temple coarsely and strongly scabrous; eclypeus about 1.5 
bIMES: “AS Cwide as; TON pis Ee a Wp ae eA A el 3 

3. Outer claw of hind tarsus bent at a sharp angle, the inner claw more weakly 

curved; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tarsus enlarged and 
shoehmblihien) (Obaehawh each ed iy onotey as see 2 ee Eugalta 

Outer claw of hind tarsus not bent at a sharp angle and not more sharply 

curved than inner claw; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tar- 


susvnotr enlarged... e292 od ee oe ae et Sh) Sas 8S ee 4 
4. Tarsal claws simple; second and third tergites impunctate or with a few 
WeAkes pln ctuiness), slo am chess eee ea cua! cee LN AA ar Neoxorides 
Tarsal claws with a subapical tooth, or the hind claws sometimes simple; 
second) and) third tergites definitely-punctate: 2 ee eee 


Hind tarsal claws with a subapical appressed tooth; nervulus opposite the 
asallimvein’; pElOlan tics, sewleM re Aas hsoct at oe Wee eh As Seana aie ae Podoschistus 
Hind tarsal claws simple; nervulus before the basal vein by about 0.25 
(eo) (OAYS qameiKersy syiste WW enovetol, ee ee ipa Ee ae eas elle ei 6 
6. Areolet present; first tergite of female about 2.4 times as long as wide. 


Neotropical: Sse. te 2025 ai Ne ye aOR eRe et Eee ih TANT ae Ganodes 
Areolet absent; first tergite of female about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as 
Wades Jiapan,) Philippines: vanes cm dossiers) ee ceves er cee ues eee ea eae Cnastis 


Genus Poemenia 


Poemenia Holmgren, 1859. Ofvers. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 16: 130. 
Type: Poemenia notata Holmgren. Monobasie. 

Calliclisis Foerster, 1868. Verh. Naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 169. 
Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Designated by Viereck, 1914. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 17 


Phthinodes Tschek, 1868. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 18: 272. 
Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Monobasic. 
Euxorides Cresson, 1870. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3: 167. 
Type: Euaorides americanus Cresson. Monobasic. 
Lissonotopsis Habermehl, 1917. Ztschr. Wiss. Ins.-Biol. 13: 234, 306. 
Type: (Lissonotopsis rufa Habermehl) = hectica Gravenhorst. Monobasie. 


Clypeus moderately large, about 2.0 times as wide as long, evenly convex, coy- 
ered with rather long hairs, its apical margin concave; mandible moderately long, 
with two apical teeth, the upper tooth shorter; temple in profile about 0.53 times 
as long as eye, its dorsal half sometimes with a weakly scabrous area; meso- 
scutum moderately trilobed; notauli strong anteriorly, fading out on dise of 
mesosecutum; areolet present or absent, when absent the intercubitus about 0.8 
times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus usually opposite basal vein, 
but sometimes before or a little beyond; tarsal claws simple, those of the hind 
legs sharply curved in a right angle turn; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.5 times 
as long as wide; second and third tergites with fine dense punctures. 


This is a rather small, Holaretic genus. In North America there 
are four species. 


Genus Deuteroxorides 


Deuteroxorides Viereck, 1914. Bul. U. S. Natl. Mus. 83: 43. 
Type: Xorides albitarsus Gravenhorst. 

Clypeus rather small, about 1.8 times as wide as long, convex basally, the rest 
impressed and the apical margin concave; mandible of moderate length, its apex 
chisel-shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.5 times as long as eye, its 
dorsal half finely and half weakly scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli 
strong, almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent; intercubitus about 
0.5 to 1.0 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite or a 
little before basal vein; tarsal claws of male simple, the outer claw of hind tarsus 
more sharply curved than inner claw; female tarsal claws with an internal trun- 
cate tooth on front and middle legs, simple on hind leg or with an inner tooth 
on inner claw, the outer claw more sharply curved than inner claw; first tergite 
about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites with rather close, 
moderate sized punctures. 


There are two species: the European NXorides albitarsus Graven- 
horst, 1829, and the Japanese Vorides orientalis Uchida, 1928. 


Genus Eugalta 


Eugalta Cameron, 1899. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soe. 43: 135. 
Type: Hugalta strigosa Cameron. Designated by Ashmead, 1900. 

Pseudeugalta Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. 
Type: Engalta spinosa Cameron. Monobasie. 

Baliena Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 101. 
Type: Baliena leptopus Cameron. Monobasie. 

Tilgida Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 108. 
Type: Tilgida albitarsis Cameron. Monobasie. 


1s PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


Aethria Tosquinet, 1903. Mém. Soc. Ent. Belgique 10: 114. New. synonymy. 
Type: Aethria conspicua Tosquinet. Monobasic. 

Bathymeris Cameron, 1906. Entomologist 39: 251. 
Type: Bathymeris longipes Cameron. Monobasie. 

Formoxorides Uchida, 1928. Jour. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14. 
Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti. Original designation. 

Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apical- 
ly impressed, the apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel- 
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.3 times as long as eye, its upper 
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, strongly 
convergent, and almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present or ab- 
sent, when absent the intercubitus about as long as second abscissa of cubitus; 
nervulus opposite basal vein; tarsal claws each with a large truncate median 
tooth; outer claw of hind tarsus bent a little sharper than a right angle, its 
median tooth obscured within the bend and its apical ungual bristle enlarged and 
spatulate; first tergite about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third 
tergites polished, impunectate or variously punctate. 

This is an Oriental genus, with many species. One species, (or- 
ides) Eugalta albomarginalis Uchida, 1928 (new combination), oe- 
curs in Japan. 


Genus Podoschistus, new genus 


Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.2 times as wide as long, basally convex, the 
rest impressed, its apex truncate or concave; mandible short, its apex chisel- 
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.55 times as long as eye, its upper 
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum rather strongly trilobed; notauli strong, 
convergent and almost meeting on dise of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the inter- 
cubitus about 0.5 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite 
basal vein; tarsal claws with a median, appressed, pointed tooth; first tergite 
about 2.3 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites mat, with mod- 
erate punctures. 


Genotype—X orides vittifrons Cresson, 1868. 

This is a Holaretic genus, including Norides vitifrons Cresson, 
1868, from eastern North America; Yorides scutellaris Desvignes, 
1856, from Europe; and Xorides alpensis Uchida, 1928, from Japan. 


Genus Ganodes, new genus 


Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the 
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel- 
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.4 times as long as eye, its upper 
half coarsely scabrous; mesoseutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, convergent, 
meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present; nervulus before basal vein by 
about 0.3 times its length; claws on front and middle legs of female (the male 
unknown) with a small median acute tooth; claws on hind tarsus simple, rather 
strongly curved; first tergite of female about 2.3 times as long as wide; second 
and third tergites polished, with moderate sized punctures. 


Genotype—Ganodes balteatus, new species. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 19 


Ganodes balteatus, new species 


Female—Fore wing 10 to 15 mm. long. Frons impunctate but with a few setae; 
serobe of pronotum impunctate; mesoscutum smooth, with scattered small, indis- 
tinct punctures, centrally with some sharp wrinkles; mesopleurum polished, most 
of it with shallow, moderate-sized, rather close punctures; propodeum trans- 
versely wrinkled on its median third, wrinkled on its lower margin, the rest with 
rather sparse weak punctures; first tergite polished, with a few weak punctures 
and faint, fine transverse wrinkling; second and third tergites with moderate 
sized, rather close punctures interrupted by a median impunctate stripe, the stripe 
a little wider and the punctures a little sparser on the second tergite. 

Head white, the mandible, scabrous area on temple, frons medially and con- 
nected with upper half of occiput, and antenna except for flagellar segments 8 to 
19 black; propleurum brown, whitish near fore coxa; pronotum black, broadly 
white below and above; mesoscutum black, a lateral spot on front part of median 
lobe and a pair of discal streaks whitish; seutella white surrounded by black; 
propodeum whitish, its median third black and with a dark brown pleural stripe 
extending from spiracle posteriorly; a triangle under hind wing brownish; pleura 
and sterna rufus, the mesopleurum sometimes mottled with whitish and with 
black below the subalar tubercle; subalar tuberele of mesopleurum and mese- 
pimeron whitish; tegula white; wings hyaline, their veins dark brown but the 
costa basally whitish. Legs fulvous, the fore coxa anteriorly, the middle and 
hind coxae posteriorly, and tinges on front and middle femora and middle troch- 
anters brownish; front and middle tarsi blackish apieally; hind femur blackish; 
hind tibia and tarsus yellow. 

Type—?, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, I[X-27-40, Fritz Plaumann 
(Townes). 

Paratypes—3 @ 9, same data as the type but with the dates [11-24 
27, 1X-13-40, and X-19-40 (Townes). 


Genus Cnastis, new genus 


Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apically 
impressed, the apical margin subtruncate; mandible very short, its apex chisel- 
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.67 times as long as eye, its upper 
0.6 coarsely scabrous; top of head somewhat flattened; mesoscutum weakly tri- 
lobed; notauli sharp but not strongly impressed, almost meeting on dise of meso- 
scutum; areolet absent, the intercubitus about 1.1 to 1.35 times as long as second 
abscissa of cubitus; nervulus before basal vein by about 0.3 to 0.4 times its 
length; tarsal claws of fore and middle legs of female with an acute submedian 
tooth; tarsal claws of hind leg simple, strongly curved; first tergite of female 
about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergite polished, with 
rather coarse, moderately dense punctures. The last tergite of the female is un- 
usual in extending beyond the cerci as a flattened lobe that is longer than wide. 
In related genera the apex of the female last tergite is shorter and scoop-shaped. 


Genotype—N eoxorides longicaudis longicaudis Baltazar, 1955. 


The genotype is from Luzon in the Philippines. There is a sub- 
species of the genotype (N. longicaudis mindanensis Baltazar, 1955) 
in Mindanao, Philippines, an undescribed subspecies of NV. longicaudis 


20) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


in Siam, and a specimen of the species is known from Java. NXorides 
vulgaris Uchida, 1928, is a second species of the genus, occurring in 
Japan. 
Genus Neoxorides 
Neoxorides Clément, 1938. Festschr. Embrick Strand, v. 4, p. 517. 
Type: Norides nitens Gravenhorst. Original designation. 

Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the 
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruncate; mandible short, its apex chisel- 
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.6 times as long as eye, its upper 
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, approxi- 
mate on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the intereubitus about 0.4 times 
as long as second abscissa of eubitus; nervulus interstitial; claws simple, mod- 
erately curved; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and 
third tergites microscopically transversely aciculate, impunctuate or with a few 
weak, inconspicuous punctures. 

This is a Holaretic genus, including the European Xorides nitens 
Gravenhorst, 1829, the European Xorides collaris Gravenhorst, 1829, 
and the American Xorides caryae Harrineton, 1891, and Yorides 
borealis Cresson, 1870. 


Tribe Xoridini 


This tribe includes Yorides (=Xylonomus), Ischnoceros, Odonto- 
colon, and Aplomerus. Xorides is an isolated genus. The other three 
form a compact group, differing from Xorides as indicated in the key 
to genera and in the ovipositor as described under the genera. 


KEY TO THE GENERA OF XORIDINI 


1. Mandible without two teeth, its apex chisel-shaped; epomia long and strong, 
usually projecting dorsally as a tooth; female antenna curved or elbowed 
subapically, at the curve or elbow with one, two or a series of peg-like 
Setae.y MWiopldwid es it. 2. Suse te gre sae Ct ek EAE Ae ed al See Xorides 

Mandible with two subequal teeth (as normal); epomia absent or short 
and weak, not projecting dorsally; female antenna not specialized sub- 


enonkorlibsy (EVs) to keierererll oyXol, AeYoney yn ee I Ceti 5.1 2 
2. Hind femur with a strong median ventral tooth. Holarctic. Odontocolon 
Hind femur without a median ventral, booth iets. eae SE Ee 3 

3. Frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; body  subcylindrie. 
VOU ear Chi Cre: et NRL LU ra Oy spar PR NA es Nonna Pe a Ischnoceros 


Frons without a median horn or tubercle; body flattened. Nearctie A plomerus 


Genus Ischnoceros 


Ischnoceros Gravenhorst, 1829. Tchneumonologica Europaea 2: 949. 
Type: Ichnewmon rusticus Foureroy. Designated by Viereck, 1914. 

Head and body not depressed; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth; 
frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; female flagellum not specialized 
as in Xorides ; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath; 
first abdominal segment short, stout, rather strongly bent at the middle; second 
tergite with weak oblique basal grooves; second and third tergites punctate or 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 21 


transversely aciculate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral 
valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area. 

There are several Palaearctic species, and one in the United States. 
The United States species is described below. 


Ischnoceros clivulus, new species 


Female—Forewing 7 to 8 mm. long. Frons with rather fine punctures, and 
with a large, median, mound-like, weakly compressed tubercle whose apex is 
weakly grooved vertically; mesoscutum polished, with small punctures whose inter 
spaces are about 1.5 times their diameter; mesopleurum polished, with moder- 
ately large weak punctures whose interspaces are about equal to their diameter; 
area dentipara with a weak transverse apical tooth; first tergite without a dorso- 
lateral carina beyond the spiracle; second tergite polished, except near the apical 
margin covered with microscopic transverse aciculation; ovipositor sheath about 
0.67 times as long as fore wing. 

Black. Tegula, base of fore wing, and base of hind tibia externally, whitish; 
wings faintly tinged with brown, the veins dark brown; legs ferruginous, the 
hind tibia with a weak apical infuseation; abdomen brownish ferruginous basally, 
darkening to brown apically; ovipositor sheath blackish, ferruginous at the apex. 

This is the only species of Ischnoceros with the abdomen partly fer- 
ruginous. Its frontal horn is unexecavated, as in Ischnoceros sappo- 
rensis, but the abdominal sculpture is aciculate as in J. rusticus rather 
than punctate as in I, sapporensis. 

Type—?, Cinder Cone, Lassen National Park, Calif., VI-19-41, 
P. D. Hurd (Berkeley). 

Paratypes—2 22. same data as type (Berkeley and Townes). 
®, Wright’s Lake, Eldorado Co., Calif., VII-2-48, P. D. Hurd (Ber- 
keley ). 


yenus Odontocolon 


Odontomerus Gravenhorst, 1829. TIchneumonologica Europaea 3:851. 
Name preoccupied by Leach, 1819. 
Type: Ichnewmon dentipes Gmelin. Designated by Westwood, 1839. 

Odontocolon Cushman, 1942. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 179. New name. 

Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal 
teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn; female flagellum not specialized 
as in NXorides; epomia absent or rudimentary; hind femur thickened, beneath 
with a strong median tooth; first abdominal segment rather slender basally and 
enlarged apically, a little bent near the middle; second tergite without oblique 
basal grooves; first and second tergites polished, smooth or more or less aciculate 
or punctate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral valve with 
about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area. 


This is a Holarctie genus with numerous species. 


ap PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


Genus Aplomerus 


Platysoma Provancher, 1885. Canad. Ent. 17: 115. Name preoccupied by 
Leach, 1817, by Lienard, 1832, and by Brandt, 1835. 
Type: Platysoma tibialis Provancher. Monobasic. 
Aplomerus Provancher, 1886. Addit. Corr. Faune Ent. Canada p. 117. 
New name for Platysoma. 
Anodontomerus Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 61. 
Type: Aplomerus tibialis Provancher. Original designation. 
Haplomerus Dalla Torre, 1901. Catalogus Hymenopterorum. 3: 3592. 
Emendation. 

Head and body distinctly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth; 
frons without a median horn or tuberele; female flagellum not apically special- 
ized as in NXorides; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth 
beneath; first abdominal segment depressed, its spiracle near its basal 0.3; second 
tergite without oblique basal grooves; first and second tergites polished or with 
various aciculation or fine wrinkling; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, 
the ventral valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened 
area. 

This is a Nearctic genus, with five species. 


Genus Xorides 


Xorides Latreille, 1809. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. 4: 4. 
Type: Ichneumon indicatorius Latreille. Monobasie. 
Epixorides Smith, 1862. Jour. Proe. Linnaean Soe. London (Zool.) 6: 64. 
New synonymy. 
Type: Epixorides chalybeator Smith. Monobasiec. 

Moansa Tosquinet, 1896. Mem. Soe. Ent. Belgique 5: 345. New synonymy. 
Type: Moansa praestans Tosquinet. Monobasie. 

Neoxylonomus Szépligeti, 1914. Ann. Mus. Natl. Hungariei 12: 421. 

New synonymy. 
Type: Neoxylonomus australis Szépligeti. Monobasie. 

Other synonyms: Xylonomus, Sterotrichus, Gonophonus, Moerophora, Sichelia, 
Rhadina, Perissocerus, Cyanoxvorides, Spiloxorides, Macrosterotrichus, Caeno 
stoma, Periceros, Rhadinopimpla, Ahyborhyssa, Lavaudenia, Xylonomimus, 
and Neoxrylonomus Clément, not Szépligeti. 

Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible chisel-shaped, with- 
out teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn, or sometimes with a horn or 
lamella between the antennal bases; female flagellum subapically elbowed or 
eurved, on the outer side of the elbow or curve with one to several peg-like bris- 
tles; epomia strong, long, dorsally turning forward and usually forming a pro- 
jecting tooth at the turn; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath; 
first abdominal segment subeylindrie or prismatie basally, expanded apically. 
stout and rather short to elongate and slender; second tergite nearly always with 
an oblique basal groove on each side cutting off baso-lateral corners, and often 
with other grooves or impressions; second and third tergites variously seulptured; 
apical part of ovipositor cylindrie or slightly depressed, the lower valve with about 
eight ridges, basad of which there is a roughened area. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1; FEBRUARY, 1957 


This is a large genus of worldwide distribution and much strue- 
tural diversity among its species. The specific diversity has led to 
the creation of separate genera for reception of some of the structural 
types. I list these generic names above as simple synonyms, though 
it is probable that after the specific relations are better understood it 
will be advisable to use some of the proposed names for subgenera. 


BOOK REVIEW 
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE FIRST INSTAR LARVAE OF THE MELOI- 
DAE (COLEOPTERA), by J. W. MacSwain. University of California 
Publications in Entomology, University of California Press, vol. 12, iv plus 
181 pp., 29 pls. 1956. $3.00. 

The title is perhaps an understatement of the scope of the paper, for in 
actuality this work represents a carefully analyzed account of both the phylogeny 
and the classification of the Meloidae of the world. Furthermore, while the 
author’s primary source of data was a comparative study of the morphology of 
the first-stage larvae, information pertaining to the morphology of the adults and 
especially biology was integrated and temperately synthesized wherever possible. 
Since the author’s ideas concerning the systematics of the family were based on 
all these lines of evidence, there is little doubt but that this definitive paper will 
represent the basic framework of the classification of the Meloidae for years to 
come, in spite of the fact that small changes will become advisible when more 
biological data are uncovered, when larvae of other species are collected, and 
when the adults are more completely studied. 

The general outline of the paper is as follows: After the introduction, and 
acknowledgements, the author briefly but concisely presents the history of the 
biological and systematic work pertaining to the larvae. He next treats the 
known biology of the members of the family, summarizing the data at the end 
in the form of comparative biological diagnoses of three of the five subfamilies. 
Little is known of the other two subfamilies, which, however, are small. This is 
followed by a discussion of the morphology of the first instars, with particular 
reference to an evaluation of the characters of systematic use. The last part of the 
paper, dealing with systematics of the family, is by far the largest, occupying 
127 pages. It is introduced by a treatment of the phylogeny, in which the author’s 
reasons, both biological and morphological, for dividing the family into five 
subfamilies are presented and discussed. The paper then provides, in a strictly 
taxonomic arrangement, an account of the subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species 
based upon the known first-stage larvae. This section includes both keys and 
comparative descriptions, and lists as well the geographic range of the taxon, 
the larval food, and the data of the material examined. In addition, the descrip- 
tions are often accompanied by some general explanatory remarks pertaining to 
relationship, nomenclature, and other pertinent information. Also included in 
the paper is a very extensive selected bibliography covering eight and one-half 
pages. The study terminates with twenty-nine plates of precisely delineated com- 
parative illustrations of the larvae, drawn mostly by the author.—JEROME G. 
ROZEN, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Wash- 
ington, D.C. 


24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


FOR EARLY PUBLICATION 


A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF 
SOUTH AMERICA 


WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 


by Phyllis Truth Johnson 


Memoir 5 
of the 
Entomological Society of Washington 


The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen- 
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using 
Specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These 
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England 
Shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the 
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England 
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s 
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of 
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its 
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa- 
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects. 

Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted 
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic 
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and 
genera known to occur in South America are completely described and illus- 
trated, and the species within each genus have been listed with host and _ lo- 
eality data. Descriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the 
total number to 170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are ineluded. 
The discussion of each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies 
of the hosts concerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best 
illustrations of fleas currently available, and are grouped according to family. 
A section listing hosts, each with the fleas known to occur on it, reecapitulates 
the host-flea information; sections dealing with references, systematic index and 
list of abbreviations close the volume. 


Prepublication orders at the price of $8.00 to members and $9.00 to non- 
members may still be placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should 
be addressed to Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, 
Agricultural Research Seriice, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 
29,0 DG. 


oS 


C 
On 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


SOME SARGINAE COLLECTED IN SOUTH INDIA 
(DiprERA, STRATIOMYIDAE) 


Maovricre T. JAMES, State College of Washington, Pullman. 


The present paper is based on collections made by P. 8. Nathan in 
South India and either purchased by the author or supplied to him 
for study by the Canadian National Museum through the courtesy 
of G, EK. Shewell. The study of this material has aided considerably 
in clarifying the taxonomic status of some poorly known species; it 
has provided material for proposing a new synonymy, previously 
suspected but not confirmed, involving a well-known and widely dis- 
tributed species; and, finally, it has revealed two striking generic 
intergrades, one of which is a species apparently new to science. 


Microchrysa flaviventris (Wiedemann) 
Sargus flaviventris Wiedemann, 1824, Anal. Ent., p. 31. 


The status of the Oriental Microchrysa in which the males have 
a unicolorous yellow abdomen is unsettled, but the common Indian 
species seems to be flaviventris. I have seen a series from Gudalur, 
Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, April, 1949 (Nathan; James Coll.) and a female 
from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953 (Nathan; Canadian Na- 
tional Collection). Information on the types of M. flaviventris and 
M. fuscistigma de Meijere furnished to me through the courtesy of 
S. L. Tuxen and Br. Theowald, respectively, indicates that the discal 
eell is completely developed in both, contrary to what I had previously 
thought (James, 1950, p. 254); and in a series from Bangkok, Thai- 
land, Sept. 9, 1952 (M. H. Griffith; Univ. Kansas Collection), two 
males and one female had the discal cell complete, whereas one male 
had the vein forming the upper apical portion evanescent. This latter 
character, therefore, is apparently not of specific value. 


Microchrysa dichoptica, new species 


A typically appearing Microchrysa in all aspects except that the 
eyes of the male are widely separated. The female might, on first ex- 
amination, be taken for M. flaviventris, but the lees are entirely yellow 
and the head structure is different, the occipital orbits bemg more 
strongly developed below and the inner posterior corners of the eyes, 
when viewed dorsally, being almost angulate instead of broadly 
rounded, as in flaviventris. In Brunetti’s (1923) keys this species 
would trace to the genus Sargus because of the dichoptic males; under 
Sargus it would trace to inficitus Walker, from Batjan, a yellowish 
species marked with black and, as Brunetti remarks, probably a Micro- 
chrysa, since Walker describes it as having holoptic males (the type 
is lost); under Microchrysa it traces either to fuscistigma or to 
flaviventris, depending on whether one considers the stigma as brown 
or yellow. Both fuscistigma and flaviventris males are holoptic, with 
the abdomen at least mostly yellow. 


26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


Male.—Eyes broadly separated, the front and face almost parallel sided, the 
latter but shghtly the broader, about one-fifth head width and slightly wider 
than the ocellar triangle. Occipital orbits narrow, though distinet, along their 
entire extent. Head metallic, blue green on upper part of front and upper oceipi- 
tal orbits, blackish dulled by whitish pollen on lower third of front, bronze-green 
on the face, and blackish on the occiput and lower occipital orbits; facial orbits 
silvery; pile of upper part of front and occiput whitish, that of lower part of 
front and facial orbits silvery. Antennae yellow, the flagellum orange-yellow ; 
arista black. Proboscis yellow. Thorax metallic bluish green, the pleura slightly 
more blackish, the humeri and the narrow upper margin of the mesopleura white ; 
pile of pleura silvery, that of mesonotum yellowish-white. Legs wholly yellow 
and yellow pilose; at most the last last segment of the hind tarsi blackish. Wings 
hyaline, the stronger veins brownish; venation altogether typical of the genus; 
stigma brownish; the veins forming the discal cell all strong; M: weak; Ms 
but little more than a fold in the membrane. Halteres yellow. Abdomen about 
as broad as thorax; its color blackish green, like that of the thoracic pleura; 
pile white ventrally, the more conspicuous dorsal pile white to yellowish white 
but overlying an inconspicuous, short, black pile, especially medially. Genitalia 
orange-yellow, the capsule large and projecting. Length, 4 mm, 


Female. 


Front gradually widening from face to vertex; ratio to width of 
head in allotype 0.24 across oral margin, 0.28 at antennal base, and 0.35 at 
vertex; viewed from above, the posterior corners of the eyes distinctly angulated. 
Lower parts of front bluish green, purplish in certain lights. Abdomen distinctly 
broader than thorax. Otherwise, except sexually, as described for the male. 


Types.—Holotype, male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’; South 
India, Nov. 9, 1953 (P. S. Nathan). Allotype, same data but May, 
1953. Paratypes: male, same data but Oct. 15, 1953; two females, 
same data but May 28, 1953, and May, 1953. Type in the Canadian 
National Collection. 


Sargus metallinus Fabricius 

Sargus metallinus Fabricius, 1805, Syst. Antl., p. 258. 

Sargus mactans Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 4: 97; Brunetti, 1923, 
Ree. Indian Mus. 25: 156; James, 1948, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 98: 198 
(possible synonymy with metallinus) ; James, 1950, Jour. Washington Acad. 
Sei. 40: 254. (New synonymy ) 

Sargus redhibens Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soc. London, 4: 97; Lindner, 1937, 
Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)20: 375 (synonymy with mactans). 

Sargus concisus Walker, 1861, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 5: 273; Brunetti, 1923, 
Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 155 (synonymy with redhibens). 


The references cited in the above synonymy are not intended to be 
exhaustive, but merely to give authority for the names used, for their 
synonymy, and for the statements given in this discussion. 


Sargus metallinus, as here defined, is a very widespread and vari- 
able species, ranging from Southern China and Okinawa through 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Pa 


India to Ceylon, New Caledonia, and the Solomon Islands. Variability 
exists in color pattern, color of pile and at least one structural detail. 
Typical metallinus has the legs entirely yellow. In mactans the hind 
tibia is black at its base, and Brunetti states that this is the only way 
in which it differs from metallinus. In redhibens, all femora are 
broadly ringed with black or brown; in concisus, according to Brunetti, 
the brown is deeper and more extensive and the ‘‘anterior’’ (fore and 
middle, by Brunetti’s usage) tibiae and the fore and hind tarsi are 
also distinctly brownish or brown. According to Lindner, Solomon 
Islands males are mactans and females are redhibens; James has con- 
firmed this observation but has added that series from Singapore, 
India, and the Philippine Islands, in the United States National 
Museum, contain both sexes of both mactans and redhibens. Lee 
coloration, consequently, is highly variable. The coloration of the 
head pile is, also, variable. In the mactans and redhibens forms, as 
well as in typical metallinus, the pile is usually yellow on the vertex 
and face but black or blackish on the front; all these areas may have 
wholly or predominantly black or blackish pile, or certain males, with 
their subeontiguous eyes, may have the pile color of the front merely 
oeray. The type of concisus according to Brunetti, is apparently lost 
and the specimen (named by Walker) which he described is headless ; 
consequently the color of the head pile in this form is conjectural, but 
the specimen from Kodaikanal which I am referring to this form has 
the pile in all the above mentioned areas black. One quite obvious 
variable structural character is the width of the front in the male. 
In metallinus the front is commonly very narrow, its minimum width 
being much less than the diameter of the anterior ocellus; this area 
may be so narrow that the metallic coloration of the front is obscured 
or lost. In the mactans and redhibens forms the front may, lkewise, 
be narrow, but it may also broaden to as much as twice the diameter 
of the anterior ocellus, and the front is distinctly metallic. 

It is possible to recognize five more or less indistinctly defined forms 
of this species: typical metallinus, with wholly yellow legs, pale facial 
and vertical pile, and a very narrow frons in the male, widespread 
in the Oriental Region but so far not recorded for the Australian 
Region; mactans, indistinguishable from metallinus except for the 
black base of the hind tibia and a tendency toward a broader front 
in the male, in its distribution extending farther south than metallinus, 
to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands; redhibens, in which the 
femora are banded or marked with black or blackish and the hind 
tibiae are either black at the base or wholly yellow, in its distribution 
coextensive with mactans; concisus, a melanie form with predomi- 
nantly black or blackish legs and black facial and frontal pile, that 
occurs irregularly in the Oriental Region; and the unnamed form 
with white metapleura, described by James from New Caledonia. It 
is better, at our present stage of knowledge, to consider these merely 
forms, rather than subspecies, though I feel that ultimately three sub- 


28 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


species can be defined: metallinus, mactans (redhibens, concisus) and 
the New Caledonia form, the former two intergrading and hybridizing 
in zones of contact. 

Such a zone of contact seems to occur in South India. A series of 
eight males and females from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’, IV- 
1953, V-1953, and 28-V-1953 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection) 
are typical metallinus but one female, same data, has the legs entirely 
black except knees, apices of coxae, and trochanters and has the head 
pile black, and one male, same data, has black-ringed hind femora 
and black bases to the middle and hind tibiae, black vertical and 
predominantly black facial pile, and a widened front. Two males 
from Walayar Forest, 8S. Malabar, 1000’, 31-VII-50 (Nathan; James 
Coll.) are typical metallinus, but a female in the same series has black 
facial pile. Twelve males and seven females from the Nilgiri Hills, 
Singara, 3400’, V-1954 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection) ; 
Gudalur, 3500, [V-1949, Singara, 3400’, V-1948, and Chirangoda, 
39007, 3-V-1950, X-1950 (Nathan; James Coll.) are intermixed typical 
metallinus, mactans, and mactans grading toward redhibens, and 
with varying frontal width and, to an extent, head pile. A series of 
eight males and females from Ammatti, 3100’, S. Coorg, V-1951, is 
comparable, with the same three variants and with the extremes of 
male frontal width present. 


Ptecticus cingulatus Loew. 
Ptecticus cingulatus Loew. 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot. Ver. Wien, 5: 1438. Brunetti, 
1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 148. 


The synonymy is given by Brunetti and is not repeated here. 

Specimens from South India may not trace readily through Bru- 
netti’s key, since the hind femora may be considered wholly yellow, 
the dark streak mentioned by Brunetti being very obscure or absent. 
This species is apparently abundant in some localities in South India, 
as I have seen more than a hundred specimens from Singara in the 
Nilgiri Hills. 


Ptecticus australis Schiner 
Ptecticus australis Schiner, 1868, Novara Reise, Dipt., p. 65; Brunetti, 1907, 
Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 113; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera 
Brachycera, I, p. 79; Brunetti, 1923, Rec. Indian Mus., 25: 148. 

This species, which looks like a miniature cingulatus but is different 
structurally and in leg coloration, is also apparently common in the 
Nilgiri Hills. I have seen about 50 specimens from that area, in 
addition to the following South Indian material in the Canadian 
National Collection: 1 male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953; 
1 male, Yerecaud, 4500’, Shevaroy Hills, Dec., 1954. In the South 
Indian specimens which I have examined the hind basitarsus is black 
only at its extreme base; otherwise, Schiner’s description fits quite 
well. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 29 


Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti 


Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Dipt. Brachyeera, 
I, p. 76; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 139. 


This species was described from a unique male from Cochin State. 
I have examined 5 males, Singara, 3400’, Nilgiri Hills, V-1948, ex 
rotting pomelo (Nathan; James Coll.) ; 1 male, same data but V-1954 
(Canadian National Collection) ; and 3 males, Kodaikanal, Pulney 
Hills, 6500’, V-1953 (Canadian National Collection). These series 
agree with Brunetti’s description except for the characterization of 
the golden thoracic and abdominal pile; Brunetti says this is ‘‘dense 
though inconspicuous’’ on the mesonotum, but this statement depends 
on the light incidence, the pile being quite conspicuous when viewed 
from in front; the abdominal golden pile, also, as well as the black 
patches mentioned by Brunetti, is clearly visible from in front, con- 
trary to Brunetti’s statement, but not from behind. The legs may be 
more extensively blackish than indicated in the original description. 
Brunetti’s statement ‘‘genitalia and vertex dark brown’’ is obviously 
a lapsus for ‘‘genitalia and venter.’’ One of the Kodaikanal specimens 
has the wings yellow, like the basal part of those of wulpii, and with 
only a little brownish along the lower apical margin. The relationship 
of aurobrunneus and wulpii is very close; the male genitalia seem 
to be identical. 

The female of this species has not been described. A female, Ting- 
hawk, Burma, June 4, 1944 (L. C. Kuitert; Univ. Kansas Collection) 
seems to belong here, but there are no associated males. It is the size 
and general appearance of aurobrunneus; the frons is a little broader, 
as would be expected in this sex; the abdomen is broader, the first 
four terga wholly black, the fifth discolored brown, the apical segments 
rich brown as in the male. 


Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti 


Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti, 1907, Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 111; 1913, Ree. Ind. Mus., 
9: 263; 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera Brachycera I, p. 77; 1923, Ree. 
Indian Mus., 25: 139 

Ptecticus apicalis Wulp, 1885, Notes Leyden Mus., 7: 62; de Meijere, 1916, 
Tijd. Ent., 58, suppl. 70, note. Not apicalis Loew, 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot. 
Ver. Wien, 5: 142. 

Brunetti described this species from three males and one female 
from four localities, one of them the Nilgiri Hills. In his 1923 paper 
he stated that this species was readily recognizable ‘‘by the all black 
5th and 6th abdominal segments in conjunction with the all orange 
genitalia,’’ and in his key he includes as an accessory character, 
couplet 5, ‘‘wing tip suffusion beginning at or immediately beyond 
discal cell.’’ This latter statement conflicts with the Fauna of British 
India key, which separates wulpii partly on the basis of ‘‘wings clearly 
yellow up to half-way between discal cell and wing tip.’’ 


20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


[ am referring to this species two males from the Nilgiri Hills, 
Singara, 3400’, V-1948 (Nathan; James Coll.). In both of them, the 
infumated wine apex starts considerably beyond the apex of the 
diseal cell; in one of them the fifth and sixth abdominal segments are 
wholly black except for a small, unsymmetrically placed spot on each 
segment, whereas in the other the sixth segment is wholly brownish 
orange dorsally and the fifth segment is black only at the base. 


Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti 
Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti, 1912, Ree. Indian Mus. 7: 453; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna 
Brit. India, Diptera Brachyeera, I, p. 75; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus. 


Zo, Hole 


Brunetti records but two known specimens of this species, both 
females: the type from Assam, and a specimen from the Nilgiri Hills. 
I have a female, Chirangode, Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, May, 1950 (Nathan) 
that seems to be this species. The appearance is strikingly close to 
that of a large, rather robust specimen of Sargus mactans form 
concisus, but the two characters usually used to distinguish Ptecticus, 
namely the strong projection of the second antennal sezment inwardly 
into the third and the absence of a strap-like prolongation on the 
lower (thoracic) squama, hold for this species. The venation is not 
very unlke that of S. mactans, and the anterior ocellus, as in most 
species of Sargus, is far removed from the hind pair. A. striking 
character is the slender form and elongation of the hind tarsus, which 
is 1.5 as lone as the hind tibia, the greater part of the length being 
in the basitarsus, which is seven-eighths the length of the tibia. 

This species is probably best retained in Ptecticus, but it is obviously 
an intergrade between this genus and Sargus; whether by convergence 
or phylogenetic relationship is a matter of speculation. It is note- 
worthy that the second antennal segment of Sargus mactans may be 
convex inwardly, but not strongly prolonged, as in P. cyaneus. Sargus 
gemmifer Fabricius, which Brunetti refers to Ptecticus in the ‘‘Second 
Revision’’ (1923) though not in the Fauna of British India, belones 
as clearly in Sargus as does S. mactans, 


REFERENCES 

Brunetti, E., 1920. The Fauna of British India. Diptera, Brachycera. Vol. I. 

Pp. x + 401. London. 
, 1923. Second revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidae. Ree. Indian 

Mus. 25: 45-180. 

James, Maurice T., 1950. The Stratiomyidae (Diptera) of New Caledonia and 
the New Hebrides with notes on the Solomon Islands forms. Jour. Wash- 
ington Acad. Sei. 40: 248-260. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


(oh) 
ear 


MITES FOUND ON MICE OF THE GENUS PEROMYSCUS IN UTAH. 
II. FAMILY HAEMOGAMASIDAE! 


(AGARINA) 


DoraLp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway. 


To the present time there are few publications which deal specifi- 
cally with mites collected in Utah. Doane (1916) published on phyto- 
phagous mites attacking crops. A check-list of phytophagous and 
predaceous mites was published by Knowlton and Ma (1950). Other 
notes on plant mites have been published by Davis and Knowlton 
(1954) and Knowlton (1955). Keegan (1953) was the first to publish 
on parasitic mites from Utah. He listed host records of mites belong- 
ing to 12 species of seven genera which were taken from 95 individual 
rodents representing 14 species of nine genera. Included with the 
95 rodents were one specimen of Peromyscus true, five P. crinitus, 
and 20 P. maniculatus. The collections were restricted to Tooele and 
Juab counties in Utah. Allred and Beck (1953) made a study of 
the mites obtained from nests of wood rats in Utah. Most of the 6000 
mites collected during that study were identified only to family. 

This paper is the second of a series (Allred, ms.) which deals with 
(1) the kinds of mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah, 
(2) their degree of host specificity, (3) their geographic distribution 
within the territorial limits of Utah as determined by their occur- 
rence on mice of the genus Peromyscus, and (4) other biological 
aspects pertaining to the mites. 


Brevisterna utahensis (Ewing), 1933 
(Figures 25, 28, 29, 30, 31) 


Ewing (1933) described B. utahensis trom a single female collected from a 
wood rat, Neotoma lepida, from Salina, Sevier County, Utah, March 21, 1929, 
by J. S. Stanford. Mites taken in the present study differ somewhat from the 
discussions of Ewing (op. cit.) and Keegan (1949). These mites possess a 
dorsal plate which is narrower and more pointed than was indicated by Ewing 
and Keegan. The paired anal setae are situated behind the anterior level of the 
anus rather than at the anterior level. The numbers of accessory setae of the 
genitoventral plate are 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5 and 6 in seven specimens examined. In 
specimens examined by Keegan, the numbers of setae vary from eight to eleven. 
Specimens in this study have two small pairs of accessory metapodal plates. These 
differences probably are within the limits of specific variation. 


This species has been collected from wood rats and their nests in 
Arizona, California and Utah. Keegan (1953) listed collection rec- 
ords from a grasshopper mouse, Onychomys leucogaster, a wood rat, 


Part 2 of an abstract from a thesis for the PhD degree, University of Utah, 
June, 1954. This work supported (in part) by a research grant awarded to the 
Brigham Young University by the Microbiological Institute, National Institutes 
of Health, United States Public Health Service. 


32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


Neotoma sp., and nests of wood rats from Utah. Allred and Beck 
(1953) found this species in wood rat nests from Juab and Utah 
counties. Brevisterna utahensis probably is state-wide in distribution. 
It is known to oceur at elevations between 2500 and 5000 feet in the 
Lower and Upper Sonoran life zones. 

Only seven females were collected from white-footed mice in this 
study. These mites are associated more commonly with wood rats 
and their nests than with mice of the genus Peromyscus. It is likely 
that infestations of mice accidentally occur when mice wander into 
wood rat houses. These mites were collected from grasshopper mice 
and from wood rats and their nests in Utah during June, August, 
October and November. In this study, mites were found on mice 
only during April and June. One of the four times that it was col- 
lected, B. utahensis was the only kind found on its host. At other 
times, it was associated with the following species the number of 
times indicated:: Hirstionyssus spp., 3; Eubrachylaelaps hollisteri, 
2; Haemolaelaps glasgowt, 1; Dermanyssus sp., 1. 


Euhaemogamasus ambulans (Thorell), 1872 
(Figures 17-24, 26, 27, 31) 


This species was described from mites from Europe. Specimens from North 
America are extremely variable with regards to the numbers of setae and the 
length-width ratios of the sternal shield. Keegan (1951) discussed these varia- 
tions and synonymized several species with H. ambulans. With one exception, 
the mites collected in this study agree with Keegan’s redescription. The differences 
in the numbers of setae and the shape of the sternal plate oceur within the limits 
of variation of western specimens. However, a single female collected in this 
study in Utah differs from typical #H. ambulans in the length-width ratios of 
the tarsi, and the middle pair of sternal setae are barbed. 


Accordng to Keegan (op. cit.), HE. ambulans has been taken from 
birds and mammals at many localities in the northern hemisphere. 
In North America, mites have been collected in Alaska and Canada, 
and in most states from California to New York. Keegan (op. eit.) 
reported records of this species from a wood rat, Neotoma cinerea, 
collected in Logan Canyon, Cache County, Utah in July, 1933. Allred 
and Beck (op. cit.) found this species in wood rat nests collected 
in Juab and Utah counties in October and November, 1951. These 
mites probably are statewide in distribution in Utah at elevations 
between 6000 and 10,000 feet. They are known to occur principally 
in the Transition and Canadian life zones. 

In Utah, £. ambulans probably is associated with wood rats, Neo- 
toma spp., and squirrels, Citellus spp., and occurs most frequently 
in high mountain areas. In this study, these mites were found only 


Euhaemogamasus barberi: Fig. 1, dorsal plate of female showing density of 
setae. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (typical): Fig. 4, dorsal plate of female 
showing density of setae; fig. 7, anal plate of female; fig. 8, genitoventral plate 
of female; fig. 12, left peritreme of female. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (vari- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 33 


whee 


! ni ih 


ant): fig. 2, dorsal plate of female showing density of setae; fig. 3, genitoventral 
plate of female; fig. 5, anal plate of female; fig. 13, sternal plate of female; 
fig. 15, ventral view of left cornicula of female. Ischyropoda armatus: Fig. 6, 
sternal plate of female; fig. 9, chelicera of female; fig. 10, ventral view of left 
tarsus III of female; fig. 11, ventral view of left tarsus II of female; fig. 14, 
anal plate of female; fig. 16, genitoventral plate of female. 


34 PROC! ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


on male mice. It is likely that the male mice wander more extensively 
than do the females, possibly becoming infested when they enter the 
nests or houses of other animals such as wood rats and squirrels. 
Eighteen female mites were collected from 18 mice in May, June, 
July and August. Infestation of mice during these months only may 
be attributable to the wandering habits of the mice or the mites 
during the summer. 

Four of the 18 times that it was collected, HL. ambulans was the 
only mite found on its host. At other times, it was associated with 
the following species the number of times indicated: Haemolaelaps 
glasgowi, 11; H. megaventralis, 1; Trombicula harpert, 2; Eubra- 
chylaelaps debilis, 5; Ischyropoda armatus, 2; Hirstionyssus sp., 1; 
Bdellonyssus sp., 1; Poecilochirus sp., 1; Hypoaspis sp., 1; Ascaidae 
sp., 1; Gamasolaelaptidae sp., 2; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Parasitidae 
Sp... 


Euhaemogamasus barberi (Hwing), 1925 
(Figures 1, 31) 

Ewing (1925) described E. barberi from two females taken from a ‘‘nest of 
small mammal’’ from Maryland, and EF. microti from two females taken from 
a meadow mouse, Microtus pennsylvanicus from New York. Keegan (1951) 
synonymized these two species as FH. barberi. The single female taken in this 
study is similar to Keegan’s redeseription. However, specimens examined by 
Keegan all have over 100 setae on the geniteventral shield; the mite from Utah 
has only 67. 


Mites of this species commonly are associated with rodents that 
live in meadows or marshy areas, such as meadow mice and shrews. 
According to Keegan (op. cit.), this species is known only from 
eastern United States and southeastern Canada. The collection in 
Utah considerably extends its range westward. The mite was taken 
from an immature female mouse from Diamond Fork Canyon, Utah 
County in June, 1951. The mouse was trapped in a grove of cotton- 
wood trees by a small stream where grasses and willows formed a 
marshy area. 

The following species were found on the same host with /. barber: 
Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Hirstionyssus occidentalis, and Haemolaclaps 
glasgow. 


Euhaemogamasus Oudemansi (Hirst), 1914 
Ghicuresne=5 i onlonlonal armor) 


Five females of this species were collected in this study. All of these ditter 
slightly from Keegan’s (1951) redeseription. One differs by having a genito- 
ventral plate which is not as bulbous and expanded as deseribed by Keegan. 
The plate extends only half, the distance between coxae IV and the anal shield 
in contrast to more than two-thirds the distance as discussed by Keegan. On the 
specimen from Utah, the length-width ratios of the tarsi are: leg I, 6:1; leg 
II, 4.5:1; leg ITI, 4.5:1; leg IV, 6.6:1. In Keegan’s discussion these ratios are: 


| 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


oo 
Ut 


fee isles TG dis leg EM, 7215" leg V5 9:1. The dorsal plate is: not. as 
broad anteriorly as Keegan illustrated, and covers considerably less dorsal surface. 
The arrangement of the pores on the dorsal plate varies slightly. Keegan did 
not mention the third pair of pores which occurs on the sternal shield. These 
are located on the most posterior edge of the plate. He illustrated the second 
pair of pores as being closer to the second sternal setae than to the third setae. 
In the specimen from Utah, the second pores are midway between the second 
and third sternal setae. 


ty 


yy 
nit yin 
nay 


Wie 


Euhaemogamasus ambulans (typical): Fig. 19, dorsal plate of female showing 
relative density of setae; fig. 21, sternal plate of female; fig. 22, genitoventral 
plate of female; fig. 26, anal plate of female. Huhaemogamasus ambulans (vari- 
ant): Fig. 17, sternal plate of female; fig. 18, dorsal plate of female showing 
relative density of setae; fig. 20, ventral view of chelicera of female; fig. 23, 
ventral view of left cornicula of female; fig. 24, tectum of female; fig. 27, right 
peritreme of female. Brevisterna utahensis: Fig. 25, dorsal plate of female; 
fig. 28, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 29, sternal plate and presternal area 
of female; fig. 30, anal plate of female. 


36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


In the other four mites, the dorsal plate is broader anteriorly than posteriorly 
and covers more of the dorsal surface than Keegan illustrated, and there are 
seven pairs of pores instead of six. The terminal portion of the cornicula is 
more pointed than Keegan shows in his illustrations, and the genitoventral plate 
is not as bulbous. The posterior invagination of the sternal plate is very broad, 
although this width varies between specimens. Further collections and study 
may indicate that these differences are specific variations. 

Keegan (op. cit.) designated this species as a facultative parasite 
of cosmopolitan distribution. The type specimens were taken from 
wild rats. More recent collections have shown hosts of many kinds 
from many areas. In Utah, Allred and Beek (1953) found this species 
in wood rat nests. These mites probably are state-wide in distribution. 
They are known to occur at elevations from 2500 to about 10,000 
feet in all of the life zones from the Lower Sonoran to the Canadian. 

These mites are not frequently found on mice of the genus Pero- 
myscus. They probably are restricted to the nest, or are consorts 
of animals of other species. Two of the mites collected each contained 
one egg. These eggs were in a ‘‘granular’’ stage of development and 
were of large size, occupying almost one-half the space of the idiosoma. 
The mites were collected from mice in March, April, May and July. 

Mites of the following species were found on the same hosts with 
E. oudemansi: Euhaemogamasus ambulans, Haemolaelaps glasgow, 
Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Parasitidae sp., and Pachylaelaptidae sp. 


Haemogamasus alaskensis Ewing, 1925 


Ewing (1925) described this species from a single female taken 
from a mouse of the genus Microtus from Alaska. Keegan (1951) 
redescribed H. alaskensis from specimens taken from animals of 
several species and genera from the United States, Canada and Alaska. 
In the same paper (op. cit.) he listed records from shrews of the 
species Blarina brevicauda (probably Sorex vagrans) taken at Mor- 
gan, Morgan County, Utah in August and September, 1932. 

In this study a single female mite of this species was collected from 
Peromyscus sp. in Millereek Canyon, Salt Lake County in September, 
1948. 

Ischyropoda armatus Keegan, 1951 
(Figures 6, 9-11, 14, 16, 31) 


Type specimens of this species were collected in California and Arizona from 
a pocket gopher, Thomomys sp., kangaroo rats, Dipodomys sp., and a wood rat, 
Neotoma sp. The mites collected in this study in Utah agree with Keegan’s 
(1951) description of the type. They differ in the dimensions of the plates and 
arrangements of the setae, but these characters are within the limits of varia- 
tion of the species. 


Rodents of many kinds serve as hosts for these mites. These include 
pocket gophers, kangaroo rats, wood rats, squirrels and native mice. 
These mites have been found in Arizona, California, Colorado and 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


4 "13 tl2 it 
Praam en ee eee Te Aes ale: was: 
42 as re S6sHe5 ait seo et 25 Co) 25 50 75 
| / \ | MILES 
ied Dae x i 2 E. AMBULANS 
ye . 70 &. OUDEMANS/ 
1B SYA I. ARMATUS 
¢ ee @ H. ALASKENSIS 
| t@ &. UTAHENS/S 
41 4 pees at iat pe ee i L 41 
| a 
| 
A is 
1; ( 
va 
li } = 0 
40 nN 
paste ee a ri wee 
i ‘ 
| 
| 
| 
st 2° 
| 
! 
l 
ae 38 
S 37 
Fig. 31. Collection localities of EH. ambulans, E. barberi, E. oudemansi, I. 


armatus, H. alaskensis, and B, wtahensis in Utah. 


New Mexico (Keegan, op. cit.). Keegan (1953) records the occur- 
rence of these mites in Utah from two kinds of kangaroo rats, Dipod- 
omys ordu and D. microps, pocket mice, Perognathus parvus, and 
grasshopper mice, Onychomys leucogaster. In Utah, mites of this 
species probably are state-wide in distribution. They occur principally 
at elevations between 3000 and 6500 feet in the Upper Sonoran and 
Transition life zones. 

Three male and 27 female mites of this species were collected from 
11 mice during the periods from May through September, and in 


38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


November. The greatest numbers were taken in May. During the 
five-year period, they were collected only in 1952 and 1953. Six of 
the 11 times that it was collected, I. armatus was the only kind 
found on its host. At other times, it was associated with mites of 
the following species the number of times indicated: Bdellonyssus 
bacoti, 1: Haemolaelaps glasgoui, 6; H. megaventrals, 1; Eubrachy- 
laelaps circularis, 1; E. debilis, 2; Hirstionyssus spp., 4; Dermanyssis 
sp., 1; Euhaemogamasus ambulans, 1; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Anten- 
nophoridae sp., 1. 


DISQUSSION 


Most mites are not so host specific that their geographic distribu- 
tion is determined entirely by the range of their host. Nevertheless, 
mites of some species were associated more frequently with one 
kind of mouse than with another, such as Huhaemogamasus ambulans 
and Ischyropoda armatus which were found most frequently on 
Peromyscus maniculatus. Mites of these species apparently occur 
only in the Middle Rocky Mountain Faunal Area (see Durrant, 
1952 :480), yet their deer mouse host is state-wide in distribution. 


In the Upper Sonoran and Transition life zones in Utah, mites 
are active usually from May through September; this applies to 
Ischyropoda armatus. In the Lower Sonoran Life Zone and areas 
of the Upper Sonoran where climatic conditions approach those of 
the Lower Sonoran, mites are most active during the period from 
May to July. This applies to Huhaemogamasus oudemansi, found 
most commonly in these areas. Mites of the species Huhaemogamasus 
ambulans generally occur only at the higher elevations in the montane 
forest areas where they were most commonly found during the period 
from June through August. 

Population cycles of mites occur independently of one another 
in different geographic localities and may act as barriers which allow 
subspecies to develop rapidly. Mites of the species Ischyropoda 
armatus are both northern and southern in distribution, and may 
be divided into two groups on the basis of seasonal activity. The 
northern mites were commonly found on mice during the period 
from May through November, whereas the southern mites were found 
only from May through July. 

Although the numbers of mites of this family that were collected 
from Peromyscus are not large, they were sufficient to indicate cer- 
tain trends in seasonal population fluctuations and geographic dis- 
tribution. However, it is evident that these species are not regularly 
associated with mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. Further 
collections of other animals may disclose the preferred hosts, although 
it is possible that many of these species, such as Brevisterna utahensis, 
are primarily nest dwellers, and get onto the host only to feed. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 B39 


TABLE I. Check-list and host correlation of the numbers and kinds of mites of 
the family Haemogamasidae taken from each of four species of Peromyscus. 
No mites of this family were found on Peromyscus boylit. 


No. Mites Taken From Each Peromyscus Species 


Species of Mite P. crinitus P.eremicus P. maniculatus P. truei 
Brevisterna utahensis 4 2 1 
Huhaemogamasus ambulans 17 
Buhaemogamasus sp. near 

ambulans 1 
Buhaemogamasus barberi 1 
Huhaemogamasus oudemansi if 3 
Huhaemogamasus sp. near 

oudemmansi it 
Haemogamasus alaskensis il 
Ischyropoda armatus 28 2 

{EF ERENCES 


Allred, Dorald M. Mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. I. 
General Infestation. (Unpublished manuscript. ) 

Allred, Dorald M. and D. Elden Beck, 1953. Mite fauna of wood rat nests in 
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 30:53-56. 

Baer, J. G., 1951. Ecology of animal parasites. Univ. IIT. Press, Urbana, Illinois. 
2°24 pp. 

Davis, Donald W. and George F. Knowlton, 1954. Controlling spider mites. Utah 
State Agric. College, Ext. Cire. No. 211, 4 pp. 

Doane, R. W., 1916. Notes on mites attacking orchard and field crops in Utah. 
Science 46(1182) :192. 

Durrant, Stephan D., 1952. Mammals of Utah. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. 
Hist., Lawrence, Kansas, Vol. 6, 549 pp. 

Ewing, H. E., 1925. New mites of the parasitic genus Haemogamasus Berlese. 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 38:137-144. 

—________, 1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily 
Parasitoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 82(30):1-14. 

Keegan, H. L., 1949. Huhaemogamasus utahensis Ewing, 1933, redeseribed as 
type species of new genus Brevisterna (Acarina: Laelaptidae). Trans. Amer. 
Micro. Soe. 68(3) :222-227. 

——, 1951. The mites of the subfamily Haemogamasinae (Acari: Laelap- 
tidae). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 101(3275) :203-268. 

—————_, 1953. Collections of parasitic mites from Utah. The Great Basin 
Nat. 13 (1-2) :35-42. 

Knowlton, George F., 1955. Celery and potato field insects of Utah—Part III. 
Utah State Agric. College, Mimeo. Series 416, 17 pp. 

, 1955. Some insects of Utah—1954. Utah State Agric. College, 
Mimeo. Series 135, 13 pp. 

—___ and S. C. Ma, 1950. Some Utah mites—1949. Jour. Kansas Ent. 

Soe. 23 (2) : 74-76. 


40) PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


TAXONOMIC NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN APION 
(COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAP) 


The complete reference to the following species may be found in 
Wagner, 1912, Genera Insectorum, fase. 130, Apioninae, or Wagner, 
1911, Junk Coleopterum Catalogus, pars 6, Apioninae. 

Apion arizonae Fall (1898) = A. segnipes morrisoni Wagner (1911). New 
synonymy. 
Apion disparatum Sharp (1890) = A. nasutum Fall (1898). New synonymy. 


Apion disparipes Fall (1898) = A. brunneotibiale Wagner (1912). New 
synonymy. 
Apion erythropterum Sharp (1890) = A. pyriforme Smith (1884), nec. Kirsch 


(1874), new synonymy. A. falli Wagner (1909), new synonymy. 
Apion hastifer Sharp (1890) = A. poeticwm Sharp (1890). New synonymy. 


Apion luteirostre Gerstacker (1845) = A. acarinum Sharp (1890); A. argentinum 
Beguin-Billecocq (1909); A. eydoniae Bondar (1950). New synonymy. 
Apion pleuriticum Sharp (1890) = A. fraudulentum Sharp (1890). New 

synonymy. 
Apion punctulirostre Sharp (1890) = A. spectator Sharp (1890). New synonymy. 
Apion simile Kirby (1811) = A. superciliosum Gyllenhal (1813); <A. triste 


Germar (1817); A. lanuginosum Walsh (1867), nec Gerstacker (1854), new 
synonymy; A. walshii Smith (1884), new synonymy ; A. vieinum Smith (1884), 
new synonymy ; A. eppelsheimi Faust (1887). 

Apion fraternum Smith (1884) is a good species and is distinct 
from A. griseum Smith (1884) with which it has been synonymized 
by Fall (1898). Lectotype of A. fraternum is hereby designated as 
the female specimen labeled Columbus, Texas, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 1252. 
Lectoparatypes are in the J. L. Leconte collection. Lectotype of A. 
griseum is here designated as the male specimen labeled New Jersey, 
USN Me Cat. No. 1253. 

A. fraternum Smith is the more abundant and widely spread species 
of the two. The larvae develop in beans of the genus Strophostyles ; 
series were examined that were reared from seed pods of S. helvola 
and A. umbellata. A. griseum Smith occurs along the Atlantic sea- 
board from New York to Florida. It has been reared from the seeds 
of Phaseolus polystachys. 


The following summarizes the principal distinguishing characters : 

A, griseum Smith, front tibia of male with an elongate, flattened, polished, 
striate area on inner anterior face extending one-half length of tibia; beak of 
female in dorsal view parallel sided in apical third. A. fraternwm Smith, front 
tibia of male with slight flattened area on inner anterior surface devoid of scales, 
but not polished and at most feebly striate, extends not more than one-third 
length of tibia; beak of female in dorsal view distinctly expanded at tip. 


—D. G. Kisstnaer, Department of Entomology, University of Mary- 
land, College Park. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 41 


SOLUBEA BERGROTH, 1891, A SYNONYM OF OEBALUS STAL, 1862, 
AND 
A NOTE CONCERNING THE DISTRIBUTION OF O. ORNATUS (SAILER) 
(HEMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE) 
R. I. SAmeR, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
Washington, D. C. 


Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum has brought to my attention 
the fact that Oebalus Rafinesque 1815 was and still is a nomen nudum. 
Hence Bergroth’s 1891 proposal of Solubea as a new name for Oebalus 
Stal, 1862, was without justification and Solubea Bergroth must be 
treated as a synonym of Oebalus Stal. 


This change of generic name is of importance since the economically 
important rice stink bugs are involved. Fortunately, the name Soluwbea 
did not come into general use in economic literature until after 1920, 
though it became established in taxonomic literature 15 years earlier. 


In the following check list of trivial names that must now be placed 
under the generic name of Oebalus, those names currently recognized 
as valid are in bold face type and synonymous names are in italics. 
The genus in which the trivial name was originally described is shown 
in brackets. 


CHECK List or TRIVIAL NAMES ASSIGNED TO THE GENUS OEBALUS 


augur (Say), 1831 [Pentatoma] = pugnax (F.) 

exigua (Berg), 1891 [Mormidea] = poecilus (Dallas) 

geographica (Guérin-Méneville), 1857 [Pentatoma] (preoccupied) = insularis Stal 

grisescens (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination. 

guerinit (Lethierry and Severin), 1893 [Mormidea] (new name for geographica 
G.-M.) = insularis Stal 

inseriptus (Fabricius), 1803 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.) 

insularis Stal, 1872 [ Oebalus | 

linki (Heidemann), 1917 [Mormidea] New combination 

litteratus (Gmelin), 1789 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.) 

mexicanus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination 

ornatus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination 

orthocantha (Palisot de Beauvois), 1805 [Pentatoma] — pugnax (F.) 

poecilus (Dallas), 1851 [Mormidea] New combination 

postposita (Bergroth), 1914 [Solubea] = poecilus (Dallas) 

pugnax (Fabricius), 1775 | Cimex] 

rufescens Haglung, 1868 [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas) 

similis Kuhlgatz, 1902 as variety of insularis [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas) 

torridus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] as subspecies of pugnax = pugnax torridus 
(Sailer) New combination 

typhoeus (Fabricus), 1803 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.) 

vitripennis (Burmeister), 1835 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.) 

ypsilon-griseus (DeGeer), 1773 [Cimex| 

ypsilonoides Berg, 1879 [Oebalus] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.) 


42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FHBRUARY, 1957 


Except for Rafinesque, 1815, references to the literature mentioned 
above may be found in Sailer, R. I., 1944, The Genus Solubea (Heter- 
optera: Pentatomidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 46(5) : 105-127. The 
reference to Rafinesque ’s work is as follows: Analyse de la Nature, ou 
Tableau de 1’Univers et des Corps Organises. Palerme, 1815, page 140. 

(See Complete Writings of C. Z. Rafinesque oF Recent and Fossil 
‘onchology, edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr., Bailliere 
Brothers, New York, 1864, 96 pages. ) 

At the time I described ornatus it was known from the islands of 
Puerto Rico and Hispaniola, where the species is common. In addition, 
I reported three specimens from Cali, Colombia, which I thought 
might have been mislabeled, since I had no other records from either 
Central or South America. Subsequently, specimens of ornatus were 
sent to me from a locality 47 kilometers from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 
alone the highway to Sao Paulo, where they were collected by Dr. 
Petr Wygodzinsky on November 12, 1943. 

The discovery of ornatus so far south in Brazil raises a question 
concerning the identity of Mormidea exigua Berg. Usine Bere’s de- 
seription and the distribution of poecilus as guides, I concluded that 
exigua could be only a synonym of poecilus. Since poecilus and orna- 
tus can be distinguished only by differences found in the male and 
female genital structures, the certain identity of exigua must be 
decided by an examination of the genitalia of the type specimen. 
Should these prove identical with ornatus (Sailer, 1944), this name 
will fall as a synonym of exigua Berg, 1891. 


RESEARCH... key to the future 


Diamond ALKALI recognizes the importance of research 
and salutes the men and women whose continuing efforis 
to unlock the doors of knowledge promise a brighter 
future for humanity. As evidence of this belief, the stafi 
and facilities of the Diamond Research Center again ars 
being expanded. We will welcome requests for co-ope7>- 
tion on research and development projects. 


ll, 
“unr T Pai, DIAMOND ALKALI COMPANY 
CHEMICALS Cleveland 14, Ohio 

Iw S 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 43 


NORMAN EUGENE McINDOO 
1881-1956 


The profession of entomology lost a valued and highly respected 
member with the passing of Norman Eugene MeIndoo on September 7, 
1956, while hospitalized at the Washington Sanatarium, Takoma Park, 
Maryland. Previous to his death, due to slowly failing heart action, 
he had been partially incapacitated by a stroke for a considerable 
period. 

Dr. McIndoo was born. at Lyons, Indiana, April 11, 1881. After 
completing his early education, he entered the University of Indiana 
from which institution he received a degree of A.B. in 1906. Follow- 
ing his graduation, he taught in high school in Wisconsin, 1906-08. 


44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


He then reentered the University of Indiana and received an A.M. 
degree in 1909. As a Harrison fellow, he matriculated in the same 
year at the University of Pennsylvania and was awarded the degree of 
Doctor of Philosophy in Zoology in 1911. In addition to the foregoing 
educational pursuits and practices, Dr. McIndoo assisted at the Uni- 
versity of Indiana, 1905-06, and in the summer of 1905 collected blind 
fishes in caves of western Cuba as well as other fishes indigenous to 
the fresh and salt waters of the island. He also attended the Biological 
Station of the University of Indiana, the Woods Hole Biological Sta- 
tion, the George Washington University, and the United States De- 
partment of Agriculture Graduate School. 

Dr. McIndoo’s later interests in and researches on the sense organs 
and responses of insects to various stimuli were largely initiated by 
his studies at the University of Pennsylvania which resulted in the 
publication of his thesis entitled ‘‘The Lyriform Organs and Tactile 
Hairs of Araneads.”’ 

The Bureau of Entomology of the United States Department of 
Agriculture appointed Dr. MecIndoo to its staff in 1911 and assigned 
him to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations. After serving in 
this and other divisions for a period of 34 years, he retired as a senior 
entomologist in 1945. During his long and distinguished career, Dr. 
MeIndoo’s researches received world-wide recognition, particularly in 
the field relating to the olfactory and other sense organs of insects 
belonging to the orders Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, 
Diptera, and Orthoptera. He developed the well-known MeIndoo 
olfactometer, which instrument was extensively used in his studies on 
insect attractants and repellents. 

In addition to Dr. McIndoo’s researches in the science of osmies, he 
made extensive investigations of derris, cubé, and other rotenone-bear- 
ing plants to evaluate their usefulness for the destruction of insect 
pests. 

Dr. McIndoo was the author or coauthor of 84 publications and was 
particularly adept in making detailed pen and ink drawings to illus- 
trate the text. 

Dr. McIndoo was a past president of the Entomological Society of 
Washington, a fellow in the Entomological Society of America, and a 
member of the American Society of Zoology and of the Insecticide 
Society of Washington. In addition, he participated actively in many 
civic organizations of the Washington area. 

Dr. McIndoo will always be remembered as a modest man, a con- 
scientious worker and a gentleman in every respect. He will be greatly 
missed by all who had the good fortune to know and associate with 
him. He is survived by his widow, Emma P. McIndoo, two children, 
Thomas M. and Mary, and two grandchildren. 


E. H. SIEGLER 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 45 


SOCIETY MEETING 


The 657th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was 
held on Thursday, November 1, 1956, in room 48 of the U. S. National Museum. 
There were 54 members and 52 visitors present. President R. A. St. George called 
the meeting to order at 8:00 p.m. and the minutes of the previous meeting were 
read and approved. 

The following new members were elected: 

Fred A. Morton, Entomology Branch, Office of the Chief of Engineers, Depart- 
ment of the Army; Dr. Lafe R. Edmonds, Engineering Research and Develop- 
ment Laboratory, Fort Belvoir, Va.; William L. Downes, Jr., Insect Identification 
and Parasite Introduction Section, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.; 
Robert V. Travis, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station, Belts- 
ville, Md.; John Knox Clagett, 6909 Carleton Terrace, College Park, Md.; and 
Max W. McFadden, 2040 Eye St. N.W., Washington 6, D. C. 

F. W. Poos, in behalf of the nominating committee, reported on the proposed 
officers for 1957. (Note: Officers for the year 1957 are presented on the inside 
front cover.—Ed.) President St. George thanked Dr. Poos for presenting the 
report in behalf of chairman W. H. Anderson, and thanked the committee, of 
which the third member was W. D. Reed, for preparing the slate of nominations. 

Some corrections offered by members to the proposed constitutional change 
presented at the previous meeting were discussed by President St. George. Voting 
on the proposals was deferred until the annual meeting in December, because of 
the large number of visitors present. 


Randall Latta brought greetings to the Society from the American Entomologi- 
cal Society, which he addressed at its regular meeting in the Academy of Natural 
Science in Philadelphia in September. 

H. H. Stage exhibited a pendant of amber containing several fossilized insects. 

W. E. Bickley announced that the ‘‘woolly-bear’’ prediction this year was for 
a mild winter, and that this is to be his final observation on the subject. Presi- 


dent St. George recalled seeing the statement that woolly-bears are unreliable 
forecasters. 


RR. H. Foote exhibited ‘‘ Aquatic Insects of California,’’ edited by Robert L. 
Usinger. Jerome G. Rozen reviewed ‘‘A Revision of the Genus Pselaptrichus 
Brendel,’’ by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh, and ‘‘ A Classification 
of the First-Instar Larvae of the Meloidae,’’ by J. W. MacSwain. 


CG. F. Rainwater gave a note on the status of the Mediterranean fruit fly pre- 
pared by the Plant Pest Survey Section. In Florida 11 new infestations were 
found during September in known infested counties. The last infested county 
was Osceola found two months ago. By the end of September, 168 infestations 
were known in 27 counties. There were 38,825 traps in the field, 36,000 in 39 
counties in Florida. The remainder were in Alabama, California, Georgia, Louisi- 
ana, Mississippi, and Texas. No flies have been found outside of Florida. A 
total of 3,853,674 acres have been treated with bait spray and 26,673 acres have 
received surface treatment with granular insecticides. 


46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 


Of the area treated by aircraft with bait spray, 1,331,735 acres were Ccov- 
ered under Federal contract and 2,249,270 acres under State contract. Aireraft 
was used to treat 8,167 acres with granular insecticides, and ground equipment 
to spray 17,442 acres with bait spray and 22,446 acres with granular insecticide. 
Treatment is still being applied to 246,000 aeres, which is a reduction of some 
65 percent from the original spray area. The fly has exhibited a marked ability 
to build up rapidly when eontrols have not been properly timed. On September 
26 certification was waived on all regulated vegetables produced in all Federally 
regulated counties except Pinellas. (Speaker’s abstract.) 

The principal paper of the evening, ‘‘ Malaria Control Problems in Indo-China,’’ 
was given by Harry H. Stage, Malaria and Vector Control Specialist (until retire- 
ment October 31, 1956), International Cooperation Administration, Vietnam. 
Dr. Stage introduced Dr. Louis Williams, Jr., Pan American Sanitary Bureau, 
regional office of the World Health Organization. 

The problems encountered in efforts to control malaria in Indochina are many 
and varied. Some of them are concerned with lack of trained personnel. Such 
problems can be resolved, although that requires time and local interest. Others 
are more complicated because they are closely associated with the very life of 
the people 


their habits, their ideology, and their security. These latter prob- 
lems do not yield easily to western ideas of organization and management, and 
they should not be subjected completely to our kind of logic. Rather, we for- 
eigners must bend to unaccustomed lines of approach and emphasis. These latter 


problems—indefinite, in some cases unmentionable—are no less vital to us who 


undertake a disease-control project than problems having to do with the insect 
vector itself. In Vietnam the problem is especially complicated because there 
are some 700,000 tribal Indonesians living in remote mountain areas and who 
contribute little to the economy of the country. The Vietnamese are therefore 
inclined to disregard them in health programs and social welfare. The problems 
of military insecurity, transportation, trained personnel, and customs, require 
special consideration and thought. The problems having to do with finances are 
not those involved in inadequacy of funds; rather, they are concerned with pro- 
cedures for getting the money to the end point. The steps are many and tor- 
tuous, and sometimes there are leakages enroute. There are 22 species of An- 
opheles, probably only three of which, A. minimus, A. jeyporiensis, and A. sun- 
diacus, are effective vectors. These have very definite habitat requirements, 
however, and so cause a ‘‘spotted’’ incidence over the nation. Emphasis should 
be placed on one of the greatest problems—and weaknesses—in the Indochinese 
Malaria Control Programs, that of inadequate supervision. Without it anopheline 
resistance will be promoted and this in turn will make the task of eventual ma- 
laria eradication difficult indeed. (Speaker’s abstract.) 

Dr. Stage’s slides were an excellent complement to his talk, which was fol- 
lowed by questions and comments by Doyle Reed, Margaret Walton, Louis Wil- 
liams, Reece Sailer, and others. 


Two new members were introduced, Lafe Edmonds and Fred Morton. The 
visitors introduced were Frederico and Anna Lane of Brazil, Major Tibor Lépes 
of Yugoslavia (where his name would be given as Lépes Tibor), Mrs. Stage, Mrs. 
Lucie C. Timberlake, and Dr. J. Bonne-Wepster, of the Netherlands. The meet- 
ink adjourned at 9:48 p.m.—Keuulir O’NeiuL, Recording Secretary. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 4.7 


A Cyanamid Report 


Resistance 


Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type 
insecticides has been proven or suspected in: 


cockroaches house flies 
mosquitoes flea beetles 


Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil 


dog and cat fleas body lice 

bed bugs lygus bugs 
codling moth cotton leaf worm 
leafhoppers dog ticks 


Many researchers have found malathion to be 
a capable replacement for the chlorinated 
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations 
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem 
in your area, you might well consider malathion 
for your 1957 research schedule. 


Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY 

particular Agricultural Chemicals Division 

technical Insecticide Research 
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y. 


Pyrenone 


HELPS TO PRESERVE 
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL 


Pee quickly kills destructive, annoy- 
ing and disease-carrying insects. 

In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective 
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application 
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- 
tacks for an entire storage season. 


On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible 
stages of insects fast —even between showers of 
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not 
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- 
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly 
emerging parasites and predators are free to com- 
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize 
or feed upon destructive insect pests. 

This means that Pyrenone is completely com- 
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying 


insects. 
eal an cfefe (OLN Vetere LON ian Jaa Hl On 


FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION 


Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 
1701 Patapsco Avenue « Baltimore 26, Md. 


BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal 


3 GREAT 
INSECTICIDES 


CHLORDANE 


ae 


“Y(HEPTACHLOR 


CONTROL THESE INSECTS 


CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, 


Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, 
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, 
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole 
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic 
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern 
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet 
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, 
Wireworms...and many others. 


HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- 


worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover 
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, 
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, 
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- 
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon 
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- 
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- 
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western 
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms 
»..and many others. 


ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- 


ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. 


WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS 


VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. 


Pee RE SIE NOT A Toh VE Ss LN POR OUEN EG TOP Aye Cree t ees 


el 


Preferred by Home owners 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


ae: 
x Peet es 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of | 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0. 10% | 
thrins, 0 12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Meth xyct 


‘GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Pili 
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Py 

Piperonyl Eutonlde, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


‘ - GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 4 
An easy-to-use pressurized ‘spray | for protectin 


nies oe against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contai 


and 3% Perthane. 
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 


A convenient pressurized spray ‘containir 
i ie insecticides for killing ants and c 


0. 08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 
y aghy tA superlative-quality insecticide specially orm nulc 


sy 


_ use where foodstuffs are processed, oye 
Contains ¢ 0. 25% Use and 0.20% P 


- GULF Livestock ‘SPRAY 
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing 
repellent properties. Contains: 0; 07% Pyrethr s 
ae Butoxide. 


GULF BUILDING, | virrsaure 


s 
7. 2 
in 
af 
i? 
ies 


VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NO. 2 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 


ALLRED, D. M.—A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the 
Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Acarina, 
PEKeCUIECATI-V S591 C1 cl Cy eee ee ee ee eee ee Se ete Ss oS 


ARNAUD, P., JR.—A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis 
Matsumura.) (Diptera, Eleleidae)) 222 ee 


LAMORE, D.—The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae, 
as a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Walckenaer, Family Argiopidae, 
imeErince Georse,s) County, Maryland —. = = C8 


SLATER, J. A.. and HURLBUTT, H. W.—A Comparative Study of the 
Metathoracic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) €7 


SNYDER, T. E.—A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81 


STEYSKAL, G. C._—The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philip- 
pine Diptera, II _________ ane oe Wen ere te a es MOO 


SUMMERS, F. M.—American Species of Ledermuielteria and Ledermuelleri- 
opsis, With a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Acarina, Stig- 


82 


PeeIde ore Cale ORELMICAE) yee ee eee ec 49 
WILLIAMS, R. W.—Observations on the reel Habits of Some Heleidae 

Gicohespermuga wsiands «(Diptera a GL 
ares TES Pr ACT RO UNI IN Ose RGiby, ae Sew ot a ee = 166 
TENS) CES, TRAN VATS NN? Pa ies TE Sie a Eee de 80 


THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON 


ORGANIZED MarcH 12, 1884 


Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National 
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. 


MEMBERSHIP 


Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the 
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is 
$1.00 (U.S. eurreney). 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, 
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. 
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. 
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The 
Entomological Society of Washington. 

The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. 

All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.1 
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received 
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica- 
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page, 
plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive 
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should 
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation, 
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should 
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in 
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in 
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in 
parentheses in the text. 

Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” 
(26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same 
page. Cost. of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be 
borne by the author. 

Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus 
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- 
companies the returned proofs: 


2pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers 


SOM CO pies ts. 2. ee $2.00 $35.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 
LOOveoplesy ste 1s Ls Ss 2 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 
Additional copies per 100 ____— = r00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 


Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization 
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. 


1Miss Alice V. Renk, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. 8S. Department of 
Agriculture, Room 3151, South Building, Washington 25, D. C. 


Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 
PME ONEOLOGICAL SOCIETY .OF WASHINGTON 


VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NOS 2 


AMERICAN SPECIES OF LEDERMUELLERIA AND 
LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS, WITH A NOTE ON NEW SYNONYMY 
IN NEOGNATHUS 


(ACARINA, STIGMAEIDAE, CALIGONELLIDAE). 
F. M. Summers, University of California, Davis 


The mites that Oudemans (1923) referred to his genus Ledermuel- 
leria comprise a homogeneous group of stigmaeids having globate 
bodies almost completely encased in an ornamented exoskeleton. They 
occur as thinly dispersed inhabitants of ground litter, leaf mold, moss, 
and meadow land. Three of the four Ledermuelleria species and the 
one species of Ledermuelleriopsis collected principally in California 
are species described from Europe. Redescriptions of the named 
species are needed because existing descriptions do not clearly indicate 
their distinguishing features. 

A distinctive feature of these two genera is the extensive encase- 
ment of the hysterosoma by one (Ledermuelleria) or two (Leder- 
muelleriopsis) dorsal plates. These plates constitute a carapace-like 
covering over the entire dorsum and sidewalls of the hysterosoma. The 
humeral (scapular) plate on each side is displaced to a pleuro-ventral 
position. 


LEDERMUELLERIA Oudemans 


Ledermiilleria Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150. 

Globate, red or straw-colored mites with stubby legs and mouthparts. Palpus 
5-segmented, thickset, longer than extended chelicera by two distal segments; 
overall length not greater than combined lengths of genu, tibia, and tarsus of 
leg I. Primary claw of palptibia well-developed, with a very small accessory 
claw anchored medially at its base. Palptarsus a slender cylinder, equal to or 
slightly longer than primary claw; equipped with five acicular setae, a peglike 
sensillum, and a stubby, trifid sensillum at its apex. Chelicerae independently 
movable, with retractile stylets much shorter than inflated basal segments. Idio- 
soma arched dorsally, its posterior end with a shallow suleus which delimits a 
‘caudal protuberance,’’ on the inferior surface of which is located a pair of 
ano-genital valves. Dorsum almost wholly shielded with three sculptured plates: 
one covering propodosoma, one covering hysterosoma to lateral margins of venter, 
and one caudal plate covering posteriormost protuberance and part of ventral 
opisthosoma. Humeral (scapular) plate large, triangular, displaced ventrally 
with apex intruding between coxae II and TIT. All of these plates tessellated 
or uniformly dimpled. Two or four sternal plates; the two between opposite 


50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


coxal groups on propodosoma may unite in midventral line to form a single 
‘«prosternum’’; the two on metapososoma may be separate or joined into a 
‘<metasternum.’’ Sternal and genital plates delicate, not usually sculptured. 
Eyes: apparently one on each side with a clearly discernible refractile body. 
Twenty-six dorsal setae, including two ventrally displaced humerals and four on 
caudal plate. Ventral setae simple, four to six pairs, not including three pairs 
on anal portion of ano-genital valves. Anal and genital apertures not separated 
externally. Setae and special sensilla of appendages closely follow pattern described 
for Stigmaeidae (Grandjean, 1944) with but minor variations between species. 
Empodia I to IV each with three pairs divergent, capitate tenent hairlets. 


Ledermuelleria segnis (Koch) 
(Figs. 1-4) 
Caligonus segnis Koch, 1836, Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachni- 
den, Fase. 5, No. 10. 
Raphignathus ruber Koch, 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems 3(3) :56, 
PI Ve rics 3s: 
Raphignathus piger (Schrank). Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myriapoda et Scorpiones 
hucusque in Italia Reperta. Ordo Prostigmata, Fasc. XXII, No. 1, Pl. S84. 
Ledermiilleria segnis (Koch). Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150. 


The mite described by Koch (1836) as Caligonus segnis is a distine- 
tive species, such that his figure of this species permits recognition 
beyond reasonable doubt. Also described and illustrated in the same 
monograph were Caligonus piger and C. ruber. The nomenclature of 
these three species became confused in Koch’s synoptic work of 1842. 
This time he illustrated C. segnis but applied to it the name Raphig- 
nathus ruber (Fig. 28). In like manner, another mite which he first 
named C. ruber is again illustrated but under the name of C. piger. 
At a later date, Berlese (1885) redescribed the animal here considered 
to be conspecific with C. segnis, but he called it Raphignathus piger 
(Schrank). Sample specimens of this mite from California were sent 
to Dr. G. Lombardini, Florence, Italy, who found them to be identical 
with specimens identified by Berlese as R. piger (Schr). 

The synonymy of the three species as given by Oudemans (1923) 
does not clarify the nomenclature. According to Oudeman’s belief, 
Caligonus ruber Koch belongs in the genus Nicoletiella (= N. cornuta 
Can. et Fanz.). Another complication appears in Podaia. Acarus 
ruber Schrank, 1776 (= A. rubens Schr., 1781) was made the type 
of Podaia by Oudemans (1923). Oudemans also believed that A. 
rubens Schr. = Caligonus piger Koch. Although Podaia is a genus 
of doubtful status at the present time, it is clear that Schrank’s figure 
of Acarus ruber (1776) does not depict a species which should be 
included in Ledermuelleria. 


Female.—Sculpturing of dorsal plates appears as numerous, deeply indented 
pits, oval to circular in outline, closely and evenly spaced, of uniform size; each 
approximately 11 mw in diameter. Lining of each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal 
setae bowed or curved, sickle-like, with alveoli on elevated tubercles; all denticu- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 ol 


late, with serrations bilateral; axes tapering to finely pointed tips. Tubercles 
of first dorso-medians (verticales) loeated forward, in an inferior position on 
part of propodosoma overhanging cheliceral bases. Setae of dorso-median rows 
as long or longer than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind ; 
second dorso-median setae (adjacent to eyes) slightly longer (ca. 75 uw) than 
others on propodosoma but not longer than dorso-medians on hysterosoma; four 
shortest on caudal plate. Two sternal plates of propodosoma continous across 
mid-ventral line to constitute a prosternum. Sternal plates of metapodosoma 
incompletely fused in mid-ventral line. Genital plate not distinctly separated 
from caudal plate surrounding ano-genital area. Genital plate expanded to cover 
a broad area of opisthosoma close behind sternal plates of metapodosoma, bearing 
but one pair of widely spaced genital setae. Genu I bears three setae of common 
type plus a minute spiniform sensillum (épine « of Grandjean); corresponding 
sensillum absent on genu II; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common 
type. Measurements (109 2): idiosoma, 300 mw long, 250 mu wide; leg I, 170 pu 
from base of trochanter to tips of claws. 
Male.—Not observed. 


Collection Data.—Green Valley, Solano County, Calif., Dec. 1, 1948 
(H. E. Cott and 8. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Mount Diablo, 
Contra Costa County, Calif., Dec. 30, 1948 (H. E. Cott and 8. F. 
Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Smithfield Canyon, Utah, Mar. 16, 
1949 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex maple leaves. Cobb 
Mountain, Lake County, Calif., May 5, 1950 (W. J. Wall and BS. F. 
Bailey), ex oak and pine leaf mold. Torrey Pines Park, San Diego 
County, Calif., Dec. 28, 1950 (R. M. Bohart), ex pine leaf mold. 
Auburn, Calif., Mar. 11, 1951 (EK. I. Schlinger), ex pine leaf mold. 
Quincy, Calif., Forest Range and Experiment Station, Apri. 1, 1951 
(F. M. Summers), ex manzanita leaf mold. Altadena, Calif., Dec. 
24, 1951 (KE. I. Schlinger), ex leaf mold, Quercus agrifolia. Mount 
Pinos, East Ventura County, Calif., May 2, 1952 (S. F. Bailey), ex 
manzanita leaf mold. Said Valley, Lassen County, Calif., July 30, 
1952 (W. C. Bentlinek), ex ground litter. 


Ledermuelleria clavata (Can. e Fanz.) 
(Figs. 5-6) 
Caligonus clavatus Canestrini e Fanzago, 1876, Atti d. Soc. Veneto-Trentina di 
Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135. Id., 1877, Atti R. Inst. Veneto di Sci. Lett. ed Arti 
4 (5): 154, Pl. 4. 
Raphignathus clavatus, G. Canestrini, 1889, Ibid. 7 (ser. 6): 508, Pl. 11, Figs. 
41, 43. A. Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myr. et Scorp. Ital., Fasc. XXII, No. 2, 
Pl. 86, Figs. 1-8. 
[?] Raphignathus sphagneti Hull, 1918, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland, 
Durham, Neweastle-upon-Tyne 5:30, Pl. 3, Figs. 70-72. Nrw SyNonyMy. 
Ledermiilleria clavatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130): 151. 
Female.—Dorsal plates sculptured with pits or dimples so closely set that their 


elevated margins are polygonal in outline, producing a netlike appearance. Lining 
of pits membranous, appearing as a circular depression in center of each polygon. 


52 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Dorsal setae stubby, bayonet-like, evenly tapered from base to greatest thickness 
near tips; bluntly pointed; axial core differentiated from hyaline sheath, the 
latter showing few incipient denticulations. Setae of dorso-median rows much 
shorter than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind, their 
alveoli not on conspicuous tubereles. First dorso-median pair (verticales) on 
upper surface; second dorso-median pair (nearest to eyes) longer (60 mw) than 
others on propodosoma; shortest of dorsal setae about two-thirds the length of 
the longest ones. Plates on venter of idiosoma, integumental covering of gnatho* 
soma and basal segments of legs faintly show sculpturing as on dorsum. Two 
sternal plates of propodosoma and two of metapodosoma not united with each 
other across mid-ventral line. Genital plate discrete, narrow, its anterior margin 
semi-circular; with three pairs subequal setae bordering genital area. Caudal 
protuberance pendant beneath opisthosoma, its hindermost margin not visible 
from above. Each genu I and II has three setae of common type plus a minute 
spiniform sensillum; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. 
Measurements (32 9): Idiosoma, 430 mw long, 340 uw wide; leg I, 210 u from 
base of trochanter to tips of claws. 
Male.—Not observed. 


Collection Data—Millie Spring, Allen Canyon, Utah, July, 1950 
(G. F. Knowlton and 8. L. Wood), ex moss. Garden City, Utah, Mar. 
16, 1950 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex poplar humus. 


Ledermuelleria pectinata (Ewing) 
Giigss 7-8) 
Raphygnathus pectinatus Hwing, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37:151, 
PE Eo Micw23: 

Ledermiilleria pectinatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130) :152. 
Bustigmaeus granulosus Willmann, 1951, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch., 
Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 160 (1-2): 137, Fig. 20. New Synonymy. 
Female.—Dorsal plates seulptured as in L. segnis, with pits oval to circular 
in outline, evenly spaced, of uniform size, each 7 to 9 w in diameter. Lining of 
each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal setae short (to 27 uw long), straight or slightly 
curved, club-shaped, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules. Alveoli set in small 
tubercles. Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metas- 
ternum; prosternum covers sternal area to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate 
well-separated from caudal plate widest at its anterior third, narrowed behind 
to width of ano-genital valves; with three pairs genital setae as illustrated. 
Caudal protuberance sub-terminal, tip visible from above. Each genu I and TI] 
has three setae of common type plus a minute, spiniform sensillum; each genu 
ITT and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (492 2): Idiosoma, 
310 mw long, 230 w wide; leg I, 160 w from base of trochanter to tips of claws. 

Male.—Not observed. 


Collection Data.—Kast Layton, Utah, Oct. 19, 1949 (G. F. Knowlton 
and Shi-Chun Ma), ex oak leaves. Mount St. Helena, Napa County, 
California, May 10, 1951 (S. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. 

The species here identified as L. pectinata (Ewing) is identical with 
the type specimen in the U.S. National Museum. However, it appears 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 5: 


vo 


that it may be one of G. Canestrini’s (1889) species, possibly that 
which he named Raphignathus anauniensis. The suspected synonymy 
cannot be further clarified at the present time. 


Ledermuelleria lacuna, n. sp. 
(Figs. 9-10) 


Female.—Dorsum of propodosoma with three plates: an extensive median 
plate having three pairs of setae and two small lateral plates, one on each side, 
each with one seta. Lateral plates of propodosoma overlie the ventrally displaced 
humeral plates. Dorsal plates sculptured with very shallow dimples best observed 
in profile at curved margins but not readily apparent in face view on middle of 
dorsum. Dorsal setae acicular, faintly denticulate; second dorso-median pair 
(near eyes) longest of body setae (48 uw), approximately twice as long as shortest 
pair next nearest to eyes. Venter mostly unarmored, integument striated. Two 
sternal plates on propodosoma and two on metapodosoma occur as narrow flanges 
adjoiming opposed coxal groups, hindermost pair with net-like sculpturing (prob- 
ably noticed only because iodine in mounting medium stained these plates of 
type specimen in an unusual manner). Genital plate small, narrow, front margin 
truncate, with three pairs of genital setae. Caudal protuberance sub-terminal, 
posterior tip visible from above. Genu I bears three setae of common type plus 
a minute spiniform sensillum; genu II similarly equipped; no setae present on 
genua ITI] and IV. Measurements (type @): idiosoma, 280 u long, 260 uw wide; 
leg I, 180 « from base of trochanter to tips of claws. 


Male.—Not observed. 


Holotype.—Female, Bassetts, Sierra County, California, Aug. 21, 
1952 (S. F. Bailey), er sweepines from Lilliacese and willow. Type 
specimen deposited in the U.S. National Museum, No. 2226. 

The distinctive characters of this species are: (1) simple architec- 
ture of the dorsal setae, (2) presence of two small lateral plates, one 
on each side of the large median propodosomal plate, (3) feeble 
dimpling on the median regions of the dorsal skeleton, and (4) absence 
of setae on genua IIT and IV. The description is based on a single 
adult specimen which is slightly folded on the left side. The characters 
ascribed to the species are also evident on two deutonvmphs obtained 
from the same sample. 


LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS Willmann 


Ledermulleriopsis Willmann, 1953, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch., 
Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 162(6) :487. 


This genus was created by Willmann (1951) to accommodate two 
new Austrian species. L. triscutata and L. plumosa. The genus and 
first named species, L. triscutata, were not formally described until 
1953. L. triscutata was designated as genotype in the later publication 
(Willmann, 1953). 

The diagnostic feature of Ledermuelleriopsis is the presence of & 


o4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


dorsal suture across the mid-section of the hysterosoma. The two 
hysterosomal plates separated by this suture are about equal in size, 
and each bears three pairs of setae. 
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa Willmann 
(Figs. 11-15) 
Ledermiilleriopsis plumosus Willmann, 1951, Stitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad, Wis- 
sensch., Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 160 (1-2) :140, Fig. 24. 

Female.—Dorsal plates with shallow, rounded dimples or pits closely resembling 
those described for Ledermuelleria pectinata. Dorsal setae very short (12-25 uw), 
24 of which are clavate, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules; 2 scapular 
setae acicular, firmly plumose, length equal to longest of other dorsal setae. 
Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metasternum ; 
prosternum occupies venter to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate covers opistho- 
soma almost to metasternal plate, widest in front, with 3 pairs of genital setae. 
Caudal protuberance terminal, well-exposed to view from above. Each genu 
T and II has 3 setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum; each 
genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (9 @ 9): 
Idiosoma, 270 u long, 190 uw wide; leg I, 150 uw from base of trochanter to tips 
of claws. 

Male.—Closely resembles female in size and proportions of ganthosoma and 
legs; idiosoma slightly smaller in size, more tapered from shoulders to caudal 
protuberance. Dorsal setae finely plumose, slender, not noticeably clavate; three 
posterior pairs longer (27 mw) than other dorsals. Genital and caudal plates 
evidently not separate—this composite plate covers caudal protuberance and 
entire venter of opisthosoma to margin of metasternum. Two pairs of genital 
setae, posterior pair approximately twice as long as anterior pair. Anus terminal, 
overlying genital aperture immediately beneath. Three pairs anal setae closely 
clustered on anal valves; two most dorsal pairs diminutive, spurlike, both pairs 
situated on one pair of ‘‘paranal’’ papillae; third pair longer, acicular, located 
below and external to bases of papillae. Intromittent organ observed only in 
retracted condition, within body; it comprises a slender, sinuous, slightly tapered 
tubular or grooved sclerite, with proximal end between bases of coxae IV; distal 
tip associated with or ensheathed by an expanded, barblike plate as illustrated 
(Fig. 12). Posterodorsal wall of genital atrium provided with paired selerites in 
juxtaposition, each of which has an upwardly directed, toothlike apodeme. Chae- 
totaxy and sensilla of legs I-IV essentially as in opposite sex, except that each 
tarsus bears an additional specialized sensillum; this ‘‘male tarsal organ’’ 
(‘grand solénidion male,’’?’ Grandjean, 1944) is conspicuously long, inflated, 
cross-striated, arising above near proximal end of each tarsus. Male tarsal organ 
longest on tarsus [I (38 w), slightly shorter but similar on successive tarsi. 
Measurements (2 ¢ 4): idiosoma, 240 mw long, 150 w wide; leg I, 140 uw from 
base of trochanter to tips of claws. 


Collection Data.—Nine females, two males, Alturas, Modoe County. 
California, Oct. 11, 1952 (E. I. Sechlinger), ex juniper leaf mold. 
Insofar as this is the first description of the male, one of the male 
specimens has been deposited in the collection of the U. S. National 
Museum. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


7 | 
ci 


NEw GENERIC SYNONYMY IN THE CALIGONELLIDAR 


Dr. Carl Willman, Bremen, Germany, was kind enough to call to 
the author’s belated attention a description of Neognathus Willmann, 
1952, which antedates an identical genus, Stigmagnathus, proposed 
by Summers and Schlinger (1955). The latter is therefore a synonyn 
of Neognathus, and the status of the several species is as follows: 


Genus NEOGNATHUS Willmann 
Neognathus Willmann, 1952. Verofftl. Inst. Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1:162-63, 
Pie 28, Hig. 19: 
Stigmagnathus Summers and Schlinger, 1955. Hilgardia 23(12): 546. New 
SYNONYMY. 
Species.—N. insolitus Willm. 1952, type species by original designation. 
N. spectabilis (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComBINATION. 
N. terrestris (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComMBINAtTIon. 


REFERENCES 

Berlese, A. 1882-93. Acari, Myiopoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia Reperta. 
Ordo Prostigmata (Trombidiidae). Patavii. 

Canestrini, G. 1889. Prospetto dell’Acarofauna Italiana. Famiglia dei Tetrany- 
chini. Atti d. reale Ist. Ven. d. Sci., Lettre ed Arti (ser. 6) 7: 491-537. 
————— and Fanzago, F. 1876. Nuovi Acari Italiani. Atti d. Soc. Veneto- 

Trentina di Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135. 

Ewing, H. E. 1917. New Acarina. Part II.—Descriptions of new species and 
varieties from Iowa, Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, and Ohio. Bull. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist. 37: 149-172. 

Grandjean, F. 1944. Observations sur les acariens de la Famille des Stigmaeidae. 
Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. 26 (5): 103-131. 

Hull, J. E. 1918. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. Trans. Nat. Hist. 
Soc. Northumberland, Durham, and Neweastle-upon-Tyne. 5 (n. ser.) : 13-88. 

Koch, C. L. 1835-44. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden. Heft 
1-40. Regensburg. 

——— 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems. III. Heft, III. Abt. Nurn- 
berg. 

Oudemans, A. C. 1923. Acarologischen Aanteekeningen LXXI. Ent. Ber. Neder- 
land. Ent. Vereen. 6(130): 145-155. 

Schrank, Franz von Paula 1776. Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte. Beith, Augsburg. 

1781. Enumeratio Insectorum Austriae Indigenorum. Augustae 
Vindelicorum. 

Summers, F. M., and Schlinger, E. I. 1955. Mites of the family Caligonellidae 
(Aearina). Hilgardia 23(12): 539-561. 

Willmann, C. 1951. Untersuchungen ueber die terrestrische Milbenfauna im pan- 
nonischen Klimagebiet Osterreichs. Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch., 
Mathem.-naturw. Kl. Abt. I, 160(1-2): 91-176. 

1952. Die Milbenfauna der Nordseeinsel Wangerooge. Verofftl. Inst. 
Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1: 139-186. 

——_—— 1953. Neue Milben aus den ostlichen Alpen. Sitzungsb. der Osterr. 

Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 162 (6): 449-519. 


56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2 


, APRIL, 1957 


Ledermuelleria segnis. Fig. 1, Ventral aspect of female; fig. 2, right palpus; 


fig. 3, dorsal surface; fig. 4, first leg of right side. 
only to the two large figures. ) 


(Millimeter scale applicable 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


ae 


aH 


O270777 


———— 


Ledermuelleria clavata. Fig. 5, Venter; fig. 6, dorsum of female. 


WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


soc. 


ENT. 


uu JO 


e 
¢ Z 
TEN er a a a Da OS JC 
i S an yavu SPORTS . 
SOLS SO OW ars oO ( ORO win S Cy AG Snes ~. SR e Yon vo ¢ 
. SEES Sole bo yd (eV 4) Caer ve 
cl pi ENN SOSA Cate ory rye) Ie ease ue) Gye y a O. 
Fi eS Rony ats (ayn ey Sec Ay Vin Ce) NSN =) 
ACS Were | eS wen) Goi aa nse IN el \ 


Fig. 7, Venter; fig. 8, dorsum of female. 


PROC. 


Ledermuelleria pectinata. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 59 


o 
ees 
Le 

PA 
ihe 


ie eee 
we ee 
Sues 
y 
NS 
AE 


= 
=\ 


<a SS 


Ledermuelleria lacuna n. sp. Fig. 9, Venter; fig. 10, dorsum of female. 


60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


1 
NN 
3 


oy 
BZA 


a 


Pi 


(ae) 


“~ 
—— 
S 


ayy 
——s 


O1lmm 


ea -G 


SS A 


Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, Fig. 11, Right leg I of female; fig. 12, opistho- 
soma of male drawn from above; fig. 13, right tarsus I of male; fig. 14, dorsum 
of female; fig. 15, venter of female. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 61 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE BREEDING HABITATS OF SOME HELEIDAE 
OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS (DIPTERA)! 


Roger W. WILLIAMS? School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine, 
Columbia University, New York, N. Y. 


As indicated by Wirth and Williams (1956) only two species of 
Heleidae had been reported previously from the Bermuda Islands. 
These were Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), called Ceratopogon fur 
by Johnson (1913), and an unknown species he designated as Cera- 
topogon sp. 

During June and July 1955, light-trap and recovery-cage studies 
were conducted in each of the several parishes (see Williams 1956 for 
map giving exact location of each study area) and breeding habitats 
were observed. 

Four recovery cages, modified from that described by Dove et al. 
(1932) in that they had a solid wooden top instead of a muslin top 
covered by hardware cloth, trapped the majority of positively photo- 
tropic insects that emerged from the 4-square-foot area of soil covered 
by each cage. Two cages were placed in each of 15 trapping areas 
for a period of 1 week and then moved to the next trapping locale. 
Most of the cages were placed at the edge of ponds and the margins 
of marsh drainage ditches. If possible the 2 cages were placed in a 
single trapping area in different types of habitats with different flora. 
The jars from the recovery cages and light trap were examined daily 
for heleids. 

A Beckman pH meter was used for determining the pH of soil 
samples from each area studied (the figures in Table I represent an 
average of three readings from each area) and a set of hydrometers 
calibrated for determining the salt content of water at 15.4°C. was 
used for ascertaining the salinity of the water from each habitat. 
These water samples were cooled to about 12°C. in a large cold- 
storage room, brought outdoors, and as they warmed up to 15.4° the 
readings were taken. Soil temperatures were determined at each area 
studied. 

In some areas the use of a solid top on the recovery cages Increased 
the temperature of the soil covered by a cage as much as 8°C. over 


1Contribution No. 227 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was 
supported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick 
Fellowship granted by the Bermuda Biological Station for investigations on the 
Culicoides of the Bermudas. 

2T wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr., director of the 
Biological Station for his kind assistance; to members of the Bermuda Agri- 
culture Experiment Station—Gordon R. Groves, director; Idwal Wyn Hughs, 
assistant director; J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist; and C. A. Baker, 
horticulturist—for their helpful assistance in transporting equipment and identi- 
fying plants; and to Dr. W. W. Wirth, entomologist, Entomology Research 
Division, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., for his identifiea- 
tion of previously described species of heleids and for ascertaining that other 
species were new to science. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


<t9) 


6 


SS SSS SSO ee 


Idle) wwpshur vifiwod1.10 snap a snjoqosody 
appnuiag vajayfispg aes poeam odey 
(OTLB siupjosndasa *¢O -  pwoyypou middvy ~ 
SISUIPNWLIG Saplwoqxnjng ysnayeyy - 
SULBTT[ILM Y YIM DoyUnjyo pizzag snpyoar snd.uay -0°Cs I OST OL 


aspos A[YOUIg 
SISUBIWWDE SNISLUD JT - 


SULBIT[L ysni aytds pojjouyy (Ysivyy atoyg yynog) 
Y YL avpnwiaqg vajayhsv( DIIWIYSLIPUs SUDMYIOILY GS I OST 89°L L3-13/9 wing sedurrg 
(O0T ‘xoidde) 
DISNLIOOIN) “CL SSBLS YSN ILOYSvag 
(F3)—StUn]yD ~valaYhsvd snrowMbua snjogosody I (oa) 


(8)—wasiihoayn] “| 


(OOT ‘xorddr ) ysni poyvod 
sijuD)yD Da,ayhsp( ‘ds puodsoyounhyy Ss 8G C96 VL 1G-FL/9 puog [eqytdg 
SWRITIIM Y UWI vasiwhoapn) “G 
sSyyUD]}o DajaYyhso( DANI URI 
SUIBITIIM Sisuapmiuiag Saproaryng apPupw vLoydozyYyY Fs €°OZ Gane 9°9 LIL-01/9 puog 8,}}01], 


JIOMSSKIS APOO MA 
svuuasad DWULOIYIDY 
a49-XO YSIBUL 4[BE 
SIPUD]ZD DaLdYyhsvg SUIDSIINAL DLYNLLOT B'S LG GEOG cV9 F1-2/9 Puod 8, WOSUTATIM 
JIOMSSBIS APOO A 


StUuUaLad DIULOIYDS 
aUBISINg IpIsveg 


SULBITIEM Y YALA SlLUD)]}D DaJaYhisDGE WHhALSDIDIN} Lod wNLANSIY 8G GHZ Gree OL OL-+/9 ONT 8, 19A0'7T 
[LOS LOR MA. (000°T 
“Oe aad syred) (SC6L) 
PolIAOIIL SoLIdY WOT} BIAS A a1nye.1ed uo Jf, [eS Had o4eq UOL}BIO'T 


‘cC6T ‘A[ng-oung ‘spue[s] vpnutdiog — s}ze}IqQey Surpeoiq prlejay WO SuolBAIesqo [BoISoO[ooy “[ aavy, 


63 


Ss 


APRIL, 1 


9 
at) 


PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 


YUDLBUL DIFWOAII.L0 TT 
DASlOOIIN) “T 
pasilb *G 

appnuiag “GC 

pjouw vajayfisvg 


nioyrypou niddrvy 


rrr eee 


{Oyiq esdeurvid 
YSIVPL YOIMIe A 


puog Yomi A 


ATOM Ysre yy 
10 


Y—ylq, eseurevig 
ysieyy ayO1quieg 


yoytq, eseureiq 
ysiey, yosed 


SLDpnasndasla sapooyng ‘ds vydiz ¢ cg £G 9F'9 
suuaduwma viiwodia10y A 
pasiboayn) “| 
(,aynNbOg) vasiwb *q 
DjaUWd “ 
appmu.1aq vajayhsog [fos Apues—ouon TE Lg £6 88°9 TL-F/L 
SUTBTTTC AM, 
9 UWIM Nuuadnava vifiuwodio1o 4 
DAISVIbOayN) °(T 
aDpNULlag “CG ysni aytds mopeayy 
sijup)}D vajayhsvg DjoanjvId sv.uvYyv0a) 
SUSMIPNULLIG SapiwoaYyNO snrovmipua snjoqgosody Ts FE 0°SS L¥9 IT-#/2 
tupipur pifimodiaLo y 
sLippnasndala sapwayng sna bua snjoqgoLody G'GZ 9% GT 09°9 $/L-L6/9 
vupibur pifiwodia.so yf 
DasiIHoaIn) “(T wniysvavjnj.od wmansagy 
(J91.Nbog) vjowa *q = sseis pivaq [vIuUdIEg 
appnw1ag vajayhisvg syp10j)y wobodhjog 
simnosndaia “OQ ysni aytds 0yvq1dey) 
SISWAPNWLIG sSaplwozsyNny DIDILAVDI SLLDYIOIIA 8G I 6€ ¥9 ¥/L-L6/9 
tmonLbur Difiwmodra.o 4 
appnu1ag vajayhsoqg SSBIS JULIO? 
suippnasnda1a *O wnyoausip wnjpdsn J 
SISUAPNUWLIG sSapwaryng YyurvAy 1078 AA 
DIYUD]YD DIZZAg SIAISSDLI DIULOYNA FS I ol TOL 
vLoyrvpou viddvT 
vupLbur pifiuodia1o 4 SSBIs Udy 
SLDnasndata saproayng SYNDINHUO] DUIYJIWWOD FZ I OL L469 L3-18/9 


PHC esvurviq 
Yysivyy IITYSUOARCT 


‘penutju09— J FAV, 


57 


9 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1 


64 


‘SHOJUM opt} LO SULpURYS WE JOU PUR [LOS 4stOU UL Podv;d ode SodvD A1OA0I0 ws ido 
DISLUDOIIN) DIJIYUSD(T snraiuipbud snjpoqgo.ody G'GZ Wie 6°0L eL9 “pug [peutg 
~—-DasrIHoaN) “( 
sijup)yo vajaylisvg. srolMibare snjpogosody 9% 86 LOL (2 
5 DISNNIVOIIN] °“T 
syyUD] yD DajaYyhisog snawMipua snjoqgosod ys 
sLpnasndasa saprwooavyng ‘ds nydhT 92 86 LOL OL9 puog eSavry 
spuog 
[€-G6/L NID FIOH wWeIIQ-prIy 
syUuD)yo vajaylisvg 
siipjnasndala Saploonjng wnsjspavjnplod WniIANSIG 8G £86 298 eno 
(Aep & dM} BoE 
aD udus DLOYMOZY sulddviy patdaoo 
sipup]yo vajayhsv” LIpuvatoO Sopr} Wekad0 Yda.IT(T ) 
sLIppnasndasa Sapwoovyngy LIPUDIIO WNIMIN 8B BSS o OF OF'9 G3-8L/L Avg palvip[tq 
YUDLIUL DINWOiI.10 yf 
IDPNWUW.LIQ “(T 
DU vyajaylsvg 
SLID asndasa Sapiwoonijng shops snjoqgoLodsy = 8% O€ SP FEU todotgd Ysieyy uy 
DISIUBOAIN) *( 
appniw.tag Dalayhsvg 
siupynosnda1a *O IP} ssvurei( 
SISUIPNUWALIG SapvoayNng ‘ds wydfig, 8G oe QF oe'9 Go-ST/L ysieyy woydueyynog 
SYUD)]LD Va)AYhsvG wnapspovjnjLod WIMLANSIG CFE I FOE €L°9 
DasiiPoa nN] DaaYylisvg] = [LOS Yonu-ouON 9G L FOE 6F'9 ro ies puod SuUvAry 
sLipnosndata saprooyngy snoruipae snjoqgosody G LG tl OGL 
POD UTINZOn qa. a) nes x 
SLLuUD}yD Dajayhsvg YSLUBULG J, 
sluppnasndasa saprloayjng DIUjDI UUW TL FE LOL Sie puog touwseg 


‘ponulzuojg—'] aTav 


a er 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, / 


TABLE 2.—EHXTREMES IN SOMBH ECOLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN 


APRIL, 1957 65 


BREEDING HABITATS 


OF CERTAIN HELEIDAR OF THE BERMUDAS. 


Number of 


Range in 


on areas salinity 
Species (out of 15) Range in pH (parts per Comments on vegetation 
in which 1,000) 
collected 

Culicoides 6 7.0—7.01 1.2-15 Considerable variation in 

bermudensis species of plants. 

Bezzia atlantica 2 6.32-7.01 1.2-31.5 Do. 

C. crepuscularis 9 6.32—7.50 1.2-36.2 Areas of dense vegetation 
to shaded areas with no 
small vegetative growth. 

Dasyhelea 9 6.45—7.60 10.7-86.5 Do. 

atlantis 

D. bermudae 7 6.34-7.68 1.2-25 In sandy soil with no 
vegetation, to soil with 
various types of vegeta- 
tion. 

D. cincta 3 6.34-6.88 2.4-4.8 Do. 

D. grisea if 6.46-6.88 2.4 In sandy soil with no 
vegetation to muck soil 
with cat-tails and cape 
weed. 

D. luteogrisea 8 6.32-7.60 2.4-31.5. In sandy soil with no 
vegetation to muck soil 
with various types of 
vegetation. 

Forcipomyia 6 6.384-7.0 1.2-15 In soil with various types 

ingrami of vegetation. 

FEF. variipennis 2 6.47—6.88 2.4-25 Sandy soil with no vege- 


tation to loam soil with 
various types of vegeta- 
tion. 


66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


that of exposed soil next to the cage, with the result that emergence 
may have been considerably stimulated. 

The results of these studies are given in Tables 1 and 2. 

Three species, Culicoides floridensis Beck, Dasyhelea  scisswrae 
Macfie, and Forcipomyia raleight Macfie were taken in the light trap 
but never in the recovery cages, and Pterobosca fusicorna (Coq.), 
which had been collected by Johnson in 1913, was not collected at all. 

In the United States Culicoides crepuscularis, a pest of man in some 
parts of the country, is associated with fresh water, but in the Ber- 
muda Islands it displayed a great tolerance for salt, being found in 
areas ranging from 1.2 to 36.2 parts of salt per thousand. 


REFERENCES 


Dove, W. E., Hall, D. G. and Hull, J. B. 1932. The salt marsh sand fly problem. 
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 25: 505-522. 

Johnson, C. W. 1913. The dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 
6: 443-452. 

Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the genus Culicoides in the Bermuda 
Islands (Diptera, Heleidae). II. A study of their breeding habitats and 
geographical distribution. Jour. Parasitol. 42(3): 300-305. 


Wirth, W. W., and Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the Bermuda 
Islands, with descriptions of five new species (Diptera, Heleidae). Proe. 
Ent. Soc. Wash. 59: 5-14. 


PREPUBLICATION NOTICE 


BUTTERFLIES OF THH AMERICAN TROPICS. The Genus ANAEA, Lepidoptera Nymph- 
alidae. By William Phillips Comstock. American Museum Natural History., 
New York, 1956. Price $20.00. 


Because American institutions and publishers of scientific books have fallen 
far behind the rest of the world in the publication of high-quality color illustra- 
tions, the Museum is sponsoring the publication of this beautifully illustrated 
and designed book. The tremendous cost of reproducing the 30 color plates makes 
it necessary for the Museum, a non-profit institution, to obtain in advance an 
indication of the demand for this book. If the response is sufficient to show 
that a reasonable amount of the expense will be subscribed, the book will be 
published and you will receive your copy in the immediate future. Should the 
response be insufficient, the Museum reserves the right to return all monies 
received through this advance appeal. If you wish this work, send your order 
to the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street, 
New York 24, N. Y. The book will be published in only a limited quantity. 
After publication the price will be $25.00 per copy. Purchasers in countries with 
British sterling currency may order direct from W. S. Cowell, Ltd., Butter 
Market, Ipswich, Suffolk, England.—Ed. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 67 


A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE METATHORACIC 
WING IN THE FAMILY LYGAEIDAE 


(HEMIPTERA: HETEROPTERA ) 


JAMpS A. SLATER AND HENRY W. HurLBurtT, Department of Zoology and 
Entomology, University of Connecticut, Storrs 


The present study was undertaken in an attempt to ascertain 
whether or not the venation of the hind wing of members of the family 
Lygaeidae might possess characters important to a better understand- 
ing of the systematic relationships existing within this large and 
heterogeneous family. 

Although the taxonomic importance of wing venation is well estab- 
lished in many orders of insects, the wings have been used only spar- 
ingly in the Heteroptera. Recent studies by Leston (19538a and b) 
in the Pentatomoidea and Usinger (1943) in the Reduvoidea have 
indicated that the wing has considerable taxonomic value in these 
eroups. There has, to our knowledge, been no systematic attempt to 
utilize these structures within the family Lygaeidae. 

We have not attempted to investigate the tracheation nor the hom- 
ologies of the wing veins, and have adopted the terminology intro- 
duced by Leston (1953a), as modified from Tanaka (1926), as pre- 
senting an intelligible system that has the advantage of accounting for 
all the structural parts present in the lygaeid wine without doing 
violence to the origin of the various veins. Students more familar 
with the system of Hoke (1926) may readily compare the two systems 
by utilizing the illustrations of the various species discussed in the 
following pages. 

Technique: For purposes of the present study the majority of the 
wings were studied from dried specimens. A small number of species 
were studied from living specimens taken in the field. Wing mounts 
from dried or fresh material were obtained by the following technique. 
With a dissecting microscope and foreeps the wings were removed 
and placed on a drop of water. Care was taken at this point to unfold 
the jugal lobe. The wing was then drawn onto the top of a drop of 
olycerine and a coverslip added for protection. To keep the covershp 
from touching the elycerine a drop of fingernail polish was placed 
under each corner of the coverslip. Venation is most apparent if no 
elycerine is allowed to cover the upper surface of the wing. Addi- 
tional glycerine may readily be placed under the wing if the original 
olycerine supply dries out. In some cases it was necessary to relax 
the insect in ethyl acetate for several hours before removal of the wing. 

Where one is not greatly concerned with the nature of the jugal 
area, or where comparison only is desired, it is useful to work with 
dried specimens. With care one may readily remove the front wing 
and carefully pull the hind wing laterally until the venation is clearly 
exposed. This method has the advantage of allowing the investigator 
to check over many species in a relatively short period of time. 


OS PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Generalized lygaeid wing: (Text figure ) 


It may safely be said that the lygaeid wing is never of a completely 
primitive nature within the suborder. However, it is in many species 
still rather generalized and close to a pentatomoid pattern. The only 
important specialization uniformly found in the Lygaeidae as con- 
trasted with the Pentatomoidea is the loss of the antevannal vein. The 
presence of this vein is apparently characteristic of the latter group. 

The generalized lygaeid wing may be summarized as follows: 1, Sub- 
costa present and separated from radius in basal wing area; 2, hamus 
well developed as a complete vein in the discal cell, the anterior por- 
tion bent strongly toward the wing base; 3, radius and media fused 
only at a single point distad of the discal cell; 4, vannal fold bifid 
for nearly its entire length; 5, antevannal vein absent; 6, intervannals 
present, short, and not fused at base; 7, vannals separate for nearly 
entire length (Tanaka notes a single trachea, thus the primitive con- 
dition may have been a single vein) ; 8, Jugal vein single and extend- 
ing throughout most of jugal lobe. 


SUBCOSTA 


GENERALIZED LYGAEID WING 
DIAGRAMMATIC 


The principal modifications from this generalized scheme are the 
loss of the hamus, subcosta, and intervannals, fusion of the vannal 
folds, basal fusion of the vannals, reduction or loss of the second 
vannal and the jugal, and fusion of radius and media for some 
distance beyond the discal cell. 

Of these modifications two appear to be very important at higher 
eroup levels within the family. These are the loss of the hamus and 
the intervannals. Frequently the reduction of these veins is correlated, 
although in the Lygaeini (fig. 7) the hamus is well developed while 
the intervannals are entirely lacking. The presence basally of the 
subeosta and the reduction of the posterior vannal also are useful 
modifications at subfamily and tribal levels. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 69 


Other modifications must be interpreted with much caution as they 
generally are the result of vein fusion and appear to have arisen 
independently in very different groups. This may be illustrated in 
the case of the radius and the media, which often are fused for some 
distance beyond the discal cell in some genera of such diverse groups 
as Cleradini, Blissinae, Cyminae, and Pachygronthinae. 


Subfamily LYGAEINAE 


The most generalized wing condition within the subfamily is found 
in the genera Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhypodes, where both hamus 
and intervannals are present and the intervannals may be either fused 
basally or separate (figs. 6 and 8). This very generalized condition 
indicates that this group of genera is near the primitive lygaeid line. 

Such orsilline genera as Belonochilus and Orsillus show a more 
specialized condition in that the intervannals are absent. It seems 
probable, upon the basis of this as well as other features, that two 
well defined groups are present in what we now eall the Orsillini. 

The Lygaeini resemble the Orsillus-Belonochilus group by virtue 
of the loss of the intervannals. However, this tribe possesses a short 
distinct basal subcostal vein. This feature is unique within the family 
ie. 7): 

Species examined: LyGArint.—Lygaeus kalinvi Stal, Melanocoryphus 
bicrucis (Say),Graptostethus servus (F.), G. argentatus (F.), Caeno- 
coris nert Germar, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas). Orstm@uini.—Nysius 
ericae (Sehill.), N. californicus Stal, Ortholomus scolopax (Say), 
Belonochilus numenius (Say), Orsillus reyi Puton, Rhypodes clavi- 
cornis (F.), 


Subfamily CYMINAE 


It is evident that the present division of this subfamily into two 
tribes, the Ischnorhynchini and the Cymini, is untenable. As Mr. 
H. G. Barber will treat the systematic groupings in this subfamily 
in a forthcoming publication, we will confine ourselves to the observa- 
tion that the Ischnorhynehini wing is very generalized, whereas in the 
Cymini and in Ninus and its allies the hind wing shows the most 
specialized condition in the entire family. 

In the Ischnorhynchini! all species examined have a completely 
developed hamus and intervannals. Polychisme (fig. 1) is perhaps 
the most generalized by virtue of separate intervannals. In Klezdo- 
cerys (fig. 3) and Rhiobia the intervannals are fused basally and 
these two genera also have in common a distinctive bend midway along 
the distal portion of radius. A stridulatory structure is present in 
some members of this group. 


1The correct usage here is as above, for although the genus Ischnorhynchus 
Fieb. is a junior synonym of Kleidocerys Stephens, type genera in synonymy 
are valid as the stem for family group names under action of the International 
Commission at the 1953 Copenhagen meetings. 


70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


In the Cymini and the ‘‘ninines’’ the hind wings show a very much 
reduced venation (fig. 4). The hamus and the intervannals are com- 
pletely lost. Radius and medius are usually fused together for a dis- 
tance beyond the discal cell. The second vannal is always at. least 
partially reduced. 

The Australian genus Ontiscus (fig. 2) is less reduced in that a 
hamus remnant is present on the posterior portion of the discal cell. 

Species examined: ISCHNORHYNCHINE.—Kleidocerys resedae 
(Panz.), K. franciscanus (Stal), Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola), 
Rhiobia chinai (Esaki), Ninus insignis Stal, Cymoninus flavipes 
(Mats.), new genus near Cymoninus. 


Cyminit.—Cymus discors Horvath, C. angustatus Stal, Arphnus 
coracipennis Stal, Ontiscus australicus Stal. 


Subfamily BLISSINAE 


The wing venation of members of this subfamily is highly special- 
ized. The intervannals are absent, the hamus is either completely 
absent (fig. 15) or represented by a vestige on the posterior margin of 
the discal cell (fig. 16). Radius and media are sometimes fused for 
a distance beyond the discal cell. The Jugal and posterior vannals 
are reduced. The radius reaches the anterior wing margin in Blissus 
aS In many myodochines and in the Pamphantinae. 

The relationships of the subfamily are obscure and other evidence 
than the wings is needed to clarify its systematic and phylogenetic 
position within the family. 

Species examined: Ischnodemus falicus (Say), I. sabuleti (Fall.), 
Blissus leucopterus (Say), Dimorphopterus spinolae Sign. 


Subfamily OXYCARENINAE 


This subfamily is unique in the Lygaeidae in that the species studied 
have intervannals present but lack a hamus. Radius and media are 
fused for some distance beyond the diseal cell. The intervannals are 
separate in Crophius (fig. 13), basally fused in Oxycarenus. The 
second vannal and the jugal are somewhat reduced. 

It seems likely that the subfamily represents a side branch in its 
development and not an intermediate stage in a main line of descent. 
However, it is certainly speculative whether the oxycarenines have 
arisen from an Artheneinae-like stock or from the Orsillines. 

Species examined: Crophius scabrosus (Uhler), Oxycarenus sp. 
(S. Africa). 


Subfamily GEOCORINAE 


The condition of the hind wines in members of this subfamily is 
most interesting. The wine venation (fig. 10) shows considerable 
specialization by reason of the loss of intervannals and the loss or 
reduction of the hamus. However, it is evident that the condition 


PROC. ENT. SOO, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 71 


is less specialized than in such a group as the Cymini for the hamus 
stub is retained in many species of Geocoris (i.e. pallens and bullatus), 
Hypogeocoris, and Ninyas. It is, however, absent in Geocoris uligi- 
nosus Say and G. flaviceps Burm. Furthermore, although the inter- 
vannals are absent the vannal folds are in most cases separate for 
most. of their length. 

The genus Germalus has a completely developed hamus and basally 
fused intervannals. It seems doubtful whether this genus represents 
a true geocorine (note also the fully developed claval commissure), 
and the relationship appears to be largely with the henestarine stem. 

Species examined: Geocoris pallens Stal, G. bullatus (Say), G. 
uliginosus (Say), G. flaviceps Burm., Hypogeocoris piceus (Say), 
Ninyas deficiens (Leth.), Germalus samoanus China. 

Subfamily HETEROGASTRINAE 

This well defined subfamily possesses a unique feature in that the 
hamus, as discussed above, has migrated distally so that it reaches 
the posterior portion of the discal cell distad of the point where 
cubitus diverges from the discal cell as a free vein. This condition 
frequently creates a triangular cell in the anterior portion of the 
wing formed by the hamus, media, radius, and the point of fusion 
of radius and media (figs. 12 and 14). 

The intervannals are present and either separate (Heterogaster, 
Dinomachus, Hyginus) or basally fused (Tamasanka, Platyplax). 

It is evident that in general the wing is generalized with an in- 
dependent specialization of the hamus. 

The genus Artemidorus (fig. 12) has in the past been the subject 
of much debate as to its systematic position. Distant, Bergroth, and 
Horvath all have discussed the relationships. The hind wing indicates 
that the continental workers are correct in considering the genus as 
a heterogastrine. The wing though specialized by the loss of the inter- 
vannals nevertheless possesses the hamus in the same characteristic 
position as do the other members of the subfamily. 

Species examined : Heterogaster urticae (F.), Dinomachus marshalli 
Dist., Tamasanka limbata Dist., Platyplax salviae (Sehill.), Hyginus 
sp. (S. Africa), Artemidorus pressus Dist. 

Subfamily PACHYGRONTHINAE 

The hind wing is generalized. Both hamus and intervannals are 
present and fully developed. 

In all members of the tribe Pachygronthini investigated the inter- 
vannals are free throughout, whereas in all Teracrini (fig. 9) they 
are fused at the base. It appears that this distinction may well supple- 
ment other characters as a tribal character in the subfamily. 

As noted above we consider this subfamily to represent the general- 
ized condition from which the Heterogastrinae have evolved. 

Species examined: PAcHyGRroNTHINI—Oedancala dorsalis (Say), 
Pachygrontha bipunctata Stal, P. oedancalodes Stal, P. sailert Slater ; 
TERACRINI—Teracrius namaquensis Stal, Phlegyas abbreviatus (Uhl1.), 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:, VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Opistholeptus pallidus (Hesse), Stenophyella macreta Horvy. 
| Subfamily HENESTARINAE 

The hind wing of this subfamily is rather generalized (fig. 27). 
However, there are subtle evidences of reduction present in the re- 
duced hamus and jugal and the basal fusion of the intervannals. It 
is apparent that this group and Germalus are closely allied; indeed 
the latter may well prove to be a henestarine. The highly specialized 
gveocorines may have developed from a stock very similar to that 
represented by this small subfamily. Species examined: Henestaris 
laticeps (Curt.) 


Subfamily ARTHENINAE 


The wing is somewhat generalized in that hamus and intervannals 
are present. However, evidences of specialization are the partial 
reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals, and reduc- 
tion of the posterior vannal (fig. 26). 

In some respects this subfamily appears to represent an inter- 
mediate stage between the generalized Ischnorhynchini and the highly 
modified Cymini. Here again supporting evidence is needed to ascer- 
tain whether this is more than a superficial resemblance. 

Species examined: Chilacis typhae Perr., Artheneis foveolata Spin. 


Subfamily CHAULIOPINAE 


The systematic position of this pecular subfamily is not substan- 
tially clarified by the condition of the hind wines. A degree of speciali- 
zation is evidenced by the loss of the intervannals and the fusion of 
the vannal fold (fig. 24). The hamus is present although apparently 
not completely developed. 

There is some habitus resemblance between this group and the 
Malcinae, and the venation of the latter could well represent a spe- 
clalization from that of the Chauliopinae. Again supporting evidence 
is needed. There is no evidence to support a Heterogastrine relation- 
ship as intimated by some authors. Indeed the characteristic nature 
of the hamus in that subfamily would seem to rule out the inclusion 
of this group as even representing a closely related group. 

Species examined: Chauliops fallax Scott. 


Subfamily MALCINAE 


The hind wing is highly specialized with loss of hamus and inter- 
vannals, fusion of the vannal fold, and reduction of the vannal veins 
(hone) 

The venation is almost exactly as in the Cymini and represents with 
this latter group the most strongly reduced situation found in the 
entire family. Whether these taxa are closely related or we are dealing 
with parallelism must await additional evidence. Our feeling is that 
probably parallel development has occurred. 

Species examined: Malcus flavidipes Stal. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957, 


=i 
ive 


Subfamily PAMPHANTINAE 

The affinities of this peculiar subfamily are obscure. The venation 
is specialized (fig. 23) with loss of hamus and intervannals and partial 
fusion of the vannal folds. Radius curves forward to reach the lead- 
ing edge of the wing in the distal area as in many myodochines. It 
may well be that these ant-mimics represent extremely specialized 
myodochine forms whose subfamily identity is masked by the fusion 
of the basal abdominal sternites. The nature of the wing in Blissus 
is also much as in this subfamily. 

The relationship of the Pamphantinae to the Mediterranean sub- 
family Bledionotinae should be investigated. Unfortunately represen- 
tatives of the latter subfamily have not been made available for study. 

Species examined: Pamphantus elegantulus Stal. 


Subfamily MEGALONOTINAE 


The hind wing has proven somewhat disappointine as a diagnostic 
character for subgroups within this large and varied subfamily. There 
is little to observe in the hind wings that will separate the genera into 
the traditional tribal units. This is chiefly due to the generalized 
wing venation found in most species. It seems obvious for many 
reasons that this subfamily has diverged from the remaining lygaeid 
subfamilies at an early period and that such specializations as do 
occur in the hind wings are independent variations of the maim 
megalonotine line, 


Tribe—MyopocHIn!: 


In many genera of this tribe radius beyond the discal cell curves 
forward to reach the leading edge of the wing (fig. 18). This occurs 
so frequently as to be a useful although not infallible diagnostic 
feature. Radius reaches the anterior wing margin in the following 
genera: Myodocha, Heraeus, Pachybrachius, Ligyrocoris, Paromius, 
Zeridoneus and Prosomaeus. In Exptochiomera, Ptochiomera, Kolene- 
trus, and Cnemodus, radius curves strongly forward but does not 
reach the wing margin. 

Many myodochines also have a rather characteristic vannal condi- 
tion where the two vannals are completely fused on the basal half 
and then curve strongly apart to assume a rather ‘‘wishbone’’ like 
appearance (fig. 18). This condition, however, is also found in some 
other genera within the subfamily. 

In Prosomaeus the intervannals are absent; otherwise they are 
present and usually separated. 

Species examined: Myodocha serripes (Oliv.), Heraeus plebejus 
Stal, Pachybrachius basalis (Dallas), Ligyrocoris diffusus Uhler, 
Exptochiomera sp., Paromius longulus (Dallas), Ptochiomera nodosa 
Say, Kolenetrus plenus (Dist.), Cnemodus mavortius (Say), Zeri- 
doneus costalis (V.D.), Prosomaeus brunneus Scott. 


74 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2) APRIL, 1957 


Tribe MEGALONOTINI: 


The venation is usually of a generalized ature (fig. 17). However, 
in Megalonotus (fig. 21) the radius is vestigial beyond the discal cell. 
Ozophora (fig. 25) is highly specialized in lacking both hamus and 
intervannals. This is the greatest degree} of vein reduction found in 
the entire subfamily. 

Species examined: Peritrechus fraterpus Uhl., Megalonotus chira- 
grus var. californicus (V.D.), Ozophora picturata Uhl., Lamprodema 
maurum (F.), Neocattarus sp. 


Tribe BEOSINI: 


vannals are separate; in Rhyparoghromus (fig. 28) and Dieuches 
(fig. 20) they are fused basally. 

Species examined: Sphragts ficus nebulosus ea ), Rhyparo- 
chromus umbrosus (Dist. ) , Diguches near placidus (Stal). 


Wing venation of generalized ie In Sphragisticus the inter- 


Tribe LETHAEINI 


The wing venation as in most other Megalonotinae is generalized 
in nature. The intervannals are fused in Hremocoris (fig. 22) and 
Paragonatus, and separate throughout in the other genera studied. 
In Scolopostethus the intervannals appear rather obsolete. 

In Eremocoris there are peculiar veinlike stubs present on cubitus 
and media midway along their length in the distal portion of the 
wing. The vein stub of cubitus may conceivably represent the remnant 
of the antevannal vein so characteristic of the Pentatomoidea. 

Species examined: Cryphula parallelogramma Stal, Drymus unus 
(Say), Eremocoris ferus (Say), Lethaeus cribratissimus Dohrn, Para- 
gonatus divergens (Dist.), Scoloposteth us thomson’ Reut., Gastrodes 
grossipes (D.G.) Rhaptus qnadinanilte (Spin.). 


Tribe GONIANOTINI 


The species investigated in this tribe, Hmblethis vicarius Horvath, 
shows a completely generalized wine pattern throughout (fig. 19). 


Tribe CLERADINI 


The venation of this tribe (fig. 11) is rather specialized in lacking 
intervannals, having the vannal folds fused for a considerable distance 
and in having radius and media fused for a short distance beyond 
the discal cell. From this as well as other features it is evident that 
the tribe is a rather specialized unit within the subfamily. Species 
examined: Clerada apicicornis Sign. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


~] 


O1 


Phylogenetic Considerations —The generalized lygaeid wing, as dis- 
cussed above, is retained in several tribes and subfamilies. We find a 
typical condition in many Megalonotinae, |schnorhynchini, Orsillini, 
and Pachygronthinae. The first modification to appear is the basal 
fusion of the inter-intervannals, both free and basally fused inter- 
vannals being found in all of the above groups and sometimes within 
the same genus (i.e. Vysius). 

The next important modification after intervannal fusion is loss 
of the intervannals. This is frequently concurrent with reduction 
and subsequent loss of the hamus. However in the Lygaeini, Chauli- 
opinae, Cleradini, and Prosomaeus of the Myodochini, the intervan- 
nals are absent whereas the hamus is completely developed. The 
Lygaeini are also unique in retaining the basal portion of the sub- 
costa. In the Oxycareninae exactly the reverse situation is found, 
for here the intervannals are present whereas the hamus is lost. In 
all other cases, however, where the intervannals are absent the hamus 
is also either absent, or reduced to a short stub on the posterior portion 
of the discal cell. 

In the otherwise generalized Heterogastrinae the hamus has migrated 
toward the apex of the wing so that its posterior connection with the 
discal cell hes distad of the separation of cubitus from the diseal cell 
(figs. 12 and 14). 

The most specialized condition of the wings within the family is 
found in the Cymini (together with the genera related to Ninus) and 
the Maleinae. Here both intervannals and hamus are lost and the 
posterior vannal and jugal veins are reduced or absent. 


Our conclusions are that lines of descent within the family cannot 
be determined by the venation of the hind wings alone. However, the 
following discussion is an attempt to indicate probable trends and we 
hope it will be further elaborated in the near future by a study to 
integrate the information from various sources into a reconstruction 
of the phylogeny of the family. 

Using primarily the wing veins, but supplementing at times with 
additional characters, we present the following situation. 

Five main lines of descent which we will call the Pachygronthine 
line, the Orsilline line, the Geocorine line, the Ischnorhynchine line, 
and the Megalonotine line. 

Pachygronthine line.—The situation here is quite simple. We have 
first the completely generalized tribe Pachygronthini. The Teracrini 
are obviously closely related, the only basic difference being the basal 
fusion of the intervannals. From the generalized form the Hetero- 
gastrinae arise through Heterogaster, Dinomachus, and Hyginus to 
the shghtly more specialized condition of Tamasanka and Platyplaz. 
The most highly specialized condition of this line is in Artemidorus 
with the absence of intervannals and the distal shift of the hamus 
beyond the cubital origin on the discal cell. 


76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Orsilline line-—Generalized venation in this line is shown by such 
eenera as Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhpodes. From this condition 
develop the more specialized orsillines where the intervannals are 
absent (i.e. Belonochilus, Orsillus). The Lygaeini by virtue of reten- 
tion of the subcosta and loss of the intervannals present an anomalous 
condition. It is difficult to interpret this condition until more study 
has been made of the relationships of the tribal units within the 
subfamily. 

Geocorine line.—A completely generalized form has not been found 
for this group. However the genus Germalus is generalized in all but 
the basal fusion of the intervannals and may be considered as repre- 
sentative of the generalized type (this is not to state that Germalus 
itself is necessarily primitive). From this condition a slight advance 
is evident to the Henestarinae where the hamus is reduced; there is 
basal fusion of the intervannals and the vannal fold is fused for a 
considerable distance. It may well be that the Blissinae are an off- 
shoot from a similar ancestor. The main line of descent however is 
to the Geocorinae through subsequent stages of reduction and ultimate 
loss of the hamus and the loss of the intervannals. 

Ischnorhynchine line.—This complex presents an interesting and 
complex situation, with the genera Kleidocerys, Rhiobia, and Poly- 
chisme illustrating generalized conditions. It seems possible that by 
independent loss of the hamus the Oxycareninae have diverged from 
this line. The main trend within the group is often indicated by a 
tendency toward loss of the posterior vannal. We find in the Arthenei- 
nae a partial reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals, 
and partial posterior vannal reduction. It seems feasible to consider 
this as the next evolutionary step from the generalized Ischnorhyn- 
chim. It is possible that the line now diverged into two groups, one 
to the Chauhopinae and to the Malcinae, the other through such 
eymine genera as Ontiscus to the highly specialized Cymini and the 
‘““nimine’’ gvenera. 

Megalonotine line.—This line has obviously diverged from the re- 
mainder of the Lygaeidae at a very early stage in their evolution. 
In general the whole group is generalized. The myodochines seem to 
show a slight specialization by virtue of the strong anterior curvature 
of radius in the distal portion of the wine. The genus Ozophora is 
also highly specialized. It is possible that the specialized Pamphanti- 
nae may well have arisen from a myodochine ancestry. 

Obviously there are a number of highly speculative interpretations 
in the above discussion. We propose to analyse interrelations within 
the family more fully in a later paper. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
We should like to extend our sincere thanks to Dr. Norman T. Davis 
and Mr. P. D. Ashlock, of the Department of Zooloey and Entomology 
of the University of Connecticut, for aid given during the course of 
this study. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Metathoracic wings of Lygaeidae—Fig. 1,—Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola) ; 
fig. 2,Ontiscus australicus Stl; fig. 3, Kleidocerys resedae (Panz.) fig. 4, Cymus 
discors Hory.; fig. 5, Maleus flavidipes Stal.; fig. 6, Nysius ericae (Schill.) ; 
fig. 7, Lygaeus kalmii Stal; fig. 8, Nysius californicus Stal. fig. 9, Teracrius nama- 
quensis Stl; fig. 10, Geocoris uliginosus (Say); fig. 11, Clerada apicicornis Sign. ; 
fig. 12, Artemidorus pressus Dist.; fig. 13, Crophius scabrosus (Uhl.); fig. 14, 
Heterogaster urticae (F.); fig. 15, Blissus leucopterus (Say); fig 


. 16, Ischnodemus 
falicus (Say). 


78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Metathoracie wings of Lygaeidae. 
18, Pachybrachius basalis (Dall.); fig. 19, Emblethis vicarius Horv.; fig. 20, 
Dieuches nr. placidus Stal.; fig. 21, Megalonotus chiragraus var. californicus 
(V.D.); fig. 22, Hremocoris ferus (Say); fig. 23, Pamphantus elegantulus Stil; 
fig. 24, Chauliops fallaa Scott; fig. 25, Ozophora picturata Uhl.; fig. 26, Chilacis 
typhae Perr.; fig. 27, Henestaris laticeps (Curt.); fig. 28, Rhyparochromus wm 
brosus (Dist.). 


Fig. 17, Peritrechus fraternus Uhl.; fig. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 79 


REFEREN CES 
Hoke, S. 1926. Preliminary paper on the wing-venation of the Hemiptera (Hete- 
roptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19: 13-34. 
Leston, D. 1953a. Notes on the Ethiopian Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera): XVI. 
An acanthosomid from Angola, with remarks upon the status and morphology 
of Acanthosomidae Stal. Publ. Cult. Comp. Diam. Angola No. 16, pp. 121-132. 
, 1953b. ‘*Phloeidae’’ Dallas: Systematics and morphology with 


remarks on the phylogeny of ‘‘ Pentatomoidea’’ Leach and upon the position 
of ‘‘Serbana’’ Distant (Hemiptera). Rev. Brasil Biol. 13 (2) :121-140. 
Tanaka, T. 1926. Homologies of the wing veins of the Hemiptera. Annot. Zool. 
Jap. 11:33-54. 
Usinger, R. L. 1943. A _ revised classification of the Reduvioidea with a new 
subfamily from South America (Hemiptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36:602- 
618. 


THE SPIDER, CONOPISTHA TRIGONA HENTZ, FAMILY THERIDIIDAE, 
AS A COMMENSAL OF ALLEPIERA LEMNISCATA WALCKENAER, 
FAMILY ARGIOPIDAE, IN PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY, MARYLAND 


In the literature Conopistha trigona is recorded as a commensal 
spider. Muma (1945, Md. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-38) reported that 
this species is found most frequently in the webs of Metepeira laby- 
rinthea Hentz. Comstock (1948, The Spider Book) stated that it lives 
as a commensal, feeding on the smaller insects caught in the web but 
neglected by its host. 

During the course of regular observations on a basilica spider, 
Allepiera lemniscata, at Greenbelt, Md., from May to July 6, and 
from August 26 through October 1956, I observed Conopistha trigona 
as a frequent commensal of this basilica spider on June 20, 21, and 
25; on August 30; and on September 23 and 25. On the last 5 days 
the commensal was in the dorsal or ventral labyrinth strands of the 
basilica spider’s web. On four occasions, the host was present in the 
web with the commensal, and on two other occasions the commensal 
was in a deserted web of the basilica spider. On August 30 the com- 
mensal was feeding beside its own cocoon, which it had fastened to a 
strand of the dorsal labyrinth of the web of its host. The latter was 
present in its normal waiting position under the center of the snare. 

On June 20 I recorded one specimen of Conopistha trigona under 
the center of the snare of a young basilica spider in the position 
normally occupied by the host. The basilica spider was above and 
near the perimeter of the snare on one of the strands of the dorsal 
labyrinth facing the intruding spider, which was the larger of the 
two.—Donaup LAmorE, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md. 


80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


SYSTEMATICS OF THE SUBORDER TUBULIFERA (THYSANOPTERA) 
IN CALIFORNIA, by H. Edwin Cott, Univ. California Pub., Entomology, 
13:1-216, plates 1-4. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1956. 
$3.50. 


At long last here is an analysis of a portion of the thrips fauna of our con- 
tinent. Not since Hinds reported on the then known thrips in 1902 has an Ameri- 
can treatment of sizeable scope been published, Watson’s annotated list (Synop- 
sis) of 1924 notwithstanding. 

Cott’s work deals only with the suborder Tubulifera of California and is 
presented more as a local faunal survey than as a monograph. The knotty prob- 
lem of supergeneric categories and generic limits are mentioned, but no over-all 
solution is attempted, principally because the study does not take into consid- 
eration many of the critical species and related genera that occur outside California. 

In a fresh and candid style, Cott summarizes the morphological and biological 
features of the Tubulifera and points out how these characteristics may be used 
to best advantage. His classification is conservative in that it follows the system 
set up by Priesner in 1927. The genera and species are keyed with a modicum 
of the specialists’ jargon. What appear to be complete citations are listed under 
each category. Type species of the genera are indicated with mention of the way 
they were designated and who was responsible for their designation. Remarks on 
the status of the genus and the problems in need of further attention are included 
after each generic definition. The species are deseribed in detail. Although 
many characteristics of a ‘‘typical’’ specimen, arbitrarily selected by Cott, are 
fully measured down to the nearest micron, the range of variation exhibited by 
the species is not recorded, thereby minimizing the precise value of such measure- 
ments. Type localities, hosts so far as are known, specimens studied, and Cali- 
fornian and extralimital distributions are given and documented. 

In all, this work covers 29 genera embracing 60 species of which 12 are described 
as new. The genus Liothrips is reported to contain the largest number of species 
(9) in California. Even though Liothrips and Rhynchothrips are bridged by 
intermediates, Cott tentatively separates the two taxa by the characteristic of 
the length of the head compared with the length of the pronotum. Similarly, 
Haplothrips, the next largest genus treated (7 species) grades into Lepthothrips 
in most respects in California, but by the feature of the presence or absence 
of a tooth on each tarsi, Cott is able to maintain these 2 genera as units in his 
State at least. Acanthothrips and Hoplandrothrips ave regarded as subgenera of 
Phlaeothrips, and Stephanothrips and Trachythrips are placed in a separate 
family, the Urothripidae, following an old custom. The remaining genera treated 
contain 1 to several species each. Two species, Stictothrips maculatus and Neuro- 
thrips magnafemoralis, formerly supposed to be strictly eastern in distribution, 
are reported as members of the Californian fauna for the first time. 

Although limited geographically, Cott’s efforts clear a trail in the jungle of 
thrips taxonomy. His viewpoints and presentation will be appreciated by thy- 
sanopterists and by other interested entomologists. But most important, his 
work will serve as a sound guide to newcomers venturing into the study of one 
of the least known groups of insects, the T'ubulifera.—Lewis J. STANNARD, JR., 
Iilinois Natural History Survey, Urbana. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 8] 


A NEW RUGITERMES FROM BOLIVIA 
(TSOPTERA, KALOTERMIDAB) 


THOMAS E. SnypER, Washington, D. C. 


Twelve species of Rugitermes have been described, 11 from Middle 
and South America and 1 from the Marquesas, an aberrant species 
as to its wing venation. Many species are bicolored, the head being 
much darker than the pronotum. A new species found in the National 
Museum collection is described as follows: 


Rugitermes laticollis, n. sp. 

Winged female adult—Head dark castaneous-brown, smooth, shining, longer 
than broad, sides rounded, with scattered long and short hairs. Post-clypeus 
white tinged with yellow. Labrum light yellow-brown, with long hairs. Eye 
black, not round, projecting, separated from lateral margin of head by a distance 
slightly greater than the long diameter of the eye. Ocellus hyaline, suboval, at 
oblique angle to eye from which it is separated by a distance less than the short 
diameter of the ocellus. 

Antenna light yellow-brown, segments not all present, second segment slightly 
longer than third or fourth, which are subequal, with long hairs. 

Pronotum same color as head, broader than long, shallowly concave anteriorly 
and posteriorly, sides rounded, with scattered long hairs. 

Wings yellow-brown, coarsely punctate. In forewing, median vein soon (in 
first quarter) unites with radial sector; radial sector close to and parallel to 
with 5 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, parallel to radia! 
sector, with 16 branches to apex of wing. In hind wing median vein absent, 
radial sector with 4 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, with 
16 branches to apex. 

Legs light yellow-brown, femora darker, with long hairs. 

Abdomen with tergites dark castaneous-brown, with dense long and short hairs. 


Measurements (in millimeters) : 


léenlethy ofsentires winged: temale adult, es Sees es esl Oo 0 
Menothwotmentineydealateds temale saduiltisssseene me Bee Tae Oo) 
IGernganey Oe Ie Gio). whey Che Ie ohewbany))- cou eyes ee ee 1.80 
Menethwota pronokumin(tomanberior i COrnmen) mses es 1.20 
Wer ove O fe ORG Wyle tienes te Seeks geet wh abn eel ie) el Se ie ne GC OLOO 
VL yevay este) Vico Leta ay MP ayU pp ies yeas Mat Ue es Upsala Se etree Ce eS cen pe 1.10 
IDWienaavertene wou. Cavey ((WKoralee oblenea (ewer) nee nD ii Pees 0.35 
Wid chinoty heads (ateey.es)) ty: tu See Shere ee ee ee Se 1.50 
Var Cine O MeO NO LUT ee eee nan etl a eh ee taste ie ae ee ee 1.80 
Wadthisotehore wil ot puss ah twee eee Ls ieee RN eg ee Yess 2.2 


Rugitermes laticollis is not bicolored; is smaller than arthwr-muel- 
leri (von Rosen) and costaricensis (Snyder) ; is darker colored than 
unicolor Snyder and rugosus (Hagen); the median vein unites with 
the radial sector sooner in occidentalis (Silvestri) and in rugosus 
(Hagen) ; the latter has a shorter wing. 


i) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Type locality—tLa Paz, Bolivia. Described from 6 winged adults, 
4 males and 2 females, collected at the type locality by R. Pérez 
Aleala, 1947. 

Types.—Holotype, winged female adult. U.S. National Museum. 
No. 63342; paratypes female and male winged adults deposited at 
same institution. 


A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE ON CERATOPOGON YEZOENSIS 
MATSUMURA 
(DIPTERA: HELEIDAR) 


Different years of publication and different orthographies have been 
used by various authors to refer to Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura 
1911. Edwards [1939, In Edwards, Oldroyd, and Smart, British 
Blood-sucking Flies, p. 143], Vargas [1949, Rev. Soc. Mexicana Hist. 
Nat. 19 (1/4) : 203, 208], and Arnaud [1956, Microentomology 21 (3) : 
116, 149] have followed Tokunaga [1937, Tenthredo 1 (3): 235] in 
accepting a 1915 paper by Matsumura as containing the original de- 
scription. The correct reference to this species given by Takahashi 
[1941, Insecta Matsumurana 15 (3): 84], attributing yezoensis 
lyesoensis of Edwards 1939, and Vargas 1949] to a publication by 
S. Matsumura (p. 60) entitled ‘‘Erster Beitrag zur Insekten-Fauna 
von Sachalin,’’ published in 1911 in The Journal of the College of 
Agriculture, Tohoku Imperial University, Sapporo, Japan 4:1-145 
Plates I and II was overlooked by certain of these authors. The 
original description is provided below because of its general non- 
availability. 
£¢912. Ceratopogon yezoensis n. sp. 

““Graulichbraun. Antennen und Palpen blassgelblich. Riickenschild grau, ohne 
langsstriemen, nahe Vorderrande jederseits mit einem Griibchen. Kopf 
schwarz, Rostrum braéunlich. Fliigel subhyalin, weisslich getriibt, dritte 
Langsader durch eine Querader mit der ersten nicht verbunden, Unterrand- 
zelle daher einfach, Randmal braunlich, vor und hinter diesem je mit einem 
undeutlichen weisslichen Fleckchen, Unterrandzelle die Mitte des Fliigels 
erreicht, dritter Liingsnerv weit hinter der Fliigelspitze miindend. Halters 
weisslich. Beine weisslichgelb, Schenkel an der Spitze etwas briiunlich. Abdo- 
men braunlich, unten etwas heller. 

“‘Lange: 1 mm. 
‘*Pundort: Korsakoff, gesammelt in 3 Examplaren von Herrn Y. Ikuma 
(in der Sammlung von Herrn Y. Nawa). 
‘*S. F.: Hokkaido (haufig). 
““T., N.: Nukaka. 
“‘Der Farbung nach C, bicolor Pz. etwas iihnlich.’’—Paunt H. ARNAUD, JR., 
Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 83 


A NEW SPECIES OF MITE, HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS, 
FROM THE NESTS OF THE DESERT WOOD RAT, 
NEOTOMA LEPIDA LEPIDA THOMAS! 

(ACARINA: DERMANYSSIDAE), 


DorALp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway.* 


During a seasonal study of the parasitic mites associated with the 
nests of the desert wood rat Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas in Utah, 
Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found mites represent- 
ing a new species to be very abundant in the nests. These mites are 
described in this paper. The dimensions given for the sternal plate 
of the female refer to the shortest distances between two margins. 
Length and width figures for other plates refer to the greatest distance, 
exclusive of the very narrow projections such as the intercoxal pro- 
jections on the holoventral plate of the male. All measurements are 
given in microns. 

Acknowledgment is given to Dr. R. W. Strandtmann, Texas Tech- 
nological College, Lubbock, and Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., University 
of California, Davis, for checking some of the specimens. 


HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS, new species 
(FEMALE) 
(Figs. 5-10) 

Idiosoma.— 494 Jong, 306 wide. 

Gnathosoma.—Width near the base 93; length from tip of idiosoma to base 
of palpal trochanter 105. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 24 long, middle 
internal pair 19 long, middle external pair 9 long, distal pair 9 long. Length of 
palps from base of trochanter to tip 91. Chelicerae chelate, both digits of about 
equal length and without teeth. Digitus fixus slightly curved, with striated flange- 
like tip; a microseta at base of striation. Digitus mobilis slightly sinuous with 
a blunt point. 

Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae reaching to base of 
palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Sternal plate faintly reticulate, 
two and one-fourth times as wide as long at narrowest points (50 by 112) ; 
anterior edge slightly convex; concavity of posterior edge extending to a level 
about midway between the second and third sternal setae; anterior edge of plate 
more heavily sclerotized than central portion of plate; heavy sclerotization most 
evident between the first pair of sternal setae where it extends one-third the 
length of the plate; posterior edge of plate also more heavily sclerotized. Three 
pairs of sternal setae about equal in size, 38 long; distance between first pair 
of sternal setae equal to length of plate. Genitoventral plate broadly rounded 
posteriorly; with usual pair of setae opposite posterior edge coxae IV, and a 
pair of accessory setae near the tip of the plate; plate widest at point midway 


1This work was supported by U. S. Army Chemical Corps contract, No. DA-18- 
064-CML-2639, with the University of Utah. | 

2Now with Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, 
Provo, Utah. 


84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


between usual setae and accessory setae; usual genitoventral setae 31 long; 
accessory setae 28 long. Anal plate long oval, slightly less than twice as long 
as wide (100 by 57); reticulate near lateral margins; anus in anterior half 
of plate; paired anal setae 24 long, situated slightly behind middle of anus; 
postanal seta 26 long, situated behind the anus by a distance equal to the length 
of the anus. Anal plate separated from the genitoventral plate by a distance 
less than the length of the anus; cribum with 4 rows of teeth. Unsclerotized 
portion of venter with approximately 31 pairs subequal setae 24 to 28 long; 
those along posterior margin barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV. 
Peritreme sinuous, extending to middle of coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than 
III and IV; leg I, 304 long; leg IJ, 247 long; leg III, 228 long; leg IV, '299 
long. Coxa I with two regular setae. Coxa II with regular dorso-anterior spur 
and a small, sharply pointed accessory spur located below the distal edge of the 
segment and directed posteriorly. Coxa III with two small, sharply pointed acces- 
sory spurs situated near posterior edge of coxa, the internal spur situated directly 
internal to the marginal seta and directed posteriorly; the external spur situated 
on postero-distal edge of the coxa and directed at almost a right angle to the 
internal spur. Coxa IV without an accessory spur. Tarsus IT without clawlike spurs. 

Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering most of dorsum, extending almost 
to posterior tip of idiosoma; 480 long, 268 wide; widest part just posterior to 
coxae IV. Antero-lateral margins of plate sinuous; postero-lateral margins slightly 
convex. With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 12 long; second 
pair setae largest, 36 long; other setae on anterior half of plate longer (24 to 31) 
than posterior setae (19 to 21). Unselerotized portion of dorsum with approxi- 
mately 22 pairs nude setae, 21 to 26 long. 


MALE 
Chigss 34) 1-i3)) 


387 long, 255 wide. 


Idiosoma. 

Gnathosoma.—Width 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of palpal tro- 
chanter 43. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, internal middle pair 14 
long, external middle pair 7 long, distal pair 9 long. Palps 76 long from base of 
trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, without teeth; digitus fixus fingerlike, straight, 
slightly shorter than digitus mobilis, which is thicker, curved toward the trans- 
parent tip. 

Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending well past 
base of palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Holoventral plate faintly 
reticulate, widest anteriorly; 304 long, 117 wide; with usual 5 pairs setae plus 
anal setae and 3 pairs accessory setae; anterior 5 pairs setae 26 long; accessory 
setae 16 to 24 long; paired anal setae 19 long, situated opposite anterior half 
of anus; postanal setae equal in length to paired anal setae. Cribum with 2 rows 
teeth. Three pairs sternal pores present, indistinct. Unsclerotized portion venter 
with approximately 30 pairs subequal setae, 16 long; posterior marginal setae 
barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV. Peritreme sinuous, extend- 
ing to middle half or coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than III and IV; leg I, 
261 long; leg II, 214 long; leg III, 199 long; leg IV, 261 long. Coxae I, II, 
and III as in female; coxa IV with accessory spur on distal margin near pos- 
terior edge. Tarsus IT without clawlike spines. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 85 


Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 1, Dorsal plate and peritremes of deuto 
nymph; fig. 2, sternal plate of deutonymph; fig. 3, holoventral plate of male; 
fig. 4, dorsal plate and peritreme of male; fig. 5, sternal and genitoventral plates 
of female; fig. 6, dorsal plate and peritreme of female. 


86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering all of dorsum except lateral margins; 
378 long, 208 wide; lateral margins almost straight. With 33 pairs nude setae; 
anterior pair smallest, 9 long; second pair longest, 28 long; other setae on 
anterior half of plate longer (16 to 21) than posterior setae (14 to 16) Wm 
sclerotized portion of dorsum with approximately 7 pairs nude setae, 16 to 19 long. 


DEUTONYMPH 
(Figs. 1, 2, 14-17) 


Idiosoma.—295 long, 185 wide. 

Gnathosoma.—Width at middle 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of 
palpal trochanter 24. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, middle 
internal pair 12 long, middle external pair 7 long, distal pair 7 long. Palps 
69 long from base of trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, both digits almost straight, 
fingerlike, about equal in length and lacking teeth. 

Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending past base 
of palpal trochanter, Sternal plate extending from base of tritosternum to a 
point slightly posterior to coxae IV; anterior edge of plate distinctly reticulate, 
165 long, 69 wide; widest part opposite coxae II]; with 4 pairs setae; first and 


14 16 


Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 7, Anal plate of female; fig. 8, left coxa 
Il of female; fig. 9, right coxa III of female; fig. 10, right chela of female 
(ventral view); fig. 11, left chela of male (ventral view); fig. 12, left coxa 
IIL of male; fig. 13, left coxa IV of male; fig. 14, chela of deutonymph; fig. 15, 
anal plate of deutonymph; fig. 16, right coxa II of deutonymph; fig. 17, right 
coxa III of deutonymph. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 87 


second pairs 31 long; third pair 28 long; fourth pair 21 long. Three pairs 
sternal pores; first pair situated behind first sternal setae about 12 microns 
from lateral edge of plate, second pair on edge of plate directly posterior to 
second setae, third pair on edge of plate midway between third and fourth setae. 
Anal plate pyriform, with anterior edge rounded; 52 long, 28 wide; anal opening 
situated slightly anterior of middle of plate; paired anal setae 19 long, situated 
opposite middle of anus; postanal seta equal in size to paired anal setae. Unsclero- 
tized portion of venter with approximately 38 pairs nude setae, 21 to 24 long. 
Stigma at level of coxae III and IV; Peritreme sinuous, extending to about 
middle of coxa II. Legs I and II slightly thicker than III and IV; leg I, 228 
long; leg II, 190 long; leg III, 185 long, leg IV, 228 long. Coxa I with 2 
regular setae. Coxa II with single accessory spur as in female. Coxa III with 
only the internal accessory spur present. Coxa IV without an accessory spur. 
Tarsus II without clawlike spines. 

Dorsum.—Dorsal plate faintly reticulate, long oval in shape, covering all of 
dorsum except lateral margins; 283 long; 139 wide at level of coxae IT and III. 
With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 9 long; posterior pair 
longest, 33 long; setae on anterior part of plate longer (24 to 28) than setae 
on posterior part of plate (16 to 21). Unsclerotized portion of dorsum with 
approximately 15 pairs nude setae, 19 to 28 long. 


COLLECTION AND DISPOSITION 


Holotype—FKFemale, in collection of the U. 8S. National Museum, No. 
2227, collected from a nest of desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida. lepida 
Thomas, 2 miles southeast of White Rock, south end of Cedar Moun- 
tains, Tooele County, Utah, July 22, 1954, by Dorald M. Allred and 
Stanley Mulaik. 

Allotype.—Male, in collection of U.S. National Museum, collected 
from the same kind of nest and same locality as holotype, June 24, 
1954, by Ernest J. Roscoe. 

Paratypes.—30 females, 17 males, and 13 deutonymphs collected 
from same kind of nests in same locality as holotype and allotype, 
during various times from April to August and in November, 1954. 
An additional 912 females, 257 males, and 319 deutonymphs not desig- 
nated as paratypes were collected in the same habitat as the types 
between April 1954 and April 1955. Deposited in the collections of 
Dorald M. Allred, R. W. Strandtmann, E. W. Jameson, Jr., Harvey 
B. Morlan, R. B. Eads, F. da Fonseca, University of Utah Entomo- 
logical Museum, U. S. National Museum, British Museum of Natural 
History, and National Museum of Natural History of Paris. 


DISCUSSION 


Fonseca (1948 :263), among other characters, used the number of 
setae of the genital plate in females to separate the genera of Macro- 
nyssidae Oudemans, 1936 (synonym: Dermanyssidae Kolenati, 1859 ; 
Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931). In his key (p. 273), he used the 
characters of one and three pairs of setae on the genital plate to sepa- 


88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


rate females of the genus Hirstesia from those of Lepronyssoides, and 
females of Liponysealla from those of five other genera, including 
Hirstionyssus. Hirstionyssus falls in the group possessing only one 
pair of genital setae. In his species diagnoses (p. 265-266), Echino- 
nyssus was the only genus possessing two pairs of genital setae. In 
no case did the numbers of genital setae vary within the genus. With 
this as a basis, there seems to be sufficient justification to create a new 
genus for Hirstionyssus bisetosus. However, in H. bisetosus the other 
generic characters are so similar to other species of the genus Hir- 
stionyssus that the author does not deem it wise to erect a new genus 
until the genera of this family can be more thoroughly studied. <Ac- 
cording to Jameson (correspondence), in many of the Hirstionyssus 
there is a second pair of setae just off the genitoventral plate. A slight 
expansion of the posterior part of this plate often results in these two 
setae beine within its lateral margins. Strandtmann and Morlan 
(1953) state that this situation exists in H. breviseta. In H. bisetosus, 
the extra pair of setae apparently got too close and was completely 
enclosed by the plate. 

The presence of the extra pair of setae on the genitoventral plate 
separates bisetosus from all other species of the genus Hirstionyssus. 
In many respects, Disetosus is similar to four other species (obsoletus, 
isabellinus, breviseta, and neotomae), but differs as follows: In Jame- 
son’s (1950:163) key to the females of North American Neowchoronys- 
sus (synonym, Hirstionyssus Fonseca 1948), bisetosus runs to obso- 
letus, but differs from that species by having a smaller dorsal plate 
of different shape, spurs on coxae IT and III that are pointed, a shorter 
sternal plate, and almost twice as many ventral setae. In the key by 
Strandtmann and Morlan (1953:630), bisetosus runs to isabellinus 
from which it differs by the absence of a thickened margin on the anal 
plate and posterior thickened margin of the genitoventral plate; the 
sternal plate of bisetosus is shorter than in isabellinus. However, in 
bisetosus the anterior and posterior margins of the sternal plate are 
thickened. This species resembles breviseta, but differs from it by 
having two spurs on coxa IT, lacking a spur on coxa IV, having almost 
twice as many setae on the venter, and possessing a slightly shorter 
sternal plate. The new species, bisetosus, differs from neotomae by 
lacking a spur on coxa IV, having a slightly shorter sternal plate, and 
possessing more setae on the unsclerotized portions of the venter and 
dorsum. 

Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found bisetosus to be 
the second most abundant parasitic mite in the nests of the desert wood 
rat, in which nests it was found each month of the year (Fig. 18). 
The ratio of males to females over a period of a year was 1:3.4. 
Gravid females, each with one egg, were found in May, July, and 
August. There is little doubt that this species is a nest-dwelling form, 
getting onto a host only to feed. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 89 


Fig. 18. Average numbers of Hirstionyssus bisetosus found in each of 160 
nests of the desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida lepida, from April 15, 1954, to 
April 14, 1955. 


REFERENCES 


Fonseca, F. da. 1948. A monograph of the genera and species of Macronyssidae 
Oudemans, 1936 (synon.; Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931) (Acari). Proce. Zool. 
Soe. 118(2) :249-334. 

Jameson, E. W., Jr. 1950. Notes on mites of the genus Neoichoronyssus, with 
the description of a new subgenus and three new species of the subgenus 
Hirstionyssus. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 52 (4) :161-172. 

Strandtmann, R. W., and H. B. Morlan. 1953. A new species of Hirstionyssus 
and a key to the known species of the world. Texas Rpt. Biol. Med., 
11 (4) :627-637. 


Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type- 
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive 
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in 
the text. 


90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


THE DATE OF PUBLICATION OF BEZZI’S STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE 
DIPTERA, II 


Mario Bezzi’s second ‘‘century’’ of Diptera collected by C. F. 
Baker in the Philippine Islands, generally cited as published in the 
Philippine Journal of Science, (D) 12 (38): 107-161, pl. 1 (May, 
1917), seems to have actually been published on November 15, 1916, 
in another printing with different pagination. I possess a copy with 
the same text as the 1917 publication, with the following information 
on page 2: Department of the Interior, Bureau of Science, Manila. 
Publication No. 10. Actual date of publication November 15, 1916. 

It is paged 1-59 plus Plate 1. The plate is headed ‘‘Bureau of 
Science Publication No. 10.’’ The page numbers with the species 
numbers, ete., appearing thereupon are as follows: 

P. 7: title, ete.; p. 8: nos. 101-104; p. 9: key to Pselliophora, no. 105; p. 10: 
nos. 106-107; p. 11: nos. 108-110; p. 12: no. 111, key to Hriocera; p. 13: nos. 
IDO T14'- 4p. 14: nos. 115-119); p. 15: no: 120, key to Lubnotes, p.. 16. nosh tet 
124+ p. 17: nos. 125-127; p. 18: gen. Schizella nov.; p. 19: no. 1285 p. 20 ssn0s: 
129-130)" p. Qils mos) 131-133* p. 22; no. 134; p. 23: mos. 135-137. 2a Moss 
138-144; p. 26: nos. 145-147; p. 27: nos. 148-149; p. 28: nos. 150-157; p. 29: 
nos. 158-163; p. 30: nos. 164-168; p. 31: no. 169, gen. Tylopterna nov.; p. 32: 
no. 170s) p.wsss nose h7l-173)) p. 353 nos. M4755) p. S6% mos. VAG ie amonne 
no. 178; p. 88: no. 179; p. 39: nos. 180-183; p. 41: key to Pterogenia, no. 184; 
p: 43: no. 185; p. 44: no. 186; p. 45: no. 187: p. 46: no. 188; p. 48: no. 189; p. 49: 
key to Euprosopia, no. 190; p. 51: no. 191; p. 52: no. 192; p. 53: no. 193; p. 54: 
nos. 194-195; p. 55: nos. 196-197; p. 57: no. 198; p. 59: nos. 199-200.—GEORGE 
C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Michigan. 


SOCIETY MEETING 


The 658th regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President 
R. A. St. George at 8 p.m., December 6, 1956, in room 43 of the U. S. National 
Museum. There were 32 members and 10 visitors present. The minutes of the 
preceding meeting were read, corrected, and approved. 

The following new members were elected: Robert L. Wallis, Truck Crop 
and Garden Insects Section, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Md.; 
Donald H. Lamore, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md.; and Dr. Oswaldo Paulo 
Forattini, Faculdade de Higiene e Saude Publica, Universidade de Sao Paulo, 
Avenida Dr. Arnadlo, 715, Sao Paulo, S. P., Brazil, Caixa Postal 8099. 

President St. George gave the summary report on the state of the Society. 
He remarked that the Society has three honorary mmbers (see names on 
inside front cover—Ed.), and acknowledged the presence of Honorary Presi- 
dent R. E. Snodgrass. 

In the absence of other nominations, members on the slate presented by the 
nominating committee were elected officers for 1957 by acclamation. (Officers 
listed on inside front cover—Ed.) President St. George congratulated the 
new President, F. L. Campbell. 

It was voted to replace Article II, Section 3 of Article TII, and Article VI 
of the Constitution with the following: 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 9] 


ARTICLE II. 

The objects of the Society shall be to promote the study of entomology in all 
its bearings; to publish a periodical to be known as the Proceedings of the Ento- 
mological Society of Washington, which shall contain the proceedings of the 
Society and such papers as are accepted for publication in it; to publish a series 
of Memoirs, and a miscellaneous series of handbooks or other special publications ; 
and to cultivate mutually advantageous relations among those in any way inter- 
ested in entomology. To further these objectives dues shall be collected from the 
members. 


ARTICLE III, Section 3. 

Each member shall be entitled to one copy of each issue of the ‘‘ Proceedings’’ 
and shall be privileged to vote on all questions. Members shall be given prefer- 
ence over non-members in the publication of manuscripts. 


ARTICLE VI. 

The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special Publi- 
cation Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted 
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs, 
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding 
the previous five years’ income from interest on the Special Publication Fund 
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the 
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the 
diseretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be 
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceed- 
ings of the Entomological Society of Washington, from the sale of memoirs, 
handbooks, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining 
members, and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member. 


F. L. Campbell reviewed the ‘‘Handbook of Biological Data,’’ edited by 
William S. Spector, and exhibited both this and volume 1, ‘‘ Acute Toxicities,’’ 
of the 5-volume ‘‘Handbook of Toxicology,’’ a companion book prepared by the 
same editor. 

Max Day told about the ecology of the adult Bogong moth, Agrotis infusa 
(Boisduval), Phalaenidae (Noctuidae of authors), describing recent work by Mr. 
I. F. B. Common, of the Division of Entomology, Commonwealth Scientific & 
Industrial Research Organization, Canberra, Australia. The moths occur in large 
assemblages in granite caves at altitudes above about 4,500 feet in the Australian 
Alps, where the Australian Aborigines formerly feasted on them. The fat content 
of the moths averages more than 50 percent of their dry weight. They rest on 
the walls of the caves, about 1,500 per square foot. 

Moths of the spring generation migrate to the mountains and in late summer 
they migrate back to the breeding grounds, which are pastures covering wide 
areas of New South Wales. 

A small proportion of the aestivating moths become intensely active for about 
an hour after sunset and before sunrise, when they indulge in random flight 
over the mountain tops. During aestivation the moths neither feed nor mate, 
although they do ingest moisture from rain or dew. 

The migration and aestivation enables part of the adult population to avoid 


92 PROC. ENT. SOC..WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1997 


the breeding grounds during the summer when pastures are dominated by unpal- 
atable perennial grasses. [Author’s abstract. ] 

A note on ‘‘Subterranean Termites and Ships’’ was given by T. KE. Snyder. 
In 1927 a coal barge was found to be infested by subterranean termites in the 
harbor at Honolulu, Hawaii. Much moisture was present and some dirt was 
lodged along the bottom. Probably the infestation by this introduced oriental 
termite, Coptotermes formosamus Shiraki, was by winged adults. Such a vessel 
would be a source of danger at ports of eall. 

This same destructive termite has established itself in the woodwork of steam- 
ships plyimg between Hawaii and California. So far Federal inspectors have 
intercepted and prevented its introduction to the mainland. 

In July 1956 another destructive subterranean termite, Coptotermes crassus 
Snyder, was found damaging the woodwork of a large floating dry dock at 
Houston, Tex. This termite occurs in Spanish Honduras, Guatemala, and West 
Mexico (Lower California). It is larger than the native subterranean species of 
Reticulitermes, and the soldier has a short tube in the front of the more oval 
head from which a white liquid is ejected. 

As soon as Dr. Snyder identified the termite, Federal inspectors surveyed along 
the waterfront to determine whether this tropical termite had become established in 
buildings on shore. (Winged adults from a large colony could fly from the dock 
and infest woodwork on shore.) Surveys made in August showed no infestation 
in waterfront structures. Evidently the dock became infested from ships from 
tropical ports. Owners of the dock have attempted to eradicate the termites. 

In August 1956 another dry doek at New Orleans, La., was found to be infested 
by the native subterranean termite Reticulitermes flavipes (Kol.). [Author’s 
abstract. | 

President St. George recalled similar instances, one of an infestation of termites 
in a houseboat anchored above Key Bridge and another in the oak beams of a 
church steeple four stories above the ground. 

Paul Arnaud exhibited a Japanese delicacy, a can of ‘‘child hornets’’—the 
larvae, pupae, and océasional adults of Vespula lewisi Smith—which are served 
on rice, principally in central Japan. The ean was a product of Nagano Prefecture. 

A. B. Gurney discussed the growing trend, especially among entomologists 
working in applied fields, toward using the word ‘‘roach’’ instead of ‘‘cock- 
roach.’’ In the current Common Name List certain species are called cockroaches, 
others roaches, a somewhat distressing lack of uniformity. Dr. Gurney explained 
the origin of cockroach from the Spanish cucaracha, and cited support for the 
view that the abbreviated ‘‘roach’’ is etymologically incorrect and loose English. 
Furthermore, various species of fish, as well as one or more groups of fish, have 
the common name of roach. Some confusion has occurred in abstracting journals 
because of uncertainty whether ‘‘roach’’ referred to fish or to cockroaches. 
Nevertheless, the trend continues and it is desirable that entomologists under- 
stand the situation and act to promote uniformity and avoid confusion. [ Author’s 
abstract. | 

Honorary President Snodgrass commented that he was in favor of doing away 
with the name ‘‘roaches’’ for insects, as, in behalf of his son-in-law Roach, he 


preferred that the name bring to mind the popular fish rather than the unpopular 
insect. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 93 


The principal paper of the evening was an illustrated lecture on the ‘‘ Mating 
Behavior in Australian Dragonflies,’’ by Mr. A. F. L. O’Farrell. 

Field observations, mainly from the New England Tableland area of New 
South Wales, suggest that in several species of Australian Odonata the behavior 
and pattern of distribution of adult individuals of differmg age and sex tends 
to be rather characteristic for a given species and habitat. The diverse phenomena 
observed seem to have a similar end-result, ensuring ready discovery of a mate 
and of a suitable oviposition site while retaining for the species the ability to 
colonize and exploit new habitats arising as the result of flooding, dam con- 
struction, stream diversion, and so forth. 

Patterns vary from the apparently indiscriminate aggregations of individuals 
of all ages and both sexes, seen in the primitive damselfly Synlestes weyersi 
weyersi Selys, to the seemingly highly organized male territorial systems of the 
rather specialized dragonfly Tramea loewii tillyardi Lieftinck. An adequate study 
will be possible only when a satisfactory field marking technique is available 
for each species. Disturbance of the normal behavior pattern by any procedure 
involving capture and release is a major problem here. [Author’s abstract. ] 
Mr. O’Farrell’s slides showed the variety of dragonfly habitats in Australia. 

Visitors introduced were Dr. Nicholaus Obraztsov, of the American Museum 
of Natural History; Dr. Harvey I. Seudder, of the Public Health Service, and 
Dr. C. D. Michener, of the University of Kansas. 

The meeting adjourned at 9:50 p.m.—KeLuir O’NeEtLL, Recording Secretary. 


Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 1, was Mareh 15, 1957. 


NEW AMMUNITION? 


Search for improved insecticides and fumigants 
gets high priority at Dramonp’s enlarged 
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own 
products give evidence of this interest. We 
welcome requests for cooperation on research 


and development projects. 


DIAMOND ALKALI 
COMPANY 
Cleveland 14, Ohio 


94 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


A Cyanamid Report 


Resistance 


Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type 
insecticides has been proven or suspected in: 


cockroaches house flies 
mosquitoes flea beetles 


Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil 


dog and cat fleas body lice 

bed bugs lygus bugs 
codling moth cotton leaf worm 
leafhoppers dog ticks 


Many researchers have found malathion to be 
a capable replacement for the chlorinated 
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations 
for its use. If you have a “‘resistance’’ problem 
in your area, you might well consider malathion 
for your 1957 research schedule. 


Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY 

particular Agricultural Chemicals Division 

technical Insecticide Research 
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y: 20, N. Ye 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 95 


Cat) 


3 GREAT 
INSECTICIDES 


CONTROL THESE INSECTS 


CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, 
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, 
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, 
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole 
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic 
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern 
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet 
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, 
Wireworms...and many others. 


HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- 
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover 
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, 
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, 
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- 
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon 
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- 
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- 
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western 
Harvester Ant, White Fringed. Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms 
...and many others. 


ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- 


ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. 


WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS 
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 


330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. 


Beer eRe eSsr ENE ie (Al toh VES) 2 PON Pi Ro NI Cr Br vASe Chil oiicl sees 


96 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 


l5 


Pyrenone’ 


HELPS TO PRESERVE 


PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL 


Pe one quickly kills destructive, annoy- 
ing and disease-carrying insects. 

In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective 
for long periods of time. In fact, a szvgle application 
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- 
tacks for an entire storage season. 


On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible 
stages of insects fast — even between showers of 
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not 
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- 
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly 
emerging parasites and predators are free to com- 
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize 
or feed upon destructive insect pests. 

This means that Pyrenone is completely com- 
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying 


insects. 
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C. 


FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION 


Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. 


rt ae iy 


White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times, 


WHEN PESTS SEE 
eye-to-eye 


Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub 
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de- 
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars 
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season. 


Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . . . to 
develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a 
minimum, 


That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the 
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching 
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides. 


Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos- 
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol 
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail- 
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to 
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in 
chemistry today. A 


*Shell Chemical Trademark 


SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


Agricultural Chemical Sales Division 
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York 


i) QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


‘Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION. GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 
“AS ‘space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 


= kinds of flying and crawling insects..Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrifts, 0. 127% Piperony| Butoxide,. and ee 272 Methoxychlor. 


GOLFSPRAY “AEROSOL BOMB * 

Gulf’s carefully researched formula ganar 2 quick knock- 
down “action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


aes 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 37 Agee 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 

«x val, insecticides :for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 

- 40. 08% Pauens and 2% Chlordane. 
- SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY . 

+ Long:proven formula with: effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Gontains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperony! Butoxide. 


+GULF OIL CORPORATION 
“GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


Men oe 


ee ie ore JUNE 1957 No. 3 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SUCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 


FULLAWAY, D. T.—A New Reared Opius from Africa (Hymen- 
EVORDERD LES EUG 2) ye ae eee oe ee 98 


GALINDO, P.—On the Validity of Haemagogus spegazzinii Falco 
Kumm et af, 1946 (Diptera: Culicidae)... = 121 


SELANDER, R. B.—Descriptions and Records of North American 
Meloidae. I. (Coleoptera) _..___---_-_= pee buever eek Ty ON Pe 135 


SHENEFELT, R. D., and MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—Ashmead’s 
Meteoridea (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) _.______________-_ = 129 


SOMMERMAN, K. M.—Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes) 
Demeester VT rit PeSsie | i Ee 125 


TOWNES, H.—A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old 
World Ichneumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan, 


Formosa, or North America (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 100 
WERNER, F. G.—A New Species of Epicauta from the Gulf Coast 

GoLexas (Coleoptera, sleloidae), 2 a5 394 
CIS US RS TEEN Z2 CF SAY AU SU AE 124 


oe) : es i 
‘ ‘ae «+ hes et ae 
1 : ie \ 

aa aa j 7) |) 
THE bi i 


OF WASHINGTON 


OrcANizeD Marcu 12, 1884 AG a h 


Regular meetings of the Society are held in naa 43 of the Uv. AS 
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to Nn une, 
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceeding ' 


MEMBERSHIP Vane 
Mambers shall oe persons over ‘18 years of age who have an inte est i 


science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4. One 
#1. 00 (U. S. currency). 


OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957 


Second Vice President. so 2 Conk DOL al ee Ree i 


“Recording Secretary. ee Ee Pe 2 a 
Corresponding ‘Secretary pesos es Se a a ee 


eS a as ae ree 
) Editor i PAs Ook Mr Walco A Sis Ae ene ‘ 
i j ia al i ; 

Custodian se esta SS AUN Me ke a tes EL 


i , i 


Program Chairman... i es 
. _ Executive iConmmittect st 2) wes A. B. GURNEY, T. L, Bisset Ly 
oa SEE to represent the petro as Vice President of th Ww 

at of (SOWIE, 


‘Honorary Members a il Sarin Ls s\ ek at a 


; “The Gorcaranine Secretary, Editor, Custodian, 
‘dressed as follows: | 
Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. 
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS 
U. Ss. Department. of Agriculture 
. Washington 25, D. C. 


Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor 
Wh, : -Stored- Product Insects Section, AMS 
1 ee aL S. Department of Agriculture of 
. ey ep lant Industry Station 

| Beltsville, Ma. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


VOL. 59 JUNE 1957 NO. 


CO 


A NEW SPECIES OF EPICAUTA FROM THE GULF COAST OF TEXAS 
(COLEOPTERA, MELOIDAR) 


FLoyp G. WERNER, Department of Entomology,) University of Arizona, Tucson. 


The first specimen of the new species described here has been in the 
Cornell collection for some time and was examined during previous 
studies. However, it is a specimen lacking most of the segments of 
the antennae and is otherwise in poor condition. There was some 
doubt that the color was normal. Three additional specimens, from 
nearby localities, show that the Cornell specimen is normal in color 
and that it represents an undescribed species. 


Epicauta ennsi sp. n. 

Black, densely clothed with rufous pubescence, except for yellowish cinereous 
pubescence narrowly at the suture and on a median line on each elytron. General 
appearance similar to that of a well-marked specimen of EF. strigosa (GyllL.), except 
for the very different color of the pubescence. 


Holotype male: Length 9 mm. with head deflexed; maximum width of elytra 
3.3 mm. Head subtriangular, widest just behind the eyes, 2.01 mm.; the width 
across the moderately protuberant eyes is the same. Length to base of clypeus 
1.64 mm. Surface densely and finely punctured and densely decumbent-pubescent. 
The setae on the back of the head are longer, more erect, and paler than the 
rest. Median impressed line fine and indistinct and antennal calluses not evident. 
Clypeus separated from the front by a deep suture. It, and the labrum especially, 
have sparser and longer pubescence than the front. The eyes are moderately 
narrow, 0.93 x 0.61 mm., excavated, and separated across the front by 1.32 mm. 
Palpi normal, with sparse black pubescence. Antennae 3.7 mm. long, reaching to 
about the basal sixth of the elytra, about 2.2 times as long as an anterior tibia. 
They are of almost uniform thickness. Except for a few pale setae on segments I 
to III, they are entirely black. Segment I reaches half-way across the eye and is 
moderately stout; segments IV to X are truncate at the apex, V to X slightly 
obliquely so. Segment XI is almost uniform in width, rounded at apex. Measure- 
ments (Length/Width, to a total length of 1,000 units, from base to apex): 151/60, 
65/48, 139/55, 79/55, 76/59, 76/60, 76/59, 76/59, 76/55, 69/55, 117/55. 


Pronotum subquadrate, 1.98 mm. long, 1.85 mm. wide. Basal impressed line dis- 


1Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station Teehnical Paper No, 401. 


98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


tinct; median impressed line absent. The dise is slightly elevated just behind the 
middle and a moderately deep impression extends from the elevation to the basal 
impressed line, flanked by distinet but shallow lateral impressions. Anteriorly 
from the elevation there extends a feeble median impression. Surface and pu- 
bescence as on head. There is some pale pubescence across the very base and apex; 
in addition there is a pale suffusion on the sides of the dise before the middle; 
the paler markings on the pronotum are not evident without magnification. Scutel- 
lum rufous-pubescent. Elytra almost parallel, 7.31 mm. long, 2.6 mm. wide across 
the humeri and ea. 3.3 mm. at their widest. Surface and pubescence almost as on 
pronotum and head. Suture narrowly elevated and pale-pubescent. A pale-pubes- 
cent line about 0.25 mm. wide extends from the humeri to about 0.8 mm. from 
the apex of each elytron. A narrow but distinct eostula is present on each elytron 
parallel to the suture and midway between suture and pale line. Sides of elytra, 
as well as sides of pronotum, obscurely paler pubescent. Ground color of elytra 
uniformly dark, not lighter under the stripes. Underside of body with sparser and 
longer pubescence than above, the surface clearly visible; pubescence uniformly 
rufous except for some black toward the apex of the tarsi. Legs moderately stout, 
entirely black in ground color. Anterior tibial spurs two, spiniform, the imner 
longer; inner posterior tibial spur slender, tapered-sticklike, the outer about twice 
as broad, slightly expanded apically. 

The size of the three paratypes is almost exactly the same as in the holotype. 
In one mate and the female paratype the pronotum has a pair of small pits in the 
postero-lateral impressions. A feeble indication of these pits is present in the other 
paratype and in the holotype. The color of the two male paratypes is almost the 
same as in the holotype, except that one of them has the elytral vittae slightly 
narrower. The female paratype is not so brilliantly colored and the last ventral 
abdominal segment appears to have entirely black pubescenee. 

Holotype—Male: 10m. N. of Rockport (Aransas Co.), Texas, IV-18- 
1952, Michener, Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors. Deposited 
in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas. Para- 
types, two males: Riviera (Kleberg Co.), Texas, [V-17-1952, Michener, 
Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors; one in the Snow Entomo- 
logical Museum, and one in the collection of the author; one female : 
Kingsville (Kleberg Co.), Texas, C. T. Reed Coll., in the collections 
of Cornell University. All three localities are near Corpus Christi. 

This species is named in honor of Dr. Wilbur R. Enns. who recog- 
nized that the holotype could not be assigned to any described species. 
In my 1945 key to the species of Hpicauta, ennsi runs to couplet 24 
but is distinct in having the pubescence mainly rufous over the whole 
body. It is unlike any described species from Mexico or Central 
America. It belongs to group BB, subgenus Hpicauta, and appears to 
be most closely related to H. strigosa. 


A NEW REARED OPIUS FROM AFRICA 
(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAR) 
by D. T. FuLtuAway, Honolulu, Hawaii. 


The following new species was included in a enllection of Opies 
reared from various fruit flies in Africa by J. M. McGough. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 99 


Opius ottotomoanus, new species ‘ we 

Female—Length 4 mm.; ovipositor 4 mm. Head and thorax shiniig black; 
abdomen bright fulvous; antennae, sheaths of the ovipositor, hind tibiae, and 
tarsi black or blackish; palpi and tegulae pale yellow; mandibles except at tips, 
front, middle, and hind legs except tibiae and tarsi, bright fulvous, wings hyaline, 
stigma and veins black or blackish. Body, including abdomen, with sparse pale 
hairs and sparsely punctate, especially on face. 

Head broader than thorax and twice as wide as thick, broad behind the eyes; 
ocelli disposed in the form of an isosceles triangle in the middle of the fronto- 
vertex, a tight group set in a shallow basin, the individual members almost 
touching; ocellocular line twice length of base of triangle; vertex in front of 
ocelli transversely striate on either side of a smooth, depressed area; eyes short 
oval; face convex, wider than high, antennae inserted at upper margin and 
rather widely separated, the scrobes as far apart as distance to eyes, a short 
median carina below; clypeus somewhat tectiform, the anterior margin angulate; 
malar space twice the width of base of mandible; gena even wider and strongly 
margined; antennae 39-segmented, scape and pedicel rather short and_ thick, 
flagellar segments all longer than wide, the proximal ones four to five times 
longer than wide, segmental length decreasing distally; palpi, particularly the 
maxillary, slender, elongate. 

Pronotum not visible from above, pleurum with a crenulated groove on posterior 
margin; mesonotum convex and with foveolated parapsidal grooves extending 
diagonally from anterior lateral angles caudally, converging before apical margin, 
forming median and lateral lobes, the former rather prominent, the latter with 
foveolated lateral margins; mesopleurum crossed by vertical and _ horizontal 
crenulated sulci; scutellum convex; preseutellar sulcus divided by costae into 
four pits; metanotum with a narrow costate groove between anterior and posterior 
carinated margins on either side of a median longitudinal carina; propodeum 
convex, coarsely rugose (reticulate areolate), especially at sides, and with a short 
median longitudinal carina anteriorly, spiracle minute, circular. 

Abdomen elongate oval; first tergite ligulate, considerably wider apically than 
basally, the median plate aciculate; succeeding segments weakly separated. 

Legs fairly stout. Wings long and rather narrow, three to four times as long 
as wide, faintly cloudy; stigma lanceolate, three to four times as long as wide, 
radius emitted from its middle; first abscissa of radius more than half stigma 
width; second abscissa twice length of first but shorter than first cubital cross- 
vein, which is interstitial with recurrent vein; second cubital cell wider than 
high but hardly twice as wide; nervulus postfureal; nervus parallelus joining 
medial below the middle; postnervellus present. 

Male.—Similar to female except for sexual differences and the apical segments 
of the abdomen black or blackish. 

Described from eight female and two male specimens (type, allotype, and para- 
types) reared from a species of Dacus infesting cultivated gourds in the Ottotomo 
Forest Reserve in the French Cameroons (West Africa), November 1, 1951, by 
J.M. McGough. One specimen labeled as from cucurbits, Cameroons, May 21, 1951, 
J. M. McGough, appears to be the same. This species is closest to Bridwell’s 
desideratus or Szepligeti’s caudatus, but is readily distinguishable by the black 
hind tibiae and tarsi. 


100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


A REVIEW OF THE GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED FOR OLD WORLD 
ICHNEUMONIDS, THE TYPES OF WHOSE GENOTYPES ARE IN JAPAN, 
FORMOSA, OR NORTH AMERICA 
(HYMENOPTERA, [CHNEUMONIDAEP) 

HENRY TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan 


It has recently been possible to study the types of the ichneumonid 
genotypes that are in various collections in Japan, Formosa, and 
North America. In certain papers, particularly in the Hymenoptera 
of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog (1951. U. 8. Dept. 
Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 184-409), there has been an opportunity to re- 
view the status of the generic names applicable to the Nearctic Fauna, 
so far as was possible at those times. The present paper reviews the 
generic names proposed for Old World species, the types of whose 
genotypes have been studied to date. 

Other authors, particularly Uchida, Heinrich, and Cushman, have 
already reviewed the status of many of the generic names treated 
herein, and many of those proposed by Uchida and Cushman were 
adequately described and figured to begin with. There has remained, 
however, a large number which are enigmas as far as the literature is 
concerned, and it has seemed desirable to try to clarify these and to 
bring together all the names in one list for easy reference, with con- 
firmations of previous dispositions, further information or corrections 
where needed, and bibliographic references to the pertinent literature. 

The types of the genotypes concerned are housed in the following 
collections: Institutum Entomologicum, Hokkaido University, Sap- 
poro, Japan; Taiwan National Agricultural Research Insitute, Taipeh, 
Mormosa; U. S. National Museum, Washineton, D. C.; and the post- 
war collection of Mr. Gerd Heinrich, at present partly at Dryden, 
Maine, and partly at Ann Arbor, Michigan. The types of Uchida’s 
genotypes are mostly at Sapporo and a few others are in Shanghai, 
Washington, and Berlin-Dahlem. Those in Washington concern ge- 
nera erected on Ashmead species. The Uchida types in Shanghai and 
Berlin-Dahlem have not been seen, but the generic names involved are 
included also in the discussion for the sake of completing the lst of 
his genera, even though the remarks concerning them can not be based 
on the holotypes. The Sonan types are in Taipeh. The Ashmead, 
Cushman, and Viereck types are allin Washington. Ashmead, Uchida, 
and Viereck have referred Old World species to a few of Foerster’s 
ichneumonid genera that had not previously contained species and 
thus made genotypes available for them. The status of these Foers- 
terian genera is reviewed also, alphabetically with the rest. 

I am deeply indebted to the curators of the various collections for 
the privilege of studying the material in their care, and especially to 
Dr. Toichi Uchida for the assistance given while I was visiting Sap- 
poro. Mr. J. F. Perkins has assisted with information on the names 
Ateleute, Talorga, Cremastus, and with some of the Acaenitini. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 101 


Some of the tribal and subtribal names employed in the discussion 
of genera belonging to the subfamilies Gelinae and Ophioninae will be 
unfamiliar. For their elucidation, the reader is referred to another 
paper by the author, entitled ‘‘A synopsis of the tribes and subtribes 
of Gelinae and Ophioninae (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) ’’ (1957. 
Proc. Ent. Soe! Wash.59: 2. ) 


ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE GENERA 


ACERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 23. New name for 
Cerataspis Uchida, preoccupied. 


Resembles Metopius in most characters but lacks the shield-shaped 
area on the face. The face is evenly convex. 

AKAJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 217 New 
name for Hrythrojoppa Uchida, preoccupied. 

Synonym of Allonotus (new synonymy ). 

ALLOTHERONIA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25: 
351. One species. 

Type: (Allotheronia 12-guttata Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus intricatorius Fabri- 
cius, 1804. 

A synonym of Hchthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940. 
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288). 

AMAUROMORPHA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 410. One species. 

Type: Amauromorpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Monobasiec. 

A monotypic Oriental genus of Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. 
Its cardinal characters are: First abdominal tereite without a lateral 
subbasal triangular projection, propodeum with a basal transverse 
carina, first intercubitus a little beyond the second recurrent vein, 
body hair very dense, clypeus without a median tooth. 

AMEBACHIA Uchida, 1938. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 198. One 
species. 

Type: Amebachia baibarana Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

Same genus as Netelia, and belongs in or near the subgenus Netelia. 
Baibarana differs from known members of the subgenus Netelia in 
lacking the occipital carina, but a careful examination of Uchida’s 
specimens shows this carina to be sometimes present as a faint trace. 
A decision as to whether Amebachia should be synonymized with the 
subgenus Netelia or maintained as a distinct subgenus should be de- 
ferred until the male genitalia of its genotype can be studied. 
ANOMALOCTENUS Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 4. One species. 

Type: Anomaloctenus melleus Cushman, 1934. Original designation. 

I consider this a synonym of Apatagium, which is a subgenus of 
Netelia, as previously noted (Townes, 1938. Lloydia 1: 185). 
APOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 170. One 

species. 

Type: Apocryptus issikii Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

This genus belongs in the Mesostenini and appears to belong to the 
subtribe Echthrina, but the only specimen seen was a male. The 
female type is in Berlin-Dahlem. 


102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


APOPHYSIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 587. One species. 

Type: Apophysius bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation. 

An aberrant genus of Hemigastrini, well characterized in the origi- 
nal description. I have seen about six species, all from the Oriental 
Region. 

ARACHNOLETER Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64: 2. One species. 

Type: Arachnoleter swezeyi Cushman, 1924. Original designation. 

A genus of Gelini, well illustrated in the original description. A 
singular generic character that is not brought out in the original 
description is the fact that the spiracles of the second to fourth ab- 
dominal segments are on the epipleura rather than on the tergites. I 
have a Swedish specimen determined as ‘‘Theroscopus stagnalis 
Thomson’’ by Roman which belongs to Arachnoleter, to which genus 
Hemiteles stagnalis Thomson, 1884 is hereby transferred. A third 
species of the genus (undescribed) occurs in northeastern United 
States. 

ASTOMASPIS Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species. 

Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 140. One species. 

Type: Astomaspis metathoracica Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie. 

An Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini, that com- 
monly goes under the name of Syrites. The male has a broad short 
abdomen with three visible tergites, the third ending in a pair of 
spines. Syrites is a Junior synonym. Astomaspis of authors is a dif- 
ferent genus, which has been renamed Haplaspis. 

BADYORYGMA Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 112. One species. 

Type: Badyorygma flavoguttatum Uchida, 1936. Original designation. 

A synonym of [chnewmon (new synonymy). The genotype is closely 
related to (Aglaojoppa) Ichneumon flavomaculata Cameron, 1901 
(new combination). 

BANCHOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species. 

Type: Banchogastra nigra Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. 

I consider this a synonym of Enicospilus, as first noted in 1945 (Mem. 
Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 737). Cushman, however, considers it a distinct 
venus and has discussed its characters (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 
96 : 460-461). 

BRACHYNERVUS Uchida, 1955. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 50: 123. 
One species. 

Type: Brachynervus tsunekii Uchida, 1955. Original designation. 

A genus of Anomalini with one spur on the middle tibia and the 
intercubitus obliterated by the approximation of the radial and cubital 
veins. I have not seen it. 

BRACHYSCLEROMA Cushman, 1936. Proe. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 88: 369. One species. 

Type: Brachyscleroma apoderi Cushman, 1936. Original designation. 

This anomalous ophionine genus belongs in a separate tribe, the 
Brachysecleromatin1. 

CAENOCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 4. One species. 

Type: Ischnojoppa tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. 

This genus is close to Agrothereutes. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 103 


CERATOMANSA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 574. One species. 

Type: Ceratomansa prima Cushman, 1922. Original designation. 

A genus of Mesostenina with considerable superficial resemblance 
to the genus Mansa. Mansa belongs in the Hemigastrini. 
CERCODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 9. One species. 

Type (Psilomastax pictus Kriechbaumer, 1882) = Psilomastax pyramidalis 

Tischbein, 1868. Original designation. 

A synonym of Psilomastax, having the same genotype. Psilomastax is 
very close to Trogus, but differs in having the prepectal carina pres- 
ent only on the mesosternum, and in some additional characters as 
tabulated by Uchida in his description of Cercodinotomus. 
CERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 13: 275. One species. 

Name preoccupied by Gray, 1828. 

Type: Cerataspis clavata Uchida, 1934. Original designation. 

Renamed Acerataspis, which see. 

CHASMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 16. One species. 

Type: (Plectocryptus hokkaidensis Uchida, 1930) = Cryptus penetrator Smith, 

1874. 

A synonym of Polytribax (new synonymy ). 

CHRIODES Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 178. No species. 

Ashmead, 1905. Proc .U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 966. One species. 

Type: (Chriodes (!) oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ashmead, 

1904, Monobasie. 


A genus of Ophioninae common in the Old World tropics and many 
times named. Synonyms are Nesomesochorus, Mavandia, and Meta- 
nomalon (new synonymies). Alutiana is a subgenus differing in the 
lack of the subdiscoidella vein (new status). Mavandiella is a synonym 
of Klutiana (new synonymy). Chriodes and the Neotropie genus 
Nonnus constitute a distinct section of the tribe Porizonini. 

COBUNUS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 23: 65. One species. 
Type: Ichneumon pallidiolus Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. 
Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 100) discusses the 

characters of this genus. He places it near Naenaria. 

COCHLIDIONOSTENUS Uehida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 115. One spe- 

cles. 

Type: Cryptaulax coreanus Szépligeti, 1916. Original designation. 

This genus is related to Coccygodes, Christolia, and Lamprocryp- 
tidea. This group of genera, so far as known, parasitizes Limacodidae. 
COELOJOPPA Uchida, 1925. Zool. Mag. Tokyo 37: 453. One species. Name pre- 

occupied by Cameron, 1904. 

Type: Coelojoppa segmentalia Uchida, 1925. Original designation. 

This genus was renamed Uchidia by Heinrich in 1934, but it is a 
synonym of Naenaria Cameron, 1903. Uchida has discussed the 
synonymy (1942. Insecta Matsumurana 16: 34). 
COLPOTROCHIOIDES Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25: 

263. Two species. 
Type: Colpotrochioides orientalis Uchida, 1930. Original designation. 


104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


Listed as a synonym of Colpotrochia (Townes and Townes, 1951. 
U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 355), but a better treatment seems 
to be as a synonym of Scallama, with Scallama as a subgenus of Col- 
potrochia (new status). Scallama (with Colpotrochioides as a syno- 
nym) has the nervellus broken below the middle and the areolet al- 
ways present. The subgenus Colpotrochia has the nervellus broken 
near the middle and the areolet often lacking. 

COREOJOPPA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 23. One 
species, 

Type: Coreojoppa flavomaculata Uchida, 1926. Original designation. 


A synonym of Pterocormus (new synonymy). The genotype is a 
large robust form which is close to and may be a subspecies of (Ich- 
neumon) Pterocormus sexmaculatus Matsumura, 1912. 
CREMASTIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 43: 587. One species. 

Type: Cremastus (Cremastidea) chinensis Viereck, 1912. Original designation. 

A synonym of Temelucha, and the genotype is a synonym of 
(Ophionellus) Temelucha biguttulus Munakata (new combination). 
Uchida (1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 4) has published the specific 
synonymy. 

CRYPTAULAXOIDES Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121. Two species. 

Type: Cryptus purpuratus Smith, 1852. Original designation. 

I consider this a synonym of Cochlidionostenus (new synonymy ). 
CTENOCHARIDEA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 549. One species. 

Type: (Ctenocharidea luzonensis Cushman, 1922) = subspecies of Maraces 
flavobalteata Cameron, 1902. Original designation. 

A synonym of Maraces. Luzonensis is a Philippine subspecies of 
Maraces flavobalteata Cameron, 1902, the genotype of Maraces. Hein- 
rich published these facts in 1934 (Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 184, 
136). 

CUBOSCOPESIS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1080. One 
species. 

Type: Cuboscopesis epachthoides Heinrich, 1952. Original designation. 

Similar to Scopesis and I see no reason for making the fine generic 
distinctions that would be necessary if Cuboscopesis is to be retained 
as a genus. Ihave formerly (1951. U. 8S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 
331-334) included Scopesis and many other minor groups in a broadly 
defined genus Mesoleius. This may be the best arrangement, but the 
matter needs a thorough study. 

DAICTES Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No species. 

Viereck, 1911. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 40: 193. One Species. 

Type: Phygadeuon (Daictes) fukaii Viereck 1911. Monobasic. 

A synonym of Mastrus (new synonymy). 

DAISETSUZANIA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 289. 
One species. 
Type: Daisetsuzania albifrons Uchida, 1930. Original designation. 
A synonym of Himerta (new synonymy). 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 105 


DENTIMACHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 86. One 
species. 

Type: Dentimachus morio Heinrich, 1949. Original designation. 

This genus resembles Perispuda and Scopesis, but differs from both 
in having the lower tooth of the mandible longer than the upper. I 
have compared the type of Dentimachus morio with the series of Try- 
phon flavipes Gravenhorst on which Heinrich based the new genus 
Nemesoleius. I believe the two species congeneric and hereby synony- 
mize Nemesoleius with Dentimachus. Heinrich mentioned propodeal 
differences as the generic distinction between Nemesoleius and Denti- 
machus. The propodeal carinae of the genotype of Nemesoleius are of 
the common NScopesis type. In the genotype of Dentimachus they are 
almost obsolete and the apical propodeal carina is more regularly 
transverse. This difference does not impress me as being of generic 
value. 

DIAGLYPTIDEA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 371. One species. 

Type: Diaglyptidea roepkei Viereck, 1913. Original designation. 

A genus of Gelini related to such genera as Isdromas and Haplaspvis. 
DIATORA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 180. No species. 

Ashmead, 1904. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species. 

Type: Diatora prodeniae Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic. 

An Oriental genus of Gelini. Cardinal generic characters are: 
Lateral edge of second tergite without a carina or crease setting off 
its epipleurum ; notaulus extending beyond the middle of the mesoscu- 
tum, of almost uniform strength throughout its length and posteriorly 
ending abruptly; dise of mesoscutum without hairs. 
DICHELOBOSMINA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 201. 

One species. 

Type: Dichelobosmina tuberculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

A rather robust member of the Hymenobosmina group of genera. 
Unusual features are the absence of the glymma except for a trace, the 
short face and clypeus, and particularly the propodeal carination. 
ECTOPOIDES Heinrich, 1951. Bonner Zool. Beitrage 3-4: 280. One species. 

Type: Hetopoides teunisseni Heinrich, 1951. Original designation. 

Heinrich related this genus to EHctopius and Apaeleticus. I ex- 
amined the type in 1951 but have not seen it recently. 
EGURICHNEUMON Uchida, 1929. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 10: 116. One 

species. 

Type: Chasmias agitatus Matsumura and Uchida, 1926. Original designation. 

A synonym of Ulesta, as was noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. 
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 174). 

ELASMOGNATHIAS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 8: 31. New name 
for Elasmognathus, preoccupied. 

A synonym of Caenojoppa, as noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. 
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 122). 

ELASMOGNATHUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 405. One species. 
Name preoccupied by Gill, 1865, and by Newton, 1878. 
Type: Elasmognathus cephalotes Ashmead, 1905. Monobasice. 
Renamed Hlasmognathias. which see. 


ie) 
oO 
“ 


106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1 


ERIPTERNIMORPHA Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 645. One species. 

Type: (Hripternimorpha schoenobii Viereck, 1913) = subspecies of Amawro- 

morpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Original designation. 

A synonym of Amauromorpha (new synonymy), its genotype be- 
ing only a subspecies of the genotype of Amauromorpha. The proper 
scientific name of the present genotype would therefore be Amauro- 
morpha metathoracica schoenobu (new status). 

ERYTHROJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 83: 153. One 
species. Name preoccupied by Cameron, 1902. 

Type: Acanthojoppa (Erythrojoppa) sauteri Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

Renamed Akajoppa, which see 
ERYTHROPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species. 

Type: Hrythropimpla abbottii Ashmead, 19090. Monobasie. 

A synonym of Camptotypus, as noted by Cushman (1942. Proe. 
U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 284). Whether Camptotypus should be main- 
tained as generically distinct from Hemipimpla, as Cushman contends 
(ibidem), is a question requiring study. 

TSUCHONEMATOPODIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 567. One 
species. 

Type: Hsuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922. Original designation. 

A synonym of Diapetus. Diapetus and Michrochorus are subgenera 
of Nematopodius (new status). The subgenera of Nematopodius may 
be distinguished as follows: 

1. Epomia ending dorsally in a prominent tooth on upper margin of pronotum; 
clasper of male genitalia ending in a slender rod a _., Mierochorus 
Epomia not toothed above and not reaching upper margin of pronotum; clasper 
OL male senitalia: rounded Vapi ally See ee 


2. Occipital carina distinct dorsally; apical carina of propodeum represented 
only by lateral vestiges =...) oo ee MeMACODOUUES 
Occipital carina absent dorsally; apic: r carina of  propodeunt usually distinet, 
complete or interrupted medially, or sometimes absent Diapetus 
Cushman has referred a number of species to Diapetus, which con- 

sidering the subordination of Diapetus to Nematopodius as a subgenus, 

should now be included under Nematopodius. The necessary nomen- 
clatorial shifts are as follows: 


Earrana nigromaculata Cameron, 1907 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) nigro- 
maculata. 

Ischnoceros? dimidiatus Brullé, 1846 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dimidiatus. 

Diapetus (D.) pallidicornis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) pal- 
lidicornis. 

Diapetus (D.) unicolor Cushman, 1932 = Ne matopodius (Diapetus) unicolor. 

Diapetus (D.) parvus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) parvus. 

Earrana lutea Cameron, 1905 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) luteus. 

Diapetus (D.) taiwanensis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) tai- 


wanensis. 
Diapetus (D.) dissipus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dissipus. 
Diapetus (D.) piceatus Cushman, 1982 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) piceatus. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 107 


Diapetus (D.) fossulatus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) fossula- 
tus. 

Esuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Diapetus ) 
luzonensis. 

Earrana philippinensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) philip- 
pinensis. 

Microchorus mirabilis Széplgeti, 1916 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) mira- 
bilis. 

Diapetus (Microchorus) wniformis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Micro- 


chorus) uniformis. 
EUCTENOPUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25: 351. 
One species. 

Type: Huctenopus novazealandicus Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie. 

A synonym of Phytodictus (new synonymy). The genus Phytodietus 
may some day be divided into subgenera, when Huctenopus may be 
used for one of them. Cushman (1942. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 286) 
has discussed the characters of Huctenopus. 

EXERISTESOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 51. 
One species. 
Type: (Pimpla spectabilis Matsumura, 1926) = subspecies of Pimpla alternans 
Gravenhorst, 1829. Original designation. 


A synonym of Itoplectis. Spectabilis is a subspecies of Itoplectis 
alternans Gravenhorst, 1829, as published by Uchida (1942. Insecta 
Matsumurana 16: 122). It differs from typical alternans most con- 
spicuously in the coloration of the hind tibia, which is fuscous with a 
white submedian band, the submedian band being wider than in 
typical alternans and the fuscous areas without the ferruginous 
infusion characteristic of typical alternans. Ttoplectis triannulatus 
Uchida 1928, Itoplectis epinotiae Uchida 1928, and Itoplectis nigri- 
basalis Uchida 1937 are synonyms of spectabilis (new synonymies). 
FORMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 192. 

One species. 

Type: Formocryptus tenuicornis Uchida, 1931. Original designation. 

This genus belone in the Gelini. Distinctive features are its rela- 
tively large size, two strong teeth on the clypeus, and strong propodeal 
apophyses. 

FORMOSANOMALON Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 241. 
One species. 

Type: (Formosanomalon baibarense Uchida, 1928) = subspecies of Macrostem- 

ma elegans Shestakov, 1923, new status. Original designation. 


A synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). Its genotype is only 
a Subspecies of the genotype of Macrostemma, and this name also 
should be listed as a synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). The 
species elegans, genotype of Formosanomalon and of Macrostemma, 
although believed to belong in the genus Aphanistes, is atypical in 
having the ocelli large, the lateral ocellus separated from the eye by 
only about 0.3 its diameter, the median frontal carina reaching the 
median ocellus and nowhere strongly elevated, and the tarsal claws 


108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


somewhat longer than is typical for Aphanistes. Uchida (1953. Trans. 
Shikoku Ent. Soc. 3: 129) has published the synonymy of Formosano- 
malon with Macrostemma. 
FORMOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 30: 180. 
Two species. 
Type: Mesostenus (Formostenus) angularis Uchida, 1931. Original designation. 


A synonym of Isotima (new synonymy). The genotype of For- 
mostenus and certain related species differs from albicineta (the 
genotype of Isotima) and its closer relatives in having the brachiella 
vein present, and in the somewhat narrower postpetiole. Both groups 
of species agree, however, in having a characteristic arcuate carina 
above each antennal socket. 

FORMOXORIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14. 
One species. 


Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti, 1914. Original designation. 


A synonym of Eugalta. The type of the genotype is in Budapest, 
but its generic identity is determinable from the original description. 
[Its synonymy was recognized by Uchida (1932. Jour. Faculty Aer. 
Hokkaido Univ. 33: 221) and by Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsu- 
murana 8:1). 

GLYPTOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species. 

Type: Glyptogastra hawaiiensis Ashmead. Monobasie. 


A synonym of Echthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940. 
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288). 

HABROCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1952. Insecta Matsumurana 18: 19. Two species. 

Type: Habrocryptus shikokuensis Uchida, 1936. Original designation. 

A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy). 
HEMIEPHIALTES Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 3 
Type: Hemiephialtes glyptus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie. 

A synonym of Glypta, as was first noted by Uchida (1928. Jour. 
Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 71). 

HYMENOMACROPYGA Uehida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 116. One species. 

Type: Hymenomacropyga latifrontalis Uchida, 1941. Original designation. 

A synonym of Clistopyga (new synonymy). The species latifrontalis 
lias the temples narrower and the abdominal tergites more heavily 
punctate than is usual for species of Clistopyga, but does not deserve 
veneric distinction. 

HYPOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 11. One species. 

Type: Hypopheltes pergae Cushman, 1924. Original designation. 


): 177. One species. 


A genus of Mesoleiini as indicated in the original description. I have 
seen only the genotype, from Australia. 
IDIOGNATHUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sei. 20: 558. One species. 
Type: Idtognathus balteatus Cushman, 1922. Original designation. 


A synonym of Aulojoppa, as first noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. 
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 127). Balteatus is a Philippine subspecies of 
Aulojoppa spilocephala Cameron, 1907, the genotype of Aulojoppa 
(new status). 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 195 109 


ISHIGAKIA Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25: 32. One species. 

Type: Ishigakia exetasea Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

An Oriental genus of Acaenitini with long erect hairs on HBe first 
sternite, hind tarsal claws simple, apical half of elypeus rather flat and 
without a subapical transverse ridge, and intercubitus well beyond 
the second recurrent. 

ISOTIMA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 182. No species. 

Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 407. Four species. 

Type: Isotima albicineta Ashmead, 1905. By present designation. 

A mesostenine genus of the Goryphus-Gambrus group of genera. It 
is distinctive in having, in the female, a semicircular area above each 
antennal socket bordered dorsally by a carina. The male has either a 
similar structure or in some species a grotesque specialization of it. 
Many of the species, including the genotype, lack the brachiella vein. 
isotima cincticornis Ashmead, 1905 is a synonym of JI. albicineta 
(new synonymy). Formostenus, Fotsiforia, and Mavia are synonyms 
of Isotima (new synonymies). 

ITAMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 179. No species. 
Name preoccupied by Goebel, 1846 and by Loew, 1849. 
Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 13. One species. 
Type: (Hemiteles (Itamus) okamotoi Uchida, 1936) = Leptocryptus marginatus 
Uchida, 1930. Monobasie. 

This genus has a general resemblance to Bathythrix, but the notau- 
lus is shorter and not quite so sharp, and the clypeus is larger and 
with an evenly convex margin. The genotype was described “first as 
Leptocryptus marginatus by Uchida in 1930, with which it is hereby 
synonymized. Besides the genotype from Japan, I have a second 
species of the genus from the Philippines. 

Since the generic name is preoccupied and the genus is a distinct 
one, I hereby rename it Uchidella, as a token of respect for Dr. Toichi 
Uchida and his work on the Oriental Ichneumonidae. 

JEZAROTES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 30. Two 
species. 

Type: Jezarotes tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

A genus easily distinguished by the strongly forward projecting 
median lobe of the mesoscutum. The blunt ventral tooth on the hind 
femur and subobsolete upper tooth of the mandible are additional 
features of note. 

KARAECHTHRUS Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 176. One species. 

Type: Karaechthrus tuberculatus Uchida, 1929. Original designation. 

Closely related to Echthrus, from which it differs in having the apex 
of the clypeus truncate, without a median tooth, and in a few addi- 
tional minor characters. 

KOSHUNIA Uehida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 185. One 
species. 

Type: Hemiteles (Koshunia) taiwanellus Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen. 


110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


The original description indicates that Koshunia belongs probably in 
the Phobetes group of genera, tribe Gelini. 
KRIEGERIA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 116. One species. 

Type: Kriegeria heptazonata Ashmead, 1905. Monobasie. 

An Oriental genus of the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. Its car- 
dinal characters are: First abdominal tergite with a lateral subbasal 
triangular projection, acute or subacute in females, blunt and often 
indistinct in males; pleural carina of propodeum present behind the 
basal carina; apical carina of propodeum absent; epomia reaching the 
upper edge of the pronotum and curved strongly forward at its upper 
end; nervulus varying from interstitial with basal vein to beyond it 
by 0.3 of its length. 

KUNIOCRYPTUS Sonan, 1937. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 27: 172. One 
species. 

Type: Orientocryptus flavofasciatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. 

A synonym of Latibulus (new synonymy ). 

LEPTOBATOPSIS Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soe. New South Wales 20: 
349. One species. 

Type: (Leptobatopsis australiensis Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus indicus Cameron, 
1897. Monobasie. 

A well-known Lissonotine genus of the Oriental Region. Tanera and 
Sauterellus ave synonyms, as discussed by Cushman in 1922, 1924, 
1933, and 1940, Tanera having the same type species (through synony- 
my) as Leptobatopsis. 

LONGICHAROPS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 131. New name for 
Nothanomaloides Uchida, preoccupied. 

A synonym of Casinaria (new synonymy). 

MEGALOMYA Uchida, 1940. Trans. Nat.. Hist. Soc. Formosa 30: 223. One species. 

Type: Megalomya longiabdominalis Uchida, 1940. Original designation. 

This genus is close to Alomya. 

MATSUMURAIUS Ashmead, 1906. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 169. One species. 

Type: Matsumuraius grandis Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie. 

A synonym of Pterocormus, as was first recognized by Matsumura 
(1912. Thousand Insects of Japan, Supplement 4: 102). 
MELALOPHACHAROPS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 

280. One species. 

Type: Melalophacharops tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

Very close to Charopsimorpha. 

METACHORISCHIZUS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 35. 
One species. 

Type: Metachorischizus unicolor Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

Related to Siphimedia. 

METARHYSSA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species. 

Type: Metarhyssa bifasciata Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie. 

A synonym of Gabunia (new synonymy). Cushman (1942. Proe. 
U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 279-280) has redescribed the genotype. The genus 
belones in the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 111 


METOPHELTES Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 162. One species. 

Type: Metopheltes petiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

This genus is close to Perilissus. 

METOPICHNEUMON Uchida, 1935. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 13. One species. 

Type: Protichnewmon (Metopichneumon) swperomediae Uchida, 1935. Original 

designation. 

Proposed first as a subgenus of Protichneumon and later (1937. 
Insecta Matsumurana 11: 85) elevated to generic rank. It is very 
close to Protichneumon, but the genotype is unusual in having a com- 
pressed tubercle in the middle of the frons, a relatively narrow cly- 
peus, and relatively elongate areola with distinct bounding carinae. 
MICROTORIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 150. One species. 

Type: Microtoridea lissonota Viereck, 1912. Original designation. 

A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ). 

MICROTORUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species. 

Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 64-66. Two species. 

Type: Microtorus kichijoi Uchida, 1940. By present designation. 

A synonym of Otacustes (new synonymy). Uchida placed a second 
species, Microtus tenuibasalis Uchida, 1940, in Microtus. It should 
be referred to Mastrus (new combination). 

MONOMACRODON Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 2. One species. 

Type: Monomacrodon bicolor Cushman, 1934. Original designation. 

A subgenus of Netelia, as noted in 1938 (Townes. Lloydia 1: 186). 
MONONTOS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 165. One 

species. 

Type: Monontos niphonicus Uchida, 1926. Original designation. 

Near Heresiarches, but a distinct genus, not a synonym as stated by 
Uchida (1932. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 32). In Monontos the second 
lateral area of the propodeum extends to the apical 0.6 of the propo- 
deum and is separated from the third lateral area by a sharp carina. 
In Heresiarches the second lateral area extends to the apical 0.8 of 
the propodeum and the carina between it and the third lateral area is 
obsolescent. 

MONOPLECTROCHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 109. 
One species. 

Type: Monoplectrochus hoerhammeri Heinrich, 1949. Original designation. 

A synonym of Periope (new synonymy). Its genotype is related 
more closely to the Nearctic Periope aethiops Cresson than to the 
Kuropean Periope auscultator Curtis. 

MYRMELEONOSTENUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 116. One 
species. 

Type: Myrmeleonostenus babai Uchida, 1936. Original designation. 

Close to Trychosis, differing from Trychosis in the interstitial nervu- 
lus, smaller areolet, narrower first abdominal segment, and longer 
Gvipositor. 

NAWATA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 184. One species. 
Type: Nawaia japonica Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic. 
A synonym of Banchus, as was first noted by Uchida (1931. Insecta 


112 PROC. ENT. SOC.’*WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


Matsumurana 6:51). Its genotype (Banchus japonicus) is siunilar to 
the Nearctic Banchus canadensis in the elongate female abdomen and 
in the relatively small fourth segment of the maxillary palpus of the 
male. These two species seem to constitute a distinct group. 

NEISCHNUS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1066. One species. 

Type: Neischnus oxypygus Heinrich, 1952. Original designation. 

Heinrich placed this genus in the ‘‘ chneumonini,’’ at the same time 
stating its relation to the Phaeogenini. The type is in Dryden, Maine. 
NEODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 122. New name 

for Odontocryptus Uchida, preoccupied. 

The type of the genotype was returned to Berlin-Dahlem, but I have 
a specimen which appears to belong to the genotype species. It repre- 
sents an aberrant genus of Mesostenina related possibly to Trachy- 
sphyrus. Its dark metallic blue coloration and the structural charac- 
ters described by Uchida should make it easy to recognize. 
NEOHERESIARCHES Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 87. One species. 

Type: Neoheresiarches albipilosus Uchida, 1937. Original designation. 

This is an unusual genus of which I have seen only the type of the 
genotype. It is somewhat reminiscent of Tricholabus but probably not 
closely related to it. 

NEOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 56. One species. 

Type: Neopimpla abbottii Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. 

The type of the genotype, stated to be from Africa, has never been 
found since Ashmead published the name, and the original description 
is insufficient for even a subfamily placement. Neopimpla remains a 
nomen dubium until further evidence is available. 

NEOPIMPLOIDES Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 151. One species. 

Type: (Neopimploides syleptae Viereck, 1912) = Ichneumon punctatus Fabri- 

cius, 1787. Original designation. 

This is a Synonym of Yanthopimpla, and its genotype is a synonym 
of Yanthopimpla punctata Fabricius, 1787. The generic synonymy 
was first published by Krieger (1914. Arch. Naturg. 80 (A), 6: 3) 
and the specific synonymy first by Cushman (1922. Proe. U. 8. Natl. 
Mus. 60: 10). 

NEOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 153. One species. 

Type: Torbda (Neotorbda) sakaguchii Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina, related to Micro- 
stenus. The first tergite has a lateral subbasal triangular projection, 
the pleural carina of the propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina, 
both transverse carinae of the propodeum are strong, and the hy- 
postomal carina is obsolete apically and does not meet the occipital 
carina. I have seen several Oriental and one Madagascan species of 
the genus. Didiaspis is a synonym of Neotorbda (new synonymy ). 
NEPHOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 16. One 

species. 

Type: Nephopheltes japonicus Cushman, 1924. Original designation. 

A synonym of Opheltes, as previously noted (Townes, 1945. Mem. 
Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 495). 


PROU. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13 


NESOMESOCHORUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 967. One species. 

Type: (Nesomesochorus oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ash- 

mead, 1904. Monobasie. 

A synonym of Chriodes. Its genotype is a synonym of Atrometus 
minutus Ashmead, 1904, and of Chriodes oculatus Ashmead, 1905, 
the genotype of Chriodes. 

NESOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 180. One species. 

Type: Nesopimpla naranyae Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie. 

A synonym of Jtoplectis, as previously noted. (Townes, 1940. Ann. 
Ent. Soe. Amer. 33: 314). 

NESOSTENODONTUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 555. One species. 

Type: Nesostenodontus bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation. 

This genus belongs in the Alomyini as defined by the subcircular 
spiracles and the usually lenticular clypeus. Cushman relates it to 
Stenodontus, emphasizing the sickle-shaped mandible. If the lack of 
gastrocoeli were emphasized it would be placed near Centeterus. Its 
true relations are problematic. The genus is adequately described and 
figured in the original publication. 

NEUCHORUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 148. One species. 

Type: Neuwchorus longicauda Uchida, 1931. Original designation. 

A synonym of Phytodietus (new synonymy). The species longi- 
cauda is closely related to the Nearectic Phytodietus pulcherrimus 
Cresson. 

NIPPOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 3. One species. 

Type: Hemiteles suzukii Matsumura, 1912. 

A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy ). 

NIPPONAETES Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 160. One species. 

Type: Hemiteles (Nipponaétes) haeussleri Uchida, 19838. Original designation. 

This genus is similar to Acrolyta in most characters. Further study 
of generic limits in this area is needed before a more definite state- 
ment can be made as to its relationships and distinctness. 
NIPPONOPHION Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 201. 

One species. 
Type: (Nipponophion variegatus Uchida, 1928) = variety of Ophion bombyci- 
vorus Gravenhorst, 1829. 

This genus is a synonym of Stauropoctomus, a synonymy already 
published by Cushman (1947. Proe. U.S. Natl. Mus. 96: 456). Uchida 
(1951. Insecta Matsumurana 17: 127) has reduced the name varie- 
gatus to varietal status under bombycivorus. 

NIPPORICNUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 147. One species. 

Type: Acroricnus tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. 

A synonym of Picardellia (new synonymy). The genus belongs in 
the Mesostenini, subtribe Osprynchotina, and is close to Messatoporus, 
differing from that genus most conspicuously in the somewhat larger 
areolet. 

NOTHANOMALOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 
273. One species. Name preoccupied by Viereck, 1925. 
Type: Nothanomaloides matsuyamensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 


114 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


Renamed Longicharops, which see. 

ODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 187. 
One species. Name preoccupied by Saussure, 1890, by Cameron, 1903, and by 
Szépligeti, 1916. 

Type: Odontocryptus brillantus Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

Renamed Neodontocryptus, which see. 

ODONTOTYLOCOMNUS Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 179. 
One species. 

Type: Odontotylocomnus pilosus Uchida, 1940. Original designation. 

A synonym of Pseudometopius (new synonymy). Pilosus is an ex- 
traordinary species with the face sharply produced beneath the an- 
tennal sockets, the apex of the front tibia with a rounded prolonga- 
tion, and with other specializations as mentioned in the original de- 
scription. It does not seem, however, to be more than an aberrant 
member of the genus Pseudometopius. 

OPISTHOSTENUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No 
species. 

Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 43. One species. 

Type: Hemiteles (Opisthostenus) etorofuensis Uchida. Monobasic. 

A synonym of Gnypetomorpha (new synonymy ). 
ORIENTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 174. 

Two species. 

Aype: Orientocryptus formosanus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. 

A synonym of Arthula, as noted by Uchida in 1940 (Insecta Matsu- 
murana 14: 125). 

ORIENTOHEMITELES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 
186. One species. 

Type: Orientohemiteles ovatus Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

This genus belones to Phobetes group. It differs from all others of 
that group in having the petiolar area of the propodeum very long 
(0.7 as long as the propodeum) and the areola very short (about 3.8 
as wide as long). 

ORIENTOSTENARAEUS Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 
321. One species. 

Type: Orientostenaraeus chinensis Uchida, 1930. Original designation. 

This is a singular mesostenine genus with coarse apical teeth on both 
upper and lower ovipositor valves, the ovipositor about 1.3 to 1.5 as 
long as the head and body, the clypeus broad, and the areolet as im 
Mesostenus. The genotype occurs in China, Taiwan, and the Philip- 
pines and I have a second species from Queensland. The European 
Mesostenus gladiator Scopol, 1763 is closely related to these two spe- 
cies but differs in having the apical propodeal carina present. Parasil- 
sila is a Synonym (new synonymy ). 

OTOHIMEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 146. Two 
species. 

Type: (Otohimea nigra Uchida, 1926) == Ichnewmon incanescens Smith, 1874. 

Original designation. 
A synonym of Tricholabus, as has been noted by Uchida (1932. 


PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 115 


Insecta Matsumurana 7: 31). 
PARACRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 149. One species. 

Type: Paracryptus orientalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

Close to Trachysphyrus and further study may prove it to be a 
synonym. 

PARAGAMBRUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 7. One species. 

Type: Gambrus sapporonis Uchida, 1930. Original designation. 

The genus is superficially similar to Agrothereutes and Gambrus. 
The apical margin of the clypeus is without a median angulation, the 
apical carina of the propodeum indicated only laterally, and the 
dorsal valve of the ovipositor has distinct apical teeth. 

PARAGRYPON Uchida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 159. 

Type: Gongropelma kikuchii Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

A synonym of Phaenolabrorychus (new synonymy ). 

PARAPHYLAX Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No 
species. 

Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species. 

Type: Paraphylax fasciatipennis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie. 

This is an Oriental and Australian genus of the Phobetes group, 
tribe Gelini, containing many species. Its generic characters are: Dise 
of scutellum and upper part of temple smooth or with weak punctures, 
the scutellum with a weak median longitudinal elevation and the up- 
per part of temple flat or almost so; notaulus extending more than 0.6 
the length of the mesoscutum; nervulus approximately opposite the 
basal vein, or beyond it by less than 0.35 its length; sternaulus ex- 
tending distinctly to near the middle coxa; propodeum with its first 
and second pleural areas separated by a carina just beyond the spiracle 
and its median apical area occupying 0.4 to 0.6 of the propodeal 
length; spiracle of first tergite at 0.65 to 0.7 the distance from the 
base of the tergite ; first sternite without a preapical transverse carina; 
ovipositor sheath about as lone as the width of the second tergite; 
ovipositor point not unusually slender. 

PERILISSOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 213. 
One species. 

Type: Perilissoides cubitalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

This genus is not in Uchida’s collection. The type of the genotype 
is in Berlin-Dahlem. The genus is said to be near Perilissus and is 
distingtwished by a peculiar venation. 

PHOTOPTERA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 380. One species. 

Type: Photoptera erythronota Viereck, 1913. Original designation. 

A synonym of Paraphylax (new synonymy ). 

PIELIA Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 91. One species. 

Type: Pielia concava Uchida, 1937. Original designation. 

The type of the genotype is in Musée Heude, Shanghai. Uchida 
compares the genus with Bureschias, Eupalamus, and Gyrodonta, 
The face and elypeus are concave, the face has a strong transverse 
carina just below the antennal sockets, and the gastrocoeli are indis- 
tinct. 


116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 
’ b} 3 


PLANOCRYPTUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gessell. 35-39: 56. 
One species. 

Type: Planoecryptus mirabilis Heinrich, 1949, Original designation. 

A synonym of Cubocephalus (new synonymy). 

PLATYJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 146. One species. 

Type: Platyjoppa naxae Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

This genus is somewhat intermediate in its characters between 
Aoplus and Stenichnewmon, but different from both in the sharply 
elevated, laterally margined scutellum. The costula is strong. 
PLECTOCHORUS Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 163. One species. 

Type: Mesochorus iwatensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

Near Stictopisthus. The transverse carina beneath the antennal 
sockets is continuous, without a median dip, and the prepectal carina 
reaches the front edge of the mesopleurum. These are characters 
shared with Stictopisthus. Females differ from those of Stictopisthus 
in having the propodeum extending to or beyond the middle of the 
hind coxa, abdomen greatly elongate, and the ovipositor sheath only 
about four times as long as wide. Males seem indistinguishable from 
those of Stictopisthus. 

PLEURONEUROPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 86. One 
species. 

Type: Pleuroneurophion hawaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. 

A synonym of EHnicospilus, as previously noted (Townes, 1945. 
Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 787). 

POTOPHION Cushman, 1947. Proc. U. 8S. Natl. Mus. 96: 442. One species. 

Type: Potophion caudatus Cushman, 1947. Original designation. 

Near Ophion, from which it differs in the longer ovipositor and 
somewhat elongate trophi, as described and figured in the original 
publication. 

PROSOPOSTENUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 184. 
One species. 

Type: Hemiteles (Prosopostenus) koshunensis Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen. 
PROTEROCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 174. One species. 

Type: Proterocryptus nawati Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic. 

A synonym of Brachycyrtus, as was first noted by Roman (1915. 
Ark. for. Zool. 9 (9): 5). 

PSEUDAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 179. One species. 

Type: Pseudarotes chishimensis Uchida, 1929. Original designation. 

This genus is a synonym of Yamatarotes (new synonymy). Its 
venotype has the propodeum, first sternite, first tergite, and scutellum 
with specialized swellings, but these may be regarded as specific 
rather than generic characters. 

PSEUDASTHENARA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 276. 
One species. 

Type: Asthenara rufocincta Ashmead, 1906. Original designation. 

A synonym of Huceros, as previously noted (Townes and ‘Townes, 
1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 321). The type of the genotype 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 nae 


is in Washington. 
PSEUDEUGALTA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species. 

Type: Eugalta spinosa Cameron, 1899. Original designation. 

A synonym of Eugalta. Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsumurana 8: 
1) has discussed the synonymy. 

PSEUDOCHASMIAS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 113. 
One species. 

Type: Pseudochasmias major Uchida, 1926, Original designation. 

Resembles Chasmias in most of its characters. The propodeum is a 
little more elongate than in Chasmias and the areola bounded pos- 
-teriorly in both sexes by a strong carina. The apex of the female 
antenna is a little more tapered than in Chasmias. The apical edge 
of the clypeus is truncate with a weak median angular projection. 
The upper edge of the face is unique in having a median, short, broad, 
angular, upward-projectine flange in place of the usual subantennal 
tubercle. 
PSEUDODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1925. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 15: 239. 

One species. 

Type: Pseudodinotomus tricolor Uchida, 1925. Original designation. 

A synonym of Charitojoppa, as noted by Uchida (1952. Insecta 
Matsumurana 7: 25). 

PSEUDOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 195. 
One species. 

Type: Pseudotorbda geniculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina. The first tergite 
has a basal lateral triangular projection, the pleural carina of the 
propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina, the apical transverse 
carina of the propodeum absent, and the clypeus without a median 
apical tooth but with a subapical transverse ridge. Besides the geno- 
type from Taiwan, I have seen one species from Japan and two from 
the Philippines. 

PSYCHOSTENUS Uchida, 1955. Insecta Matsumurana 19: 32. Three species. 

Type: Psychostenus minusculae Uchida, 1955. Original designation. 

A synonym of Ateleute. Talorga and Tsirirella are also synonyms 
(all new synonymies ). 

PYCNOPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species. 

Type: Pycnophion molokaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. 

Related to Enicospilus. Cushman (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl Mus. 96: 
461-462) has discussed its characters. 

PYCNOPYGE Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 552. One species. 

Type: Pycnopyge bella Cushman, 1922. Original designation. 

A distinctive Oriental genus placed in the Oedicephalini by Hein- 
rich. It is adequately described and figured by Cushman in the 
original description. 

RHEXIDERMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 192. No 
species. 

Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 171. One species. 

Type: Rheridermus japonicus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasiec. 


118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


This is the proper name for Jschnus of authors. The genotype of 
Ischnus (porrectorius) is a species of Habrocryptus, so Ischnus must 
be used in the Mesostenini, with Habrocryptus as a synonym, and 
Tschnus of authors, in the Alomyini, must be called by the name 
Rhexridermus. Rhexidermus as interpreted by Uchida (1926. Jour. 
Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 166), however, is Pseudoplatylabus, 
and his species Rheridermus apicalis must be called Pseudoplatylabus 
apicalis (new combination). 

SCENOCHAROPS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 202. 
One species. 

Type: Scenocharops longipetiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation. 

This genus is close to Charops but differs in having the areolet pres- 
ent but small (or occasionally absent) and the outer lower angele of 
the second discoidal cell shehtly less than a right angle. It contains a 
number of Oriental species. 

In 1946 I (Bol. Ent. Venezol. 5: 61) included Schenocharops in the 
genus Charops as an aberrant Oriental species group. I now agree 
with Uchida as to its generic distinctness. 

STENARAEOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 181. 
Three species. 

Type: Mesostenus octocinctus Ashmead, 1906. Original designation. 

A synonym of Gotra. Uchida has published the synonymy (1940. 
Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121). 

STENICHNEUMONOIDES Uehida, 1930. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 95. Three 
species. 

Type: Stenichneumon posticalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. 

This genus is intermediate between Stenichneumon and Chiaglas, 
having the clypeal and propodeal characters of the former and the 
post petiole without a distinctly raised median area as in the latter. 
Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93-94) has discussed the 
generic characters. 

STREPSIMALLUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No 
species. 

Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 115. One species. 

Type: Strepsimallus bicinetus Ashmead, 1905. Monobasic. 

This is an Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini. I 
know only three species. Its generic characters are mostly the same 
as those of Paraphylax but the upper part of the temple is strongly 
convex, mat or rugosopunctate; and the scutellum is rather flat, mat 
or rugoso-punctate. 

STRIATOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 177. 
One species. 

Type: Striatostenus areolatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. 

A synonym of Coesula (new synonymy ). 

TAIWATHERONTA Sonan, 1936. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 26: 256. One 
species. 

Type: (Taiwatheronia mahasenae Sonan, 1936) = Apechthis taiwana Uehida, 

1928. Original designation. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 119 


A synonym of Ephialtes Schrank, 1802 (new synonymy). <A para- 
type of T. mahasenae in Uchida’s collection was compared with the 
type of Apechthis taiwana Uchida, 1928, and found to be conspecific 
(new synonymy). 

TAKANOMA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 163. One 
species. 

Type: Takanoma ishiyamana Uchida, 1926. Original designation. 

Close to Phaeogenes but probably merits generic distinction. The 
Nearctic Ichnewmnon vineibilis Cresson, 1867 should be referred to 
Takanoma (new combination). 

TAKASTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 188. One 
species. 

Type: Takastenus longidentatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. 

This is a genus of the Mesostenina, close to Buodias, with a large 
number of Oriental species. Chromocryptus albomaculatus Ashmead, 
1905, should be referred to it (new combination). 

TEMELUCHA Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 148. No species. 

Ashmead, 1904. Canad. Ent. 36: 101. One species. 

Type: Temelucha philippinensis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie. 

This genus is Cremastus as understood by American authors, but 
according to recent information from J. F. Perkins in England the 
species commonly determined as Cremastus spectator Gravenhorst, 
the genotype of Cremastus, belongs in the group ealled Zaleptopygus 
in America. Mr. Perkins also reports that the genotype of Tarytia is 
congeneric with that of Temelucha. In view of this information Tary- 
tia is hereby synonymized with Temelucha, which is the same as 
Cremastus of American authors, and true Cremastus is considered 
either the same as Zaleptopygus, or of uncertain identity until Gra- 
venhorst’s type of C. spectator can be examined. 

TOGEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 109. Four species. 

Type: Togea albofasciata Uchida, 1926. Original designation. 

Close to Neocratichneumon, from which it differs most conspicu- 
ously, at least in the genotype, in lacking the lateral carina on the 
scutellum. Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93) states that 
Barichneumonites is a synonym, but this is a distinct genus. 
TOSQUINETIA Ashmead, 1900. Canad. Ent. 32: 368. New name for Obba 

Tosquinet, preoccupied by Beck, 1837, and by Walker, 1869. 

I have not studied material of this genus, but Heinrich (1938. 
Mém. Acad. Malagache 25: 36-37) has discussed its taxonomy, placing 
it near Compsophorus and Pyramidellus in the Listrodromini. 
TYLOCOMNOIDES Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 178. One 

species. 

Type: Tylocomnoides egawai Uchida, 1940. Original designation. 

A synonym for Pseudometopius (new synonymy ). 

UCHIDELIA, new name for /Jtamus Foerster, which see. 
YAMATAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 180. Two species. 
Type: Yamatarotes bicolor Uchida, 1929. Original designation. 


120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


This genus resembles Arotes, particularly in having an accessory 
tooth on the hind tarsal claws, but is distinct from Arotes in having 
the elypeus thin apically, not inflexed or impressed, and the inter- 
cubitus a little basad of the second recurrent. 

YEZOCERYX Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 36. One 
species. 

Type: Yezoceryx scutellaris Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 

This is a genus of Acaenitini which includes many species from the 
eastern Palaearctic Region and the Indo-Australian area, and Acae- 
nitus rupinsulensis from the United States (new combination). 
ZAMESOCHORUS Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 152. One species. 

Type: Zamesochorus orientalis Viereck, 1912. Original designation. 

This is a synonym of Hdrisa (new synonymy). 

ZAPARAPHYLAX Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 647. One species. 

Type: (Zaparaphylax perinae Viereck, 1913) = Microtoridea lissonota Viereck, 

1912. Original designation. 

A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ). 

ZONOCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species. 

Type: Cryptus sphingis Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie. 

Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-279) has redesecribed 
the genotype and’ discussed the status of the genus. Zonocryptus 
comes within Waterston’s definition of Oneilella (1927. Bull. Ent. Res. 
18: 191-204), but Waterson’s Onevlella is polyphyletic, as he was 
deceived by the common color pattern into thinking that at least two 
unrelated groups of species were congeneric. The color pattern in- 
volved occurs in a number of unrelated African Hymenoptera. It is 
evidently a mimicry pattern and as such should not be used as evi- 
dence for phyletic relationship. The genotype of Onedlella (formosa 
Brullé) is a species with which I am not familiar so it would not be 
profitable to speculate on the disposition of this generic name. Zono- 
cryptus sphingis Ashmead is very close to nigiriensis Waterston. 

I have the species Oneilella latifascia Waterston, 1927, and O. n- 
geriensis Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Zonocryptus 
and also the species O. subquadrata Waterston, 1927, and O. brevi- 
spicula Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Weniadar Ss genus 
Cochlidionostenus (new combinations). Since Waterston states that 
Cryptus corpulentus Tosquinet, 1896, is closely related to subquadrata 
and brevispicula, this species also is referred to Cochlidionostenus 
(new combination). 

ZONOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species. 

Type: Zonopimpla albicincta Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. 

Though Ashmead stated that the genotype was from “‘ Africa’’ it is 
actually from Peru. The genus is related to Scambus (= Epiurus) 
and restricted to the Neotropic region. Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S. 
Natl. Mus. 92: 283) has discussed the genus. He synonymized it with 
‘KH piurus,’’ but it is distinct from ‘‘ Epiurus’’ in lacking the occipital 
carina and in lacking sculpture on the the abdominal tergites. 


bo 
—_ 


PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Uy 


ON THE VALIDITY OF HAEMAGOGUS SPEGAZZINII FALCO KUMM 
ET AL, 1946 
(Diptera, Culicidae ) 
PEDRO GALINDO 
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, Rk. de P. 


Kumm et al. (1946) described a new Haemagogus from Colombia 
with hairy larva and male with short palps and bushy antennae, which 
could be clearly differentiated from H. capricorni Lutz, but appeared 
very close to H. spegazzinu Brethes, being separable from the latter 
species only by details of the mesosome of the male when viewed from 
the side. The new form was named falco, but the describers considered 
it doubtful whether the characters defining it were of sufficient im- 
portance to justify the creation of a new species and placed it as a 
subspecies of spegazzini. In the same publication the name H. jan- 
thinomys Dyar, 1921, based on a species from the island of Trinidad, 
was relegated to the synonymy of H. spegazzini spegazzinn. 

Levi Castillo (1956), after examining the male terminalia of the 
hololectotype of H. janthinomys, concluded that this specimen shows 
the mesosome tip as in falco, and consequently sank H. spegazzinu 
falco Kumm et al., 1946, in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar, 
1921. 

The author is not in agreement with Levi Castillo’s conclusions for 
the following reasons: 

1) Cerqueira (1943) published a photomicrograph of the male 
terminalia of the hololectotype (then cotype) of H. janthinomys. 
As ean be observed in this excellent reproduction, the terminalia is 
only partly dissected and the mesosome is in ventral view, thus not 
well oriented to judge the shape of its tip, which, as pointed out by 
Kumm eft al. (loc. cit.),ean best be studied in lateral view. 

2) The author, on a visit to the U. S. National Museum, personally 
examined the hololectotype slide of the terminalia of janthinomys. 
Although the mesosome in this preparation is not in a good position 
to permit a conclusive judgment, it appears to belong to an inter- 
grading form between spegazzinii and falco, close to the so-called 
‘“ntermediate’’ type illustrated by Kumm and Cerqueira (1951) 
from areas of intergradation in Brazil. 

3) Kumm ef al. (loc. cit.) in the same paper in which they de- 
scribed H. spegazzinii falco from Colombia stated: ‘‘the name jan- 
thinomys becomes a synonym of H. spegazzinii, as material obtained 
from the type area of spegazzinii, near Ledesma, Argentina, is the 
same as that from the island of Trinidad, B.W.I., the type locality of 
janthinomys.’’ This statement shows rather convincingly that these 
authors had material from Trinidad, as well as from Argentina, in 
front of them at the time they described falco, and found that speci- 
mens from Trinidad (janthinomys) were closer to type material of 
spegazzinui than to their new form. 

4) The terminalia of 10 specimens of ‘‘janthinomys’’ from Trini- 


122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


dad in the collection of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory have been 
dissected by the author and the mesosome mounted in lateral view. 
These specimens all show some degree of intergradation between 
spegazzinu and falco, but appear to be much closer to the former than 
to the latter (see photomicrographs). 

5) More than a hundred mesosomes of males from Honduras, 
Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama examined by the author appear 
identical with material from Colombia (falco) and differ from the 
mesosomes of males from Trinidad (janthinomys. ) 

6) In mapping out the distribution of spegazzinu and falco, Kamm 
and Cerqueira (loc. cit.) show that while spegazzinu is quite abundant 
alone the northeastern coast of Brazil, being found all the way up 
into the State of Amapa along the border with French Guiana, falco 
is not coastal at all but ranges throughout the northwestern corner 
of Brazil. Specimens from the island of Trinidad would be logically 
expected to fall closer to spegazzinu, the common form along the 
Atlantic littoral of northern Brazil, rather than to falco which is more 
Andean in distribution. 

From these observations the author concludes that typical falco 
extends from northwestern Brazil and adjoining territories in Ecua- 
dor and Pern, through Western Venezuela and Colombia as far north 
as the north coast of Honduras. True spegazziniw occurs from north- 
ern Argentina and Bolivia, across eastern Brazil to French Guiana. 
The area of north-central Brazil, most of the Guianas, part of Vene- 
zuela, and the island of Trinidad (type locality of janthinomys) form 
a large intergrading zone where mesosomes of intermediate type are 
found, which neither correspond to typical spegazzimiw nor to typical 
falco. Since the form janthinomys falls in this category, but appears 
closer to the former than to the latter, the author feels that there is 
no justification for sinking H. spegazzinu falco Kumm et al., 1946, 
in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar, 1921, and suggests that the 
latter be maintained in the synonymy of H. spegazziniw spegazzinu 
Brethes, 1912, as proposed by Kumm et al. (loc. cit.), and that falco 
be considered a valid name to designate a northern and western 
geographical race of spegazzini. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Fig. A, H. spegazzinii spegazzinii. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio de Janeiro, 
Brazil (without date) J. Lane’’; fig. B, H. janthinomys. Mesosome of a male 
from ‘‘St.. Pat’s; Arima, Trinidad, (8-1'5)-112-54. “D. ie iG.) 2Antkensa2 es eNiote 
similarity with mesosome shown in figure A); fig. C, H. janthinomys. Mesosome 
of a male from Tabaquite, Trinidad, (8-13)-1-55. UT. HM. G. Aitken’? fics: 
H. spegazzinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Choreha, Chiriqui, Panama, 
5-6-50. P. Galindo.’’ (Note differences with figures B and C); fig. E, H. spegaz- 
zinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio Mesapa, El Negrito, Department of 
Yoro, Honduras, 4-9-54. P. Orjuela. (Northernmost specimen of the species thus 
far collected). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


REFERENCES 

Cerqueira, N. L., 1943. Algumas espécies novas da Bolivia, e referencia a tres 
espécies de Haemagogus. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 39: 1-14. 

Kumm, H. W., and Cerqueira, N. L. 1951. The Haemagogus mosquitoes of Brazil. 
Bul. Ent. Res. 42: 169-181. 

Kumm, H. W., Osorno-Mesa, E., and Boshell-Manrique, J. 1946. Studies on 
mosquitoes of the genus Haemagogus in Colombia. Amer. Jour. Hyg. 43: 
13-28. 

Levi-Castillo, R. 1956. A systematic note on Haemagogus spegazzinii Brethes, 
1912. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 58: 345-347. 


INSECTS OF MICRONESIA, HOMOPTERA: FULGOROIDEA 
by R. G. Fennah. Paper. Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Insects of Micronesia 
6(3):[39]-211, 64 figs. Price $3.00. 


This work will be an indispensable tool for specialists working in Fulgoroidea 
of the included Pacific area for many years to come. The introduction includes 
a resume of the distribution of the 54 genera and 135 species known from 
Micronesia, a reasonable discussion of the probable sources of the Micronesian 
fauna in the groups studied by the author, and a charmingly frank account of 
the interpretation placed on degrees of morphological differences in the case of 
groups below the genus category. The last appeared quite reasonable to the 
reviewer and undoubtedly it will appear so to others engaged in taxonomy in 
the seclusion of a laboratory where, like Fennah’s, their evaluation of categories 
must rest on an appraisal of degrees of morphological differences, although ‘‘it 
is fully realized how poor an alternative such assessment must be for actual 
experimental investigation. ’’ 

Although the work lacks keys in some groups (e.g., Myndus with 18 forms), 
the included keys offer bonuses in several instances, in that they include more 
than the area under treatment: the key to families is for the world, the generic 
key of Cixiidae ineludes the Philippine Islands and Australasia, and the latter 
area is included also in the generie keys of Delphacidae and Derbidae. 

A minor weakness, but one worthy of comment because it occurs so commonly 
in works in Homoptera, is associated with Fennah’s treatment of the subgenus 
Sogatella which in this and one previous work he has discussed clearly enough 
to make it obvious that several Western Hemisphere taxa should be included in 
the concept. One cannot doubt that the author was well aware of this, yet he 
failed to mention the forms by name. If other specialists, in making identifica- 
tions (for field workers, for example) of the Western Hemisphere taxa place 
them in Sogatella, the publication of the new combination may, as a result, 
occur in some obscure organ not readily available to those who catalogue tax- 
onomic¢ literature. If the identifier purposely avoids this pitfall, and uses the 
older combination, he is placed in the position of delaying taxonomic progress. 
The reviewer subscribes to the opinion that it would have been preferable for 
Fennah to list by name all of the taxa he felt should be placed in his category 
Sogatella. 

The descriptions are well written and the illustrations excellent and well 
arranged.—Davip A. Youne, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 125 


THREE NEW SPECIES OF LIPOSCELIS (=TROCTES) (PSOCOPTERA) 
FROM TEXAS 


KATHRYN M. SOMMERMAN, Arctic Health Research Center, Public Health Service, 
Department of Health, Education, and Wetlfare, Anchorage, Alaska 


These descriptions have been withdrawn from a comprehensive 
paper in preparation, which treats of the Liposcelidae, so that pub- 
lished records of the psocids taken in Texas by Dr. A. B. Gurney in 
the fall of 1951 may be complete. The terminology used here, for 
the most part, follows that proposed by Mr. J. V. Pearman in his 
1946 and 1951 papers. I am also greatly indebted to Mr. Pearman 
for numerous sketches and personal correspondence that were of tre- 
mendous help to me in getting acquainted with the book-lhce. Dr. E. 
Broadhead contributed specimens of many of the species he has reared, 
and Dr. Gurney kindly lent his Texas collections for study. It is a 
pleasure to express my gratitude for the kind and generous assistance 
received from these three fellow-workers. 

When standard ‘‘permanent’’ mounting media, such as balsam, 
Euparal, and Hoyer’s, are used for book-lice there is a considerable 
decrease in visibility of the sculpturing on the integument, which 
often results in a complete loss of detail, especially after a lapse of 
time. Therefore these specimens were cleared in warm NaOH or 
KOH solution, then rinsed in water, and studied in temporary water- 
mounts containing a tiny bit of detergent to facilitate handling. 
Slight underclearing is recommended. Normal clearing, as for per- 
manent mounts or overclearing, makes the specimens more difficult 
to find and to handle. After study the specimens were returned to 
alcohol. Upon contact with alcohol the partially dissolved contents 
of these undercleared specimens coagulate, so it may be necessary to 
transfer the specimen momentarily to KOH upon future examination 
to make it translucent again. 


The measurements apply to cleared specimens in water-mounts, 
which are neither swollen nor shrunken because the gut ruptures when 
the specimen is rinsed and in so doing the psocid relaxes to normal 
size. The color descriptions refer to uncleared alcoholic specimens. In 
general there is a slight but progressive change in the sculpturing 
on the abdominal terga from ITI-IX. In an attempt to standardize 
comparisons the sculpturing on terga II and III is described for each 
species. It might be well to stress that ‘‘tergum I,’’ as used here, 
is composed of what appear to be two terga (I and II of Broadhead), 
each of which is further subdivided into an anterior and a posterior 
strip. This composite tergum I contains only two rows of setae, the 
same as each following tergum, when the setae are arranged in rows. 
M: d(orsal) on tergum VII refers to the seta behind the spiracle. 


Liposcelis lacinia n. sp. 
(Figs. 1 and 2) 


On the basis of color this species superficially resembles the species in the 


126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


bostrychophilus complex, but differs from them and all other known species in 
the shape of the lacinia and in the combination of setation and sculpturing of 
the head, thorax, and abdomen, as well as abdominal infuscation. 

Female.—Length 1.0 mm. Color dorsally agaist black background, almost 
uniformly light brown, exclusive of eyes. 

Head: Proportions, length and width equal. Dorsally—Setae not dense, distance 
between them 1 to 2 times their length or 2 to 4 times width of areoles. Sculptur- 
ing areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, 2 to 4 times longer than wide 
(the narrow ones toward mesal part of head) with 1 to 3 distinct nodules across 
width. Epicranial suture and arms indistinet. Eyes with 7 facets. Third antennal 
segment with approximately 16 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of lacinae incised and 


widely divergent (Fig. 1). 


FIGS. 1-7 VENTRAL VIEW 


2 STEM OF LEFT 


| LACINIAE 
GONAPOPHYSES 


LIPOSCELIS LACINIA N. SP 


3 LACINIAE 4 STEM OF LEFT 5° T=SCUERITE 
GONAPOPHYSES 


LIPOSCELIS DELTA-CHI N.SP 


K 
cl 
7 STEM OF LEFT 


6 LACINIAE 
GONAPOPHYSES 


LIPOSCELIS NASUS N.SP 


2 


Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3 
short setae usually posteriorly. Mesothorax with interrupted median internal 
thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings, only 2 setae along each indistinct 
arch where lateral thickenings would be if present. Seculpturing on metathorax 
areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, a few containing distinet modules. 
On anterior half of prothoracie sternum 3 long setae (median one slightly 
shorter), none posteriorly. On mesosternum 8 long setae in row anteriorly. 

Abdomen: Infuseation of terga II and III diffuse, sculpturing behind each 
posterior row of setae similar to that anteriorly, and with very narrow but distinct 
linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI with slightly paler 
band of sculpturing behind posterior row of setae. Pale median lineation on 
anterior margin of terga III-VII. Seulpturing of terga IJ and III areolate, not 
interrupted medianly; areoles long and narrow, about 5 to 7 times longer than 
wide, with margins ridged; areoles containing distinct modules, usually only 1 
nodule across width of areole. Setae tending toward arrangement in 2 rows 


PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 127 


across each of terga II-V, thereafter scattered; on tergum VIII density of un- 

named setae similar to head. On terga VII, M: d,v both short; VIII, M: d 

short, v long, L short (not identifiable), stem of gonapophyses long, slender, 

bifid (Fig. 2), T-sclerite normal; IX, M: d,v subequal, D present, 8 setae in 

apical row between marginals; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row. 
Male.—Unknown. 


Holotype, cleared female in alcohol, Kerrville, Tex., Sept. 20, 1951, 
under sycamore bark on tree trunks beside river, A. B. Gurney. De- 
posited in U. S. National Museum. 


Liposcelis delta-chi n. sp. 
(Figs. 3 to 5) 


This species is most closely related to entomophilus (Endl. 1907) 
but can be distinguished readily from it by the darker color and 
different color pattern, and by the shape and conspicuous brown color 
of the T-sclerite and stem of the gonapophyses. 

Female: length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background—head, 
femora and anterior three-fourths of abdomen light yellow-brown, thorax light 
brown, tip of abdomen brown; indefinite lateral fuscous patches on abdominal 
terga becoming progressively larger posteriorly. Ventrally—part of paraprocts, 
stem of gonapophyses, and T-sclerite conspicuous brown. 

Head: Proportions, length to width at 25 to 24. Dorsally—Setae dense, dis- 
tance between them 1% to 1 times their length or 1 to 4 times width of areoles. 
Sculpturing areolate, imbricate; areoles delicately ridge-marginate and narrow, 
especially toward middle of head, those near eyes more boldly ridge-marginate 
and wider; areoles for most part with extremely fine pin-point nodules, too fine to 
count, but a few toward middle of head and near eyes with large, distinct nodules; 
areoles 2 to 5 times longer than wide. Epicranial suture and arms distinct, suture 
with internal thickening posteriorly. Eyes with 8 facets. Third antennal seg- 
ment with approximately 20 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae stubby (Fig. 3). 

Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3 
slightly shorter setae on anterior margin, and 3 to 5 shorter setae posteriorly. 
Mesothorax with distinet median internal thickening with adjoiming arched lateral 
thickenings having 5 setae, including 1 mesally, along each lateral arch. Sculp- 
turing on metathorax areolate, areoles nodule-marginate and containing distinct 
nodules. On anterior half of prothoracie sternum, 6 to 7 long setae in arched 
row, the posterior ones longest, none isolated on posterior half. On mesosternum, 
8 to 9 setae in row anteriorly. 

Abdomen: Infuscation of terga II and III diffuse, with very narrow but dis- 
tinct linear intersegmental membrane between terga; terga V-VI with paler band 
of sculpturing posteriorly. Bold median lineations on anterior margin of terga 
TI-VIJ. Sculpturing on terga II and III non-areolate but distinctly nodulate, 
suggestive of patterned stippling. Unnamed setae on tergum VIII truneate, 
numerous and scattered, as dense as setation on head. On terga VII, M: d, v 
long, subequal, but not so long as VIII M: VIII, M: 4, v long, subequal, L 
present, stem of gonapophyses extremely short and stout, wider than long, bifid, 


128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


(Fig. 4), T-selerite (Fig. 5); IX, M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2 
longest setae in second row. 


Male.—Unknown. 


Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Garner State Park, Texas, 
Sept. 22, 1951, beating mesquite with air plants on twigs, A. B. 
Gurney. Paratype, cleared female in alcohol, same data. Both speei- 
mens deposited in USNM. 


The name refers to the conspicuous brown T-sclerite and stem of 
the gonapophyses, the first being somewhat deltoid in shape and the 
latter suggestive of the Greek letter “X”’. 


Liposcelis nasus n. sp. 
(Figs. 6 and 7) 


This species is perhaps most closely (but rather remotely) related 
to hirsutus Badonnel 1948 from which it differs in many ways, the 
most conspicuous being color and color pattern, and seulpturine of 
the head. 

Female.—Length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background yellow- 
buff; indefinite fusecous patch (pigment granules) antero-mesad of each eye 
and at tip of second antennal segment; labrum and anterior part of clypeus 
brown gradually fading to yellow-buff at vertex of head; terminal part of abdo- 
men pale. 

Head: Proportions, length to width as 22 to 20. Dorsally—Setae not dense, 
distance between them equal to their length. Seulpturing areolate, imbricate; 
areoles ridge-marginate (some fused nodule-marginate), areoles containing 1 to 2 
small nodules across width; areoles 3 to 8 times longer than wide, narrow ones 
toward middle of head. Epicranial suture indistinet. Eyes with 8 facets. Third 
antennal segment with approximately 14 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae 
normal (Fig. 6). 

Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 shorter 
setae on anterior margin and 3 to 4 posteriorly. Mesothorax with short median 
internal thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings. Sculpturing on meta- 
thorax nonareolate but distinetly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling. 
On anterior half of prothoracic sternum 4 to 5 long setae, none on posterior half. 
On mesosternum 8 to 9 long setae in row anteriorly, lateral ones longest. 


Abdomen: Infuscation on terga IJ and IIT diffuse, with very narrow but dis- 
tinet linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI lacking obvious 
pale band of sculpturing posteriorly. Seulpturing on terga II and III nonareolate 
but distinctly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling, not interrupted medianly. 
No median lineations or heavy infuscation on anterior margin of terga II-VII. 
Two longer setae near mid-line on terga VII, VIII and IX. Unnamed setae on 
tergum VIII not so dense as on head. On terga VII, M: d short, v long, but 
not so long as VIII M; VIII, M: d, v long, subequal, L short (not identifiable), 
stem of gonapophyses very wide, delicate, bifid (Fig. 7), T-sclerite normal; IX, 
M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row. 


PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 129 


Male.—Length 0.8 mm. Differs from female as follows: Fuscous markings 
much less conspicuous. 

Head: Proportions, length to width as 16 to 15. Eyes with 5 facets. Lacinia 
similar to female but more delicate. 

Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 1 slightly 
shorter seta on anterior margin and 2 shorter ones posteriorly. On anterior half 
of prothoracic sternum 4 long setae, none posteriorly. On mesosternum 6 long 
setae in row anteriorly. 


Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Mission, Tex., Sept. 30, 
1951, beating Fan palm leaves, A. B. Gurney. Allotype, same data. 
Paratypes, 21 females (3 cleared) same data. All deposited in U. 8. 
National Museum excepting 1 uncleared and 2 cleared paratypes, 
which are in my collection. Additional Texas records taken by A. B. 
Gurney in 1951 include: 2 mutilated females, same data as holotype ; 
Mission, Bentson State Park, Sept. 28, beating mesquite, ?° ; Mission, 
Sept. 30, beating ebony bushes on pasture land, @ ; Weslaco, Oct. 1, 
beating dead leaves on palm trees, 3, 8 2; 5S. of Brownsville, Rabb 
Palm Grove, Oct. 3, beating dead palm leaves, 3, 2 9; 9 mi. N. of 
Brownsville, Olmita Resaca, Oct. 4, beating palms and palmettos ¢, 
75 he 


REFERENCES 


Broadhead, E. 1950. A revision of the genus Liposcelis Motschulsky with notes 
on the position of this genus in the order Corrodentia and on the variability 
of ten Liposcelis species. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. 101(10): 335-388. 
Pearman, J. V. 1946. A_ specific characterization of Liposcelis divinatorius 
(Mueller) and mendaxz sp. n. (Psocoptera). Entomologist 79: 235-244. 
, 1951. Additional species of British Psocoptera. Ent. Monthly Mag. 
87: 84-89. 


ASHMEAD’S METEORIDEA 
(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE) 
R. D. SHENEFELT, University of Wisconsin, Madison, and C. F. W. MUESEBECK, 
United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. 


In 1900 Ashmead (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 128, 129) briefly 
characterized the genus Meteoridea in his key to the Microdini. The 
description as extracted from the key is as follows: 

“¢First cubital and first discoidal cells separated; areolet wider than long, 

trapezoidal; first abscissa of the radius thrice as long as the second; marginal 

cell very wide; maxillary palpi 5-jointed; abdomen narrow, subcompressed and 
acute at apex, the first segment long, petioliform, coarsely rugulose, the sides 
parallel. 
Meteoridea Ashmead, new genus 
(Type, Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, manuscript.) ’’ 


Szepligeti (1904, Genera Insectorum, fase. 22:100) repeated Ash- 
mead’s description and placed the genus in the Agathidinae. Muese- 


130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


beck and Walkley (1951, 7n Muesebeck et al, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. 
Monog. No. 2, p. 109) transferred Meteoridea to the Diospilini. Mean- 
while, Nixon (1941, Bull. Ent. Res. 32 :98-101) described from Ceylon 
a monobasic diospiline genus which he named Benama (type, B. 
hutson Nixon). In this paper Nixon described in some detail the 
unusual modification of the female abdomen. In 1949 Granger (Mém. 
Inst. Sci. Madagascar, A 2 :361-363) described two additional species 
in Benama from Madagascar. 

Since, in our opinion, Benama is clearly the same as Meteoridea, and 
since two new species have been discovered, one from the United States 
and one from Japan, it seems desirable that Meteoridea be redeseribed 
and that the type species be described in more detail. The two new 
species will also be described. 


METEORIDEA Ashmead 


Meteoridea Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129. 

Type: M. longiventris Ashmead, by monotypy and original designation. 
Benama Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Res. 32: 98. New synonymy. 

Type: B. hutsoni Nixon, by monotypy and original designation. 

Nixon’s excellent description of the type of Benama leaves no doubt 
that this species belones in Meteoridea, a genus he did not know since 
it had been inadequately described and had been incorrectly placed by 
its author in the Agathidinae. Following is a summary of what seem 
to be the significant distinguishing characters of Meteoridea: 

Head carinately margined behind; eyes bare; clypeus separated from face by a 
distinct groove; maxillary palpi 6-segmented; labial palpi 4-segmented; an- 
tennae slender, filiform. Notaulices complete, well impressed, not meeting be- 
hind; prepectus strongly carinately margined; legs slender, calearia of hind 
tibia very short and inconspicuous, tarsal claws simple; anterior wing with three 
cubital cells, the second subquadrate or subtrapezoidal, the first cubital and 
first discoidal cells separated. Abdomen narrowly sessile, strongly compressed 
apically in the female; spiracles of second and third segments situated on the 
sides, far below the acute lateral margins of the tergites; ovipositor sheath 
subexserted. 


Meteorus longiventris Ashmead 
Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129; Szepligeti, 

1904. Genera Insectorum, fase. 22: 100; Muesebeck and Walkley, 1951. In 

Muesebeck et al., U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. No. 2, p. 109. 

The following redescription is based on Ashmead’s type and one 
additional female specimen that was collected at light by R. A. Morse, 
April 19, 1955, in Alachua County, Florida. 

Female.—Length about 4.2 mm. Head and thorax honey-yellow; antennae yel- 


low basally, darkened apically; wings clear hyaline, stigma hyaline, veins in 
middle of anterior wing yellowish brown; legs entirely pale yellow; abdomen red- 
dish yellow, with first and second tergites more or less piceous. 

Head a little wider than thorax, smooth and polished; temple narrow, receding, 


not more than one third as wide as eye; eyes very large; malar space exceedingly 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13] 


short, almost absent; clypeus with anterior margin sinuate and somewhat elevated ; 
antennae broken in type, nearly as long as the body and 26-segmented in the other 
specimen. 

Notaulices sharply, deeply impressed, foveolate; mesonotal lobes and dise of 
scutellum perfectly smooth and polished; mesopleuron with a broad, rugulose 
longitudinal impression below; propodeum rugose reticulate; radius arising from 
slightly behind middle of stigma; first discoidal cell sessile or subsessile; first 
abscissa of radius twice as long as second and subequal with first intereubitus; 
recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; nervellus nearly perpendicular to anterior 
margin of hind wing and weakly angled or curved near middle. 

Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite finely, longitudinally rugu- 
lose, more than three times as long as broad at base and one and one-half times 
as broad at apex as at base, and with a large, deep fossa at base on each side; 
suturiform articulation very fine but distinct; second and following tergites 
smooth and polished. 


Meteoridea compressiventris, new species 
@hicssie 2; 3,4) 


Differs from the genotype and only other North American species 
in numerous details but especially in its piceous head, largely dark 
stigma, strongly petiolate first discoidal cell, and outwardly directed 
nervellus. 

Female. 


Length 4.7 to 5.4 mm. Head piceous; basal half of mandible tan; 
palpi yellowish tan; antenna fuscous, with scape and pedicel testaceous; thorax 
largely light fuscous, propodeum a little darker than remainder; tegulae yellow; 
legs testaceous; abdomen with first tergite and lateral margins of conjoined sec- 
ond and third tergites brownish, otherwise testaceous, becoming paler ventrally 
and apically; wings hyaline, veins brownish, stigma brown with basal third pale. 

Head about twice as wide as long, broader than thorax, smooth and shining; 
eyes large; malar space less than half as long as elypeus; face 1.5 times as wide 
at lower edges of antennal sockets as deep from this line to clypeal suture, a little 
swollen below antennae; clypeus three times as wide as deep, its apical margin 
nearly straight but with a weak projection centrally; ocelli large, greatest diame- 
ter of a lateral ocellus equal to length of pedicel and nearly as long as ocell-ocular 
line; antennae nearly as long as body, with 30 segments in type and 28 in one 
paratype; pedicel two-thirds as long as scape; first flagellar segment slightly 
longer than scape and pedicel combined; genae, temples, basal two-thirds of man- 
dibles; apex of labrum, clypeus, vertex, and face with scattered yellowish hairs, 
which are absent on a shining depressed area above antennae. 

Pronotum coarsely crenulate in depressed area on side; mesonotum shining, with 
minute punctures which are numerous on middle lobe and scattered on lateral 
lobes; notaulices deep, complete but not meeting posteriorly, foveolate, a rugu- 
lose area between their posterior ends; prescutullar fovea two-thirds as long as 
dise of scutellum, divided into two parts by a median carina; disc of scutellum 
convex, virtually smooth; propodeum largely covered with irregular reticulations 
but with two large, nearly semicircular, basal areas smooth and polished; pro- 
podeal spiracles small, circular in outline; mesopleuron largely smooth, a little 
roughened next to prepectal carina and metapleuron; mesopleural furrow foveolate 


132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


Meteoridea compressiventris, female: Fig. 1, Dorsal aspect; fig. 2, lateral as- 
pect; fig. 3, anterior view of head; fig. 4, wings. Meteoridea japonensis, female: 


fig. 5, outline of clypeus. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13: 


posteriorly, rugulose anteriorly; legs moderately slender; radius arising from a 
little beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius 0.8 the length of second; 
second cubital cell much narrower above than below; first discoidal cell strongly 
petiolate, the petiole one-third the length of the free portion of first abscissa of 
cubitus; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; hairs on submedian and second 
discoidal cells a little Jonger and denser than elsewhere; nervellus strongly 
directed outward, angled far below the middle; lower abscissa of basella about 
half as long as mediella. 

Abdomen long and narrow, five or more times as long as its greatest width, 
greatiy compressed apically and with six exposed tergites; first tergite strongly 
arched, longitudinally rugulose punctate although with some small transverse rugae 
near basal impression, its spiracles small and situated very slightly before the 
iniddle; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished, the suturiform articulation 
nearly effaced; first tergite about half as wide at apex as long; second one and 


” 


one-half times as long as wide at base, an oval ‘‘lunula’’ on the side above and 
behind the spiracle; terminal segments retractile. 

Male.—Unknown. 

Type.—u. S. National Museum No. 63094. 

Described from three females, all taken by R. D. Shenefelt from 
a light trap at Gordon Nursery, Douglas Co., Wis., in 1951. The 
holotype was collected June 30; one of the paratypes, collected 
June 21, is deposited in the collection of the University of Wisconsin, 
the other, taken July 4, is in the collection of R. D. Shenefelt. 


Meteoridea japonensis, new species 
(Fie. 5) 
Meteoridea sp. Haeussler, 1940. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 728:30. 

Superficially very similar to longiventris, but differs in having the 
temples broader and more convex, in the first and second abscissae of 
radius being subequal, and in the first tergite being parallel-sided 
behind the spiracles. 

Female.—Length 4 mm. Head yellow; apieal third of mandible piceous; an- 
tennae basally unicolorous with face, becoming fuscous beyond basal third; 
thorax concolorous with head, the propodeum sometimes slightly darker; legs yel- 
low; first tergite brownish yellow and parts of the second and third tergites 
also a little darkened, remainder of abdomen concolorous with head and thorax; 
wings hyaline, stigma yellowish hyaline edged with brownish. 

Head smooth and polished, transverse, broader than thorax; eyes large; malar 
space almost absent; face not or only very slightly wider than deep, moderately 
swollen below antennae; clypeus about half as deep as broad, the anterior por- 
tion reflexed laterally, the anterior margin somewhat sinuate but with a blunt 
projection centrally (fig. 5); greatest diameter of a lateral ocellus equal to length 
of pedicel but distinctly shorter than ocellocular line; antennae 29-segmented 
in the type; first flagellar segment as long as scape and pedicel combined and a 
little longer than the second; occipital carina incomplete, narrowly interrupted at 
the middle; genae and face with seattered pale hairs that are longest on the 
lower portions; basal two-thirds of mandibles, elypeus, and tower part of labrum 
with long yellowish hairs. 


134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


Mesonotum shining, smooth except for small, scattered hair pits; notaulices 
deep, foveolate, well separated at posterior ends; prescutellar furrow nearly half 
as long as scutellum and divided into two parts by a median longitudinal carina ; 
seutellum weakly convex; propodeum with strong carinae separating irregular, 
small, more or less roughened areas, a pair of strong carinae diverging slightly 
from the center of base of propodeum to posterior face and then diverging 
sharply to form a border between the dorsal and posterior faces; propodeal 
spiracles small, broadly ovate; mesopleuron shining, with scattered punctures; 
mesopleural furrow foveolate, about half as long as mesopleuron; legs slender; 
spurs of hind tibia so small as to be barely distinguishable from the hairs; an- 
terior wing with radius emerging slightly beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa 
of radius as long as the second and shorter than first intercubitus; second 
cubital cell subtrapezoidal, its anterior side about two-thirds as long as posterior 
side which is subequal to first intereubitus; first discoidal cell sessile; recurrent 
vein entering first cubital cell; nervulus postfureal by about its length; nervellus 
slightly curved, not distinctly angled; lower abscissa of basella less than one-third 
as long as mediella. 

Abdomen very narrow, about eight times as long as broad across second tergite, 
strongly compressed apically; first tergite in lateral view strongly arched on 
basal third, nearly three times as long as broad at apex, the sides nearly parallel 
except at base, the surface irregularly longitudinally rugulose, the spiracles at end 
of basal third; second tergite twice as long as broad at apex, irregularly and very 
weakly longitudinally aciculate, separated from third by a very fine grooved line; 
remainder of abdomen smooth and polished. 

Male.—lLike the female except in the secondary sexual characters and in the 
following additional respects: propodeum and first tergite not darkened; anten- 
nae 35-segmented in the allotype; temples somewhat broader; abdomen not com- 
pressed; second tergite about as long as broad at apex; third and following ter- 
gites combined about as long as first tergite. 

Type.—vU. 8S. National Museum No. 63252. 

Described from three specimens: the holotype, reared from Grapho- 
litha molesta (Busek), August 1, 1933, Mitsuoka, Nagano, Japan; the 
allotype, reared from Anacampsis metagramma Meyr., July 22, 1937, 
Tsunashima, Kanagawa-kon, Japan, and a female paratype reared 
from G. molesta August 16, 1933, Heitaku, Keikido, Chosen. The 
paratype has the second tergite smooth and shining. 


OTHER SPECIES OF METEORIDEA 


The other known species of Meteoridea are the following: 
Meteoridea hutsoni (Nixon), new combination. 
Benama hutsoni Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Research 82: 98. 
Meteoridea infuscata (Granger), new combination. 
Benama infuscata Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2: 363. 
Meteoridea testacea (Granger), new combination. 
Benama testacea Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2Q: 362. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 BY 


DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORDS OF NORTH AMERICAN MELOIDAE. I. 
(COLEOPTERA ) 
RicHARD B. SELANDER, Illinois Natural History Survey 


The Meloidae described in this paper are additions to the fauna of 
the southwestern United States and northern Mexico. I am indebted 
to H. B. Leech, A. T. McClay, J. W. MacSwain, F. H. Parker, 
P. Vaurie, and F. G. Werner for supplying most of the material upon 
which the paper is based. 


Pyrota bicurvata, new species 

Pyrota virgata |error for divirgata|, Schaeffer, 1905, Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts 
and Sci., Sei. Bull. 1:177. Misidentification. 

Pyrota tenwicostatis, Dillon, 1952, Amer. Midland Nat. 48:360. Misidentifica- 
tion, in part. 

Yellow-orange, the elytra paler. First two segments of antennae and first three 
segments of maxillary palpi orange, the other segments black. Labrum largely or 
completely black. Head with one or three black spots on neck, occasionally with 
some black on gula, always with a pair of black spots on frontal area between 
eyes. Pronotum with a pair of large, black discal spots just behind middle and a 
pair of smaller spots on each side, one just anterior to discal spots and the other 
on the anterior angle of the pronotum, not quite attaiming the margin; occa- 
sionally there are one or more black spots on each of the posterior angles of the 
pronotum. Elytra each with a large, oval black scutellar spot and a moderately 
broad black discal vitta which, except where it is narrowed to avoid the scutellar 
spot, is about one-third the width of the elytron. Fore and middle coxae orange; 
hind coxae varying from black tipped with orange to largely orange. Femora 
and tibiae cleanly tipped with black. Under surface black with orange markings 
of variable extent; in the darkest specimens the margins of the thoracic sclerites, 
a broad marginal area of the fifth visible abdominal sternite, and the sixth visible 
sternite are orange; in the lightest the thorax is largely orange, the first four 
visible sternites are broadly bordered with orange, and both the fifth and sixth 
visible sternites are orange. Upper surface subglabrous; under surface sparsely 
clothed with short, pale pubescence. Length: 7-17 mm. 

Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with seattered larger punctures and fine, 
sparse micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to one-fourth 
longer than broad. Elytra finely, densely punctate; surface finely granulose, not 
at all rugulose, less shiny than head and pronotum, not swollen between costulae. 

First segment of middle and hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to 
apex or absent. Hind tibial spurs thickened and obliquely truncate, the outer 
spur heavier; truneature of outer spur usually broadly oval but varying ocea- 
sionally to a more elongate and pointed form. 

Male.—Antennae with segment II curved in the same direction as I; III 
strongly compressed and curved in the opposite direction (fig. 9). Last segment 
of maxillary palpi (fig. 1) modified but not greatly enlarged; length equal to 
about two-thirds distance between eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory 
surface limited to basal half or less of segment, hardly or not at all concave. Fore 
tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically produced. Sixth visible abdominal 


136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


sternite with a relatively shallow, broadly triangular emargination;!} membranous 
zone large, with much shorter setae along emargination and at center than along 
anterior and lateral margins. Genitalia as in figure 5; gonostyli nearly straight; 
dorsal hook of aedeagus sharply bent at apex. 

Female.—Antennae with segments II and III at least slightly curved but IIT 
not compressed. Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible ab- 


cdominal sternite obtusely emarginate, as in figure 7. 


Distribution.— Gulf Coast from Texas to eastern San Luis Potosi. 

Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from [Ciudad | 
Victoria, Tamaulipas, May 22, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and 
R. Schrammel, in the collection of the American Museum of Natural 
History. Paratypes: Nuevo LEON: 1 female, Linares, Sept. 11, 1947, 
F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 female, Monterrey, 
June 15, 1941, H. S. Dybas; 2 females, Vallecillo, June 2-5, 1951, P. D. 
Hurd. San Luis Porosi: 1 female, 11 km. E Ciudad de Valles, May 
29, 1948, tropical jungle pass, F. Werner and W. Nutting. TAMAULI- 
PAS: 6 males, 7 females, eutopotypical; 1 male, Ciudad Victoria, 
Sept. 11, 1947, F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 male, 
Ciudad Victoria, Aug. 19, 1941, H. 8. Dybas; 1 male, 1 female, Aba- 
solo, May 17, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and R. Schrammel. TEXAs: 
1 male, 3 females, state label only, Aug., 1904; 2 males, 11 females, 
Brownsville, May 30 and June 5, 1932, J. O. Martin; 1 male, Edin- 
bure, S. Mulaik; 1 female, Edinburg, Hidaleo County, April, 1939, 
S. and D. Mulaik; 1 female, Harlingen; 1 female, Hearne, June 7, 
1937, K. Maehler ; 1 male, Naval Air Station, Corpus Christi, July 21, 
1942, W. M. Gordon; 1 male, 1 female, Weslaco, Sept. 15, 1931, 
S. W. Clark. Paratypes in the collections of W. R. Enns, R. B. Se- 
lander, F. G. Werner, the American Museum of Natural History, the 
California Academy of Sciences, the Illinois Natural History Survey, 
and the University of California at Berkeley. 

This species appears to be most closely related to divirgata, with 
which it has been confused. Although I have not seen the specimens 
from Brownsville, Tex., identified as divirgata by Schaeffer, his de- 
scription leaves little doubt that they represent bicurvata. Schaeffer’s 
record seems to have been the basis for the inclusion of divirgata in 
the Leng catalogue. True divirgata is not known to occur north of 
Veracruz. 

In Dillon’s report on the Meloidae of Texas at least one specimen 
of bicurvata (7.e., a male from Edinburg) was recorded under the 
name tenwicostatrs. A number of additional specimens studied have 
been similarly misidentified by others. The species tenuicostatis ap- 
parently occupies the entire range of bicurvata but is known to extend 
farther south. I have seen specimens of tenwicostatis from Texas, 
Tamaulipas, and Veracruz. The species has been recorded also from 
Tabasco. 


1Jn dealing with either sex of species of Pyrota it is usually necessary to relax 
specimens to determine the true form of this sternite. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 137 


Pyrota bicurvata might be confused also with trochanterica, a far- 
western species treated below. Pending a much-needed revision of the 
genus Pyrota the following key will serve to distinguish bicurvata, 
divirgata, tenwicostatis, and trochanterica from one another. 
leBasalstwovor three antennal sepments pale eer ee 2 

Antennae entirely black... 


Y 


2. Antennal segment III curved in both sexes, strongly Gouipreaded in male (fig. 
9); pronotum with two spots on each side before middle; male with last seg- 
ment of maxillary palpi not greatly enlarged, beneath with sensory surface 
covering basal half or less (fig. 1); female with sixth visible abdominal 
sternite obtusely emarginate (fig. 7) (Texas to San Luis Potosi) 
Sy 2 Be Nie EU ba ete 0 1 ee SE Oy Bh oe ee ae oe ee bicurvata Selander 
Antennal segment III not modified ; peondtum with at most one spot on each 
side before middle; male with last segment of maxillary palpi greatly en- 
larged, beneath with sensory surface covering all but apex (fig. 2); female 
with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (Guerrero and 
Oaxaca: tomVierackz)) a. ames = sss ot divirgata (Villada and Pefafiel) 
Dark orange; elytra weakly costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi 
extremely elongate, scaphiform (fig. 4), first three segments of fore tarsi 
strongly produced anteriorly at apex; female with sixth visible abdominal 
sternite weakly notched at apex (Texas to Tabasco). tenuicostatis (Duges) 
Yellow-orange; elytra not costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi 
pyriform (fig. 3), fore tarsi expanded but not asymmetrically produced; female 
with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (fig. 8) (Baja 
California, Sonora, and Arizona) sss SCSstC—ts—‘sSSSCtochannterrica Horn 


se) 


~~ 


Pyrota trochanterica Horn 


This species has been recorded previously only from the type 
locality in Baja California. It is now known from a second locality 
in Baja California and has been found also in southern Arizona and 
Sonora, where it is represented by a distinct race. 

Yellow-orange. Head and pronotum marked with black. Antennae and mavxil- 
lary palpi black. Labrum largely or entirely black or brownish. Elytra each with 
a large, oval black scutellar spot and a very broad back vitta, which, except where 
it is narrowed to avoid the seutellar spot, is at least three-fifths the width of the 
elytron. Tarsi black. Under surface black, with at most the margins of the 
thoracic sclerites and the hind margin of the abdominal sternites orange; sixth 
visible abdominal sternite of female almost always orange at tip. Upper surface 
subglabrous; under surface sparsely clothed with short, pale pubescence. 

Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with scattered larger punctures and_ fine 
micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to nearly one-third 
longer than broad. Elytra rather coarsely, very densely punctate; surface finely 
granulose, distinctly rugulose, uneven, less shiny than head and pronotum, not 
swollen between costulae. 

First segment of hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to apex. Hind 
tibial spurs thickened, obliquely truncate, the outer spur heavier; truncature of 
both spurs elongate, pointed. 

Male.—Antennae unmodified; segment III as long as or longer than IV, simi- 


138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


lar to it in shape, not at all expanded or curved. Last segment of maxillary palpi 
(fig. 3) modified, greatly enlarged; length nearly or fully equal to distance be- 
tween eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory surface deeply concave, covering 
all but apex of segment. Fore tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically 
produced. Fifth visible abdominal sternite noticeably emarginate. Sixth deeply 
and acutely emarginate; membranous zone large, with setae of nearly uniform 
length. Genitalia as in figure 6, with a fairly wide range of individual variation ; 
gonostyli divergent apically, strongly curved dorsad; dorsal hook of aedeagus 
slightly hooked at apex. 

Female.—Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible abdominal 
sternite triangularly emarginate, as in figure 8. 

This species, like bicurvata, seems to be most closely related to 
divirgata. Two subspecies of trochanterica may be recognized, as 
follows. 


Pyrota trochanterica trochanterica Horn 


Pyrota trochanterica Horn, 1894, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2)4:439. 

More heavily marked with black than t. werneri. Neck, occiput, and gula black; 
vertex usually with black markings at sides, these often fusing with occipital 
marking; frontal area with a heavy spot, usually touching eyes and extending to 
lower margin of frontal area. Pronotum with a basie pattern of a pair of discal 
spots and a spot on each side anterior to the discal spots, but the pattern is 
masked to a greater or lesser extent by fusion of the spots; black markings reach- 
ing basal margin of pronotum. Seutellar spot and vitta of each elytron narrowly 
separated or fused. Femora black. Tibiae black for apical third (oceasionally 
entirely black). Abdomen, except, usually, tip of sixth visible sternite of female, 
black. Length: 8-19 mm. 

Male.—Fore tarsi more strongly expanded than in ft. werneri. 

Distribution. Cape region of Baja California. 

Records.—Baja California Sur: 10 mi. NW La Paz, Oct. 6, 1941, 
Ross and Bohart, 17; Sierra El Chinehe, 2 (Horn type material). 

Type Locality.—Sierra El] Chinche, Baja California Sur. The type 
locality is a small mountain range about 10 miles north of San Lueas, 
Baja California Sur, at approximately 23°N-110°W (see Michel- 
bacher and Ross, 1942, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei., (4)24(1), pl. 3). 

The frontal black mark is reduced in 6 of the 19 specimens studied 
to the small spot or pair of spots found in some ¢t. wernert. The pro- 
notal spots are fused on each side in all but 3 specimens and in these 
the lateral spots extend to the basal margin of the pronotum. In the 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 

Species of Pyrota as labeled.—Figs. 1 to 4, Right maxillary palpus of males, 
dorsal view (broken line indicates extent of ventral sensory surface); figs. 5 and 
6, male genitalia, ventral and lateral views of gonoforceps, and lateral view of 
aedeagus; figs. 7 and 8, sixth visible abdominal sternite of females; fig. 9, basal 
antennal segments of male, lateral and dorsal views. Localities for specimens 
figured: P. bicurvata, Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas; divirgata, Mexeala, Guerrero; 
tenuicostatis, Laredo, Tex.; trochanterica, Tueson, Ariz., (figs. 3 and 8) and 10 mi. 
NW La Paz, Baja California Sur (fig. 6). 


23 Nh OA 7 20 
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 139 


BICURVATA 


TROCHANTERICA TENUICOSTATIS 


TROCHANTERICA 
5 BICURVATA 


= 


TROCHANTERICA BICURVATA 


140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


most heavily marked specimens all but the midline of the pronotum 
is black. The seutellar spots are fused to the elytral vittae in 6 speci- 
mens. 

The original description of trochanterica was based on specimens 
from the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Material 
returned to the Academy by Horn consists of 2 female syntypes. From 
this material I hereby designate as the lectotype of trochanterica the 
specimen labeled as follows: Sierra El Chinche, Horn type, No. 164B, 
10.744, Lectotype trochanterica |Van Duzee’s unpublished designa- 
tion (Leech, in litt.) ], Type No. 158. 


Pyrota trochanterica werneri, new subspecies 


Less heavily marked with black than f¢. trochanterica. Dorsal black marking 
of head reduced, confined largely or entirely to neck, usually divided to form 
three spots; sides of vertex unmarked; frontal area immaculate or with a small 
spot or pair of spots between eyes. Pronotum with a pair of discal spots behind 
middle and usually a smaller spot on each side just anterior to discal spots; spots 
well separated, not approaching basal margin of pronotum. Scutellar spot and 
vitta of each elytron well separated. Femora and tibiae orange tipped with black. 
Hind margin of abdominal sternites occasionally orange. Length: 7-17 mm. 

Male.—Fore tarsi less strongly expanded than in ¢. trochanterica. 

Distribution.—Southern Arizona to Guaymas, Sonora. In all prob- 
ability the range of ¢. werner is continuous through northern Sonora. 
The existence of a contact with the range of ¢. trochanterica seems 1m- 
probable. 

Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from Guaymas, 
Sonora, Aug. 5, 1940, R. P. Allen, in the collection of the California 
Academy of Sciences, Paratypes: Sonora: 1 female, Empalme, Aug. 
6, 1940, R. P. Allen; 4 males, eutopotypical; 1 male, 1 female, Guay- 
mas, Aug. 28, 1955, Z. B. Noon, Jr. [taken at light (Werner, on lit.) |. 

Additional Material—ARrizona: Organ Pipe Cactus National Monu- 
ment, Pima County, Aug. 6, 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, 1; 
Thatcher, Aug. 13 and 16, 1950, E. J. Taylor, 2; Thatcher, Aug. 18, 
1951, W. Taylor, 1; Tucson, Aug. 1, 1937, F. H. Parkers itweson: 
Oct. 1, 19382, F. H. Parker, 1; Tucson, Sept., 1948, V. G. Cochran, 
1; Tucson Mountains (Desert Museum), Aug. 12, 1955, light trap, 
G. Butler and F. Werner, 7. Paratypes and other material in the 
collections of F. H. Parker, R. B. Selander, F. G. Werner, the Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences, the University of Arizona, and the Uni- 
versity of California at Davis. 

All specimens from Sonora are typical, as described above. Speci- 
mens from Arizona differ consistently in that the black femoral mark- 
ing is more extensive, especially on the posterior surface and dorsal 
edge, covering as much as half the surface area of the segment. This 
condition presumably reflects the influence of ¢t. trochanterica on the 
population in Arizona, but if such is the case, it is unusual that sam- 
ples of the population are, on the average, no more heavily marked 
with black on the head and body than material from Sonora. AI- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 141 


though perhaps entitled to subspecific status separately, the popula- 
tion in Arizona is for the present assigned to ¢. werneri. 
Lytta arizonica, new species 

Closely related to mirifica Werner, from which it differs as follows: 

Head black, suffused with dark orange or piceous on frontal area. Pronotum 
yellow-orange, transversely oval in shape, proportionately broader (except in 1 
specimen), averaging (13 specimens) 0.15 (0.11-0.22) broader than long; sides 
more evenly rounded, especially from middle to apex. Apex of scutellum broader, 
pale in color. Elytra strongly, rather finely reticulate, all or nearly all cells less 
than 0.5 mm. in diameter. In arizonica the elytral reticulations are nearly as fine 
as in deserticola Horn; in mirifica they are as coarse as in reticulata Say. Imme- 
diate base of elytra sometimes washed with orange. Wings uniformly dark brown. 
Length: 13-20 mm. 

Male.—Genitalia with fused gonocoxites (basal piece) generally slightly shorter 
and more truneate. 

Type Material—Holotype male and allotype female from Littlefield, 
Arizona, April 20, 1930, W. J. Gertsch, in the collection of the Ameri- 
can Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: 11 (male and female), 
eutopotypical. Paratypes in the collections of R. B. Selander, F. G. 
Werner, and the American Museum of Natural History. 

The type locality of arizonica is in the Valley of the Virgin River 
in the northwestern corner of Arizona; mirifica is known only from its 
type locality at Anthony, New Mexico. Both species appear to be ex- 
tremely rare. 


(Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 2, was May 8, 1957.) 


NEW AMMUNITION ? 


Search for improved insecticides and fumigants 
gets high priority at DiaMonp’s enlarged 
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own 
products give evidence of this interest. We 
welcome requests for cooperation on research 


and development projects. 


DIAMOND ALKALI 
$ COMPANY 
Cleveland 14, Ohio 


142 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


A Cyanamid Report 


Resistance 


Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type 
insecticides has been proven or suspected in: 


cockroaches house flies 
mosquitoes flea beetles 


Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil 


dog and cat fleas body lice 

bed bugs lygus bugs 
codling moth cotton leaf worm 
leafhoppers dog ticks 


Many researchers have found malathion to be 
a capable replacement for the chlorinated 
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations 
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem 
in your area, you might well consider malathion 
for your 1957 research schedule. 


Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY 

particular Agricultural Chemicals Division 

technical Insecticide Research 
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 143 


3 GREAT 
INSECTICIDES 


CONTROL THESE INSECTS 


CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, 
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, 
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, 
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole 
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic 
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern 
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet 
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, 
Wireworms...and many others. 


HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- 
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover 
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, 
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, 
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- 
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon 
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- 
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- 
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western 
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms 
...and many others. 


ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- 


ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. 


WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS 
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION . 


General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 


330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. 


Re Ee PreRie oie CaN AW ay mem Ven ES) sek anN PUR ING Gaal BEAL Te Gel Tees S: 


144 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 


Pyrenone 


HELPS TO PRESERVE 


PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL 


| cae quickly kills destructive, annoy- 
ing and disease-carrying insects. 

In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective 
for long periods of time. In fact, a stzgle application 
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- 
tacks for an entire storage season. 

On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible 
stages of insects fast —even between showers of 
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not 
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- 
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly 
emerging parasites and predators are free to com- 
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize 
or feed upon destructive insect pests. 

This means that Pyrenone is completely com- 
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying 


insects. 
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C. 


FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION 


Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. 


BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal 


White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times. 


WHEN PESTS SEE 
eye-to-eye 


Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub 
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de- 
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars 
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season. 


Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . .. to 
develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a 
minimum, 


That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the 
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching 
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides. 


Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos- 
drin* insecticides; -‘D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol 
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail- 
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to 
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in 
chemistry today. 


*Shell Chemical Trademark 


SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


Agricultural Chemical Sales Division 
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York 


QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 

A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


* jie 


VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 


BALDUF, W. V.—The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, 
Hemiptera) een eet ie Fe ae eee Man tee AY Vue es Ra oy 176 
BARR, A. RALPH.—A New Species of Culiseta echinters: or anaeay from 
North America a x 163 
BERNER, L.—A Mayfly Gynandromorph - 1 Fc a a et Nal a) Es Ea emer 167 
CUNLIFFE, F.—Notes on the Anystidae with a 1 Description of a New 
Genus and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, cuit 
RNa RCAC ATATI Cl) mere eee Soles 2k ee ne bgt ea 172 
DRAKE, C. J—An Undescribed Apterous Aradid from the Philippines _ 169 
EMERSON, K. C.—New Species of Rallicola (Philopteridae: Mallophaga) 185 
FROESCHNER, R. C.—Perillus lunatus Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) 
SRIIVEOIUC HAIL) ee arnnn Soeremen lee wen Sy A ee 162 
HOOD, J. D.—A Note on Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna _________ 194 
HUSSEY, R. E.—A New Gargarphia from Florida (Hemiptera: Tingidae) 175 
NELSON, G. H.—A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination 


Gt auzes (Hominters: Pentatomidac) _.... = 197 
SABROSKY, C. W.—Two Overlooked Sources of Type Designations for 
EXEC). eat sa Be SUC Ee a 171 
TODD, EH. L.—Five New Species of Gelasticoridae with Comments on 
Other SHECIEAMURE MID LOI A) ae tube : 145 
WALLIS, R. C.—Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans_._______ 199 
WHEELER, G.C., and WHEELER, JEANETTE—tThe Larva of Simopelta 
(Hymenoptera: SEOUTAL CIC Ae) pee eee es tee Pe 191 
WINKLER, J. R.—Notes on Bionomics and Ecology of Moss Mites 
(Acari: Oribatei) ih Set I ey Rie eee Ms ae 190 
TEL SS OWSS! C0 fy id Ot 3) Ae RE eu es Oe ERAS AMON at el Beet Os eat TD doth GZ 
CACTUS PAV] 514 SAE ea Wh Gala TG SI ae A aU ae Le 208 
SUMMARY REPORTS: SOCIETY OFFICERS ssi 


THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON 


ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 


Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National 
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. 


MEMBERSHIP 


Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the 
seience of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is 
$1.00 (U. 8. eurrency). 


OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957 


Honorary wPresident: 2222 0 ie ea ee ee ee R. E. SNODGRASS 
Presidentit2 22 Basie ores Tk EE ee ede te ee F. L. CAMPBELL 
Mirst*Vace President’)... een te a eee _R. I. SAILER 
Second VicesPresidente 2 eter a EN 2 es ee re ee R. H. Newson 
Recordin se) Secretarya se ee ae ee ee ee ee KELuIE O’NEILL 
Corresponding Secretary 2 eae ee ee eee KELVIN DoRWARD 
Tregeurer ee! set to ie ee 8 ee eee F. P. HARRISON 
TORU G C0) alee dee et ee Fe Le Pls OER we ER eee NSE NE Sem Alics V. RENE 
Custodian soe 20 nie Te OE ea a A ee ee eee H. J. CONKLE 
Program Chairman___. 22 LL DS SOAR ak ee Pe ee ee J. F. G. CLARKE 
Executive Committee —__________. A. B. Gurniy, T. L. Bissett, R. A. St. GEORGE 
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy 

ofsSciences! <9. ot ea es ae ee eee es C. F. W. MUESEBECK 
Honorary» Members. ee ee C. F. W. MursEBEcK, H. G. BARBER 


The Corresponding Secretary, Editor, Custodian, and Treasurer should be ad- 
dressed as follows: 


Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian 
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS 
U. 8. Department of Agriculture U. S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C. 

Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor Dr. Floyd P. Harrison, Treas. 
Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS Department of Entomology 

U.S. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland 

Plant Industry Station College Park, Md. 


Beltsville, Md. 


Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 


ENTOMOL OGICAL, SOCLET Y. OF ‘WASHINGTON 


VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4 


FIVE NEW SPECIES OF GELASTOCORIDAE WITH COMMENTS 
ON OTHER SPECIES 
(HEMIPTERA ) 
E. L. Topp, Falls Church, Virginia 


This paper constitutes the results of an examination of more than 
3,000 specimens of Gelastocoridae! that were not included in the re- 
vision of the family (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. V. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 
277-475, 1955). The number of specimens examined and the disposi- 
tion of those specimens are presented for each species so that future 
workers might locate desired material more easily. Records of distri- 
bution are presented for all the poorly known species, but for those 
species that are abundantly represented in collections, the records are 
given only when they extend the known ranges of the species. 


1China and Miller (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 12) 8: 267, 1955, suggest 
that the Family-Group names should be Galgulidae Billberg, 1820; Galgulinae Bill- 
berg, 1820, and Mononychinae, Fieber, 1851. The first two names are based on 
Galgulus Latreille, 1802 (Hist. Crust. Ins. V. 3, p. 253), which is a homonym of 
Galgulus Brisson, 1760 (Ornithologia 1:30, 2:63). The Brisson genera were ac- 
cepted by Opinion 37 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenela- 
ture and specifically excepted in the Paris action on the invalidation of binary 
works (See: Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 4: 65-66, 1950). Kirkaldy’s action 
(Entomologist 30:258, 1897) in renaming the genus as Gelastocoris and changing 
the family name to Gelastocoridae was therefore correct. Thus Gelastocorimae 
Champion (Biol. Centr. Amer., Hemiptera Heteroptera V. 2, p. 437, 1901), is the 
proper name for the typical subfamily. Technically, Mononychinae Fieber, 1851, 
is the correct name for the other subfamily, but in fact, the stem based on Mono- 
nychus Schiippel (in Germar, Ins. Spee. nov., p. 241, 1824), has been used in the 
formation of Family-Group names in Coleoptera. When Family-Group names are 
homonyms of each other, the recommendation of the Copenhagen Colloqium is 
that the case be submitted to the International Commission, which body will cause 
one of the two names to be changed slightly. In this instance, however, it seems 
to me that a more satisfactory adjustment may be accomplished through the use 
of Nethrinae Kirkaldy, (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 32: 149, 1906). I have used that 
name in my previous papers and accordingly continue its usage in this paper. 

In connection with the preoccupation of Galgulus Latreille by Galgulus Brisson, 
a question has been raised corcerning my use (Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1, 
No. 11): 288, line 18, 1955,) of Pliny as author of Galgulus [Aves]. The sentence 
is poorly worded and should be modified to read as follows: Dumeril (Mem. Acad. 
Sci. 1’Inst. Imp. France, 1860, 31 (2): 1040) considered Galgulus |Insecta] to 
be preoccupied by Galgulus [Aves]. but he eredited the names to Fabricius and 
Pliny rather than to Latreille and Brisson. 


146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


I am extremely grateful to the following individuals and institu- 
tions for the privilege of studying specimens from their personal col- 
lections or collections in their charge. For the sake of brevity, insti- 
tutional names and private collections are referred to in the body of 
this paper by the letters, names of cities, or names of individuals 
placed in parentheses in the following list. R. I. Sailer, United States 
National Museum, (USNM); M. A. Cazier, American Museum of 
Natural History, (AMNH); W. E. China, British Museum (Natural 
History), (BMNH); E. 8. Ross, California Academy of Sciences at 
San ‘Franéisco, (CAS); F. S. Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum, 
(LACM): E. Handsehin, Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzer- 
land, (Basel); M. Beier, Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, Austria, 
(Wien) ; H. C. Blote, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, 
Netherlands, (Leiden) ; Eva Halaszfy, Musee d’Historie Naturelle de 
la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, (Budapest); J. C. M. Carvalho, 
Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (NMB); R. L. Usinger, 
Berkeley, Calif. (Usinger Coll.) ; C. J. Drake, U.S.N.M., Washington, 
D. C., (Drake Coll.) ; J. C. Lutz, Philadelphia, Pa. (uutz Coll.) Geek" 
Knowlton, Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, (Utah St.) ; 
H. P. Chandler, Red Bluff, Calif. (Chandler Coll.), and G. Kruzeman, 
Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, Netherlands, (Amsterdam). My spe- 
cial thanks go to H. B. Hungerford who permitted me to examine all 
recent accessions of Gelastocoridae of the Francis Huntington Snow 
Entomological Collection, University of Kansas, (IU), and who ob- 
tained through other sources much of the other material on which 
this study is based. 

GELASTOCORINAE Champion, 1901 
Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion 
Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 347, 1901. 

Number of specimens examined.—44 (USNM 15, AMNH 11, KU 6, 
Usinger Coll. 8, and Drake Coll. 4). 

Distributional data.—The eight specimens in the Usinger collection 
are from San Bernardino Co., Calif. These are the only specimens 
that I have seen from that State, but there are reports in the hterature 
of its occurrence there. 

Gelastocoris bufo (Herrich-Schiffer) 
Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 5, p. 88, 1839 (1840). 

Number of specimens examined.—39 (USNM 30, AMNH 3, KU 1, 
Leiden 1, and Drake Coll. 4). 

Gelastocoris fuscus Martin 
Univ. of Kansas Sci. Bul. 18 (4): 364, 1929. 

Number of specimens examined.—24 (USNM 7, AMNH 2, KU 1, 
Leiden 2, Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 11). 

Distributional data.—Specimens from Bueno Vista, Ichilo (KU) ; 
Rurrenabaque, Rio Beni (USNM); and Huachi, Beni (USNM), are 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 147 


the first I have seen from Bolivia although the species was reported 
from that country by De Carlo through the description of the syno- 
nym G. martinezi (Mision de Estud. de Patol. Region. Argentina, 
24 (83-84) :97). 


Gelastocoris vicinus Champion 
Biol. Central-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 349, 1901. 


Number of specimens examined.—20 (USNM 16, AMNH 1, and 
Leiden 3). 


Gelastocoris viridis Todd 
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 338, 1955. 


Number of specimens examined.—3 (USNM 1, AMNH 1, and Drake 
Coll. 1). 

Distributional data.—The two specimens in the collections of the 
United States National Museum and the American Museum of Natural 
History are from La Victoria, Montozintla, Chiapas, Mexico. The 
other specimen is from Union Juarez, Chiapas, Mexico. 


Gelastocoris angulatus (Melin). 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 169, 1929. 

Number of specimens examined.—13 (USNM 5, Basel 2, Wien 2, 
Drake Coll. 3, and BMNH 1). 

Distributional data.—These specimens nearly double the number of 
specimens of this species that I have examined. They are from the 
following localities. PARAGUAY: Paso-Yobay (Basel), Molinascue 
(Basel), and S. Bernardino (Wien). Braziu: Near Para (USNM), 
Bahia (USNM), Manaos (USNM), and Santarem (Drake Coll.). 
Bouivia: Ixiamas (USNM), Rurrenabaque, Beni (USNM). BritisH 
GuIANA: Kutari Sources (BMNH). 


Gelastocoris major Montandon 
Ann. de Mus. della R. Univ. di Napoli (m. s.) 3 (10): 2, 1910. 

Number of specimens examined.—30 (USNM 23, Leiden J, and 
Drake Coll. 6). 

Distributional data—Specimens previously examined were from 
Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador. The six specimens from the Drake 
Collection are from Barinitas, Venezuela. The specimen from the 
collection in Leiden is labeled ‘* Chile.’’ 


Gelastocoris hungerfordi Melin. 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 168, 1929. 
Number of specimens examined—109 (USNM 34, AMNH 10, KU 
44 Leiden 2, Wien 1, LACM 1, and Drake Coll. 17). 
Distributional data.—This common species, which is widely dis- 
tributed from Mexico to Colombia, is now recorded from Barinitas, 
Venezuela (4 specimens in the Drake Collection). 


148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Gelastocoris nebulosus (Guérin-Méneville) 

Teonographie du Régne Animal de B.'Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 351, 1844. 

Number of specimens examined.—476 (USNM 69, AMNH 8, KU 
332, Leiden 28, NMB 11, Wien 1, and Drake Coll. 27). 

Distributional data.—Specimens from Kabelstation, Dutch Guiana 
(Leiden), and Paso de Arriera River, Uruguay (USNM) are the first 
specimens I have seen from those two countries. Specimens from 
Argentina (six localities in the KU, Wien, and Drake collections) 
confirm the reports in the literature of the occurrence of this species 
in that country. 


Gelastocoris peruensis Melin 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala:12: 160, 1929. 
Number of specimens examined.—5 (USNM 1 and Drake Coll. 4). 
Distributional data.—All the specimens from Peru. 


Gelastocoris amazonensis Melin 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 158, 1929. 

Number of specimens examined—1( Wien). 

Distributional data.—This specimen is labeled ‘‘Rio Branco, Hase- 
man.’’ It is presumed that the locality refers to the Rio Branco in 
Amazonas, Brazil, but it could refer to other rivers of that name in 
other states of Brazil or even of other countries. 


Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus (Fabricius) 
Supp. Ent. Syst., p. 525, 1798. 

Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 1,000 (USNM, 
approx. 600, AMNH 127, KU 62, Leiden 13, Utah St. 5, Budapest 10, 
LACM 16, and Drake Coll. 149). 

Distributional data—Specimens from the following localities ex- 
tend the known range of the typical subspecies to the north and to 
the south. CaNApA: Vancouver, British Columbia (USNM). Mexico: 
‘“*T,. Cal.’’ (USNM), Truinbo, Baja California (Drake Coll.), Hermo- 
sillo, Sonora (AMNH), 6 mi. NE. Meoqui, Chihuahua (AMNH), 
‘*Chihuahua’’ (USNM and Drake Coll.), and Oaxaca (Drake Coll.). 


Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus (Guerin-Meneville) 
Teonographie due Regne Animal de B. Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 352, 1844. 


Number of specimens examined.—96 (USNM 43, AMNH 7, KU 16, 
Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 29). 


NERTHRINAE Kirkaldy, 1906 
Nerthra stygica Say 


Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America, New Harmony, Indiana, p. 37, 1832. 


Number of specimens examined.—l10 (USNM 9, and Drake Coll. 1). 
Distributional data.—All specimens from Florida. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 149 


Nerthra mexicana (Melin) 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 187, 1929. 
Number of specimens examined.—2 (KU and Drake Coll.). 
Distributional data—Both specimens are from Mexico. The locali- 
ties are El Salto, San Luis Potosi (KU), and ‘‘C. Valles’’ (Drake 
Coll.). 


Nerthra martini Todd 
Pan-Pacific Ent. 30: 113, 1954. 
Number of specimens examined.—13 (LACM). 


Nerthra parvula (Signoret ) 
Ann. de la Soc. des Ent. de France. 33: 588, 1864. 

Number of specimens examined.—32 (USNM 4, KU 11, BMNH 2, 
and Drake Coll. 15). 

Distributional data.—Cume: Las Brisas, El Canelo, Toulemo, El 
Manzano, Guayacan (all KU), Valparaiso, and Valparaiso Prov. 
(USNM and Drake Coll.). The two specimens from the British Mu- 
seum and two specimens from the Drake Collection are labeled 
Chile’ 


Nerthra raptoria (Fabricius) 
Systema Eleutheratorum V. 3 (Systema Rhyngotarum) p. 111, 1803. 

Number of specimens eramined—12 (Leiden 3, Wien 3, and Drake 
Coll. 6). 

Distributional data.—GuaTEMALA: Los Amates (Drake Coll). PAN- 
AMA: Gatun (Leiden) and Canal Zone (Leiden). Couometa: ‘* Colom- 
bia’’ (Leiden). DurcH GutaNA: Kabelstation (Leiden). BRaAzin: 
Monte Alegre, Para (Drake Coll.) and Rio Grande do Sul (Wien). 
Country UNKNown: ‘‘Rio Branco’’ (Wien) and ‘‘Barinas’’ (Drake 
Coll.). 

Nerthra ranina (Herrich-Schiaffer) 
Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 9, p. 896, 1853. 

Number of specimens examined.—555 (KU 480, BMNH 2, Leiden 9, 

Basel 1, NMB 7, Wien 19, and Drake Coll. 37). 


Nerthra nepaeformis (Fabricius) 


Systema Entomologiae V. 2, p. 698, 1775. 

Number of specimens eramined.—7 (Leiden 4, BMNH 2, and Drake 
Collet): 

Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in 
Leiden is labeled ‘‘ Valpariso.’’ If this label refers to Valpariso, Chile, 
the specimen confirms the reports in the literature of the occurrence 
of this species in that country. 


Nerthra terrestris (Kevan) 
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 11) 14 (119): 813, 1948. 


150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Number of specimens examined.—l4 (KU 1, Leiden 10, Basel 2, and 
Drake Coll. 1). 

Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in 
Leiden is from Jarugui, Ecuador, and it is the only specimen I have 
seen from that country. A few other specimens, from the British 
Museum, have also been examined, but as I failed to record the num- 
ber at the time of examination, they have not been included above. 


Nerthra borealis (Melin) 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929. 
Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 30 (BMNH). 
Distributional data.—The specimens are labeled ‘‘Surinam, In 
coffee field’’ and ‘‘Surinam, Around roots of coffee.”’ 


Nerthra tenebrosa Todd 
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 376, 1955. 
( 


Number of specimens examined.—6 (BMNH 5, and Amsterdam 1). 


Nerthra unicornis (Melin) 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929. 
Number of specimens examined. 


3 (Wien). 


Nerthra peruviana (Montandon) 

Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 3: 403, 1905. 

Number of specimens examined.—7 (KU 6, and Drake Coll. 1). 

Nerthra montandoni (Melin) 

Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 195, 1929. 

Number of specimens eramined.—5 (BMNH 1, and Drake Coll. 4). 

Distributional data.—The four specimens in the Drake Collection 
are from ‘‘Los Canales, Naiguata.’’? This locality is presumed to be 
in the Federal District of Venezuela. The other specimen is from the 
mountains north of Petare, Venezuela. 


Nerthra amplicollis (Stl) 
Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhindl. 11: (3): 239, 1854. 


Number of specimens examined. (KU 1, BMNH 1, Wien 1, and 
Drake Coll. 2). 


Nerthra ecuadorensis (Melin) 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 185, 1929. 
Number of specimens examined.—4 (BMNH). 


Nerthra rudis (Melin) 
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 182, 1929. 
Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH). 
Distributional data.—One specimen is from Cachabé, Ecuador. The 
other is labeled ‘‘Mexico.”’ 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 151 


Nerthra fuscipes (Guérin-Méneville) 

Rev. Zool. Trav. Ined. p. 114, 1848. 

Number of specimens examined. 
Coll. 4, and Usinger Coll. 2). 

Nerthra hungerfordi Todd 

Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 398, 1955. 

Number of specimens examined.—11 (Leiden 10, and BMNH 1). 

Nerthra manni Todd 

Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 396, 1955. 

Number of specimens examined.—7 (AMNH). 


15 (Leiden 2, BMNH 7, Drake 


Nerthra praecipua n. sp. 
(Fig. 9) 

There is a unique female specimen in the Drake Collection, via the 
Reed Collection, which has been badly damaged by dermestids. The 
damage consists of loss of the legs, lobes of the ovipositor, parts of the 
venter of the thorax, part of the head, and most of the internal organs. 
Even so, the specimen is so distinct from the known species of the New 
World that it is described as follows. 

Size-—Female: Length 8.2 mm., width of pronotum 5.3 mm., width of abdomen 
6.0 mm. 

Color.—General color reddish-brown. Because of the condition of the specimen 
cleaning was not attempted. There are some irregular spots of a lighter brown 
color on the hemelytra, but it is believed that they are the result of the dermestid 
damage. 

Structural characteristics—Apex of the head excavate; superapical and lateral 
tubercles present, but very weak and irregular; ocelli absent. Pronotum distine- 
tive, nearly rectangular, short, about one-third width, widest at level of transverse 
furrow; anterior portion of lateral margin nearly transverse, median portion 
slightly coneave; posterior margin nearly straight, slightly sinuous before bases 
of hemelytra. Seutellum with lateral and apical elevations. Hemelytra entirely 
coriaceous, fused together, not extending to end of abdomen, covered with network 
of indistinct longitudinal and transverse carinae. Connexivum very prominent, 
strongly serrate. Abdominal sternites symmetrical, last visible sternite projecting 
posteriorly in median area about as far as the lateral lobes of that sternite. 

Distributional data.—Holotype, female, labeled ‘* Chile, Reed Coll.’’ 

Location of type—lIn the Drake Collection, U.S.N.M., Washington, 
WESC: 

Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of 
Nerthra, as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 4. In the 
New World two species, N. williamsi Todd and N. americana (Montan- 
don), resemble it superficially, but differ in that the last visible ab- 
dominal sternites of the females are emarginate. The projecting 
median portion of the last abdominal sternite and general appearance 
would seem to indicate that this species is most closely related to the 
species of the alaticollis group found in Australia. The fused heme- 
lytra and absence of ocelli will, however, separate it from those species. 


— 
On 
bo 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Nerthra grandicollis (Germar). 
Silbermann’s Revue Entomologique V. 5, p. 122, 1837. 
Number of specimens eramined.—149 (KU 1, Leiden 46, BMNH 79, 
Basel 2, CAS 1, Wien 8, and Budapest 12). 


Nerthra indica (Atkinson). 
Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. 57 (Pt. 2), 345, 1888. 

Number of specimens examined.—33  ( 
KU 2). 

Distributional data.—The specimens from the British Museum are 
from various localities in Sikkim and Assam, India. The other speci- 
mens are labeled ‘‘Tonkin, E. le Moult.’’ 

Remarks.—The specimens from Tonkin differ slightly in the shape 
of the lateral margin of the pronotum which appears more lke the 
margin of the pronotum of NV. lobata (Montandon), but the absence 
of lateral tumescences on the last visible abdominal sternite of the 
female and shape of the clasper of the male reveal their relation to 
N. indica (Atkinson). 


BMNH 29, Leiden 2, and 


b] 


Nerthra serrata (Montandon). 
Ann. Mus. Civique di Storia Nat. Genova 1:365, 1897. 

Remarks.—I have yet to see specimens that agree with Montandon’s 
detailed description. The type localities, ‘‘Carin Ghecew’’ and ‘‘Carin 
Cheba,’’ are now known to be in that section of Burma between the 
Salwin and Sittang rivers, east and northeast of Toungoo. 


Nerthra unguistyla n. sp. 
(Gorges Gy) 

Size——Male: Length 9.5 mm., width of pronotum 6.8, width of abdomen 7.0 
mm. Female: Length 10.5 mm, width of pronotum 7.5 mm., width of abdomen 
8.2 mm. 

Color.—Yellowish-brown above, basal halves of abdominal segments of con- 
nexivum darker. Abdominal sternites dark brown medially and at the basal one- 
half laterally. Mesosternal and metasternal processes of thorax dark, nearly 
black. Legs yellowish-brown, femora faintly ringed with darker brown. 

Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a weak tubercle, not visible from 
above; frons with a pair of superapical tubercles and a median elevation. none 
strongly developed; ocelli present. Pronotum widest at level of transverse furrow, 
not so wide as abdomen; dise very strongly elevated, provided with clumps of 
black clavate bristles. Lateral margins of pronotum with anterior portions con- 
verging toward the eyes; median portions straight, parallel; posterior portions 
only about one-half as long as median and anterior portions, converging obliquely 
toward bases of the hemelytra. Posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave 
before scutellum, crossed by five longitudinal carinae in the male and by seven 
in the female. Scutellum large with small rounded depressions medially and with a 
strong apical and slight latero-basal elevations, the latter densely covered with 
black clavate bristles. Hemelytra coriaceous, without membranes; reaching end of 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 15 


Ol 
eo 


soe 


od 


Figs. 1 to 3, Lateral margin of pronotum and embolium of left side; fig. 3A, 
lateral margin of pronotum of right side; figs. 4 to 8, ventral view of clasper of 
male; fig. 9, dorsal view of female. Fig. 1, Nerthra niewwenhuisi n. sp. from 
Borneo; fig. 2, N. lobata (Montandon); figs. 3 and 3A, N. eximia n. sp. from 
Sumatra; fig. 4, N. annulipes (Horvath); fig. 5, N. wnguistyla n. sp. from India; 
fig. 6, N. stali (Montandon); fig. 7, N. hamata n. sp. from New Guinea; fig. 8, 
N. sinuosa Todd; fig. 9, N. praecipua n. sp. from Chile. 


154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


abdomen in the male, but not in the female; basal expansion of embolium broadly 
triangular. Connexivum prominent in both sexes, but more so in the female. 
Terminal abdominal sternites of male asymmetrical, rather large; ninth sternite 
ovate, nearly twice as wide as long; eighth sternite longer than ninth sternite, 
nearly twice the length of the seventh sternite. Abdominal sternites of female 
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly and shallowly 
emarginate. Lobes of ovipositor produced posteriorly as in lobata but shorter 
and more rounded apically than in that species. Clasper of male nearly straight, 
tapering apically and terminating in a slightly curved, claw-like process at apex. 

Distributional data.—Holotype, male, Mayavaram, South India, 
October 8, 1945, P. S. Nathan, and allotype, female, Coimbatore, South 
India, December 18, 1945, P. S. Nathan. 

Location of type.—Holotype and allotype in the J. C. Lutz Collee- 
tion at Philadelphia, Pa. 

Remarks.—Beecause this species lacks membranes of the hemelytra, 
it will run to couplet 11 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but it 
does not agree with either choice of that couplet. The species clearly 
belongs to the grandicollis group of species, but the absence of mem- 
branes of the hemelytra, distinctive clasper of the male, and the shape 
of the pronotum will separate this species from any of those species 
that I have assigned to that group. 


Nerthra lobata (Montandon). 
(Fig. 2) 

Bul. Soe. des Sei. de Buearest-Roumanie 8 (4/5) : 397, 1899. 

Number of specimens examined.—21 (Leiden 19, and BMNH 2) 

Distributional data.—Previously known from Sumatra and Java, 
the specimens in the collection of the British Museum extend the 
known range of this species to the mainland of Asia. These specimens 
are from Sungai Taban and Kuala Tekis, both located in Pahang, 
Federated Malay States. 


Nerthra asiatica (Horvath). 
Termész. Fuzetek 15(3) :136, 1892. 

Number of specimens examined.—1 (Stockholm). 

Remarks.—This specimen, a female, is from the same locality (Mou- 
Pin, Thibet, 1869-70, A. David) as the specimen previously examined 
by me. It is shghtly larger, length 12.2 mm., width of pronotum 
8.1 mm., and width of abdomen 8.5 mm. 


Nerthra nieuwenhuisi n. sp. 
(Fig. 1) 


Size.—Female: Length 12.5 mm., width of pronotum 8.5, width of abdomen 
8.3 mm. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 155 


Color.—-Orange-brown above except bristles and scutellum which are black, 
membranes of hemelytra darker than rest of hemelytra. Abdominal sternites 
orangish-brown laterally, brown medially. Legs with tibiae and tarsi brown, 
trochanters and femora yellowish-brown, except apices of femora which are black. 

Structural characteristics —Apex of head rounded, without an apical tubercle; 
a pair of moderate superapical tubercles present; median tumescence of frons 
scarcely developed; ocelli present. Pronotum slightly wider than abdomen, widest 
at level of transverse furrow; dise strongly elevated, posterior portion with sever 
weak to moderate longitudinal carinae; lateral margin of pronotum distinctive, 
median and posterior portions nearly straight, converging medially from lateral 
angle, anterior portion with a dentation at middle; posterior margin of pronotum 
sinuous, concave before scutellum. Seutellum large, strongly elevated, tumescent 
laterally and at apex. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen, but not covering lobes 
of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral margin of embolum straight 
at basal one-fourth then expanded to middle, apical one-half of lateral margin 
nearly straight. Connexivum prominent, broadly expanded, six segments of ab- 
domen visible. Intermediate and hind legs long and slender, the combined length 
of femur, tibia, and tarsus of hind leg exceeding body length. Abdominal sternites 
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly emarginate, 
caudo-lateral angle of left size of sternite slightly decumbent, lateral tumescences 
absent. Clumps of short, clavate bristles present on hemelytra and elevations of 
scutellum. 


Distributional data.—Holotvpe, female, Boven (upper) Mahakkam 
River, Borneo, 1894, Borneo Exped. Dr. Nieuwenhuis. 

Location of type—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, 
Leiden, Netherlands. 

Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of the 
genus Nerthra as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 17. 
The dilation of the lateral margin of embolium and the posteriorly 
projecting ovipositor lobes of this large species reveal that it belongs 
to the grandicollis group of species. It is slightly larger than N. 
asiatica (Horvath), from which it may be easily separated by the 
dilated margin of the embolium, distinctive lateral margin of the 
pronotum, and proportionally longer hind legs. The size, shape of the 
lateral dilation of the embolium, and the shape of the lateral margin 
of the pronotum will separate this species from the other species of 
the grandicollis group. 


Nerthra eximia n. sp. 
(Fig. 3 and 3A.) 


Size—Female: Length 11.2 mm., width of pronotum 8.0 mm., width of abdomen 
7.9 mm. 

Color.—Y ellowish-brown above except scutellum, basal one-third of each segment 
of the connexivum, and clumps of bristles, which are dark brown. Abdominal 
sternites mostly dark brown, but with a contrasting marginal area of orangish- 
brown. Head, pronotum, and basal segments of legs (trochanters and femora) 


156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


yellowish-brown, Tibiae and tarsi of middle and hind legs and tibio-tarsi of front 
legs dark brown. 

Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a small tubercle, not visible from 
above; a pair of moderately large tooth-like superapical tubercles present; medial 
elevation of frons smaller than superapical tubercles; ocelli present. Pronotum 
widest at level of transverse furrow, only very slightly wider than abdomen; dise 
strongly elevated, posterior portion crossed by seven weak to moderate longitudinal 
carinae; lateral margin of pronotum irregularly dentate, the dentations rounded; 
posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave before scutellum. Scutellum large, 
strongly elevated, tumescent laterally and apically. Hemelytra reaching end of 
abdomen, but not covering lobes of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral 
margin of embolium straight at basal one-fourth then roundly expanded about to 
middle, apical one-half very slightly convex. Connexivum prominent. Clumps of 
clavate bristles on hemelytra and elevations of the scutellum. Abdominal sternites 
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly, triangularly 
emarginate, slightly decumbent on the left side of sternite at the caudo-lateral 
angle. 

Distributional data——Holotype, female, ‘‘Tananetaloo, Ophir-Sum., 
1915, A. de Kock.’’ This locality is presumably near Mt. Ophir, 
Sumatra. 

Location of type.—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, 
Leiden, Netherlands. 

Remarks.—This species, hike N. niewwenhusi n. sp., runs to couplet 
17 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but does not agree with either 
choice of that couplet. It is very closely related to the preceding 
species and may subsequently prove to be but a form of that species, 
but for the present I prefer to describe it as a separate species. 
This species agrees with N. nieuwenhuist n. sp. and differs from 
N. lobata (Montandon), the only species previously reported from 
Sumatra, by the absence of lateral tumescences of the last visible 
abdominal sternite, by the strongly elevated scutellum, and by the 
greatest width of the pronotum being at the level of the transverse 
furrow. It differs from N. niewwenhuisi n. sp. by its smaller size, 
differently shaped lateral margins of the pronotum, and differently 
shaped lateral margin of the embolium. It should be pointed-out, 
however, that the two sides of the pronotum of this specimen are not 
alike, and therefore differences of the shapes of the lateral mareins 
of the pronota of the two species may not be significant in this in- 
stance. The facts that these are insular species and from different 
islands was another factor in my decision to treat this specimen as a 
separate species. 

Nerthra rugosa (Desjardins) 
Ann. Soe. Ent. de France 6:239, 1837. 

Number of specimens exramined.—1 (BMNH). 

Distributional data.—The specimen is labeled ‘‘N. G., Hat. Ver., N. 
Holl.’’ I have been unable to determine the meaning of the label, but 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 15 


“ 


I presume that the ‘‘N. Holl.’’ portion probably refers to Australia. 
Nerthra macrothorax (Montrouzier) 
Ann. des Sciences Phys. et Nat. d’Agr. et d’Indus. [Lyon], 2:110, 1855. 

Number of specimens examined.—l4 (CAS 2, Leiden 9, BMNH 2, 
and Wien 1). 

Distributional data——Specimens from the following localities have 
been examined. New GuInea: Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS) ; 
Liki I., near Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS), and ‘‘N. O. 
Kuste’’ (Wien). CELEBES:: Gorontalo (Leiden). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: 
‘*Philippines’’ (BMNH). Sotomon IsuAnps: Rendova (BMNH). 
Maratua (or Maratoea) IsuANp: ‘‘Maratoea’’ (Leiden). TONGA 
IsLANDs: ‘‘Tonga Ins.’’ (Leiden). Postmion (or Postiljon) ISLANDs: 
Sapoeka besar Postiljon Eil. (Leiden). Comoro ISLANDs: *‘ Mayotte’’ 
(Leiden). The record from the latter locality, while remote from the 
others, is not surprising when the distribution of the closely related 
N. rugosa (Desjardins) is considered. 

Remarks.—A number of articles relating to the distribution of this 
species were missed in my previous treatment (Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 
37(Pt. 1) :-414, 1955. The articles are as follows: Esaki, Insects of 
Samoa, pt. II, Hemiptera, fase. 2, p. 75, 1928; Esaki, Mushi 9:43, 
1936; Sonan, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. Formosa 24(No. 130.) :21, 1934; 
Ohshima, Japanese Zool. and Bot. 1:410, 1933; Miyamoto, Nymph 
(Rep. Biol. Club 2nd Branch Kyushu University) 2:35, 1953; Miya- 
moto, Shin Konehu 7(1/2) :28, 29, 1954. Localities recorded in the 
above papers are as follows: SAmoa IsuaANpDS: Leone Road, Tutuila. 
Ke (Kei or Key) Isuanps: Ke Dulan. Carouine IsuANps: Truk. 
KasHo To IsuAND. Koto SHo ISLAND. Ryukyu IsuANpDs: Yaeyama 
Group; Kikai Jima Island, Amami Group; Takajimi Island, Tokara 
Group. JAPAN: Satano Misaki, Osumi, Kyushu. 

Nerthra mixta (Montandon) 
Bul. Soc. des Sciences de Buecarest-Roumanie 8(4/5):406, 1899. 

Number of specimens examined.—26 (Usinger Coll. 1, Leiden 7, 
BMNH 6, and Amsterdam 12). 

Distributional data.—All the specimens are from localities in New 
Guinea. DutcH New Guinea: Hollandia (Usinger Coll. and BMNH) ; 
Sabron, Cyclops Mts. 930’ (BMNH); Humbolt Bay (BMNH), and 
“*N. New Guinea’’ (Leiden). NorruH-East NEw Guinea: Mt. Nomo, 
S. of Mt. Bougainville (BMNH). Terrrrrory or Papua: Ishurava 
3000' (BMNH). The specimens from the Zoologisch Museum in 
Amsterdam are labeled ‘‘Timmena’’ and ‘‘Tamarus.’’ I have been 
unable to find these localities in the sources available to me. 

Nerthra omani Todd 
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul 37(Pt. 1) :422, 1955. 

Number of specimens examined—9 (Leiden 2, Wien 1, and BMNH 

6). 


Distributional data.—This species was previously known only from 


158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Guadalcanal Island in the Solomons. Specimens examined are from 
the following localities. SoLtomon IsLANDS: Bougainville (Wien) ; 
Guadaleanal 5000’ (BMNH), and ‘‘British Solomons’? (BMNH). 
New Guinea: ‘‘N. Guinea’’ (Leiden) and ‘‘N. New Guinea’’ (Lei- 
den). 


Nerthra macrostyla Todd 
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37(Pt. 1) 428, 1955. 

Number of specimens examined.—l (BMNH). 

Distributional data——The specimen is labeled as follows: ‘‘Jack 
Harbour, Lady Leever Est., Kolombangara, Solomon Islands, April 11, 
1934 EL 2. Pacden:.2* 

Remarks —This male is larger than the holotype. The measurements 
are: Length 12.0 mm, width of pronotum 8.0 mm., and width of 
abdomen 8.0 mm. 


Nerthra robusta Todd 
Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37(Pt. 1):429, 1955. 

Number of specimens examined.—1 (Chandler Coll). 

Distributional data—This specimen is from the type locality, 
Nadzab, Markham River Valley, New Guinea. 

Nerthra hamata n. sp. 
(Dies 7/9) 

Size—Male: Length 12.7 mm., width of pronotum 8.7 mm., width of abdomen 
8.9 mm. 

Color.—Uniformly dark reddish-brown both above and below. 

Structural characteristics—Head with five large, pointed tubercles, four on 
anterior margin and one at apex, the latter ventrad and slightly caudad of the 
other tubercles; ocelli present, on rounded elevations. Pronotum moderately ex- 
panded, widest at the level of the transverse furrow, but only very slightly wider 
than at the antero-lateral angle, not so wide as abdomen; anterior and posterior 
portions of lateral margin converging toward the eye and base of embolium 
respectively ; median portion of lateral margin nearly straight, slightly convergent 
anteriorly, the two sides subparallel; dise strongly elevated and rugose; posterior 
third of pronotum crossed by three strong and two weak longitudinal carinae; 
posterior margin of pronotum concave before scutellum. Seutellum strongly 
elevated laterally, shightly elevated apically. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen; 
membrane well-developed; embolium narrow at base, lateral margin slightly eon- 
cave basally, broadly convex for apical three-fourths. Connexivum not visible 
from above. Body covered with short, black, clavate setae, some of which are 
in clumps on elevations of the seutellum and pronotum, near the antero-lateral 
angle of pronotum, on the hemelytra at medial angle of embolial suture and 
another between that and the claval suture. Abdominal sternites asymmetrical, 
ninth sternite wider than long, moderately large, slightly shorter than eighth 
sternite, twice as long as seventh sternite, the latter only slightly wider than the 
ninth sternite, posterior margin of sixth sternite less than one-half width of pos- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 159 


terior margin of fourth sternite. Clasper distinctive, very similar to that of N. 
robusta Todd except for the large median thornlike projection of the swollen apical 
portion of the clasper. 

Distributional data.—Holotype, male, Milne Bay, New Guinea, 
December, 1943, O. H. Graham. 

Location of type.—In the collections of the United States National 
Museum, Washineton, D. C. 

Remarks.—tThis species will key to NV. robusta Todd, but may easily 
be separated by the presence of the thorn-like projection of the median 
margin of the clasper. 


Nerthra grandis (Montandon) 
Bul. Soe. des Sci. de Bucharest-Roumanie 8(6):6, 1900. 

Number of specimens examined.—2 (Wien). 

Distributional data.—The specimens are labeled ‘‘Plason, Aus- 
tralien.’’ I have not been able to find this locality in the sources avail- 
able to me. 

Remarks.—These specimens appear to have a vestige of a membrane 
and therefore agree with the statement in the original description that 
the membrane is reduced. The two specimens I had previously exam- 
ined appeared to have the hemelytra entirely coriaceous. 


Nerthra femoralis (Montandon) 
Bul. Soc. des Sci. de Buearest-Roumanie 8(4/5) :407, 1899. 
Number of specimens examined.—12 (BMNH). 
Distributional data.—The specimens are all from Western Australha. 
The localities are: Yanchep, 32 mi. N. of Perth; Mundaring Weir; 
and Banbury. 


Nerthra luteovaria (Distant) 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 7) 14:63, 1904. 
Number of specimens examined.—1 (BMNH). 
Distributional data.—The specimen is from Redlynch, N. Queens- 
land, Australia. 


Nerthra sinuosa Todd 
(Fig. 8) 


Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37(Pt. 1) :440, 1955. 

Number of specimens examined.—1 (Stockholm ). 

Distributional data.—This specimen, a male, is from Tolga, Queens- 
land, Australia. 

Remarks.—I am tentatively identifying this specimen as N. sinwosa 
Todd, to which it will run in my key to the species of Nerthra. It 
agrees with the females previously described in the nature of the 
tubercles of the head, the reduction of the membranes of the hemelytra, 
and the shape of the lateral margin of the embolium, which is straight 


160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


or slightly concave basally, the width of the embolium reduced basally. 
The median portion of the lateral margin of the pronotum is not so 
stronely concave as in the females. The measurements of the specimen 
are as follows: Length 7.6 mm.; width of pronotum 5.0 mm., width of 
abdomen 5.2 mm. The abdominal sternites are asymmetrical, the 
ninth sternite rather large, wider than long, but nearly as long as the 
seventh and eighth sternites combined, width distinctly greater than 
one-half the width of the posterior margin of the right side of the 
fourth sternite. The clasper is simple, sickle-shaped, the apex some- 
what produced, curving mesad. 
Nerthra annulipes (Horvath). 
(Fig. 4) 

Termész. Fuzetek 25:611, 1902. 

Number of specimens examined.—2 (Budapest and Drake Coll.). 

Distributional data.—The specimen from the Musee d’Historie 
Naturelle de la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, is the type. It is a 
female from Clarence River, New South Wales, Austraha. The other 
specimen, a male, is from Stanthorpe, Queensland, a locality near the 
headwaters of the Clarence River. 

Remarks.—Through the cooperation of Doctor Eva Halaszfy, I have 
been permitted to examine the type of this species. Unfortunately, 
the head and pronotum are missing, but the size and the characters of 
those parts remaining, especially the embolia, the greatly reduced 
membranes of the hemelytra, and the dark annulations of the inter- 
mediate and hind lees are sufficient to identify the species. The male 
from Stanthorpe, Queensland, which I now place as this species, agrees 
with the type in the characters mentioned above. It is smaller than 
the type, the measurements being as follows. Length 6.9 mm., width 
of pronotum 4.7 mm., width of abdomen 4.7 mm. The abdominal 
sternites are asymmetrical, the ninth sternite oval, wider than long, 
shehtly longer than eighth sternite, not so long as length of seventh 
and eighth combined, width about equal to one-half the width of the 
posterior margin of the right side of the fourth sternite. The clasper 
is simple, apex not produced as in NV. sinuosa Todd. This species will 
key to N. sinuosa Todd, but may be separated by the embolium which 
is broader basally, the lateral margin being convex. And if I have 
correctly identified the males of the two species also by the wider 
pronotum (as wide as abdomen), simple clasper of male (apex not 
produced mesad) and by the smaller ninth sternite of the male. 


Nerthra nudata Todd 
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1) 425, 1955. 
Number of specimens examined.— (Drake Coll.) 
Distributional data.—The specimens are from Brisbane, North Pine 
River, and Ashgrove, all of which are in Queensland, Australia. 
Remarks.—The figure number under this name in the original 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 161 


description has been reversed with that under VN. omani Todd (oe. 
cit., p. 422); however, the correct names are assigned to the figure 
numbers on the ‘‘Explanation of Plate XI.’’ The claspers of the 
specimens now before me (two of the specimens are males) do not 
agree with my statement in the original description to the effect that 
a portion of the aedeagal furrow is visible (ventral view) near the 
apex of the clasper. These specimens do not show any indication of 
the aedeagal furrow in that area; however, there is a difference in the 
pigmentation and selerotization which under low magnification resem- 
bles a furrow. Since I do not now have any of the males of the type 
series available for restudy, I cannot state whether the apparent 
difference is real or whether I was originally in error. This species 
is obviously related to NV. annulipes (Horvath) and N. sinuosa Todd, 
but it may be readily distinguished from those species by its larger 
size, the almost complete absence of tubercles of the front of the head, 
and by the well-developed membranes of the hemelytra. 


Nerthra tuberculata (Montandon). 
Bul. Soc. des Sci. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(4/5):403, 1899. 
Number of specimens examined.—9 (BMNH). 
Distributional data—From Flinders Bay, Western Australia. 


Nerthra alaticollis (Stal). 
Ofversi. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. Arg. 11: 239, 1954. 

Number of specimens eramined—13 (BMNH, 4, Leiden 1, and 
Drake Coll. 8). 

Distributional data.—The specimens in the Drake Collection are 
from Mt. Mee, Brisbane, Stanthorpe, and Caloundra, all in Queens- 
land, Australia. The other specimens are just labeled ‘‘ Australia.”’ 

Remarks.—Some of the specimens have the postero-lateral angle of 
the pronotum less rounded than others and in this respect resemble 
N. stali (Montandon), but the presence of posterior projections at the 
caudo-lateral angle of the last visible abdominal sternite of the female 
and the acuminate clasper of the male will permit its separation from 
the latter species. 


Nerthra stali (Montandon). 
(Fig. 6) 

Bul. Soc. des Sei. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(6):5, 1900. 

Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH). 

Distributional data——The specimens are from Yanchep, 32 miles 
north of Perth, Western Australia, and ‘“‘N. H. Swan River.’’ 

Remarks —The specimens, both males, resemble the females but 
are more elongate. The measurements are as follows: Leneth 8.4 mm, 
width of pronotum 6.2 mm.. width of abdomen 6.5 mm. The abdominal 
sternites are asymmetrical. The terminal sternites are small, the ninth 
sternite subequal to the eighth sternite in length, longer than the 


162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 195% 


seventh sternite. The clasper, stout basally, recurved, and bluntly 
knobbed apically. 


Nerthra adspersa (Stal). 
3erliner Ent. Ztschr. 7:407, 1863. 

Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH). 

Distributional data—From Quindilup and Yanchep, 32 miles north 
of Perth, in Western Australia. 

Remarks.—These specimens differ considerably in color from the 
specimen previously studied. One is mostly white with small black 
maculations, dise of pronotum yellowish-brown; below much darker. 
The other specimen is more yellowish and with larger maculations. 
This species will probably prove to be as variable in color as N. alat- 
collis (Stal). The specimens, both females, are also slightly larger 
than the one previously studied. The measurements are as follows: 
Length, 6.8 mm, width of pronotum, 5.4 mm, width of abdomen, 
o.2 mm. 


PERILLUS LUNATUS KNIGHT (HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE) IN 
MONTANA 


RicHarp C. FROESCHNER, Montana State College 


The discovery of three Montana specimens of Perillus lunatus while 
organizing the insect collection at Montana State College marks a sig- 
nificant northward extension of range for this species. Although P. 
lunatus was first named from Colorado by Knight in 1952 (Ann. Ent. 
Soe. Amer. 45 :230-231), it was first described by Van Duzee in 1904 
(Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 30:65-66) as ‘‘var. b’’ of Perillus exaptus 
(Say). Van Duzee there reported this ‘‘gaudily marked’’ form from 
Colorado and Wyoming. These localities, coupled with the western 
Montana records listed below and Knight’s note ‘‘near 7,000 ft.,’’ im- 
dicate that this is a mountain form of the northwestern states. 

Montana records: Bridger Mts., Gallatin County, July 10, 1926, 
G. M. Kohls; Bridger Mts., Sacajawea Peak, 7,200 feet, Gallatin 
County, July 2, 1954, C. V. Davis; Lakeview, Beaverhead County, 
May 13, 1931. 


BOOK NOTICE 
Bohart, R. M., and R. C. Bechtel. The Social Wasps of California. Bull. Calif. 
Insect Survey 4(3):73-102, 1957. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 75c. 

This latest contribution to our knowledge of the California insect fauna 
treats the 17 species and subspecies of social wasps (Vespinae and Polistinae) 
known from that state. As is customary in this useful series, there are keys 
to the genera and species, numerous figures and maps, and an abundance of 
distributional records.——Karu V. KroMBEIN, Entomology Research Division, U. S. 
Department of Agriculture. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 163 


A NEW SPECIES OF CULISETA (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) FROM 
NORTH AMERICA! 
A. RALPH BARR 
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas 


In identifying mosquitoes in Minnesota the author became aware 
that Culiseta Corsitans (Theobald) was being taken abundantly in 
light traps in the early spring. Since only overwintered mosquitoes 
were being taken at this time the appearance of morsitans seemed 
odd; this species is reported to overwinter in the larval and not in 
the adult stage. When these female mosquitoes were compared with 
specimens of morsitans, it was apparent that the females were of a 
different species. The author’s wife Sylvia first separated the males 
of the two species. A description of the female follows : 


Culiseta minnesotae new species 

Adult female. Head.—Antenna with about 15 segments including torus and 
ringlike proximal segment; somewhat longer than proboscis; torus light reddish 
brown with small dorso-medial patch of elongate, dark scales; flagellum dark with 
light pubescence and a whorl of a half dozen or so dark bristles at base of each 
segment; basal segment of flagellum with the whorl at middle and with an extra 
group of bristles proximally. Palps about a quarter the length of the proboscis, 
clothed with darkish brown scales, appearing somewhat paler at the tip. Proboscis 
about as long as tibia of fore leg, with dark scaling (about the color of that of 
the palps) but with a sprinkling of pale ones medially and particularly ventrally 
so that the proboscis is definitely lighter in the middle but lacks a distinct pale 
band. Vertex with dark, erect scales and narrow, silvery, appressed ones, the 
latter becoming more abundant on the sides of the head; there is a group of dark 
bristles bordering the eyes from one side of the head to the other, the bristles being 
more numerous dorsally between the eyes. 


Thorax.—Mesonotum. Integument dark brown with a pair of lighter, reddish- 
brown stripes in the middle, the two stripes rather narrowly separated by a darker 
brown stripe. Vestiture of tiny, narrow, recumbent, coppery brown seales, and 
with lines of dark bristles anteriorly, laterally, and medially, which become much 
larger posteriorly. Somewhat posterior of the middle of the mesonotum and lying 
lateral of the two mesonotal lines are a pair of patches of silvery scales; posterior 
of each of these is a line of silvery scales extending to the antescutellar space. 
There are additional silvery scales in a patch between these two lines and on the 
sides of the posterior third of the mesonotum. Secutellum with many large, dark 
bristles, and a few narrow, pale scales. Anterior pronotal lobe with dark bristles 
and a few long, narrow, pale seales. Posterior pronotum with small, narrow, 
recumbent, dark scales, a few pale ones on the ventral margin and a row of dark 
bristles posteriorly. Propleuron with many bristles and clothed with pale scales. 
The sclerite ventral of the post-pronotum is bare exeept for a patch of pale 


1Contribution No. 931 from the Department of Entomology, University of 
Kansas. 


164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


scales posteriorly. Spiracular bristles present. Dorsal part of sternopleuron well 
bristled dorsally (pre-alars) and with a patch of bristles (upper sternopleurals ) 
and pale seales ventrally. Ventral portion of sternopleuron with a patch of nar- 
row, elongate, pale scales and a line of bristles (lower sternopleurals) posteriorly. 
Mesepimeron with a patch of pale scales medially and a patch of bristles in its 
upper part (upper mesepimerals), as well as a line of about three larger bristles 
(lower mesepimerals) anteriorly in the lower portion. 

Wing.—Wing scales brownish for the most part; a few lighter ones on the basal 
half of the costa. The apical half or third of the costa has a fringe of distinctly 
pale or yellowish seales. There is a slight concentration of scales at the base of 
the third longitudinal vein (Ri,;). Halteres brownish; knobs somewhat darker 
than the stems and densely clothed with pale scales. 

Legs.—Coxa of fore leg well bristled and scaled, the scales bemg dark but 
becoming pale dorso-posteriorly. Coxae of mid and hind legs also with bristles 
and pale scales. Femora dark sealed above (or anteriorly) and pale scaled below 
(or posteriorly), with definite white knee spots; dark portions with a light sprin- 
kling of pate scales. Tibiae with dark and pale scales, more in lines than being 
intermingled; in general with pale scales posteriorly and dark ones anteriorly but 
with a line of pale seales down the middle of the dark anterior portion. Tarsi in 
general dark-scaled but with lines of pale ones particularly on the posterior surface 
of the basitarsi, and with rings of pale seales basally on the segments as well as 
at the tips of the immediately preceding segments. These rings occur principally 
between the first and second, and the second and third segments of the tarsi, but 
one or two smaller ones may also be evident on the hind tarsi. 

Abdomen.—Medial portions of the tergites with brown scales, basal and apical 
margins largely pale scaled. The pale seales are not white but are of a dingy 
yellowish or light brownish color. First tergite with apical medial patch of pale 
scales. Tergite of second segment with apical band of pale scales interrupted 
medially, and with scattered pale scales on the rest of the sclerite. Tergites of 
segments 5 to 7 with broad bands of pale scales basally and apically, tending to 
be interrupted on the median line, particularly on the apical band. The pale bands 
do not have distinct edges but rather grade into the darker, median, transverse 
portions of the tergites. Tergites of eighth segment extensively pale scaled. 
Venter of abdomen largely but unevenly pale sealed. 


Holotype. Female taken May 4, 1953, by the author in a light trap 
near the greenhouse at Olcott Park, City of Virginia, St. Louis 
County, Minnesota (U. S. Natl. Mus. Type No. 62409). 

The author has designated a series of 62 females as paratypes, 11 
of which have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum under 
the same number as the holotype. The remainder are in the collection 
of the University of Minnesota and in the personal collection of the 
author. The paratypes are from Vireinia, St. Louis Co., Minn. : Itasea 
State Park, Clearwater Co.. Minn.. and Hennepin Co. (Crystal Bay 
area), Minn. The dates on thece specimens are April 19 and 28; May 
4 to 7, 9, 10, 23 to 26, and 28; June 29: Sept. 13. 15, 17, 18 eand 
October 1. Most, if not all, appear to have been taken in light traps 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 165 


and appear to be females which were either entering or leaving 
hibernation, 

The female of minnesotae appears to be unique among North Amer- 
ican Culisetas by virtue of the pecuhar banding of the abdomen, the 
bands covering the apical portion of one segment and the basal portion 
of the next. Other interesting characters are the pale scales of the 
proboscis which are occasionally so conspicuous that the proboscis 
appears to be ringed; the pale markings of the mesonotum; the pale 
scaling on the anterior edge of the costa which is sometimes seen only 
on the outer part of the wing but often is found on the entire costa; 
the rather indefinite concentration of scales at the base of Ry.5; and 
the pale tarsal bands which cover the apex of one segment and the 
base of the next. The clump of scales at the base of Ry.; 1s sometimes 
distinct but often not so. There occasionally appear to be similar 
ageregations at the base of the radial sector, at the branching of 
Rois, and at the branching of the medial vein, but these spots are even 
less distinct than the one at the base of Ry.;5. These concentrations of 
scales should be further studied in perfect specimens. The two reddish 
brown mesonotal stripes of the holotype are usually evident only when 
the specimen is shehtly rubbed. 

All of the females of ‘‘Culiseta morsitans’’ from Minnesota in the 
University of Minnesota collection pertain to minnesotae, including a 
series identified by Owen (1937); there are no females of imorsitans 
from Minnesota in the collection. It would appear that most previous 
records of morsitans from Minnesota pertain to minnesotae. 

Thompson (1953) mentions a form resembling morsitans that he 
took in Nebraska (and has been taken in Boston). This form has 
apical but not basal bands on the tergites. In a letter to the author 
(June 1953) Thompson stated that it is not the same as the presently 
described species. 

The description of morsitans females by Stage ef al. (1952) pertains 
at least in part to minnesotae (‘*...Abdomen brown-sealed with scat- 
tered yellowish-white scales, most heavily concentrated along the 
apices and bases of segments, or these may occasionally form basal 
pale bands only ...’’). These authors illustrate the male genitalia of 
minnesotae under the name morsitans. 

Male.—Males of both minnesotae and morsitans are commonly taken 
in light traps in Minnesota. The author can separate them only by 
the male terminaha. The terminalia of worsitans (illustrated on next 
page) are as figured from eastern specimens by many authors (e.g., 
Carpenter and LaCasse 1955). The terminalia of minnesotae (illus- 
trated on next page) have been figured by Stage ef al. (1952) from 
western specimens. It appears likely that minnesotae is a western re- 
placement of morsitans. 

The appearance of the adult male is as follows: Antenna plumose on basal two 
thirds, apical third with short hairs. Palps dark brown with about 4 pale or 
definitely white rings, the penultimate and antepenultimate segments with many 


166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


long hairs; about one-third again as long as the proboscis. Proboscis dark but 
with a sprinkling of pale scales. Abdominal tergites with definite, basal, white 
bands covering the anterior third to half of the tergite. Eighth segment with 
dorsal selerite (sternite) extensively covered with white scales. Sternites for the 
most part pale scaled basally and dark scaled apically but with posterior sternites 
(ineluding tergite of eighth segment) largely pale-scaled. Wings with little or 
no pale scaling on costal margin; concentration of scales at base of Ras? usually 
not evident. Legs with fewer pale scales than in the female. 

Terminalia.—The terminalia of minnesota are similar to those of 
morsitans but differ in the shape of the aedeagus, as can be seen in 
the illustrations below. 


SYSTEMATIC POSITION 
It would appear that minnesotae is closely related to morsitans but 
the species cannot be assigned to a subgenus with certainty until 
larvae have been examined. The author has not yet collected immature 
stages” of this species. 


Left: Culiseta minnesotae. Right: C. morsitans. 


BIOLOGY 
The larvae would be expected to oceur in semi-permanent marshes. 
Females, but no males, were taken in a light trap at Virginia, Minn., 
from May 2 to 7, 1953, along with females of Anopheles earlet, Culiseta 
mornata, and Culex territans (=apicalis auct.). All appeared to be 


“Currently being described by Dr. Roger Price at the University of Minnesota. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 167 


old, overwintered females. This would suggest that minnesotae hiber- 
nates as an adult female and not as a larva, as has been suggested for 
morsitans. In these light-trap collections, Aedes adults first appeared 
on May 9, which was consistent with the larval survey. No males of 
Anopheles, Culex, or Culiseta were taken until June 10, when an 
mornata male was captured. Adults have not been taken in hand 
catches. 


Distribution.—In Minnesota females have been tentatively identi- 
fied from Lake, St. Louis, Beltrami, Clearwater, Polk, and Hennepin 
Counties. Males have thus far been identified from Blue Earth (Man- 
kato) as well as Beltrami (Bemidji), Clearwater, and Hennepin Coun- 
ties. The species appears to be present also in the Pacific northwest. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


The author would like to express his thanks to Dr. Alan Stone, of 
the U. 8. National Museum, for comparing females of minnesotae with 
those of morsitans and parodites and for his many helpful suggestions, 
and to Sylvia Barr for preparing the illustrations and for her advice 
and criticism. 


REFERENCES 

Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America. Univ. 
Calif. Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles. vi + 360 + 127 pl. 

Owen, W. B. 1937. The mosquitoes of Minnesota, with special reference to their 
biologies. Minn Uniy., Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. 126, 75 pp. 

Stage, H. H., Gjullin, C. M., and Yates, W. W. 1952. Mosquitoes of the North- 
western States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Hndbk. 146, 95 pp. 

Thompson, G. A. 1953. Cherchez 1’homme. Mosq. News, 13:3. 


A MAYFLY GYNANDROMORPH 
LEWIS BERNER, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville. 


While working through a large series of Hexagenia adults collected 
at the Pearl River, Lawrence County, Miss., on August 16, 1954, I 
was attracted to one with a most unusual color pattern. Closer ex- 
amination revealed that the specimen was a gynandromorph. As 
there are only two species, Hexagenia bilineata (Say) and H. munda 
elegans Traver, present in the collection, I am referring the gynan- 
dromorph to elegans. This reference is justified on the basis of the 
wing pattern and the structure of the genitalia. 

This odd individual represents the first gynandromorph reported in 
the family Ephemeridae. As there are relatively few mayfly abbera- 
tions known, I felt that this additional find should be brought to the 
attention of entomologists. 

The specimen (Figs. 1-4) is predominantly female. The wings have 
the typical maculation of this sex, lacking the dark coloration of the 


168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., voL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Hexagenia munda elegans gynandromorph.—Fig. 1, Right side; fig. 2, left 
side; fig. 3, dorsal aspect; fig. 4, ventral aspect. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 169 


coastal border found in the male. The eyes are small and widely 
separated, as is true of females of this genus, and the fore legs are 
relatively short as in a normal female. The color pattern of the legs 
and the abdomen is a mixture of the male and female patterns, with 
the right side beine predominantly male and the left mostly female, 
although on neither side is the coloration typical. The distribution of 
pigment on the legs and on the abdomen is shown in the figures. In 
a normal male the color of the thoracic venter is uniform and on both 
dorsum and venter of the abdomen it is much darker and more heavily 
emphasized than in the female. Here there is a mixture. 

The genitalia are incomplete. There is a perfectly formed penis 
and clasper on the right side, whereas on the left side the male organs 
are completely lacking. Tails are malelike. No study of the internal 
anatomy has been made, although the specimen is still virtually in- 
tact. It is hoped that a histological examination can be made in the 
future. 


AN UNDESCRIBED APTEROUS ARADID FROM THE PHILIPPINES 


(HEMIPTERA.) 
Cart J. Drakn, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 


This paper characterizes a new species of apterous aradid from the 
Philippine Islands. Sineularly enough, the specimens were found in 
the mouth and stomach of a preserved frog (Rana m. leyensis) 
collected on Julo Island in the Sulu Islands. As the specimens (1 male 
and 2 females) are in almost perfect state of preservation, it seems 
fairly certain that the aradids must have been snapped up by the 
frog shortly before the frog@ itself was caught, killed, and preserved. 
Apterous aradids, both adults and nymphs, have been collected on 
several occasions in the ground litter of natural forest growth by 
means of a Berlese funnel. Although these insects generally live 
beneath the loose bark of trunks and branches of dead and decaying 
trees, biotic conditions oftentimes are quite favorable for them to 
breed and multiply in the deeayine surface litter on the forest floor. 

As the new species of aradid falls into the Genus Acaricoris Harris 
& Drake, our present conception of the zoogeography of the range 
and distribution of genera is thus disrupted and will need to be modi- 
fied as more forms are discovered. Up to the present writing, the 
genus Acaricoris has been represented solely by the genotype from 
the Gulf States, though I have another undescribed species from the 
West Indies. 

In addition to the above material from the Philippines, Dr. H. 8. 
Dybas, of the Chicago Natural History Museum, has also kindly per- 
mitted me to study several specimens of an undescribed species 


170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


which he had recently sorted out of ground litter from the palm and 
oak forest of Highlands Hammond State Park, Fla. April 15, 1955, 
with the aid of a Berlese funnel. The species was breeding in the 
eround litter, as nymphs (four different instars) outnumbered the 
Imagoes. Specimens of A. ignotus have been taken in the states of 
Louisiana, Mississippi, and Georgia. 

In all the measurements given in the following description, 80 units 
equals 1 millimeter. 


Acaricoris dybasi, n. sp. 


Body obovate, reddish fuscous, widest near middle of abdomen, narrowed 
anteriorly, often coated with an incrustation, without lateral lobes or other modifi- 
cations. Head with median longitudinal length nearly equal to width across eyes 
(50:56), strongly narrowed posteriorly behind eyes, with a prominent granulose 
swelling just behind each eye, each granule of which bears a short, recumbent, 
setalike, white hair; juga extending a little in front of tylus, there divergent; 
eyes small, pale, granular; labium short, not reaching to base of channel; channel 
wide, not reaching to base of head; antenniferous tubercles sharply conical, 
divergent anteriorly. Antennae dark brown, with segment I swollen and terminal 
segment pubescent on apical third; segment I, 35; II, 18; III, 30; IV, 25. Legs 
short, dark brown. 

Thorax slowly widened posteriorly, with broad median logitudinal part behind 
pronotum depressed, flattened, smooth, shining, and raised behind, with outer 
third of all thoracic divisions longitudinally roughened and ridged; lateral margins 
a little granulate; mesonotum and metanotum fused, without any sign of trans- 
verse suture'on smooth median part; first two abdominal tergites also fused with 
metanotum, the transverse ridge behind metanotum interrupted at middle. Abdo- 
men above with tergites III, IV, and V fused and ridged on median longitudinal 
line, with the usual impressions and ridges; tergite VI separated from V by a 
transverse suture; connexival segments distinct, separated from abdominal tergites 
and each other by sutures, except the first three segments fused. Body beneath 
with meso- and metasternum and first two ventrites fused, ventrites III, IV, 
and WV distinguishable and sutured off from each other. Spiracles lateral, all 
plainly visible from dorsal aspeet, II to VI (inclusive) situated on top of tiny 
lateral swellings, VIT on a larger lateral swelling, VIII on the apical end of a 
short, posterior, fingerlike projection of genital segment. 


Type (male) and allotype (female): Jola Island, Sulu Islands, 
Philippine Islands, both removed from the mouth and stomach of a 
preserved frog (Rana m. leytensis), in the collection of the Chicago 
Museum of Natural History. Paratype: one specimen, found in the 
stomach of the same frog as the type. The aradids were found during 
the process of studying the contents of the stomach after the frogs 
were shipped to Chicago. The allotype and paratype both have the 
last two antennal segments missing. 

This apterous aradid is similar in form, size, and general aspect 
to the American Acaricoris ignotus, but can be easily separated from 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 171 


it by the longer antennae, grandular swelling just back of each eye, 
feebly elevated lateral spiracles, and the smooth, depressed, median, 
longitudinal part of the fused mesometanotum, which is without any 
trace of a transverse suture. In ignotus the fused part of the meso- 
metanotum bears several low, narrow, longitudinal ridges. 


TWO OVERLOOKED SOURCES OF TYPE DESIGNATIONS FOR GENERA 
Curtis W. Sasrosky, Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


Two recently noted sources of type-species designations are called 
to the attention of taxonomists. The designations appear to have been 
generally overlooked, although possibly known to some workers but 
antedated by other designations and hence left unrecorded. At least 
the books have not been mentioned in a sample that I have examined 
of comprehensive papers dealing with type species of a large number 
of genera, including Blackwelder (1952) on the beetle family Staphy- 
linidae, Hemming (1934) on the Holaretic butterflies, Muesebeck and 
Walkley (1956) on the hymenopterous superfamily Proctotrupoidea, 
Sandhouse (1943) on the bees, and Stone (1941) on the dipterous 
genera of Meigen (1800 and 1803). 

(1) Blanchard, Emile. 1845. Histoire des Insectes, traitant de leurs 
moeurs et de leurs métamorphoses en général, et comprenant une 
nouvelle classification fondée sur leurs rapports naturels. 2 vols. Paris, 
Didot, 398 and 524 pp. The two volumes, bound as 1 and 2 on insects, 
form numbers 8 and 9 of Comte’s ‘*‘Traité complet d’histoire natur- 
elle’’ (13 vols.). The first volume on insects contains Hymenoptera 
and Coleoptera (part), the second the remainder of the Coleoptera 
plus ten other orders. In point of time, this work comes between two 
other publications by Blanchard, in 1840 and 1849, which are often 
cited as original sources for type designations. 

(2) Chenu, J. C., and collaborators. 1851-61. Encyclopédie d’his- 
toire naturelle. Paris, Marescq et Co. Insects are treated in 3 volumes 
on Coleoptera (1851-60, with E. Desmarest), 2 on Lepidoptera (1853- 
57, with H. Lueas), and 1 on ‘‘ Annelés’’ (annulate animals) (1859, 
with E. Desmarest). The last volume (312 pp.) contains 12 orders 
of insects, as well as myriapods, arachnids, and some non-arthropods. 
IT am not sure that the volumes on Lepidoptera contain any type 
designations, but many were quickly noticed in the 3 volumes on 
Coleoptera and that on ‘‘ Annelés.’’ The wording of the introductions 
signed by Desmarest leads me to believe that the authorship of these 
4 volumes should be credited to Desmarest, rather than to Chenu, or 
to Chenu and Desmarest. For each of the insect volumes there is a 
‘“Table alphabétique’’ prepared by Desmarest, giving all vernacular 
names used and their equivalent scientific names. 

The designations, although often buried in the text, are clear and 
unequivocal, in such expressions as ‘‘le type du genre,’ “‘ayant pour 


type le... .’’ ‘‘le type est... ,’’ and ‘‘comme type, nous nommerons 


172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


le... .’’? Types are not cited for all included generic names, but a 
considerable number are involved. For example, in the order Diptera, 
type species are cited for 22 genera by Blanchard (1845) and for 27 
genera by Desmarest (1859). 

In the dipterous genera, there is fortunately little to disturb 
existing nomenclature, and it is to be hoped that this will also be 
true for other groups. Because many of the genera were common 
and well known, their types had usually been designated earler 
by Latreille, Curtis, or Westwood, and almost always the same species 
was cited by Blanchard or Desmarest, or else the genera were mono- 
basic. In two cases in Desmarest, the designations lone antedate 
those presently accepted, but they are invalid because the species were 
not originally included. In two other instances, however, valid type 
designations in Desmarest antedate by fifty years those now recog- 
nized. The most prominent genus involved is Cuterebra, whose type 
was designated by Desmarest as ‘‘C. cuniculi Fabr.’’ (=Oestrus 
cuniculi Clark), luckily the same species designated by Coquillett in 
1910, a half century later. A possibly troublesome problem in another 
family is being studied further. 


NOTES ON THE ANYSTIDAE WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS 
AND SPECIES, ADAMYSTIS DONNAE, AND A NEW SUBFAMILY, 
ADAMYSTINAE (ACARINA)! 

By FREDERICK CUNLIFFE, Kansas Wesleyan University, Salina, Kansas 

The family Anystidae has been characterized as having a palpal 
thumb-claw complex, chelicerae hinged posteriorly so that they are 
free to move laterally, and movable chelae hooked, distal, and not 
opposed to the fixed che'ace. The long, prominent palpal thumb or 
tarsus and the hooklike distal movable chela have been used as key 
characters to distinguish the Anystidae from the other members of the 
Anystoidea (Teneriffiidae, “—Pseudocheylidae, and Pterygosomidae). 
Also, such characters as the setation of the lees and the body, the coxal 
arrangements, and the structure of the tarsi and tarsal claws and 
pulvilli, the peritremes, and genitalia differentiate the Anystidae from 
the others. Baker and Wharton (1952) state that no genital dises 
are present, but examination by the phase microscope revealed two 
pairs of dises in both sexes. 

Two undescribed species of mites have been found which apparently 
belong to the Anystidae. They constitute a new genus, the Adamystis. 
This genus is differentiated from all others in having a simple palpus 
without the thumb-claw complex. The body and lee setal patterns are 
also more simplified. Perhaps the genus may eventually form the 
basis for another family, but until more groups are found and studied 
it is thought best to leave it in the Anystidae, but in a separate sub- 
family. Oudemans (1936) divided the Anystidae into two subfamilies, 


1A contribution of the Pinellas Biological Laboratory, Ine. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 te 


es) 


the Anystinae with the coxae contiguous and the legs radiating, and 
the Erythracarinae with coxae I-IT and III-IV in separate groups and 
with the first two pairs of legs pointing anteriorly and the last two 
pairs pointing posteriorly. The palps of both subfamilies have a thumb- 
claw complex. This new genus is here considered to constitute a new 
subfamily, the Adamystinae, distinguished from the others in having 
simple palpi without the thumb-claw complex and in having contigu- 
ous coxae and an elongate body. The simplified palpal arrangement 
(fig. 3) is not a sudden transition from a strong thumb-claw complex 
as found in the genus Bechsteimia (fig. 9), as a weak but definite one 
is to be found in the genera Anystis and Walzia (fig. 8). It might be 
appropriate here to mention that much work remains to be done at the 
generic and specific levels in the Anystidae. Descriptions are vague 
and synonyms appear to be inevitable. 


ADAMYSTINAE, new subfamily 
With the tarsal claws, empodia, chelicerae, peritremes, and genitalia of the 
Anystidae. With simple palpi, contiguous coxae and radiating legs, and elongate 
body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield; striae found only later- 
ally and ventrally. 


ADAMYSTIS, new genus 


Palpus without thumb-claw complex, the tarsus terminal to tibia, thus differ- 
ing from all other genera in the family. Chelicerae with single dorsal seta, mov- 
able chela distal, hook-like. Peritreme external, but lying under anterior fold 
of body. Dorsum of body with two pairs of eyes; entire dorsum covered by a 
smooth shield, with short setae. Genital opening posterior, lying in a genital plate 
or non-striated area, surrounded by striae. Coxae contiguous, legs radiating, body 
elongate. 


Adamystis donnae, new species 

Palpus 4-segmented, the basal segment without setae, the others as figured 
(fig. 3). Chelicerae typical for the family (fig. 7). Peritremes and anterior lobe 
lying beneath fold of body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield 
with short stout setae (fig. 1); with 2 pairs of eyes present anteriorly and dor- 
sally. Ventrally, the genital opening les in a smooth plate surrounded by fine 
striations; the number of genital setae appears to vary between 12 and 14 pairs 
between individuals and sexes; the para-anals vary between 7 and 8 pairs. The 
ventral body and leg setae are arranged as figured (fig. 2). The coxae are con- 
tiguous; tarsal claws are rayed and the empodium claw-like; leg setae are fewer 
and weaker than in the known genera, and rodlike sensory setae are numerous 
on both tarsus I and II (figs. 4 and 6). The male holotype (figured) is 5744 long 
and 319 wide. The female is 700u long and 434 wide. Both sexes are similar. 

The holotype, U. S. National Museum No. 2326, and 13 paratypes 
(3 males and 10 females) are deposited in the U. 8S. National Museum. 
They were collected from lodgepole pine cones, Tahoe City, California, 
July 23, 1948, by E. Cott and S. F. Bailey, of the University of Cali- 
fornia at Davis. 


174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, aucuST, 1957 


SES 


SALA, 


Adamystis donnae, new species.—Fig. 1, dorsum of male; fig. 2, venter of male; 
fig. 3, palpus; fig. 4, tarsus and tibia 1; Adamystis sp.—Fig. 5, palpus; fig. 6, 
tarsus and tibia I; detail of tarsus I; fig. 7, chelicera ; Walzia sp.—Fig. 8, palpus; 
Bechsteinia sp.—Fig. 9, palpus. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 We 


ou 


A single specimen of a related mite was collected at Duke Univer- 
sity from pine needle duff June 22, 1953, by Andrew Spielman, now 
with the U. 8S. Navy. The condition of the mount is such that detailed 
description and figures are difficult to give. The mite is similar to 
the California species, differing principally in having a seta on the 
basal segment of the palpus (fig. 5) and in possessing lens-like organs 
on the lateral and posterior margins of the body—6 pairs surround 
the anal opening. No name is given to this species but it is mentioned 
here to strenethen the erection of the new genus. 


REFERENCES 
Baker, E. W., and G. W. Wharton. 1952. An introduction to acarology. Mae- 
millan, New York. 
Cunliffe, F. 1955. A proposed classification of the trombidiforme mites (Acarina). 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 209-218. 
Oudemans, A. C. 1936. Neues iiber Anystidae (Acari). Archiv. f. Naturgesch. 
(n. s.) 5: 364-446. 


A NEW GARGAPHIA FROM FLORIDA 
(HEMIPTERA: TINGIDAE ) 
RoLanp F. Hussey, Biology Department, University of Florida, Gainesville 


Through the courtesy of Mr. Harold A. Denmark, of the Department 
of Entomology, State Plant Board of Florida, I have been privileged 
to examine some collections of Hemiptera from various parts of the 
state. Among these were two specimens of the new species described 
here. The locality from which they come is in northwestern Florida, 
less than a mile from the southwestern corner of the State of Georeia. 


Gargaphia sororia, new species 

Length 4.05 mm., maximum width across hemelytra 1.76 mm., across discoidal 
area 1.66 mm., across paranota 1.17 mm. 

Cephalic spines nearly as in G. amorphae (Walsh), basal spines more nearly 
horizontal and very slightly longer than the median one, median spine oblique, 
not surpassing tips of the rather short frontal spines which are contiguous at tips 
and do not reach middle of first antennal segment. Lengths of antennal segments 
I-IV = 31:14:163:45, first two segments heavily infuseated, nearly black, third 
segment brown, fourth segment black, first segment one-fourth longer than verti- 
cal height of an eye (31:25),1 third segment much longer than transverse width 
of pronotum across paranota (163:117). Hood about as long as its height above 
dorsal margin of eye (31:33). 

Paranota more nearly vertical than in G. amorphae but formed much as in that 
species, rather evenly rounded at sides, with four rows of cells at widest part, the 
veinlets mostly brown or brownish piceous, cells hyaline. Median carina of pro- 
notum seareely higher than lateral carinae, these not extending forward quite 
as far as posterior end of hood. 


1All comparative measurements are expressed in hundredths of a millimeter. 


176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Costal area of hemelytra with four rows of fairly large cells at its widest 
part, and with four rows of smaller cells opposite discoidal area; veinlets piceous 
to black opposite apical half of discoidal area and enclosing lightly embrowned 
cells, so as to form a fairly distinct transverse fascia which attains costal mar- 
gin; veinlets of apical third or more of hemelytra less heavily embrowned, their 
cells entirely hyaline; veinlets on short basal part of costal area and on its 
middle portion largely pale. Subcostal area biseriate from base to middle of 
hemelytron, uniseriate beyond that point, but with an occasional extra interpo- 
‘ated cell in region of transverse fascia. Discoidal area two fifths as long as 
hemelytra (112:280), its apical angle strongly displaced outwardly, as in G. 
amorphae, its widest part with four rows of cells about equal in size to those 
of adjacent subcostal area. Pronotum (except apical part of posterior process), 
subcostal area in part, discoidal area (except middle portion), and body be- 
neath, black or piceous. Legs brown, apical segment of tarsi black. 

Apparently nearest allhed to G. amorphae (Walsh, 1864), but of 
somewhat more slender form and distinctly darker coloration, with 
the first two antennal segments brownish black to blac k, and with the 
transverse fascia on the costal area more distinct. In G. amorphae the 
more oblique position of the paranota makes the transverse width 
across then nearly equal to the leneth of the third antennal segment 
(140:159), the subcostal area is triseriate over that portion which is 
biseriate in the present species, and the discoidal area is nearly half as 
lone as the hemelytra (127:271). 

The black first antennal segment causes this new species to run to 
G. solani Heid. in the keys of Drake (1917, Ent. News 28: 227) and 
Blatchley (1926, Heter. E. N. Amer. 473). It is very distinct from 
that species, which has the paranota much more widely expanded, 
with subaneularly rounded lateral margins, so that the transverse 
width across them is distinctly greater than the leneth of the third 
antennal seement (174: 152) 

In Gibson’s key (1919, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 45: 190) G. sororia, 
n. sp. runs to couplet 6, but does not fit either alternative there since 
the discoidal area is plainly less than half as lone as the hemelytra 
but is much wider than the subcostal area. 

Holotype ¢: Gadsden County, Florida, 1 August 1956 (F. W. 
Mead), in University of Florida collections. Paratype ¢ : Same data 
as type, in collection of State Plant Board of Florida. Mr. Mead 
informs me that these two specimens were collected by sweeping mis- 
cellaneous vegetation on the narrow flood plain of the Apalachicola 
River at Chattahoochee, Florida. The host plant was not identified. 


TEE £PREAD OF CATORHINTHA MENDICA STAL 
(COREIDAR, HEMIPTERA ) 


W. V. BALbuF, University of Illinois, Urbana. ‘ 

Catorhintha mendica Stal (1870) is of interest here first for the 
manner in which it has extended its range within its native North 
America, and second because the study of its spread indicates the 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.; VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUS. 1937 


kinds of evidences that may be applicable in investigations of intra- 
continental distribution of other insects also. 

Evidences are given below which show that C. mendica was indi- 
genous to the Great Plains of North America but has now spread 
eastward almost, or possibly quite, to the Atlantic Coast. 

This bug is more than ordinarily favorable for a consideration of the 
time, direction, and means of spread than some others, because it 
appears to be monophagous, at least from Illinois eastward, where 
most of my observations were made. Therefore, information about 
the source and subsequent spread of its food plant affords data that 
apply to the dispersal of the bug itself. The indicated food plant is 
a species of Nyctaginaceae,—Mirabilis nyctaginea (Michx.) (Syn- 
onyms: Oxybaphus n., Allionia n.). 

The basic questions involved in this investigation of the intra- 
continental spread of Catorhintha mendica are: (1) What were the 
borderlines of its original or native geographical range, (2) the 
agencies that implemented its dispersal, and (3) the period of time 
of the dispersal? 


Mirabilis nyctaginea 


Center of Distribution. Whereas M. nyctaginea now occurs more 
or less generally from the Rocky Mountains to the Atlantic Coast, it 
was confined to much narrower limits until white settlers occupied 
the western part of the Mississippi drainage basin. The data from 
correspondence and the literature leave lttle doubt that the plant 
was originally restricted to the Great Plains. Typical of evidences 
on this point are the following instances. The Major S. H. Long 
expedition up the Missouri found it in Nebraska in the first decade 
of the 19th century (James, 1825). Nuttall (1818) reported it as 
common ‘‘on the Alluvions of the Missouri,’’ and it was discovered 
by botanists associated with Lewis and Clark in 1806 on their explora- 
tions up the Missouri river into and beyond the Dakotas (Pursh, 
1807 : Thwaites, 1904). 

Researches by Gilmore (1911, 1913), Densmore, (1918) and other 
ethnologists provided the information that M. nyctaginea was well 
known and widely used for medicinal and other purposes by the 
Indians of Teton Dakota, Oglala Dakota, and the Omaha, Ponca, and 
Pawnee of Nebraska. This fact indicates that this plant lived for 
centuries in the areas of these tribes, and also constitutes a type of 
evidence that it was native in the Great Plains. 

Not only have contemporary botanists of the Plains declared 
M. nyctaginea to be native there, but also the nature of the habitats 
described in the literature of that area stronely indicate it is indi- 
genous: such as ‘‘rocky riverbank,’’ ‘‘waste hillsides,’’ ‘‘erassy 
slopes,’’ ‘‘virgin prairie,’’ ‘‘grassy butte,’’ ‘‘banks of sloughs,’’ and 
‘“wooded bluffs.’’ 

There is evidence that M. nyctaginea. was native also in the western 


178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


parts of Illinois, or even so far eastward as the Ilhnois River valley. 
Mead (1846) found it along the banks of the Mississippi River, and 
Patterson (1876) had it from the sandy river banks and barrens at 
Oquawka, in adjacent Henderson county. Gleason (1910) reported 
its occurrence in sandy areas at Havana, Quincy, and Dixon. The 
Missouri Botanical Gardens has specimens taken before 1843 by 
Charles Geyer at Beardstown on the Illinois, and Brendel (1887) 
found it on banks and in fence rows at Peoria. 

In addition to the above positive indications that M. nyctaginea is 
native from western Illinois westward, there is even more convincing 
evidence of a negative sort that shows it originated in the Great 
Plains. The earliest botanical surveys made in America show the food 
plant of Catorhintha mendica was lacking in eastern [lhnois and the 
states to the east. This is clear from the publications of Pursh (1807), 
Nuttall (1818), Barton (1818), Brace (1822), Torrey (1824, 1943) 
and Bigelow (1824). Kellerman (1900) and Schaffner (1914) reported 
the plant as infrequent in Ohio and introduced from the west. 

In a personal communication, Dr. C. C. Deam, veteran botanist of 
indiana, informed me that none of the local floras of his state listed 
M. ngctaginea before 1900. Likewise, the botanical reports of Short 
(1845), Lapham (1857), Bebb (1858, 1860), and Babcock (1872) 
concerning eastern Illinois do not include it. 

From the above positive and negative indications, it 1s more than 
probable that MW. nyctaginea was indigenous to the vast territory 
bounded on the south by Texas, the west by the Rocky Mountains, 
the north by Manitoba, and the east by the Mississippi, or perhaps 
the Illinois River. 

Agencies of Dispersal. However, M. nyctaginea now occurs widely 
in eastern Illinois, in Indiana and Ohio, and in states east of Ohio. 
What then were the means whereby it was enabled to spread beyond 
its original borders? Annotated herbarial specimens, published floral 
lists, and personal field notes combine to show that this species occurs 
predominantly on the rights-of-way of railroads, in freight yards, and 
about feeding stations. This fact identifies freight cars loaded with 
surplus agricultural products from the west as the obvious and 
principal vehicles of dispersal. Moreover, I have observed that it is 
very largely the east-west roads that link the agricultural midwest 
and the large populational centers of the east, which have transported 
the plant eastward. 

The nature of the evidence that involves railroads as the agencies 
of dispersal is illustrated herewith. Pepoon (1927) reported MW. nycta- 
ginea as then being very common about Chicago in the sand and gravel 
ballast of railroads, and added that it ‘‘does not seem to grow in other 
habitats.’’. For Indiana, Deam (1940) described it as ‘‘infrequent 
to frequent in railroad ballast throughout the state—more frequent 
before the right-of-ways were kept clean.’’ Also correspondence with 
curators of herbaria in eastern universities showed that their samples 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 179 


of nyctaginea originated chiefly along railroads. In eastern Illinois, 
Dr. A. G. Vestal, University of Ilhnois, found it only along railroads 
in 25 years of field work. In 1945 it was present on all northern 
tlhnois railroads where I searched for it, and in 1942 I discovered it 
in several widely separated counties in Indiana and Ohio. 

Dates of Introduction. Two prerequisites were necessary to the 
outward movement of J. nyctaginea from the Great Plains to the 
older, more densely populated centers east of Ohio—the prairies had 
to be subjected to the plow for the production of crops, and man- 
made means of transportine the agricultural surpluses had to be 
developed. These two conditions began to coexist in the decade of 
1850-1860 when, according to Petersen (1937), the ferries over the 
Mississippi River from Illinois to Iowa were busy day and night 
transporting farmers from the east. Likewise, steamers on the river 
were jammed between 1850 and 1871 with future settlers for 
Minnesota. 

The Illinois-Michigan canal opened in 1848 and was the first 
artificial means of east-west transportation in the I]limnois-lowa area. 
It linked the Great Plains with the Great Lakes, and thereby estab- 
lished a continuous waterway to the Erie canal, the Hudson, and the 
Atlantic. The volume of goods carried on the canal increased until 
1882 (Coard, 1941). Before that year, some excess farm produce was 
being moved eastward from Iowa and adjacent areas, hence the canal 
may have performed an early minor role in the spread of M. nycta- 
ginea. 

But railroads were the main means of spread. The Michigan 
Southern, later a component of the New York Central from New York 
to Chicago, entered the breezy city in 1850. At the same time the 
Chicago and Rock Island line pushed west parallel to the I-M canal, 
and was the first railroad to bridge the Mississippi River, an event 
of 1855. However, railroads permeated the new agricultural region 
of the Mississippi basin largely after 1860. The decade following 
1880 was the era of great railroad construction in America (Conger, 
1932). This, with the fact that seven-eighths of the agricultural 
surpluses produced in 1879 north of Arkansas crossed the river on 
rails between St. Louis and St. Paul (Dixon, 1909), indicates that 
the dispersal of M. nyctaginea was then approaching its peak rate. 
The Great Plains were being rapidly transformed from a vast prairie 
to an enormous farm. 

Since large parts of the surplus agricultural products from Iowa, 
Minnesota, and the Dakotas were carried eastward by freight trains 
through Chicago, the early records of occurrence of M. nyctaginea for 
this city give additional indication of the time the plant moved out of 
the Plains. In their flora of Cook County, Ill, and adjacent Lake 
County, Ind., Higley and Raddin (1902) reported their discovery of 
a few specimens of this species in 1885 and 1887. Its scarcity at that 
time compared with its present abundance in the vicinity of Chicago 


180 PROC.. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


indicates its introduction had just begun. Also the report from Deam 
(personal correspondence) that none of the local floras of Indiana 
contained the species before 1900, and the information given by the 
Kellermans (1900) and Schaffner (1914) that it was then infrequent 
and ‘‘non-indigenous’’ in Ohio, supplement the records of Higley 
and Raddin to show that the spread of nyctaginea eastward from the 
Plains was in progress about 1880 to 1900. However, its earliest 
escape can have been effected as early as 1870. Moreover, the early 
establishments alone the tracks are doubtlessly being intensified at 
the present time. Obviously, also, the plant has been aided to spread 
eastward by many other railroads than those passing through Chicago. 

How Railroads Transport the Plant. It is easy to determine how 
M. nyctaginea came to be included in the farm surpluses shipped 
from its native area. There the plant grew spontaneously among the 
wild and cultivated forage crops. The forage was either placed as 
food in cars loaded with cattle and sheep destined for eastern markets, 
or shipped in large quantities to feeding stations or markets along 
the railroads. Such feeding stations, numerous alone the main 
railroads, were established in response to a Federal law, which requires 
that live stock be unloaded at intervals for rest and food. Some stations 
also house stock to fatten it for later sale in the east. I have informa- 
tion from some managers of feeding stations in northern Illinois that 
bulk wild hay has been, and is still being, imported from Nebraska 
for such purposes. In harvesting the hay, some M. nyctaginea bearing 
more or less ripened seeds is included. 

In a similar manner, the seeds may gain entrance into grains in 
the threshing process where the plant grows in or bordering: fields 
of wheat or similar crops. Reports from State and Federal seed-testing 
laboratories show that seeds of M. nyctaginea sometimes are present 
in samples of grain originating in the Plains. 

Whether in erain or hay, the seeds obviously have fallen from 
railroad cars as the trains bearing farm crops or lve stock roll and 
jolt alone hundreds of miles of trackway, or as the materials are 
unloaded at their destinations, or even as the stock cars he temporarily 
on side tracks. Falling here and there, through the years, upon the 
shoulders and slopes of the roadbeds, some seeds drop to favorable 
soil to develop and establish the species. The present degree of 
continuity of its distribution alone the tracks depends on the char- 
acter of the soil medium, the age of the railroad, and the kind of 
treatment the roadbeds have received since their construction. The 
stands of the plant are found to be more dense and continuous where 
vegetation has been allowed to grow somewhat spontaneously, on the 
right-of-way, but patchy and infrequent where the roadbeds have been 
modified from time to time by the addition of sundry ballast that 
tends to suppress the plant, or eradicate it locally. Sprays, fires, and 
mowing also are common means of retarding the local establishment 
and intensification of M. nyctaginea. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 181 


Catorhintha mendica Stil 


Its Native Area. The strongest support for my belief that Cator- 
hintha mendica was originally indigenous to the Great Plains comes 
from the fact, established above, that its food plant, Mirabilis nycta- 
ginea, 1s native to that area. Certainly it is now monophagous in 
IIinois and in Wisconsin, Indiana, and Ohio for, in all cases, I 
obtained it by sweeping only this four o’clock. Three other species 
of Nyctaginaceae are listed by Pepoon (1927) for the Chicago area, 
and by Deam (1940) for Indiana, but they are rarely seen and not to 
be regarded as established species of the flora, hence are not likely 
to serve as food plants of the bug. 

Also the character of its present distribution in the Plains States 
eives confirmation to its native occurrence there. Not only does 
C. mendica appear to be more frequent there than eastward, but it 
inhabits the area generally, including the spacious landscapes lying 
between railways. This may be deduced from the wide and relatively 
intensive appearance of its food plant. Also the records of the 
collections of the bug in those states show it is more plentiful and 
uniformly distributed than in Ilhnois and eastward. I am indebted 
largely to the entomologists of the Plains States, who sent me records 
on which my view is based. These records indicate that C. mendica 
was native at least in Texas, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa, South 
Dakota, and Minnesota. To illustrate how such records bear positively 
on the question of nativity, I cite, in general terms, the facts for 
lowa. Through the cooperation of Professor H. E. Jaques, Iowa 
Wesleyan College, Mt. Pleasant, who conducted the ‘‘Iowa Insect 
Survey’’ in recent years, I have data that show C. mendica was taken 
in 25 counties that represent all sections of the state from north to 
south and west to east. Additional records supplied by Doctors C. J. 
Drake and H. M. Harris from the collections of the lowa State College, 
Ames, show the bue occurs in still other counties of Iowa. Accord- 
ingly it may be presumed to occur all over Iowa, where MW. nyctaginea 
also is indigenous and generally distributed. 

My visit of June 1945 to Oquawka, IIl., along the Mississippi River, 
disclosed that C. mendica is present on M. nyctaginea growing among 
native prairie plants in the sandy areas remote from railroads. In 
the same month, I obtained the bue from this plant at woodland roads 
through the sandy areas at Havana. Hart (1907) recorded it from 
the same type of habitat at Havana, and at Camp Point, near Quincy, 
in Adams County, and at Dixon, Lee County, Ill. In these areas of 
Tllinois, C. mendica therefore has, ike MW. nyctaginea, the appearance 
of being native. 

However, the presence of both MW. nyctaginea and C. mendica only 
alone railroads at Savanna, Hanover, Fulton, and Cordova, in western 
Tlinois, and their absence in sandy areas adjacent to the trackways 
indicate the bug was not native to these places, but migrated down 
the right-of-ways from the west after Mirabilis had established itself 


182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


here. Moreover, they were not found in parts of sand tracts remote 
from railroads at Atkinson and Wichert, Ill. Were they native, they 
would certainly have occurred here where the extensive acreage of 
undisturbed sandy soil is favorable to the food plant. 

Other explorations of June 1945 produced data which show that 
the bug and its food plant were adventive in the more easterly parts 
of northern Illinois. In all the following instances, the insect was 
netted from WM. nyctaginea growing only along railroads. The localities 
are given in the order of their position in the state, from north to 
south; Huntley, Des Plaines, Bristol, Wenona, Sparland, LaSalle, 
Peoria, Minonk, Crescent City, Hudson, Carthage, Quincy, Mt. Ster- 
ling, Harris, Oakwood, and many stations alone railroads in Cham- 
paign Co. Records from W. J. Gerhard, Chicago Museum of Natural 
History, others from the [Illinois State Natural History Survey, and 
some from individuals, show that C. mendica was present also in Rock 
island, Mercer, Fulton, Morgan, and Union Counties. The latter is 
the only county in the southern half of the state. 

My records for Wisconsin also were obtained by sweeping the 
insect from M. nyctaginea, along or near railroads. In the 1940’s, I 
took it west of Madison; at Millston, in Jackson County, and at Fall 
Creek, Kau Claire County. It occurred also on nyctaginea growing 
on the berm alone U.S. route 53 near Solon Sprines in Douglas 
County. Here the plant probably originated on a nearby railroad 
property. 

Since, as Deam (1940) states, M. nyctaginea probably occurs in 
every county of Indiana, and is confined almost entirely to railroads, 
it is logical to assume that this monophagous bug, C. mendica, is 
equally limited to railroads, although it may not yet have pervaded 
to all possible locations. KEntomologists have found C. mendica im 
Indiana as follows: Miller, Lake Co.; Monticello, White Co., on 
M. nyctaginea, at rairoad; Roanoke, Huntineton Co., on M. nycta- 
ginea, at railroad; Lafayette, Tippecanoe Co.; Marion Co. and 
Knox Co. 

For Ohio, I have the following records: Cedar Point, Erie Co. 
(H. M. Parshley), and Columbus, Franklin Co. (C. J. Drake). In 
June 1942 I swept C. mendica from M. nyctaginea growing along 
east-west railroads at Antwerp, Paulding Co.; Oak Harbor, Ottawa 
Co.; Fitchville, Huron Co.; and West Lafayette, Coshocton Co. 

Through the cooperation of Dr. T. L. Guyton, State Department of 
Agriculture, Harrisburg, I received specimens of C. mendica taken 
by him along a railway at Lickdale, Lebanon Co., Pa. This is the 
easternmost point of its occurrence known to me, but it probably has 
radiated north, east, and south in Pennsylvania and neighboring 
states. However, considering its innate mode of dispersal as compared 
with the human lifts given the plant, it may not even today have 
spread to the extent it may eventually attain. 

Mode of Dispersal. 1 regard C. mendica as dependent on M. nycta- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 183 


ginea for food and habitat from Illinois eastward. Therefore, its 
spread in this direction depends on the previous establishment of the 
plant. Again, since the plant rarely occurs there anywhere but on 
railroads, and the bug has been found only along railways, these 
man-made means of transport constituted the main avenues down 
which the insect made its way. 

Whereas VW. nyctaginea was carried by fast-moving freight trains 
and therefore became spread and established along the entire courses 
from the midwest to New York, probably in a few years, the bue, 
C. mendica, probably migrated eastward very largely on its own 
locomotor powers. 

C. mendica is quick on foot and also flies well. When the food plant 
is growing and succulent in May to June and again in August to 
October, there would appear to be no inducement to migrate. How- 
ever, In midsummer, and again in late October and November, most 
plants have become woody, hard, and leafless, and the bug population 
either reaches a very low level, or appears so owing to migration from 
the trackway (Balduf, 1942). These migrations are more or less 
random, hence involve some deeree of hazard, for there is little reason 
to suppose that the bue flies strictly alone the railroad, keeping 
between the line fences. When stands of the plant are as much as a 
half mile, and often more, apart, as I have observed them, the bug 
may be imagined sometimes taking off across the adjacent farmland 
and perishing for lack of the one essential food plant that occurs only 
on railways. 

The rate of spread was probably slow in the early years after 1880. 
The food plant was at first scarce, spotty, and occurred at long spatial 
intervals. As trains dropped more and more seeds year after year, and 
more intense stands developed locally also from seeds of the original 
clumps, the growths of M. nyctaginea approached greater degrees 
of continuity, which facilitated the successive hops of the insect down 
the narrow rail paths that stretched long miles eastward. 

Although this favorable condition of the plant was sometimes 
attained, as is evidenced by its common and somewhat continuous 
occurrence along some roads I have visited since 1940, the establish- 
ment of the plant and its bu@ was, in many eases, hindered by 
modifications of the roadways since the railroads were first con- 
structed. The roadbeds needed to be strengthened as larger locomotives 
and heavier car loads came into yogue, single track lines were en- 
larged to two-way tracks, the banks were reinforced with ballast, and 
the vegetation often destroyed by section crews. 


SUMMARY 


Inasmuch as it is monophagous on Mirabilis nyctaginea, Cator- 
hintha mendica can have established itself east of the Great Plains 
only when and to the extent that the food plant had previously 
invaded that eastern area. Records at hand show that C. mendica 


184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


has now moved eastward down the nyctaginea trails on railroads so 
far as about three-fourths across the state of Pennsylvania. 
REFERENCES 


Babeock, H. H. 1872, 1873. The flora of Chicago and vicinity. The Lens, v. 1 
IcHeS e D, TSe 


3 


Balduf, W. V. 1942. Bionomies of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip- 
tera). Bul. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 37: 158-166. 

3arton, W. P. C. 1818. Compendium florae Philadelphicae, v. 1, 251 pp.; v. 2, 
234 pp. 

Bebb, M. 8. 1858. List of plants occurring in the northern counties of the state 
of Illinois, in addition to the catalogue given by Dr. I. A. Lapham. Ill. State 
Agr. Soc. v. 3 (1857-1858), pp. 586-587. 

. 1860. The flora of Ogle and Winnebago counties. Prairie Farmer, 22: 
182-183. 

3igelow, J. 1824. Florula Bostoniensis, a collection of plants of Boston and its 
vicinity, 422 pp. 

Blatchley, W. S. 1926. Heteroptera or true bugs of eastern North America, pp. 
246-247. 

Brace, J. P. 1822. List of plants growing spontaneously in Litchfield (Conn.) and 
in its vicinity. Amer. Jour. Sei. and Arts 4:69-87. 

Brendel, F. 1887. Flora Peoriana, the vegetation in the climate of middle Illinois, 
Peoria, 89 pp. 

Coard, Helen C. 1941. The Illinois and Michigan canal as an influence on westward 
migration. Urbana, Ill. 

Conger, J. L. 1932. History of the Illinois River Valley, v. 1, 496 pp. Chicago. 

Deam, C. C. 1940. Flora of Indiana, 1236 pp., Indianapolis. 

Densmore, Frances. 1918. Teton Sioux Music, Bur. Amer. Ethnology, Bul. 61, 561 
pp. 

Dixon, F. H. 1909. A traffic history of the Mississippi River system, Document 
No. 11, National Waterways Commission, pp. 1-110. Washington, D. C. 

Gilmore, M. R. 1911. Uses of plants of the Indians of the Missouri River region, 
33rd. Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnology, 1911-1912 (1919), p. 78. 

—.1913a. A study in the ethnobotany of the Omaha Indians. Nebr. State 
Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:314-347. 

—,. 1913b. Some native Nebraska plants with their uses by the Dakota. 
Nebr. State Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:358-370. 

Gleason, H. A. 1910. The vegetation of the inland sand deposits of Illinois, Bul. 
Tll. State Lab. Nat. Hist. Surv. v. 9 (art. IIT), 174 pp. 

Hart, C. A. 1907. Zoological studies in the sand regions of the Illinois and Mis- 
sissippi River valleys. Bul. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 7:195-272. 

Higley, W. K., and Raddin, C. S. 1902. The flora of Cook County, Illinois and a 
part of Lake County, Indiana. Bul. Chicago Acad. Sci. 2(1), xiii and 166 pp. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 185 


James, E. 1825. Catalogue of plants collected during a journey to and from the 
Rocky Mountains during the summer of 1820. (James was botanist on the 
Major S. H. Long expedition of the U. S. Engimeers). Trans. Amer. Phil. 
Soc. (n.s.) 2:172-190. 

Kellerman, W. A., and Mrs. 1900. The non-indigenous flora of Ohio. Ohio State 
Univ. Bul. (ser. 4), No. 27, pp. 1-28. Reprinted from Jour. Columbus Hort. 
Soc., Mareh 1900. 

Lapham, I. A. 1857. Catalogue of the plants of the state of [llinois. 

Mead, S. B. 1846. Catalogue of plants growing spontaneously in the state of 
Illinois, the principal part near Augusta, Hancock County. Prairie Farmer 6: 
30-36, 60, 93, 119-122. 

Nuttall, T. 1818. The genera of North American plants, and a catalogue of the 
species to the year 1817. Philadelphia. 

Patterson, H. N. 1876. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous 
plants of Illinois, native and introduced. Oquawka, Ill., pp. 1-54. 

Pepoon, H. S. 1927. An annotated flora of the Chicago area. Chicago Acad. Sci. 
Bul. Nat. Hist. Surv. 8, 554 pp. (p. 294). 

Petersen, W. J. 1937. Steamboating on the Upper Mississippi, the waterway to 
Towa. 575 pp. Iowa City. 

Pursh, F. 1807. Journal of a botanical expedition in the northeastern parts of the 
states of Pennsylvania and New York during the year 1807. (Reprinted, 
1823). 

Schaffner, J. 1914. Catalog of Ohio vascular plants. 

Short, C. W. 1845. Observations on the botany of [llinois, more especially in ref- 
erence to the autumnal flora of the prairies. Western Jour. Med. and Surgery, 
Mar., pp. 185-198. 

Stal, C. 1870. Enumeratio Hemipterorum. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., p. 187. 

Thwaites, A. G. 1904. Early Western Travels, 1748-1846. 8 vols. 

Torrey, J. 1824. A flora of the northern and middle sections of the United States, 
v. 1, 518 pp. Albany. 

. 1843. A flora of the state of New York. 2 vols., 1056 pp. Albany. 


NEW SPECIES OF RALLICOLA (Philopteridae: Mallophaga) 
By K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma 


Since reviewing the genus Rallicola (Kmerson 1955), additional 
material has been examined. The status of two subspecies can now be 
clarified, and two new forms are described. 


186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kellogg and Chapman) 

The original description was based on material collected from Rallus 
obsoletus=Rallus longirostris obsoletus Ridgway, and Rallus vir- 
gimanus=Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot. For my review, specimens 
from Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot were not available. From mate- 
rial now available, it is established that the two hosts harbor different 
forms of the genus Rallicola. I designate Rallus longirostris obsoletus 
Ridgway as the type host of Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kel- 
logg and Chapman, 1899). This host is the first one listed by the 
authors in their original description. The redescription and figures 
given in my review are based on material from Rallus longirostris 
subspecies. The specimens found on Rallus elegans elegans Audubon 
also appear to be this subspecies. 


Rallicola ortygometrae guami Carriker 

Through the courtesy of Dr. Ronald Ward, material from the type 
host of this species has been examined. The series consisted of: Six 
females and four males from Rallus owstoni (Rothschild), collected 
August 22, 1931, on Guam by W. F. Coultas. The form is properly 
a subspecies of Rallicola ortygometrae. In my key, it can be separated 
from Rallicola ortygometrae affinis (Piaget) by tergite III in the 
male; which in guami is continuous, and in affinis is interrupted. 
These specimens differ slightly from the description given by Carriker 
(1949), so the following notes prepared by Dr. Ward and the author 
are presented. 

In the male, abdominal tergite IIT interrupted medianly, III interrupted medi- 
anly for about one-third of the segment length, and the remainder are entire. 
Male genitalia as shown in figure 1. In the female, abdominal tergites II-VI in- 
terrupted medianly, VII-VIII transversely continuous. Sternites III-VI, in both 
sexes, with four long setae on posterior margins. 


Measurements: Male Female 
Length of head 0.47mm 0.49mm 
Width of head .36 08 
Width of prothorax 23 24 
Width of pterothorax 30 B33) 
Width of abdomen ibs) 30 

Total length 1.55 1.66 


Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae n. sp. 

All abdominal tergites, in both sexes, transversely continuous. Abdominal ter- 
gites II-III with large anterior median indentation; but posterior one-third of 
these two tergites continuous. Abdominal tergites and sternites, in both sexes, 
each with four long setae. Male genitalia as shown in figure 2. 


Measurements: Male Female 
Length of head 0.48mm 0.44mm 
Width of head 38 36 
Width of prothorax 22 21 
Width of pterothorax 02 32 
Width of abdomen 48 21 


Total length 1.43 1.51 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 187 


Type host.—Porzana carolina (linnaeus), Sora rail. 

Type material: Holotype male, allotype female, and paratype 
female collected in Douglas County, Kansas, during May 1909, are 
in the Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas. Para- 
type female collected at Mattituck, Long Island, New York, on Sep- 
tember 10, 1936, by R. Latham, is in the collection of Cornell Univer- 
sity. 

This subspecies is closest to Rallicola ortygometrae ortygometrae ; 
but can be separated from it in that tergite IV is continuous in the 
new form, and interrupted medianly in Rallicola ortygometrae orty- 
gometrae (Schrank). 

Rallicola mystax (Giebel) 

The type host of this species is Porzana porzana (Linnaeus), which 

is found in Europe. Two collections have been examined that indicate 


Caltnay in 


) 
| 


a 


1 2 é 


Male genitalia of Rallicola sp., drawn to the same seale:—Fig. 1, R. ortygomet- 
rae guami Carriker ; fig. 2, R. ortygometrae subporzanae n. spp.; fig. 3, R. kelloggi 
n. sp. 


188 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


the species is also found on Porzana carolina (linnaeus) in North 
America. Two males collected at Moscow, Idaho; on May 2, 1952 
by T. D. Burleigh, and one male collected at Tlacotalpam, Vera Cruz, 
Mexico, on February 19, 1940, by M. A. Carriker, apparently agree in 
all details with specimens from the type host. These records tend to 
confuse the situation, as heretofore it has been thought that each 
species of host was parasitized by only one species of Rallicola. 
Further collections will be necessary to determine if this exists for 
other hosts. 


Rallicola kelloggi n. sp. 


Male: Head slender, with a wide hyaline margin. First segments of antennae 
enlarged and elongated, each with an appendage. Third segments of antennae 
prolonged distally beyond the junction with segment IV. Posterior margin of 
pterothorax with four pairs of long setae. Second abdominal tergife interrupted 
medianly, the remainder transversely continuous; each tergite with a pair of 
setae located medianly on posterior margin. Abdominal sternites ITI-VI with 
four setae on posterior margins; and sternites VII-VIII with two setae on pos- 
terior margins. Male genitalia as shown in figure 3. 

Female: Antennae filiform. Abdominal tergites II-III interrupted medianly, 
IV indented medianly, and the remainder transversely continuous. Chaetotaxy, 
except for the terminal abdominal segments, as in the male. Lateral margins of 
abdominal sternite IX, each with a fringe of ten medium length setae. 


Measurements: Male Female 
Length of head 0.42 0.45mm 
Width of head Hi) 36 
Width of prothorax 22 23 
Width of pterothorax 28 30 
Width of abdomen 38 45 

Total length 1.26 1.42 


Type host.—Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot, Virginia Rail. 

Type material— Holotype male, paratype male, and five paratype 
females in the U.S. National Museum, were collected at Vienna, Mary- 
land, March 6, 1951. Allotype female, two paratype females, and one 
paratype male in the collection of Ohio State University were col- 
lected at Buckeye Lake, Ohio, on May, 15, 1925. Two paratype males 
in the collection of Dr. G, J. Spencer were collected at Haney, British 
Columbia, on June 14, 1951, by A. Peake. Three paratype males are 
in the collection of Cornell University; these specimens are without 
data except for the host. A paratype male and female in the U. 8. 
National Museum were collected at Leonia, New Jersey, on September 
6, 1929, by J. A. Weber. 

This form is near R. sarothurae Clay, R. hoogstraali Emerson, and 
R. cuspidatus (Scopoli). The mesosome of the male genitalia is not 
elongated and pointed as in R. sarothurae, or broadly rounded as in 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 189 


R. hoogstraali. Tergite V of the female is interrupted medianly in 
R. cuspidatus, and transversely continuous in Rf. kelloggi n. sp. 


Host List 


The following list includes all species of the genus Rallicola found 
im the United States, Canada, and Alaska, together with their normal 
hosts. 

Rallicola advenus (Kellogg), 1896. Fulica americana americana Gmelin, Ameri 
can coot. 

Rallicola elliotti Emerson, 1955. Porphyrula martinica (Linnaeus), Purple gal 
linule. 

Rallicola fulicae (Denny), 1842. Fulica atra atra Linnaeus, European coot. 

Rallicola funebris (Nitzsch), 1866, Aramus scolopaceus pictus (Meyer), Florida 
limpkin. 

Rallicola kelloggi n. sp. Rallus limicola linicola Vieillot, Virginia rail. 

Rallicola minutus (Nitzsch), 1866. Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs, Flor- 
ida gallinula. 

Rallicola mystax (Giebel), 1874. Porzana carolina (Linnaeus), Sora rail. 

Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kellogg and Chapman), 1899. Rallus 
longirostris suspecies, Clapper rails, and Rallus elegans elegans Audubon, King 
rail. 

Rallicola ortygometrae ortygometrae (Schrank), 1781. Crex crex (Linnaeus), 
Corncrake. 

Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae n. ssp. Porzana carolina (Linnaeus), Sora 
rail. 

Rallicola porzanae (Piaget), 1880. Coturnicops noveboracensis noveboracensis 
(Gmelin), Yellow rail. 

The black rails, Latterallus jamaicensis subspecies, are the only 
hosts from this area likely to harbor a form of Rallicola that have 
not been examined to date. 


REFERENCES 

Carriker, M. A. 1949. On a collection of Mallophaga from Guam, Marianas 
Islands. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 100 (3254): 1-24. 

Emerson, K. C. 1955. A review of the genus Rallicola (Philopteridae, Mallo- 
phaga) found on Aramidae, Psophiidae, and Rallidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 
48: 284-299. 

Kellogg, V. L. and Chapman, B. L. 1899. Mallophaga from birds of California. 
Oceas. Papers. Calif. Acad. Sci. 6: 53-143. 


NOTICE 


Memoir No. 5, A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by 
Phyllis Truth Johnson, is now available. Price $10.00. Send orders to Mr. 
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, Plant 
Quarantine Branch, ARS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D.C. 


190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


NOTES ON BIONOMICS AND ECOLOGY OF MOSS-MITES I. 
(ACARI: ORIBATET) 
JOSEF R. WINKLER, Museum SLUKO Olomouc, Czechoslovakia 
(Communicated to Tyler A. Woolley, Colorado A & M College) 
Migration on Large Plants 


Studies of microcavernicolous hfe histories demonstrate the oceur- 
rence of certain oribatid mites in soil layers, decaying leaves, under 
stones, beneath the bark of trees, and in similar biotopes. The mites 
are often very abundant also on small plants growing in the immedi- 
ate neighborhood of the earth (mosses, lichens, ete.), but their pres- 
ence on larger plants is rather exceptional and only a small number 
of migrant species 1s known. Some oribatid species, for instance Cym- 
baeremaeus cymba (Nic.), Neoliodes theleproctus (Herm.), and N. 
farinosus (WKoeh) are often mentioned in the literature as arboricolous 
mites. Collections on forest-steppes in the Karlstejn area (Central 
Bohemia) help to revise these data. On oaklets of this locality Neo- 
liodes farinosus was procured in great numbers together with Phaulop- 
pia lucorum in sweepings of the area. Both of these also occurred in 
Sweepings from the serpentine-steppes of Mohelno (SW Moravia) 
made by the writer in May 1955. 

On localities in the lower parts of the Sumava Mts., (Bohmerwald), 
Phauloppia lucorum and Cymbaeremaecus cymba were collected to- 
gether. The former was distributed rather individually; the latter 
occurred in great abundance in overgrowths of Cladonia and on the 
trunks of firs. P. lucorwm was not found in any of the samples of 
litter from beneath these trees. Specimens of C. cymba were rather 
rare in the litter and those found were usually dead and defective. 
(Schwarzbach in Boéhmenwalde, 18.9.1953, J. R. Winkler) 

The writer also studied the migration of Camisia lapponica (Tragh. ) 
on leaves of bilberry (Vaccinium vitis) in the locality of Pestrice 
(Stogenwald) not far from Boéhmenwalde. Clusters of Vaccinium 
were infested by the scale Chionaspis salicis and the aleurodid Aleuro- 
tuberculatus similis Takahashi (Det. Dr. J. Zahradnik). In this in- 
stance the author observed slow, distinct migrations of C. lapponica 
in spite of low temperatures of —1° to —20° C. These observations 
are unique, for data concerninig migrations of this species on plants 
are not found in the literature. 

The occurrence of Trichoribates incisellus (Krammer) on eculti- 
vated lucerne (Medicago sativa) was observed July 7, 1955, near 
Karlstejn (Central Bohemia). No data concerning migration of this 
species on plants of a greater size are known. 

Occurrence of cerotegument on Nenillus tegeocranus (Herm.) 

For some species of mites the presence of cerotegument covering 
the body is characteristic. In certain instances it may be a valid and 
prominent taxonomic feature. The carabodid species (Yenillus tegeo- 
cranus (Herm.) usually has no cerotegument and there are no cases 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 191 


described in the literature. The writer obtained this rather common 
species in a number of Bohemian localities. All collected specimens 
were of normal appearance. In one Bohemian (Lichkoy, 3.9.1954) 
and three Moravian localities (Vlaske 29.8.1954 and Hanusovice, 
15.8.1954), however, the author found specimens covered by a thick, 
dirty amorphous, yellowish-brown cerotegument. The layer covered 
both propodosoma and hysterosoma and made generic and specific 
identification impossible. The lamellae were of fantastic form and 
size. The cerotegument layer was suppressed by boiling specimens in 
ehloralphenol and washing them in carboxylol. They were then 
mounted in Canada balsam and all characters became visible. The 
cerotegument, if present, is very adhesive, which necessitates a drastic 
method of removal. Although the writer boiled specimens in lactic 
acid and cleared them mechanically, he had better success with the 
former technique. Factors influencing the production and adhesion 
of cerotegument are unknown to the writer; he is also at a loss to 
explain the lack of cerotegument in some mites of the same species, 
as described above. 


THE LARVA OF SIMOPELTA (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDABE) 
GEORGE C. WHEELER AND JEANETTE WHEELER 


Department of Biology, University of North Dakota 


The larva of Simopelta deserves to be ranked with those of Lepta- 
nilla and Proceratium as the most aberrant and bizarre among the 
ants. In fact, when we first looked at Borgmeier’s (1950) sketch, we 
doubted that it could be a formicid larva. It had a somewhat dipter- 
ous habitus and there are myrmecophilous larvae among the Diptera. 
So we asked Dr. Borgmeier if he would send us some material for 
study. His response was most generous—70 larvae. 

A detailed study of this material revealed the presence of most for- 
micid larval characters, but since we still had doubts, we sent some 
to Dr. Willis W. Wirth at the United States National Museum. Dr. 
Wirth! has written us that ‘‘the complete series of abdominal spiracles 
indicate that they are not dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher 
than the Fungivoridae-Itonididae series which have a complete series 
of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair of apical spiracles 
and the lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles are practi- 
cally always to be found in the higher Diptera.’’! 


Genus SIMOPELTA Mann 
Body rather stout and nearly straight. Diameter greatest at abdominal somite 
IV, decreasing to the anterior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the meso- 
thorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited extent 
into the mesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) abruptly offset from 


1Obiter dictum: Dr. Wirth showed the larvae to a colleague, who said that if 
they were ant larvae, he was ready to believe anything. 


192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


the anterior end of the mesothorax. Terminal abdominal segment forming a 
small knob directed postero-ventrally. Tubereles sparse (72); fungiform, door- 
knob-shaped or irregu’ar. Body and head hairs lacking. Antennae very small and 
situated high on the head, each with two sensilla. Mandibles faleate; base not 
dilated; without spinules or medial teeth; apex directed posteriorly, simulating 
the mouthhooks of maggots. Labial palps lateral. 

Simopelta belones to the section Euponerinae of the subfamily 
Ponerinae; the larvae of this section are characterized by havine body 
tubercles. The tubercles of Simopelta appear somewhat similar to the 
olutinous dorsal tubercles of Ponera and Huponera, but otherwise 
there is little resemblance to other members of the tribe Ponerini. 
Head shape, high antennae, and the lack of hairs on the head suggest 
Leptogenys in the tribe Leptogenyini. On the other hand, Simopelta 
Is unique amone known ant larvae in (1) the general shape of the 
body and the shape of the thorax in particular; (2) the partial re- 
tractability of the prothorax; (3) complete absence of hairs; and (4) 
the shape and position of the mandibles. The lateral position of the 
labial palps is unusual but not unique. 


Simopelta pergandei (Forel) 

Young larva—Straight length 1.6 mm; length through spiracles 1.7 mm. Body 
rather stout and nearly straight. Diameter greatest at abdominal somite IV, de- 
creasing gradually to the posterior end, which would be broadly rounded were 
it not for the terminal somite that forms a small knob directed posteroventrally ; 
decreasing anteriorly to the anterior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the 
mesothorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited ex- 
tent into the mesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) abruptly re- 
duced from the diameter of the anterior end of the mesothorax, giving an offset 
appearance. Head on the anterior end. Anus posteroventral. Leg and gonopod 
vestiges present. Segmentation indistinct. Body beset with 72 tubercles which 
are fungiform, doorknob-shaped, or irregular (in preserved material). Tubereles 
arranged in 8 longitudinal rows; the mesothoracic through the seventh abdomi- 
nal somite each bearing 8 tubercles. Segmentation indistinct. Integument thickly 
beset with minute papillae (about 0.0012 mm in diameter). No body hairs. Cra- 
nium longer than broad; widest at the bases of the mandibles; dorsal outline 
rounded. Head with 10 small sensilla but no hairs. Antennae very small and 
high on the cranium; each with 2 sensilla, each of which bears a minute spinule. 
Labrum narrow, slightly longer than broad, thick; the blunt ventral surface with 
8 sensilla; each lateral surface with 1 sensillum; posterior surface spinulose, the 
spinules rather long (about 0.009 mm) and arranged in subtransverse rows, the 
rows so close together that their spinules overlap. Mandibles heavily sclerotized ; 
faleate; base not dilated; without medial teeth; surfaces smooth; apex directed 
posterior'y. Maxillae not distinctly marked off from the head; the apex bearing 
a few long slender spinules; palp a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing a spinule) 
and 3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsulated) sen- 
silla; galea a tall frustum bearing 2 apical sensilla. Anterior surface of labium 
spinulose, the spinules long and in subtransverse rows, the rows so close together 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 193 


Fic. 1.—Simopelta pergandei (Forel), A, head in anterior view, X205; B, larva 
in side view, X44; C, larva in ventral view, X44; D, surface view of cuticular 
spines, X635; EH, left mandible in lateral view, X282; F, mouth parts in sagittal 
section, X625; G, tubercle and adjacent bulb in section, X635. Bu, bulb; Cu, 
cuticle; Hd, hypodermis; Hp, hypopharynx; Li, labium; Lr, labrum; 8S, duct of 
sericteries; Tu. tubercle. 


194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO, 4, AUGUST, 1957 


that their spinules overlap; palps lateral, each a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing 
a spinule) and 3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsu- 
lated) sensilla; opening of sericteries a long transverse slit on the ventral surface 
of the labium. Hypopharynx densely spinulose, the spinules long and in numerous 
transverse rows, the rows so close together that their spinules overlap. (Material 
studied: numerous larvae from San José, Costa Riea, collected by H. Schmidt.) 

3orgmeier 1950 (p. 376) states (translation from Portuguese): ‘‘I was able 
to examine more than 70 larvae of this species. None of them appears to have 
attained complete development, but at most scarcely 2 mm. in total length (the 
worker is 3 mm.). Some specimens were treated with lactic acid, and the form 
and structure were perfectly visible under high magnification. The color is cream. 
The thoracic segments are sharply marked off from the abdominal segments. There 
is a slight constriction in the height of abdominal segments 2-3 and they are 
enlarged in the posterior half of the abdomen. In specimens preserved in alcohol 
the form is more flattened and more enlarged posteriorly, and thoracic segments 
2-3 are usually retracted. Abdominal segments 1-9 bear on the dorsal and ven- 
tral surface transverse rows of 4 circular papillae. The integument is naked, 


Ty A 


without hairs.’’ (Fig. 12 on p. 375, larva in dorsal view.) 


REFERENCE 
Borgmeier, T. 1950. A fémea dichthadiiforme e os estadios evolutivos de Simopelta 
pergandei (Forel), e a deserigao de S. bicolor, n. sp. Rev. de Ent. 21: 369- 
380, illus. 


A NOTE ON THILAKOTHRIPS BABULI RAMAKRISHNA 
J. DouGLaAs Hoop 


The description of Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna (Mem. Dept. 
Agr. India, 10(7) :276-277, 1928) was evidently based in large part 
upon material crushed in the process of mounting and examined with 
no great care. To the species were attributed several nonexistent char- 
acters. I have a paratype which was collected with the holotype; 1.e., 
it was taken at the same place, on the same day, in the same kind of 
galls, on the same plant, and labeled by the original describer in his 
own handwriting. This specimen, after treatment with potassium 
hydroxide, was manipulated into what appears to be a close approxi- 
mation of its original form, and then remounted. It is the basis for 
the notes and drawines given below. 

Little resemblance is to be seen between the present illustrations 
(Figs. 1-3) and those accompanying the text of the original deserip- 
tion; and several statements made in the description itself need also 
to be corrected. 

Thus, the head is not ‘‘dome shaped, converging toward the eyes 
and widening toward base, where there is a slight lateral expansion 
like a lappet on each side.’’ Rather, it is nearly parallel-sided, nar- 
rowed basally, and not at all out of the ordinary in general form. 
Nor do the cheeks have ‘‘distinet ecrenulations, which appear more or 
less like warts, but have no spines or tubereles’’; instead, they are 


? 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Q, paratype; right 


Head and prothorax, 


Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna. 


fore leg omitted. 


196 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Thilakothrips babuli: Metanotum, 9, paratype (upper); tergum of abdomen, 
2, paratype (lower). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:/eVOL. 59, NO:'4,°AUGUST, 1957 197 


well covered with distinct, though not large, tubercles, and each tuber- 
cle, with few exceptions, bears a large, curved, and somewhat finger- 
like seta. The prothorax is nearly smooth on the dise and without 
reticulation of any sort. It is set with numerous, heavy, tapering setae 
—fashioned much like the cephalic ones—and has the conventional six 
pairs of major setae, in their usual positions: four on the pronotum, 
one on the epimera, and one on the fore coxae. All of these last have 
conspicuously dilated tips. In the original description, this part of the 
body is said to be ‘‘not so distinctly reticulate’’ as the head, and 
‘‘fringed with numerous curved hyaline bristles which are dilated 
at the tip, the postero-lateral bristle long, curved ... other bristles 
comparatively small.”’ 

Following are measurements, in microns except as otherwise noted, of the 
single specimen, a de-alated macropterous female: Length about 1.6 mm, (dis- 
tended, 1.86 mm). Head, total length 245, width across eyes 148, least width 
just behind eyes 129, greatest width across cheeks 151, least width near base 123, 
width across basal collar 129, greatest width in front of eyes 938, width of frontal 
costa 19. Eyes, dorsal length 64, dorsal width 40, dorsal interval 68. Median 
ocellus, diameter 15. Postocular setae, length 63, interval 107, distance from eyes 
20. Mouth-cone, length beyond posterior dorsal margin of head 146. Prothorax, 
median length of pronotum 160, width across coxae 290, length of antero-marginal 
setae 50, antero-angulars 54, mid'aterals 55, epimerals 82, postero-marginals 67, 
coxals 50. Mesothorax, width across anterior angles 302. Metathorax, greatest 
width posteriorly 315. Abdomen, greatest width (at segment III) 3438; tube 
(segment X, only), length 163, width across basal collar 62, greatest subbasal 
width 57, least apical width 29, terminal setae 94; segment IX, seta I 92, IT 80. 
Lengths of antennal segments: I 50 (dorsal, exposed length only 29), II 60, 
TIT 60; 1V 56; V 54, VI 53, VIL 53, VIII 27; total length of antennae 413. 


A NEW SPECIES OF DENDROCORIS AND A NEW COMBINATION OF 
ATIZIES 
(HEMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE ) 
G. H. Netson, College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, California. 

Since the author’s recent revision of the genus Dendrocoris (Proc. 
Ent. Soe. Wash. 57: 49-67, 1955), a new species of Dendrocoris, herein 
described, and a new combination of Atizies have been recognized. In 
the revision Atizies was placed as a synonym of Dendrocoris on the 
basis of A. suffultus Distant. Another species of Atizies, called to the 
author’s attention by Mr. D. Leston, of London, England, was de- 
scribed by L. Ancona N. in ‘‘Los jumiles de Taxco (Gro.) Atizies 
taxcoensis spec. nov.’’ (An. del Inst. de Biol. 3:149-162, 19 _) As 
the reference was not available to the author, Dr. R. I. Sailer, of the 
U.S. National Museum, kindly checked the original description and 
drawings. He states that the drawing of the underside shows the 
bifurcate metasternal plate or metaxyphus that is so characteristic of 
the Edessini and that A. taxrcoensis belongs to the genus Edessa and is 
possibly a synonym of FE. conspersa Stal. 


198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Dendrocoris parapini, new species 

This species resembles D. pini Montandon closely but has a relatively narrower 
head (especially noticeable in that part anterior to the eyes) and coneave antero- 
lateral pronotal margins, which are straight or slightly convex in pini (see figs. 
laranid 2) 

Color.—Pale yellow ochraceous above and beneath, with ferruginous tints on 
head above. Punctures concolorous with body except for dark brown to black 
punetures along lateral margins of juga, antero-lateral margins of pronotum, und 
a few along lateral margins of hemelytra. Antennae rufo-ferruginous, paler to- 
ward base. Rostrum colored as body with dark markings typical of this genus. 
Legs colored as body, tarsi rufo-ferruginous. Abdominal segments with dark 
antero- and postero-lateral angles as seen from a lateral view. Spiracles colored 
as body. 

Structure.—General form oval. Head width to length a ratio of 1.05 to 1, 
obliquely narrowed to rounded front; vertex and base of tylus convex; juga con- 
tiguous in front. Disk of pronotum with a few irregular raised smooth areas 
laterally and anteriorly; humeri not prominent, lateral margins before humeri 
slightly coneave. Scutellum with impunctate areas along lateral margins and on 
disk. Hemelytra with impunetate areas located irregularly on their surface. 
Length: 2, 6-7 mm. Width: 9, 3.4-3.8 mm. 

Female genitalia.—Essentially as in pini except that the genital plates are 
largely or completely hidden by sixth abdominal segment. 

Variation.—Dark punctures occur on the posterior margin of pronotum in one 
specimen. Coloration and structure quite constant in the specimens available. 

Type Material—Described from seven females. 

Holotype: NEw Mexico: Las Vegas, August 12, H. S. Barber and 
Schwarz. U.S. National Museum Type Cat. No. 63453. 

Paratypes: New Mexico: 1 Las Vegas, August 16, Barber and 
Schwarz; 1 Santa Fe, July 21, 1926, E. C. Van Dyke; 1 Jemez 


Fig. 1, Dendrocoris parapini Nelson, outline of head and pronotum; fig. 2, D. pini 
Montandon, outline of head and pronotum. 


Springs, July 1, 1916, J. Woodgate; Texas: 3 Jeff Davis Co., June 
20, 1952, July 4, 1953, and July 6, 1953, D. J. and J. N. Knull. These 
paratypes are distributed in the following collections: 2, U. S. Na- 


tional Museum; 3, Ohio State University Collection; 1, California 
Academy of Sciences. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 199 


It is possible that additional specimens of parapini are present in 
some collections under the name pint Montandon: Specimens identi- 
fied as pint are especially suspect if they were collected in New Mexico 
or Texas. 


HOST FEEDING OF CULISETA MORSITANS 

Ropert C. WALLIS, Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven 

The ecology and bionomics of mosquitoes feeding on avian hosts have 
recently become important, as epidemiological studies involve wild 
birds and domestic pheasants as hosts of eastern equine encephalitis. 
However, knowledge of many mosquito species, particularly of the 
host-feedine preference, is not available. This article reports observa- 
tions on the biology of one of these lttle known species, Culiseta 
morsitans. 

The biology of the larvae of this species was published by Horsfall 
in 1955, but little has been reported on the feeding habits of the adult. 

Carpenter and LaCasse (1955) say the females of the species rarely, 
if ever, feed on man. They indicate that C. morsitans probably feeds 
on birds and cite an account of a female feeding upon the blood of a 
breenfinch (Natvig 1948). However, there is little evidence concern- 
ing the source of the blood meal of this species. There is no indica- 
tion that this mosquito even requires blood, since engorged specimens 
have not been reported. Wesenbere-Lund (1921) examined thousands 
of wild females and found none with blood in the alimentary tract. 

Experimental.—Biweekly collections of morsitans adults were ob- 
tained from diurnal resting places in the vicinity of a domestic pheas- 
ant pen at Shade Swamp, Connecticut, throughout the early summer 
of 1956. During two 4-week periods, prior to and after 6-week-old 
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. morsitans 
containing fresh blood were counted and recorded. Blood smears from 
specimens containing fresh blood meals were prepared for microscopic 
examination. 

Results —Within a 4-week period, from June 16 to July 14, 1956, 
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. morsitans 
contained fresh blood meals out of a total of 115 females of this spe- 
cies collected. However, the collection taken during the first week 
after the pheasants were in the pen, July 14 to July 21, contained 18 
blooded specimens out of 27. The incidence of blooded specimens in 
collections during the next 2 weeks remained high and then dropped 
in the fourth week. In the second week, July 21 to July 28, 6 were 
blooded out of 14 collected. In the third week, July 28 to August 4, 
6 were blooded out of 23 specimens. During the fourth week, August 
4 to August 11, 1 out of 14 had engorged with blood. In this 4-week 
period after the young pheasants were placed in the pen, a total of 
31 blooded specimens out of 88 C. morsitans were collected. The per- 
centage incidence of blooded specimens for this 4-week period was 
35.2 percent as compared with 2.6 percent for the previous 4-week 


200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


period. Blood smears prepared for microscopic examination revealed 
that 6 out of 6 blood-engorged specimens contained nucleated red 
blood cells. 

Discussion—During the past 3 years this laboratory has been con- 
cerned with the ecology of mosquitoes feeding on pheasants, because 
of the repeated occurrence in Connecticut of eastern equine encepha- 
lomyelitis in domestic pheasants. Particular observations have been 
made of Culiseta (Wallis 1953) since Chamberlain et al. (1951) re- 
ported isolation of the virus from C. melanura and Holden et al. 
(1954) reported isolation of three strains of virus from pools of the 
same species collected near a pheasant pen in New Jersey. 

During the early summer months, adult C. morsitans were routinely 
collected in diurnal resting places in past years, but it was not until 
1956 that careful observation of blood-engorged specimens could be 
correlated with the stocking of the pheasant pen. The sharp increase 
in the number of specimens containing blood was startling, and could 
not be connected with any other change in the environment. Wild bird 
and other potential host populations within the area were apparently 
constant during the two periods. It may be postulated that since a 
smaller total number of adults was in the cave collections in the lat- 
ter 4-week period, the percentage of fed specimens would naturally 
increase. Also, the females in the population may not have been ready 
to feed earlier in the season. However, the proportion of blood-en- 
gorged specimens during the first week the pheasants were available 
was considerably higher than for subsequent weeks. From this, it ap- 
pears that a backlog of females ready to feed was built up in the popu- 
lation and the young pheasants provided a suitable host population. 


REFERENCES 

Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. J. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America, Berke- 
ley, Calif. Univ. Calif. Press. 6, 386 pp. 

Chamberlain, R. W., Rubin, H., Kissling, R. E., and Edison, M. E. 1951. Recovery 
of virus of Eastern equine encephalitis from a mosquito, Culiseta melanura 
(Coquillett). Proce. Soe. Expt. Biol. and Med. 77: 396-397. 

Holden, P., Miller, J. B., and Tobbins, D. M. 1954. Isolations of eastern equine 
encephalomyelitis virus from mosquitoes (Culiseta melanura) collected in 
New Jersey 1953. Proce. Soc. Expt. Biol. and Med. 87: 457-459. 

Horsfall, W. R. 1955. Mosquitoes. Their Bionomies and Relations to Disease. 
Ronald Press Co., New York. 723 pp. 

Natvig, L. R. 1948. Contributions to the knowledge of the Danish and Fennosean- 
dian Mosquitoes: Culeini. Norsk. Ent. Tidsskr., Sup. 1, 567 pp. 

Wallis, R. C. 1953. Notes on the Biology of Culiseta melanura (Coquillett)- 
Mosquito News. 14: 33-34. 

Wesenberg-Lund, C. 1920-1921. Contributions to the biology of the Danish Culi- 
cidae. Host and Son, Copenhagen. 210 pp. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 201 


SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1956 
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY 


Membership as of January 1, 1956 (adjusted figure)... 506 
Reductions: 
Lawersseanieyo | Ae it 
Dropped: —ye ses. oe ee 21 
Deceasedi=s— & sew oe 1 
AO te, Seeecetere ee ee ee ee eee Be Es 23 
Elected to membership —- sorts EELS RSS eee 26 
INGfes ain eine me mn'b ershiiy) sess eueaweeines seer ea sat eee 3 
oOtaleniembershipsnonsD)ecaroilanl Os Geen: eee ou ee Se 509 


Classes of Membership 


PAG LaR USGI TOR Anes Wir eae ae ae eee ee ee =. 486 
AN rll @ yeaa aA ee ee ee Se dete oe eA se Se 5 
TRYST Ly | ee SF pee an ae A ee ye ee PD, EM dps dawns BE eh SER RAD 14 
TE ROWM ON ae) cee ee nee eee ee 1 ee ce ge es ee eae 4 

509 


The membership is distributed among 41 States, the District of Columbia, and 
21 foreign countries. 


Circulation of the Proceedings (October 1956 issue) : 
Unstamped, poundage rate 


Sitiattest. = eee 396 

District of Columbia _. 34 
lUEISs2ossessions? 15 445 
Stamped asrOLeleneCOUlbT CS ate ean ne ee ewe ee eee eee 153 
Henini all eee ace ee eee De Ok SA ON RL Jee ae ta ae ot eee Ee. 118 
IDO Gea ls ples Ol rect eas! ames ee SSL i cone eS 716 


Distribution: 


ROBIN ETN CL Seas 4 eer Bs eR i ee oe SET ERY 473 
MOESUDSGRIDETS a eee ee ac SATE Se Dede oe ee ie 243 
ly ray 2 ie ae a es Dei Gio ee ed 716 


The Proceedings go to members and subscribers in 47 States, the District of 
Columbia, 4 Territories, and 46 foreign countries. 


Respectfully submitted, KELvIN Dorwarp, Corresponding Secretary, 


202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


TREASURER 
General Fund 
Cash on hand—January 1, 1956 ____.--....- Se ee ects Pee Seep) Oso 
Recerpts durin ogo y Oe eee ee Eee es anit, eee 3,599.75 
Cash on hand— Dorcnben 31, 495 NG el a A 268.20 
Expenditures dunine 1956) 22a Hie AVS eee 3,866.72 
NO Gall eee = eee ere AE NE ha a eal A RS I a $4,134.92 
Publication Fund 
Cash and securities on h Mevontennye aby Ito) a $6,044.28 
Receipts and Earnings during 1956 — woe. 2 See eee OOS) 
RO tell ee ie eee ete ae Tee ee : LEN SE $7,340.38 
Cash daa Securities on hand— mee Oaee 31, 19! 56 Mee 6,724.98 
Expenditures during 1956 __..._____. Se Pee ieee INA Fo 615.40 
LLC a) SPE) Lae ALS ae kOe oe etek ee Cee i ote ee ae ee $7,340.38 


Copies of the Treasurer’s report, Soprowed by the Auditing Committee, are 
on file with the Corresponding Secretary and the Treasurer. 


Respectfully submitted, P. X. PELTIER, Treasurer 


CUSTODIAN 


During the calendar year 1956 the office of the Custodian sold 53 Memoirs for 
#288.10; Proceedings, including one complete set, for $384.40; and reprints and 
miscellaneous papers amounting to $15.10. The total value of sales amounted to 
$684.60. 

Memoirs on hand December 31, 1956 were as follows: No. 1, 108; No. 2, 47; 
No. 38, 253; and No. 4, 984. Orders have been indicated or actually received for 
about 20 of the new Memoir No. 5. 

It might be interesting to note that in 1953 items sold amounted to $1,918; 
1954, $544; 1955, $554; 1956, $690. 

We have already received one order for a complete set of the Proceedings this 
year [1957]. This brings up again the problem of providing complete sets after 
the present supply of about 15 complete sets is exhausted. A few numbers are 
in very short supply and one number is completely exhausted. The Executive 
Committee is giving consideration to this matter. 


Respectfully submitted, H. J. CoNKLE, Custodian. 


EDITOR 


Six numbers of Volume 58 of the Proceedings, a total of 368 pages, have been 
published in 1956. Eighteen pages were devoted to advertising (exclusive of 
back covers) and 350 pages to scientific papers, notes, book reviews, obituaries, 
and minutes of meetings. This is in contrast to 304 pages published in 1955, 
294 of which were devoted to scientific papers and notes, obituaries, book reviews, 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 203 


and minutes of meetings. During 1956, 8 published pages were paid for by their 
authors; in 1955, 8% were so paid. Volume 58 contains 55 original contributions 
averaging 6% pages in length. Volume 57 contained 50 original contributions 
averaging 5% pages in length. 

Memoir No. 5, entitled ‘‘A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South Amer- 
ica,’? by Dr. Phyllis Johnson, is in preparation, The manuscript has been 
edited, set in galley, and proofread by the author, and the dummy has been 
prepared. 


Respectfully submitted, RicHarpD H. Footer, Hditor. 


SOCIETY MEETING 


The 659th regular meeting of the Society was held in room 43 of the U. 8. 
National Museum, Thursday, January 3, 1957. President Frank L. Campbell 
called the meeting to order at 8 p.m., and there were 35 members and 20 visitors 
present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read, corrected, and approved. 

President Campbell announced the following committees for 1957. Advertising: 
Price G. Piquett, chairman, A. H. Bender, John H. Fales, and George S. Langford; 
Auditing: Harold Morrison, chairman, and L. B. Reed; Membership: William E, 
Bickley, chairman, Engel L. R. Gilbert, Jack C. Jones, M. P. Jones, Robert T. 
Mitchell, Edgar A. Taylor, and Rose E. Warner; Memoirs: Reece I. Sailer, 
chairman, Richard H. Foote, Alice V. Renk (ex officio), Jerome G. Rozen, Jr., 
and G. W. Wharton; Notes and Exhibition of Specimens: R. H. Nelson, chairman, 
Louis G. Davis, Elizabeth E. Haviland, and W. N. Sullivan, Jr.; Program: J. F. 
Gates Clarke, chairman (elected), Theodore R. Gardner, Karl V. Krombein, How- 
ard B. Owens; Reserve Stock: H. J. Conkle, chairman (elected), Paul X. Peltier, 
and Helen Sollers. 

H. M. Armitage, President of the Entomological Society of America, brought 
greetings from the Pacific Coast Entomological Society and the Entomological 
Societies of Northern and Southern California. In a few lively remarks in be- 
half of the Entomological Society of America, he said that he would not remind 
Society members they should join the E. 8. A., as he was sure they already be- 
longed. President Campbell observed that the E. S. A. was also represented at the 
meeting by its immediate past president, B. A. Porter, but gave Dr. Porter a well- 
earned rest by calling on R. H. Nelson for a report on the recent meetings. The 
E. S. A. has about 3,700 members and hopes that the number may grow to 4,000 
in 1957. 

R. I. Sailer exhibited third and fourth instars of the wheel bug, Arilus cristatus 
(L.). These wheel bug nymphs had hatched in early December from eggs laid in 
late September. The nymphs had fed exclusively on nymphs of the stink bug 
Euschistus servus Say. Specimens of adult wheel bugs mounted with various spe- 
cies of prey were also shown. The prey included a honey bee, wasp, mantispid, 
scarab, mantid, and a walking stick. T. J. Spilman asked how the bug managed 
to pierce the armorlike exoskeleton of an insect such as a searab. Dr. Sailer re- 
plied that in the case of stink bugs he had seen the wheel bug insert its stylets 
through the intersegmental membranes of the abdomen and legs. In one instance a 
stink bug was killed by a thrust through the basal articulation of its rostrum. 
{ Author’s abstract. | 


204 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


B. A. Porter exhibited a can of ‘‘maguey worms,’’ lepidopterous larvae used 
as food in Mexico. The cans are widely offered for sale in Mexican grocery stores. 
Dr. Armitage commented that he had sampled the fried grasshoppers, and that 
50,000 cans from Tokyo were placed on the U. S. market this year; he did not 
recommend them. 

The principal paper of the evening was ‘‘The Development of Commercial En- 
tomology in the United States,’’ by Mortimer D. Leonard, of the Shell Chemical 
Corporation. |The paper as read will be published in the Proceedings of the Tenth 
international Congress of Entomology.] ‘‘Commercial Entomology’’ refers to 
activities of entomologists, and ‘‘ Official Entomology’’ to their activities in Fed- 
eral, State, and other nonprofit agencies. The first commercial entomologist started 
in 1904. The growth in numbers of entomologists employed by business and indus- 
try was indicated and some of the reasons for the increase were analyzed. The 
continually widening field of activities was traced and the present more important 
kinds of business which employ graduate entomologists were briefly described. 
Although it is estimated that only about 15 percent of all professional en- 
tomologists are presently connected with profit-making activities, an increasing 
number of trained entomologists will undoubtedly enter the commercial field as 
time goes on. The rate of increase will depend to a considerable extent on the 
imagination and aggressiveness of entomologists themselves, in pointing out how 
business ean profit by a greater use of their specialized knowledge and services. 
The development of more adequate curricula in our colleges and universities can 
contribute greatly to better enable students to enter the commercial field and 
attention should be given toward this end. |Author’s abstract.] The paper was 
discussed by President Campbell and by members Porter, Nelson, Bishopp, and 
Armitage. 

The Shell Chemical Corporation furnished the second part of the scheduled pro- 
gram, a new film, ‘‘The Rival World,’’ on the insect menace. The film was 
exhibited by Robert E. Hamman, Washington representative of the Agricultural 
Chemicals Division of the Corporation. Dr. Bishopp commented on the improve- 
ment in the migratory locust problem. He remarked ‘‘ This film is splendid in its 
coverage and technical qualities. I feel, however, that it overstresses the migratory 
locust problem although that is a spectacular example of the destructiveness of 
insects. Unfortunately it conveys the impression that no headway has been made 
in conquering the migratory locust. The impression I have gained from contacts 
in Egypt and the Middle East is that the systematic scouting and timely use of 
insecticides by the various countries has greatly reduced the losses and terror 
chargeable to the locusts. In this the good work of Bill Mabee, of the U. S. De- 
partment of Agriculture, and his associates have played an important part.’’ 

The visitors introduced were Mrs. Bishopp; F. D. Butcher, entomologist with 
the U. S. Army Forces in the Far East, stationed in Camp Zana, Japan, and his 
wife and son Frederick; Dr. Keizo Yasumatsu, who will shortly return to his home 
in Japan; and G. W. Dekle, of the Florida State Plant Board. Honorary Member 
H. G. Barber was also presented. 


The meeting adjourned at 10 p.m.—KeLurr O’NetmL, Recording Secretary. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 205 


THE PUBLICATION FUND 


Now that Memoir No. 5 has been published, the Executive Commit- 
tee of the Entomological Society of Washington wishes to call atten- 
tion to the Publication Fund of the Society. Our Constitution, as 
amended in December 1956, states, 

“«The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special 
Publication Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted 
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs, 
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding 
the previous five years’ income from interest on the Special Pubheation Fund 
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the 
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the 
discretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be 
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceedings 
of the Entomological Society of Washington, froin the sale of Memoirs, Hand- 
books, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining members, 
and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member.’’ 

The Publication Fund was started by a bequest of $1,400 by the 
late Frederick Knab in 1918. In 1927 a donation of $1,000 by the late 
E. A. Schwarz was added to it. Since that time no bequests or gifts 
have been added to this fund. The Executive Committee wishes to 
arouse the interest of members and friends of the Society in obtain- 
ing additional funds for the publication of Memoirs by the Society. 
Further contributions of any amount will be welcome. At present 
the publication of each additional Memoir is mainly dependent upon 
funds derived from the sales of those already published. 

Contributions to charitable, or educational institutions up to 20 
percent of gross income may be deducted in computine Federal in- 
come taxes. The form printed below is suggested for the use of those 
who desire to leave the Society any personal property, such as money, 
stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value. 


FORM OF BEQUEST 
Know All Men by These Presents, That I Siecin WG nate cea 7 


of the city of __ ae NS Eae s PCOUMyanO fae BS, (eile, Md See ote ‘ 


ATC S CALCIO fetek eee weenie EE ee es , do hereby give, grant, and convey unto 
The Entomological Society of Washington, at Washington, in the District of 


Columbia, an organization to promote the study of entomology in all of its 


Hearing Sather sums Olesen Se a A Te) hi OE eae in: Pie ioillenesy (65 =) 
to have and to hold the same unto itself and its suecessors forever for the 
promotion of the purposes thereof. 

(Place and date) 

WITNESSES: SEAL 


Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 3, was June 21, 1957. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


A Cyanamid Report 


Resistance 


Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type 
insecticides has been proven or suspected in: 


cockroaches house flies 
mosquitoes flea beetles 


Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil 


dog and cat fleas body lice 

bed bugs lygus bugs 
codling moth cotton leaf worm 
leafhoppers dog ticks 


Many researchers have found malathion to be 
a capable replacement for the chlorinated 
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations 
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem 
in your area, you might well consider malathion 
for your 1957 research schedule. 


Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY 

particular Agricultural Chemicals Division 

technical Insecticide Research 
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 207 


3 GREAT 


INSECTICIDES ff LORDAN ' 


CONTROL THESE INSECTS 


CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, 
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, 
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, 
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole 
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic 
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern 
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet 
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, 
Wireworms...and many others. 


HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- 
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover 
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, 
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, 
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- 
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon 
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- 
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- 
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western 
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms 
...and many others. 


ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- 


ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. 


WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS 


VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. 


Ree PORE SF iEMIN a alAyade DarVi cE © Som VBiaiN POR VEN Gee PALE Col. Trees s 


208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 


Pyrenone 


HELPS TO PRESERVE 
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL 


| EAs quickly kills destructive, annoy- 
ing and disease-carrying insects. 

In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective 
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application 
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- 
tacks for an entire storage season. 


On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible 
stages of insects fast — even between showers of 
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not 
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- 
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly 
emerging parasites and predators are free to com- 
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize 
or feed upon destructive insect pests. 


This means that Pyrenone is completely com- 
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying 


insects. 
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C. 


FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION 


Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 
44] Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. 


White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times. 


WHEN PESTS SEE 
eye-to-eye 


Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub 
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de- 
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars 
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season. 


Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor... to 
develop newer and better controls . .. to hold their crop-destruction to 2 
minimum, 


That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the 
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching 
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides. 


Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos- 
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol 
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail- 
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to 
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through ee in 
chemistry today. i 


*Shell Chemical Trademark 


SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


Agricultural Chemical Sales Division 
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York 


GuuE QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 


A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches, Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


Vol. 59 OCTOBER 1957 No. 5 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 


BELL, R. T.—Carabus auratus L. (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in North 
ASTROS, a ee rN er 254 


DAVIS, H. G., and JAMES, M. T.—Black flies attracted to meat bait 


CEinneraee sili ae) ee ee ee ee te ae 243 
EDMUNDS, G. F.—The Systematic Relationships of the Paleantarctic 

Siphlonuridae (including Isonychidae) (Ephemeroptera) 245 
EMERSON, K. C., and ELBEL, R. E.—New Species and Records of Mallo- 

phaga trom Gallinaceous Birds. of Thailand =... 232 
KROMBEIN, K. V., and SCHUSTER, R. M.—A Review of the Typhoc- 

tinae (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) ERNE iN! oA eB SE Ee 209 
LANE, J., and CERQUEIRA, N. L.—The Validity and Change of Name 

of Two Species of Wyeomyia. (Diptera: Culicidae) — ~~ —-.-____ 244 
TOWNES, H.—A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of R. A. 

OT VO A ed ae pe es 248 
OEE (gag BP ee Te ee ee 247 


(Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 4, was Sept. 18, 1957) 


THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON 


ORGANIZED MarcnH 12, 1884 


Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National 
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. 


MEMBERSHIP 


Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the 
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is 
$1.00 (U.S. currency). 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, 
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. 
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8S. 
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The 
Entomological Society of Washington. 

The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. 

All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.1 
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received 
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica- 
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page, 
plus cost of ail engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive 
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should 
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation, 
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should 
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in 
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in 
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in 
parentheses in the text. 

Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” 
(26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same 
page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be 
borne by the author. 

Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus 
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- 
companies the returned proofs: 


Zpp. 4pp. Spp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers 


50) copies: 2 41 aL ee ee $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 
LOO copies) 225s see seein aes ere 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 
Additional copies per 100 __....._ 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 


Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization 
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. 


1Miss Alice V. Renk, Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS, U. S. Dept. Agri- 
culture, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 


ENEOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


VOL. 59 OCTOBER 1957 NO. 5 


A REVIEW OF THE TYPHOCTINAE 


(HYMENOPTERA: MUTILLIDAE ) 


Kart V. Kromerin! anp Rupotr M. ScHustTER?:? 


The genus Typhoctes, since its recognition by Ashmead in 1899, 
has been repeatedly transferred, assigned first to one group and then 
another, depending on the personal views or concepts of the various 
workers on the aculeate Hymenoptera. The genus has been included 
in the Myrmosidae by Ashmead and Bradley (1917), in the Chypho- 
tinae of the family Mutillidae by André (1903), and in the Brachy- 
cistidinae of the family Tiphiidae by Malloch (1926). More recently 
it has been set off, by Reid (1941), as a group by itself without com- 
mitment as to its taxonomic status. The genus has most commonly 
been considered as closely related to Chyphotes Blake. Fox (1899), 
for instance, stated that the Typhoctes might well be separated sub- 
generically from Chyphotes proper, though he did not do so. When 
Ashmead (1899) established the genus Typhoctes for Mutilla peculi- 
aris Cresson, he gave characters for the male sex, but without citing 
the species on which they were based. The only known species that 
could fit his diagnosis of the male sex was Chyphotes attenuatus 
(Blake), which correlation was accepted, with more or less reserva- 
tion by André (1903) and Bradley (1917). Buzicky (1941) again 
removed Typhoctes from near Chyphotes, and returned the male 
Chyphotes attenuatus to its correct position within the latter genus. 
The junior author (Schuster 1949) has already commented on the 
recent return by Pate (1947) to Ashmead’s discredited conception 

1Mntomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 

2Department of Botany, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass. 

3Material in the collections of the following individuals and institutions has 
been studied: U. S. National. Museum (USNM); R. M. Bohart (RMB); H. E. 
Evans, Cornell University (HEE); P. D. Hurd, California Insect Survey (CIS) ; 
K. V. Krombein (KVK); C. D. Michener, University of Kansas (KU); W. R. M. 
Mason, Canadian Department of Agriculture (CNC); C. E. Mickel, University 
of Minnesota (UM); J. A. G. Rehn, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- 
delphia (ANSP); E. S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences (CAS); R. M. 
Sehuster (RMS); and P. H. Timberlake, Citrus Experiment Station (PHT). We 
wish to express our appreciation for the valuable material that has been loaned 
to us. We are indebted to Dr. I. H. H. Yarrow, British Museum (Natural His- 
tory) for some valuable notes on the type of T'yphoctes qguatemalensis Turner. 


210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


of C. attenuatus as the male sex of Typhoctes. In a brief tentative 
arrangement of the nearctic Mutillidae, the junior author, (Schuster 
1946), adhering to tradition for want of proof that the genus belonged 
elsewhere, placed Typhoctes, questionably, in the Chyphotini, of the 
subfamily Apterogyninae. 

Later Schuster (1949) recognized that Chyphotes and Typhoctes 
were more distantly related, and the latter genus was placed in a 
separate subfamily, the Typhoctinae, while Chyphotes was main-. 
tained as a distinct tribe in the Apterogyninae. Four essential char- 
acters serve to make any close connection between Chyphotes and 
Typhoctes highly improbable. They are: 

1. The petiole form of the two genera is fundamentally different 
—that of Typhoctes is unmodified, with the tergite reaching the pro- 
podeum, while in Chyphotes the first tergite is abbreviated anteriorly, 
rather or very suddenly, and fails to reach the propodeum. 

2. The eye form is fundamentally different—in Typhoctes it is 
elongate-ovate, in Chyphotes short ovate to subcireular. 

3. The thoracic shape of the females is fundamentally different— 
the prothorax is large in Typhoctes, with the alitrunk caudad of the 
prothorax differentiated into a distinct mesothoracie region, virtually 
obliterated dorsally, but separated by a distinet suture from the 
fused metathoracic-propodeal region, while the distinct mesopleuron 
is separated by a complete suture from the fused metapleural-pro- 
podeal region; in Chyphotes the small prothorax is much narrower, 
strongly transverse, and set off from the subglobose, fused meso- 
metathoracic-propodeal region that lacks all traces of dorsal or pleural 
sutures separating the meso-and metathorax. 

4. There are no antennal ‘‘tubercles’’ in Typhoctes, but they are 
well developed in Chyphotes. 

In the same paper Schuster based his conception of the male of 
the Typhoctinae on Anommutilla Mickel and that of the female on 
Typhoctes Ashmead. His reasons for considering that Anommutilla 
represents the male sex of Typhoctes were so convincing that the 
senior author (Krombein, 1951) published this synonymy. The char- 
acters validating such an association are: 

1. Anommutilla and Typhoctes are the only nearetic genera of 
Mutillidae with the vertexal expansions of the upper and inner mar- 
eins of the antennal fossae undeveloped; i.e., antennal ‘‘tubercles’’ 
are absent, 

2. They are the only two nearctie genera in which the pronotum is 
exceedingly strongly developed—in the male sex of all other known 
nearetic genera the pronotum is very short, at most less than half 
as long along midline as the mesoscutum, while in the female sex, 
as indicated by the position of the spiracles, the pronotum is always 
very strongly transverse with a large mesonotum, 

3. The tarsal claws are similarly armed among the nearctic genera 
only in Chyphotes which is known in both sexes, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 211 


4. The formula of the tibial calearia is identical, 1-2-2 (not 1-1-2 
in the male as stated erroneously by Mickel, 1936), 

5. The petiole is unique, consisting of a basal, slender, terete, stalk- 
like anterior portion, and a somewhat flattened, transverse, nodose, 
posterior portion, 

6. The position of the short felt lines of second tergum is sug- 
gestively similar, 

7. The rather short and stout scape, contrasted to the long, slender 
flagellum occurs elsewhere only in Chyphotes among nearctic genera, 

8. The similarity in shape of the metasternal process. 

In addition to the foregoing, there is the important corroboratory 
evidence afforded by the facts that Anommutilla males and Typhoctes 
females are now known to have an identical range in America north 
of Mexico, and that both sexes of a new species have been taken 
together, though not in copula, in the Borego Desert of southern 
California. 

Subfamily TYPHOCTINAE Schuster, 1949 

The North and Central American Typhoctinae apparently has its 
closest relative in the South American Eotillinae. The relationships 
between the two subfamilies were discussed at leneth by the junior 
author (Schuster, 1949). Reexamination of the males of Typhoctinae 
shows that some of the alleged characters separating that sex from 
males of EKotillinae are based on errors. For example, according to 
Mickel (1936) the males we refer to the Typhoctinae were supposed 
to have only one calearium on the mid tibia and to have entirely 
simple pubescence. Actually, Typhoctes males have most of the erect 
vestiture inconspicuously but definitely subplumose, and the mid tibia 
has two apical calearia. Therefore, the chief differences between males 
of the two subfamilies are that the Typhoctinae have reniform eyes, 
marginal cell longer than stigma, third discoidal cell longer than high, 
and hind wing lacking anal lobe or preaxillary incision, while the 
Eotillinae have ovate-elliptical eyes, marginal cell shorter than stigma, 
third discoidal cell higher than long, and hind wing with well-devel- 
oped anal lobe and preaxillary incision. The characters of the fore- 
wing cited above are quite possibly of less than subfamilial sig- 
nificance. Also, the presence of an anal lobe is a primitive character, 
and apparently that structure has been independently lost several 
times in the Mutillidae, so its presence or absence here also may not be 
of cardinal importance by itself. However, we consider that the 
difference in eye shape is of fundamental importance, and we are 
maintaining the Typhoctinae and Eotillinae as separate subfamilies, 
at least until the eventual discovery of females of Hotillinae may 
demonstrate that this separation is untenable. 

A comparative study of the genitalia of Hotilla and Typhoctes 
considerably strengthens the assumption of a close relationship be- 
tween the two groups. The digitus and cuspis in the two genera are 
strikingly similar (compare Figs. 1 and 3 with Fig. 7). The parameres 


202, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


also are nearly identical in form. However, in Hotilla the parameres 
bear simple, scattered fine hairs both on their outer and inner margins 
(Fie. 7), while Typhoctes has similar, scattered, unequally lone hairs 
only on the outer faces of the parameres, while the inner faces of the 
parameres bear a comb-like line of short, equal, rigid, approximated 
bristles (Kies. 1, 2, 3b). The two groups, however, differ considerably 
in the form of the aedeagus. In EKotillinae and in the Apteroeyninae 
it is essentially tiphioid in form and may be presumed to be primitive, 
as has been previously assumed by the junior author (Schuster, 1949). 
The two halves of the aedeagus are closely united in an essentially 
terete shaft, which does not appear bilobed at the summit. In contrast, 
in Typhoctes the aedeagus consists of two obviously discrete plates, 
only loosely united, and, 7 sifu, is clearly, distinctly bilobed. In spite 
of this latter difference, we still assume as did one of us (Schuster, 
1949) that ‘‘the correct position of Typhoctes is undoubtedly close 
to the Kotillinae.’ 

The diagnosis which follows will serve as both a subfamilial and 
generic diagnosis, since the subfamily Typhoctinae includes only a 
single genus. 

Male. Head transverse, with large, elongate, subreniform eyes that are slightly 
emarginate on their inner orbits, and that have distinet facets; antennal ‘‘tuber- 
cles’? absent, the antennal insertions opening directly frontally, not obliquely 
downward and laterad; scape short, bicarinate, equal in length to pedicel and first 
flagellar segment combined; mandible edentate at tip and with a small, subapical 
inner tooth (thus bidentate), ventrally neither excised nor armed; maxillary 
palpi 6-segmented, labial palpi 4-segmented. 

Alitrunk with prothorax well developed, dorsally nearly truneate at apex, and 
virtually as long medially as laterally; mesoseutum distinetly transverse; endo- 
phragmal pit approximated to the meso-metaplural suture, the metapleuron wide 
above, narrowed below to the endophragmal pit, where the metapleuron appears 
to disappear (the metapleural-propodeal suture distinet above endophragmal pit, 
but completely lost below, the propodeum and metapleuron thus indistinguishably 
fused below) ; tibial calearia 1-2-24; tarsal claws with a small tooth at middle on 
their inner margins. 

Petiole of abdomen with a basal, slender, terete portion, and a distal, dilated, 
rather transverse portion, which is again strongly constricted at its juncture 
with second tergum; the first sternum slightly convex, the distal part nearly flat, 
smooth, nitid, impunctate, lacking a median keel; basal, terete portion of petiole 
clearly formed by both tergum and sternum; second segment with distinet sub- 
lateral felt line on each side of tergum, limited to basal half of tergum, no felt 
lines on second sternum; hypopygium simple, unmodified. 

Wings with venation relatively well preserved, a distinct, elongate sclerotized 
stigma, a large marginal cell, longer on costa than stigma, three submarginal 

4Mickel (1936) gave the formula as 1-1-2 for the type of Anommutilla difficilis. 
The more easily visible right mid tibia of Mickel’s type has only one calearium, 
the second presumably having been broken off, but the less easily visible apex 
of the left tibia has two calearia. 


PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 913 


cells, the third (cell Ri) truncate on its outer edge, with the vein R; not angulate, 
not giving rise to a spurious vein; third discodial cell truncate on outer side, 
elongate; hind wings lacking all trace of anal lobe and preaxillary excision, the 
subbasal hamuli present; cubitus arising on vein M considerably distad of the 
transverse median vein, the submedian cell thus much shorter than median cell. 

Vestiture moderately coarse, simple except most of erect hairs on head, thorax 
and abdomen finely and very inconspicuously subplumose. 

Female. Head rather similar to that of male, the eyes separated from base of 
mandibles by a distinet malar space; antennae equally elongate, scape not carinate 
below; hypostomal carina less strongly developed, not developed outward to 
posterior mandibular condyles as distinct ridges; maxillary palpi 5-segmented, 
labial palpi 4-segmented; ocelli absent; mandibles as in male; eyes weakly 
convex, narrowly ovate, facetted, large; antennal ‘‘tubercles’’ very poorly 
developed; c¢lypeus as in male. 

Alitrunk highly modified, but distinctly tripartite dorsally; pronotum very 
large, truncate behind, the dorsal face subquadrate to obtrapezoidal, separated 
by a distinct suture dorsally from mesonotum; mesonotum short, strongly trans- 
verse, reduced virtually to a semi-invaginated, transverse sclerite, separated by a 
distinet suture from the elongate, fused metathoracic-propodeal part of the 
alitrunk; mesopleuron evenly swollen, devoid of an oblique sulcus, and continuous 
with the metapleuron from which it is separated by a distinct, quite oblique 
suture; metapleuron and propodeum completely fused, endophragmal pit absent; 
metasternum well developed, lying between the middle coxae; posterior coxae 
armed dorsally with a vestigial tooth; trochanters small, obliquely terminated ; 
tibial ealearia 1-2-2; tarsal claws slender and armed, distad of middle, with a 
sharp inner tooth. 

Gaster with petiole as in male, but distal two-thirds shghtly more strongly 
dilated, the basal portion virtually terete, very slender, formed by both tergum 
and sternum (though the tergal element, as in the male, appears to be reduced) ; 
sternum much as in male; second segment very strongly constricted from the 
nodose first segment, both dorsally and ventrally, quite elongate, relatively 
slightly convex (the gaster oval, rather than cireular in cross-section), with sub- 
lateral felt lines exactly corresponding to those of the male as regards length 
and position; pygidium and hypopygium simple, neither defined by lateral carimae. 

Vestiture simple throughout. 

This subfamily includes only one eenus, Typhoctes Ashmead 
=Anommutilla Mickel), which is known from western North America 
south to Guatemala. Nothing is known as to the host relationships 
of this group. 

Genotype: Mutilla peculiaris Cresson. Monotypic and by designa- 
tion of Ashmead, 1899. 


Key To FEMALES 


1. Pronotal dorsum subquadrate, scarcely narrowed behind, the length including 
neck subequal to greatest width; integument almost entirely black except 
legs, fused metanotum-propodeum and first abdominal tergum red in part; 


Guatemala. guatemalensis Turner 


214 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Pronotal dorsum obviously narrowed behind, obtrapezoidal; integument in 
large*spart reddish...2:0-4) 2.0 eer 0 ee ee 


Neither pronotum nor vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence ; 


thorax highly polished and very sparsely punctate... 8 


Pronotum always, and vertex occasionally, with dense, appressed, pale serice- 
ous pubescence; thorax not so shining, more densely punctate. (Least trans- 
facial distance 1.25-1.3 times the eye height; head width 1.6-1.7 times the 
least transfacial distance; pronotum stout, the length including neck 0.9-1.0 
times the greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeum stouter, rather abruptly 
declivous posteriorly; longer calear of hind tibia 0.55 times as long as hind 
basitarsus))) 


Legs entirely and venter of thorax in part with seattered, erect black setae; 
fused metanotum-propodeum feebly rugose anteriorly and laterally; disk of 
first tergum shallowly rugosopunctate; first two terga with somewhat sinuate, 
apical bands of appressed silvery hairs, the bands broader at sides and nar- 


rowed in middle; Mexico.__.__----------- a AU ort oa ed ee Sr glaber André 


Legs and venter of thorax with only pale erect hair; fused metanotum- 
propodeum with only fine, seattered punctures; disk of first tergum with fine, 
separated punctures; first two terga each with an even, narrow apical band 
of appressed silvery vestiture. (Tibial calearia entirely white, the longer one 
on hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus, the tibial spines rather 
weak; third tergum without appressed pubescence discally or on apical band; 
malar space long, 0.43 times the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15 
times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the least transfacial distance ; 
pronotum slender, rather elongate, the length including neck 1.1 times the 
greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeum slender and elongate, gradually 
sloping posteriorly; metasternal process weakly suleate along midline, virtually 
impunctate, the apical margin emarginate but not bilobate.) Southern Cali- 
EO UTNE eenen ees men eae PE ee ee eet ee a williamsi, new species? 


Third tergum without appressed discal pubescence or an apical band; tibial 
calearia entirely white; lower front and sides of propodeum closely striate, 
impunctate or virtually so; metasternal process keeled along midline and 
weakly punctate, the apical margin emarginate but not bilobate; malar space 
one-third the eye-height. (Tibial spines stronger than im williamsi but less 
than in peculiaris; vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence ; 
first tergum with an even, narrow, apical band of appressed silvery vestiture. ) 


Southwest Texas to southern Arizona...._________-________-.._. striolatus, new species 
, 


Third tergum with moderately abundant, appressed discal pubescence and 
with a narrow apical band of appressed setae; tibial calearia white with black 
tips; lower front without striae, the propodeal sides punctate and occasionally 
apparently striate when punctures are dense and confluent in rows; meta- 
sternal process not or only very weakly keeled, the apical margin moderately 


5Atypically colored specimens of guatemalensis Turner may run here. See notes 


in specific discussion of guatemalensis. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 215 


to strongly emarginate and bilobate; malar space one-fourth the eye-height. 
LE IRE cat een eee Mec uiarise: (Cresson) ee ee ep 


Vertex without dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band of 
appressed silvery vestiture on first tergum greatly broadened at sides; apical 
band on third tergum dark; metasternal process nearly smooth or with coarse 
punctures posteriorly only; mid and hind tibiae with somewhat fewer spines; 
Washington, Idaho, Utah, California and western Arizona._______________-------- 
peru hg a reat oR Nt Se th ee Bie es peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson ) 


Vertex with a band of dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band 
on first tergum narrow and even; apical band on third tergum silvery at least 
in middle; metasternal process coarsely and contiguously punctate; mid and 
hind tibiae with more numerous spines; central Arizona and southeastern 
Colorado east to western Kansas and Texas. peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell) 


Key to MALES 


(Males of p. mirabilis, glaber and guatemalensis are unknown. ) 


Ocelli smaller, the postocellar line slightly shorter (0.94) than ocellocular lire; 
tibial calearia white, narrowly tipped with black; genitalia (Fig. 3) stouter. 
(Dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen partly or entirely with erect, black 
hairs, those on abdomen relatively slender and barely subplumose, the decum- 
bent vestiture sparser; inner eye margins less divergent above, the least 
transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through anterior 
ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.80 times as long as second; legs entirely dark, 
longer calearium of hind tibia 0.64 times as long as hind basitarsus; apex of 
hypopygium slightly retuse.) ._________________ peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson ) 


-Ocelli somewhat larger, the diameter half again as large as in p. peculiaris, 


the postocellar line 1.1-1.5 times as long as ocellocular line; tibial ecalearia 
entirely white; genitalia (Figs. 1, 2) more slender 2 


Vestiture sparser, the erect hairs on dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen 
partly or entirely dark, those on gaster stouter and more noticeably sub- 
plumose; decumbent vestiture sparser; legs black, longer calearium of hind 
tibia 0.60 times as long as hind tarsus; inner eye-margins less divergent 
above, the least transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through 
anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.67 times as long as second; post- 
ocellar line 1.1 times as long as ocellocular line; apex of hypopygium slightly 
HRHIIS <exerenieiiey, KO Nes Bh) yerici saan rely a striolatus, new species 


Vestiture denser, the erect hairs entirely glittering white except on last two 
terga, those on gaster more slender and barely subplumose; decumbent vesti- 
ture denser, obscuring sculptural details on pronotum and mesopleuron; legs 
red, longer calcarium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus; inner 
eye-margins more divergent above, the least transfacial distance 0.67 times 
the transfacial distance through anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.75 
times as long as second; postocellar line 1.5 times as long as ocellocular line; 
apex of hypopygium broadly rounded; genitalia (Fig. 1) as figured 
eT RNS SP EES ee OM ge ee Re ne ee ee a ee ee williamsi, new species 


216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Typhoctes guatemalensis Turner 


Typhoctes guatemalensis Turner, 1909. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 3: 485 (9; 
San Geronimo, Guatemala; type in British Museum ).—Reid, 1941. Trans. 


Roy. Ent. Soc. London 91: 385, figs. 15, 16. 


We have not seen material of this rather distinctive species. It 
differs from the other known females by a combination of the almost 
quadrate pronotal disk (as figured by Reid) which lacks dense ap- 
pressed vestiture, the almost entirely black integument, the more 
densely punctate head with punctures tendine to become lonegitudi- 
nally confluent, the longitudinally striate pronotum, and the finely, 
horizontally striate ‘‘pleurae.’’ Turner’s description is quoted below. 

Dr. Yarrow has furnished some notes on Turner’s type. He says 
that it agrees with the first half of couplet 1 in the foregone key, 
but that the pronotal length including the neck is 1.1 times its e@reat- 
est width (the neck is hidden beneath the head on the card mount, 
but the ratio is not less than 1.1). Additional material of guate- 
malonsis may possibly differ from the type in some details of colora- 
tion, In which case specimens would trace to the second half of couplet 
3 in our key. Dr. Yarrow indicates the following characters for 
guatemalensis as compared with williamsi: Legs and venter of thorax 
with pale hair; fused metanotum-propodeum longitudinally rugose 
except on sides where the rugosity is more or less diagonally transverse, 
the anterolateral areas in front of spiracles smooth as is the basal 
declivous dorsal area; disk of first tergum rugosopunetate; first four 
terga (and possibly the fifth) with even, apical pale bands becoming 
progressively narrower. (Tibial calcaria pale, the loneer one on hind 
tibia 0.61 times as long as hind basitarsus; hind tibia with spines only 
apically, three ventral and one dorsal, not very stout; third tereum 
with apical pale band, appressed hair on all terga reddish brown: 
malar space short, 0.29 times the eye-height; ventral characters not 
visible. ) 

O. Head subquadrate, a little broader than long, broader than the pronotum, 
punctured closely, the punctures tending to become confluent longitudinally, very 
thinly clothed with black pubescence; eyes extending rather nearer to the base of 
the mandibles than to the posterior margin of the head, elongate ovate; ocelli 
absent. Antennae filiform, nearly as long as the thorax, the second joint of the 
flagellum half as long again as the first and a little longer than the third, the 
apical joints slender but short. Pronotum a little narrower than the head, as 


Fig. 1, Typhoctes williamsi, n. sp., male genitalia, left half ventral view, right 
half dorsal view (Borego paratype); fig. la, the same, left paramere, digitus and 
cuspis, mesal view (Fish Creek Mts. paratype); fig. 1b, the same, aedeagus, 
unflattened, ventral view. Fig. 2, 7. striolatus, n. sp., male genitalia, left half 
ventral view, right half dorsal view. Fig. 3, 7. p. peculiaris (Cr.), male genitalia, 
left half ventral view, right half dorsal view (Turlock, Calif.) ; fig. 3a, the same, 
aedeagus, flattened, ventral view (Mt. Diablo, Calif.); fig. 3b, the same, left 
paramere, digitus and cuspis, mesal view. Fig. 4, 7. williamsi, n. sp., lateral 
outline view of male (Borego paratype). (Drawings by A. D. Cushman). 


1957 


OCTOBER, 


5, 


59, NO. 


VOL. 


SOC. WASH., 


PROC. ENT. 


218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


7 
Pl3+Ppdm 


Fig. 5, Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Ckll.), lateral outline view of female, 
Fig. 6, the same, ventral view of alitrunk. Fig. 7, Eotilla mickeli Schus., male 
genitalia, ventral view (Chile). (Drawings by junior author, from Ent. Amer. 
29) (m.s:)), pl. 14). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 219 


broad as the metanotum, from which it is separated by a deep transverse suture; 
longitudinally striated and sparsely clothed with long, greyish pubescence. Pleurae 
finely horizontally striate. Metanotum longer than the pronotum, longer than 
broad, obliquely sloped posteriorly, not truncate, longitudinally striated in the 
middle and at the base, obscurely punctured at the sides and apex. Abdomen 
shining, very finely and closely punctured, very sparsely clothed with long cinere- 
ous pubescence on the sides and apex, a transverse band of short whitish pubes- 
cence at the apex of each segment; first segment triangular, attached to the 
thorax by a short petiole, the second segment large, twice as long as the third, 
with a strong constriction between the first and second segments. Intermediate 
tibiae with two apical spines. 

‘“Black; the two basal joints of the flagellum testaceous; the metathorax 
(except a large black spot at the base), the first abdominal segment (exeept a 
triangular black spot at the apex), the base of the posterior tibiae, and the 
intermediate and posterior trochanters and coxae ferruginous; calearia white. 

“‘Tength 7 mm.’’ 

Male. Unknown. 


Typhoctes glaber André 


Typhoctes glaber André, 1903. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 72: 448 (9, Mexico; type 
in Paris Museum?) 


This species is known to us from the original description only. 
Apparently it is rather similar to the female of williamsi in having a 
shining integument with rather sparse, erect vestiture and no dense, 
appressed pubescence on pronotum or head. It is noticeably larger 
than williamsi and differs in having black hairs on the legs, apical 
bands of silvery appressed hair on first and second terga which are 
sinuate and broader at sides than in middle, and in having a more 
coarsely punctate first tergum. 

A translation of the original description is given below. The char- 
acters which we have set in italics separate glaber from williamsi. 

Length 11 mm. Entirely deep ferruginous, somewhat shining, apices of antennae 
and mandibles blackish; the first two abdominal segments each margined apically 
by a border of long, silvery hairs which is somewhat sinuate, wider laterally than 
medially where it disappears in part. Pubescence of body somewhat sparse; 
dorsum covered with long, pilose, sparse blackish pubescence, which is also evident 
ventrally, where it is mixed with white hairs. Legs sparsely covered with blackish 
hairs; calearia white; tibial and tarsal spines black. 

Head rounded, subquadrangular, as wide as thorax, finely and sparsely pune- 
tate; eyes large, elongate oval, slightly convex, nearer to occiput than to articula- 
tion of mandibles; frontal ridges indistinct; mandible rather narrow, terminating 
in a sharp point; antennae very slender, scape rather short, all the segments of 
flagellum elongate, the second segment much longer than the first, scarcely longer 
than the third. Thorax visibly contracted between pronotum and mesonotum; 
pronotum an inverted trapezoid, narrower behind than in front, somewhat flat- 
tened dorsally, finely and very sparsely punctate; the rest of thorax oval, not 
divided, rounded in back, feebly rugose in front and on the sides, sparsely pune- 


220 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


tate on the disk. Abdomen eclongate, fusiform; first segment joined to thorax by 
a slender, eylindrical petiole which is much shorter than the rest of segment; the 
hind part of first segment triangular as seen from above, visibly contracted at 
apex, very shallowly rugosopunctate and bearing some widely separated coarse 
punctures in addition; second segment very finely and rather densely punctate; 
apieal segments almost smooth and more shining. 


Male. Unknown. 


Typhoctes williamsi,® new species 
(Figs. 1 and 4) 


Females of this species differ from those of striolatus and peculiaris 
ina large number of features, chief among them being the much more 
elongate and slender alitrunk with the fused metathorax-propodeum 
appearing somewhat obpyriform and constricted anteriorly (in lateral 
profile most inflated just anterior to the insertion of mid coxae), the 
very reduced sculpture with the integument in general highly pol- 
ished, and the virtual absence of elittering appressed pubescence on 
head and pronotum. 

In the latter feature, williamsi closely approaches glaber André 
from Mexico. It differs from that species in the entirely white, elit- 
tering hairs on the legs and in the narrow, complete and even bands 
of silvery hairs at the apices of the first two abdominal terga. 7. 
williams?’ also has the punctation of the first abdominal tergum fine 
throughout, while in glaber it is described as coarse distally. 

The male of williams: is the most distinctive of the three species 
known in that sex, being distinguished at once by the red legs, ex- 
tremely dense, almost entirely white, @littering vestiture, and broadly 
rounded apical margin of the hypopyeium. Other differences are as 
noted in the key. 

There is a possibility that williamsi may prove to be only sub- 
specifically distinct from glaber, but the original description of that 
species fails to mention characters which might enable us to reach a 
definite conclusion on this point. Certainly, the two are at least sub- 
specifically distinct. 

Dr. Williams states (personal communication to senior author) 
that most of the males taken by him at Borego were visiting two or 
three mats of Euphorbia polycarpa Benth. on the desert sands. The 
single female was caught while it was running over the sand in the 
late morning. Dr. Bohart states that the single female taken by him 
was captured near a nest of Pogonomyrmex and was superficially 
very similar to the ants in appearance. 

Type.— ¢; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California; May 12, 
1955 (FE. X. Williams; on mat Euphorbia) (California Academy of 
Sciences). 


‘For Francis X. Williams, collector of most of the type series. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 221 


Male. 
entirely light red except most of tarsi which are infuseated, mandible except tip 


Length 6.5 mm., forewing including tegula 4.5 mm. Shining, black, legs 


darker red, antenna beneath reddish, brown above, tibial calearia entirely white. 
Wings very pale hyaline, forewing slightly infumated toward apex; veins basally 
testaceous, brown apically. Vestiture long, rather coarse, almost entirely glittering 
white, the last two terga with ereet black hair, and mid and hind tibiae externally 
with a few seattered, ereet dark hairs; erect hairs on head, thorax and abdomen 
slender as in peculiaris, only very slightly subplumose. 

Clypeus with very dense, decumbent hair, surface seulpture not visible; front 
and temples with similar, but somewhat sparser decumbent vestiture and long, 
seattered erect hairs; vertex with much sparser decumbent vestiture and some 
erect hairs; occiput with moderately dense, erect hair; first flagellar segment 
three-fourths as long as second; least transfacial distance two-thirds the trans- 
facial distance through middle of anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye- 
length; ocelli larger than in p. pecularis, the diameter half again as large: 
distanee between anterior and posterior ocelli half as great as postocellar distance, 
the latter distance half again as great as ocelloeular distance; entire head cor- 
respondingly more densely punctate than in typical peculiaris. 

Thoracic dorsum with abundant appressed pubescence which is densest on 
pronotum, and also with ereet hairs whieh are about as long and as dense as 
on occiput; thoracic dorsum with small punetures which are correspondingly 
denser than in p. peculiaris, the mesonotum more sparsely punctate on disk than 
at sides; lateral surface of pronotum and mesopleuron with appressed pubescence 
which is very dense on latter, and also with erect, scattered hairs on latter; upper 
part of metapleuron with vestiture similar to that of mesopleuron; propodeum 
with most of pubescence appressed, rather dense on dorsum, sparser on sides, 
and very sparse posteriorly. 

Coxae laterally with dense, coarse subappressed pubescence; femora, tibiae and 
tarsi with fine, dense, short appressed pubescence; femora beneath with long, 
seattered, erect white hairs; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as 
hind basitarsus. 

Abdomen with abundant ereet pubescence, that on first tergum longer and 
somewhat sparser than on succeeding terga; first and second terga with narrow 
apieal bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth terga with similar but muen 
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae; second to sixth sterna each 
with a row of appressed simple setae at apex; second to fifth terga with pune- 
tures of two distinct sizes, a series of somewhat larger and more seattered ones, 
and others which are smaller and more abundant; first sternum smooth; ‘seconc 
sternum with discal punctures noticeably larger than elsewhere on abdomen and 
sparser than on sueceeding sterna; punctures of third to sixth sterna moderately 
dense, uniform in size; hypopygium with apieal margin broadly rounded; genitalia 
(of paratype) as figured (Fig. 1). 

The male paratypes vary in length from 5.0 to 7.0 mm. The Borego Desert 
series agrees very well in all essentials with the type, but the three specimens 
from San Bernardino County have the forelegs castaneous rather than light red, 
and the punctation of first and second terga of the specimen from Boron is 
sparser than normal. 


222 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Allotype—® ; same data as type but April 23, 1955 (CAS). 

Female.—Length 6.5 mm. Shining, uniformly light orange-red except tarsi 
very slightly infuscated, tibial calearia entirely white. Long erect hairs of head 
and thoracic dorsum black or dark brown, on venter of head and thorax, legs and 
abdomen glittering white; appressed pubescence on thoracic dorsum and disk of 
second tergum very sparse, pale golden, the disk of third tergum with a very few, 
inconspicuous, similar, appressed hairs; sides of thorax (except absent on pro- 
notum), legs and abdomen except disk of second tergum silvery pubescent. 

Head lacking appressed pubescence except for a very few hairs between eyes 
and on antennae, lower half of front with scattered small punctures; upper half 
of front and vertex virtually impunctate except along inner eye margins, highly 
polished; occiput with punctures more concentrated; malar space long, 0.43 times 
the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15 times the eye-height; head width 
1.7 times the least interocular distance; first and second flagellar segments sub- 
equal in length, 

Pronotum obtrapezoidal, more elongate than in peculiaris and striolatus, dor- 
sally highly polished and only remotely and finely punctate, the length including 
neck 1.1 times greatest width, some sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly on 
disk, the long erect setae denser anteriorly than posteriorly, the virtually im- 
punctate, polished lateral surfaces with only a few weak, short setae; dorsal 
surface of fused metanotum-propodeum more elongate than in striolatus, polished, 
with sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly, and seattered, erect, long setae; 
punctures fine and scattered; posterior slope of propodeum gradual, with sparse, 
appressed silvery vestiture; mesopleuron with close punctures and moderately 
abundant, appressed silvery pubescence; fused metapleuron-propodeum punctate 
anteriorly only, no traces of striae; metasternal process smooth, nitid, virtually 
impunctate, ecarinate, slightly suleate along midline, emarginate at apex but not 
bilobate. 

Coxae laterally with subappressed, dense, short silvery hair; coxae’ beneath, 
femora and tibiae with seattered, long, erect silvery setae; mid and hind tibiae 
with a preapical row of two short, weak spines on outer surface and a second row 
bearing only a single preapieal spine; longer calearium of hind tibia two-thirds 
as long as hind basitarsus. 

First and second terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed 
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with seattered, decumbent, silvery sericeous 
hairs on rest of disk and moderately abundant, long, ereet white setae; second 
tergum with scattered, decumbent pale golden setae on disk and scattered, ereet, 
partly fuscous setae which are more concentrated anteriorly; succeeding terga 
with only scattered, erect, largely fusecous setae. 

The single female paratype is 5.6 mm. long, and is very similar to the type in 
coloration, vestiture and punetation. 

Paratypes.—13 ¢ 6; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California ; 
April 23 (8 3 ¢), April 29 (4 3 6), May 12 (6 ¢ ¢), all 1955 
(KF. X. Williams; mostly on mat Euphorbia) (CAS, USNM, BM, 
RMS, HEE, KVK). 1 2 ; Borego Valley, San Diego Co., California; 
April 18, 1957 (R. M. Bohart) [USNM]. 1 ¢,; Fish Creek Mis. 
Imperial Co., California; April 20, 1955 (W. R. M. Mason) (CNC). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 223 


1 ¢; 10 mi. s. of Mecca, Riverside Co., California; April 4, 1937 
(P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 1 ¢ ; 14 mi. w. of Boron, San Bernardino 
@o=-Calitornia. April 25,1953 (B.D. Hurd)’ (CIS). 1-3. ; Needles, 
San Bernardino Co., California; April 3, 1951 (J. W. MacSwain) 
(CIS). 1 6 ; Kramer Hills, San Bernardino Co., California; May 1, 
1953-(R. Debord) "CUSNM,):. 

In addition to the type series, three other individuals have been 
seen which are apparently referable to 7. williamsi, but may represent 
a separate race: 1 9,6 4 6; Thousand Palms, Riverside Co., Cali- 
fOrnmias April (ac 6 ); ta Co). los )5 20 (2 ), 26 Cs), all 
1955 (W. R. M. Mason) (CNC). The males are essentially inseparable 
from the male described above, but the single female differs in three 
features, as follows: the gaster, except for the petiole, is piceous to 
black; the third abdominal tereum has a rather conspicuous median 
patch of appressed, silvery hairs; the mesopleuron tends to have the 
setigerous punctation longitudinally confluent to the point where it 
appears obscurely longitudinally striolate, rather than distinctly 
punctate. Although the differences in pigmentation and_ vestiture 
eive this latter female a wholly deviant aspect, we believe that recog- 
nition of it as a separate taxon to be premature. The fact that it 
occurred in the same locality with males inseparable from ‘‘normal’’ 
T. williams: males appears to indicate that it represents an extreme 
individual of 7. williams:. The critical cephalic indices of this female 
are essentially identical with the allotype of 7. williamsi: least trans- 
facial distance 1.17 times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the 
least interocular distance. Until and unless it can be shown that this 
female is incorrectly associated with 7. williams: males, it appears 
preferable to refer it to this species. 


Typhoctes striolatus, new species 
(Ghigs 2) 


The female of striolatus is most closely similar to that of peculiaris 
mirabilis with which it agrees in general aspect, particularly in the 
presence, on all but worn individuals, of a elitterine vestiture of 
appressed, pale golden hairs on the vertex and pronotum. However, 
it differs from this, as well as typical peculiaris, in several noteworthy 
structural characters that prohibit considering these forms as specifi- 
cally identical, such as: the lateral faces of the propodeum are con- 
spicuously striolate; the metasternal process is weakly punctate 
throughout, distinctly keeled along midline, and merely weakly emar- 
oinate at the apex, with the process on each side of the emargination 
not elaborated as a distinct rounded lobe; third abdominal tergum 
with only sparse, long, erect hairs, lacking appressed silky vestiture. 

The male associated with these females is also certainly specifically 
distinct from males of typical peculiaris (males of p. mirabilis are 
unknown). It differs at once from males of both peculiaris and wil- 
liamsi in the somewhat stouter, more definitely subplumose, erect 


D4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


hairs on the gaster, and the comparatively sparser punctation and 
vestiture. Some noteworthy characters separating it from males of 
peculiaris are the somewhat enlarged ocelli, entirely pale tibial cal- 
caria, distance between anterior and posterior ocelli three-fourths 
the postocellar line, the latter 1.1 times the ocellocular distance, and 
the more slender genitalia. It is separated from males of williamsit by 
havine the eyes less strongly divergent above, comparatively longer 
postocellar line, entirely black lees, the loneer calcarium of hind tibia 
relatively shorter, and minor eenitalic differences. 

Type. 2 ; Phoenix, Maricopa Co., Arizona; October 15, 1933 (R. H. 
Crandall) (U. 8S. National Museum, Type No. 63261, donated by 
K. V. Krombein). 

Female.—Length 6.0 mm. Shining; head, thorax, legs and first abdominal 
tergum red, a shade darker than in williamsi; sides and base of second tergum 
red shading into deep castaneous on rest of disk, and terminal segments all black ; 
tibial calearia entirely white. Vestiture partly of long, seattered, erect setae 
which are mostly black, but pale on head beneath, pronotum in part, legs beneath, 
and second and third sterna; head above, temples and pronotum with conspicuous, 
very dense, appressed, pale golden sericeous pubescence, 

Lower half of front with several weak, oblique striae just above antennal in- 
sertions, running outward and slightly upward to lower inner eye margin; vertex 
adjacent to inner eye margins similarly striolate with striae parallel to eyes; 
lower two-thirds of front with seattered punetures bearing long erect setae; upper 
part of front, temples, central portions of vertex and oeeiput with dense, small 
punctures bearing the decumbent vestiture; malar space short, one-third the 
eye-height; head width 1.7 times the least interoecular distance; front between 
eyes 1.25 times the eye-height; first and seeond flagellar segments subequal in 
length. 

Pronotum obtrapezoidal, shorter and stouter than in williamsi, the length in- 
cluding neck 0.9 times the greatest width, the disk and sides closely and delicately 
wrinkled to rugulose-striolate, bearing dense, silky decumbent vestiture, disk with 
erect setae denser on anterior half; dorsum of fused metanotum-propodeum with 
close, fine, irregular, sinuous, transverse wrinkles and seattered, erect, long setae 
and fine, sparse, inconspicuous decumbent setae; posterior slope of propodeum 
abruptly declivous as compared to williamsi, smooth except for a few, straight, 
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; fused metapleuron-propedeum 
obliquely and closely striate, with few interspersed punetures, except for a small, 
smooth triangular area below propodeal spiracle; metasternal plate strongly shin- 
ing, virtually devoid of punctation, with a sharp median keel, the apex merely 
emarginate but not bilobate. 

Coxae laterally with subappressed, rather dense, short, silvery hair; coxae 
beneath, femora and tibiae with scattered, long, erect setae, partly blackish, 
partly silvery; mid tibia with two preapical rows of three short, rather stout 
black spines, posterior tibia with the two preapieal rows bearing only 1-2 such 
spines each; longer ealearium of hind tibia 0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus. 

First and seeond terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed 
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with a few, seattered, decumbent silvery setae 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 225 


on rest of disk and moderately abundant, long, erect, dark setae; second tergum 
with moderately dense, inconspicuous, short, decumbent brown vestiture exeept 
narrowly at base and on sides, and with moderately abundant, erect, long blaek 
setae; succeedirg terga with only scattered, erect, black setae. 

Female paratypes vary in length from 4.8 to 6.8 mm, and the first flagellar 
segment is darker on basal half. The specimens from Arizona are extremely 
similar to the type. The three from Texas show some variation in that two speci- 
mens lack the frontal striae, all three have the irregular wrinkles on dorsal surface 
of fused metanotum-propodeum mainly oblique instead of transverse, and in two 
specimens the terminal abdominal segments are not castaneous but concolorous 


with the first and second terga. 


Allotype— 6 ; The Basin, Big Bend National Park, Chisos Mts., 
Brewster Co., Texas, 5400 ft. elev.; July 8-14, 1948 (H. E. Evans; 
visiting honeydew on oak) (U.S. National Museum, donated by 
H. EK. Evans). 

Male.—Length 6.8 mm., forewing including tegula 4.0 mm. Shining, black, 
mandible except tip reddish, flagellum and tarsi brown, tibial calearia entirely 
white. Wings almost hyaline though slightly darker than in williamsi, the forewing 
shightly infumated beyond veins; veins light brown, stigma and costa darker. 
Vestiture long, rather coarse, correspondingly much sparser than in williamsi ; 
most of vestiture glittering white, but many of erect hairs of head and dorsum 
of thorax and abdomen lght brown, those on last two abdominal terga almost 
entirely light brown; erect hairs of gaster stouter than in peculiaris and williamsi, 
and more plainly subplumose. 

Clypeus with moderately large, contiguous punctures, vestiture silvery exeept 
for a few fuscous hairs medially, appressed and rather dense; temples and lower 
front with equally large but more separated punetures bearing mostly decumbent 
vestiture but with some erect hairs; upper front with finer, closer punctures, most 
of vestiture denuded but what is left mostly appressed; vertex with quite seat- 
tered, larger punctures; occiput with punctation again more dense; first flagellar 
segment two-thirds as long as second; least transfacial distance three-fourths the 
transfacial distance through anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-length; 
ocelli enlarged as in williamsi; distance between anterior and posterior ocelli 
three-fourths the postoeellar line, the latter distance 1.1 times the ocelloeular line. 

Anterior deelivity of pronotum with contiguous punctures and erect vestiture, 
disk with sparse punctation and mixed decumbent and erect hairs, lateral surface 
contiguously punctate, and with appressed hairs; mesonotum with sparse pubes- 
cenee, the disk largely impunetate, laterally and anteriorly with closer punetures ; 
scutellum and postseutellum with vestiture denser, mostly decumbent, punctures 
subcontiguous; mesopleuron with coarse, subeontiguous punctures, and rather 
abundant appressed and erect vestiture; upper part of metapleuron similarly 
punctate and hairy, though somewhat more sparsely so; propodeum with large 
round punctures and mostly appressed vestiture, punctures on dorsum subcontigu- 
ous anteriorly and becoming sparser posteriorly until most intervals are about 
half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter surface with several 
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; lateral surface of propodeum 
about as closely punetate as posterior surface. 


226 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, subappressed pubescence; femora beneath 
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with dense, fine, short 
appressed pubescence; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.60 times as long as hind 
basitarsus. 

Abdominal vestiture sparse as compared to williamsi; first and second terga 
with narrow apical bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth with similar but 
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae, the apical decumbent fringes 
of setae of first five terga all silvery (in peculiaris those of terga 3-5 fuscous and 
much less conspicuous); second to sixth sterna each with a row of appressed 
simple setae at apex; second to fifth terga with punctures of two distinet sizes 
as in williamsi though comparatively sparser, a series of somewhat larger and 
more seattered ones, and others which are smaller and more abundant; first 
sternum smooth; second sternum with discal punetures noticeably larger than 
elsewhere on abdomen though sparser than in williamsi; punetures of third to 
sixth sterna finer, sparser than in williamsi; hypopygium with apical margin very 
slightly retuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 2), noticeably more slender than in 
typical peculiaris. 


Paratypes. 2 2 9 ; same data as type but April 24 and April 26, 
19383 (KVK). 1 9; Presidio, Presidio Co., Texas; June 26, 1930 
(H. R. Tinkham) (UM). 2 92 2; northwest Wilson Co., Texas; 
March-May 1945 (H. B. Parks) (RMS, USNM). 


Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson ) 


This polytypic species is represented by two races, the nominate 
subspecies which occurs in Washineton, Idaho, Utah, California and 
western Arizona, and peculiaris mirabilis from central Arizona and 
southeastern Colorado eastward to western Kansas and Texas. The 
females are larger than the females of the other two species occurring 
in America north of Mexico, but this size distinction is not apparent 
in the males, perhaps because of too limited a series in that sex. Both 
sexes of peculiaris are distinguished from the other U. S. species by 
the dark-tipped tibial calearia. 

The females are separated from those of williamsi and striolatus 
by the presence of moderately abundant appressed, fuscous, sericeous 
vestiture on the third abdominal tergum, the shorter malar space, 
and the more strongly spinose mid and hind tibiae. In addition, 
females of peculiaris are quite distinct from those of williamst by the 
presence of dense, appressed sericeous vestiture on pronotum, the 
comparatively dense punctation, and different proportions of head 
and thorax. The females of peculiaris, particularly those of p. mira- 
bilis, are superficially more similar to those of striolatus, but in addi- 
tion to the characters listed at the beginning of this paragraph, 
females of peculiaris differ from those of striolatus in the absence 
of a median keel on metasternal process, and usually in lacking striae 
on the lateral surface of propodeum, any apparent striation on this 
area due to the punctures beine confluent in rows, forming rugae, 
rather than to a basic grooving of the integument without punctures. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 997 


The males (those of p. mirabilis unknown) differ from the other 
known males in the stouter genitalia and the somewhat smaller ocelli. 
In addition, they differ from males of williamsi in having entirely 
black legs, relatively sparser punctation and vestiture, some erect 
black hairs on head and thorax, the inner eye margins less strongly 
divergent above, the postocellar distance less than ocellocular distance, 
and the slightly retuse apical margin of hypopygium. They differ 
from males of striolatus in having the erect hairs on gaster thinner 
and barely subplumose, the relatively longer first flagellar segment 
and longer calearium of hind tibia. 


Typhoctes peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson), new status 
GEigS93)) 


Mutilla peculiaris Cresson, 1875. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5: 119 (2; California; 
type in Aeademy of Natural Seiences, Philadelphia ).—Blake, 1886. Trans. 
Amer. Ent. Soe. 13: 203.—Dalla Torre, 1897. Cat. Hym. 8: 71. 

Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson), Ashmead, 1899. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soe. 7:53.— 
Ashmead, 1903. Canad. Ent. 35: 202—André, 1903. Gen. Ins., Fase. 11, 
p. 11.—Bradley, 1917. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 43: 288.—Schuster, 1949. Ent. 
Amer. 29 (n.s.): 82 et seq—Krombein, 1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 
2: 751 (synonymizes Anommiutilla difficilis Mickel under peculiaris). 

Cyphotes peculiaris (Cresson), Fox, 1899. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 25: 278 (syn- 
onymizes Chyphotes mirabilis Cockerell under peculiaris).—Melander, 1905. 
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 29: 327. 

Anommutilla difficilis Mickel, 1936. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 295 (4; Oakley, 
Idaho; type in U. S. National Museum).—Schuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29 
(nis: 1117 et seq: 


The females of typical peculiaris are distinguished at once from 
those of p. mirabilis by the lack of dense, appressed, pale sericeous 
pubescence on vertex, the somewhat. finer sculpture of fused meta- 
notum-propodeum and metasternal process, the much broader apical 
silvery band on first abdominal tereum, and the dark apical band 
of hairs of the third tergum. 

Female.—tLength 6.5-11.8 mm. Rather dull because of dense punctation, the 
legs, terminal abdominal terga and all sterna shining; integument red, a darker 
shade than in williamsi, the apex of mandible, a narrow annulus at base of first 
flagellar segment, the terminal flagellar segments and tarsi darker; tibial calearia 
white except extreme tips dark brown or black. Long, ereet black setae on head, 
sides of pronotal disk, fused metanotum-propodeum, legs and abdominal terga; 
shorter, erect white setae on pronotal disk, sides and venter of thorax, legs, first 
and second terga and all sterna except apical three; pronotum entirely covered 
(and often occipital area, in part) with dense, appressed, pale, glittering sericeous 
vestiture. 

Front and vertex with close, moderately large punctures, no striae, rather dense 
erect setae and some seattered, decumbent golden to fuscous setae; temples and 
adjacent occipital regions less closely punctured and with decumbent silvery 
setae; malar space one-fourth as long as eye-height; front between eyes 1.5 times 


228 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


the eye-height; head width 1.6 times the least interocular distance; first and 
second flagellar segments subequal in length, 

Pronotum shorter than in williamsi, similar to that of striolatus, the length 
including neek subequal to greatest width, with dense small punctures bearing 
the decumbent vestiture; fused metanotum-propodeum dorsally with rather dense, 
decumbent, golden to fulvous pubescence which becomes sparser and silvery on 
posterior and lateral surfaces, the dorsal surface with close, small punetures 
which are sparser on posterior surface, and lateral surface rugosopunctate or 
locally with striolation weak and interrupted by irregular punctation; propodeum 
more abruptly declivous and stout as compared to williamsi; metasternal plate 
not or only weakly keeled along midline, surface smooth and nearly impunetate, 
except sometimes coarsely and contiguously punetate posteriorly, apical margin 
deeply emarginate and usually rather strongly bilobate. 

Coxae laterally with subappressed, rather dense, silvery, short hair; coxae 
beneath, femora and tibiae with seattered, long erect setae; mid and hind tibiae 
more strongly spinose than in williamsi or striolatus, but with fewer spines than 
in p. mirabilis, the mid tibia usually with one or two preapical rows composed of 
one or two spines, and hind tibia with a single posterior row of two or three 
and one or occasionally two of the anterior row; longer ealearium of hind tibia 
0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus. 

First tergum with a broad apieal band of appressed silvery pubescence which 
is quite narrow at midline and very much broadened toward sides, the surface 
basad of this band with appressed fulvous to fuseous pubescence and compara- 
tively abundant erect setae; second tergum also with a broad apieal band of 
appressed silvery pubescence (broader than in williams’) which is usually nar- 
rower at midline, the rest of disk with rather dense fulvous to fuscous appressed 
pubescence, obscuring the sculpture, and seattered, erect setae; third tergum with 
sparser, appressed, fulvous to fusecous pubescence and a very narrow, darker, 
apical band and scattered erect black setae; succeeding two terga with scattered 
erect black setae. 

Male. 


shining; antennae and tarsi dark brown; mandible red except apex; tibial eal- 


Length 6 to 7.5 mm., forewing including tegula 4 to 4.5 mm. Black, 


caria white exeept extreme tips dark brown. Wings moderately infumated, the 
apices beyond veins darker. Vestiture long, moderately coarse, correspondingly 
sparser than in williamsi, glittering white except for some black erect hairs on 
the following—head in part, thoracie dorsum in part, second tergum in part, and 
succeeding terga except laterally; ereet hairs of gaster slender, less plumose in 
appearance than in striolatus. 

Clypeus with moderately large, contiguous punetures, vestiture decumbent and 
rather dense; temples and front with smaller, slightly sparser punctures, the 
temples with appressed pubescence, the front with both erect and appressed hair; 
vertex with sparser punctures and both types of vestiture; oeciput more closely 
punctate and with denser setae; first flagellar segment four-fifths as long as 
second; least transfacial distance three-fourths the transfacial distance through 
anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-height; ocelli smaller than in williamsi, 
the diameter two-thirds as great; distance between anterior and posterior ocelli 
slightly more than half the postocellar distance, the latter distance 0.94 times the 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 229 


ocellocular distance; punetation of head correspondingly sparser than in williamsi. 

Pronotal punetation and vestiture intermediate in density between that of 
williamsi and striolatus, decumbent vestiture all pale, the erect hairs pale on 
deelivity and sides of disk, black elsewhere on disk; rest of thoracic dorsum 
intermediate between that of williamsi and striolatus in density of punctation 
and vestiture, the erect hair mostly black with some white hairs laterally; lateral 
surface of pronotum and mesopleuron with rather coarse, contiguous punctures 
bearing moderately dense, pale, mostly decumbent and suberect vestiture; upper 
part of metapleuron with somewhat finer and more separated punctures; pro- 
podeum with large round punctures and mostly appressed, pale vestiture, pune- 
tures on dorsum contiguous anteriorly, becoming sparser posteriorly until most 
interspaces are at least half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter 
surface with several transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion. 

Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, subappressed pubescence; femora beneath 
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with fine, dense, short 
appressed vestiture; longer calearium of hind tibia 0.64 times as long as hind 
basitarsus, 

Abdominal vestiture intermediate in density between that of williamsi and 
striolatus, the erect setae slender as compared to striolatus and very slightly sub- 
plumose; first and second terga with very narrow apical bands of appressed 
vestiture, the third to fifth with similar but narrower bands consisting of a single 
row of setae, quite inconspicuous and fuscous except occasionally partly pale in 
middle on third; second to sixth sterna each with a row of appressed simple setae 
at apex; second to fifth terga usually with punctures of two distinct sizes as 
deseribed for williamsi but occasional specimens with sparser punctation and the 
minute punetures mostly or entirely lacking; ereet vestiture of first tergum all 
pale, of second oceasionally all white but usually black except laterally and at 
apex, of succeeding terga mostly black except occasionally along sides; that of 
sterna mostly pale with occasional interspersed black setae; hypopygium with 
apical margin slightly retuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 3), stouter than in 
striolatus or williamsi. 


WASHINGTON: 1 2; Grand Coulee, Steamboat Rock, Grant Co. ; 
July 10, 1902 (A. L. Melander) (MCZ). 

LD AOR Oe ll vse Oakley. CassiayCo:- July 7; 1927. (dd type of 
difficilis) and July 23, 19380 (?) (USNM). 

UTAH: 1 ¢@: U. A. C. Farm No. 2; Logan, Cache Co.; August 16, 
1925, CA. C. Burnrill) <GXMs)): 

ARIZONA: 1 2; Gila Bend, Maricopa Co.; March 26, 1940 (R. H. 
Crandall) (KVIK). 

CALIFORNIA: 2 ¢ 2°, 2 6 8; Borego Desert, San Diego Co.; 
April 23, 1955 (1 4), April 17, 1956 (1 6 on Euphorbia poly- 
carpa, 1 2 running on sand nearby), April 30, 1957 (¢@) (F. X. 
Williams) (CAS, KVK). 1 @; San Felipe Creek, San Diego 
Co.; September 9, 1938 (P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 1 @ ; Ban- 
ning, Riverside Co.; July 16, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 
1 2; Crystal Lake, Los Angeles Co.; June 29, 1950 (J. W. 
MacSwain) (CIS). 18 ° 9,1 6; Tanbark Flat, Los Angeles 


230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Co.; June 19 (2 9 9, J. W. MacSwain) June 22 (2° 9°09) Fa Xe 
W illiams), June 23 (2 92 9, F. X. Williams), June 24 (2 @ Q, 
EAWDP Hurd), June 25, (4 99, 124, BF. X) Walliams. eek 
Robinson, P. D. Hurd), June 27 (1 9. P..D: Hurd) yJimlya 
(1 ¢@, F. X. Williams), July 8 (8 9 9, F. X. Wilhams), July 
LOG GES oF hee Xe Williams) ), all 1950 (CIS, RMB). 1 ¢, Kramer 
Hills, San Bernardino Co.; May 1, 1953 (P. D. Hurd) (CIS): 
1 ¢; Oro Grande Wash, 11 mi. s. of Adelanto, San Bernardino 
Co.; May 26, 1941 (P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 2 2 9 ; Yermo, 
San Bernardino Co.; April 28, 1949 (E. G. Linsley, J. W. Mac- 
Swain, R. F. Smith) (CIS). 1 ¢ ; Apple Valley, San Bernardino 
Co.; May 19, 1955 (W .R. M. Mason) (CNC). 1 9; Victorville: 
San Bernardino Co.; September 13, 1936 (J. Hansen) (RMS). 
1 oe ee Kern Co.; June 8, 1952 (EK. I. Schlinger) (USNM). 
2 ; Big Pine, Inyo Co.; September 4, 1956 (R. M. Bohart) 
cane 4 1b ORS. BIB Me one Olenches Inyo Co.; August 6, 1948 
(P. D. Hurd, J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 4 9° 9 ; Bishop Creek, 
Inyo Co., 8400 ft. elev.; August 2, 1936 (G. E. Bohart) (CIS). 
1 ¢,1 ¢,; Arroyo Seco Camp, Monterey Co.; June 6, 1956 ( 2 ) 
and June 5, 1957 (¢@) (R. M. Bohart) (RMB). 1 @ : Little 
Pinoche Valley, Fresno Co.; May 11, 1920 (E. O. Essig) (CIS). 
1 9; Bass Lake, Madera Co.; July, 1946 (CIS). 2 6 6; Tur- 
lock, Stanislaus Co.; September 28, 1953 (R. R. Snelling) 
(USNM). 1 2,1 6; Tuolumne City, Tuolumne Co.; June 3 
Ce); and June 14 (9) .-1953 (J. Gy Rozem) (CLS leon tno: 
Creek,, Mono Co.; August 1, 1936 (CIS). 1 @ ; Mokelumne Hill, 
Calaveras Co. (USNM). 2 6 2; Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co., 
2000 ft. elev.; July 26, 1949 and July 17, 1950 (F.. X. Williams) 
(CIS). 3 9 9; Antioch, Contra Costa Co.; July, 1937 (HE. Bb. 
Ross) (CIS), August 8, 1952 (W. E. Ferguson) (CIS) and 
September 10, 1947 (J. W. MacSwain) (USNM). 1 ¢; 18 mi. 
NE of Chico, Butte Co.; May 23, 1956 (R. M. Bohart) (RMB). 
1 2; Hat Creek P. O., Shasta Co.; July 12, 1955 (J. W. Mac- 
Swain) (CIS). 1 9; Norval Flats, Lassen Co., 5500 ft. elev.: 
August 22, 1950" (J. O: Martin)> CUSNIM).. dea erssa@ales 
(USNM). 1 9; ‘‘California’’ (ANSP; type of pecularis). 


Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell) 
(Figs. 5 and 6) 


Cyphotes mirabilis Cockerell, 1896. Canad. Ent. 28: 285 (2; Mesilla Valley, 
New Mexico; type in U. S. National Museum). 
Typhoctes mirabilis (Cockerell), Malloch, 1926. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 68, Art. 


By 105 cy walked ee 
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell), Schuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29 (ns.): 
134, figs. 15, 16. 
Females of this subspecies are separated from those of typical 
peculiaris by the characters cited in the description below. Superficial- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 231 


ly, females of p. nurabilis are very similar to those of striolatus 
because of the dense, appressed, pale pubescence on both vertex and 
pronotum, but differ at once as noted in the discussion of peculiaris 
sens. lat. 

Males of p. mirabilis are unknown. Presumably they will be very 
similar to those of typical peculiaris in most details, perhaps differing 
most notably only in certain minor details of the vestiture. 

Female.—Length 7 to 11 mm. Similar to typical peculiaris except in the fol- 
lowing details: vertex with dense, appressed, pale golden sericeous vestiture as on 
pronotum; sculpture of fused metanotum-propodeum coarser, punctures of dorsal 
and posterior surfaces larger, and lateral surface with larger, subecontiguous 
punctures occasionally confluent in rows; metasternal plate entirely coarsely and 
contiguously to confluently punctate; mid and hind tibiae with more numerous 
spines, usually with two preapical rows of three spines each, occasionally four; 
apical silvery band of first tergum much narrower on sides, essentially equally 
wide throughout; and third tergum with apical band silvery, at least medially. 


ARIZONA: 1 @ ; Heiser OPEINE, Wupatki Natl. Mon., Coconino Co. ; 
July 23, 1949 (airs CNY: yinian) (USNM). 1 9; Joseph City, 
Navajo Co.; August 6, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 1 9; 
Prescott, Yavapar Co... June 29-1932) ((P., H. Timberlake) 
CBr) 2 2oe9 Ou Ticson rime Co. dune, 1933 "CBryant) 
(UM) and August 6, 1946 (H. E. Evans) (HEE). 1 9 ; Babo- 
quivari Mts., Pima Co.; May 7, 1938 (F. H. Parker) (UM). 
1 ¢ ; Patagonia, Santa Cruz Co.; July 20, 1940 (D. J. and J. N. 
Knull) (OSU). 1 9; Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa 
Cruz) Co. July, 26 1955 (Fo XxX. Walhams':* atv li¢ht) (CAS). 
1 9; Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz Co.; September 30, 1939 
(Bryant) (UM). 1 @ ; Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co. (USNM). 

NEW MEXICO: 2 2 2; Jemez Springs, Sandoval Co.; August 1, 
1914 (UM) and July 10, 1954 (Cazier and Gertsch) (AMNH). 
1 @ ; College Campus, Mesilla Valley, Dona Ana Co.; July 1896 
(T. D. A. Cockerell) (USNM, type of mirabilis). 

TEXAS: 2 92 @2; 6-10 mi. w. of Fort Davis, Jeff Davis Co., 5000 ft. 
elev.; July 15-23, 1948 (H. E. Evans; 1 9? on Sphaeralcea 
angustifolia) (HEE). 2 ? 2; Abilene, Taylor Co.; October 10, 
1943 (C. L. Remington) (USNM, RMS). 

KANSAS: 1 2; Norton Co., 2270 ft. elev.; August 24, 1912 (F. X. 
Williams) (KU). 1 9; Graham Co. (KU). 1 2 ; Seward Co., 
2600 ft. elev.; August 18, 1911 (F. X. Williams) (KU). 1 2; 
Stanton Co., 3000 ft. elev.; July 30, 1911 (F. X. Wilhams) (KU). 
i 9) Stanton Co. 3000 ft. elev. (S.J. Hunter) (KU). 2 

2: Morton Co., 2800 ft. elev.; August 5, 1911 (F. X. Wil- 
hams) (KU). 

COLORADO: 1 ¢: Iamon, Lincoln Co.; August 20, 19387 (G. 
Englehardt) (KVK).1 2 ; San Luis, Costilla Co.; July 21, 1929 
(H. G. Rodeck) (UM). 1 2; Antonito, Conejos Co.; August 5, 
1900 (UM). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


MEXICO: CHIHUAHUA: 3 2? 2; Samalayuca; June 24, 1947 

(Crazier, Michener and Bradt) (AMNH). 
REFERENCES 

André, E. 1903. Fam. Mutillidae. Gen. Ins., Fase. 11, 77 pp., 3 pl. 

Ashmea, W. H. 1899. Super-families in the Hymenoptera and Generic Synopses 
of the Families Thynnidae, Myrmosidae and Mutillidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent. 
Soe. 7: 45-60. 

Bradley, J. C. 1917. Contributions toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae and 
Their Allies of America North of Mexico. IV. A Review of the Myrmosidae. 
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 43: 247-290, 6 pl. 

Buzicky, A. W. 1941. A Monograph of the Genus Chyphotes of North America 
Ent. Amer. 21 (n.s.): 201-243, 4 pl. 

Fox, W. J. 1899. The North American Mutillidae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 25: 
219-292. 

Krombein, K. V. 1951. Jn Muesebeek, Krombein and Townes. Typhoctes in 
Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico—Synoptie Catalog. U. 8. Dept. 
Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 751. 

Malloch, J. R. 1926. Systematie Notes on and Descriptions of North American 
Wasps of the Subfamily Brachyeistiinae. Proc. U. 8S. Natl Mus. 68, Art. 3, 
28 pp., 4 pl. 

Mickel, C. E. 1936. Two New Genera and Five New Species of Mutillidae. Ann. 
Ent. Soe. Amer. 29: 289-297, 5 figs. 

Pate, V. S. L., 1947. A Conspeetus of the Tiphiidae, with Particular Reference 
to the Nearetic Forms. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soe. 55: 115-145, 2 pl. 

Reid, J. A., 1941. The Thorax of the Wingless and Short-winged Hymenoptera. 
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London 91: 367-446, 81 fig. 

Schuster, R. M. 1946. A Revision of the Sphaerophthalmine Mutillidae of 
America North of Mexico. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 39: 692-703, 2 fig. 

——————, 1949. Contributions Toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae of the 
Neotropical Region. IIT. A key to the Subfamiles Represented and Deserip- 
tions of Several New Genera. Ent. Amer. 29 (n.s.): 59-140, 5 pl. 


NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MALLOPHAGA FROM 
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS OF THAILAND! 
K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma 
and 
Ropert EF. Eveen, Department of Zoology, 
University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma 
The Mallophaga described and identified in the following notes, ex- 
cept for one small series in the British Museum (NH), were collected 
in Thailand by R. E. Elbel, H. G. Diegnan, and Boonsong Lekagul 
during the period April 1953 to April 1955. Host identifications were 
I This investigation was supported by researeh grant E-1722 from the National 
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Institutes of Health, 
Public Health Service. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 O25 


furnished by Mr. Deignan, and are in accordance with the classifica- 

tion to be discussed in his forthcoming ‘‘Check-list of the Birds of 

Thailand.’’ Skins of the birds from which the lice were collected are 

now in the U. 8S. National Museum. Collections were made possible 

by assistance from the U. S. National Museum and the United States 

Operations Mission to Thailand. The holotype and allotype of the 

new species described herein have been deposited in the U. S. National 

Museum. Dr. Theresa Clay, British Museum (NH), loaned consider- 

able material for comparison, and offered many helpful suggestions. 

The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance given by Dr. Clay, 

Dr. Phyllis T. Johnson, and Mr. Deignan during the preparation of 

this report. 

AMBLYCERA 
Amyrsidea monostoecha (Kellogg). 

Menopon monostoechum Kellogg, 1896. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2), 6: 530, pl. 
72, fig. 4. Type host: Phasianus nychthemerus=Lophura nycthemera nycthe- 
mera (Linnaeus). 

Specimens collected.—4 males and 4 females at Ban Na Muang, Na 

Haeo, Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi (Oates). The 

species was described from specimens taken off a Silver Pheasant in 

San Francisco, Calif. The specimens taken agree with Kelloge’s de- 

scriptions and illustrations, but have not been compared with the 

types or with material from type host. 


Amyrsidea phaeostoma (Nitzsch). 


Menopon phaecostomum Nitzsch, 1866. Z. ges. Nat. Wiss. 28: 391. Type host: 
Pavo cristatus (Linnaeus). 
Specimens collected 4 males and 3 females on Phu Kho Mountain, 
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus timperator 
Delacour. Two species of Amyrsidea are found on Pavo cristatus, this 
being the larger of the two forms. The specimens collected appear to 
be conspecific with material from the type host. They agree with 
specimens which Dr. Clay has compared with the figures in the 
Nitzsch Manuscript presently in the British Museum (NH). The 
smaller species of Amyrsidea, which is more common on domestic pea 
fowls, was not collected. The male genitalia are illustrated in figure 15. 


Amyrsidea uniseriata (Piaget). 


Menopon uniseriatum Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 464, pl. 37, fig. 4. Type 
host: Phasianus praelatus=Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). 
Specimens collected.—29 males and 15 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun- 
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 male and 2 females at Ban Sang 
Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 3 males and 2 females on Phu Phak 
Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 4 males and 2 females 
on Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei; and 1 male and 4 females at 
Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). 
This species apparently has not been reported since the original de- 


934 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


seription. Specimens have been compared with the Piaget types in 
the British Museum (NH), and they appear to be conspecific. The 
male genitalia are illustrated in figure 14. 


Colpocephalum echinatum Ewing. 


Colpocephalum echinatum Ewing, 1930. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash., 32: 118. Type 
host: Pavo muticus muticus Linnaeus. 
Specimens collected.—8 males and 8 females on Phu Kho Mountain, 
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus imperator 
Delacour. Specimens have been compared by Dr. Johnson with Ew- 
ing’s types in the U. 8. National Museum, and they appear to be 
conspecific. 
Menopon gallinae (Linnaeus). 


Pediculus gallinae Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10: 613. Type host: Phasi- 

anus gallus (‘‘domesticus’’)=Gallus gallus ‘‘domesticus.’’ 
Specimens collected. 6 males and 3 females at Ban Sang Kho, Khok 
Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 2 males and 2 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun- 
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 2 males and 3 females at Ban Mu- 
ang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; and 11 males and 12 females on Khao Sawan 
Mountain, Sieo, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). This species 
is rather common on both domestic and wild chickens. We are un- 
able to distinguish between the specimens taken off Lophura diardi 
and those collected off chickens. 


ISOCHNOCERA 


Cuclotogaster phayrei n. sp. 

Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 5. Abdominal tergites 
on segments II and III, divided medianly. Aceessory dorsal plates, not divided 
medianly, on abdominal segments III-VI. Genitalia as shown in figure 16. 

Female.—Similar to the male in general shape, but slightly larger; being 1.68 
mm in total length. Antennae filiform. Abdominal tergites divided medianly in 
segments II-VII. Posterior margin of vulva bilobed; with 16 to 18 short setae 
evenly spaced on the margin, and 16 to 18 minute setae seattered on the surface. 

This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster gedgii (Clay), 1938, 
found on Francolinus clappertoni gedgii Ogilvie-Grant. The male of 
C. gedgvi has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments II-VI, 
and they are divided medianly on segments II, III, VI, and VII. The 
male of C. phayrei has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments 
IfI-VI, none of which are divided. The male genitalia of the two 
forms differ greatly. The female of C. phayrei possesses more setae 
on the margin of the vulva than does C. gedgu. The undivided ter- 
eite on abdominal segment VIII is also distinctive. 

Type host——Francolinus pintadeanus phayrei (Blyth). 

Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 2 paratype males 
and 1 paratype female were collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong 
Khlung, Kamphaeng Phet. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Ind 
co 
On 


Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp. 

Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 6. Posterior ptero- 
thoracic setae arranged: 1, 2, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergite on segment IT 
is divided medianly, the remainder being transversly continuous. Accessory dorsal 
plates, on abdominal segments IV-VII; none of which are divided medianly. 
Genitalia as shown in figure 17. 

Female.—Similar to the male in general shape, but larger; being 2.02 mm in 
total length. Antennae filiform. Dorsal posterior pterothoracic setae arranged: 
1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergites on segments II-VITI, divided medianly. Ex- 
cept for terminal segments, abdominal chaetotaxy same as in the male. Chaetotaxy 
and structure of genital region same as that given by Clay (19388) for C. inso- 
litus. 

This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster imsolitus (Clay), 
1938, found on Arborophila rufogularis tickelli (Hume). The form 
is distinguished from C. insolitus by the more rounded anterior mar- 
gin of the head and by being considerably larger. In the male of C. 
insolitus, the tergal plates on abdominal segments II-VI are divided 
medianly ; in ©. subinsolitus, only the tergal plate on abdominal seg- 
ment II is divided medianly. The male genitalha of the two forms 
appear to be very similar. The female of C. subinsolitus does not 
have the tergal plate on abdominal segment VIII divided medianly. 

Type host—Arborophila brunneopectus brunneopectus (Blyth). 

Type material.—Holotype male, allotype female, 9 paratype males, 
and 10 paratype females collected on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok 
Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei. 

Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget). 
Goniodes parviceps Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 277, pl. 23, fig. 2. Type host: 
Pavo cristatus Linnaeus. 

Specimens collected—8 males and 6 females on Phu Kho Mountain, 
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; off Pavo muticus imperator 
Delacour. Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget) and Goniocotes rectangu- 
latus Nitzsch are two closely related forms found on Pavo cristatus. 
Both are atypical, and are occasionally included in the genus Gonio- 
des. The females possess characters typical of those found in other 
species of Goniocotes. The sexual dimorphism exhibited in the head 
of the male and the male genitalia indicate an affinity to the genus 
Goniodes; these are illustrated in figures 9, 10, and 11. We believe 
that both species should be retained in Goniocotes until a more com- 
plete study ean be made of the genus. Goniocotes yngarejsuf Kichler 
1950, was described and illustrated from female specimens taken off 
Pavo cristatus. The descriptions and illustrations agree completely 
with females of Goniocotes parviceps taken from that host. Speci- 
mens collected off Pavo muticus imperator have been compared with 
material from the type host and they appear to be conspecific. The 
male genitalia are complex and there are minor differences, but these 
appear to be no greater than the differences between individuals col- 
lected off the same host. 


236 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Goniodes cervinicornis Giebel 
Goniodes cervinicornis Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 199. Type host: Phasianus 
nycthemerus=Lophura nycthemera nycthemera (Linnaeus ). 
Specimens collected.—1 male at Ban Na Muang, Na Haeo, Dan Sai, 
Loei; 1 female on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 
and 10 males and 19 females on Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, 
Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi (Oates). Clay rede- 
scribed and illustrated this species from material taken off museum 
skins of the type host. These specimens agree with Clay’s descriptions 
and illustrations. 
Goniodes chloropus n. sp. 


Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 7. Temples not ex- 
panded beyond width of preantennal region of forehead. Membraneous portion 
of clavi well developed. First antennal segment enlarged and bearing a thickened 
process. Lateral margins of prothorax each with three short setae. Genitalia as 
shown in figure 12. 

Female.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 8. Temples ex- 
panded to a width greater than that of the preantennal region of forehead. Clavi 
only slightly developed. Antennae filiform. Ventrally, a row of short stout setae 
in the lateral lobes of the terminal abdominal segment. 

While this species belongs to Clay’s (1940) ‘‘species group I,’’ it 
does not particularly resemble any of the known species. The wide 
marginal carnia of the forehead, the male genitalia, and the structure 
and chaetotaxy of the female genital region distinguish it from all 
known species of the genus. 

Type host—Arborophila charltoni chloropus (Blyth). 

Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 3 paratype males, 
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong Khluneg, 
Kamphaene Phet. 

Goniodes coronatus (Giebel). 


Goniocotes coronatus Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 302. Type host: Crypturus 
coronatus=Rollulus roulroul (Seopoli). 

Specimens collected —12 males and 5 females on Khao Phap Pha 

Mountain, Ban Na, Phattalung; off the type host. These specimens 

agree with Clay’s (1940) descriptions and illustrations. 


Goniodes diardi Clay. 


Goniodes diardi Clay, 1940. Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond. (B), 110: 70, figs. 2a and 48e. 
Type host: Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). 
Specimens collected—1 male and 1 female at Ban Na Muane, Na 
ITaeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 4 males and 2 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak 
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 male and 3 females at Ban 
Sang Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 2 males and 5 females on Phu 
Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; and 1 male and 2 
females at Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bona- 
parte). All specimens agree with Clay’s descriptions and illustrations. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 937 


Goniodes pavonis (Linnaeus). 


Pediculus pavonis Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10: 613. Type host: Pavo 
cristatus Linnaeus. 

Specimens collected.—7 males and 9 females on Phu Kho Mountain, 

Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom off Pavo muticus imperator 

Delacour. These specimens agree with Clay’s (1940) deseriptions and 

illustrations. 


Goniodes processus Kellogg and Paine. 


Goniodes processus Kellogg and Paine, 1914. Ree. Indian Mus., 10: 226, pl. 15, 

fig. 9. Type host: Arborophila rufogularis rufogularis (Blyth). 
Specimens collected.—7 males and 6 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun- 
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopictus brun- 
neopictus (Blyth). Clay (1940) redescribed and illustrated this spe- 
cies from specimens taken off museum skins of Arborophila rufogu- 
laris tickelli (Hume), and reported collections from skins of five other 
species and subspecies of Arborophila. She also noted (p. 25) : ‘‘Speei- 
mens from skins of A. b. brunneopictus (Blyth), A. b. henricr (Ousta- 
let), and A. erythrophrys (Sharpe) from Borneo do not appear quite 
typical, and may prove to be a new subspecies.’” The specimens col- 
lected agree with the illustrations and descriptions given by Clay, but 
have not been compared with specimens from the type host. 


Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp. 


Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 4. Postantennal con- 
striction not pronounced, breadth at temples almost equal to that of the praenten- 
nal region. Four dorsal setae on prothorax. Two short and three long setae in 
each posterior lateral angle of pterothorax. Abdominal tergal plates narrow and 
transversely continuous. Eight medium-length setae on margin of genital open- 
ing. Genitalia as shown in figure 18. 

Female.—Slightly larger’ than male; total length being 2.13 mm. Head without 
postantennal constriction, temples slightly expanded. Antennae filiform. Pro- 
thorax with two dorsal setae. Pterothorax as in the male. Abdominal tergal plates 
wide and transversely continuous. Eight medium-length and twelve short setae 
on margin of genital opening. 

This species is closest to Lipeurus fimbriatus Clay, 1938, found on 
Melanoperdix nigra nigra (Vigors). It can be separated from that 
species by the shape of the head, male genitalia, and the chaetotaxy of 
the terminal abdominal segments. 

Type host.—Francolinus pintadeanus phayrer (Blyth). 

Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 2 paratype males 
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong Khlung, 
Kamphaeng Phet. Three male paratypes and six female paratypes 
collected in Burma are in the British Museum (NH). 


Lipeurus deignani n. sp. 


Male.— General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 3. Marked postanten- 
nal constriction, breadth at temples almost equal to that of preantennal region. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


i) 
oe) 


First antennal segment enlarged and bearing a short blunt appendage. Four 
dorsal setae on prothorax. Two short and five long setae in each posterior lateral 
angle of pterothorax. Wide abdominal tergal plates. Chaetotaxy of genital re- 
gion as in Lipeurus brunneipictus (Giebel). Male genitalia as shown in figure 19. 

Female.—Similar to L. brunneipictus, except for the chaetotaxy on the margin 
of the vulva. This form has twenty-eight long and medium-length setae on the 
margin of the vulva, as compared with twenty setae of the same sizes on the 


vulva of L. brunneipictus. Total length is 2.96 mm, 

This species is closest to Lipeurus brunneipictus (Giebel), 1877, 
found on Lophura iguita rufa (Raffles). It can be separated from 
that species by the shape of the first antennal segment of the male, 
the wide abdominal tergal plates of the male, the male genitalia, and 
the chaetotaxy of the genital region of the female. 

Type host.—Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). 

Type material.—Holotype male, allotype female, 3 paratype males, 
and 5 paratype females collected at Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei. 
Other paratypes are: 25 males and 26 females collected on Phu Lom 
Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 7 males and 4 females col- 
lected at Siracha, Chon Buri; 6 males and 7 females collected at Ban 
Sane Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon; 11 males and 16 females col- 
lected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 
2 males and 1 female collected at Ban Na Muang, Na Haeo, Dan Sai, 
Loei; and 1 male and 1 female collected at Ban Muang Khai, Tha 
lorioer 

Lipeurus introductus Kellogg 
Lipeurus introductus Kellogg, 1896. Proe, Calif. Aead. Sei. (2), 6: 500, pl. 68, 
figs. 1 and 5. Type host: Phasianus nycthemerus=Lophura nycthemera ny- 
cthemera (Linnaeus). 
Specimens collected.—1 male and 3 females at Ban Na Muang, Na 
Haeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 female on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, 
Dan Sai, Loei; and 9 males and 18 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak 
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi 
(Oates). The species was described from specimens taken off a Silver 
Pheasant in San Francisco, California. Clay (1938) redescribed and 
illustrated the form as Lipeurus subsellatus Harrison, 1916, a syno- 
nym, from specimens taken off museum skins of the type host. The 
specimens collected agree with Clay’s descriptions and illustrations. 


Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp. 


Male.—General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 2. Posterior margin 


of the modified chitin of the forehead with six prominent serrations. First antennal 
segment enlarged and elongated, with a circular-shaped elear area. Abdominal ter- 
gites, except for terminal segment, divided medianly. Posterior sternal plate 
Fig. 1. Oxylipeurus formosanus (Uchida), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 2. 
Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 3. Lipeurus deig- 
nani n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 4. Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp., dorsal- 
ventral view of male; fig. 5. Cuclotogaster phayrei n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of 
male; fig. 6. Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male. 


239 


OCTOBER, 1957 


59, NO. 5, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 


Dunebes 


Gig: = 


240 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


prolonged into a short, thickened modified process. On each side of this process, 
a row of cight setae. Genitalia as shown in figure 13. 

Female.—Slightly larger than the male, being 3.42 mm in total length. Fore- 
head as in the male. Antennae filiform. Chaetotaxy of thorax and abdomen 
similar to the male, except for terminal segment. Terminal abdominal segment 
deeply bieleft. Margin of vulva bicleft, with a row of 24 to 26 setae. 

This species is closely related to Oxrylipeurus piagetinus Hopkins, 
1950, found on Lophura ignita ignita (Shaw). In O. piagetinus, the 
posterior margin of the modified chitin of the forehead is straight ; 
whereas in O. annamensis, this margin is prominently serrated. 

Type host.—Lophura diardi (Bonaparte). 

Type material—Holotype male, allotype female, 4 paratype males 
and 4 paratype females were collected at Ban Sane Iho, Khok Phu, 
Sakon Nakhon. Other paratypes are: 8 males and 10 females collected 
on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; 5 males and 
1 female collected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan 
Sai, Loei; 9 males and 10 females collected on Khao Sawan Mountain, 
Sieo, Loei; 1 female collected at Ban Na Muane, Na Haeo, Dan Sat, 
Loei; and 7 males and 3 females collected at Ban Muane Khai, Tha 
Li, Loei. 

Oxylipeurus formosanus (Uchida). 

Lipeurus formosanus Uehida, 1917. J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, 3: 179, fig. 1. Type 

host: Arborophila crudigularis (Swinhoe). 
Specimens collected.—29 males and 15 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun- 
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopectus 
brunneopectus (Blyth). These specimens have been compared with 
material from the type host collected in Formosa. We are unable to 
find any significant differences between the two populations. The male 
is illustrated in figure 1. The male genitalia are of the same type 
as found in O.vrylipeurus annamensis. 

Oxylipeurus megalops (Piaget). 

Lipeurus megalops Piaget, 1880. Les Pedieulines: 675, pl. 16, fig. 8. Type host: 

Cryptonyx coronatus=Rollulus roulroul (Seopoli). 
Specimens collected—T males and 11 females on Khao Phap Pha 
Mountain, Ban Na, Phattalune; off the type host. These specimens 
agree with Clay’s (1938) descriptions and illustrations. 

Oxylipeurus unicolor (Piaget). 

Lipeurus unicolor Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 354, pl. 28, fig. 6. Type host: 

Arborophila brunneopectus javanica (Gmelin). 
Specimens collected.—11 males and 10 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun- 
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arborophila brunneopectus brun- 
neopectus (Blyth). Clay (1938) redescribed and illustrated the spe- 
cies from material taken off museum skins of the type host, and re- 


Fig. 7. Goniodes chloropus un, sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 8. Goniodes 
chloropus i. sp., dorsal-ventral view of female; fig. 9. Goniocotes parviceps (Pia- 
get), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 10. Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget), male 
genitalia; fig. 11. Goniocotes rectangulatus Nitzseh, male genitalia. 


10 


) 


242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


16 \7 
Fig. 12. Goniodes chloropus n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 13. Oxylipeurus anna- 
mensis n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 14. Amyrsidea uniseriata (Piaget), male geni- 
talia; fig. 15. Amyrsidea phaecostoma (Nitzsch), male genitalia; fig. 16. Cucloto- 
gaster phayrei n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 17. Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp., 
male genitalia; fig. 18. Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 19. Lipeu- 
rus deignani n. sp., male genitalia. 


ported collections from skins of 15 other species and subspecies of 
Arborophila. The specimens collected agree with Clay’s descriptions 
and illustrations. 
REFERENCES 
Clay, T. 1938. A revision of the genera and species of Mallophaga occurring on 
Gallinaceous hosts.—Part I. Lipewrus and related genera. Proce. Zool. Soe. 
London, Ser. B 108: 109-204. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 243 


—————, 1940. Genera and species of Mallophaga occurring on Gallinaceous 
hosts.—Part II. Goniodes. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Ser. B 110: 1-120. 
Kichler, W. 1950. Notulae Mallophagologicae. XII. Neue Goniodidae. Doriana 
1S Mets 

Ewing, H. E. 1930. Six new species of Mallophaga. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 
Bye Malia 

Giebel, C. G. 1874. Insecta Epizoa. Leipiz. 

Hopkins, G. H. E. 1950. Stray notes on Mallophaga—X. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(ser. 12) 3: 230-242. 

Kellogg, V. L. 1896. New Mallophaga, II, from land birds, together with an 
account of the Mallophagous mouth-parts. Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei. 6: 481-552, 

—, and J. H. Paine. 1914. Mallophaga from birds (mostly Corvidae and 

Phasianidae) of India and neighboring countries. Rec. Indian Mus. 10: 217 
243. 

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae (Ed. 10). Stockholn. 

Piaget, E. 1880. Les Pediculines, Essai Monographique. Leyden. 

Nitzsch, C. L. 1866. (In Giebel) Zoologischen Museum der Universitat Halle 
Aufgestellten Epizoen, nebst Beobachtungen tiber dieselben, Z. ges. NatWiss. 
28: 353-397. 

Uchida, 8S. 1917. Mallophaga from birds of Formosa. J. Coll. Agr. Tokyo 3: 
PAEISS. 

BLACK FLIES ATTRACTED TO MEAT BAIT! 
(DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE) 

Bait traps with ground beef as the attractant, set during the sum- 
mer months of 1954-55 at O’Sullivan Dam, Grant County, Wash., 
yielded considerable numbers of black flies, Simulium vittatum Zett. 
A preliminary investigation of the literature and personal corre- 
spondence with Dr. Alan Stone and Dr. Herbert Dalmat have failed 
to show any records of black flies having been attracted to meat bait 
traps. 

The traps were placed in the field at six stations, each representing 
a somewhat different ecological habitat; some were located in dry 
sage and sand types of environment, w hereas others were established 
along the grassy margins of seepage ponds. The traps were plac ‘ed 
in the field at approximately 7 7 a.m. and allowed to remain until 7 p.m. 

The bait traps were of the old-fashioned fly trap variety, that is, a 
common cylindrical screen with an inverted cone, a white cloth used 
as a tie at the top, and the entire trap supported by an unpainted 
plywood frame. 

The bait was ground beef with ample quantities of tallow, placed 
on a piece of mite paper towel (which also helps to attract insects ) 
and anchored to the ground with small sticks or nails. The advantage 
of using ground beef in this area is its moisture-retaining qualities. 
Freshness of the bait also appeared to be an important factor. Un- 


1 This study was supported in part by United States Publie Health Grant 
E-579 and in part by the State of Washington Initiative Measure No. 171 for 
medical and biologieal research. 


244 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


refrigerated meat that was allowed to age and putrefy seemed to be 
superior to freshly prepared meat. 

Black flies were collected in small, though constant numbers, in all 
traps from July 12 to October 11, 1954, and from July 9 to August 
22, 1955. Altogether, 881 males and 512 females were collected in 
1954 and 42 males and 62 females in 1955. The laree number for 
1954 was due chiefly to a peak of capture on August 17, when a trap 
left out accidentally for 3 days yielded 766 males and 347 females. 
This peak was probably not wholly due to the unusually lone time 
of exposure, since a similar, though much smaller peak occurred in 
1955; it may have been due to mass emergence of adults.—Harry G. 
Davis AND Maurice T. JAMES, Dept. of Zoology, State College of 
Washington, Pullman, Wash. 

THE VALIDITY AND CHANGE OF NAME OF TWO SPECIES OF 

WYEOMYIA. (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) 

In 1939, when Lane and Cerqueira were working on the ‘‘Os 
Sabetineos da América’? (1942), Del Ponte made available to them a 
draft description and specimens of a Dendromyia which he considered 
a new species and was about to publish under the name of root?. Con- 
sidering inadequate the material on which the description was based, 
and, deemine insufficient the characters that were being eiven to 
separate this species, Lane and Cerqueira did not include it in their 
study. Later, when suitable specimens were obtained, they described 
the species as Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) delponter (1942). 

Dr. Alan Stone has now called our attention to the fact that Del 
Ponte mentioned in his paper (1939) sufficient characters for his 
species, thus making rooti a valid name. Such being the case, Wyeo- 
myia (Dendromyia) delponter Lane & Cerqueira, 1942 becomes a 
synonym of Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte, 1939. Conse- 
quently, Wycomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane & Cerqueira 1942 
becomes an homonym; but, as this species remains valid, we are here 
changing its name to alani, new name, based on the given name of our 
informant. 

The situation of the species under discussion stands therefore as 
follows : 

Wyeomyia (Autunesmyia) alani, new name 
1942 Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane & Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Sao Paulo: 
3: 587 nee Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte, 1939, Physis 17: 
535-541. 
1953) Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane, Neotropical Culicidae 2: 941. 
Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte 1939. 
1939 Dendromyia rooti Del Ponte, Physis 17: 535-541. 
1942. syn. Myeomyia (Dendromyia) delpontei Lane & Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Sao 
Paulo 3: 613. 
1953 Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) delpontei Lane, Neotropical Culicidae 2: 988. 
JOHN LANE and 
Newson L. CERQUEIRA. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 2945 


THE SYSTEMATIC RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PALEANTARCTIC 
SIPHLONURIDAE (INCLUDING ISONYCHIIDAE) (EPHEMEROPTERA)! 


GEORGE F. EpMuNDS, JR., University of Utah 


The primitive mayflies of the family Siphlonuridae (including 
Isonychiidae) of Australia, New Zealand, and southern South America 
are of great interest to ephemeropterists, but their interrelationships 
never have been clearly understood. Recent works by Demoulin (1955, 
3ull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 31(22) : 1-15; (58): 1-16) and Riek 
(1955, Austral. Jour. Zool. 3: 266-280, 2 pls.) have helped to clarify 
the systematics of the group. 

On the basis of the morphology of the nymphs there are four re- 
markably distinct groups, each represented by one genus in each of 
the three land masses, except that one of the groups has two repre- 
sentatives in South America. Although the groups are easily charac- 
terized in the nymphal stage, the definition of these groups in the 
adult stage is difficult, primarily, it is hoped, because of inadequate 
knowledge of the family. 

The Siphlonurinae are represented by three genera which have very 
similar nymphs, Nesameletus in New Zealand, Ameletoides in Aus- 
tralia, and Metamonius in South America. The Oniscigastrinae are 
represented by the remarkable Oniscigaster in New Zealand, Tasmano- 
phlebia (=Tasmanophlebiodes) in Australia, and Siphlonella in 
South America. 

A third group is represented by mayflies with peculiar carnivorous 
nymphs having threadlike multi-seemented labial and maxillary palpi. 
This group is represented by Ameletopsis in New Zealand, Mirawara 
in Australia, and Chiloporter and probably Chaquihua in South 
America. The relationship between Ameletopsis and Chiloporter is 
quite obvious. Demoulin (1952, Bull. Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 88: 170- 
172) at one time considered these genera synonymous, but they were 
restored to generic status by Edmunds and Traver (1954, Proce. Ent. 
Soc. Wash. 56: 236-240). The genus Mirawara of Australia was 
included by Edmunds and Traver (op. cit.) in the family [sonyehii- 
dae without critical study because of the statement by Harker (1954, 
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London, 105; 251) that the genus was related 
to Coloburiscus. Riek (op. cit.) has since described the nymph of 
Mirawara and revealed the relationship to Ameletopsis. The nymph 
of Mirawara is almost certainly the one which Tillyard (1933, Proc. 
Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales 58: 5) reported as Ameletopsis in Australia. 
More recently Demoulin (1955, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 31: 
11) has described a new genus, Chaquihua, which is apparently re- 
lated to Mirawara and is therefore placed in the Isonychiidae. The 
nymph of Chaquihua is unknown, but some Ameletopsis-ike nymphs 
in the California Academy of Sciences Collection, collected west of 


1 This research was supported by grants from the National Science Foundation 
(NSF-G2514) and the University of Utah Research Fund. 


246 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


Angol, Chile by Ross and Michelbacher are probably the nymphs 
of Chaquihua. The wing pads have Chaquihua type venation, but 
reveal no angular costal projection at the base of the hind 
wing. In Demoulin’s (op. cit. :15) summary of the genera of the 
Siphlonuridae and Isonychiidae, he places Chiloporter and Amele- 
topsis in the Siphlonuridae and Mirawara and Chaquihua in the 
Isonychiidae. I propose that the four genera form a new subfamily, 
Ameletopsinae, in the family Siphlonuridae. 

The isonychiine mayflies are represented by Coloburiscus in New 
Zealand, Coloburiscoides in Australia, and by Murphyella in South 
America. These nymphs have such common features as maxillary and 
coxal gills, the forelegs with lone setae, and similar mouthparts. The 
abdominal gills have a fibrilliform tuft in Coloburiscoides, but not in 
Coloburiscus; Murphyella nymphs have no abdominal gills. 

The isonychiine mayflies are still not adequately characterized in 
the adult stage, and from a practical standpoint it is probably best 
to regard them as a subfamily of the Siphlonuridae. Burks (1953, 
Sull. I. Nat. Hist. Surv. 26(1): 108) originally proposed the group 
as a subfamily of Baetidae, but Edmunds and Traver (loc. cit.) raised 
the group to family level. The isonyehiine branch most certainly 
originated from the Siphlonuridae, but after branching from this 
eroup has apparently been ancestral to two distinct families, the 
Heptageniidae and Oligoneuriidae. Because the isonychiine branch 
was the probable ancestor of these families, Edmunds and Traver 
(loc. cit.) felt that the group should be regarded as a full family. 
Although this still appeals to me from the theoretical standpoint, it 
is not a regular practice in classification. For example, the reptilian 
stem which was ancestral to the mammals is not placed as a separate 
class from the reptiles because it was ancestral to another class, the 
Mammalia. For this reason I am inclined to now regard the Isony- 
chiinae as only a subfamily of Siphlonuridae. 

In view of the clarification of relationships of the paleantarctic 
Siphlonuridae, the following table summarizes the systematic and 
geographical relationships of the genera. A similar table published 
by Demoulin (loc. cit.) summarizes his impression of the relationships 
as viewed prior to the publication of Riek’s (op. cit.) paper on the 
Australian Siphlonuridae. 


Groups of — South New 
SIPHLONURIDAE America Australia Zealand 
Siphlonurinae Metamonius Ameletoides Nesameletus 
Ameletopsinae  Chaquihua Mirawara Ameletopsis 
Chiloporter 
Oniscigastrinae Siphlonella Tasmanophlebia  Oniscigaster 
(= Tasmanophle- 
bioides ) 
Tsonychiinae Murphyella Coloburiscoides 


(=Dietyosiphlon Coloburiscus 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 247 


ROBERT ASA CUSHMAN 
1880-1957 


Robert Asa Cushman, recognized abroad as well as in this country 
as an outstanding authority on the classification of those parasitic 
Hymenoptera that comprise the family Ichneumonidae, died at his 
home in Altadena, Calif. on March 28, 1957. He and Mrs. Cushman 
had moved there from Washington in 1944, when he retired from 
active service in the Department of Agriculture on account of poor 
health. 

Mr. Cushman was born in Taunton, Mass., on November 6, 1880. 
After completing his early education he studied at the University of 
New Hampshire and at Cornell University, and in 1906 he was ap- 


248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


pointed a field agent in the U. S. Bureau of Entomology. His first 
assignments involved studies of the cotton boll weevil and its para- 
sites, with headquarters at Tallulah, La., and Dallas, Tex.; but in 
1911 he was transferred to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations 
and stationed at Vienna, Va. With this move he began part-time duty 
with the Department of Agriculture staff of insect taxonomists at 
the National Museum. This arrangement was continued when his field 
station assignment was shifted a few years later to North East, Penn- 
svlvania, where he was engaged on studies of grape pests and their 
parasites. Finally, in 1920 he was transferred to Washington and 
stationed at the National Museum for full-time duty in.the field he 
loved best and for which he was so admirably fitted, the taxonomy 
of the ichneumon flies. 

Although not an especially prolific writer Mr. Cushman, neverthe- 
less, published a large number of papers (which are cited in an ac- 
companying article by Dr. Henry Townes). Many of these represent 
significant contributions to a sound knowledge of the classification 
of the Ichneumonidae, made the more useful by Cushman’s possession 
of a gift for clear expression and nice use of the English language. 

Late in 1927 he was sent to the Philippines to arrange for the pack- 
ing and transfer to the U. S. National Museum of the C. F. Baker 
collection of imsects, which had been bequeathed to the Museum on 
the condition that the Museum send someone to the Philippines to 
attend to its packing and shipment. It contained approximately 300,- 
000 pinned insects and was one of the largest single accessions to the 
National Museum’s insect collections. 

Mr. Cushman was elected to membership in the Entomological So- 
ciety of Washington in 1911, and during his many years at the Na- 
tional Museum he attended the Society’s meetines very regularly and 
contributed importantly to their programs and discussions. He was 
recording secretary of the Society from 1919 to 1921, second vice- 
president in 1923, first vice president in 1924, and president in 1925. 

Cushman was an extremely friendly person who liked people, and 
who, in turn, was liked by all who were acquainted with him. His 
passing leaves those who worked with him and who knew him best 
with a deep sense of loss. He is survived by his widow and by a son, 
Arthur D., who is a scientific illustrator in the U. S. Department of 
Agriculture. C. F. W. MUESEBECK 


A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OF 
R. A. CUSHMAN 


HENRY TOWNES 


Mr. Cushman’s list of published titles includes 113 items. In se- 
quence, they are a good mirror of his scientific career, beginning with 
papers on the biologies of various insects, then turning more and 
more to their hymenopterous parasites. Shortly, he started contribu- 
tions on the taxonomy of the parasitic Hymenoptera, at first on Bra- 


PROC. ENT: SOC. WASH., VOU. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 249 


conidae, Chaleidoidea, and Ichneumonidae, but soon concentrated his 
interests on the Ichneumonidae to the exclusion of the others, and 
also to the exclusion of papers on biologies. His earlier work on biolo- 
cies had its effect on his taxonomy, as he became impressed with the 
importance of biological characteristics, larval morphology, and the 
morphology of the ovipositor tip. These characters led him to an 
understanding of ichneumonid classification in advance of others of 
his day. Though he published no comparative studies on ichneumonid 
larvae, his unusual knowledge of them was a foundation for his opin- 
ions on the phylogeny of the family. 

Mr. Cushman’s taxonomic papers reflect his duties and opportuni- 
ties at the U. S. National Museum. Descriptions of new species reared 
from hosts of economic importance fill many of them. He had access 
to a fine library and many important types, which resulted in nomen- 
clatorial work in which he tried to bring some order out of the chaos 
of names left by his predecessors. An interesting fact is that among 
Cushman’s tools were Foerster’s original manuscript notebooks on the 
classification of the Ichneumonidae, from which Foerster published 
in 1868 a synopsis of all the genera, describing 509 genera as new. 
Foerster’s published synopsis is very brief, but his notebooks include 
fuller treatments and in.many cases keys to the species under the 
genera. Cushman’s comments on the application of many of Foers- 
ter’s generic names stem from a study of these manuscripts. The 
notebooks were acquired from Dr. O. Schmiedeknecht in the early 
1920’s. Schmiedeknecht had also made use of them in his publications. 

Mr. Cushman’s best known contributions are the series of papers 
on the subfamily Pimnlinae, published in 1920, quite early in his ca- 
reer. His best work, however, is in his later revisions, like those on 
the Nearctic Mesostenini (1929) the genus Exenterus (1940), and the 
revision of the genera of Ophionini (his last paper). The high quality 
of these later revisions reflects a lone devotion to the subject, high in- 
tellectual standards, and the use of good collections. 

List oF TITLES 

1911 Studies on the biology of the boll weevil in the Mississippi Delta Region 
of Louisiana. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 432-448. 
Notes on the peach and plum slug. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bul. 
97: 91-102. 
Notes on the host plants and parasites of some North American 
Bruchidae. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 489-510. 

1912 Pierce, Cushman, and Hood: The insect enemies of the cotton boll 
weevil. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bul. 100, 99 pp. 
[Note on the biology of Ascogaster carpocapsae and of Cratotechus sp.| 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 14: 90-91. 

1913 Biological notes on a few rare or little known parasitic Hymenoptera. 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 15: 153-160. 
The Calliephialtes parasite of the codling moth. Jour. Agr. Res. 1: 211- 
238.1 b)> 20; 


250 


1914 


19 


15 


1916 


19 


18 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


A new species of the braconid genus Phanerotoma Wesmael. Proc, Ent. 
Soe. Wash. 16: 78-79. 

A revision of the North American species of the braconid genus 
Habrobracon Johnson (Ashmead). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 16: 99-108. 
Deseriptions of six new species of ichneumon flies. Proe. U. 8S. Natl. 
Mus. 48: 507-513. 

Deseriptions of new Ichneumonidae and taxonomic notes. Proe. Ent. 
Soc. Wash. 17: 132-142. 

Rohwer, Gahan, and Cushman: Some generic correetions in the 
Ophioninae. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 17: 149-150. 

Pierce and Cushman, A few notes on the habits of parasitie Hymenop- 
tera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 17: 164-168. 

The cherry leaf-beetle, a periodically important enemy of cherries. 
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bul. 352, 28 pages. 

The native food-plants of the apple red-bugs. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 
18: 196. 

Thersilochus conotracheli, a parasite of the plum curculio, Jour. Agr. 
Res. 6: 847-856, 

Syntomaspis druparum, the apple-seed chalcid. Jour. Agr. Res. 7: 487- 
506. 

Two new chaleids from the seeds of  Amelanchier. Proce. Ent. Soe. 
Wash. 19: 79-86. 

Rohwer and Cushman. Idiogastra, a new suborder of Hymenoptera 
with notes on the immature stages of Oryssus. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 
19: 89-98. 

Notes on the biology of Schizonotus sieboldii Ratz. Proe. Ent. Soe. 
Wash. 19: 128-129. 

A much described ichneumonid and its systematic position. Proe. Ent. 
Soc. Wash. 19: 162-165. 

Eight new species of reared iehneumon-flies with notes on some other 
species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 538: 457-469. 

A revision of the hymenopterous insects of the tribe Cremastini of 
America north of Mexico. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 53: 503-551. 

The correct names for some of our common ichneumonid parasites. 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 9-12. 

A convenient method of handling large numbers of individuals in life 
history studies of insects. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 20: 112-114. 

Notes on the cocoon spinning habits of two species of braconids (Hym.). 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 133-136. 

Cushman and Rohwer: The genus Ephialtes first proposed by Sehrank. 
(Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 20: 186-188. 

New genera and species of ichneumon flies (Hym.). Proce. Ent. Soe. 
Wash. 21: 112-120. 

Descriptions of new North American ichneumon-flies. Proe. U. S. Natl. 
Mus. 55: 517-543. 

Notes on certain genera of ichneumon-flies, with descriptions of a new 
genus and four new species. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 56: 373-382. 


1923 


1924 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 251 


Viereck’s family Labenidae with the description of a new species of 
Apechoneura (Hym., Ichneumonidae.) Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 22: 76-80. 
Cushman and Rohwer: Holarctie tribes of the ichneumon-flies of the 
subfamily Iechneumoninae (Pimplinae). Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 
379-396. 

Cushman and Rohwer: The North American ichneumon-flies of the 
tribe Acoenitini. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 503-523. 

The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribes Lycorini, Poly- 
sphinctini, and Theroniini. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 7-48. Pl. 2. 
North American ichneumon-flies, new and deseribed, with taxonomic 
and nomenclatorial notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 251-292. 

The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ephialtini. Proe. 
Us Ss Natly Miursye58i) 327-3625 eels ie 

Cushman and Rohwer: Notes on Hellén’s “Beitra’ige zur Kenntnis der 
Iechneumoniden Finlands: Subfamilie Pimplinae.’’ 
Menstruus. 8: 161-164. 


Inseeutor Inscitine 


The males of the ichneumonid genera Myersia and Thaumatotypidea, 
with descriptions of new species. (Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 
23: 109-112. 

Cushman and Gahan: The Thomas Say species of Iehneumonidae. Proe. 
nits woes Wash 23) 153-1715 

North American ichneumon-flies of the genera Clistopyga and Schizopyga. 
Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 60, art. 4, 14 pp. 

The identity of a hymenopterous parasite of the alfalfa leaf weevil. 
Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 64. 

New species of ichneumon-flies with taxonomic notes. Proce. U. 8. 
Natl. Mus. 60, art. 21, 28 pp. 

The identity of Habrobracon brevicornis (Wesmael), (Hym., Braconidae ). 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 122-123. 

New Oriental and Australian Ichneumonidae. Philippine Jour. Sci. 
20: 543-597. 

On the Ashmead manuscript species of Ichneumonidae of Mrs. Slosson’s 
Mount Washington lists. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 61, art. 8, 30 pp. 

The identity of Ichneuwmon coccinellae Schrank (Hym.). Proe. Ent. Soc. 
Wash. 24: 241-242, 


A new subfamily of Braconidae (Hym.) from termite nests. Proc. Ent. 
Soc. Wash. 25: 54-56. 


New genera and species of ichneumon-flies. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64, 
art. 4, 16 pp. 

On the genera of the ichneumon-flies of the tribe Paniscini Ashmead, 
with descriptions and discussion of related genera and species. Proce. 
U. S. Natl. Mus. 64, art. 20, 48 pp. 

Change of name (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 26: 221. 

On the systematic position of the genera Collyria Schiddte and 
Tschnoceros Gravenhorst (Hymenoptera). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 26: 
229-231. 


OR) 


204 


1925 


L926 


1927 


1928 


1929 


wae 


1939 


195 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


H. Sauter’s Formosa-Collection:  Xanthopimpla (lehneum.: Hym.). Ent. 
Mitteil. 14: 41-50. 

Some generic transfers and synonomy in Ichneumonidae. (Hym.). Jour. 
Wash, Aead. Sei 15: 388-392. 

The svnomymy and generic position of two North American Iehneumon- 
flies. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 27: 164-166. 

Location of individual hosts versus systematic relation of host species 
as a determining factor in parasitic attack. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 
28: 5-6. 


Address of the retiring president. [Some types of parasitism in the 


[chneumonidae]. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 25-51. 
A new Urosigalphus parasitic on Eulechriops gossypii Barber (Hymenop- 
tera: Braconidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 63. 


Ten new North American ichneumon-flies. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 67, 
art. 29,, 3: pp. 

New species and new forms of Ichneumonidae parasitie upon the 
gipsy-moth parasite, Apanteles melanoscelus (Ratzeburg). Jour. Agr. 
Res. 34: 453-458. 

The parasites of the pine tip moth, Rhyacionia frustrana (Comstock). 
Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 615-622. 

Three new hymenopterous parasites of the pine tip moth, Rhyacionia 
frustrana (Comstock). Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 739-741. 

Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of ichneumon-flies. Proe. U. 8. 
Nath, Mus. 72" art. 13;-22 spp: 

New Indian Ichneumonidae. Ree. Indian Mus. 29: 241-247. 

Family Ichneumonidae. Jn Leonard, A list of the insects of New 
York ... Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. 101: 920-960. 
Bringing to America the Baker collection of Malayan insects. Explora- 
tions and field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1928, pp. 91-100. 
A revision of the North American ic¢hneumon-flies of the genus 
Mesostenus and related genera. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 74, art. 16, 58 pp. 
[The synonymy of Bassus stigmaterus (Braconidae)]. Ann. Ent. Soe. 
Amer. 22: 633. 

Baker’s Entomologica Malayana. The braconid genera Fornicia Brullé 
and Odontofornicia Enderlein. Philippine Jour. Sei. 40: 233-237. 
Three new ichneumonoid parasites of the rice-borer Chilo simplex 
(Butler). Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 7: 243-245. 

New species of ichneumon-flies and taxonomic notes. Proe. U. S. Natl. 
Mus. 76, arts: 25, 18) spp. 

A revision of the North American ichneumon-flies of the genus 
Odontomerus. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 77, art. 3, 15 pp. 

Notes on ichneumon-flies of the genus Polyeyrtus with descriptions of 
new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 78, art. 14, 62 pp. 

Descriptions of thirteen new American and Asiatic ichneumon-flies, 
with taxonomic: notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 79, art. 14, 16 pp. 
Three new Braconidae parasitic on bark beetles. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 
21 301304 


1932 


1933 


1935 


1936 


1938 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASE., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 198 


The Linnaean types of Ichneumon Flies: by A. Roman. [Review]. 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 34: 155. 

Baker’s entomologica malayana: The Ichneumonid genus Diapetus 
Cameron. Philippine Jour. Sci. 49: 277-293. 

Notes on the oviposition habit of Chelonus sericeus (Say) (Hymenop- 
tera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 35: 7-8. 

Notes on Sphecophaga burra (Cresson), an ichneumonid parasite of 
Vespula maculata (L.) (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 35: 10-11. 
Aquatie ichneumon-flies. Canad. Ent. 65: 24. 

The identity and synonymy of three Oriental species of Cremastus 
(Hym., Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 35: 73-75, 
Descriptions of new ichneumon-flies, with taxonomic notes. Proc. U. 8. 
Natl. Mus. 84, art. 14, 16 pp. 

H. Sauter’s Formosa-collection: Subfamily Ichneumoninae (Pimplinae 
of Ashmead). Ins. Matsumurana 8: 1-50. 

A new species of Cremastus from an African “jumping bean.” Arb. 
morph. Tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 103-104. 

Two new species of the genus Labium Brullé. (Hym.: Ichneumonidae ). 
Arb. morph. tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 205-208. 

New Ichneumonidae from India and China. Indian For. Rec. 20: 1-8. 
A study of the larva of Larra analis Fabricius. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 
37: 82-87. 

New ichneumon-flies. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei, 25: 547-5604. 

The ichneumon-flies of the genus Brachycyrtus Wriechbaumer. Proce. 
U. S. Natl. Mus. 84: 17-24. 

Poecilocryptus and Poecilopimpla (Hymenoptera, [ehneumonidae). Jour. 
Wash. Acad. Sci. 26: 464-466. 

Revision of the North American species of ichneumon-flies of the genus 
Exetastes Gravenhorst. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 84: 243-312, pl. 16-21. 
27: 438-444. 
H. Sauter’s Formosa Collection: Ichenumonidae. Arb. morph. tax. Ent. 
Berlin-Dahlem. 4: 283-311. 

Four new Indian Ichneumonidae. Indian Forest Rec. 3: 141-147. 


The genus Lysiognatha Ashmead. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 


New Japanese Ichneumonidae parasite on pine sawflies. Ins. Matsumu- 
rana 11: 32-38. 

A new European species of Hpiurus, parasitic on a leaf-mining sawfly 
(Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 28: 27-28. 

A new species of Eehthromorpha from Samoa. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. 
London 7: 40. 

Two new species of Barichnewmon (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae ) 
from the Society Islands. Bul. Bishop Mus. 142: 169-170. 

A new species of Hehthromorpha (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) from 
the Marquesas Islands. Bul. Bishop Mus. 142: 171. 

A new species of Calliephialtes from Brazil, with a key to the Neo- 
tropical species (Hymenoptera: Telineumonidae). Rey. de Ent. (Rio de 
Janeiro) 9: 11-13. 


254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


1939 New ichneumon-flies parasitic on the hemlock sawfly (Neediprion 
tsugae Middleton). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 29: 391-402. 
A new Angitia, parasitic on the artichoke plume-moth (Hymenoptera, 
Ichneumonidae). Pan-Pacifie Ent. 15: 183-185. 
1940 The Nearectic species of Tseropus (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Proce. 
Ent. Soc. Wash. 42: 51-58. 
New genera and species of ichneumon-flies, with taxonomic notes. 
Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 88: 355-372. 
The ichneumon-flies of the subfamily Neorhacodinae, with descriptions 
of a new genus and three new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 88: 
523-527. 
A review of the parasitic wasps of the ichneumonid genus Haenterus 
Hartig. U. S. Dept. Agr. Mise. Pub. 354, 14 pp. 
A new species of Lissonota (Hym., Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Wash. 42: 156-158. 
1942. The synonymy of Jdiogramma Foerster (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae ). 
Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 54. 
The genotypes of some of Ashmead’s genera of ichneumon-flies. Proc. 
U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-289. 
A new name for Odontomerus Gravenhorst, a new species and taxonomic 
notes (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 
179-183. 
1943 Further notes on Ewenterus (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae), Canad. 
Ent. 75: 169-174. 
1944. The Hawaiian species of Hnicospilus and Abanchogastra (Hymenoptera: 
Tchneumonidae). Proe. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 12: 39-56. 
1945 The ichneumon-flies of the genus Cryptanura Brullé, mainly tropical 
American. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96: 139-176. 
1947 A generic revision of the ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ophionini. Proce. 
U. 8. Natl. Mus. 96: 417-842, pl. 49-56. 
CARABUS AURATUS L. (COLEOPTERA, CARABIDAE) IN 
NORTH AMERICA 
Fifteen specimens in the collection of the University of Vermont, 
Department of Zoology, apparently represent the first record of the 
common European carabid, Carabus auratus L., from North America. 
Twelve of the specimens were taken by Dr. Floyd Werner at South 
Barre, Vt., on May 7, 1952. Three others were collected by C. Parsons 
at Plainfield, Vt., on June 12, 1950. Presumably the species was 
accidentally introduced in a manner similar to that postulated for 
C. nemoralis Mull. and C. granulatus L. (Van Dyke, 1944). Whether 
the colony has persisted has not as yet been ascertained. Carabus 
auratus can easily be distinguished from other North American mem- 
bers of the genus, both native and introduced, by its coloring, bright 
metallic green above with orange legs; and by the sculpture of the 
elytra, each with three carinae, but without striae. Reference: Van 
Dyke, E. C., 1944, Ent. Amer. 24:87-137W—Ross T. BELL, Depart- 
ment of Zoology, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vt. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, No. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


HELPS TO PRESERVE 


PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL 


ee quickly kills destructive, annoy- 
ing and disease-carrying insects. 

In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective 
for long periods of time. In fact, a séngle application 
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- 
tacks for an entire storage season. 

On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible 
stages of insects fast —even between showers of 
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not 
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- 
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly 
emerging parasites and predators are free to com- 
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize 
or feed upon destructive insect pests. 

This means that Pyrenone is completely com- 
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying 


insects. 
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C. 


FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION 


Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. 


BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal 


bo 


Or 


ZoG PROC. EN17’. SOC..WASH.,- VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 


3 creat 


Toi | CHLORDANE 


CONTROL THESE INSECTS 


CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, 
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, 
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, 
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole 
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic 
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern 
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet 
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, 
Wireworms...and many others. 


HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- 
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover 
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, 
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, 
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- 
worm. Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon 
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- 
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet’ Root Mag- 
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western 


Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms 
...and many others. 


ENDRINS: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- 


ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. 


WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS 


VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 


330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. 


RoE, OP RE tS ER GN ia Amore 50V- 0G, (Se rclieeN: POUR a a NG IGay a Par Aree (Se fPoap fg0S 


A Cyanamid Report 


Resistance 


Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type 
insecticides has been proven or suspected in: 


cockroaches house flies 
mosquitoes flea beetles 
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil 


dog and cat fleas body lice 

bed bugs lygus bugs 
codling moth cotton leaf worm 
leafhoppers dog ticks 


Many researchers have found malathion to be 
a capable replacement for the chlorinated 
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations 
for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem 
in your area, you might well consider malathion 
for your 1957 research schedule. 


Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY 

particular Agricultural Chemicals Division 

technical Insecticide Research 
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y. 


GOLF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 

A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


Vol. 59 DECEMBER 1957 No. 6 
e.7e¢675 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMUOULUGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS — ee 


BLAKE, DORIS H.—A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera). 278 
BURKS, B. D.—A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a 


Host Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera; Eurytomidae) «278 
EDMUNDS, LAFE R.—Observations on the Biology and Life History of 

the Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister__..__»»_> _ 283 
EVANS, HOWARD E.—The North and Central American Species of 

Propistocera (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae)...._ ==> 289 
GALINDO, PEDRO—A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes 

(Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt... === _ 287 
KOHLS, GLEN M.—Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick from a Cave in 

Trinidad, British West Indies (Acarina, Ixodidae)...» 257 
MELANDER, A. L.—A new Tachyempis (Diptera: Empididae)_.._>>_ 296 
SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.—On Some Microtine- 

Eee ew Peg Hie (Use) 1 tiles) ae sane a a 279 
STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.—A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Asso- 

ciated with Snails (Diptera, Sciomyzidae)___»_»_SEE 22k 


TIBBETTS, TED and STRANDTMANN, R. W.—The Snake Mite Para- 
sites of the Family Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), with Description 


of a New Species, Ixodorhynchus gordoni______»_ >_> _ 265 
CORRECTION. Wheeler, G. C., and Wheeler, Jeanette__._-_______-- 270 
Pee EsBr se MOIETIES IFO, oR Or fs lee eS a BOF 


100 copies pole Ste 2:50 


ENTOMOLOGICAL “SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON 


ORGANIZED Marcu 2 1884 : 


Museum on the first Thursday of each month: from October to J 
8 te M. i 4 re " 
rh | fi, oe ay hg ahi 

‘MEMBERSHIP — 

Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who 
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are 
$1, 00 (U. S. currency). Mi Wideal A 


we 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society 
1D) CE Members in good standing are entitled to the Bae eedir gs 
fee eee payable in advance. All remittances should be made 
Entomological Society of Washington. fi ie 

The Society does not exchange its anlieebaret f \r 

All ‘manuscripts intended for publication shoul 
eek ee papers Sed te members walt es 


parentheses i in nes eh : Nopy Rah 
/ Proportions of full- ~-page illustrations should Men ‘approxim 
(26 Bia pieas) ; this usually allows explanatory matter 
page. Cost of ‘illustrations in excess of that for one full 
borne by the author. ice ie | aa ten acts 

Reprints of, published papers may be. obtained a at the ee Dom 
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of | the number 
companies the returned ‘Proofs: em a a aM 


4 i ae i tA , ay 2p. 


50 copies Bae) ARN DS OE SOT OOM 
Additional copies per 100 pL BRAS ih 


Pnrehaes of reprints by institutions whose 
or other Ee fees will have es cost ia 


; stn, " x 
TAS ate? A") ne yn 
; a an ey 4 i , Lab 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


VOL. 59 DECEMBER, 1957 NO. 6 


IXODES DOWNSI, A NEW SPECIES OF TICK FROM A CAVE IN 
TRINIDAD, BRITISH WEST INDIES (ACARINA-IXODIDAE) 


GLEN M. Kouts! 


The new species of Irodes here described was found among numer- 
ous lots of ticks collected from various hosts in Trinidad by personnel 
of the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory and sent to me by Dr. 
Thomas H. G. Aitken for identification. The species is based on 1 
male, 1 female, and 3 nymphs found crawling on the wall of Aripo 
Cave, and 1 larva from a bat captured in the same cave. All measure- 
ments are in millimeters. 


Ixodes downsi n. sp. 
(Mies. 1 to 4) 


Holotype.—Male, from wall of Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G. 
Downs, coll. Deposited in the Rocky Mountain Laboratory, RML No. 35481. 

Allotype-—Female, data as for holotype. 

Paratypes.—3 nymphs, data as for holotype; 1 larva from a bat, Anoura g. 
geoffroyi, from Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G. Downs, coll. RML 
53590. All deposited in the Rocky Mountain Laboratory. 


DESCRIPTION 


Mate: Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 3.07, maximum 
width, 2.15. Body suboval, wider anteriorly. Color yellow brown, legs paler. 

Capitulum.—tLength, tips of palpi to posterior margin of basis capituli, 0.58. 
Greatest width 0.38, at level of insertion of palpi. Basis small, posterior margin 
a little coneave, elevated, and continuing into a tapering neck. Surface of basis 
with a few punctations. Cornua absent. Palpi rather long and thick, tumescent 
dorsally and with numerous stout hairs; segments 2 and 3 without sutural line 
separating them, their combined length about 0.37. An expanse of membraneous 
tissue posterior to palpal segment 1 dorsally, laterally, and ventrally. In ventral 
view, the basis is long, lateral margins nearly straight and diverging to base of 
palpi, posterior margin merging into a neck. Auriculae absent. Hypostome shorter 
than the palpi, broad, notched apically; shape and dentition as figured. Length 
of toothed portion about 0.190. 


1U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, 
National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious 
Diseases, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana. 


258 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Scutum.—Surface smooth and shining and with a few very small punctations. 
Scapulae short, blunt. Cervical grooves divergent, rather deep anteriorly, beecom- 
ing shallower posteriorly and attaining the margin of the faintly indicated 
pseudoscutum. Lateral carinae absent. Hairs few, short and scattered, more 
numerous peripherally and on the prominent marginal body fold. 

Ventral plates.—Pregenital plate ill-defined. Median plate about one and one- 
half times as long as the anal plate. Adanal plates broader anteriorly. Short fine 
hairs on all plates, more numerous on the epimerals. Punctations few, fine, and 
inconspicuous. Genital and anal grooves well marked. Anal groove rounded in 
front of the anus, a little convergent posteriorly. Hairs short and fine except 
those on trochanters and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi 
are heavier and forked. 

Legs.—Moderate in length and size. All coxae with a short external spur; a 
minute internal spur on coxa I. Trochantal spurs absent. Tarsi I, II, and TIT 
tapered abruptly; tarsus TV tapered gradually. Length of tarsus I, 0.66; meta- 
tarsus, 0.56. Length of tarsus IV, 0.72; metatarsus, 0.56. 

Spiracular plate——Subeircular, greatest dimension about 0.30. Goblets nu- 
merous and small. 

Genital aperture. Situated between coxae ILI. 

FEMALE: Unfed. Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 2.53; 
width, 1.87. Suboval, wider posteriorly. Capitulum, scutum, and legs yellow 
brown, other parts pale yellow. Body with numerous fine pale hairs dorsally 
and ventrally. 

Capitulum.—Length, tips of palpi to tips of cornua, 0.64; greatest width of 
basis, 0.47. Basis capituli broad, lateral margins posterior to insertion of palpi 
short and convex, posterior margin concave and somewhat sinuous; cornua short, 
blunt. An expanse of membraneous tissue posterior to the base of palpal segment 
1 as in the male. Palpi moderate in length, stout, and rounded apically. Porose 
areas large, broader than long, shallow, and occupying much of the dorsal surface 
of the basis. Palpal segment 1 a simple ring visible dorsally, laterally, and ven- 
trally. Segments 2 and 3 fused leaving no visible suture, their combined length 
0.31. Ventrally the basis is constricted behind the short blunt auriculae; surface 
smooth, mildly convex, broadly rounded posteriorly. Transverse sutural line faint. 
Hypostome shorter than the palpi, slightly indented apically. Median denticles a 
little smaller than the laterals. Denticles arranged 3/3 apically, then 2/2. Length 
of toothed portion, 0.26. 

Scutum.—Length, 1.21; width, 1.00. Shape as figured. Scapulae short, blunt. 
Emargination broad, shallow. Anterolateral areas slightly rugose. No lateral 
carinae. Cervical grooves broad, shallow, first converging then diverging, and 
extending to the posterolateral margins of the scutum. Punectations few, small, 
and seattered. An irregular row of fine, pale hairs extends across the scutum 
anteriorly and into the anterolateral fields as figured. 

Legs.—Similar to those of the male in size and length. Hairs on trochanters 
and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi not as stout as in the 
male. A broad, blunt external spur on coxa IT; a similar but shorter spur on 
coxae II, III, and IV. Internal spurs absent. No trochantal spurs. Length of 
tarsus I,-0.87; metatarsus, 0.54. Length of tarsus IV, 0.75; metatarsus, 0.56. 


Tarsus TV tapers a little more abruptly than in the male. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 259 


Spiracular plate—Suboval, greatest diameter 0.44. Goblets numerous and 
small. 

Genital aperture.—Situated between coxae IIT. 

Anal groove.—As in the male. 

Nympwu. Capitulum.—tLength, 0.35; width of basis, 0.25. Basis much as in 


the female. Cornua directed posterolaterally and widely separated; posterior mar- 
gin of basis between them straight or slightly convex. Palpi similar to those of 
the female; combined length of segments 2 and 3 about 0.22. Ventrally, basis 
as in the female but no transverse sutural line. Hypostome as long as the palpi; 
dentition as in the female. Length of toothed portion about 0.19. 

Scutum.—Length 0.57 to 0.59; width 0.52 to 0.57. Shape as figured. Scapulae 
very short and blunt. Lateral carinae absent. Cervical grooves as in the female. 
Hairs few and seattered. 

Legs.—Similar to those of the female. 

Spiracular plate.—Subelliptical, greatest diameter about 0.18. Goblets fewer 
and larger than in the female. 


Larva. Capitulum.—Length, 0.16; width of basis 0.15. Basis broad and nar- 
row, rounded posterolaterally, posterior margin straight. The palpi resemble 
those of the nymph; combined length of segments 2 and 3 about 0.12. Ventrally, 
the basis is elongate, lateral margins convergent, posterior margin truncate. 
Auriculae as mild elongate lateral saliences. Hypostome as long as the palpi; 
principal dentition 2/2. 


Seutum. 


Shape as figured, cervical grooves distinet, shallow, divergent and 
reaching the posterolateral margins. Scapulae and lateral carinae absent. 


Coxae. 


Short triangular external spurs on all coxae. No internal spurs. 


Little information is available as to the hosts of J. downsi n. sp., 
but the finding of a larva on a bat taken in a cave, and the presence 
of adults and nymphs on the walls of the same cave suggest that it 
may be a bat tick. If so, J. downsi is the first bat tick of this genus 
to be recorded from the New World. Dr. Aitken informed me that 
Dr. Downs and other members of the party who visited the cave saw 
at least four species of bats, including Anoura g. geoffroyi on which 
the larva was found. Oil birds, Steatornis caripensis, were nesting 
in the cave and a large rat was also seen, but whether any of these 
serve as hosts is unknown. 

The new species, named for the collector, Dr. W. G. Downs, Director 
of the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory, is readily distinguished 
from the few known bat-infesting species of Ixodes (reviewed by 
Arthur, 1956) and all New World species of the genus by characters 
of the capitulum, scutum, and legs. It bears little resemblance to 
Txrodes luciae Senevet, 1940 (=I. loricatus vogelsangi Santo Dias, 
1954, new synonymy), the only other species known from Trinidad. 
Adults of the latter, a widely distributed Latin American species but 
here first reported from Trinidad, infest opossums (Didelphis spp.) 
primarily; the immature stages infest various species of rats as 
evidenced by several collections received from Dr. Aitken. The only 
species of Irodes that have been recorded from nearby Venezuela are 


260 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Fig. 1. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Male. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome; D, 
spiracular plate (A = anterior; D= dorsal); HE, capitulum, dorsal; F, eapitulum, 
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 261 


II 


é 


ee, 


Fig. 2. Iwodes downsi n.sp. Female. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome ; 1D 
spiracular plate (A = anterior; D = dorsal); E, capitulum, dorsal; F, capitulum, 
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV. 


262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Fig. 3. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Nymph. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, spiracular plate 
(A = anterior; D = dorsal); D, capitulum, dorsal; E, capitulum, ventral; F, 
tarsus I; G, tarsus IV. 


PROG. ENT. SOO: WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


venter. 


Fig. 4. Ixodes downsit n.sp. Larva. A, dorsum; B, 


264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


I. loricatus Neumann, 1899, whose adults occur almost exclusively on 
Didelphis (Cooley and Kohls, 1945) and I. venezuelensis Kohls, 1958, 
known from a few murid hosts and from an opossum, Monodelphis 
b. brevicaudata (Vogelsang and Santos Dias, 1953). None of these 
have been recorded from bats nor have they been found in eaves. 


SUMMARY 


Txodes downsi n. sp. is described from a male (holotype), female, 
and three nvmphs found crawling on the wall of Aripo Cave, Trini- 
dad, British West Indies, and from a larva off a bat, Anoura g. geof- 
froyi, taken in the same cave. The specimens are deposited in the 
Roeky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana. TJ. loricatus vogel- 
sangi Santos Dias is reduced to a synonym of J. luciae Senevet, the 
only other species of the genus known from Trinidad. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

It is a pleasure to express appreciation to Major Hugh L. Keegan, 
406th Medical General Laboratory, for the accompanying illustrations 
prepared under his direction by artists Saburo Shibata, Kinuyo 
Kamei, Hideko Shinoda, and Kakuzo Yamazaki assigned to the Taxo- 
nomic Section, Department of Entomology, and to Colonel Joe M. 
Blumberg, Commanding Officer of the Laboratory, for his cooperation. 


REFERENCES 

Arthur, Don R. 1956. The Jxvodes ticks of Chiroptera (Ixodoidea, Ixodidae). 
J. Parasit. 42:180-196. 

Cooley, R. A. and Kohls, Glen M. 1945. The genus Jvodes in North America. 
National Instit. Health Bull. No. 184, U. 8. Public Health Service, 246 pp. 

Kohls, Glen M. 1953. Ixodes venezuelensis, a new species of tick from Venezuela. 
with notes on Ixodes minor Neumann, 1902 (Acarina: Ixodidae). J. Parasit. 
39 :300-3038. 

Neumann, L. G. 1899. Révision de la famille des Ixodidés. Mém. Soe. Zool. 
France 12:107-294. 

Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1954. Um novo nome para o ‘‘Jxodes loricatus 
spinosus’’ Nuttall, 1910 (Nomen bis lectum). Docum. Mocambique 79:79-81. 

Senevet, G. 1940. Quelques Ixodidés de la Guyane francaise. Espéces nouvelles 
d’Ixodes et d’Amblyomma. VI Congreso Internacional de Entomol. 1935 
Madrid, pp. 891-898. 

Vogelsang, E. G. and Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1953. Nueva contribucién al 
estudio de la fauna Txodologica en Venezuela. Rev. Med. Vet. y. Parasit. 
Caracas 12:63-89. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 265 


THE SNAKE MITE PARASITES OF THE FAMILY IXODORHYNCHIDAE 
(MESOSTIGMATA), WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES, 
IXODORHYNCHUS GORDONI! 


Trp TIBBETTS AND R. W. STRANDTMANN, Texas Technological College, Lubbock 


Ewing (1922) described and figured an ectoparasitic mite of snakes 
which was so peculiar morphologically that he created a new sub- 
family, Ixodorhynchinae, for it. As the name implies, the mite had 
certain features characteristic of the ixodids (ticks). Specifically, 
these are harpoon-shaped corniculi, presumably used as_ holdfast 
organs. Ewing considered the mite closely related to Dermanyssidae 
and placed the new subfamily in that family. Later Fonseca (1934) 
found a related species he thought differed sufficiently from Ewing’s 
(Ixodorhynchus) to warrant separate generic status and proposed 
the name Jrobioides, again indicating the ticklike holdfast organ. 
Fonseca however recognized the great dissimilarity between these mites 
and the dermanyssids and consequently raised them to separate fam- 
ily status, Ixodorhynchidae. The authority for the family name, how- 
ever, remains ‘“‘Ewing,’’ as according to Article 4 (35) of the Inter- 
national Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, names of the Family 
Group Categories, despite the form of the ending, are coordinate with 
each other. The family was characterized as follows: Chela with only 
one digit, which in the female is clearly toothed; corniculi of the 
female serving as holdfast organs. 


In 1933 Ewing found two more ectoparasitic mesostigmatic mites 
on snakes and created the genus Hemilaelaps for their reception. 
These mites had distinctly shearlike chelae but otherwise were similar 
in facies to Irodorhynchus. The genus however, was kept in the 
family Dermanyssidae by subsequent authors. 

In 1947 Radford described another mite of this complex and with- 
out comment on Ewine’s or Fonseca’s species, created the genus 
Ophidilaelaps for it. Radford was apparently the first to note that 
Laelaps piger Berlese (1918), also an ectoparasite of snakes, was of 
this same complex and accordingly moved it to his new genus, Ophidi- 
laelaps. Although almost identical with Hemilaelaps Ewing, Ophidi- 
laelaps was placed by catalogers in the family Laelaptidae. Subse- 
quently, two more species were added to Ophidilaelaps by Tibbetts 
(1954). 

A study of all the species described thus far in this complex reveals 
several characters in common. The corniculi are long and apically 
barbed, although the barb may be very small; the epipharynx is long 
and very slender; the ventral shields are poorly sclerotized; at least 
coxae IT, generally coxae I and IT, and sometimes coxae I, II, and IT, 


1This investigation was supported, in part by research grant E- 616(C3) from 
the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Insti- 
tutes of Health, Public Health Service. 


266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


have the ventral seta transformed into a spur; and the male (where 
known) has a divided ventral plate. Ixodorhynchus and Ixobioides 
differ from Hemilaelaps and Ophidilaelaps only on the chela; the 
former have only one digit, the latter, two. 

Ixobioides Fonseca, 1934 is a synonym of Irodorhynchus Ewing, 
1922. Dr. Fonseca was aware of Ewing’s genus, in facet compared his 
own with it, but a misinterpretation of Ewing’s brief description and 
incomplete illustration caused Fonseca to believe his mite showed real 
differences. Actually there are no real differences and the two names 
have long been considered synonymous (See Baker and Wharton, 
1952)-/60). 

Henilaelaps Ewing, 1933 was considered invalid by Turk (1945: 
141) because the name had been used, in error, by Hull, 1918 for 
another group of mites. As Dr. Turk clearly stated that Hull had 
intended to write Haemolaelaps but misspelled it Hemilaelaps, we 
consider this an erroneous subsequent spelling which according to 
Article 19(112) of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature 
has no separate status in nomenclature. Therefore, Hemilaelaps Ewing, 
1933, is valid and Ellsworthia Turk, 1945, which had been proposed 
as a replacement name, is a synonym. 

Radford (1947: 237) did not distinguish his Ophidilaelaps from 
Hemilaelaps Ewing although the two are very similar indeed. Actually 
there are no differences of generic value and we consider Ophidi- 
laelaps Radford a synonym of Hemilaelaps Ewing. Up to this point, 
then, we may speak of two genera; Ixvodorhynchus Ewing in which 
the female chela is unidigitate, and Hemilaelaps Ewing in which the 
female chela is bidigitate. But the discovery of the new species de- 
scribed below by Tibbetts indicates that the above difference may not 
be so real. This new species has the immovable arm of the chela so 
small that it is a toss-up whether to put it with Irodorhynchus or with 
Hemilaelaps. It would seem superfluous and somewhat foolish to 
ereate a third genus based on an intermediate size of the immovable 
finger of the chela and yet that would have to be the case because other 
characters, such as size and shape of ventral plates, chaetotaxy, ete., 
vary Just as subtly. 

We therefore propose that all the species are congeneric, and rele- 
eate all the generic names so far proposed to the synonymy of Ixrodo- 
rhynchus. 


Genus Ixodorhynchus Ewing, 1922:5 


Type.—Ixodorhynchus liponyssoides Ewing, 1922:9 (Monotypic). Synonyms— 
Hemilaelaps Ewing, 1933:7 ( New synonymy). 

Type.—Hemilaelaps americanus Ewing, 1933:8 (Original designation). Ixobioides 
Fonseca, 1934:512. 

Type.—Ixobioides butantanensis Fonseca, 1934 (Monotypic). (Hllsworthia Turk, 
1945. Proposed by Turk as a new name for Hemilaelaps Ewing). Ophidilae- 
laps Radford, 1947:237 (New synonymy). 

Type.—Ophidilaelaps imphalensis Radford, 1947:238. (By original designation). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 267 


Description of the genus.—Chelicera with one or two digits; when one is 
present it is the movable digit, which is provided with recurved hooks. Corniculi 
long and apically barbed, although the barb may be very small; epipharynx long 
and slender; ventral shields poorly sclerotized. Coxae I and II, or II, or I, II, 
and III have the ventral seta transformed into a spur. Male, when known, has 
a divided ventral plate. Dorsal shield entire, partially divided, or completely 
divided; dorsal side of body partially or completely covered with dorsal plate. 
Legs short, stout, spined. The sternal plate may bear one, two, or three pairs of 
setae, genital plate with one pair of setae although occasionally it bears two pairs 
and sometimes none, the genital setae having moved off the plate. 


The name, description, and illustrations of the new species given 
below were prepared entirely by Ted Tibbetts, and the species is to 
be eredited to him. 


Ixodorhynchus gordoni Tibbetts, n. sp. 


Female (Fig. 1).—Body length, excluding gnathosoma, 744 u, and body width 
628 wy. 

Venter.—The antero-lateral angles of the sternal plate rounded, and not project- 
ing between coxae I and II; anterior margin convex; lateral margin straight, 
extending laterally at a slight angle from the anterior to posterior end; posterior 
margin slightly coneave. The first pair of sternal setae are located on the sternal 
plate; second pair of setae even with coxal spur on coxae II; third pair of setae 
level with middle of coxae IIT; fourth pair of setae even with posterior margin 
of coxae IV. Genito-ventral plate flask-shaped, genital setae not on genito-ventral 
plate but lateral to it. Anal plate ovoid, 1394 wide and 163 long; anal opening 
slightly posterior to the center of anal plate. The paired anal setae slightly 
anterior to the anal opening; unpaired seta at the posterior end of anal plate. 
Posterior to the genito-ventral plate and anterior to the anal plate in the soft 
integument of the opisthosoma are three pairs of setae. In the area on each side 
of the anal plate are four pairs of setae and posterior to the anal plate is one 
pair of short setae. Peritremes extending from the middle of coxae IV to the 
middle of coxae II. Metapodal and peritremal plates fused. 

Dorsum (Fig. 2).—The dorsal plate is entire with 34 pairs of setae. On the 
dorsal plate near the anterior-lateral margin is one pair of short setae and on the 
posterior lateral margin two pairs of short setae. A heavy sclerotized area is 
present on the posterior margin of the dorsal plate. 


Legs short and stout. All setae on legs spinelike. Femur and genu 
have two or three unusually long, stout, dorsal setae. Coxae I and II are each 
provided with a stout rounded spur and a seta. Spur on coxae I 154 wide and 
15u long; spur on coxae II 1luw wide and 9u long. Coxae III each with two 


Legs. 


setae and coxae IV each with a simple seta. Chaetotaxy of ventral side of legs 
as figured. Claws well developed. 

Gnathosoma (Fig. 3). 
coxae to tip; hypostome extends to the posterior margin of palp tibia. Three pairs 
of setae on hypostome as figured. Deutosternal teeth 11 in number, arranged 


Palps 5-segmented, 2004 long from base of fused 


consecutively along deutosternum. 


268 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


6 


Ixodorhynchus gordoni, n. sp., female: Fig. 1, venter; fig. 2, dorsum; fig. 3, 
gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum; fig. 6, chelicera. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 269 


Tritosternum (Fig. 5).—Tritosternum with two lacinae densely pilose, 122u 
long. The lacinae rising separately from the basal segment. Chelicerae chelate 
(Fig. 4); movable finger has three teeth and the immovable finger greatly 
reduced. Chelicerae (Fig. 6) 137 long and 30u wide. 

Male—Unknown; Nymphs unknown. 

Host.—Natrix tigrina lateralis (Berthold). (Snake). 

Location—Seoul, Korea, May 15, 1953. 

Material—FKour female specimens. The holotype female and one 
paratype female deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. One para- 
type female deposited in the collection of Dr. R. W. Strandtmann, 
Texas Technological College, and one paratype retained in the au- 
thor’s collection. 


Remarks—The four specimens were found near the head, under 
the lateral scales of the host. This mite differs from other Ixodor- 
hynchus in that the genital setae are not located on the genito-ventral 
plate, and the immovable chela is greatly reduced but not absent. 
Also the sternal plate is much more drastically reduced than in any 
other species. One of the paratype females contained a hexapod larva 
measuring 380 by 265. 

This mite has been named after Mr. W. E. Gordon of Moab, Utah, 
who has accompanied the senior author on many collecting trips. 


KEY TO THE FEMALES OF THE SPECIES IN THE FAMILY IXODORHYNCHIDAE 


I. Stree jolkeyrs syaudn oh joe mba) Ope eine ee ee ee ee 2 
uel jolene: sya, I (ore. 2) oe hues) (One seeks Ss Oe ee 5 
Cea COxnes mand lelawath Heavy: (Spurs see 2 i ee 3 
Coxamlileonily< awithimasheayye spurs eS butantanesis (Fonseca) 
S, Ecmmmavermnncaill jolene jyandn Il. poenne Cpe eee a 4 
Genito ventral plate with 2 pairs of setae; immovable chela with a single 
ROY OME shea oR ets ea Pa A ee ie ee eed distinctus (Ewing) 
45, Oinglley \yanalsayvathys il eigen eee ee ee ee ee EB AVES: liponyssoides Ewing 


Chela with 2 arms, shearlike; immovable arm with 2 teeth......._____»_»_»_»_-O_ 
ee ee Lee ee EES Ca Ladin SEE oe ENS Age dee to americanus (Ewing) 


5. Sternal istevie Wilbh@om AIrSMOL Ase haem ea ene ee ee, 6 
Sienna) aces wiltlipel usar tsese ice eee ee eee ee eee 7 
Gam Dorsaleplatenentan cme mee ct men we NN Odom Ciena eee imphalensis (Radford) 
Dorsal plate partially div eat des ieee Saas ee el eee de eerie nd ee EA piger (Berlese) 
7. Coxa I with a heavy spur and a spinelike seta —____________________ tanneri (Tibbetts) 
Coxamilawitheasheayy spursandemormeallasetacmeese seamen ee eee 8 
8. Genito-ventral plate with genital setae.._...__-__-__ ae (Tibbetts) 
Genito-ventral plate without genital setae + gordoni Tibbetts, n. sp. 


Biology and Distribution.—So far as is now known, these mites are 
found in association with snakes only. They are never abundant, 
although Tibbetts (unpublished observation) found about a dozen 
specimens on a snake in Korea. With one exception, piger, all species 
have been found under the lateral or ventral scales of snakes on or 
near the head region. The species liponyssoides was reported as taken 
‘‘from the eye of a snake’’ but presumably that meant from the scales 


270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


around the eye. The exception above noted (piger), was found in the 
hole or den of a snake along with large numbers of Ophionyssus 
natricis.. Unlike O. natricis, the Ixodorhynchids are rare on captive 
snakes. All species reported to date have been taken from wild 
reptiles. 

Although not common, they are widely distributed, having been 
reported from every major continent except Australia. From Europe 
is piger, collected in Florence, Italy ; butantensis was found in Brazil, 
in the States of Sao Paulo, Matto Grosso, Goyas, and Minas Geraes; 
imphalensis comes from Manipur State in India; the United States 
has three records, liponyssoides from Iowa, americanus from the 
southern tip of Texas, and distinctus from Kentucky; and three 
species, farrieri, tanneri, and gordon, are reported from Korea. 


REFERENCES 


Baker, E. W. and Wharton, G. W., 1952. An introduction to acarology. Macmillan 
Co., New York. 

Berlese, A. 1918. Sul Liponyssus Natricis (Geryv.) e su altri dermanissida die 
Rettili. Redia 13: 55-71. 

Ewing, H. E. 1922. The dermanyssid mites of North America. Proce. Natl. Mus. 
62iGi3)) = 1-265 alllus: 

1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily 

Parasitoidea. Proce. Natl. Mus. 82(30): 1-14, illus. 

Fonseca, F. da. 1934. Der schlangenparasit Jaxobioides Butantanensis, novi 
generis, n. sp. (Acarina, Ixodorhynchidae Noy. Fam) Zeit. Parasitenke 
6: 508-527. 
Radford, C. D. 1946. Parasitic mites from snakes and rodents (Acarina: Cheyle- 
tidae, Listrophoridae and Laelaptidae). Proe. Zool. Soe. 117(1): 228-240. 
Tanner, V. M. 1953. Pacific Islands Herpetology No. VIII, Korea. Great Basin 
Naturalist 13(3-4): 67-73. 

Tibbetts, T. 1954. Two new laelaptid snake mites from Korea. Great Basin Nat- 
uralist 14(3-4): 67-72. 

Turk, F. A. 1945. Studies of Acari. Second Series: Deseription of a new species 
and notes on established forms of Parasitic mites. Parasitology 36(3-4): 
133-141. 


CORRECTION 


Wheeler, G. C., and Wheeler, Jeanette. The larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera: 
Formicidae). Volume 59, No. 4, pp. 191-194. October, 1957. 

In the second paragraph, p. 191, lines 4 to 9 should read as follows: 
Wirth has written us that ‘‘the complete series of abdominal spiracles and the 
lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles indieate that they are not 
dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher than the Fungivoridae-Itonididae series 
which have a complete series of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair 
of apical spiracles are practically always to be found in the higher Diptera.’’ * 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 201. 


A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS PTEROMICRA ASSOCIATED 
WITH SNAILS 


(DipTeRA, SCIOMYZIDAE) 
GEORGE C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Michigan 

Since the publication of my revision of Pteromicra (Steyskal, 1954) 
and later notes (Steyskal, 1956), the new species described below has 
come to hand as well as a few bits of data on other species of Ptero- 
micra. 

Pteromicra perissa Steyskal, new species 
(FieurEs 1-3) 

Male.—Length of wing, 3.4 mm. 

Head and antennae brownish, cheeks and palpi yellowish. Arista brownish with 
short brownish hairs. Fronto-orbital bristles two, the anterior one slightly smaller 
than the posterior. 

Thorax brownish, most areas apparently slightly grayish pruinose; pteropleura 
with three bristly hairs. 

Legs with coxae whitish, fore coxae with two exterior bristles; fore femora 
wholly blackish, lacking pecten, but with many coarse bristly hairs; middle and 
hind femora yellowish basally, brown apically, the hind pair with one strong 
dorsal bristle at apical third; fore tibiae blackish, others dark brown to blackish; 
fore tarsi with first and most of second segment whitish, third and fourth seg- 
ments blackish, fifth segment whitish; middle and hind tarsi whitish basally, 
brownish apically. 

Wings uniformly pale brownish, with brown veins. Halteres and squamae 
whitish. 

Abdomen brownish, andrium yellowish brown. Terminalia as figured; no 
spiracles discernible; sixth and seventh sternites moderately narrow; sixth ter- 
gite represented by a very slender sclerotized strip; posterior surstylus hook- 
shaped, directed posteriorly at base and turning meso-anterad, clothed with many 
strong posteriorly-directed hairs; anterior surstylus well developed, apically acute, 
with notch and strong tooth on posterior margin. 

Holotype.—Male, Buffalo Peaks Area, Chaffee and Parks Counties, Colorado, 
summer, 1955, associated with land snails, predominantly Pupilla (Richard Pill- 
more), in University of Colorado Museum. The single specimen was removed from 
aleohol and the terminalia macerated in NaOH; color and pruinosity characters 
were therefore difficult to ascertain surely. 

Remarks.—This species belongs in the group lacking fore femoral 
pecten, including Pteromicra anopla and P. inermis, from which species 
it may be distinguished by wholly blackish fore femora, basally pale 
fore tarsi, yellowish palpi, and distinctive terminalia. According to 
Clifford Berg’s summary of the snail-feeding habits of the Sciomy- 
zidae (Berg, 1953), this is the first time a fly of the family has been 
associated with snails of the genus Pupilla. 


Pteromicra pectorosa (Hendel) 


A third American specimen, a male from Mecosta County, Michigan, 
May 15, 1951 (R. R. Dreisbach), has been examined recently. The 
species is therefore apparently widespread but rare in North America, 


bo 
bas | 
bo 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


being known also from Churchill, Manitoba, and the extreme north- 
western corner of California. 
Pteromicra similis Steyskal 

In the specimens examined when drawing up the description of P. 
similis, no sixth tergite could be discerned ; however, a specimen from 
Midland, Michigan, has a narrow but distinct sixth tergite. Also in 
disagreement with my description, the eyes of specimens collected by 
myself and Stuart Neff on Ile Perrot, Quebec, August 23, 1956, were 
plain olive-green, although the specimens otherwise were typical. 


REFERENCES 

Berg, C. O. 1953. Sciomyzid larvae (Diptera) that feed on snails. Jour. Para- 
sitol. 39:630-636. 

Steyskal, G. C. 1954. The genus Pteromicra Lioy (Diptera, Sciomyzidae) with 
especial reference to the North American species. Papers Mich. Acad, Sei., 
Arts and Letters 39:257-269. 

1956. New species and taxonomic notes in the family Sciomyzidae 
(Diptera, Acalyptratae). Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 41:73-87. 


sox 


NOS 
ra 


S 


Pteromicra perissa, new species: Fig. 1, sinistral profile of male terminalia; fig. 
2, ventral view of same; fig. 3, diagram of protandrium as if split along mid- 
ventral line and laid flat, D—mid-dorsal line. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 273 


A NEW BRUCHOPHAGUS FROM A LILIACEOUS PLANT 
WITH A HOST PLANT LIST FOR THE GENUS 
(HYMENOPTERA, HURYTOMIDAE) 

B. D. Burks, Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, 
United States Department of Agriculture 

The genus Bruchophagus Ashmead was originally described with- 
out included species (1888, Ent. Amer. 4:42). Six years later Ashmead 
(1894, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 21: 328) referred three species to it. 
Two of these, borealis Ashmead and mexicanus Ashmead, were said to 
have been bred from Bruchus and the third, funebris (Howard), from 
the clover-seed midge. Shortly thereafter Hopkins (1896, U. 8. Dept. 
Agr., Div. Ent. Bul. 6(n.s.), p. 73) studied funebris carefully and 
showed that it was not a parasite of the clover-seed midge, as stated 
by Howard when he described it, but developed by feeding in the clo- 
ver seeds themselves. 

Ashmead was unwilling to accept the judgment of either Howard or 
Hopkins about the host relationships of funebris. His final remarks 
on the subject (1904, Mem. Carnegie Mus. 1: 260) were that he thought 
‘that both Drs. Howard and Hopkins are wrong and that Brucho- 
phagus funebris is a parasite upon some Bruchus, or the larva of a 
small rhynchophorus beetle living in the clover seed.’” The same year 
Titus (1904, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent. Bul. 44, pp. 77-80) published 
his observations on the life history and habits of funebris, and these 
left no doubt that it was a phytophagous species. He concluded that 
‘“the clover-seed chalcis-fly, if ever a coleopterous parasite, has changed 
its diet.’’ Since that time no one has seriously questioned the fact 
that this species is phytophagous, and it has been reared from the 
seeds of a large number of different leguminous plants. 

During the 53 years since 1904, additional species of Bruchophagus 
have been described from the seeds of leguminous plants, so that now 
there are 15 species which are known to develop in leguminous seeds. 
Also, rearings have shown that B. mexicanus, thought by Ashmead to 
be parasitic on species of Bruchus, actually develops in the seeds of 
Astragalus, another legume. The generic name Bruchophagus (des- 
pite its unfortunate derivation) has thus come to be associated by 
entomologists with the phytophagous habit in the seeds of legumes. 

In 1952, however, Nikolskaja (Fauna U.S. S. R. 44, p. 174) des- 
eribed a species of Bruchophagus which infests the seeds of a Primula, 
in the Primulaceae. The present paper describes a species from the 
seeds of Aloe, in the Liliaceae, and further extends the range of plant 
families known to be attacked by members of the genus Bruchophagus. 
A host-plant list for the species of Bruchophagus is given at the end of 
this paper. 


Bruchophagus aloineae, new species 


Female.—Length 1.2-2.0 mm. Head and body black, anterior face of pronotum 
with a white spot on either side; antennae black; wings hyaline with tan or 
yellow venation; legs black or very dark brown with inner surface of fore tibia, 


274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


apices of all femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and basal 4 segments of each 
tarsus tan. Setae of head, body, and appendages silvery, inconspicuous. 

Head, fig. 1, with a very vaguely defined transverse depression extending across 
frons just dorsal to level of ventral margins of compound eyes, area below this 
depression with strong striae converging toward mouth opening, dorsad of this 
depression the surface area of fronto-vertex with umbilicate punctation; malar 
furrow wanting; width of malar space two-thirds as great as height of compound 
eye; length of ocellar line one-third as great as postocellar line; antenna, fig. 2, 
with scape three times as long as pedicel, first funicle segment one-fourth longer 
than pedicel, second to fifth funicle segments equal in length and each as long as 
pedicel, club three and one-half times as long as fifth funicle segment. 

Dorsal surface of pronotum, mesoscutum, and mesoseutellum with umbilicate 
punctation made up of well-marked, closely set, shallow pits, interstices between 
punctures narrow 


always much less than width of punctures themselves—and 
almost or quite smooth; anterior face of fore coxa smooth, a broad groove extend- 
ing from inner apical angle to outer basal angle; depression on anterior face of 
mesepisternum, into which the anterior coxa fits when at rest, with its surface 
closely shagreened, lateral margin carinate; prepectus relatively narrow, usually 
with a large, triangular pit anteriorly, this pit occasionally divided by a septum; 
tegula inflated, its dorsal surface very obscurely sculptured; submarginal vein of 
forewing five times as long as marginal vein; stigmal, postmarginal, and marginal 
veins equal in length; dorsal area of mesepimeron posterior to femoral furrow 
with numerous, closely set, longitudinal ridges, these sometimes rather irregular, 
but usually almost or quite parallel; outer, dorsal surface of hind coxa shagreened. 

Propodeum with its surface flat and lying at a 90° angle with longitudinal axis 
of thorax; median area of propodeum uniformly shagreened, laterally and dorsally 
coarsely rugulose. Petiole as broad as long. Gaster one and one-fourth times as 
long as thorax; basal four gastral tergites subequal in length dorsally when 
gaster is in normal position; fifth gastral tergite usually completely retracted 
beneath fourth, sixth gastral tergite half as long as third; gastral tergites one 
to four smooth and asetose, fifth setose ventrally, sixth and epipygium densely 
setose; ovipositor sheaths directed obliquely dorsad, their apices normally ex- 
serted for a distance equal to length of sixth tergite. 

Male.—Length 1.1-2.0 mm. Apical two-thirds of fore femur, entire fore tibia, 
and apical third of mid femur tan. Antenna, fig. 3, with scape enlarged and 
three and one-half times as long as pedicel, first and second funicle segments 
equal in length and each twice as long as pedicel, third and fourth funicle seg- 
ments equal in length and each half as long as scape, fifth segment seven-eighths 
as long as fourth, club three-fourths as long as scape. Petiole three times as long 
as wide. Gaster one-half to two-thirds as long as thorax. 


Type locality.—Port Elizabeth, South Africa. 
Types.—U. S. N. M. No. 63412. 


Described from 21 female and 18 male specimens, all intercepted 
in quarantine at Washington, D. C. The specimens were taken from 
sealed packages of seeds being shipped into the United States for pro- 
pagation purposes; the dates given are those of the interceptions. Fe- 
male holotype, male allotype, and 1 male paratype, Port Elizabeth, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 275 


8. Africa, Oct. 24, 1934, with seeds of Aloe ferox, B. P. Q. No. 030955 ; 
8 female and 7 male paratypes, same data, but with seeds of Aloe 
lineata, B. P. Q. No. 030956 ; 2 female and 1 male paratypes, same data, 
but with seeds of Aloe africana, B. P. Q. No. 030953; 1 female and 2 
male paratypes, Kimberley, S. Africa, Nov. 27, 1934, with seeds of 
Aloe globuligemma, B. P. Q. No. 032536; 1 female paratype, S. Africa, 
Jan. 10, 1936, reared from seeds of Aloe (Haworthia) feror, EB. Q. 
Washington No. A33710; 1 female paratype, S. Africa, June 4, 1935, 
with seeds of Aloe globuligemma, B. P. Q. Washington No. 056379 ; 
4 female and 1 male paratypes, Germany, Nov. 6, 1934, in Aloe sp. 
seeds, B. P. Q. No. A28173; 3 female paratypes, Germany, Oct. 8, 
1934, with seeds of Aloe variegata, P. Q. No. A27779; 3 male paratypes, 
Potsdam, Germany, May 8, 1933, with seeds of Aloe variegata, B. P. 
Q. No. A22270. 


Bruchophagus aloineae, n. sp.: Fig. 1, Anterior aspect of head of female; fig. 
2, antenna of female; fig. 3, antenna of male. 


In addition there are more or less fragmentary specimens of this 
species, not included in the type series, in the U. S. N. M. collection 
from the following localities and hosts: Port Elizabeth, S. Africa, 
seeds of Aloe striata, Aloe (Haworthia) ferox, Aloe africana, Aloe 
microstigma, and Aloe lineata; Ethiopia, seeds of Aloe sp.; Germany, 
seeds of Aloe variegata and Aloe sp. 

Bruchophagus aloineae differs from B. gibbus (Boheman) in hav- 
ing the dorsal pronotal punctures uniformly close together, with 
narrow, unsculptured interstices; in gibbus these punctures are rather 
haphazardly arranged, with some of the interstices as wide as the 
punctures themselves, and the surfaces of the interstices are sha- 
ereened. B. aloineae differs from B. mexicanus Ashmead in possessing 
strong striae on the lower face; this area is umbilicately punctate in 
mexicanus. The black antennal scape and mostly black anterior and 
mid lees of the female of aloineae distinguish it from B. borealis 


276 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Ashmead, as the antennal scape and two anterior pairs of legs in 
borealis are almost entirely yellow. 


HOST-PLANT LIST FOR BRUCHOPHAGUS 


The following list has been compiled from data associated with 
identified specimens of Bruchophagus in the collection of the U. S. 
National Museum and from the literature reference files maintained 
there by the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Labora- 
tories, U.S. Department of Agriculture. The plant names were kindly 


checked by Dr. Velva E. Rudd, Division of Botany, U. S. National 
Museum. 


LEGUMINOSAE 
Astragalus macrony% 
Astragalus mollissimus, loco weed 


SPECIES OF BRUCHOPHAGUS 
macronycis Fedoseeva 
mexicanus Ashmead 


Astragalus sp. gibbus (Boheman) 


astragali Fedoseevat 
mellipes Gahan 

caraganae (Nikolskaja) 
caraganae (Nikolskaja) 
caraganae (Nikolskaja) 
coluteae (Bouéek ) 
coluteae Fedoseeva? 
glycyrrhizae Nikolskaja 
hedysari Fedoseeva 
indigoferae (Risbee ) 
gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman ) 
kolobovae Fedoseeva 
gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 

roddi Gussakovsky 
gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 

gibbus (Boheman) 
onobrychidis (Nikolskaja) 
Onobrychis viciaefolia (= sativa), Sainfoin onobrychidis (Nikolskaja) 
Ononis sp., rest harrow 
Oxytropis lambertii, loco weed 


Cajanus cajan, pigeon pea 
Caragana arborescens, pea tree 
Caragana frutescens 

Caragana pygmaea 

Colutea arborescens, bladder senna 
Colutea media 

Glycyrrhiza glabra, licorice 
Hedysarum sibiricum 

Indigofera sp., indigo 

Lespedeza sp., bush clover 

Lotus corniculatus, birds-foot trefoil 


Lotus decumbens 

Medicago arabica, spotted bur clover 
Medicago falcata 

Medicago hispida, toothed bur elover 
Medicago ruthemia 

Medicago sativa, alfalfa 


Medicago tornata 
Medicago tuberculata 
Medicago tunetana 
Melilotus sp., sweetelover 
Onobrychis caputgalli 


ononis (Mayr) 
gibbus (Boheman) 


1T am indebted to Dr. O. Peck, Canadian Department of Agriculture, for the 
reference to the original description of this species—Fedoseeva, 1954, Vestnik, 
Moscow Univ., 9,.No. 5, p. 115. 


2This species is a homonym, and probably also a synonym, of B. coluteae 
(Bouéek ). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 277 
Sesbania sesban mellipes Gahan 
Sesbania grandiflora mellipes Gahan 
Smirnovia turkestana smirnoviae Nikolskaja 
Sophora japonica, Japanese pagoda tree sophorae Crosby 
Trifolium incarnatum, erimson clover gibbus (Boheman) 
Trifolium pratense, red clover gibbus (Boheman) 
Trigonella sp. gibbus (Boheman ) 
PRIMULACEAE 
Primula sp., primrose mutabilis Nikolskaja 
LILIACEAE 
Aloe africana aloineae Burks 
Aloe ferou aloineae Burks 
Aloe globuligemma aloineae Burks 
Aloe lineata aloineae Burks 
Aloe microstigma aloineae Burks 
Aloe striata aloineae Burks 
Aloe variegata aloineae Burks 


A total of 32 species have been referred to the genus Bruchophagus. 
In addition to those listed above as phytophagous, the following spe- 
cies have been reared from cynipid galls: B. cynipseus (Boheman), 
jaceae (Mayr), phanacidis (Mayr), setigerus (Mayr), and timaspidis 
(Mayr). There are six species of unknown habits: B. cylindricus 
(Thomson), mconspicuus Girault, maurus (Boheman), niger Girault, 
noctua Girault, and sculpta (Ashmead). Three others still are said 
to parasitize Bruchidae: B. borealis Ashmead, bruchocida (Risbec), 
and sayeli (Risbee). 

Bruchophagus sativae Ashmead, Tschorbadjiev (1936, Mitt. Bulgar. 
Ent. Ges. 9: 169) evidently is a nomen nudum. Although this author 
credits the specific name to Ashmead, there is no record that Ashmead 
described such a species. If sativae were taken to have been validated 
by the very meager information given by Tschorbadjiev, the name 
should be attributed to him. 

Eurytoma acaciae Cameron (1910, The Ent. 43: 114) [not EF. aca- 
ciae Girault, 1914 nor EF. acaciae Risbec, 1951], reared from the seeds 
of Acacia decurrens in New Zealand, possibly is a Bruchophagus. 1 
have been unable to locate the type. 


278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


A NOTE ON TWO CHRYSOMELID BEETLES 
(COLEOPTERA ) 

A species of chrysomelid beetle, Ophraea arizonica Fall, hitherto 
not represented in the collection of the United States National Mu- 
seum, has recently been added in the shape of 25 specimens collected 
by Jack M. Kaiser on the leaves of Beloperone sp. at Pena Blanca, 
Arizona (near Tucson). Fall (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 36, 1910, p. 
147) described this apparently rare beetle from one specimen sent 
him by F. H. Snow from the Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona. 

D. M. Weisman has recently collected a new species of Disonycha 
in Harnett County, North Carolina. The host plant is unknown as the 
beetle was taken by sweeping. 


Disonycha weismani n. sp. 


About 7.5 mm. in length, oblong oval, feebly shining, alutaceous, very finely 
and indistinctly punctate, pale yellow with dark antennae and tarsal joints and 
two small spots anteriorly on the prothorax and moderately wide dark sutural, 
median and lateral vittae not joined at the apex of the elytra. 

Head with interocular space more than half its width, with occiput having a few 
punctures besides the large fovea near eye, the interantennal area wide and bulg- 
ing forward in a broadly rounded carina; pale with a very narrow darkening over 
occiput at edge of prothorax. Antennae with the two basal joints pale edged, re- 
mainder dark. Prothorax approximately twice as wide as long with rounded sides, 
not very convex; faintly shining, alutaceous, very finely punctate; pale yellow with 
two small spots anteriorly. Scutellum dark. Elytra alutaceous, faintly punctate 
and somewhat shiny; pale yellow with moderately wide sutural, median and lateral 
vittae, none joined at the apex. Body beneath entirely pale. Legs pale with the 
tarsal joints dark. Length 7.7 mm.; width 3.6 mm. 

Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. Type No. 63507, collected by Donald M. 
Weisman, in sweeping at Spout Springs, Harnett Co., North Carolina, 
on Aug. 30, 1952. 

Remarks.—This species has the same coloration as D. caroliniana 
(Fab.) and D. latifrons Schaeffer, but differs from either in the head 
the aedeagus, which is unlike that of any other Disonycha.—Doris 


H. BLAKE. 


Ophraea arizonica Fall Disonycha weismani n.sp. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 279 


ON SOME MICROTINE-INFESTING POLYPLAX 
(ANOPLURA ) 


By Joun E. Scanton! and PHYLuIs T. JOHNSON? 


For some years the relationship of Polyplax borealis Ferris, 1933, 
(from Clethrionomys rufocanus, Finmark, Norway) to P. alaskensis 
Ewing, 1927, (from Microtus sp., Alaska) has been in doubt. The 
original description of P. alaskensis contains no figures and is vague 
in many details. Ferris noted in his original description of borealis 
that this name might prove to be synonymous with alaskensis Ewing, 
since he had not seen specimens of alaskensis and could not be sure 
of his interpretation of the latter. Ewing (1935) synonymized bore- 
alis Ferris under alaskensis Ewing, without seeing specimens of bore- 
alis. Quay (1949) published a redescription and figures of alaskensis 
from Microtus operarius, Seward Peninsula, Alaska, but did not men- 
tion borealis. Finally, in 1951, Brinck published a note asserting that 
borealis is a valid name, basing his conclusions on a comparison of 
Quay’s drawings and description of alaskensis and Ferris’ original 
description and figures of borealis. 

A re-examination of P. alaskensis holotype proves Brinck to be 
correct, and further shows that Polyplax abscisa Fahrenholz, 1938, 
(from California off ‘‘ Arvicola,’’ which according to Ferris (1951) 
probably means Microtus), is a synonym of P. alaskensis (new syn- 
onymy). Dr. G. F. Ferris of Stanford University has kindly compared 
specimens of borealis from Alaska and Labrador with his paratype 
male of borealis and also has compared the holotype of alaskensis with 
borealis and California ‘‘abscisa,’’ coming to the same conclusion. 
Specimens of Polyplax from California Microtus agree with Fahren- 
holz’s original description and figures of abscisa as well as with holo- 
typic alaskensis. A figure of alaskensis holotype is included in this 
paper (fig. 3). 

P. alaskensis is easily separated from borealis in the male by the 
shape of the pseudopenis (fig. 8), which is strongly curved apically 
and relatively much narrower than it is in borealis (fig. 7). Both 
sexes of borealis have an arcuate first abdominal sternum (figs. 9, 10), 
and the third abdominal sternite is triangulate, more than half as 
high (in the longitudinal axis of the body) as it is broad (in the 
transverse axis of the body). P. alaskensis (fig. 11) may have the 
first sternite weakly arcuate, but usually not approaching the condi- 
tion found in borealis and the third sternite is less than half as high 
as broad and not markedly triangulate. There are small discrepan- 
cies between Quay’s redescription of alaskensis and the actual form 
of the holotype, although the lone specimen from his series we exam- 
ined agrees well with the holotype. This single male, from Microtus 


1Medical Service Corps, U. 8S. Army, Fort Sam Houston, Texas. 


2Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department 
of Agriculture. 


280 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


operarius, does not have the first sternite as strongly arcuate as he 

draws and describes it. He also states that the first sternite of the 

female is broader than the second and concave posteriorly, but his 
figure does not show this to be the case. The thoracic sternal plate in 
alaskensis is normally quite broad anteriorly and with the sides 

angled and subsequently slightly concave to the apex, as in figure 6, 

whereas borealis has the sides almost evenly convex to the apex (figs. 

4,5). In other respects alaskensis and borealis are very similar 

morphologically. Brinck (1951) mentions that in borealis the para- 

tergal plates (fig. 2) are not as markedly toothed as in alaskensis, 
but this character is quite variable. 

Both sexes of alaskensis and borealis may be separated from the 
very similar P. spinulosa (Burmeister) by the shape of the para- 
tergites 3-5. In alaskensis and borealis both dorsal and ventral apical 
lobes are acute, while in spinulosa the ventral apical lobes of these 
paratereites are rounded. Ewine (1935) used this character to sepa- 
rate alaskensis from spinulosa. 

Since Ferris’ (1951) publication ‘‘The Sucking Lice’’ will be the 
standard reference on Anoplura for many years to come, we append 
here a revision of couplets 21 and 22, page 205, of the key to Polyplax 
species. It should be noted that as Ferris’ key now reads, borealis 
will key to alaskensis and alaskensis will key to abscisa. 

21(20) First abdominal sternite strongly arcuate and with its lateral angles 
somewhat prolonged; third abdominal sternite more than half as 
high (in longitudinal axis of body) as broad (in transverse axis 
ofbody); occurring on Clethrionomys and Phenacomys _. BOREALIS 

First abdominal sternite in both sexes not thus, its posterior margin 
almost straight and the lateral angles not produced; third abdomi- 
nal sternite considerably less than half as high as broad ee 

22(21) In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with only the dorsal apical angle 
produced into a point; dorsal lobe of the pseudopenis very short, 
searcely one-fourth the length of the ventral lobe; parameres well 
developed, extending forward between the posterior arms of the 
basal plate; occurring especially on species of Rattus throughout 
GIG aawwO Te) Cee an a es oe ae ee Ee SPINULOSA 

In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with both apical angles produced 
into points; parameres quite weakly developed and extending for- 
ward only slightly past the apex of the arms of the basal plate; 
normally occurring on species of Microtus ALASKENSIS 


The normal hosts of Polyplax alaskensis are members of the genus 
Microtus. Specimens have been examined as follows: Alaska (Golo- 
vin, Takotna and the Seward Peninsula, and the holotype) from 
Microtus sp. and M. operarius; Oregon from M. montanus ; California 
from M. californicus sanctidiegi; Virginia, Pennsylvania, Delaware, 
New York, Massachusetts and Maine from Microtus pennsylvanicus ; 
Massachusetts from M. breweri (this species of Microtus is found 
only on Muskeget Isl.) ; Canada, ‘‘from an island in the St. Lawrence 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 284 


River’’ from WM. pennsylvanicus and at Toronto, Ontario from ‘‘mead- 
ow mouse.”’ Ferris (1951) also reported alaskensis (as abscisa) from 
Nevada. Scanlon (1954) reported alaskensis (as abscisa) from Mi- 
crotus montebelli, Mt. Fuji, Japan. A re-examination of some of 
Sasa’s material from Microtus montebelli, Mt. Fuji, reported as Poly- 
plax spinulosa (Burmeister) (Sasa, 1950) establishes that these speci- 
mens are dlaskensis, not spinulosa. One female with the sides of the 
thoracic sternal plate somewhat less angled than is usually the case, 
from a species of Synaptomys (bog lemming, tribe Lemmini), Nor- 
way House, Northwest Territories, Canada, is also here referred to 
alaskensis.® 

P. borealis has as its normal hosts species of Clethrionomys and 
Phenacomys. Its distribution is circumpolar, as is probably true of 
alaskensis, but borealis is more northern, although there is some over- 
lapping. Specimens of borealis have been examined as_ follows: 
Alaska (Ladd Air Force Base) from Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni; 
Canada, Northwest Territories, S. W. Keewatin from Phenacomys sp. 
and Clethrionomys sp., and Quebee and Labrador from Clethrionomys 
sp. Specimens from Clethrionomys rufocanus (the type host) from 
Korea, were reported as alaskensis by Seanlon (1955). The latter 
specimens and a Korean series from ‘‘Apodemus speciosus’’ differ 
slightly from the North American specimens in that the sternal plate 
of the thorax is somewhat broader anteriorly, but this series still fits 
well within the limits of borealis. ‘‘Apodemus speciosus’’ is prob- 
ably a lapsus for a species of Clethrionomys. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brinck, Per, 1951. Polyplax alaskensis Ewing och P. borealis Ferris (Anoplura). 
Opuse. Ent. (Lund) 16:31. 

Ewing, H. E., 1927. Descriptions of three new species of sucking lice, together 
with a key to some related species of the genus Polyplax. Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Wash. 29:118-121. 

, 1935. The taxonomy of the anopluran genera Polyplax and Eremo- 


phthirius, including the description of new species. Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash. 
48:201-210, figs. 1, 2. 
Fahrenholz, H., 1938. Die Anoplurengattung Polyplax. Ztschr. f. Parasitenk. 
10:239-279, figs. 1-23. 
Ferris, G. F., 1922. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice. Part 
IV. Stanford Univ. Publ. Biol. Sci. 2(4) :183-270. 
, 1933. A new species of Polyplax (Anoplura). Parasitol. 25:127-129, 
fal Slee 
, 1942. Some North American rodent-infesting lice (Insecta, Anoplura). 
Micro-ent. 7:84-90, fig. 42. 
, 1951. The Sucking Lice. Mem. Pacific Coast Ent. Soc. 1:1-320, figs. 
1-124. 


3This specimen was referred to by Ferris (1922) and Hopkins (1947) as Poly- 
plax spinulosa, 


282 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


4 


Fig. 1, Polyplax alaskensis Ewing, 1927: paratergal plates, holotype; fig. 2, P. 
borealis Ferris, 1933: paratergal plates, male (Ladd Air Force Base, Alaska) ; 
fig. 3, P. alaskensis: holotype; fig. 4, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male 
(Ladd AFB); fig. 5, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male (Lake Marymace, 
Quebec) ; fig. 6, P. alaskensis: thoracic sternal plate, holotype; fig. 7, P. borealis: 
aedagus (Lake Marymae); fig. 8, P. alaskensis: aedeagus, holotype; fig. 9, P. 
borealis: first abdominal sternite, male (Ladd AFB); fig. 10, P. borealis: first 


abdominal sternite, male (Lake Marymae); fig. 11, P. alaskensis: first abdominal 
sternite, holotype. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 283 


Hopkins, G. H. E., 1949. The host-associations of the lice of mammals. Proce. Zool. 
Soc. Lond. 119(2) :387-640. 

Quay, W. B., 1949. Further description of Polyplax alaskensis Ewing (Anoplura). 
Psyche 56:180-1838, figs. 1, 2. 

Sasa, M., 1950. Note on the blood-sucking lice (Anoplura) of rodents in Japan 
(Part 1). Jap. Jour. Exper. Med. 20:715-717. 

Scanlon, J. E., 1954. Anoplura from some Japanese small mammal hosts. Bull. 
Brooklyn Ent. Soe. 49(2) :29-35, fig. 1. 

, 1955. Anoplura from some Korean small mammal hosts. Bull. Brook- 

lyn Ent. Soc. 50(4) :85-91, fig. 1. 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY AND LIFE HISTORY 
OF THE BROWN COCKROACH PERIPLANETA BRUNNEA BURMEISTER 


Lare R. EpMuNDS, Sanitary Engineering Branch, Engineer Research and 
Development Laboratories, Fort Belvoir, Virginia 


The brown cockroach, Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister, is a common 
species in the southern and southeastern United States, from the 
Carolinas to Florida and west to Texas. It has been found indoors 
as far north as Philadelphia and was collected by the writer in 
Columbus, Ohio. In some areas of the south it is more common than 
the American cockroach which it closely resembles. 


This insect, typical of all roaches, is an obnoxious household pest. 
It has been collected in such places as army camps, outbuildings, city 
dumps, grocery stores, at lights, under bark, and in sewers. 

Little is known about the biology of P. brunnea because only in 
recent years have entomologists become generally aware of the dis- 
tinction between this species and the other three species of Periplaneta 
found in the United States. P. brunnea very closely resembles the 
American cockroach Periplaneta americana Linn., and there are some 
marked similarities and differences in biology. 

The determination of P. brunnea was made through the courtesy 
of Dr. P. W. Oman and Dr. A. B. Gurney, of the Insect Identification 
and Parasite Introduction Laboratories, Entomology Research Divi- 
sion, United States Department of Agriculture. The writer is in- 
debted to Dr. Ross Hutchins, of the Department of Zoology and 
Entomology, Mississippi State College, for the use of the controlled 
temperature equipment. 


METHODS 


Cultures of P. brunnea were started with adults and nymphs col- 
lected in March 1952, from the basement of the biology greenhouse 
on the campus of the Ohio State University. These cultures were 
transported by automobile to Mississippi State College where biological 
studies of P. brunnea were made from 1954 through 1956. 

The cockroaches were reared in 1-gallon battery jars, the tops of 
which were covered with cheese cloth held in place by a rubber band. 


284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Water was supplied by using a glass vial 1-inch in diameter and 21% 
inches long. This vial was filled with water, plugged with cotton, and 
placed in a horizontal position on the floor of the jar. The cockroaches 
were fed a diet of commercial dog food, Purina Kibbled Meal, supple- 
mented by wheat germ. 

The life history studies were made at approximately 75° F., using 
controlled temperature cabinets. Examinations were made once daily 
at the same time each day, consequently, the durations given for 
stages and other periods are accurate to one calendar day. 


OBSERVATIONS 


The period between extrusion and deposition of the egg capsule 
by P. brunnea ranged from 20 to 24 hours, with an average time of 
21 hours. The ootheca was glued to the substrate, generally near a 
food supply. When first deposited the egg capsule was light brown 
in color, changing within a few hours to dark brown. One hundred 
oothecae were removed from the cultures and measured; they varied 
in length from 1.2 to 1.6 mm. The number of eggs contained in an 
ootheca were found to range from 21 to 28, with an average of 24. 

In ovipositing, the female roach secreted from her mouthparts a 
frothy white substance which she smeared over the spot on which 
she was going to deposit the ege capsule. Some females spent from 
30 to 40 minutes preparine this frothy bed. The egg capsule was 
then deposited in the froth and covered with additional froth secreted 
by the female. Some cockroaches were observed spending as much 
as 2 hours coating the ege capsule after it was deposited. This sub- 
stance hardened to become a very strong cementing material. It was 
so strong that it was difficult to pry the capsule loose without causing 
it to rupture. For several hours after a capsule was deposited the 
female rested with her body over the capsule and drove away any 
other roaches which approached. 

Ten ege capsules were removed from the cultures just as they were 
deposited. These were placed singly in 1-pint jars in a controlled 
temperature cabinet, and incubated at approximately 75°K. Nymphal 
cockroaches emerged from 8 of the capsules, the developmental period 
in the capsule ranging from 61 to 63 days. 

On October 23, 1955, 25 newly emerged nymphs of P. brunnea were 
placed together in a quart battery jar provisioned with food and 
water. These roaches were kept in a controlled temperature cabinet 
at 75°F. Daily examinations were made to determine the progress 
of development. The number of nymphal instars was not ascertained 
because the cockroaches consumed the cast exuviae. The first adult 
male completed development in 263 days, and the first female in 268 
days. All of the nymphs had completed development by 277 days. 
Pope (1951) found that the nymphal period of P. brunnea varied 
from 110 to 327 days and that all stages were greatly influenced by 
temperature. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 285 


The newly emerged first-instar nymph of P. brunnea is dark brown 
in color, with yellowish legs and mouth parts. The first 8 and last 
4 antennal segments are white, the median antennal segments are 
brown. A median translucent area allows light to pass completely 
through the mesothorax. Faint cream-colored spots occur on the 
dorso-lateral margins of the first and second abdominal segments. 
The body is 8 to 10 mm. in length. The first instar ranged from 16 
to 21 days in length, with an average of 17 days. 

The nymphal instars between the first and last instars generally 
resembled the last. During development there was an increase in 
size, and the appearance of larger and more distinct cream-colored 
spots on the dorso-lateral margins of the abdomen. 

The last nymphal instar, just prior to completing development, was 
chestnut to dark-brown in color and 25 to 30 mm. in length. Distinct 
cream-colored spots occurred on the dorso-lateral margins of the sec- 
ond to sixth abdominal segments. The thorax was chestnut colored 
with posterior dark brown margins. The first 29 to 30 segments of 
the antenna were chestnut-colored, distal segments darker. 

Copulation occurred within a few hours after the female of P. 
brunnea completed development. Ege deposition started in from 16 
to 20 days after the adult female emerged and continued throughout 
life. A female was capable of forming and dropping an oothecae at 
5- to 6-day intervals, but the time period between capsules was highly 
variable. Pope (1951) found that the maximum number of oviposi- 
tions was 30 but usually less. The maximum longevity of an adult 
roaches life was not determined, but some were kept for 20 months 
and were still living and reproducing. The adults of P. brunnea 
usually shunned heht and were nocturnal in habit. They were capa- 
ble of flight, which is generally of a gliding type. Cannabalism was 
common in captivity. Cockroaches that had been injured or weakened 
in some way are often eaten by others. Ege capsules after being 
deposited and left by the mother were often found and consumed by 
other cockroaches. 


DISCUSSION 


The brown cockroach P. brunnea and the American cockroach P. 
americana are often confused because they frequent similar habitats 
and are very much alike in appearance. Both species as adults are 
reddish-brown in color and have yellowish markings on the pronotum. 
They can be readily distinguished by using the following informa- 
tion (Table 1): 

a. The egg capsule of P. brunnea is nearly 50 per cent longer 
than the American cockroach. It is less rounded laterally and much 
darker in color. The brown roach glues the egg capsule more securely 
when it is deposited. Lawson (1951) in studying the egg capsule of 
P. brunnea found 22 to 28 eggs with an average of 24. The American 
roach has 16 eggs per ootheeca. 

b. The first stage nymph of P. brunnea has white antennae tips 


ne 


286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


and a translucent area through the mesothorax. The first stage nymph 
of P. americana has entirely dark antennae. The intermediate and 
last nymphal instars of the brown roach have cream-colored spots on 
the dorso-lateral margins of the second and sixth abdominal segments. 
The intermediate and last nymphal instar of the American roach have 
entirely brown abdomens. 

e. Pratt (1955) states that adult brown and American cock- 
roaches can be separated in both sexes by the shape of the cercus, a 
jointed appendage on each side of the tip of the abdomen. The cercus 
of the brown cockroach is stout, more evenly spindle-shaped, with the 
last segment somewhat triangular and less than twice as long as its 
basal width. The cercus of the American cockroach is stout basally 
and tapers markedly toward the tip, and the last segment is more 
or less parallel-sided and two or more times as long as its basal width. 


SUMMARY 

The brown cockroach, P. brunnea, is a common noxious household 
pest in the southern United States, and closely resembles the Ameri- 
ean cockroach. The ootheca of P. brunnea contains an average of 24 
egos, and is deposited in frothy material secreted from the female’s 
mouth parts. At 75°F. there is an egg-to-ege cycle of 339 to 351 
days. Nymphs hatch from the ootheca 61 to 63 days after oviposition. 
The first male to complete development required 263 days and the 
first female, 268 days. Ege deposition starts 15 to 20 days after the 
females become adults. 


TABLE 1. A comparison of the various life stages of Periplaneta americana Linn. 
and Periplaneta brunnea Burm. 


Avg.no. Incubation Nymphal Adult forms Total egg-to- 
eggs period period First ootheca egg cycle 
Species per capsule (days) (days) (days) (days) 
P. brunnea 24 62-63 263-277 15-20 340-360 
P.americana* 16 42-63 98-200 10 UGX0) 


*Data taken from Piquett & Fales (1952). 


REFERENCES 

Lawson, F. A. 1951. Structural features of the oothecae of certain cockroaches. 
Ann, Ent. Soc. Amer. 44(2) :269-285. 

Piquett, P. G., and Fales, J. H. 1952. Rearing cockroaches for experimental pur- 
poses. U. S. Dept. Agr. ET-301, 12 p. 

Pope, Pauline. 1951 (1953). Studies on the life histories of some Queensland 
Blattidae. I. The domestic species; II, some native species. Proce. Roy. Soe. 
Queensland 63 : 23-59. 

Pratt, H. D. 1955. Cockroach identification. Pest Control 23(5) :9-12. 


PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 287 


A NOTE ON THE OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOR OF 
SABETHES (SABETHOIDES) CHLOROPTERUS HUMBOLDT! 


PEDRO GALINDO 


Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, R. de P. 


The author has maintained a laboratory colony of the mosquito 
Sabethes (Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt for nearly 2 years 
and a paper discussing in detail the bionomics of this species under 
laboratory conditions is now in preparation. However, considering 
that published information on the egg-laying activities of members of 
the tribe Sabethini is very scant and in view of the unique oviposition 
behavior observed by the author in SN. chloropterus, it was deemed of 
interest to publish these observations as the subject of a separate note. 

Galindo, Carpenter, and Trapido (1951) found that S. chloropterus 
a forest mosquito, breeds primarily in a specialized type of tree-hole 
which possesses a large inner cavity and a relatively small opening 
and holds water continuously even during the dry season months. In 
attempting to simulate natural conditions in the laboratory colony, 
the author used as a receptacle for oviposition a well-ripened bamboo 
internode. The open top was fitted with a cover and a 1-inch hole 
drilled in the side near the top to give access to the central cavity, 
which was half-filled with water. Using this type of artificial tree- 
hole, large numbers of eggs have been obtained, making it possible 
to maintain a thriving colony. Statistical data on the number of eggs 
laid per female, time of oviposition, length of time spent in the egg 
stage, etc., will be presented in the bionomics paper in preparation. 
The present note will deal exclusively with a description of the man- 
ner in which the eggs are deposited. 


The female, when ready to lay, approaches the bamboo in the char- 
acteristic slow flight peculiar to the genus and usually flies around 
it two or three times probing here and there until the entrance hole 
is found. Once this is accomplished, the female hovers outside and 
in front of the opening at a distance from it which varies from a few 
millimeters to as much as 5 centimeters, with the fore and hind tarsi 
almost locked together above the thorax and the mid-legs extended 
downward and outward. After hovering for a variable length of time, 
and while still in flight, the mosquito suddenly jerks the head and 
thorax back and thrusts the abdomen forward, forcibly ejecting at the 
same time 1 or 2 eggs which shoot through the entrance hole and into 
the water in the cavity. Almost in the same movement the female 
darts back rapidly a few centimeters and then resumes normal flight. 
The entire process takes place with incredible speed and is completed 
in but fractions of a second. A female which has just laid many come 
back immediately and go through the same motions for as many as 


1This investigation was supported by the Research and Development Division, 
Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, under Contract No. 
DA-49-007-MD-655. 


288 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


18 consecutive times, or it may alight on the bamboo or some other 
surface nearby, only to resume egg-laying after a few minutes rest. 

A number of experiments were performed in order to determine 
the force with which the eggs are ejected and the accuracy displayed 
by the female in shooting the eggs through the entrance and into the 
bamboo. In one set of experiments, a black leather disk smeared with 
castor oil was hung inside the bamboo directly in back of the entrance 
hole and at distances of 2, 4 and 6 centimeters from the outer surface 
of the container. At 2 centimeters, out of 25 eggs released by the 
female 24 were caught on the disk; at 4 centimeters, out of 40 eggs 
shot into the bamboo 18 were trapped in the castor oil, and at a dis- 
tance of 6 centimeters 4 out of 28 eggs were trapped. From these 
experiments we may conclude that eggs are released with such force 
that they travel in a straight horizontal line from a minimum of 21% 
ems. to a possible maximum of 10 ems. In a second series of experi- 
ments, bamboo internodes with smaller entrance holes having diame- 
ters of 10/16, 8/16, 6/16 and 4/16 inch, respectively, were tried as ovi- 
position receptacles. It was found in these experiments that eggs are 
shot with unerring precision even through the smallest aperture tried, 
but here oviposition is somewhat inhibited perhaps due to failure of 
some females to detect the opening. 

The process described above may possibly explain how oviposition 
takes place in the many sabethine species which possess eggs of the 
same type as S. chloropterus and whose immature stages are found 
in uncut bamboo internodes with small holes in the side drilled by 
boring insects. Examples of these species occuring in Panama are: 
S. undosus, S. aurescens, S. intermedius, S. fabric, Wyeomyra codio- 
campa, and W. hosautos. 

REFERENCES 
Galindo, P., Carpenter, S. J., and Trapido, H. 1951. Eeological observations on 


forest mosquitoes of an endemic yellow fever area in Panama. Amer. Jour. 
Trop. Med. 31:98-137. 


Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type- 
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive 
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in 
the text. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 289 


THE NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES OF PROPRISTOCERA 


(HYMENOPTERA: BETHYLIDAE) 
HowarpD E. Evans, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 


The genus Propristocera was described by Kieffer (1905, In André, 
Species des Hyménoptéres d’Europe, p. 247) to include 2 species 
from the Oriental region which differed from Pseudisobrachium in 
having glabrous eyes and simple, edentate mandibles. Later (1914, 
Das Tierreich, 41: 484-488) Kieffer expanded his concept of the genus 
to include certain other species which he had previously included in 
Pristocera and in Pseudisobrachium; these species possessed essen- 
tially ‘‘normal’’ 3- to 5-toothed mandibles. As thus defined, the genus 
included 9 known species, 3 Oriental, 2 Ethiopian (Seychelles), 1 
Australian, and 3 Neotropical (including one Mexican). To the best 
of my knowledge, the genus has received no attention since 1914, 
and no Nearctic species have ever been assigned to it. 

I have not seen specimens of the type species of Propristocera, P. 
interrupta Kieffer from Ceylon, or for that matter of any of the 
other species which Kieffer included in the genus. But there are sey- 
eral North and Central American species, all undescribed, which key 
to this genus in Kieffer’s generic keys and agree well with his generic 
diagnosis of 1914. These species cannot be placed in any other genus, 
and for the present, at least, I see no reason for not assigning them 
to Propristocera. One of the species occurs in eastern United States 
and three others in Mexico and Central America. 

Propristocera is a particularly interesting group because in many 
ways it links the other genera of Pristocerini. The resemblance to 
Pseudisobrachium is strong, but the eyes are weakly or not at all 
hairy and the genitalia are very different. The antennae, eyes, and 
genitalia are similar to Pristocera, and some species approach this 
genus in venation, but the claws are simple or have but a single 
weak tooth (as in Pseudisobrachium) and the structure of the clypeus 
is different. The complex aedoeagus of some species suggests Dissom- 
phalus, and in fact the genitalia of one species, tridentata, are nearly 
identical with those of certain species of Dissomphalus, and the cly- 
peus also resembles this genus. In fact tridentata (which I assign to 
Propristocera with somewhat more doubt than the other species) is 
virtually a Dissomphalus without the tergal pits and the transverse 
propodeal carina. In another species, laevigata, the spiracles of the 
first and second abdominal tergites are enlarged, suggesting the con- 
dition in Dissomphalus, with which the species otherwise has little 
in common. All in all, Propristocera is a nearly perfect mixture of 
the characters of these three genera. 

This fact, combined with the fact that the species are very distinct 
and separable by many more characters than is usual in the Bethyli- 
dae, suggests that the genus may be primitive and somewhat ancestral 
to the other Pristocerini. This seems to be supported by geographic 


290 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


evidence, for the known species are widely and discontinuously scat- 
tered throughout the warmer parts of the globe. I would hesitate to 
say that Propristocera is more primitive than Pristocera, which is the 
most tiphiid-like of all the Bethylidae, but certainly it provides a 
likely ancestral stock for the more specialized genera Dissomphalus 
and Pseudisobrachium, tying these genera to a Pristocera-like bethylid 
prototype. 

Unfortunately the females of Propristocera are completely un- 
known, and nothing whatever is known about the ethology of the 
genus. The only specimen I have ever collected was taken inside a 
window of my home. Other specimens have been taken at light (as 
the males of Pseudisobrachium and Dissomphalus commonly are). 
The type series of angustata was taken on Ipomoea tiliacea (a morn- 
ing glory). Presumably the females are apterous and hypogaeic like 
other Pristocerini. 

Generic characters (males)—Mandibles with from three to five teeth, in certain 
exotic species with a single apical tooth. Clypeus strongly developed, the apex 
rounded or subtruncate, sometimes weakly notched, sometimes dentate, but never 
with a strong median truncate lobe as in Pseudisobrachium. Antennae long, the 
outer antennal segments (9-11) at least 1.5 times as long as thick; segments of 
flagellum separated by constrictions and clothed with dense erect pubescence. 
Eyes bare or with very minute hairs (but in tridentata somewhat more evidently 
hairy). Ocelli of moderate size, forming an acute angle in front. Occipital carina 
distinct for its entire length, including dorsally. Mesonotum with well developed 
parapsidal furrows and notauli. Propodeum rather short, with well developed 
lateral carinae, with or without a median carina, and without a transverse carina 
bordering the declivity. None of the femora notably inecrassate; claws simple or 
with a very weak tooth. Fore wing with the radial vein very long, much more 
than twice the length of the stigma; discoidal vein absent or present, the dis- 
coidal cell absent or incompletely formed (said to be complete in oriplana). 
Abdomen sessile or petiolate; second tergite without setigerous pits as in Dissom- 
phalus, but the spiracles of the first two tergites somewhat enlarged in laevigata. 
Subgenital plate simple, truncate apically. Genitalia with the lateral elements 
rather widely separated from the complex aedoeagus; parameres of variable form 
but never deeply divided into two separate appendages; basis volsellaris without 
a plate along the mesal margin which bears radiating grooves; aedoeagus not 
strongly depressed, consisting of several closely consolidated elements. 


Key To NortH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES 


1. Basal vein ending almost in the distal end of the subcosta, close to the 


stigma; discoidal cell complete; length 5-6 mm __ oriplana (Kieffer) 
Basal vein ending basad of the stigma by at least one third its length; 
diseoidal cell incomplete or absent; length under 4 mm, 2 


bo 


Clypeus tridentate apically; mandibles with four teeth; aedoeagus rela- 
tively short and broad, with well-developed ventral rami, fig. 5 ~~ 
Ae GEE: VE gee) See oe ee et es ee OO iden tala ene WASDECles 

Clypeus simple or with a weak median tooth; mandibles with five teeth; 


aedoeagus relatively more elongate and without distinct ventral rami 3 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 291 


Figs. 1-4, fore wing of various species of Propristocera; fig. 1, P. tridentata, 
n. sp.; fig. 2, P. polita, n. sp.; fig. 3, P. angustata, n. sp.; fig. 4, P. laevigata, n. 
sp. Figs. 5-8, male genitalia, ventral aspect on left side, dorsal on right; fig. 5, 
P. tridentata, n. sp.; fig. 6, P. polita, n. sp.; fig. 7, P. angustata, n. sp.; fig. 8, 
P. laevigata n. sp. 


292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


3. Abdomen petiolate; spiracles of the first two abdominal segments en- 
larged; transverse median vein strongly oblique, the discoidal vein aris- 
ing well down on it, fig. 4; parameres of genitalia very long and slender, 
SES Ss Fen Ns Pie ee laevigata, new species 
Abdomen subsessile; spiracles of the fat two abdominal segments not 
enlarged; discoidal vein either absent or interstitial or nearly so with 
1H OVS 070 0510 bk: eee pee aerate eee OSS Ee 12 Se ee 4 
4. Front moderately shining, aiataecene: discoidal vein strong, fig. 3; geni- 
talia with the parameres short, with a lateral process, fig. 7 
Be OE oA eS ee A en Re dee angustata, new species 
Front strongly shining, very eee alutaceous; discoidal vein completely 
absent, fig. 2; parameres rather long, their apices deflected mesad, fig. 
Ge eee. eee ee 1 ae ee ee Se ee ere) OL CWS ECIES 


Propristocera tridentata, new species 
Girgswl 5) 


Holotype: 8, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Fenyes) [U. S. Natl. Mus.]. 


This minute but remarkable species has a tridentate clypeus as in 
many Dissomphalus, but the propodeum lacks a transverse carina and 
the second abdominal tergite is simple. The genitalia are very Dis- 
somphalus-like, and remarkably similar to those of D. barberi Evans. 
The antennae agree with Propristocera, but the eyes are slightly 
hairy, so the species is assigned here somewhat tentatively. Perhaps 
it represents a stock of the genus from which Dissomphalus evolved. 

Description—Length about 2 mm. Body rich brown; legs wholly straw-yellow, 
the coxae somewhat suffused with brown; mandibles and clypeus mostly light 
brown; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder of the antenna medium 
brown. Wings hyaline, clothed with light brown hairs; veins and stigma brown. 
Head and thorax with numerous light brown hairs; eyes weakly hairy. 

Mandibles with a strong apical tooth plus three smaller teeth in a row. Clypeus 
large, well developed in front of the antennal bases; apex with three small teeth, 
the median tooth a continuation of the strong median carina. Antennae slender 
but not exceptionally long; flagellum with dense erect setae which are half or 
more as long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinet constrictions between 
the segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 1.8 times as long as thick. 
Middle interocular line .5 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height; 
ocello-ocular line 2.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples weakly 
shining, alutaceous; punctures sparse and weak. 


Pronotum smooth and rather flat. Mesonotum moderately shining, alutaceous, 
weakly punctate; parapsidal furrows weak but complete; notauli strong on the 
anterior two-thirds, absent behind. Propodeum with strong median and lateral 
carinae, more or less smooth and shining above, but with some reticulations aris- 
ing from the median carina; spiracles large, circular, opening latero-dorsally. 
Fore wing, fig. 1, with the transverse median vein erect, nearly straight; discoidal 
vein unusually long, actually longer than the basal, interstitial with the media. 

Abdomen short, smooth and shining, subsessile. Subgenital plate weakly arcu- 
ately emarginate apically. Genitalia, fig. 5, very broad and relatively short; 
parameres short, curved, apically with small knobs and strong setae; volsellae 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 293 


with the digitus slender, curved, the cuspis short, serrate above; aedoeagus com- 
plex, with well-developed ventral rami, the dorsal body terminating in two large, 
complex lobes. 


Propristocera laevigata, new species 
(Fies. 4, 8) 


Holotype: &, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Fenyes). Paratype: 1 ¢, same data 
but 13 May 1908 [both U. S. Natl. Mus.]. 


This is an elongate, pale, highly polished species which is immedi- 
ately separable from all other species of Propristocera by the petiolate 
abdomen, the enlarged spiracles of the first two abdominal segments, 
the unusual venation, and the highly distinctive genitaha. 

Description Length about 3.5 mm. Entire body light chestnut-brown, the 
ocellar triangle and abdominal petiole suffused with darker; legs entirely pale 
straw-yellow; mandibles straw-yellow, the apices rufous; antennae with the two 
basal segments straw-yellow, the remainder light brown. Wings faintly clouded; 
veins and stigma brown. Body sparsely clothed with pale setae; eyes with only 
very minute hairs. 

Mandibles with five sharp teeth in an oblique series. Clypeus large, rounded 
in front and with a very small median notch; median line with a strong, sharp 
elevation. Antennae of moderate length, the flagellum clothed with pale, erect 
setae which are about half as long as the width of the flagellum, the setae on 
the under side of the last three segments shorter and more dense; antennal seg- 
ments 9-11 each about 1.5 times as long as thick. Middle interocular line .58 
times the transfacial line, 1.35 times the eye height; eyes bulging; ocello-ocular 
line 3.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples strongly shining, 
non-alutaceous, the punctures sparse, shallow, and small. 


Pronotum short, sloping evenly, smooth and shining. Mesonotum strongly 
polished, the punctures inconspicuous; parapsidal furrows present except on the 
anterior fifth; notauli complete but weakened both anteriorly and posteriorly. 
Lateral foveae of the scutellum large, deep, sharply defined; metanotum also with 
a series of foveae on each side. Propodeum with a median impression and with 
lateral carinae, the upper surface smooth and polished except for some sculptur- 
ing anteriorly; spiracles circular and opening laterally. Fore wing with the 
transverse median vein strongly sloping, the discoidal vein distinct, about as long 
as the transverse median vein, arising well down on the latter, fig. 4. 


Abdomen with a relatively long petiole which is strongly sculptured and hirsute. 
Spiracles of the first two segments large, round. Genitalia, fig. 8, with the para- 
meres very long and slender, and with two additional short processes arising near 
their base; basis volsellaris with a plate along its mesal margin which may be 
homologous with a similar plate bearing radiating grooves in Pseudisobrachium ; 
aedoeagus complex and with two small, pincushion-like pads near the apex. 

Variation—tThe single topotypic paratype is very similar to the type in all 
details. The top of the head is somewhat more extensively infuscated. 


294 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Propristocera polita, new species 
(Pigs. 2, 6) 


Holotype: &, Columbia, South Carolina, 16 Aug. 1951 (L. & G. Townes) [Coll. 
H. K. Townes] Paratypes: 1 6, Greenville, S. C., 31 Aug. 1952 (L. & G. 
Townes) [Coll. H. K. Townes]; 1 ¢, Dunn Loring, Va., 11 Sept. 1948 (K. V. 
Krombein) [Coll. K. V. Krombein]; 1 ¢, Butler, N. J., Summer 1955 (R. 
Dorland; taken from light globe in house) [U. S. Natl. Mus.]; 1 ¢, Ithaca, 
N. Y., 14 Sept. 1956 (H. E. Evans; taken inside window of house) [Cornell 
Univ. |. 

This highly distinctive species appears to be widely distributed in 
eastern United States, although its closest relative, angustata, occurs 
in Costa Rica. In common with angustata, the antennae are extremely 
long and the pronotum is crossed by a carina followed by a depres- 
sion. In common with laevigata, the front is very highly polished. 
Unique characters include the complete lack of a discoidal vein, the 
strongly sculptured propodeum, and the unusual genitalia. 

Description —tLength about 3.5 mm. Head black, thorax dark brownish-fuscous, 
abdomen medium brown; coxae brown, femora light brown, remainder of legs 
straw-colored; mandibles yellowish, rufous at the apex; scape and pedicel straw- 
yellow, the flagellum gradually darkened to brown at the apex. Wings hyaline, 
the setae light brown, the veins pale brown, the stigma medium brown. Head and 
thorax clothed with rather short golden-brown setae; eyes with only very minute, 
scarcely noticeable setae. 

Mandibles terminating in five strong, sharp teeth in a row. Clypeus with a 
strong median carina which in profile is strongly arched; margin of clypeus with 
a weak median tooth. Antennae very long and slender; flagellum with dense erect 
setae which are over half as long as the width of the flagellum; antennal seg- 
ments 9-11 each about three times as long as thick. Middle interocular line .53 
times the trifacial line, 1.05 times the eye-height; ocello-ocular line 2.9 times 
the postocellar line; occipital carina strongly raised, the groove in front of it 
somewhat foveolate. Front strongly polished, only very weakly alutaceous, the 
punctures small and widely separated; center of the front with a longitudinal 
impression. 

Pronotum crossed anteriorly by a somewhat irregular carina behind which is 
a foveolate groove; posterior margin of pronotum strongly depressed. Mesonotum 
shining, weakly alutaceous, the punctures small and widely separated; parapsidal 
furrows strong on the posterior three-fourths, absent in front; notauli very strong 
on the posterior three-fourths, tapering off to thin lines in front. Pits on the 
sides of the scutellum rather shallow. Propodeum wholly covered with reticulate 
ridges, the dorsal surface depressed medially and with a median carina and 
several other carinae on each side of it, also with lateral carinae, but these carinae 
not set off strongly from the sculpturing; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally. 
Fore wing with a transverse median vein slightly arched, the discoidal vein com- 
pletely absent, fig. 2. 

Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truneate apically. Genitalia with 
the parameres slender, the apical third deflected mesad; volsellae with a group 
of spines at the base and another at the apex of the digitus; cuspis complex; 
aedoeagus complex, as figured, fig. 6. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 295 


Variation—The four paratypes vary in size from 2 to 3.2 mm. All but the 
specimen from Ithaca, N. Y., agree closely with the type in coloration; in the 
Ithaca specimen the entire body is black, the antennae are entirely dark brown, 
and the legs vary from dark brown at the coxae to light brown at the tarsi; in 
this specimen the wing veins are brown and the stigma dark brown. The para- 
types agree well with the type in head characters, but in the Ithaca specimen the 
transverse carina on the pronotum is largely obscured by the heavy sculpturing. 
In the specimen from Butler, N. J., the pronotum and mesonotum are unusually 
smooth and polished, and even the propodeum has small latero-dorsal areas de- 
void of sculpturing. 


Propristocera angustata, new species 
Gigs. 37) 


Holotype: 6, San Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Riea, 3 Feb. 1935, on Ipomoea 
tiliacea (C. H. Ballou). Paratypes: 4 6 ¢, same data as type [all U. S. 
Natl. Mus.; one paratype retained at Cornell Univ.]. 

This species seems to stand fairly close to Pristocera. The antennae 
are very long, the discoidal vein is strong, and the genitalia are not 
very different from those of Pristocera. 

Description—Length about 3.2 mm. Thorax and abdomen medium brown, the 
head dark brownish-fuscous; legs entirely straw-yellow, including the coxae; man- 
dibles light brown, darker apically; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder 
of the antenna gradually more infuscated, the apical segments dark brown. Wings 
nearly hyaline, with dark setae, the veins medium brown, the stigma dark brown. 
Head and thorax with numerous light, golden-brown setae; eyes bare. 

Mandibles with a strong apical tooth and an oblique series of four smaller 
teeth. Clypeus fairly large, moderately developed in front of the antennal bases, 
the apex broadly subtruneate; median line barely elevated. Antennae very long 
and slender; flagellum densely clothed with pale setae which are about half as 
long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinet constrictions between the 
segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 3.3 times as long as thick. Middle 
interocular line .58 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height; ocello- 
ocular line 3.5 times the postocellar line; front moderately shining, alutaceous, 
punctures sparse, small, barely evident except under high magnification. 

Pronotum smooth except for an interior transverse carina which is followed 
by a weakly foveolate depression. Mesonotum moderately shining, strongly aluta- 
ceous; parapsidal furrows and notauli both rather strong and practically com- 
plete. Propodeum with well developed median and lateral carinae, the dorsal 
surface alutaceous; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally. Fore wing, fig. 3, with 
the transverse median vein sloping slightly, weakly arcuate below; discoidal vein 
rather strong, but scarcely as long as the basal, interstitial with the media. 

Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truncate apically. Genitalia, fig. 
7, with the parameres oddly shaped, with a short lateral process; volsellae with 
the digitus elongate, setose apically, the cuspis complex and difficult to resolve; 
aedoeagus terminating in two simple lobes. 

Variation—The four paratypes vary in size from 2.5 to 3.5 mm. In most of 
them the head and thorax are dark brownish-fuscous, the head nearly black. In 
one of the specimens, perhaps more freshly emerged than the others, there is a 


296 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


small median tooth on the elypeus. In one of the paratypes the discoidal vein is 
interstitial with the media, as in the type, but in the other three it is slightly 
disjointed. In other respects the paratypes agree closely with the type. 


Propristocera oriplana (Kieffer) 
Pristocera oriplana Kieffer, 1911, Ann. Soe. Sci. Bruxelles, 35:215. 
Propristocera oriplana Kieffer, 1914, Das Tierreich, 41:487. 


Kieffer described this species from three localities in Guerrero, 
Mexico: Omilteme, Tepetlapra, and Amula. I have seen no specimens 
assignable to it. The species is particularly interesting because it 
shares so many characters in common with Pristocera: the size is rela- 
tively large (5-6 mm.), the discoidal cell is closed, the head is very 
coarsely punctate, and the pronotum is transversely furrowed. Kieffer 
presents a rather full description of this species, and it seems un- 
necessary to repeat it here. 


A NEW TACHYEMPIS (DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE) 


This fall I received from P. H. Arnaud, of the National Museum, 
an interesting tiny Empid fly. It is an undescribed species of the 
genus Tachyempis, but is closely related to 7. longispina which I de- 
scribed in the Genera Insectorum, fascicle 185, p. 289 (1927) from 
specimens from Cuba and Jamaica. In the key to species on page 
289 it forms a group with longispina distinguished by having a very 
long spinous bristle attached to the end of the hind metatarsi, but is 
distinct in having longer wings. 

This little fly was taken from a nesting site of the bee Lastoglossum 
zephyrum (Smith), where it would station itself near the nest en- 
tranee of the bee and make rapid passes at incoming pollen-laden bees. 


Tachyempis longipennis, sp. nov. 


Male.—Length 1.2 mm. Body subshining plumbeous black, legs, palpi, and 
halteres yellowish, hind femora darker apically, wings sub-hyaline, the base of 
the veins yellow, remainder of veins blackish, the fifth vein blackish throughout. 
The second vein reaches the margin very appreciably beyond the end of the fifth 
vein. In longispina the second and fifth veins terminate about opposite to each 
other. 

Holotype and two paratypes: Riply County, Ind., 14 July, 1955; 
Dr. Leland Chandler, collector. The type is deposited in the National 
Museum collection (No. 63,497). The two paratypes are placed in the 
collections of Purdue University and myself.—A. L. MELANDER, Riv- 
erside, Calif. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


INDEX TO VOLUME 59 


Acaricoris dybasi, 170. 
Adamystinae, 173. 
Adamystis donnae, 173. 
Ameletopsinae, 246. 
Amyrsidea monostoecha, 233. 
Amyrsidea phaeostoma, 233. 
Amyrsidea uniseriata, 233. 
Anystidae, 172. 

Apion spp., 40. 

Aplomerus, 22. 

Arnaud, Paul. Note by, 92. 
Antizies, 197. 


Bezzia atlantica, 13. 
Bickley, W. E., note by, 45. 
Black flies, 243. 
Brevisterna utahensis, 31. 
Bruchophagus aloineae, 273. 


Carabus auratus, 254. 
Catorhintha mendicea, spread of, 176. 
Ceratopogon yezoensis, 82. 
Cnastis, 19. 

Colpocephalum echinatum, 234. 
Conopistha trigona, 79. 
Constitution changes, 90. 
Cuclotogaster phayrei, 234. 
Cuclotogaster subinsolitus, 235, 
Culicoides bermudensis, 13. 
Culicoides crepuscularis, 13. 
Culicoides floridensis, 12. 
Culiseta, 163. 

Culiseta minnesotae, 163. 
Culiseta morsitans, 163, 19. 


Cushman, Robert Asa, obituary of, 247. 
Cushman, R. A., bibliography of scien- 


tific publications, 248. 


Dasyhelea atlantis, 11. 
Dasyhelea bermudae, 11. 
Dasyhelea cineta, 9. 
Dasyhelea grisea, 10. 
Dasyhelea luteogrisea, 10. 
Dasyhelea scissurae, 11. 
Day, Max, note by, 91. 
Dendrocoris parapini, 198. 
Deuteroxorides, 17. 
Disonycha weismani, 278. 


Epicauta ennsi, 97. 

Eugalta, 17. 

Euhaemogamasus ambulans, 32. 
Euhaemogamosus barberi, 34. 
Euhaemogamosus oudemansi, 34. 


Forcipomyia ingrami, 8. 
Forcipomyia raleighi, 8. 
Foreipomyia varipennis, 8. 


Ganodes balteatus, 19. 
Gargaphia sororia, 175. 
Gasterophilus nasalis, 1. 
Gasterophilus veterinus, 1. 
Gelastocoridae, 145. 
Gelastocoris amazonensis, 148. 
Gelastocoris angulatus, 147. 
Gelastocoris bufo, 146. 
Gelastocoris fuscus, 146. 
Gelastocoris hungerfordi, 147. 
Gelastocoris major, 147. 
Gelastocoris nebulosus, 148. 
Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus, 148. 


297 


Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus, 148. 


Gelastocoris peruensis, 148. 
Gelastocoris rotundatus, 146. 
Gelastocoris vicinus, 147. 
Gelastocoris viridis, 147. 
Goniocotes parviceps, 235. 
Goniodes cervinicornis, 236. 
Goniodes chloropus, 236, 
Goniodes coronatus, 236. 
Goniodes diardi, 236. 
Goniodes pavanis, 237. 
Goniodes processus, 237. 
Gurney, A. B., note by, 92. 
Gynandromorph, Mayfly, 167. 


Haemogamasus alaskensis, 36. 
Haemagogus spegazzinii falco, 121]. 
Heleidae, breeding habits, 61. 
Hexagenia munda elegans, 167, 
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, 85. 


Ichneumonidae, 100. 
Ischnoceros ¢livulus, 21. 


298 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Ischyropoda armatus, 56. Nerthra luteovaria, 159. 
Isonychiidae, 245. Nerthra macrostyla, 158. 
Ixodes downsi, 257. Nerthra macrothorax, 157. 
Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), 265. Nerthra manni, 151. 
Txodorhynehus gordoni, 267. Nerthra martini, 149. 


; 2 Nerthra mexicana, 149. 
Ledermuelleria clavata, 51. if . am 
; = Nerthra mixta, 157. 
Ledermuelleria lacuna, 53. i Phil Ah 
- : 5 Nerthra montandoni, 150. 
Ledermuelleria pectinata, 952. 7 : : 
: er Nerthra nepaeformis, 149. 
Ledermuelleria segnis, 50. ; are 
Nerthra nieuwenhuisi, 154. 


Nerthra nudata, 160. 
Nerthra omani, 157. 
Nerthra parvula, 149. 
Nerthra peruviana, 150. 


Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, 54. 
Leonard, M. D., talk by, 204. 
Lipeurus boonsongi, 237. 
Lipeurus deignani, 237. 


Lipeurus introductus, 238. F 
P 3 Nerthra praecipua, 151. 


o7 


Liposeelis delta-chi, 127. * ; 
ee eae es Nerthra ranina, 149. 


Nerthra raptoria, 149. 
Nerthra robusta, 158. 
Nerthra rudis, 150. 
Nerthra rugosa, 156. 


Liposeelis lacinia, 125. 
Liposeelis nasus, 128. 
Lygaeidae, wing structure, 67. 
Lytta arigonica, 141. 


Mayfly, 167. Nerthra serrata, 152. 
MelIndoo, N. E., obituary of, 45. Nerthra sinuosa, 159. 
Menopon gallinae, 234. Nerthra stali, 161. 
Meteoridea, compressiventris, 131; ja-  Nerthra stygiea, 148. 
ponensis, 133, Nerthra tenebrosa, 150. 


Meteorus longiventris, 130. Merthnamterrestria io) 
Microchrysa dichoptica, 25. Nertheanfabercul tame el 
Miecrochrysa flaviventris, 25. Noihne amanaicie, DES: 
Mirabilis nyctaginea, 177. Nerthra unicornis, 150. 
Moss mites, 190. Nerthrinae, 148. 
J AAR 

peta Odontocolon, 21. 
Nerthra adspersa, 162. Oebalus ornatus, 41. 

O’Farrell, A. F. L., talk by, 93. 


Nerthra alaticollis, 161. om a nae 
Nerthra amplicollis, 150. ar Mey eo Sheds 


Nerthra annulipes, 160. 
Nerthra asiatica, 154. 
Nerthra borealis, 150. 
Nerthra ecuadorensis, 150. 
Nerthra eximia, 155. 
Nerthra femoralis, 159. 


Ophraea arizonica, 278. 
Opius ottotomoanus, 99. 
Oxylipeurus annamensis, 238. 
Oxylipeurus formosanus, 240. 
Oxylipeurus megalops, 240. 


Oxylipeurus unicolor, 240. 
Nerthra fuscipes, 151. 


Nerthra grandicollis, 152. Perillus unatus, 162. 
Nerthra grandis, 159. Periplaneta brunnea, 283. 
Nerthra hamata, 158. Peromyscus, 31. 

Nerthra hungerfordi, 151. Podoschistus, 18. 
Nerthra indica, 152. Poemenia, 16. 


Nerthra lobata, 154. Polyplax, 279. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. 


Porter, B. A., note by, 204. 
Propistocera, 289. 
Propistocera angustata, 295. 
Propistocera laevigata, 295. 
Propistocera oriplana, 296. 
Propistocera polita, 294. 
Propistocera tridentata, 292. 
Ptecticus australis, 28. 
Pteecticus aurobrunneus, 29. 
Pteeticus cingulatus, 28. 
Pteeticus cyaneus, 30. 
Pteeticus wulpii, 29. 
Pterobosea fusicornis, 7. 
Pteromicra pectorosa, 271. 
Pteromicra perissa, 271. 
Pteromicra similis, 272. 
Publication fund—Notice, 205. 


Pyrota bicurvata, 135; trochanterica, 
137; t. trochanterica, 138; t. wer- 
neri, 141. 


Rainwater, C. F., note by, 45. 
Rallicola kelloggi, 188. 
Rallicola mystax, 187. 


Rallicola ortygometrae californicus, 
186. 


Rallicola ortygometrae guami, 186. 


Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae, 
186. 


Rugitermes laticollis, 81. 


WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 299 


Sabethes 
287. 
Sailer, R. I., note by, 203. 

Sargus metallinus, 26. 
Simopelta, 191. 
Simopelta perganei, 192. 


(Sabethoides) chloropterus, 


Siphlonuridae, 245. 
Snyder, T. H., note by, 92. 
Solubea, 41. 

Stage, H. H., talk by, 46. 


Tachyempis longipennis, 296. 

Thilakothrips babuli, 194. 

Tubulifera, 80. 

Type-species designations, Source of, 
I7ate 

Typhoctes glaber, 219. 

Typhoctes guatemalensis, 216. 

Typhoetes peculiaris, 226. 

Typhoetes peculiaris mirabilis, 230. 

Typhoetes peculiaris peculiaris, 227. 

Typhoetes striolatus, 223. 

Typhoetes williamsi, 220. 

Typhoctinae, 209. 


Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) alani, 244. 
Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti, 244. 


Xorides, 22. 


300 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, No, 6, DECEMBER, 1957 
PROCEEDINGS 
OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF 


WASHINGTON 


VOLUME 59 


OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957 


Honorary President uc ee oa Re ee __R. E. SNODGRASS 
IBRCSU EIGN ae eee ee Be NM e et ee PR ole ee ee ee ..., L. CAMPBELL 
IES VAC CORN CS UVCWUG cosa 2S SN I ee a R. I. SAILER 
SCCONMG VCORE TC SUG ao sl ee ree ee Rk. H. NELSON 
MCCONCINGUSCCRELQTY) oo Ak ae ee ee eee KELLIE O’ NEILL 
(OP RAS OMG) POOR) ee oxen Keivin DorRWARD 
SU ROGESOURA Re pee ee ee {eS 25S. Rete ____.’, P. HARRISON 
UH ORS ROY pe SS UI Ere ant Re ee ee a penser: ei aees yet oe Se ATI CHa Vee EN 
Cusiodia pee PN VS Se a ee ae St H. J. CONKLE 
PrograniGhanman eee EPR Al Scart te S Sees es J. F. G. CLARKE 
Executive Committee-__-..... ener: A. B. GurNEy, T. L. BISSELL, R. A. ST. GEORGE 
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washing- 

ton Academy of Sciences... Sse ee hen ede Ce C. F. W. MUESEBECK 
Honorary Members Bi 2 SE ee C. F. W. MUESEBECK, H. G. BARBER 


PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 
1957 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 301 


3 GREAT 


INSECTICIDES CH LORDANE | 


CONTROL THESE INSECTS 


CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, 
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, 
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, 
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole 
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic 
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern 
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet 
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, 
Wireworms...and many others. 


HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- 
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover 
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, 
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, 
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- 
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon 
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- 
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- 
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western 
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms 
...and many others. 


ENDRINS: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- 


ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid 
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. 


WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS 


General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 


330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. 


RR Es PR ES EisiNeato -A® oreo Ve HES AMIN, PERSP ANG lI Pe Aget Cal Shes 


302 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 


Pyrenone 


HELPS TO PRESERVE 


PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL 


acne quickly kills destructive, annoy- 
ing and disease-carrying insects. 

In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective 
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application 
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- 
tacks for an entire storage season. 


On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible 
stages of insects fast—even between showers of 
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not 
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- 
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly 
emerging parasites and predators are free to com- 
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize 
or feed upon destructive insect pests. 

This means that Pyrenone is completely com- 
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying 


insects. 
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off, E-MeC: 


FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION 


Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. 


BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal 


A Cyanamid Report 


Resistance 


Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type 
insecticides has been proven or suspected in: 


cockroaches house flies 
mosquitoes flea beetles 
Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil 


dog and cat fleas body lice 

bed bugs lygus bugs 
codling moth cotton leaf worm 
leafhoppers dog ticks 


Many researchers have found malathion to be 
a capable replacement for the chlorinated 
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations 
for its use. If you have a “‘resistance’’ problem 
in your area, you might well consider malathion 
for your 1957 research schedule. 


Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY 

particular Agricultural Chemicals Division 

technical Insecticide Research 
information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y. 


Y, 


TA 


GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 


val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


PROCEEDINGS 
OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF 


WASHINGTON 


VOLUME 60 


OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1958 


JEQROPRUP) BREN CG Za eee eee R. E. SNODGRASS 
FE IROSGI CUR se ck eS A ig IA eee eR SD er ed Oe R. I. SAILER 
LURE WAR: TOROS UENO eo Po OA eae sa a a ee ee eta R. H. NELSON 
ISG COTO MALE CHIL AT. CSUCGIU Lyte ee eek Os oe TN Ak P. W. OMAN 
LERODIRGITGT (SEG RELL R ee ae HELEN SOLLERS 
CORRES POIUGUTE GM SIC CTC UCL.) eee eee ee) -PAUL WOKE 
IE EDESOMPGTP sow ah NS TO ee F. P. HARRISON 
JOGIEOUP en hs to ae es 5 Fe a De RicHarD H, Foore 
OWASIOGOI DY: a EE ES EE are ee H. J. CONKLE 
ROO RANT CTUCLURITUC 1 eee ee ae eR he J. G. Rozen, J. H. FALES 
Executive Committee —._...__- T. L. Bissetu, R. A. St. GrorGe, F. L. CAMPBELL 


Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the 
Washington Academy of Sciences — ERAS EO a H. H. SHEPARD 


PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 
1958 


TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOLUME 60 


ALLRED, D. M.: Redescription of Ophioptes tropicalis Ewing, 1933 (Acarina, 


Ophioptidae)s, 2s =. a ee eee eee 287 
ANANTHAKRISHNAN. T. N.: Two new species of tubuliferous Thysanoptera 
Lroml nGdiay GEhi ale ostikirnyouclele)) aes se ee eae a I ee PHATE 
ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.: A synopsis of the genus Melanderia Aldrich (Diptera, 
Mohehopodidae) 22." ee eee eee eee 179 
—: See Footr, R. H. 
Baker, E. W.: The mite Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov and its 
controlains Russia (Acarina. Psoroptidae)) a ————————E— 125 
—: Chelacheles strabismus, a new genus and species of mite from 
Portugal (Acarma,, Cheyletidac)) = eee 234 
BarBER, H. G.: A new species of Nysius Vian Alaska and Alberta, Canada 
(Hemiptera, Lygaeidae) _ ETE Oo AMA OR TE STOP AER ade Oo Ws SP NEE 70 
BARNETT JEG ICs.) alk biy) 0 ee EE —————E 140 
Boressg, J. L.: See Trpron, V. J. 
Bouart, R. M.: A North American species of the genus Prosopigastra (Hy- 
menopterasasphecidaie)) sess lets fos es ee ee 122 
IBOVING ACG: Obituary (of te ala EE I il ee ns 33 
BRELAND, O. P.: Notes on the Aedes relent omples (Diptera, Culicidae)_ 206 
IBRIDWELL, J.C. 2 Obituary of ee ee ee 27 
: Biological notes on A mpulicomorpha confusa Ashmead and its 
fulgoroid host (Hymenoptera, Dryinidae and Homoptera, Achilidae) 23 
BUCHANAN, Ju. 1.3 (Obituary. 0f 222.22 ee 292 
CARRIKER, M. A., JR.: On a small collection of Mallophaga from the United 
States) with deseriptions of three new species =... 167 
CAMPBELL, EG. Talk by 22.2 ee ee ee 141 
CartTwricHt, O. L.: Another old record of Aphotaenius carolinus (Van Dyke) 
(ColeopteranScarabeidae)iy = 2 ane vecbigee A a ee ee 134 
CERQUEIRA, N. L.: See LANE, J. 
CLARKE, J. F. G.: The correct name for a pest of beans (Lepidoptera, Oleth- 
PeUtudae))) oe we a ee oe 187 
Cook, Davin R.: A new species of Litarachna from the British West Indies 
(@Acarina, Pontarachnidac)) = Eee 19 
CrABILL, R. E., Jr.: A new Kethops from New Mexico, with a key to its 
congeners (Chilopoda, Scolopendromorpha, Cryptopidae) 235 
Cunuirrr, F.: Pyroglyphus morlani, a new genus and species of mite forming 
a new family Pyroglyphidae in the Acaridiae (Acarina, Sarcoptiformes). 85 
Davinson, J. A.: A new species of lizard mite and a generic key to the family 
Pterygosomidae \((Acarina, Anystoidea) = = eee 15 
DIACVAS Za Mess! O boatman rey, (fe a ee ee 136 
Dosrotworsky, N. V.: Designation of the type species of the subgenus Neo- 
theobaldia (Genus Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire, 1902) (Diptera, Culicidae) 186 
Evxkins, J. C.: Three new species of Cuernolestes Miller (Hemipera, Reduvii- 
LEV) ) Fe se SI NS AN a oe TE er ee 267 
FAIRCHILD, G. B. And Hertic, M.: Notes on the Phlebotomus of Panama XV. 
Four apparently new synonymies (Diptera, Psychodidae) 203 
Foorr, R. H. anp ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.: Notes on the taxonomy and habits of 
Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga) in Japan (Diptera, Cryptochae- 
GNC LO)) eee ras ee Maan nh 2 I Ae SO 2 Oe 241 
Frick, K. E.: Liriomyza dianthae, n. sp., a new pest of carnations in Cali- 
fornia COipterase Agr OMy 21d ae) eee ree ee ee i 
Grew, “AnIcEs, “Tallk by: 22.2 ee oe ee eee 191 
Grece, R. E.: Two new species of Metapone from Madagascar (Hymenoptera, 
MOTIMILGLAAS) 6 as ee ae Ss Ss ee hl 
Hawrs; INA 1-:/Obituany of 22 22 ee eee 87 


ili 


Hertic, M.: See FAIRCHILD, G. B. 


Hieeins, H. G. anD Mutatk, S.: A new Korean mite (Acarina, Caeculidae)—-17 
: Notes on Allodamaeus ewingi Banks (Acarina, Belbidae) > ile 
HorrMan, R. L.: The subspecies of Typocerus lunatus, a cerambycid beetle 
MC ole op tere peers mmnaet et 50 Se aE EG yeas OS ae INCU S SS ee ot dl 217 
: A new milliped of the genus Sigmoria from western North Caro- 
Inne. (Geol alasinGk, usar bie)) oe a ee 28] 
Hoop, J. D.: A new Zeugmatothrips from Brazil (Thysanoptera, Phlaeo- 
LET CL Te) ee erent ee oma ae et Oe ene seat Ue PE SATS Ne ee LOD 


HooestraaL, H.: The elephant louse, Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget, 1869 
on wild African elephants and warthogs (Mallophaga, Haematomyzidae) Pa 
Huser, Ivan: Color as an index to the relative humidity of Plaster of Paris 


CUULGUE Cp 7,5 een ee ae A Serene Seth eee Te eee a ee ee8 
Huui, F. M.: Some species and genera of the family Asilidae (Diptera) 2 251 
Hynes, DENNIS: A description of the immature stages of Limnophila (Eu- 

toni) mmarcnandteNlex, (Diptera, Tipulidae) = a0 ee eee 9 
Knicut, K. L.: See Stonr, ALAN 

OTe Real 0 iy geen steerer aces ere asl eas ine Se A ed Be ae 190 
Kramer, J. P.: New records for the rice delohacid. ‘Sooute orizicola Muir, in 
the United States (Homoptera, Delphacidae) — 228 


Krantz, G. W.: Lobogyniella tragardhi, a new genus and § species a Vaile: 
pyniid mite associated with dampwood termites in. Oregon (Acarina, 
Dp Lo Pry AC) heer te wees en ee ee A A 127 

KRoOMBEIN, K. V.: Additions during 1956 and 1957 to the wasp fauna of Lost 
River State Park, West Virginia, with biological notes and descriptions 


OLmnews species s G@Hiymenopteras) Aculleaital)) een ten ee 49 
Biological notes on some wasps from Kill Devil Hills, North 

Carolina, and additions to the faunal list (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) — 97 
: Date of publication, first supplement, Synoptic Catalog of North 

AN CTICATI MEL NEN OP Lenape sta stent eee ee Va Wee esc BND alec, ly Ua 266 


Kuns, M. L.: See MALpDONADO-CaApPRILES, J., et al. 

Lamorg, D. H.: The jumping spider, Phidippus audax Hentz, and the spider 
Conopistha trigona Hentz as predators of the basilica spider, Allepeira 
lemniscata Walckenaer, in Maryland (Araneida; Salticidae, Theridiidae, 

PAST: 9:10 1010 B.C) pee an Manat s a ye roles Fes DE Oy beans eR 286 

Lane, J. AND CERQUEIRA, N. L.: The types of Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia) dyari 
WanerandsCerqueinas, 1942)\(Diptera.) Culicidae): = ee ee 13 

LaRivers, Ira: New Ambrysus records for Mexico (Hemiptera, Naucoridae) 7 

ATW TUSGTENNITD vale Oyster MN alo hy ype ower cee SE BS Nel er Sees ek 9 

Lipovsky, L. J.: See Travus, R., et al. 

Mackir, R. A.: A new species of Eumysia from southern Idaho (Lepidoptera, 

JEN YAePEMEN EVO) ate at SS OS a1 eS aN ee i ag See eNOS oe: 5 

MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J., PrppIN, W. F. AND Kuns, M. L.: An annotated check 
list of the mosquitoes of Mona Island, Puerto Rico, and the larva and 


male of Aedes obturbator D. & K. (Diptera, Culicidae) —...----- 665 
McComs, C. W.: New synonymy in the genus Aphaereta, with a redescription 

of Aphaereta pallipes (Say) (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) — 223 
Meptrr, J. T.: A note on swarming and emergence of ants (Hymenoptera, 

BELO ETAT GIG 2a Gy) eee rs ea ht a ed et Oe EE By ey sues ee NE a oe ne 258 
MISKIMEN, G. W.: The problem of color variation in Podabrus (Coleoptera, 

Wamntihranr dare) Rae eee ee ek a ee Te oR Le ne 265 
MONRO Stay Byte D EygeAGy=19©) Toa GUlen ney Oke sist eae es oh SS 2 eee i ie 188 


Morrow, Mary Lou: See Traus, R. et al. 

Muuaik, S.: See Hiaeins, H. G. 

Pippin, W. F.: See MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J. et al. 

REINHARD, H. J.: Notes on Spathimeigenia with descriptions of four new spe- 
cless(Dipterarn Rachinid aie) wes. eee Se oe ee ee 207 


SABROSKY: (Ci Wist Walk Dy. - 2282 ee 93 
—__——; An overlooked name in « Musca’? (Diptéra:;)) 2 eee eee 134 
: A Phragmites gall-maker new to North America (Diptera, Chlo- 
TOPIGAG 22e2- ee ea ee 231 
Smit, F. G. A. M.: Differences, in the female sex, between two North Ameri- 
can bat fleas (Siphonaptera, Ischnopsyllidae) _-.._-_-----__--------_--_------- 175 
Snyper, T. E.: Two new Glyptotermes from the Philippines (Isoptera, Kalo- 
termitidae): (cs -e ee ee 22 
SOMMERMAN, KATHRYN M.: Two new species of Alaskan Prosimulium, with 
notes on closely related species (Diptera, Simuliidae) — 193 
SpILMAN, T. J.: The transfer of Anamphidora from the Tenebrionidae to the 
‘Alleculidae. (Coleoptera). <2... ———————E———e 288 
Srannarp, L. J., Jr.: Two new and two rare tubuliferous thrips, recorded 
principally from Illinois (Thysanoptera, Phlaeothripidae) —...______ 271 
STEYSKAL, G. C.: Notes on North American Piophilidae (Diptera) ~~ 246 
St: (GEORGE; JRS Avs: Walk. by 2... 3 EE 43 
STONE, ALAN: The identity of Culex aestuans Wiedemann (Diptera, Culicidae) 186 
and Knieut, K. L.: Two new names in mosquitoes (Diptera, 
Culicidae), 2-2) eee 69 
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.: Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), a new occur- 
rence record for northern Thailand (Diptera, Culicidae) — 15 
: Laelaps keegani, nom. nov. for Laelaps berlesei Keegan, 1956 
(Acarina, laelaptidae)) 024. ee ee 74 
Tipton, V. J. AND Borss, J. L.: Steatonyssus furmani, a new Nearetie bat 
mute) (cAtcari,, Macronyssidae)) 2s see we eee 80 
Topp, E. L.: A note on the identity of Nerthra planifrons (Melin) (Hemip- 
téra, (Gelastocoridae) =. 22 en 79 
Townes, Henry: The application of the name Plectiscus (Hymenoptera, 
Tichneumonidae)) 2F. 222 ee ee 221 
Traus, R., Morrow, Mary Lou, anp Lipovsky, L. J.: New species of chiggers 
from Korea, CAcarima.) Lrombiculidae)) 145 
VoereG. Bis Talk iby 22. = er Ee Ad 
WEBERIN: Ac? Talk by 2. ee eee 45 
—_————; Some attine synonyms and types (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) 259 
WERNER, F. G.: Some notes on Boheman’s Anthicidae from ‘‘California’’ 
(@oléoptera,) ees 38 ee ee 213 
WIRTH Wi Wiis alk by sc.3 oe a eee 142 
—————: A review of the genus Gastrops Williston, with descriptions of 
two mew species (Diptera, Ephydridac)) eee 247 


. 60 FEBRUARY. 1958 NO. 1 
PROCEEDINGS 
of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL. SUCTETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


Se 


Li - ‘ 
a! YD ] \ ®) J ‘ te im) E 
\ sb EY oa) Ay ie Te ow Pee }j 
. A 
f Roan ov Ly 
CONTENTS wea 


| BRIDWELL, 3 JOHN C.—Biological Notes on Ampulicomorpha confusa Ash- 
mead and its Fulgoroid Host (Hymenoptera: Dryinidae and Homoptera: 
_ Achilidae) - ee een eae re mths Hae Mi dninyis oe seen ALT SAN A 


COOK, DAVID R.—A lew Species of Litarachna from the British West 


ki Indies (Acarina: Pontarachnidae) RE oet UWee. cies Alt RN Tt OV). 19 
a 4 FRICK, KENNETH E.—Liriomyza dianthae n. sp., a New Pest of Carna- 
a tions in California (Diptera: Agromyzidae) —..________-______ 1 
_ HIGGINS, HAROLD G. and MULAIK, STANLEY—A New Korean Mite 
(Acarina: Caeculidae) © aia BL os aed et ee A 8 I a Lae ats 
HYNES, DENNIS—A Description of the Immature Stages of Limnophila 
(Eutonia) marchandi Alex. (Diptera: Tipulidae)’ 9 
| MACKIE, RICHARD A—A New Species of soa ats from Southern Idaho 
~ (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) crore teneccneeeceeeeeeecemeccneceecccneemeesenuuanetsoeetneceemaaie 5 
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.—Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), A New 
Occurrence Record for Northern Thailand (Diptera: Culicidae) 15 
_ CORRECTION a 16 
OBITUARY—Adam Giede Boving, 1869-1957 ei eae Poet! vO Nowe ree Oe ._ 33 
OBITUARY—John Colburn Rridwell, 1877-1967 2000 eT We ee 27 


iti peccrEry MEETINGS RR BN eee 8, oh, ee ORE 54 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON 


ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 ey. 


OFFICERS FOR 1958 


R. I. SAIER, President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North "Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


R. H. Newson, First Vice President 
Entomological Society of America 
1530 P St., N.W. 

Washington 5, D. C. 


P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary 
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. 


PAUL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary 
7213 Beacon Terrace 
Beltsville, Maryland 


F, P. Harrison, Treasurer 
Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 


R. H. Footn,, Lditor 
c/o Division of Insects 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. O. 


H. J. ConxKLE, Custodian 
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS. 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, 1015 (Oh 


J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman 
c/o Division of Insects. 6 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the 
Society as Vice President of 
the Washington Academy of 
Sciences. 

FMRD-CSS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture ' 
Washington 25, D. C. 


Executive Committee 


TT. L. BisseLu, University of Maryland 
R. A. St. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. pete 
F. L, CAMPBELL, National Research Council 


Honorary President ; 
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Biakeu 
Honorary Members 


F. W. MUESEBEOR, U.S. National Museum 
H. G. BARBER, U. ‘gs. National Museum 
Ay GAHAN, Arlington, Virginia 


Cc. 


first Thursday of each month from October to June, 


standing are entitled to the 


ture should be included in parentheses | 


the same page. Cost of illustr: 


100 “copies: 


MEETINGS 
Regular meetings of the Society are “held i 
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on th 


inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pub 
lished regularly in the Proceedings. — x 


MEMBERSHIP 


Members shall be persons over a 
who have an interest in the science 
Annual dues for members are e $4. 00 int 
igs $1.00 (U. S. aan F 


the Society at Washington, 


charge. Non-member subscriptions 
year, both domestic and foreign (U 
payable in advance. All remittance 
made payable to The 
Washington. 


The Society does not icuchene 
for those of other societies. 


All manuscripts intended for p 
be addressed to the Editor. Accep 
mitted by members will be publieht 
received and will be eee ce over 
by non-members. Immediate 


of papers should ie concise aaa com 
should indicate the systematic posi 
ject insect. By-lines should indica‘ 
ing address of the author and hi 
affiliation, if possible. Citati 
pers longer than one pri1 
author and date and shou 
cluding references in whicl 
name of publication, volume a } 
that order. In shorter articles, re -efere 

Proportions of full-pag ations 
closely approximate 4-5/16 | 
this usually allows explanatory 


that for one full-page me Bus v 
author. 


Reprints of published papers 
the following costs plus 
provided that a statement 
accompanies the returned pre 


2pp. 4 PP. Be pp. 
50 copies: 
$2. aD ae 4. 00. 


2.50 3.80 6.00 3 


Additional copies, per 100: 7 
is i. OL0 1.15 ee 

Purchase. of repril 
voices: are subject | 


fees” will have the 
purchase price. , 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


Vol. 60 FEBRUARY 1958 No. 1 


LIRIOMYZA DIANTHI N. SP., A NEW PEST 
OF CARNATIONS IN CALIFORNIA! 
(DiepTERA: AGROMYZIDAE ) 


KENNETH E. FRICK 
Irrigation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington 

Late in 1956 a leaf miner appeared very suddenly in three or four 
commercial carnation plantings in Redwood City, California. The 
larvae form large white mines in the leaves (Pritchard, 1957, figs. of 
mined leaves). There may be several larvae per leaf and some leaves 
become almost totally mined. The presence of the conspicuous white 
mines reduces the market value of the cut flowers. Both F. L. Blane, 
Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture, and 
A. Earl Pritchard, Division of Entomology, University of California, 
have written that this species is quite destructive. I am indebted to 
these two workers for specimens and information concerning this 
leaf miner. 

At first Dr. Pritchard felt that the species may have been imported 
from Europe. The only records that I could find of a European 
Liriomyza attacking plants in the family Caryophyllaceae was L. 
strigata. That species is very yellow in comparison with L. dianthi. 
In a later letter, he mentioned that carnations had recently been im- 
ported from South America to the San Francisco Bay area. There 
are no South American records of agromyzid leaf miners on any 
member of the Caryophyllaceae but it must be remembered that the 
South American fauna is very poorly known. 

A deseription is published at this time so that entomologists con- 
cerned with control and suppression may have a name available. 


Liriomyza dianthi Frick, new species 
(Figs. 1 and 3) 

Male.—Predominantly shining black, sparsely marked with yellow. Head yel- 
low (fig. 1); ocellar triangle and occiput black, black reaching eye margin 
immediately dorsad of the median posterior curve of the eye, extending to vertex, 
both vertical setae arising from black; black from vertex extending down geno- 
vertical plates to lowest orbital seta or slightly beyond; all orbital setae at edge 
of black; subantennal grooves light brown. Antenna with first segment yellow; 
second and third light brown; third very dark brown distally; arista very dark 
brown. Proboscis yellow; palpi light brown, brown distally. Thorax with meso- 
notum shining black, not pollinose, black extending laterally to humerus and 
beyond bases of presutural, supraalar, and outer postalar setae. Scutellum with 
very large lateral black triangles, width of yellow about one-third the basal scu- 
tellar width; distal scutellar setae arising from yellow at edge of black or from 
black at edge of vellow. Humerus about one-half black, humeral seta arising 


1Scientific paper No. 1583, Washington Agricultural Experiment Stations, Pull. 
man. Project No. 1260. 


2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


from yellow or on yellow and black. Pleura, except for sutures, primarily black 
(fig. 3); anepisternum dorsally yellow for about one-fourth of the anterior height; 
katepisternum narrowly yellow dorsally; pteropleuron, mesepimeron, and hypo- 
pleuron dark. Legs black; coxae black except forecoxa being light brown on 
distal one-third; femora distally light brown to yellow for a distance subequal 
to the femoral diameter, fore- and midfemora light brownish posteroventrally on 
distal one-half; tibiae and tarsi black. Wing tinged with brown; base dark; 
veins dark brown, except costa to midway to humeral crossvein and radial sector 
to branch of R: that are yellowish; calypter dark gray, margin and fringe black. 
Halteres yellow. Abdomen shining black, intersegmental membranes, where visible. 
yellow. Male terminalia black, cerei yellow. 

Head, in profile, with eye nearly eight-tenths as wide as high, rounded anteriorly. 
Gena, midway between vibrissal angle and posterior margin, one-third the eye 
height, sloping strongly posteroventrally from vibrissal angle; vibrissa strong; 
four setae on suberanial margin. Genovertical plates extending beyond eye mar- 
gin; two upper-orbitals, reclinate and somewhat outwardly inclined; two lower: 
orbitals, inwardly inclined; five and six orbital setulae. Antenna with third seg- 
ment subcireular, slightly broader than long, setulae in length less than the basal 
diameter of the arista; arista slightly longer than eye length, slightly swollen 
on basal one-fourth, setulae very short. 

Thorax with four strong dorsocentral setae; fourth the longest, first about 
six-tenths, second about two-thirds, and third about eight-tenths the length of 
the fourth; spacing between dorsocentrals subequal, first and second about equi- 
distant from the transverse suture. About 11 acrostichals, in four very sparse, 
irregular rows, extending from the first dorsocentral posteriorly to the third 
dorsocentral. Intraalar rows without intraalar seta; five to six setulae anterior 
to the transverse suture; two to three posterior, one very close to being in line 
with the dorsocentrals. Inner postalar about six-tenths the length of the outer. 
Humerus with three setulae plus the humeral seta. 

Wing 2 mm. long. Costa terminating at wing tip; second segment nearly four 
times as long as fourth; third and fourth subequal in length; m-m crossvein about 
1.4 times its length from r-m, perpendicular to penultimate section of M, 9; 
ultimate section of M,.. 7.7 times as long as the penultimate; ultimate section 
of M.., two times the penultimate. 

Female.—lLarger, nearly 2.5 mm. in wing length. Head with eye about seven- 
tenths as long as high; gena, midway between vibrissal angle and _ posterior 
margin, four-tenths the eye height; three setae on suberanial margin. Mesonotum 
with 15 acrostichals, extending postcriorly to one-third the distance from third 
to fourth dorsocentrals; inner postalar two-thirds as long as the outer. Wing 
with second costal section about five times the length of the fourth, third eight- 
tenths the length of the fourth; ultimate section of Ms 4 1.8 times as long as 
the penultimate. Seventh abdominal segment conical, subequal in length to the 
length of a tergite; basal one-third to one-half dull black, tomentose, shining 
black distally. 

Holotype &.—Redwood City, San Mateo County, California, XII-3-1956 (H. 
Sciaroni), ex leaf of carnation, Dianthus caryophyllus L., deposited in the Cali- 
fornia Academy of Seiences. Allotype Q.--topotypical, X1-27-1956 (V. A. Cana- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASII., von. 60, NO. |] 


, FEBRUARY, 1958 3 


Fic. 1.—Head, in profile, of holotype ¢ of Liromyza dianthi. The solid line 
equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the heads; fig. 2, head, in profile, of 
topotypical paratype $ of Liriomyza langei; fig. 3, pleura of holotype ¢ of 
Liromyza dianthi. The solid line equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the 
pleura; fig. 4, pleura of topotypical paratype ¢ of Liriomyza langei. 


4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


vese), ex leaf of carnation (emerg. XII-10-1596), Calif. Dept. Agric. No. 56 K 
647, also in the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes— 1 &, 4 2 9, same 
data as holotype; 2 ¢¢, 3 29, same data as allotype (emerg. XII-1, 3, 14- 
1956); 1 6, 22 @ (in alcohol), same data as holotype; 1 ¢@ (in aleohol), same 
data as allotype. Paratypes have been deposited in the collections of the United 
States National Museum, California Department of Agriculture, California Insect 
Survey, and the author. There are also three moldy and teneral specimens, same 
data as the holotype. These 19 specimens are all that are known to exist. 

Some of the variations between specimens that have been noted may be men- 
tioned here. The acrostichals vary from 10 to 20, in from four sparse, somewhat 
regular rows (where 15 or more setae are present) to four ill-defined rows (with 
the smaller numbers of setae), and extending posteriorly from the third dorso- 
central to nearly one-half the distance to the fourth dorsocentral. The inner 
postalar varies from six-tenths to seven-tenths the length of the outer. The 
humeral seta usually arises from yellow and the setal base may or may not touch 
the black area. This seta rarely arises from the black area of the humerus. The 
central yellow area of the scutellum is relatively narrow and the distal seutellars 
vary in having the setal bases on black, on yellow but touching black, or all on 
yellow, but not more than two setal base diameters removed from the black. 
Crossvein mm is usualy farther from r-m than its own length but in two speci- 
mens it is closer (nine-tenths of the length of m-m) and in one specimen it is 
exactly its own length from rm. The ultimate section of Ms,.4 varies from 
1.8 to three times as long as the penultimate, but is usually about twice as long. 


L. dianthi is most similar to L. langei Frick. The type localities of 
these two species are only 15 miles apart. When L. langei was de- 
seribed it was the only North American species lacking the mesonotal 
prescutellar yellow area but having the vellow third antennal segment 
distally infuseated (Frick. 1951). Since that time chlamydata (Melan- 
der) has been transferred from Haplomyza and placed into this group. 
L. chlamydata lacks crossvein m-m, which separates it from L. dianthi. 
It is much darker in overall coloration than is L. langei and has the 
mesepimeron black, the same as it is in L. dianthi. 

L. langei may be separated from L. dianthi by the slightly different 
head shape, the eye not being rounded anteriorly, the genovertical 
plates dorsally only slightly extending beyond the eye margin, and 
the genovertical plates and third antennal segment more lightly in- 
fuscated, being a light brown (fig. 2). The pleura of L. langei is more 
yellowish than the pleura of L. dianthi and the mesepimeron is more 
than one-half yellow (fig. 4). The fore- and midfemora of L. langei 
are more yellow, especially on the outer one-third where the femora 
are brownish with yellow streaks. The scutellum of LD. langei has a 
relatively broad yellow area with the basal scutellar width being at 
least three-fifths yellow. The distal scutellar setae are at least one- 
half as far removed from the lateral black triangles as they are from 
each other, or at least the diameter of four setal bases from the black. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 5 


Three larvae were lent by F. L. Blanc. They are very typical of 
the genus Liriomyza. The only unusual character is the relatively 
large number of bulbs (8 or 9) on each posterior spiracle. The usual 
number is three. None of the bulbs is elongate and they are in an 
irregular row that slightly curves at both the dorsal and ventral ends 
towards the midline of the larva. The anterior spiracles each bear 
five to seven short bulbs. 


REFERENCES 
Frick, K. E., 1951. Liriomyza langei. a new species of leaf miner of economic 
importance in California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 27:81-88. 
Pritchard, A. E., 1957, New carnation pests. California Agriculture 11(3):5. 


A NEW SPECIES OF EUMYSIA FROM SOUTHERN IDAHO! 
LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE 
RicHARD A. MACKIE, 
University of Idaho, Moscow 


During the course of studies on insects associated with range plants 
in southern Idaho a caterpillar was found severely defoliating Atri- 
plex confertifolia (Torr.), a valuable desert forage plant, in several 
localized areas of the Raft River Valley, near Malta, Idaho. A few 
specimens were reared and the adults subsequently identified by J. 
F. Gates Clarke as an undescribed species of Ewmysia. The purpose 
of this paper is to provide a name for this species so that it might 
be used elsewhere. 

The author is indebted to Dr. W. F. Barr, University of Idaho; Dr. 
J. F. Gates Clarke, U. S. National Museum, and Dr. F. D. Rindge, 
American Museum of Natural History, for their assistance in the 
preparation of this paper. Dr. Clarke also made available to the au- 
thor paratype specimens of most of the other members of the genus. 
Special thanks are also due Arthur D. Cushman, U. 8S. Department of 
Agriculture, whose excellent drawings appear in this paper. 


Eumysia idahoensis, new species 
Male.—Alar expanse 22 mm. Body and forewings slate-gray in appearance, 
uniformly flecked with white. Head with antenna white, broadly annulated with 
black; labial palpus gray. Thorax with legs gray, darkened at joints. Fore wing 
dark slate-gray above, abruptly lighter in color beyond subterminal line, ocher- 
ous scales scattered over surface, moderately concentrated in areas of submedial 


1Published with the approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station as Research Paper 429. 


6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


and subterminal lines; submedial line moderately distinct, bordered inwardly by 
mixed black and ocherous scales to wing base and from posterior margin of wing 
to radial vein; subterminal line distinet, extending from costal to posterior mar- 
gins of wings, interrupted twice medially leaving a small white dot near center; 
termen with row of seven black dots; undersurface solid gray-brown, abruptly 
gray beyond subterminal line and along costa, termen spots distinet. Hind wing 
above and below fuscous; costal margin white above and blackish below; termen 
and posterior margin blackish. Abdomen predominately dark gray; posterior 
margin of each segment with white scaling; segments 4, 5, and 6 with hind angles 
moderately tufted. 

Genitalia with gnathos stout; hook prominent, distinetly curved; anellus ree- 
tangular in form, rounded posteriorly. 

Female.—Alar expanse 20 mm. Body and forewings gray, slightly lighter than 
male. Fore wing gray with markings similar to male, slightly heavier concentra- 
tions of ocherous scales about areas of subterminal and submedial lines; under- 
side correspondingly lighter than that of male. Hind wing above and _ below 
slightly lighter than that of male and only faintly dark along termen and _ pos- 
terior margin. Abdomen same as male but lacking tufts on segments 4, 5, and 6. 
Genitalia typical with papilla analis flatly rounded posteriorly. 

Types.—Holotype, male (USNM No. 63511), allotype, female and three male 
paratypes from Malta, Cassia County, Idaho, Dee. 28, 1951 (J. R. Douglass). 
Additional paratypes as follows: One male and one female from 15 miles south 
of Nampa, Canyon County, Idaho, May 1952 (W. F. Barr); one male and two 
females from Raft River Valley, Cassia County, Oct. 9, 1951 (LL. J. Farmer) ; 
one male from 4 miles southeast of Idahome, Cassia County, Dee. 20, 1951 (G. 
Zappettini) ; one male from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb. 27, 1956 
(W. F. Barr); two females from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb. 
18 and 21, 1957 (R. A. Mackie). All type material was reared from Atriplex 
confertifolia. Paratypes are to be deposited in the collections of the U. S. Na- 
tional Museum, American Museum of Natural History, and University of Idaho. 


Food plant.—Atriplex confertifolia is the preferred host and large 
collections of larvae have been taken from this plant. Three larvae 
also were collected from Saltsage, Atriplex nuttallii Wats., and 4- 
winged saltbush, Atriplex canescens (Pursh). 

Distribution.—Collections of E. idahoensis have been made only 
from southern Idaho, but this insect has not been found throughout 
the entire distributional ranges of its hosts. Thus far, no adults have 
been taken in the field and the distribution of the species is based 
entirely on larval collections. H. idahoensis is particularly abundant 
in several localized areas of the Raft River Valley near Malta and 
Idahome, Cassia County, Idaho. It also has been collected 15 miles 
south of Bruneau and 5 miles north of Murphy, Owyhee County; 15 
miles south of Nampa, Canyon County, and 15 miles west of Moun- 
tain Home, Elmore County. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 7 


A moderate amount of variation has been noted in the eight speci- 
mens examined. The ground color of the forewing varies from a light 
to a dark gray, and the subterminal and submedial lines may be ob- 
scured, especially in the extremely light or dark specimens. The sub- 
terminal line may be interrupted from one to several times, but one 
large break, anterio-medially, is present in all specimens. The male 
genitalia of three dissected specimens were found to be quite uniform 
in structure and appearance. 


Figure | Figure 2 


Fig. 1. Male genitalia of Eumysia idahoensis; fig. 2, female genitalia of 
E. idahoensis. 


92) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


E. idahoensis most closely resembles E. semicana Heinrich, known 
only from Yakima, Washington, in general coloration and specifically 
in the color of the antenna, but may be separated by its much smaller 
size and by the presence of a distinctly hghter area beyond the sub- 
terminal line. E. idahoensis also differs from the remaining members 
of the genus Humysia in color and size. It is the darkest species and 
averages smaller in wing expanse than any of the others. No other 
Eumysia has been recorded from Idaho. E. mysiella (Dyar) has 
been recorded from Arizona and New Mexico to as far north as 
Stockton, Utah; midella (Dyar) from New Mexico, Colorado, Arizona, 
California, and British Columbia, and pallidipennella (Hulst) from 
Colorado, New Mexico, California, and Washington. 

The character which appears to be the most distinctive in separating 
idahoensis from other members of the genus hes in the structure of 
the male genitalia. Heinrich (1956) stated that ‘‘there are no strue- 
tural differences in the genitalia that can be used to distinguish these 
supposed species.’’ Only an illustration of the genitalia of mysiella, 
the genotype, was available to the author but an apparently signifi- 
eant difference between the two species is evident. The gnathos of 
mysiella as pictured is rather long and tapers terminally, whereas that 
of idahoensis (Fig. 1) is stout and tapers toward the base. The hook 
at.the terminal end of the gnathos is distinctly curved in idahoensis 
but is straight in mysiella. The anellus also is different in the two 
species, that of dahoensis being rectangular in form and much longer 
than broad, whereas in mysiella it is as wide or wider than long and 
more or less crescent shaped. The male and female genitaha figured 
are of paratype specimens from the type locality and from the ‘‘ Raft 
River Valley,’’ respectively. 


REFERENCES 
Dyar, H. G. 1925. Notes on some American Phycitinae. Insec. Inscit. Mens. 13: 
220-221. 
Heinrich, Carl. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. U. S. Natl. 
Mus. Bul. 207: 187-189. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


An important part of the Society’s program is to make available 
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many 
issues have dwindled to unprecedented lows. Members who wish to 
contribute to this important function are urged to send any of their 
back issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian 
(address on inside front cover). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 9 


A DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF 
LIMNOPHILA (EUTONIA) MARCHANDI ALEX. 


(DipTERA, TIPULIDAE) 
DENNIS Hynes, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 


Limnophila marchandi belones to an aberrant group of crane-flies 
composing the subgenus Hutonia, for which no immature stages have 
previously been described. Fully grown larvae and pupae of this fly 
were collected on the Edwin 8. George Reserve in Livingston County, 
Michigan, during the spring of 1953, at the northwestern edge of 
‘*Southwest Swamp.’’ As in the adult stage, the last instar larvae 
and pupa of this subgenus are readily distinguishable from the other 
species of the genus Limnophila by their conspicuously large size. 

The habitat consists of moist soil composed of leaf debris and the 
rhizomes of mosses and ferns (Osmunda) impregnated with organic 
mud. The larvae were never taken deeper than 2 inches, and the 
pupae were taken near the surface of the soil. During the spring 
thaw, water completely covered this area, and later, during the time 
of collection and after the water had receded, no vegetation was pres- 
ent. In the summer a lush cover of plants occurred over the habitat. 

Data which I have from closely related species found along streams 
in the Southeast indicate that this species probably completes its life 
eycle within 1 year. The pupal stage lasts for 7 days at room tem- 
perature. The larvae are carnivorous and will viciously attack other 
larvae, even of the same species and size, in the rearing cages. After 
emergence the adults were kept in the rearing cages from 3 to 5 days 
before they died. 

The descriptions of the immature stages are drawn from 4 larvae 
and 1 larval exuvia, 4 pupae and 10 pupal exuviae. Three mature 
eges were obtained from females which, when dying, oviposited on 
the bottom of the rearing cage. 

Egg.—Length 1.08-1.09 mm.; width 0.37—0.40 mm.; e¢ylindrieal, elliptical, curved 
very slightly, the ends bluntly rounded. Chorion dark brown to black, smooth. 

Larva.—lLength 35.0-38.0 mm.; width 3.5-4.0 mm.; body elongate, slender, 
terete; covered with golden-yellow setae (fig. 1). Abdominal segments 2 through 
7 have anterior patches of setae forming creeping-welts. Setae of these areas are 
vertical and short, the remainder appressed to body. Pencils of longer setae on 
each of the thoracic and abdominal segments. Chaetotaxy of these pencils of setae 
is shown in fig. 2a for the first thoracic segment; that of the second and third 
thoracic segments and the first abdominal segment in fig. 2b; and that of abdomi- 
nal segments 2 through 7 in fig. 2c. 

The diameter of the body decreases sharply immediately posterior to a band of 
short, brown setae which surrounds the anterior portion of the eighth abdominal 
segment. Four short, stout, white anal gills are present. The spiracular disk 
(fig. 6) is obliquely truncate with four pronounced lobes. The ventral pair of 
lobes is slightly longer than the lateral pair. There is a vestigial dorsal lobe with 
the area only slightly expanded. Lateral and ventral lobes have a fringe of 
delicate hairs which become progressively longer from the base to the tips of 


10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


the lobes, their greatest length no more than twice that of the lobes. Ventral 
lobes with V-shaped dark brown marking—the outer arm of the V broad; the 
inner arm narrower, disappearing mid-length, appearing at base of lobe in tri- 
angular form; outer arm of V extended, partially surrounding the ventral and 
mesal margins of the spiracle. Lateral lobes possess triangular dark brown mark- 
ing which ends adjacent to the lateral margin of the spiracle. 

Head eapsule (fig. 3) of the hexatomine type, depressed dorso-ventrally, the 
greatest width about one-half the length from labrum to eaudal margin. Dorsal 
plate wide anteriorly, becomes narrower mid-length, broadens posteriorly into 
spatula, which because of weak chitinization appears to be incised at medial-caudal 
area. Edges of dorsal and lateral plates have distinct heavily chitinized ridges 
at margins. Labrum tri-lobed, a fringe of setae at ventral cephalo-lateral portions. 
The central lobe with membranous bulge on lateral edges which is covered with 
numerous indistinet papillae and a long sensory hair. At inner base of either 
bulge occurs a group of five or six chitinized papillae; between these on either 
side of median line is a sensory hair. The epipharyngeal surface possesses a central 
lobe-like area, slightly chitinized, which has on its tip two small divergent papillae 
directed cephalad. The hypopharynx, heavily chitinized, consists of two lateral 
rods and a transverse rod, the latter finely ribbed, giving finely serrated appear- 
ance to anterior edge; mentum membranous except for small chitinized area occur- 
ring just caudad of transverse rod. At either side of this plate and directly 
below hypopharynx a pencil of setae arises. Directly caudad to the hypopharynx 
on the inner margin of the esophagus a number of spines are found which appear 
fused at their bases. At mid-length of the head capsule surrounding the inner 
edge of the esophagus is an irregular band composed of numerous rows of spines 
with tips directed sharply caudad. The antennae are two-segmented with basal seg- 
ment conical and stout; the second segment about one-third as long as first 
and barrel-shaped; on the inner edge of the tip of the second segment is 
a sensory hair; on the outer edge a large, delicately sculptured papilla about 
one-half as long as the second segment; between the two is a small conieal 
papilla (fig. 5). The outer lobes of maxillae are slightly divergent, conical, 
stout at bases, and gradually narrow to bluntly pointed tips; tips are eurved 
laterally, base of outer lobes supported by chitinized plates which project slender 
rods cephalad; outer lobe has short golden-yellow setae appressed to surface. 

Dimensions of head eapsule: eaudal margin to cephalic edge of labrum, 3.7 mm. 
caudal margin to tip of maxillae, 4.5 mm.; width at base of mandibles, 1.4 mm.; 
depth at base of mandibles, 0.40 mm.; length of antennae, 0.31 mm. 

Pupa.—Length from cephalic tip of breathing horns to tip of eauda, 31.5-33.5 
mm.; dextral-sinastral diameter at base of wing pads, 4.50-4.85 mm.; dorsal- 
ventral diameter at base of wing pads, 4.28-4.40 mm.; length of breathing horns, 


2.52—2.60 mm. 


Thorax rust-brown, abdomen golden-brown, eighth and caudal segments rust- 
brown. The entire body delicately seulptured (fig. 7). The abdominal pleura have 
a yellow to white stripe present from the first through the seventh segments along 
the medially carinate pleura. Form slightly depressed dorso-ventrally, stout to 
the eighth segment, then the diameter decreases abruptly ending in fleshy cauda. 
All abdominal tergal and sternal areas armed with spined tubercles. Tergal, 
sternal, and pleural plates fused, margins indistinct. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vou. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 11 


Fig. 1. Lateral view of larval body of Limnophila marchandi; fig. 2, chaetotaxy 
of segments—tergal, pleural, and sternal areas shown from left to right—(a) 
first thoracic segment, (b) second and third thoracic, first abdominal segments, 
(e) second through seventh abdominal segments; fig. 8, ventral view of head 
capsule; fig. 4, ventral view of mandible; fig. 5, antenna. 


12 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


Mesonotal breathing horns (Byers, 1952) stout and laterally compressed, dull or 
brass yellow, have distinet annuli, the tips flattened and divided laterally into a 
thick inner flap and thin outer flap, both delicately sculptured. Antennal sheaths 
arise mid-length of mesal margin of eyes, ending just caudad of prothoracie leg 
fold, curving at tips. Eyes and antennal sheaths at this point emarginate or nearly 
so, dull yellow. Labral sheath bluntly rounded, two strongly divergent, heavily 
chitinized lobes appear at tip, the labial sheaths. The annulated maxillary sheaths 
end at, and perpendicular to, the antennal sheaths. Wing pads end just before the 
posterior margin of the second abdominal segment. Wing pads of mature speci- 
mens are dark rust-brown at margins, especially at base, sometimes making vena- 
tion obscure. 

Pronotum with lateral cephalie edges inflated, dull yellow, and unarmed. Medial 
line very dark, weakly carinate. Mesonotum rust-brown with dark thin median 
stripe, a black spot occurring dorsally on this line; setiferous, prominent, rounded, 
flattened abruptly at sides forming a pronounced ridge which extends laterally 
and slightly dorsad from the breathing horn to a point two-thirds the distance 
from breathing horn to wing-pad, then swings obliquely dorsad ending just before 
wing-pad base. At the point of pronounced bending of the lateral ridge occurs 
another ridge running ventrad, ending just dorsal to the tip of the antennal 
sheath. Anterior portion of the mesonotum medially carinate. The metanotum 
with distinct dark brown median spot at cephalic edge with two brown spots on 
either side. At base of metanotum just dorsal to the origin of the haltere sheaths 
occurs a dark brown longitudinal band. Haltere sheaths inflated at origin, 
gradually disappearing under wing-pads at the caudal margin of the first ab- 
dominal segment. Leg sheaths end at caudal third of third abdominal sternite. 
Posterior to the ends of the leg sheaths, a ridge occurs on which three transverse 
rows of spined tubercles appear, the central row containing about thirteen 
tubercles, and the two lateral rows containing 3 to 4 tubercles each. Along the 
side of the metathoracie leg sheaths occurs a longitudinal row of 10 to 18 
tubereles. 

The first abdominal tergite with central brown sploteh, one small lateral brown 
marking on either side, a small but elongate marking lateral to these. The 
second through seventh tergites and the third through seventh sternites have a 
deep furrow transversing the anterior third of the area. The posterior third of 
these areas has a medial dark spot. Abdominal tergites two through seven have 
V-shaped markings on each side of spot, the arms not connected, the point di- 
rected caudad. Abdominal sternites three through seven have V-shaped markings 
on each side of spot, the arms not so divergent as on the tergites, connected, the 
point directed cephalad. Sternites three through six have two rows of svined 
tubercles, one anterior to furrow, the other near the caudal margin of the 
sternite. The latter is a straight, transverse row, while the former is usually 
separated to either side of the mid-line. The abdominal tergal and sternal mark- 
ings and arrangement of tubercles are shown in fig. 8, a and b respectively. 

The seventh abdominal segment has many large, spined tubercles surrounding 
the caudal edge of the segment. The eighth segment is abruptly smaller in diam- 
eter, with a spined tuberele at the medial caudal edge of pleura, sternite un- 
armed, dorsally possessing four large and slightly divergent tergal arms, not 
spined at tips and directed slightly caudad. The anterior pair of tergal arms 


vay Vv 


iS - 
FP BAO — 


Os 


v 
v 


Ri 
v 
Vy AE Or 


a 
~~ 

v 
“8 
=e 
v~ 


8 9 
not shown) ; 


disk of Limnophila marchandi (fringe of setae 
fig. 8, diagrammatic sketch showing arrange- 


Fig. 6, spiracular 
fig. 7, lateral view of pupal body; 
ment of tubercles and markings on ( 
segments; fig. 9, female cauda. 


a) tergal area, (b) sternal area or abdominal 


14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


is slightly wider apart and more divergent than the posterior pair. Female eauda 
have tergal and sternal valves inflated, curved dorsally; both are dark at tips, 
lighter at base (fig. 9). The male cauda end in a pair of slightly divergent, 
pointed lobes, with tips directed very slightly mesad; sternal lobes bulbous, 
darkened at tips, lighter at bases. 


REFERENCES 


Byers, G. W. 1952. The genus Dolichopeza in North America. Publication No. 
3728, University of Michigan Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 


BOOK REVIEW 


BEITRAGE SUR SYSTEMATIK DER LARVEN DER ITONIDIDAE (=CECTI- 
DOMYIIDAE, DIPTERA (Contribution to the systematics of the larvae 
of the Itonididae). Teil 1, Porricondylinae und Itonidinae Mitteleuropas. 
By Edwin Mohn. Zoologica, Original-Abhandlung aus dem Gesamtgebiete 
der Zoologie, Band 388, Lieferung 1, Heft 105. E. Schweitzerbart’sche 
Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart. Pp. 1-237, 3 text figs., 30 plates. 

Consistent with most publications of its kind, the present work comprises a 
number of sections as follows: 1) materials; 2) methods; 3) discussion of 
characters (with text figures); 4) bionomies; 5) general remarks about generie 
groupings; and 6) the descriptive portion. Descriptions are given of the char- 
acters of the larvae of the family; of the two subfamilies, Porricondylinae and 
Itonidinae; and of each of the 176 genera. With only a few exceptions, each genus 
is represented by only one species. The treatment of the larvae of each species 
includes a diagnosis, description, habitat, location of material studied, collection 
locality, important literature references, and previously published illustrations. 

In most cases only one species is used to illustrate the characters for one genus, 
in the opinion of the reviewer the sole fault of the work. The generic diagnoses 
and the concluding key to genera, then, are based on rather lmited information 
and may be misleading to use unless this fact is kept in mind. On the other hand, 
the publication will be of considerable value to workers in the Americas, since 
many of the genera included in its have species that occur in the Neotropical and 
Nearctie Regions. 

This is the first comprehensive treatise dealing with the larvae of gall midges 
ever to appear; it deserves high praise as a point of departure for the systematist 
in opening a hitherto inaccessible fund of separating and identifying characters. 
The males of some genera, and the females of most, almost defy determination, 
and it is the feeling of this reviewer that the final answer to exact identification 
in these cases is to be found in the immature stages. The work will also serve as 
a beginning for a comprehensive study of relationships among the genera. That 
subject has been in dispute by all gall midge workers and is one that is now 
ready for a thorough revision; not only have we recorded a large number of 
species, but Dr. M6hn’s contribution very materially augments our present store 
of knowledge in this respect.—RicHAarp H. Foorr, Entomology Research Branch, 
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 15 


MALAYA JACOBSONI (EDWARDS, 1930), A NEW OCCURRENCE 
RECORD FOR NORTHERN THAILAND 
(DieteRA: CuLicipar)t 
ERNESTINE B, THURMAN? 

Iyengar (1953) reported Harpagomyia genurostris (Leicester, 
1908) {Malaya genurostris Leicester, 1908| from Southern Thailand 
constituting the initial record of the occurrence of the genus in the 
country. Thurman and Thurman (1955) collected this species in a 
light trap operated in Northern Thailand. Stone and Knight (1957) 
revalidated Malaya Leicester, 1908, as the name of the genus and 
relegated Harpagomyia de Meijere, 1909, as a synonym. The present 
note adds a second species in the genus to the reported fauna of 
Northern Thailand, namely, Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930). 

M. jacobsoni adults were netted or collected while resting on trunks 
of trees on 9 occasions from December 30, 1952, to March 31, 1953. 
Collections were made in 5 shady jungle areas during the daytime 
and at night on Doi (mountain) Sutep, Doi Chiengdao, and at Tad 
Muey Falls at elevations ranging from 1,000 to 5,000 feet. (Collec- 
tors: the late Deed C. Thurman, Jr., Manop Rattanapradith, and the 
author. ) 

To the list of species reported as collected in a light trap in Chieng- 
mal (Thurman and Thurman, 1955) add the name of MW. jacobsoni; 
2 females collected July 9, 1952. 

Adult MW. genurostris ditfer from M. jacobsoni by having a complete 
line of silvery scales between the eyes, silvery scales on the abdominal 
sternites, and silvery scales on the thoracic patches. The flat scales 
on the vertex of W. jacobsoni are metallic blue and do not form a com- 
plete line between the eyes; golden scales are present on the abdominal 
sternites ; and metallic blue scales are on the thoracic patches. 

REFERENCES 

Tyengar, M. O. T. 1953. Filariasis in Thailand. Bul. Org. Mond. Santé Bul. 
WHO 9:731-766. 

Stone, A., and Knight, K. L. 1957. Type specimens of mosquitoes in the United 
States National Museum, V: The Sabethini (Diptera: Culicidae). Journ. 
Wash. Acad. Sei. 47(4) :117-126. 

Thurman, D. C., Jr., and Thurman, Ernestine B. 1955. Report on the initial oper- 
ation of a mosquito light trap in Northern Thailand. Mosq. News 15(4): 
218-224. 


Acknowledgment is made of support by the Division of Research Grants, 
National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service, Department of Health, 
Education, and Welfare, under Grant E 809-C2 awarded to William E. Bickley, 
Department of Entomology, University of Maryland; and to the U. S. Opera- 
tions Mission to Thailand, International Cooperation Administration; and the 
assistance rendered by the United States National Museum; and the Entomology 
Research Division, United States Department of Agriculture. 

"Sanitarian (R), on detail from the Division of Research Grants, National 
Institutes of Health, Publie Health Service, Bethesda, Maryland, formerly as- 
signed as Malaria Control Training Adviser with U. S. Operations Mission to 
Thailand, International Cooperation Administration. 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


CORRECTION 
The illustration below should replace that appearing in an article by Tibbetts 


and Strandtmann on p. 268 of Vol. 959, No. 6 (1957) of the Proceedings. The 


article are correctly printed. The illustration now appearing on 


reprints of that 
an article by David R. Cook 


p. 268 of that bound number correctly appears in 


on p. 19 of the present issue. 


A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 


lxodorhynchus gordon, n. Sp., female: Fig. 1, venter; fig. 2, dorsum; fig. 3, 


gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum ; fig. 6, chelicera. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 TL7f 


A NEW KOREAN MITE 
(ACARINA, CAECULIDAE) 
HaroLp G. Higgins AND STANLEY MULAIK 
University of Utah, Salt Lake City 


In a small collection of mites received by the senior author from 
Korea there was an apparently undescribed rake-legged mite of the 
genus Caeculus. This mite is named after Mr. Ted Tibbetts, who col- 
lected this species from several localities in Korea. The types will 
be deposited in the University of Utah Acarina collection. 


Caeculus tibbettsi sp. nov. 


Diagnosis.—Propodosomal plate projects over the gnathosoma; metapodosomal 
plate with 6 setae in a 2-2-2 sequence; leg I composed of 7 segments and slightly 
shorter than the body; trochanter I with 2 setae on the inner edge, 2 dorsal 
setae, and 2 small setae on the outer border; basifemur and telofemur I each 
with 1 large blunt spine on their inner border. 

Description—This animal is of medium size, and has a color of deep brown. 
The propodosomal plate is notehed near the tip, narrowed near the attachment 
of legs I, projects over the gnathosoma, and covers the gnathosomal tubercles 
from above. This plate has 2 small setae in the notched areas on the anterior 
edge. A small seta is also found anterior to the eyes. Median metapodosomal 
plate has 6 spatulate setae in a 2-2-2 sequence. The left and right lateral meta- 
podosomal plates each have 3 spatulate setae in a 1-1-1 sequence and 2 slitlike 
stigmata. The anterior transverse opisthosomal plate has 5 setae in a more or 
less straight line. There are 5 setae in a curved line on the posterior transverse 
opisthosomal plate. 

Legs—tLeg I is longer than any other leg, but is slightly shorter than the 
body. Trochanter I has 2 large clavate setae located on tubereles on the inner 
edge, 2 dorsal clavate setae, and 2 small setae on the outer-ventral border. Basi- 
femur and telofemur I each has 1 long blunt spine on their inner border. These 
spines are nearly as long as the segments on which they are located. Genua I 
has 2 long, blunt spines on the inner edge, but the posterior one is the shorter. 
Tibia I has 2 long spines and 1 short spine on the inner edge. The posterior 
tibial spine is about one-half the length of the other spines and is pointed for- 
ward. Tarsus I has 4 short, sharp spines on the inner edge terminating in a 
single claw. 

Measurements of the holotype are: Length of body, 1.13 mm., width, .68 mm., 
length of leg I, without the coxa, 1.05 mm. Three other adult specimens have 
the following measurements: Length, 1.20, 1.12, 1.07 mm.; distance between 
@yes; -coseoc, 21) mm leneth of les Ty d05; 299) 92) mim. 


Discussion.—Specimens are available from three localities in Korea. 
Although there are apparent differences between individuals, all speei- 
mens are believed to represent only one species. For example, one 
specimen from Amsa lacks the notched propodosomal plate, but it 
agrees within the known limits of individual variation in other details. 


18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


The holotype and 1 paratype were taken from under stones at Seoul, 
Korea, May 27, 1953 by Ted Tibbetts. Additional specimens, inelud- 
ine 2 immatures, were taken at Seoul, May 27, 1953; 2 immature 
specimens were collected 8 miles S.E. Seoul, July 23, 1953; 1 speci- 
men was found in moss and lichens at Osan, Feb. 17, 1953; and 1 
specimen from cedar and oak litter at Amsa, August 15, 1953. 


Fig. 1, Dorsal view of adult, Cacculus tibbettsi n. sp.; fig. 2, dorsal view of 
right trochanter I.; fig. 3, variation in the anterior edge of the propodosomal 
plate; fig. 4, dorsal view of larva. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 19 


A NEW SPECIES OF LITARACHNA FROM THE BRITISH WEST INDIES 


(ACARINA: PONTARACHNIDAE) 1 


Davin R. Coox, Department of Biology, Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich. 


While studying the parasites of gobiid fishes at the Lerner Marine 
Laboratory of the American Museum of Natural History, Bimini, B.W.L., 
during December 1955, Dr. Dominic L. DeGiusti collected specimens 
of the mites described in this paper. A marine hydrachnid was found 
in the digestive tract contents of two fishes belongine to the genus 
Bathygobius. Each was so freshly swallowed that they were still mov- 
ing about. These two mites, a male and a female, belong to a new 
species of Litarachna distinct enough to necessitate establishing a new 
subgenus. They are the first members of the family Pontarachnidae 
recorded from eastern North America. A species belonging to a re- 
lated genus, Pontarachna cruciata, was deseribed by Hall (1912) 
from beach pools in the Laguna Beach area of Califormia. 


Genus LITARACHNA Walter 


Litarachna Walter, 1926. Internatl Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 14: 32. 
Generotype.—Litarachna communis Walter. 

Generic diagnosis.—Soft bodied, dorsum without selerites; capitulum opening ven 
trally, without a rostrum; posterior apodemes of eapitulum broadly spreading ; 
chelicera typical of Hydraecarina in general, not styletlike; coxae directed pos- 
teriorly, fourth coxae widely separated; fourth coxae with a pair of long narrow 
projections that flank the genital field; genital acetabula absent; glandularia lo- 
cated between the projections of the fourth coxae with two gland openings and 


an associated seta; legs without swimming hairs; marine. 


Subgenus PARALITARACHNA, new subgenus 


Subgenerotype.—Litarachna (Paralitarachna) degiustii, new species. 

Subgeneric diagnosis —Differs from Litarachna s.s. (and all other known mem- 
bers of the family Pontarachnidae) in having the first pair of coxae fused in the 
midline. 


LITARACHNA (PARALITARACHNA) DEGIUSTII, new species 
(Figs. 1-6) 


Female.—Length of body approximately 3024; length between anterior end of 
the first coxae and posterior end of projection from the fourth coxae 183y; first 
coxae fused in the midline, apodemes between the first and second coxae distinct 
along the full length; with a moderate-sized, V-shaped identation at the posterior 
end of the first coxae; first coxa with two setae lateral to the capitulum and one 
seta posterior to the capitulum; second coxae touching each other; apodemes be 
tween second and third coxae distinet only in the anterior half; second coxa with 


two setae in the anterior portion and a single seta located slightly posterior to 


1 Contribution from the Department of Biology, Wayne State University. 


20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


Litarachna (Paralitarachna) degiustvi, new species: Fig. 1, Ventral view, 
female; fig. 2, first leg, female; fig. 3, palp, male; fig. 4, fourth leg, female; 


fig. 5, ventral view, male; fig. 6, chelicera, male. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 21 


the apodeme between the second and third coxae; apodemes between the third and 
fourth coxae distinct in the anterior half and again at the very posterior end; 
posterior projections from the fourth coxae approximately 404 in length, these 
forming a genital bay that encloses the genital field; lateral surface of the fourth 
coxae with a shorter projection that partially surrounds the glandularia; glandu- 
laria constricted near middle, with one portion bearing a seta and the smaller 
gland opening, and the other portion bearing the large gland opening. 

Genital field, 59u in length, 404 in width, consisting of pre- and postgenital 
sclerites, these not bearing setae; neither genital acetabula nor acetabular plates 
present; setae not present in the area between the projections of the fourth 
coxae and the genital field; capitulum 40u in width at the anterior end; length 
between anterior end of the capitulum and the posterior end of the capitular apo- 
demes approximately 95u; capitular apodemes broadly spreading; dorsal lengths 
of the palpal segments were: P-I, 174; P-II, 71u; P-II], 244; P-IV, 80u; P-V, 
26u; P-IV with a setae-bearing projection on the ventral side similar to that 
found in L. duboscqi Walter; P-V relatively short. 

Legs without swimming hairs; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg 
were: I, 38u; IL, 304; ITI, 34u;-IV, 40u; V, 6lu; VI, 762; segments of the 
first leg relatively stocky, chaetotaxy shown in figure 2; lengths of the seg- 
ments of the fourth leg were: I, 58u; Il, 454; III, 524; IV, 834; V, 92u; 
VI, 99u; segments relatively thin, chaetotaxy of fourth leg shown in figure 4. 
Male—Length of body approximately 272u, length between anterior end of 
the first coxae and the posterior end of the projection from the fourth coxae 
192u; first coxae fused in the midline; apodemes between the coxae similar 
to those of female except that the first pair are closer together; glandularia 
similar to those of female except that they are not greatly constricted in the 
middle. 


Genital field, not including small projection from anterior end, 3ly in length, 
29u in width; genital field consisting of a sclerotized ring bearing four pairs 
of setae; genital acetabula and acetabular plates absent; with three pairs of 
setae between the projections of the fourth coxae and the genital field; 
capitulum 35u in width at the anterior end, similar to that of female; legs 
and palps similar in shape and chaetotaxy to those of the female; lengths 
of the palpal segments were as follows: P-I, 17; P-II, 664; P-ITT, 23h; P-IV, 
78u; P-V, 26u; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg were: I, 33y; 
Jat, 2oyas IUD epyne IV, 41u; V, 654; VI, 784; lengths of the segments of the 
fourth leg were: I, 52u; II, 44u; III, 50u; IV, 784; V, 90%; VI, 98u; length of 
chelicera 159; distal half of the end segment of the chelicera minutely serrate. 
Types.—Holotype female, collected by Dominic L. DeGiusti near the 
Lerner Marine Laboratory, Bimini, B.W.I., during December 1955. 
Allotype male, same data. Both types will be placed in the Chicago 
Natural History Museum. 

Habitat-—Both mites were recovered from the digestive tract of gobiid 
fishes collected in relatively shallow water (less than 1 meter) over 
a bottom composed of a mixture of sand and mud.. The lack of swim- 


ae PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


mine hairs on the legs would suggest that these mites are very weak 
swimmers at best, and spend most of the time on the bottom. 

Remarks.—Litarachna degiustii may be easily separated from all other 
members of its genus by the possession of fused first coxae. The pres- 
ent species seems to be most closely related to the Mediterranian species, 
L. duboscqi Walter. The palpi of these two species are very similar, 
having a short fifth segment and a projection on the ventral side of 
the fourth seement. The e@enital field is rather similar in both cases. 


REFERENCES 


Hall, H. V. M. 1912. Some marine and terrestrial Acarina from Laguna Beach. 
Pomona Coll. Annual Rpt. Laguna Marine Lab. 1: 177-186. 

Walter, C. 1926. Marine Hygrobatidae. Revision der Wassermilben-Genera 
Pontarachna Philippi und Nautarachna Moniez. Internatl. Rev. Ges. 
Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 14: 1-54. 


BOOK REVIEW 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS PSELAPTRICHUS BRENDEL (COLE- 
OPTERA: PSELAPHIDAB), by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh. 
University of Califernia Publications in Entomology, University of Cali- 
fornia Press, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 117-158, 74 figs., 5 maps. 1956. $1.00. 

This paper represents a discerning, well expressed taxonomic and distributional 
account of a genus of beetles which until recently has been nearly overlooked. 
A combination of several factors are combined in it, creating a noteworthy en- 
deavor in the field of modern systematic entomology. 

First, the authors’ efforts in collecting and preparing these beetles for study 
is no small achievement, for the members of the genus are very small creatures 
(the average length being about 1.50 mm.) which are found only in the aecumu- 
lated litter of the forest floor. That the beetles are difficult to collect and tedious 
to study is, I think, best exemplified by the fact that of the thirty-two species now 
included in the genus, all but three were described either in this paper or in a 
previous one by these two men. 

Next, the data are employed to their fullest extent and are interpreted in terms 
of present-day theories of systematics. Of special interest, -im my opinion, is the 
section pertaining to speciation and distribution, where the authors’ ideas con- 
cerning species formation, ecological factors governing distribution, and phylogeny 
of these beetles are discussed in an appropriately conservative manner. 

Lastly, the completeness of the illustrative material appears exceptional. Over 
seventy figures are presented, which permit the easy comparison of many of the 
morphological structures which have been employed in the key and deseriptions. 
In addition to these, maps are included which depict the collection localities for 
ach species and which in many instances also indicate the probable range of the 
JEROME G. ROZEN, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department 
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


species 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 23 


BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON AMPULICOMORPHA CONFUSA ASHMEAD AND 
ITS FULGOROID HOST 
(HYMENOPTERA: DRYINIDAE AND HomopreRA: ACHILIDAE) 1! 


JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL? 

Forty-three years ago W. H. Ashmead (2) described a small, black- 
ish winged wasp in the U. S. National Museum from California as 
Ampulicomorpha confusa as the unique North American representa- 
tive of the peculiar tribe Embolemini in the family Proctotrypidae. 
After describing this insect he added that he had seen another indi- 
vidual of the species from Nevada in the collection of the American 
Entomological Society. There seems to be no record published of this 
species having been taken since, but there is another specimen with 
the type in the National Museum taken by W. F. Fiske in North Caro- 
lina. It was not until 1924 that any further record of the presence 
of the Emboleminae in our country was published. C. T. Brues (3) 
described a species of the wingless genus Myrmecomorphus as Pedi- 
nomma nearcticum from one individual from near Boston and another 
from Long Island. In the U. S. National Museum there are three indi- 
viduals belonging to this genus which seem to represent three species. 
One of these from near Boston probably represents Brues’ species. 
Another was taken by A. H. MacAndrews in North Carolina, and the 
third was taken by Pergande in Mexico. Besides these American 
Emboleminae, the U. S. National Museum has a specimen of Embole- 
mus ruddii Westwood and some specimens of an undescribed Embole- 
mus from Java. These peculiar insects have been but rarely taken in 
Europe and the limits of variation have not yet been established. 
Seven nominal species are recorded: two in Hmbolemus, supposedly 
winged males, and four in Myrmecomorphus, wingless males and fe- 
males. None of these have been taken in series except Hmbolemus 
ruddu. A single species of Myrmecomorphus has been described from 
Chile. The biology of these insects has remained entirely unknown 
until the summer of 1936, when it became my eood fortune to encoun- 
ter Ampulicomorpha and to learn the main facts of its life history. 

On April 13, 1926. while examining some rotten oak logs near the 
locally well-known Gravelly Spring, about two miles east of Vienna, 
Virginia, a white oak log covered with a small shelf fungus was found 
to support many insects of various orders and a small winged, blackish 
wasp was seen to run swiftly over the surface of the bark and hide 


1 Published posthumously. See Mr. Bridwell’s obituary, p. 27.—Ed. 

2 In November 1954, Mr. Bridwell gave five unfinished drafts of this manuscript 
to G. B. Vogt, Entomology Research Division, USDA, to prepare for publication. 
The work might otherwise have been destroyed in a fire, along with numerous 
other papers, in Mr. Bridwell’s home in 1955. Of the five drafts, the third was 
selected for publication as the most complete; it is modified only in those portions 
enclosed in brackets [ ] by slight changes of wording or insertion of excerpts from 
the other drafts. Unused taxonomic notes, all unfinished drafts, and the speci- 
mens used in this study are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Mr. Brid- 
well made brief reference to the findings presented herein in 1937 (1). 


24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


among the fungi. This was captured and on examination it proved 
to be an Ampulicomorpha, which had no appreciable characters to 
distinguish it from the type of Ampulicomorpha confusa Ashmead. 
On April 23, while examining some pine logs (Pinus rigida Mill. and 
P. virginiana Mill.) in a similar condition of decay and bearing shelf 
funei, two other individuals of Ampulicomorpha were seen and one 
of them captured. These logs lay on the ground in the space between 
the tracks of the Washington and Old Dominion and Arlington and 
Fairfax Railroads, a little west of the place where they cross each 
other about one mile east of Vienna. 

Careful re-examination of the logs in both stations showed some 
firm, half ellipsoidal cocoons firmly attached to the wood beneath the 
loose bark and covered with the debris from the adjacent surface, but 
unfortunately those found no longer contained living contents, the 
adults having emerged. They were, however, as was subsequently 
learned, the cocoons of these wasps. Careful consideration of the in- 
sects seen upon these logs made it clear that the only insects common 
to the pine and oak logs which seemed likely to be the prey of the 
wasps [were] some fulgorid nymphs found on both. When these were 
submitted to P. W. Oman he told me that they must be nymphs of 
some achilid (Fulgoroidea) species, presumably Epiptera or Catonia. 
Subsequent rearing showed the nymphs upon the pine logs to be those 
of Epiptera floridae (Walker) while the nymphs from oak were not 
distineuishable. 

These nymps occur in small colonies beneath the loosened bark of 
oak and pine loes in close association with white sheets of compacted 
fungus hyphae, and each nymph bears on each side of each of the 
three tergites before the pygofer a subquadrate glandular area which 
secretes numerous fine, straight threads of ‘‘wax’’ which are fragile 
and easily detached and the location of each of the colonies may be 
recognized even after the insects are gone by the fibers remaining. 

It was not until August 16 that Ampulicomorpha was again en- 
countered. [On the pine logs an adult was found very near one of 
the still problematic cocoons with an emergence hole. Other cocoons 
with living contents were found in places where the former presence 
of the fulgorid nymphs was indicated by the wax strands. Still others 
were associated with the nymphs themselves, which were rapidly 
transforming to adults. But I did not then or subsequently find any 
remains of nymphs which indicated the method of attack by the wasps 
upon them. On this and subsequent visits up to August 27, more than 
20 viable larvae and pupae were found in cocoons. Also, some adults 
were taken in the open, so that altogether some 10 adults were secured. 
On August 18 it was discovered that the females were winged, and 
with difficulty were distinguishable from the males. | 

From this material, it was possible [by September 2, when the last 
wasp died] to follow out the biology of the species and to learn that it 
is in all essential particulars a dryinid biology. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 25 


The Epiptera nymphs, as stated, live in close association with hyphal 
sheets of fungi and when placed in confinement with the host material 
on bits of bark, they run about briskly until they find a favorable 
position where they may remain quiescent for long periods of time. 
When disturbed or startled, they make a single leap, which in the 
open may project them a distance of several inches. When an adult 
female Ampulicomorpha was placed in a glass tube with these nymphs 
a great commotion ensued and continued for several minutes. The 
wasp, her long antennae held at right angles to her body, ran rapidly 
in pursuit of the running nymphs and these, when closely pressed, 
jumped but often too late. Often the pursuit was too rapid to be 
followed by the eye, but soon a nymph would be seen firmly gripped 
by the wasp. Once seized, the nymphs were unable to dislodge the 
wasp, and the wasp would be seen with its head on the upper side of 
the body of the nymph in the space between the wine pads and the 
body disposed across the body of the nymph, and the abdomen of 
the wasp bent down and firmly pressed against its ventral surface, 
stinging at a point near the mid-ventral line behind the hind leg. In 
some cases, when more than one wasp was placed in a tube, two fe- 
males attacked the same nymph on opposite sides. In no case was 
an external eve seen. 

The Epiptera nymphs transformed so rapidly that when the Ampu- 
licomorpha adults were available only a few nymphs were present. 
What at first seemed a series of unfortunate accidents was | further | 
reducing the scanty material at hand. Several nymphs were seen 
wounded on the middorsal line where the integument is destined to 
spht in ecdysis. Not until the last available female made the last 
observed attack was this explained. In this case I was able to see the 
wasp gnaw away at the middorsal line of the nymph until the body 
fluid began to ooze forth, upon which the wasp fed.* In the other 
attacks observed, which lasted perhaps from three to five minutes, 
the wasp was vigorously engaged in stinging and ovipositing. The 
nymphs, after being released, seemed none the worse for the attack 
and walked off about their affairs as if nothing had happened. None 
of the earlier observed attacks resulted in the development of any 
larvae, and it seemed this part of the story would not be secured, 
but after the last female had died one of the nymphs, perhaps four or 
five days after being placed with the wasp, showed a translucent, 
rounded mass under the wing pad, which increased in size for three 
or four days, remaining colorless, and then managed to complete its 
feeding and cocooning, while not under observation and these details 
were not seen. The larva, however, died without completing its trans- 
formation and was devoured by a mite. [It is pointed out that simi- 
larly in other Dryinidae the ege is inserted within the body of the 
prey and the resulting larva emerges into a larval sac beneath the 

3 [R. C. L. Perkins (4) in his observations of the dryinid Echthrodelphax states 
that under unnatural conditions such as the confinement of a small jar or glass 


tube, and probably under the pressure of hunger the wasps attack their leafhopper 
hosts frequently killing them outright and to some extent devouring them. | 


26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


wine pad and after some days of growth entirely devours the body 
contents and then leaves the empty skin of the host to cocoon else- 
where. | 

After a female Ampulicomorpha was placed in a tube with nymphs 
of Epiptera and some attacks upon the nymphs had been made, the 
commotion soon died down and wasp and nymphs became quiet, mov- 
ine about only when disturbed. With the addition of fresh nymphs 
to the tube, the same commotion and attack would be renewed, fol- 
lowed again by quiet. While very few nymphs besides the preadult 
instar were available for use, it seemed that these were preferably 
attacked when present. In no instance did the wasps show any inter- 
est in adults of Hpiptera present with them. While these experi- 
ments were going on, a species of Catona, the other achiliid genus in 
the local fauna, was bred and on two or three occasions nymphs of 
Catonia were placed with the Ampulicomorpha, which showed no 
interest in them. It is desirable, however, that this matter should 
be further investigated since it is not quite certain that these may not 
sometimes be attacked. 

The cocoons collected were placed in separate tubes for rearing, and 
when newly emerged males and females were placed together copula- 
tion resulted immediately, with almost no preliminary courting, and 
continued for some minutes. Thereafter the sexes seemed indifferent 
to each other but the addition of fresh males would result in renewed 
mating. 

When males were placed in tubes with cocoons, they showed no 
interest in them, differing in this conspicuously from the males of the 
bethylid genus Sclerodermus, (studied some years ago), which would 
force their way into the unopened cocoons and mate with the young 
females within (5). Unlike that genus the cocoons remain intact after 
emergence, except for the opening through which the adult escapes. 

While the Ampulicomorpha cocoons are often found in groups with 
a colony of Epiptera, they are never placed in cocoon masses such as 
are common among the bethylids, each one being formed separately 
and entirely distinct from the others, even when touching. 

The pupae of Ampulicomorpha lie in the cocoons with the dorsum 
against the substratum so that the mandibles of the developing adult 
lie in contact with the wall of the cocoon, a little before its end and 
in emerging the adult itself unaided gnaws out an emergence hole 
and escapes with none of the subsocial behavior of Sclerodermus. 


LITERATURE CITED 

1. Bridwell, J. C. 1937. [Notes on the Prey of Bembecinus and Ampulicomorpha 
sp.] Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash., vol. 39: 14-15. 

Ashmead, W. H. 1893. U. S. Natl. Mus. Bul. 45: 79-80. 

Brues, C0. £9225 Psyche 29s 7 

Perkins, R. C. L. 1905. Rept. Experiment Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters Assoe. 
sull. ##1(1): 1-69. 

5. Bridwell, J. C. 1920. Proce. Hawaii Ent. Soc. 4: 291-314. 


iw oe te 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 o7 


JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL, 1877-1957 


John Colburn Bridwell was born at Pella, Texas, September 23, 


1877, and died near Culpeper, Virginia, August 9, 1957. Of the 
Bruchidae, or seed beetles, he became the leading scholar of his time, 
and he also contributed significantly to our knowledge of other insect 
eroups, especially the aculeate wasps. From 1920 until 1943 he was 
a member of the Entomological Society of Washington, and during 
much of that period he was located at the U. 8S. National Museum. 
He was an unusual entomologist, endowed with tremendous enthusi- 
asm for natural history, remarkably well schooled in fundamentals 
and the early literature of his group, very well informed on botanical 
matters, and a keen observer and indefatigable collector in the field. 

Bridwell’s paternal ancestors were English; his great-grandfather, 
Strother Bridwell, moved westward from Stafford County, Virginia, 
in the middle 1700’s. His mother’s people were Scotch-Irish and 
Dutch; they too came to America at an early date, and their descend- 
ants still live in eastern Massachusetts. William Wallace Bridwell. a 
circuit-riding Methodist minister, was father of the future entomolo- 
sist, who was born in a frontier home at Pella, in northern Texas, 
not far from the Chickasaw Nation in what is now Oklahoma. He had 
six brothers and one sister. The family moved to Baldwin, Kansas, 
site of Baker University, when Bridwell was only four to five vears 
old. He was graduated from Baker with a degree of B.S. in the Class 
of 1900. In 1899 he published his first paper, a list of IKKansas Hymen- 
optera. As a boy he had suffered an injury to his leg, when a gun 
went off in a spring wagon while on a hunting trip. This made him 
lame all the remainder of his life and may have been partly respon- 
sible for his spending time in the quiet pursuit and observation of 


28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


insects as a young man, thus determining his career. It may also 
have helped to shape his personality, giving him an independence 
and a distaste for routine work patterns. 

The chronology of Bridwell’s professional affiliations after leaving 
Baker University, and prior to going to Hawaii in 1913, is as follows: 
Fellow, Ohio State University, 1901-1902; Assistant to State Ento- 
mologist, Georgia, 1902; Federal employee on tobacco stalk weevil 
(Trichobaris) at Willis, Texas, March-July, 1903; instructor in Zo- 
ology, University of New Hampshire, 1903; Fellow, Massachusetts 
Agricultural College, 1906; Professor of Biology, Pacific College (Ore- 
gon), 1907; instructor in Zoology and assistant entomologist, Oregon 
State College, 1907-1911; instructor in Entomology, University of 
California (Berkeley), 1911-1913. Some of the positions were held 
for brief periods. He remained in New Hampshire at least until the 
sprine of 1904, as shown by the record of Ctenothrips bridwella 
Franklin, which he collected at Dover, N. H., April 11, 1904. While 
in Massachusetts he identified many Hymenoptera in the College col- 
lection, and he was closely associated with Dr. H. J. Franklin, who 
was actively studying bumblebees, and with Dr. E. A. Back, who 
later was with him in Hawaii and who became his supervisor in the 
Bureau of Entomology. 

In 1913 Bridwell was appointed Assistant Superintendent, Division 
of Entomology, Board of Agriculture and Forestry, Territory of 
Hawaii. He arrived in Honolulu about June 3, 1913, about two weeks 
after the arrival of Dr. Filippo Silvestri, who, since the previous 
July, had been on a trip to Africa in search of parasites which it was 
hoped would contribute to the control of the Mediterranean fruit fly 
and the horn fly. His work on the program of rearing and releasing 
parasites began June 8, and he had the advantage of spending a few 
days with Dr. Silvestri. Durine the summer he assisted David T. 
Fullaway in the rearing activities, and during October 1-December 31 
was in charge of the program, aided by a crew of three to five workers. 
The magnitude of the program is indicated by the published figure of 
92,658 parasites (4 species) which were reared during October-Decem- 
ber, and the total of 99,376 parasites (5 species) which were liberated 
in the period June 1-December 31, 1913. 

In May 1914, Bridwell and Fullaway left Hawaii for Olokomeji, 
Nigeria, for the special purpose of obtaining Tetrasticus giffardianus, 
a parasite which Silvestri had discovered the previous year, but which 
did not survive the trip to Hawaii. They soon found it and other 
parasites, and Fullaway departed with them for Honolulu. Bridwell 
remained in West Africa to colleet specimens of the rich fauna, and 
within a few months made a large collection. However, he contracted 
a serious case of malaria and went to South Africa to be hospitalized. 
After recovering, he made further collections, made an extended stop 
in Australia for additional field work, and finally returned to Hawaii 
late in 1915. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 29 


Early in 1916 Bridwell left the employ of the Board of Agriculture 
and Forestry, spent some time working privately at the Experiment 
Station of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, and late in the 
fall was appointed to the staff of the Bishop Museum as an assistant 
to O. H. Swezey, Honorary Curator of Entomology. A primary task 
was to aid in the arrangement of the Helms Collection, recently ob- 
tained from Australia, but an accident disabled him so that little was 
accomplished that year. By 1918 he had returned to private research 
and was studying Bruchidae with great enthusiasm. This specialty 
led to his employment, November 20, 1919, to February 1, 1920, by 
the Union Feed Company of Honolulu, to study the insects, mainly 
bruchids, attacking alearoba beans. 

In January 1920 Bridwell was appointed as a specialist on Bruchi- 
dae and their parasites by the Bureau of Entomology, and in the late 
spring of that year went to Washington to undertake the study of 
the family, thus beginning his lone association with the U.S. National 
Museum. In December he went to Texas to collect and ship bruchid 
parasites to Hawai, and from then until he left the Bureau in early 
1924 he divided his time between the Museum and the field. 

Bridwell left for India in August 1924 and remained there until 
1927, engaged in a business partnership based on the exportation of 
cashew nuts. His time, except for side trips, was mainly divided 
between Portuguese Goa and the vicinity of Bombay. 

Following his return to Washington in 1927, Bridwell did private 
research, mainly on bruchids, at the National Museum until he left 
the Washington area in March 1944. During part of this period he 
was alded by a private cooperator interested in supporting research 
on bruchids. While working at the Museum Bridwell lived in several 
communities, mainly in Virginia, and twice his residence burned. 
After leaving the Museum he lived about two years at Hillsboro, Vir- 
ginia, then at Culpeper for about a year, and finally he lived alone 
in a small country house at Lignum, Virginia, from May 1947 until 
it burned in December 1955. While there he assembled a few notes 
for publication, but suffered the loss of nearly all remaining unpub- 
lished notes, of which there were many, in the fire. In the spring of 
1956 failing health forced him to enter a home for the aged. Follow- 
ing his death and cremation, the ashes were scattered in a woodland 
area of natural beauty, at Cabin John, Maryland, in accordance with 
his wish. 

Surviving relatives include a daughter, Juliet, in Washington, 
D. C., and seven granddaughters, also two brothers, Arthur in Bald- 
win, Kansas, and Robert in Cleveland, Oklahoma. On November 11, 
1912, at Ukiah, California, Bridwell married Miss Juliet Greer, who 
was President of her class at Vassar College, and was Dean of Domes- 
tic Science and Art at Oregon State College, when they met. Mrs. 
Bridwell continued some teaching, both in Hawaii, where their daugh- 
ter was born in 1918, and in New York City during her husband’s 


30 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


early years in Washington. She shared many travels with him, join- 
ine him in India in 1925, and meeting him in Australia on his return 
from Africa. In Australia his collecting ventures in unexplored areas 
led to lone absences, and after one such occasion he and Mrs. Bridwell 
sat in their hotel in Sydney and read in New York and San Francisco 
newspapers that he had been lost in the bush! She died December 12, 
1942, when the family was living at Vienna, Virginia, near Wash- 
meton. DC: 

During his residence in Honolulu, Bridwell was a member of the 
Hawaiian Entomological Society, and he was elected Secretary-Treas- 
urer for 1914, but was able to serve only briefly because of his depar- 
ture for Africa. He was very active in the presentation of notes at 
meetings, and they may be consulted in the Proceedings, volumes 3 
and 4. Later he became active in the Entomological Society of Wash- 
ington. Abstracts of the notes given by him there appear in volumes 
10-13, 15 and 19 (1920-23, 1925, 1929) of the Journal of the Wash= 
ineton Academy of Sciences (pages carrying reports of Entomological 
Society meetings shown in Contents at end of each volume), and 
in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, vol- 
tunes 35-37, 39, 44, and 46 (1933-1944). Amone notes dealing with 
bruchids, the following merit special mention: Jour. Wash. Acad. 
Sel. 12: 464, 467, 1922. 13° 261-262, W252 e155 80, 919253 Procaskmits 
soe. Wash., 37: 185.1986. 46-123, 1944) 

A great many unusually valuable specimens deposited in the Na- 
tional Museum, mostly in Bruchidae, Chrysomelidae, Curculionidae. 
and Hymenoptera, attest Bridwell’s remarkable observational ability 
through their sienificant associated biological information. For many 
years he cooperated closely with the late H. S. Barber, not only in 
the acquisition of notes on the habits and relationships of various 
beetles, but on the intricacies of their nomenclature as well. He 
always retained a deep interest in Hymenoptera. In 1936 he discov- 
ered in Vireinia, for the first time in the United States. the ant Aner- 
gates, a social parasite of another ant, Tetramorium. In the middle 
and Jate 1930’s he worked out the unusual biology of the previously 
little known primitive sawflies of the genus Vyela, and studied their 
parasites of the genus Idiogramma (formerly pee (re- 
ported in notes, and by Cushman, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27: 438-444, 
1957). He was proud that standard reference works, such as fe lausen’s 
Knto~opvbaeous Insects, contained references to his pioneer work with 
wasps in Hawaii. 

Bridwell’s hfe was plagued by misfortunes, the accidents and fires 
already mentioned, and also by his own fertile mind that seemed 
ever to beckon him alone the untrodden paths of new investieations 
before the results of the previous ones were written. It is a vitv that 
an entomologist of his great and proven ability did not publish more, 
vet his published record and the assembled material resulting from 
his collecting and observations are marks of long-lastine accomplish- 


ment. ASHLEY B. GURNEY 
GEORGE B. VOGT 


1906. 


1914. 


1916. 


Oiler: 


1920. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 31 


PAPERS BY JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL 
A list of Kansas Hymenoptera. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sei. 16: 203-211. 
(Letter to Dr. L. O. Howard, dated Sept. 5, 1903, under ‘‘ Additional obser- 
vations on the tobacco stalk weevil’’). U.S.D.A., Div. Ent. Bull. 44: 44-46, 
A second species of the hymenopterous genus Odontophyes Konow (Xyeli- 
nae.) Ent. News 17: 94. 
(Report | Division of Entomology, Board of Agric. & For.| for period from 
Oct. 1 to Dee. 31, 1913). Bull. Board of Agric. & For., Terr. of Hawaii 
3: 154-160 (plus 7 tables). 
Breeding fruit-fly parasites in the Hawaiian Islands. Jour. Econ. Ent. 9: 
472-476. 
Notes on Synagris. Proce. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 3: 261. 
A note on an #pyris and its prey. Ibid., 3: 262-263. 
Notes on the Thynnidae. Tbid., 3: 263-265, 
Notes on a peregrine bethylid. Tbid., 3: 276-279. 
Notes on Dictyophorodelphax mirabilis. Thid.. 3: 279-280. 
Notes on the entomology of Hawaiian Huphorbia with the description of a 
new Dictyophorodelphax (Homoptera, Delphacidae). Tbid., 3: 385-387. 
Notes on the habits of Brosconymus optatus Sharp (Carabidae). Tbid. 3: 
391-392. 
Certain aspects of medical and sanitary entomology in Hawaii. Trans. Med, 
Soc. Hawaii for 1916-1917; 27-32. 
Insects in relation to the storage of food in Hawaii. Proe. Hawaii Ent. 
Soe. 3: 506-509. . 
Notes on the Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian Islands. Tbid., 
3: 465-505. 
Descriptions of new species of hymenopterous parasites of muscoid Diptera 
with notes on their habits. Ibid. 4: 166-179. 
Bruchididae of the Helms Collection. Thid., 4: 41. 
Dictyophorodelphax praedicta sp. nov. (Homoptera, Delphacidae). Ibid., 43 
elo etice alls 
Miscellaneous notes on Hymenoptera. With deseriptions of new genera and 
species. Ibid., 4: 109-165. 
Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera) with deserip- 
tions of new speeies. Ibid., 4: 21-38. 
Notes on Nesomimesa antennata (Smith) (Hymenoptera). Ibid., 4: 40-41. 
Some additional notes on Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian 
Islands. Ibid., 4: 15-20. 
Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera) with deserip- 
tion of a new genus and species. 2nd paper. Ibid., 4: 291-314. 
The insect fauna of the Hawaiian bunch grasses (Hragrostis variabilis and 
allies). Ibid.. 4: 278-283. 


Insects injurious to the Algaroba feed industry. Hawaiian Planters’ Record 
22: 337-343. 
Notes on the Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian Islands, 3rd 


paper. Ibid., 4: 403-409. 


bo 


1920. 


1929. 


1930. 


1931. 


1932. 


1938. 


1940. 


1942. 


1944. 


1946. 


1952. 


PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


Miscellaneous notes on Hymenoptera, 2nd paper, with descriptions of new 
species. Ibid., 4: 386-403. 

A new lowland Plagithmysine carambycid from Oahu with notes on its 
habits (Coleoptera). Ibid., 4: 314-323. 

Notes on Nesotocus Giffardi Perkins (Coleoptera). Ibid., 4: 250-256, 6 
fos eps 

The host plant and habits of Acanthoscelides griseolus (Fall) Coleoptera). 
Proce. Ent. Soc. Washington 25: 79-80. 

Deseription of a bruchid immigrant into Hawaii breeding in the seeds of 
Convolvulaceae (Coleoptera). Ibid., 32: 112-114. 


The cowpea bruchid (Coleoptera) under another name 


a plea for one kind 
of entomological specialist. Ibid., 31: 39-44. 

A preliminary generic arrangement of the palm bruchids and allies (Cole- 
optera) with descriptions of new species. Ibid., 37: 141-160. 

Thelytoky or arrhenotoky in Sclerodermus immigrans. Psyche 36: 119-120. 
(Designation of Bruchus robiniae F. as genotype of Amblycerus Thunberg ). 
Footnote 7, p. 29, In Pierce, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 77:, Art. 17, pp. 1-34. 
Bruchidae infesting seeds of Compositae, with descriptions of new genera 
and species (Coleoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington 33: 37-42. 

The subfamilies of the Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Ibid., 34: 100-106. 
Collecting insects in herbaria. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Garden 33: 105-109. 

(J. C. Bridwell & L. J. Bottimer) The hairy-vetch bruchid, Bruchus brachi- 
alis Fahraeus, in the United States. Jour. Agric. Research (U. S.) 46: 
739-751. 

(Synonymous names of Acanthoscelides obtectus (Say) and Callosobruchus 
maculatus F.) pp. 4-5 In A. O. Larson & C. K. Fisher, U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. 
993, pp. 1-70. 

Specularius erythrinae, a new bruchid affecting seeds of Erythrina (Cole- 
optera). Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. 28: 69-76. 

(H. 8. Barber & J. C. Bridwell) Dejean catalogue names (Coleoptera). 
3ull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 35: 1-12. 

Two new American bean bruchids (Coleoptera). Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat. 
44: 249-258 (1940). 

A new Amblycerus affecting seeds of Prosopis chilensis in Puerto Rico and 
Hispaniola. Jour. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 27: 133-135 (Number for July 
1943 ). 

The genera of beetles of the family Bruchidae in America north of Mexico. 
Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. 36: 52-57. 

A new genus of Bruchidae affecting Hibiscus in Argentina (Bruchinae; 
Acanthoseelidini). Tbid., 42: 49-50. 

Notes on Bruchidae affecting the Anacardiaceae, including the description 
of a new genus. Ibid., 42: 124-126. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


oO 


— ge aeel hs » tes 


le ok Seo 
FETC SS 


Adam Giede Boving 
1869-1957 


Adam Giede Béving, internationally known specialist on beetle lar- 
vae, died at his home, 221 Rock Creek Church Road, Washington, 
D. C., on March 16, 1957, in his 88th year. His death was preceded 
by two short bouts of illness caused first by heart failure and then 
circulatory difficulties from which, however, satisfactory recovery was 
being made. His passing was peaceful, the result of a second throm- 
bosis. 

Born in Saby, Denmark, July 31, 1869, he was the son of Niels 
Orten Bovine, a Lutheran minister. Because the income of a country 
minister must have been extremely modest, Adam and his two brothers 
and three sisters knew the necessity for frugality early in life. It was 
at considerable sacrifice by the rest of the family that Adam was 
encouraged in his intense desire to follow scholarly pursuits. After 
the required preparatory education, including six years in Latin 
school, he entered the University of Copenhagen in 1888. 

He lived at the home of a wealthy uncle during the first two years 
at the University, but moved to less pretentious quarters, where he 
found living under more difficult economic conditions more satisfying, 
since his pursuit of knowledge was not interrupted by so many social 


34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


diversions. He supported himself by teaching courses in botany and 
zoology in a school for boys and a school for girls. He enjoyed teach- 
ing very much and continued for years afterwards, even after he had 
completed his education and obtained a position at the Zoological 
Museum. 

At the University, Bovine came under the influence of Professor 
Frederik Meinert, and in later years he fondly referred to Meinert 
as ‘‘my old teacher.’” Meinert had considerable acquaintance with 
immature insects and it is very hkely that he influenced Boving’s 
choice of the subject for his dissertation. The chrysomelid genus 
Donacia, larvae of which live on aquatic plants below the water level, 
was the subject of his thesis research. Careful observations on the 
biology and the intricate adaptations to submerged living, coupled 
with a painstaking study on anatomy, led to a dissertation of out- 
standine merit. Much of the information was gathered while Adam 
“lived with’’ the insects at a small lake, Fures6en, where Professor 
Wesenbere Lund maintained a summer laboratory. Bovine defended 
his thesis successfully and received the degree of Doctor of Philosophy 
in 1906. Before he completed his formal education he had an official 
status at the Royal Zoological Museum, and after he received his 
degree he continued as Assistant Curator of Entomology until he 
came to the United States. 

During the winter of 1907-08, Dr. Béving studied the collections 
of beetle larvae at Paris, London and Cambridge. He had many 
pleasant experiences there and was greatly stimulated through ae- 
quaintance with several leading scientists in those entomological ecen- 
ters. While still at London, in the spring of 1908, he was asked to 
join a Danish expedition that was organized to study the geology and 
biology of Southeastern Iceland. The report of the trip formed the 
basis, years later, for his address as retiring President of the Ento- 
mological Society of Washineton. 

In 1903, Dr. Bovine married Paula Brénnum. Eight years later 
his wife became ill and died shortly thereafter from tuberculosis. 

From 1906 to 1913 Bovine broadened his knowledge of coleopterous 
larvae, and the background obtained during those years prepared 
him for the breadth of his later understanding of the problems pre- 
sented by those larvae. It was also during this period that he pro- 
duced a significant contribution to the basic information on adult 
Coleoptera: a study of the musculature of male genitalia of dytiscids. 

The circumstances through which Dr. Bovine knew of the possi- 
bility of a position in the United States Bureau of Entomology are 
obscure. At any rate Bovine came to the United States and received 
a conditional appointment, effective April 1, 1913, as ‘‘Expert’’ in 
the Bureau of Entomology. Boving was not loathe to leave Denmark 
for the larger United States. He felt that there was greater oppor- 
tunity to carry on research in his chosen field, and he greatly admired 
L. O. Howard. Furthermore he was too able a man to remain Assist- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


ant Curator at the Copenhagen Museum, but the position of Curator, 
to which he had aspired, was not available to him. 

He found life and associations pleasing in this country and felt so 
stronely about the desirable features of the United States that he 
was able to convince Anna Christensen that she should leave Denmark 
and join him here. She came in 1916 and arrived at New York after 
being on board ship for 18 days. The Bovings were married in New 
York and then proceeded to Washington. Shortly thereatter they 
bought the house on Rock Creek Church Road that was to become 
their home. Bovine became a citizen of the United States in 1918, 
and continued in the Department of Agriculture until his retirement 
at the end of July 1939. At that time he held a position as Senior 
Entomologist. 

Even though retired he was actively involved in research on larvae 
and imagines of the scarabaeid genus Phyllophaga, sponsored jointly 
by the American Philosophical Society and the National Academy of 
Sciences, reported in 1942 as Memoir No. 2 of the Entomological 
Society of Washineton. During World War IT he was prevailed upon 
to reenter Government service and was reinstated effective June 1, 
1942. Although in his 73rd year he was in good health and was able 
to work the six-day work week required during the war years. [is 
reinstatement continued almost three years before he again retired, 
Avril 30, 1945. While he was reemploved, Dr. Boving spent a month 
(February, 1944) on the Texas-Mexico border with personnel of the 
Division of Foreien Plant Quarantines. It was one of the pleasanter 
trips of his career for he had an opportunity to pass on to the imspec- 
tors a part of the vast fund of knowledge he possessed and to train 
them to make identifications of the more commonly intercepted beetle 
larvae. 

When Bovine came to the United States he found a great deal to 
interest him in the collections of the National Museum. Numerous 
larvae were available for study, larvae collected by Hubbard, Schwarz 
and Barber in their foresighted realization of the importance of lar- 
vae to a knowledge of insects. Furthermore, Boving was most closely 
associated with entomologists who were concentrating on forest insects 
and who were rearing and conducting field studies on many species 
of insects, under the direction of A. D. Hopkins. From those rearings 
a large amount of material accumulated, much of it representing 
eroups the larvae of which were previously unknown. In later years 
these collections were augmented significantly by gifts and exchanges 
which were arranged in large part by Dr. Boving. The National 
Museum contains many larvae sent from Denmark, especially by J. P. 
Kryger, and that fine material attests the long friendship and mutual 
respect of the two men. Other important exchanges were arranged 
with such outstanding students of beetle larvae as van Emden in Eng- 
land and Gardner in India. In the United States also, respect for 
30ving resulted in the deposit at the Museum of important material 
from Keifer, Ritcher, Glen, ete. 


36 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


Dr. Bovine must have brought with him from Denmark the idea 
of separating the larger groups of Coleoptera on the basis of larval 
characters. It was not long after his arrival that he and F. C. Craig- 
head began working together on such a project. Later they received 
active assistance from St. George, Hyslop, and others. The masterful 
Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of Coleoptera was completed 
in the middle 1920’s and was published by the Brooklyn Entomologi- 
cal Society, with a personal subsidy from Bovine, in four parts in 
1930 and 1981. 

There can be no doubt of the stimulating effect that the Synopsis 
had on the study of beetle larvae in the United States as well as in 
other countries. For the first time a serious effort to arrange the lar- 
vae of this major order of insects in a natural or nearly natural sys- 
tem was successful. No attempt was made by the authors to develop 
any startling changes in the existing classification of the Coleoptera. 
Some changes were imperative, however, and subsequent reexamina- 
tion of the adults has proved them justified. The desirability of addi- 
tional changes was indicated in places as a e@uide to workers on adult 
Coleoptera that the existing arrangement should be reviewed. 

Before, as well as after, the appearance of the Synopsis, Dr. Bovine 
published many important papers dealing with large families of Cole- 
optera or important groups within families. The breadth of interest 
and facility with which these various problems were approached and 
handled demonstrate his remarkable abilities. After retirement he 
continued his very active interest in these researches and produced a 
monumental work on larvae of the Anobiidae. At the time of his 
death he was studying larvae of the Nitidulidae. He had completed 
careful drawines of the available genera, developed a key to them, 
and had hoped to inelude a diagnosis for each genus. His excellent 
drawings and the manuseript notes will be prepared for formal 
publication. 

Dr. Boving’s stature as a scientist was widely recognized in this 
country and various countries in Europe. He was an honorary mem- 
ber of several of the numerous scientific societies to which he belonged. 
Kuropean societies with which he was affiliated include the following: 

Zoological and Botanical Society of Finland (Correspondent ) 

Entomological Society of Finland (Correspondent ) 

Entomological Society of Denmark (Honorary Member) 

Danish Natural History Society (Correspondent ) 

Entomological Society of Stockholm (Honorary Member) 

Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters 
Tf¥e was a member of the following societies in the United States: 

Washineton Academy of Sciences 

Entomological Society of Washington (Honorary Member) 

Society of Sigma Xi—Distriet of Columbia Chapter (Honorary 

Member) 
Biological Society of Washineton (Life Member) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


(eX) 
~] 


Brooklyn Entomological Society (Honorary Member ) 

Entomological Society of America (Honorary Fellow) 

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (Correspondent ) 

American Association for the Advancement of Science 
He was appointed as an Associate in Zoology by the Smithsonian 
Institution in 1939. 

One of the finest honors paid Dr. Boving was his designation as a 
Knight of the Order of Dannebrog, conferred on him in 1927, and 
in 1949 he received the more imposing title of Commander in the 
same Order. It is probable that the fact that he was born in Denmark 
had some bearing on his being so honored by the Danes. However, 
the decisions to confer the honors were undoubtedly based on a recog- 
nition of Dr. Bovine’s contributions to entomology and demonstrate 
the importance attributed to scientific accomplhshments by the Danish 
Government. The honor was, further, a recognition of his help to 
many visiting Danish scientists by making their trips to the United 
States more pleasant and profitable. 

His scientific stature was again recognized by Danish scientists in 
1934. At that time he and his family were invited to make a trip to 
Denmark where he delivered a series of lectures on the organization 
of entomological research in the United States. He also had an oppor- 
tunity to discuss the classification of beetle larvae with scientists from 
Denmark and other European countries. 

Dr. Bovine is survived by his wife, Anna, who resides at the home 
on Rock Creek Church Road, a son, Dr. Bent Bovine, who holds a 
responsible position in the Department of Embryology, Carnegie In- 
stitution of Washineton, in Baltimore, Maryland, and three grand- 
children. Three sisters, living in Denmark, also survive. 

In addition to a delightful personality, Dr. Boving possessed many 
sterling qualities of mind and heart. A man of high ideals, and abso- 
lute freedom from professional jealousy, his genial, wholesome, cour- 
teous disposition readily won for him enduring friendships wherever 
he went, and the breadth of his intellectual attainments and ability 
to converse with his friends on a wide variety of subjects of interest 
to them proved unquestionably one of his fine attributes. That gift 
and the obvious friendliness of both Dr. Béving and his sweet wife, 
Anna, made even casual visitors completely at ease in their company 
and in their home. An energetic, careful worker, a patient observer, 
tireless in his efforts always to maintain highest standards of excel- 
lence, association with him was made a constant source of inspiration 
to his colleagues. Likewise, he will long be remembered with gratitude 
for his deep interest in the problems and the advancement of younger 
workers, particularly those whose good fortune it was to be for a 
time under the stimulus of his leadership. It was a source of deep 
satisfaction to him that some of these later advanced into positions of 
leadership and responsibility in entomology. A quiet, serene and 
kindly spirit, the memory of Adam Giede Béving will long hold high 
place of veneration and affection in the hearts of all of those who 
knew him best. 


1906. 
1907. 


LOMO: 


OM. 


1913. 


OM: 


1919. 


1920. 


1921. 


1922. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


Bibliography! 

Donaciinlarvernes Naturhistorie. Copenhagen. 263 pp., 7 pls., 70 text figs. 

Om Paussiderne og Larven til Paussus kannegietert Wasm. Vidensk. Medd. 
Naturhist. Foren. 1907: 109-136, 1 pl., 5 text figs. 

Natural history of the larvae of Donaciinae. Intern, Rey. Hydrobiol. Leip- 
zig. 108 pp., 7 pls., 70 text figs. 

Nye Bidrag til Carabernes Udviklingshistorie, Part 1. Ent. Medd. (2nd 
series) 3: 320-376, Pl. 6, 15 text figs. 

Nye Bidrag til Carabernes Udviklingshistorie, Part II. Ent. Medd. (2nd 
series) 4: 129-180, Pls. 5-9. 

Studies relating to the anatomy, the biological adaptations, and the mechan- 
ism of ovipositor in the various genera of Dytiscidae. Intern. Rey. 
Hydrobiol. Leipzig. pp. 1-28, Pls. 1-6. 

On the abdominal structure of certain beetle larvae of the campodeiform 
type. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 55-61, Pls. 3-5. 

On Mnemonica auricyanea Walsingham. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 16: 151-163, 
Pls. 9-16. (August Busek and A. G. Boving). 

Notes on the larva of Hydroscapha and some other aquatic larvae from 
Arizona. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 169-174, Pls. 17-18. 

A generic synopsis of the coccinellid larvae in the United States National 
Museum, with a description of the larva of Hyperaspis binotata Say. 
Proce; U.S! Natls Muss 5 621-2650 Pls 1salos 

Captain Allan Hinson Jennings. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 21: 61-63, Pl. 3. 
(W. Dwight Pierce, August Busck and Adam Boving). 

in Runner, G. A. The tobacco beetle: an important pest in tobacco products. 
(With technical descriptions of coleopterous larvae.) U. S. Dept. Agr. 
Bul. 737, pp. 12-14.°33-34" Pls! 4s 

in Ainslie, George G. The cornpith weevil (Centrinus penicellus Hhbst.) 
(Description of last instar larva). Jour. Eeon. Ent. 13: 277-280, Fig. 10. 

Larvae of North American beetles of the family Cleridae. Proe. U. S. 
Natl. Mus. 57: 575-649, Pls. 42-538. (A. G. Béving and A. B. Cham- 
plain). 

The larva of Popillia japonica Newman and a closely related undetermined 
ruteline larva, a systematic and morphological study. Proce. Ent. Soe. 
Wash. 23: 51-62. Pls. 5-6. 

3iology of Embaphion muricatum. Jour. Agr. Res. 22: 323-334, Pls. 31-32. 
(J. S. Wade and A. G. Béving). 

The larvae and pupae of the social beetles Coccidotrophus socialis (Schwarz 
and Barber) and Hunausibius wheeleri (Sehwarz and Barber) with re- 
marks on the taxonomy of the family Cuecujidae. Zoologica 3: 197-221, 
PIS 70! : 

The larva of the North American beetle Zenodosus sanguineus Say of the 
family Cleridae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 9-11, Pl. 4. (A. G. Béving 
and A. B. Champlain). 


1 This list of publications, including papers appearing in 1942, was prepared by 


Dr. Boving himself. 


1922. 


1930. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 39 


in Burke, H. E. The lead-cable borer or ‘‘short-eircuit beetle’? in Cali- 
fornia. Appendix: Taxonomy and morphology of the larval stages of 
Scobicia declivis Leconte. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bul. 1107: 49-54, Pls. 1-2. 

The historical development of the term ‘‘triungulin.’’ Jour. Wash. Acad. 
Sci. 14: 203-204. 

The blister beetle Tricrania sanguinipennis—hiology, descriptions of differ- 
ent stages, and systematie relationships. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64: 
1-40, Pls. 1-5. (J. B. Parker and A. G. Boving). 

The larva of the weevil Limnobaris rectirostris Leconte. Jour. N. Y. Ent. 
Soe. 32: 198-204, Pl. 16. 

Life-history studies of the tobacco flea-beetle in the Southern cigar-wrapper 
district. Jour. Agr. Res. 29: 575584, figs. 2-6. (F. S. Chamberlin, 
J. N. Tenhet and Adam G. Boéving). 

Herlufe Winge, (1857-1923). Jour. Mamm. 5: 196-199. 

Address of the retiring President. A Summer Trip in Iceland South of 
Vatna-jokul. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 27: 17-35. 

Immature stages of Hulechriops gossypii Barber, with comments on the 
classification of the tribe Zygopsini (Coleoptera: Cureulionidae). Proe. 
Ent. Soc. Wash. 28: 54-62, Pl. 7, text figs. A, B. 

The immature stages of Psephenoides gahani Champ. (Coleoptera: Dryopi- 
dae). Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 74: 381-388, Pls. 89-90. 

The larva of Nevermannia dorcatomoides Fisher with comments on the 
classification of the Anobiidae according to their larvae (Coleoptera: 
Anobiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29: 51-62, Pl. 3. 

On the classification of the Mylabridae-larvae (Coleoptera: Mylabridae). 
Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 29: 132-143, Pl. 8, text fig. 1. 

Immature stages of Humycterus (?) saccharidis Barber, with comments on 
the classification of the tribe Barini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Proc. 
Ent: Soc. Wash. 29: 151-159, Pl. 9, text fig. 2. 

Descriptions of larvae of the genera Diabrotica and Phyllobrotica, with a 
discussion of the taxonomic validity of the subfamilies Galerucinae and 
Halticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29: 
193-205, Pl. 11 (p. 206). 

The larva of Enoclerus lecontei Wolcott and Callimerus arcufer Chapin, of 
the beetle family Cleridae. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 30: 93-100, Pls. 5-6, 

On the classification of beetles according to larval characters. Bul. Brook- 
lyn Ent. Soc. 24: 55-97, Pls. 1-17. 

Beetle larvae of the subfamily Galerucinae. Proc. U. S. Natl Mus. 75: 
1-48, Pls. 1-5. 2 text figs. 

The pacific flathead borer. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bul. 83. 36 pp., 12 figs. 
(H. E. Burke and A. G. Béving). 

Taxonomic characters for identification of the mature larvae of Pissodes 
strobi Peck and Pissodes approximatus Hopkins (Fam. Curculionidae). 
Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 31: 182-187, Pl. 8, 3 text figs. 

Description of the larva of Cerotoma trifurcata Forster (Coleoptera: Chry- 
somelidae). Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 32: 51-59, Pl. 2. 


1935. 


1936. 


LOS. 


1938. 


1939 


1940. 


1942. 


1945. 


1954. 


1955. 


1956. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


-51. An illustrated synopsis of the principal larval forms of the order Cole- 


optera. Ent. Americana, 11 (n.s.), 351 pp., 125 pls. (A. G. Boving and 
EF. C. Craighead). 

Description of the larva of Decadiomus pictus Chapin (Seymnini, Coecin- 
ellidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46: 101-104, Pl. IT. 

Kampen mod de skadeliige Insekter i De Forenede Stater. Copenhagen. 
16 pp. 

Larva of Tetrigus fleutiauxi van Zwaluwenburg. Proc. Hawaii Ent. Soe. 
9: 49-61, Pl. 1, 4 text figs. (J. A. Hyslop and A. G. Boving). 

Deseription of the larva of Plectris aliena Chapin and explanation of new 
terms applied to the epipharynx and raster. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 38: 
169-185, Pls. 9-10, 2 text figs. 

Keys to the larvae of 4 groups and 438 species of the genus Phyllophaga. 
U. S. Dept. Agr. E 417, 8 pp., 1 pl. (Mimeograph). 

The developmental stages of the Danish Hydrophilidae. Vid. Medd. fra. 
Dansk Naturh. Foren. 102: 27-162, figs. 1-55. (A. G. Boving and 
Kk. L. Henricksen). 

Descriptions of the three larval instars of the Japanese beetle, Popillia 
japonica Newm. (Coleoptera: Searabaeidae). Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 
41: 183-191, Pls. 24-25. 

Morphological investigation of the taxonomically important structures of 
the larvae of the beetles of the genus Phyllophaga. Yearbook, Amer. 
Phil. Soe. 1940: 123-125. 

Descriptions of the larvae of some West Indian melolonthine beetles and a 
key to the known larvae of the tribe. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 
167-176, Pls. 18-19. 

Description of the third-stage larva of Amphimallon majalis Razoumowsky. 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 44: 111-1121, Pls: 10-11. 

A classification of larvae and adults of the genus Phyllophaga. Memoir 
No. 2, Ent. Soc. Wash. 96 pp., 11 Pls., 6 text figs. 

Description of the larva and pupa of the scarab beetle Ancylonycha min- 
danaona (Brenske). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 35: 13-15, figs. 1-8. 

Mature larvae of the beetle-family Anobiidae. Dan. Biol. Medd. 22(2) 
298 pp., 50 pls. 

A correction. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 202. 

A description of the mature larva of Ptinus californicus Pie. Ent. Medd. 
27; 229-241, 

C. F. W. MUESEBECK 

J. S. WADE 

W. H. ANDERSON 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 41 


NOW AVAILABLE 


Memoir 5 
of the 
Entomological Society of Washington 


A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF 
SOUTH AMERICA 


WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 
by Phyllis Truth Johnson 


The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen- 
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using 
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These 
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England 
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the 
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England 
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s 
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of 
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its 
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa- 
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects. 

Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted 
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic 
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera 
known to occur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and 
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De- 
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to 
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of 
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con- 
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas 
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts, 
each with the flleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information ; 
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close 
the volume. 


Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be 
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr. 
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research 
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. 


42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


SOCIETY MEETINGS 

The 660th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was 
called to order at 8:00 PM by President F. L. Campbell in Room 43 of the U. S. 
National Museum on Thursday, February 7, 1957. Forty two members and fifteen 
visitors were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and 
approved. 

P. X. Peltier gave the report of the Treasurer for 1956. Kellie O’Neill read 
the report of the Corresponding Secretary for 1956 for Kelvin Dorward, and 
Herbert J. Conkle gave the report of the Custodian for 1956. Each was accepted. 

The following candidates for membership wert presented and elected: Mrs. 
Minnie B. Callaway, Entomology Research Branch, ARS, U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. Stanley R. Joseph, Route 1, Box 28A, Annap- 
olis, Md. Horace R. Lanchester, Agricultural Research Service, Agricultural Cen- 
ter, Beltsville, Md. Dr. Frederico Lane, Departamento de Zoologia da Secretaria 
da Agricultura, Caixa Postal 7172, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Florence A. Snyder, Divi- 
sion of Inseets, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C., and Nixon Wilson, 
522 N. 3rd St., Bardstown, Ky. 

President Campbell suggested that local members of the Society contribute to 
the funds for the local Science Fairs in justice to non-resident members who will 
be called upon for support in their own areas. He will request members to fill out 
ecards for the Washington Academy of Sciences to indicate what they might be 
able to do to assist with the Science Fairs in the Washington area. 

Dr. Samuel H. Williams, Stanford Research Institute, spoke briefly about his 
recent experiences in Austria. Dr. Williams served as a guest professor in the 
Zoological Institute of the University of Vienna and became one of the best known 
and most respected American scientists in Austria because of his long and devoted 
service to that country in behalf of the United States. In 1956 Dr. Williams’ 
reputation was carried into Hungary by the Hungarian revolution of 1956, and he 
assisted many Hungarian scientists to make American contaets. Dr. Williams 
extolled the courage of Hungarians who had escaped Hungary and the hardships 
they had endured, and commended the Austrians for help in the form of food 
and shelter they gave to many thousands of Hungarians. In conclusion, he asked 
his audience to bear in mind the Hungarian scientists who have come or who may 
come to the United States and who will need further help. (President’s abstract) 

W. E. Bickley announced a forthcoming lecture entitled ‘‘Recent Researches on 
Honey Bee Physiology and Behavior,’’ by Dr. Eva Crane, sponsored by the Uni- 
versity of Maryland chapter of the Sigma Xi. Dr. Bickley also introduced Frank 
J. Burke, who exhibited cynipid galls on black oak, Quercus volutina, upon which 
his senior entomology project was based. 

Robert H. Nelson reported briefly upon a paper delivered by A. N. Tissot at 
the recent meeting of the Cotton States Branch, ESA. Dr. Tissot demonstrated 
an increase in the number of southern entomologists who received their training 


in southern institutions. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 43 


The principal paper of the evening was an address by retiring. President R. A. 
St. George, ‘‘Highlights of Fifty Years of Research on Insects Attacking Forest 
Produets.’’ 
United States by describing the study made by Dr. A. D. Hopkins of the killing 


of pines by Dendroctonus frontalis Zim., and the publication at about the same 


Mr. St. George traced the beginnings of forest entomology in the 


time of forest insect information by Dr. A. S. Packard in the Fifth Report of the 
U. S. Entomological Commission. In the U.S.D.A. career that made Dr. Hopkins 
known as the father of forest entomology, he was employed jointly by the Division 
of Entomology and the Forest Service, and when the Division of Forest Insects 
was created in 1902 he was ealled to Washington to become its chief and served 
until 1923. Dr. F. C. Craighead followed him and was succeeded in 1950 by the 
present Division leader, Dr. J. A. Beal. Mr. St. George recounted a number of 
advances in forest entomology made by Dr. Hopkins and his assistants, some of 
whom became specialists in taxonomy and were assigned to the Division of Insect 
Identification. Research on forest product insects includes studies on ambrosia 
beetles, bark beetles and wood borers at the Eastern Field Station, at Tallulah, 
La., and at Gulfport, Miss., and work on protection of logs and posts by sapstream 
injections at Asheville and Bent Creek, N. Car., and Hat Creek, Calif. At the 
Eastern Field Station the natural resistance of wood and of preservatives applied 
to wood by various methods were evaluated. Entomologists in Australia, South 
Africa, Hawaii, and Panama cooperated in the ‘International Termite Exposure 
Test,’’ now in its 28th year. The pressure treatment of buildings was studied in 
Panama, and the evaluation of soil poisons for termite control was studied at 
Long Island, Beltsville, Crown Point, La., Saucier, Miss., and the Canal Zone. 
Research on the biology and control of Lyctus powderpost beetles has been in 
progress since the early days of the Division at the Eastern Field Station, and 
ineludes projects at Tallulah, La., Beltsville, and Gulfport. During the past 5 
years, the old house borer, Hylotrupes bajalus (l.), has received a great deal of 
attention, and research on it has been initiated at Gulfport, Miss., and New 
Haven, Conn. 

Society members with long memories recognized some of the pioneer forest ento- 
mologists in the slides Mr. St. George showed. (Secretary’s abstract. ) 

Visitors introduced were Faustino C. Francia, Forest Products Laboratory, Col- 
lege of Agriculture, University of the Philippines; Dr. William Goodwin, en route 
to Libya with ICA; and Stanley Joseph, new member. 


The meeting was adjourned at 11:00 PM.—Ketuir O’NEILL, Recording Secre- 
tary. 


The 661st regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was 
called to order at 8:00 PM by President Campbell in Room 43 of the U. 8. 
National Museum on Thursday, March 7, 1957, with 39 members and 21 visitors 
attending. The minutes of the previous meeting were read, corrected, and approved. 


44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


President Campbell announced the appointment of a committee consisting of 
H. H. Shepard (chairman), W. H. Anderson, and E. F. Knipling, to revise the 
Society’s constitution and by-laws. He exhibited the Air Force edition (unbound) 
of the Handbook of Biological Data, and the directory recently issued by the 
Chemical Society of Washington, expressing his wish that the Society might have 
a similar one. 

F. W. Poos read J. S. Wade’s ‘‘Note on the Respiration of Entomologists,’’ 
from the 1929 Proceedings (31: 139). The concensus indicated that Mr. Wade’s 
observations are still pertinent. 

The principal paper of the evening was presented by George B. Vogt and was 
titled, ‘A Survey of Halogeton glomeratus Mey and Related Plants and the 
Insects Affeeting them in the Old World.’’ An eight-month survey of this and 
related plants and the insects affecting them was carried out in the arid regions 
of southern Spain, the Middle East, and the Far East. The purpose of this survey 
was to observe possible agents for biological control of this serious weed pest of 
western rangelands. The itinerary began with Vogt in southern Spain (near sea 
level) in late March and proceeded to Syria via Lebanon, central and northern 
Ivan, north-central Afghanistan and via New Delhi to Indus Valley (elevation 
10,500-11,000’) in Ladadakh. After September 10 the itinerary reversed over the 
same route in order to obtain the late seasonal picture. At Kabul, Vogt joined 
©. J. Davis and J. J. Drea and the three observed together the areas in north- 
central Afghanistan and Iran. Davis and Drea remained in Tehran in order to 
set up a laboratory for propagation and testing of candidate biological control 
agents for halogeton. Early in November, Vogt proceeded westward to Spain, not 
being able to re-enter Syria owing to the international crisis. In southern Spain, 
as further east, Halogeton was observed matured and in full fruit as contrasted to 
the small seedlings observed in the early spring. Five (one questionable) species 
ot Halogeton were studied. For each loeality surveyed for Halogeton, related 
plants of the Chaenopodiaceae, especially of the tribe Salsolae, were studied as 
well. Approximately 35 plant species in addition to the species of Halogeton were 
thus observed. Altogether 80 to 120 species of insects were found affecting 18 to 
20 species of the tribe Salsoleae. Included among these are the insects found to 
occur on Halogeton, one species of which, H. glomeratus, was too local and scarce 
to support significant populations. About 60-80 species of insects were found on 
the remaining species of Halogeton. Among these insects are examples that attack 
the seedling plant, suck stem leaf and braet, defoliate, bore stem, chew and bleed 
stem, bore taproot and crown, bore taproot, chew and bleed taproot, feed on 
fruiting branches and feed on seeds. In general the insects range widely in the 
vast geographical region surveyed and foodplantwise they range generally over 
the members of the tribe Salsoleae, apparently with only a few highly specific 
forms. However, there are indications and good possibilities that a number of 
them are forms sufficiently specialized that they will hardly range outside the 
tribe Salsoleae and much less likely outside the subfamily Suaedoidea to attack 
economic and otherwise important plants of the western U.S.A. belonging to the 
subfamily Chenopoidea, including sugar beet, table beet, spinach, and winterfat 
(Atriplex spp.). (Speaker’s abstract.) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 45 


Visitors introduced were Mr. and Mrs. Archie H. Symonds and Mrs. E. R. 
McGovran, and member J. Maldonado Capriles. Dr. Maldonado is en route to 
Pakistan as a public health officer for ICA. The meeting adjourned at 10:00 PM. 
—KeEwuie O’NEILL, Recording Seeretary. 


The 662nd regular meeting of the Society was held in Room 43 of the U. 8. 
National Museum on Thursday, April 4, 1957, with 33 members and 17 visitors 
present. President Campbell called the meeting to order at 8:00 PM and the 
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. 

President Campbell announced the appointment of a committee, consisting of 
A. B. Gurney (chairman), W. D. Reed and W. B. Wood, which is to advise the 
president on other committee appointments as well as to nominate officers for the 
coming year. 

The following persons were elected to membership: Alberto W. Vazquez,5722 N. 
llth St., Arlington, Va.; Dr. George W. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Virginia Poly- 
technic Institute, Blacksburg; Elroy R. Krestensen, Univ. Maryland Fruit Lab., 
Haneock; John A. Davidson, 239 Park Ave., Takoma Pk., Md.; and Robert O. 
Schuster, Dept. Entomology, University of California at Davis. 

President Campbell reported that a special Executive Committee meeting had 
been held to arrange the commemoration of the hundredth anniversary of Dr. 
L. O. Howard’s birth. It was voted that the Society join the Insecticide Society 
of Washington to sponsor a dinner appropriate to the occasion. M. D. Leonard 
was appointed chairman for this dinner. Helen Sollers told about activities honor- 
ing Dr. Howard in other societies, and suggested that members of the Society 
might tell their friends in other entomological groups about the Society’s plans. 
M. P. Jones asked President Campbell to place an item about the Howard dinner 
in the Entomological Society of America Bulletin. 

The deaths of R. A. Cushman, Ina L. Hawes, J. G. Saunders and Honorary 
Member A. G. Béving were announced by President Campbell, who appointed com- 
mittees to prepare the several obituaries. W. H. Anderson spoke about Dr. Boving; 
C. F. W. Muesebeck told about Mr. Cushman’s life and service to entomology ; 
Margaret S. Bryant, USDA Library, spoke about Miss Hawes; and President 
Campbell gave a talk on Mr. Saunders prepared by M. D. Leonard, who was 
not present. 

The principal speaker of the evening was Neal A. Weber of Swarthmore College, 
whose title was, ‘‘The Fungus-Growing Ants and their Fungi.’’ The primary 
purpose of the present studies is to explain how ants maintain a flourishing culture 
of only one fungus when they take into their nest a pellet of caterpillar or beetle 
feces containing the spores of Penicillium, Aspergillus, Trichoderma or other 
fungi and/or bacteria. While primarily a tropical American group, these ants 
have extended their range into the United States and the arid part of Mexico by 
finding the requisite and constant high humidity deep in the soil. Many species 
form a typical crater entrance, that of the Florida to New Jersey pine barrens, 
Trachymyrmex septentrionalis, is usually a semi-cireular crater, while other species 
may have cireular crater or turret entrances. Many species form large nests of 


46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


many thousands of workers. In order to study these colonies in detail, it is neces- 
sary to bring portions into the laboratory. A Petri dish may suffice for an entire 
colony of a small species, while others are kept in larger observation nests of 
lucite or glass. When a portion of a colony and part of its garden are placed on 
sterile nutrient agar, the ants may successfully maintain their own fungus as an 
island surrounded by numerous colonies of contaminants. To succeed in this man- 
ner appears to require an unusual antibiotic activity. The constant licking of the 
ant fungus and new substrate and the frequent defecation on them impart special 
qualities to the garden that may explain this condition. The ant fungi are being 
cultured in the absence of the ants. These fungi on standard nutrient media are 
easily overwhelmed by common contaminants. The fungus of the 2 mm. Cyphomyr- 
mex costatus Mann of Central America was successfully reared to the mature 
sporophore stage and represents the first ant fungus to be so reared. It is now 
being named by the French authority on the tropical members of this group. 
(Speaker’s abstract.) The paper was followed by questions and comments by 
President Campbell, Mr. Wade, T. E. Snyder, K. E. Lipinsky, W. H. Anderson, 
A. B. Gurney, and others. 

Visitors introduced were Katherine A. King, University of Maryland student, 
and W. G. Bruce, Plant Pest Control Division, ARS, USDA. 

The meeting was adjourned at 10.00 PM.—KeELLI£ O’NEILL, Recording Secre- 
tary. 


NEW AMMUNITION? 


Search for improved insecticides and fumigants 
gets high priority at DiamMonp’s enlarged 
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own 
products give evidence of this interest. We 
welcome requests for cooperation on research 


and development projects. 


Diamond 
Chemicals 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 47 


hat does iff really take, to bill inoats 


RESEARCH .... laboratory work that takes 


many years and millions of dollars 


TESTING .. . years of field work, to deter- 


mine effectiveness, dosages, side effects 


PRODUCTION to make commercial 


EDUCATION ... . teaching methods of use, 


gaining confidence and trust 


quantities available at an economically sound 
cost 


A great deal of work and knowledge goes into the 
development of insecticides. Once developed, how- 
ever, they re a priceless defense against the loss of 
food and fiber, the disease, and the annoyance 


Endrin, Parathion and Methyl Parathion. Each of 
them is rated most efficient for specific types of 
insect control, and all are available everywhere, in 
ready-to-use, reasonably priced formulations. If 


caused by man’s insect enemies. Velsicol Chemical you deal with any phase of insect control, we think 


Corporation manufactures five basic insecticides you will find technical information about these in- 


that are thoroughly proven, widely recommended, 
and extensively used: Heptachlor, Chlordane, 


secticides highly useful. 


WRITE FOR A BROCHURE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION, PREPARED BY VELSICOL’S ENTOMOLOGISTS! 
HEPTACHLOR © CHLORDANE e@ ENDRIN e PARATHION @ METHYL PARATHION 


VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 
330 East Grand Ave., Chicago 11, Illinois 


NEW! VELSICOL GIBBERELLINS ! 


Amozing plant growth stimulant Vels: 
cols newest contribution to increased 
ogricultural productivity Extensive re- 
search program in progress 


International Representative: Velsicol International Corporation, C.A 


P.O. Box 1687 © Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.I. 


VC 1126-7108 AS APPEARING IN: 


AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE, ANNUALS OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, CANADIAN ENTOMOLOGIST, FLORIDA 
ENTOMOLOGIST, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, 
PAN PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, PRECEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, D.C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 


Pyrenone 


HELPS TO PRESERVE 


PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL 


Pence quickly kills destructive, annoy- 
ing and disease-carrying insects. 

In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective 
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application 
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- 
tacks for an entire storage season. 

On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible 
stages of insects fast— even between showers of 
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not 
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- 
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly 
emerging parasites and predators are free to com- 
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize 
or feed upon destructive insect pests. 

This means that Pyrenone is completely com- 
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying 


insects. 
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C. 


FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION 


Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 
441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. 


BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES 


jwavt mare 


In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal 


ELA Cyanamid nd uu 


| - MALATHION 
q FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS 


“aa 
Es Fy: “With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied 
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of 
‘three years ‘of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved 
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for 
ay controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl 
E: and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition, 
pest hion, dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space. 
~ Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used 
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala- 
_thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product 
¥ have been most effective i in suppressing lice and horn flies. 


~ Do not apply malat hion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet 
‘ a a ee for this | use, nor oud it be used on calves under 


-. 


Zl 


a 


oats, rice, rye, ae grain eehutt and peanuts (post- 
grain \ipas ty Enea grain have a method of protect- 
o insects. _Malathion, either i in SBS or spray 


ae Hs fanart wie beetle, rice weevil, granary 
Pee g ‘ain ec oe grain pes red flour pects, 


Pee Indian meal atl laa las de- 
i Ho os malathion dusts or sprays at pre- 


® 


been n established on 37 additional crops, including: 


Fruits 
sp _ Bramble family 
rrots and other. root crop — Nectarines 
seeks—Shallots | 2 ae Quinces 
eaf vegetables AS ~ Currants 
-Gooseberries 


ie mushrooms, Dee a eet 


“American asend Corian. ienenuider pegeetnent 
f ai 30 pcan ts Plaza, New York 20, Nove, 


re 2 
a 


nee 
= 


\\ 


QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


y 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor, 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 

A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


~ 


VOL. 60 APRIL 1958 NO. 2 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLUGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 
BARBER, H. G.—A New Species of Nysius From Alaska and Alberta, Can- 
ada (Hemiptera, Rverdeitide ar waan eee meet at | a ee ee ee 70 


CUNLIFFE, F.—Pyroglyphus morlani, a New Genus and Species of Mite 
Forming a New Family Proglyphidae, in the Acaridiae (Acarina, Sar- 


SOD ELLO PETES) ees erie MO eM ca vee eu te lee ee 85 
DAVIDSON, J. A.—A New Species of Lizard Mite and a Generic Key to 
the Family Pterygosomidae (Acarina, Anystoidea) ~~ ~~ 75 


KROMBEIN, K. V.—Additions During 1956 and 1957 to the Wasp Fauna 
of Lost River State Park, West Virginia, with Biological Notes and Descrip- 


tions of New Species (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) _..-.--____--__ 49 
LA RIVERS, IRA—New Ambrysus Records for Mexico paved Nau- 
CG Ac eee See Ree Wen een. Re Se AIS 71 


MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J., PIPPIN, W. F., and KUNS, M. L.—An 
Annotated Check List of the Mosquitoes of Mona Island, Puerto Rico, 
and the Larva and Male of Aedes obturbator D. & K. (Diptera, Culicidae) 65 


STONE, A. & KNIGHT, K. L.—Two New Names in ie ae ete ees 


Culicidae) alee TL DS Ey 2 ee a A 69 
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.—Laelaps pce nom. nov. for Laelaps 
berlesei Keegan, 1956 (Acarina, Laelaptidae) — 74 
TIPTON, V. J. & BOESE, J. L.—Steatonyssus furmani, a New Nearctic 
Bat Mite (Acari, Macronyssidae) SUE Se Se Tere CAR oo oie eae ca ee ee ee 80 
TODD, E. L.—A Note on the Identity of Nerthra planifrons (Melin) 
(Hemiptera, Gelastocotidae) ns ae ae ee oe ON ee ee 79 
OBITUARY—Ina Louise Hawes, 1896-1957... 87 
SARE Eder, MABE LENG ot Oia feat a oe ae 90 


(INSISTS SD] lll he Mell Se a Re a SRC EA lOO 84 


OFFICERS FOR 1958 


R, I. SAmzER, President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


R. H. Newson, First Vice President 
Entomological Society of America 
1530 P St., N.W. 

Washington 5, D. C. 


P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary 
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. 


PAUL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary 
7213 Beacon Terrace 
Bethesda, Maryland 


F. P. HARRISON, Treasurer 
Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 


R. H. Foors, Editor 
c/o Division of Insects 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


H. J. CONKLE, Custodian 
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. 


J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman 
c/o Division of Insects ‘ 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the 
Society as Vice President of 
the Washington Academy of 
Sciences. 

FMRD-CSS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. ©. 


Executive Committee — 


T. L. BIsseLL, University of Maryland 
R. A. St. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. Agriculture 
F. L, CAMPBELL, National Research Council 

Honorary President 


R. E. SNopeRaAss, U.S. National Museum 


Honorary Members 


C. F. W. MuznszBecok, U.S. National Museum 
H. G. Barper, U.S. National Museum 
A. B. GAHAN, Berwyn, Maryland 


Entered as second-class matter at the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY | 
OF WASHINGTON 


ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 i ej 


that order. In shorter articles, ri 


MEETINGS» oS 


% 

Regular meetings of the Society are 
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum 
first Thursday of each month from October \ 
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pal 
lished regularly in the Proceedings. — i? 
MEMBERSHIP ~ 

Members shall be persons over 18 y ; 


is $1.00 (U. Bb currency). 
PROCEEDINGS 


the Seared at ee D. 
standing are entitled to the Proceed 
charge. Non-member subscriptions ar } 
year, both domestic and foreign (U. S. ) 
payable in advance. All renitancss /miggligeme 
made payable to The Entomclog teats Society a 
Washington. us 


The Society does not exchange i 
for those of other societies. 


All manuscripts intended for publ 
be addressed to the Editor. Acceptab 
mitted by members will be published 
received and will be given precedence 
by non-members. Immediate publication 
obtained at a cost to the author of abou 
per printed. page, plus cost of all engravi 
of papers should be concise but compreh 
should indicate the systematic 
ject insect. By-lines should inc 
ing address of the author and 
affiliation, if possible. Citations 
pers longer than one printed p 
author and date and should re 
cluding references in which — 
name of publication, volume an 


ture should be included i 


Proportions of full-page 
closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (2 
this usually allows explanatory 1 m 
the same page. Cost of illus 
that for one full-page line cut 7 
author. 


Bat 


accompanies the returned ) 
2pp. 4pp. Spp. | 
50 copies: _ an ee 
$2.00 $3.00 $5.00 
100 copies: m 
2. 50 - 3.80 6. 00° 
Additional copies, pee 100: 
10 O}8) er 15 fae po 


Purchase of reprints 
voices are subject to no 
fees will have the cost rots 
purchase Price. ‘ 


inet 
Post omce at Washingt 
A ' ‘, ® a ¢ 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 
ENDOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


Vol. 60 APRIL 1958 No. 2 


ADDITIONS DURING 1956 AND 1957 TO THE WASP FAUNA OF LOST 
RIVER STATE PARK, WEST VIRGINIA, WITH BIOLOGICAL NOTES AND 
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 


(HYMENOPTERA, ACULEATA ) 


Karu V. KROMBEIN, Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


The wasp fauna of Lost River State Park, Hardy County, West 
Virginia, has been the subject of several earlier papers (Krombein: 
Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 54: 175-184, 6 figs., 1952; Bul. Brooklyn Ent. 
Soc. 49: 1-7, 1954; Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 58: 153-161, 3 figs., 1956). 
Those papers catalogued the wasp fauna as it occurred early in the 
summer (June 18-25 and July 18, 1951; June 29-July 5, 1953; and 
July 4-11, 1955). About 80 species were taken during each of those 
years, and the cumulative total amounted to 128 species. 


We were able to spend part of our family vacation in the Park in 
1956 from August 21 to September 2, and again in 1957 from July 29 
to August 11. The summer of 1956 was cooler and rainier than normal, 
and more species (120) were active than during earlier periods in pre- 
ceding years. In contrast, extreme drought conditions prevailed dur- 
ing the summer of 1957, and 82 species were collected. In 1956 I col- 
lected 39 species not taken in previous years, and in 1957 there were 
28 new to the Park list. Allowing for duplications in these two years, 
the faunal list now stands at 179 species in the families already listed. 
In addition, another family, the Chrysididae, has now been worked up, 
and the 12 species collected in the Park during these five years brings 
the grand total to 191. 

In addition to the collection data presented below for the species 
not listed previously, I am recording a few biological notes, descrip- 
tions of three new species, Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, Methocha 
(Methocha) impolita and Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, a redescription 
of Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley, and a description of the previously 
unknown male of Nitela virginiensis Rohwer. 

I am indebted to the following specialists for identification of the 
prey captured by several of the wasps: B. J. Kaston (Araneae), Kellie 
O’Neill (thysanopterous prey of Spilomena pusilla (Say)), and 
C. W. Sabrosky (Diptera). 


50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


ADDITIONS TO THE WASP FAUNA 
Family CHRYSIDIDAE 


This family of cuckoo wasps was not included in the previous reports, so all 
collection data are given here. 


Omalus iridescens (Norton). 1 9, July 18, 1951; 1 ¢@, July 1, 1953; along trails. 

Omalus laeviventris Cresson. 1 9, July 18, 1951; 1 2, June 30, 1953; 1 ¢@, Au- 
gust 26, 1956; two of these taken along trails on vegetation. 

Omalus sinuosus (Say). 1 2, June 21 and 1 6, July 18, 1951; 2 299, June 29 
and July 5, 1953; 1 2, July 10, 1955; some of these taken on log cabin 
walls, others along trails. 

Hedychridium dimidiatum Say. 2 2? 2, June 30 and July 4, 1953; 1 9, 2 24, 
July 4-8, 1955; 3 99,2 6 6, August 25-27, 1956; 10 9 9,1 6, August 1-11, 
1957; along trails, mostly on ground but some on foliage. 

Hedychridium fletcheri Bodenstein. 1 ¢, August 30, 1956; along trail. 

Hedychrum violaceum Brullé. 5 ¢¢, June 30-July 4, 1953; 3 99, 4 66, 
July 5-10, 1955; 1 ¢, August 24, 1956; mostly along trails, but a few on 
log cabin walls. 

Chrysis (Chrysogona) verticalis Patton. 1 ¢@, July 5, 1953; 2 29, July 4-10, 
1955; 4 99,2 ¢6, August 23-30, 1956; 2 99, July 30-August 10, 1957; 
mostly along trails, but several on log cabin walls. 

Chrysis (Trichrysis) parvula Fabricius. 1 9, June 24, 1951; 1 2, June 30, 1953; 
299,3 64, July 4-10, 1955; 2 99,1 6, July 31-August 7, 1957; mostly 
on log cabin walls, but several along trails. 

Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, new species. 6 2 2, June 19-24, 1951; 1 2, June 
30, 1953; 6 2 2, July 5-10, 1955; 1 ¢@, August 30, 1956; mostly on log cabin 
walls, but a few along trails including the single male. 

Chrysis (Chrysis) chalcopyga Moecsary. 12 92 9, June 18-24, 1951; 1 2, July 1, 
1953; 1 9, July 29, 1957; mostly on log cabin walls, but a few along trails. 

Chrysis (Chrysis) coerulans Fabricius. 2 92,1 6, June 19-20, 1951; 1 9,2 6 4, 
August 22-27, 1956; 1 9,1 ¢, August 7-11, 1957; mostly along trails, but 
at least one on log cabin wall. 

Mesitiopterus kahlii Ashmead. 1 ¢, August 28, 1956; along trail. 


Family BETHYLIDAE 


Epyris sp. 1.4 ¢ ¢, August 25-29, 1956; 1 9,8 ¢ 4, August 1-10, 1957. 

Anisepyris columbianus (Ashmead). 1 ¢; August 25, 1956. [Det. H. E. Evans]. 

Rhabdepyris sp. 1. ¢, August 27, 1956 

Holepyris sp. 2 99,2 66; August 25-29, 1956; 2 6 4 August 7-9, 1957. 

Pseudisobrachium myrmecophilum (Ashmead). 1 ¢, August 11, 1957; crawling 
on gravelly soil along trail edge. [Det. H. E. Evans]. 


Family TIPHIIDAE 


Tiphia intermedia Malloch. 5 22,2 ¢¢; August 23-30, 1956; 1 9,1 ¢, Au- 
gust 3-8, 1957. 

Tiphia transversa Say. 1 ¢, August 3, 1957. 

Tiphia sp. 1.1 9, 19 ¢ 4, August 6-7, 1957; on ground and flying low over 
ground in an area of two square meters. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vou. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 51 


Methocha (Methocha) impolita, new species. 1 2, August 8, 1957; crawling in 
sun on gravelly soil along trail edge. 

Myrmosa (Myrmosa) blakei Bradley. 1 9, August 25, 1956; 1 9, August 7, 
1957; crawling on gravelly soil at trail edge. 


Family MUTILLIDAE 


Dasymutilla vesta vesta (Cresson). 1 9, August 3, 1957. 

Ephuta pauxilla pauxilla Bradley. 2 ¢ ¢, August 23-25, 
trail. 

Ephuta scrupea (Say). 5 ¢ ¢, August 23-29, 1956; along trail on foliage. I re- 
corded a female of this species as conchate Mickel in 1956. The latter species 
should be deleted from the Park list. 


1956; on foliage along 


Family VESPIDAE 


Zethus (Zethusculus) spinipes spinipes Say. 1 9, August 11, 1957. 
Stenodynerus (Stenodynerus) blepharus Bohart. 1 ¢, August 26, 1956. 


Family POMPILIDAE 


Priocnemioides unifasciatus unifasciatus (Say). 1 ¢, August 29, 1956; crawling 
over leaf litter in open woods. 

Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis brevis (Cresson). 14, August 27, 1956. 

Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis recalvus Townes. 2 ¢ 4, August 24-25, 1956. This 
and the preceding species were taken within several hundred feet of each other 
in identical habitats. I wonder if this does not indicate that recalvus is ae- 
tually a distinct species rather than a subspecies of brevis. 

Priocnemis (Priocnemis) hestia (Banks). 9 92, 5 ¢@64, August 23-29, 1956; 
1 4, July 29, 1957; in open woods flying among undergrowth. 

Auplopus caerulescens subcorticalis (Walsh). 3 29,2 ¢@ 4, August 23-26, 1956; 
1 9,1 6, August 6-7, 1957. 

Ageniella (Ageniella) cupida (Cresson). 1 92, August 28, 1956. 

Ageniella (Ageniella) norata Banks. 14 292,56 6 4, August 22-29, 1956; 1 4, 
August 7, 1957; mostly taken in open woods flying among undergrowth. 

Ageniella (Ageniella) partita Banks. 1 9, August 29, 1956. 

Ageniella (Ageniella) sp. 1 9, August 29, 1956; 1 9, August 10, 1957. This is 
possibly the unknown female of mintaka Brimley which has been taken in the 
Park in two previous years. 

Ageniella (Priophanes) agenioides (Fox). 1 9, August 28, 1956. 

Ceropales hatoda Brimley. 2 99,4 44, August 26-30, 1956; 1 9,2 464, July 
31-August 10, 1957. 

Evagetes subangulatus (Banks). 1 2, August 29, 1956. 

Tachypompilus ferrugineus nigrescens (Banks). 1 2, August 28, 1956; in clear- 
ing in open woods. 

Aporinellus taeniatus wheeleri Bequaert. 1 2, August 30, 1956; on gravelly 
path. 


Family AMPULICIDAE 


Ampulex (Rhinopsis) canaliculata Say. 1 2, August 26, 1956; on rail fence. 


52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Family SPHECIDAE 


Astata (Astata) leuthstromi Ashmead. 2 2 9, August 23-25, 1956; 2 92,1 4, 
August 1-9, 1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun. 

Astata (Astata) nubecula Cresson. 3 2? 2, August 23-25, 1956; 1 2, August 10, 
1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun. 

Solierella plenoculoides plenoculoides (Fox). 2 292, 1 ¢, August 26-30, 1956; 
2 29, July 30, 1951; on gravelly path. 

Nitela virginiensis Rohwer. 3 92,1 4, August 24-27, 1956. 

Tachysphex sepulcralis Williams. 3 ¢ 6, August 24-28, 1956; on gravelly path. 

Tachysphex n. sp. 1.2 9? 9, August 26-30, 1956; on gravelly path. 

Tachysphex n. sp. 2.1 ¢, August 30, 1956; 3 6 6, August 3-11, 1957; on gravelly 
path. 

Motes (Notogonius) argentata (Beauvois). 1 2, 1 ¢, August 24-25, 1956; 1 Q, 
August 8, 1957; on gravelly path. 

Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) tridentatum Packard. 1 9, August 9, 1957. 

Psen (Psen) erythropoda Rohwer. 1 9, July 31, 1957. 

Mimesa (Mimesa) pauper Packard. 1 ¢, August 6, 1957. 

Stigmus (Stigmus) inordinatus universitatus Rohwer. 3 2? 9, August 27- Sep- 
tember 1, 1956; 1 9, August 9, 1957; along trail through open woods. This 
species was not known previously from east of Colorado. 

Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley. 1 9, August 24, 1956; crawling on log of cabin 
wall in sun. 

Sphex aureonotatus (Cameron). 19, August 22, 1956; 1 9,1 2, July 30-August 
LO Die 

Sphex urnarius urnarius (Dahlbom). 1 ¢, August 26, 1956. 

Nysson (Nysson) lateralis Packard. 4 299, 1 ¢@, August 24-27, 1956; 9 2 9, 
August 1-11, 1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun. 

Lestiphorus cockerelli (Rohwer). 1 9, August 26, 1956; on oak foliage in sun. 

Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, new species. 3 2 9, July 31-August 8, 1957. 

Crabro (Crabro) discretus Fox. 1 9, August 29, 1956; 2 9 9, July 31-August 1, 
1957; on trail through open woods. 

Ectemnius (Ectemnius) brunneipes (Packard). 1 9, August 26, 1956. 

Oxybelus decorosum Mickel. 4 ¢ ¢, July 30-August 6, 1957; on gravelly path. 


BIOLOGICAL NOTES 
Family POMPILIDAE 
Dipogon (Deuteragenia) sayi sayi Banks 


A female (73057 A), 7.5 mm. long, was captured with her paralyzed spider prey 
on vegetation at the edge of a clearing in the woods, July 30, 1957. The spider 
was an adult female thomisid, Xysticus fraternus Banks, 5.1 mm. long. 


Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus (Smith) 


One female (8357 A), 6.3 mm. long, was taken on August 3, 1957. She was 
pulling her paralyzed spider prey beneath some leaf litter at the edge of a trail 
exposed to the full sun. The spider was a male araneid in the penultimate instar, 
Araneus marmoreus Clerck, 6.1 mm. long. 


On 
ww 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


A second female (8857 A), 5.7 mm. long, was captured while she was transport- 
ing her paralyzed spider prey in a similar habitat on August 8, 1957. The spider 
was a male araneid in the penultimate instar, probably of a species of Neoscona, 
4.1 mm. long. 


Anoplius (Lophopompilus) carolina (Banks) 


A slightly worn female (82856 A), 12 mm. long, was captured August 28, 1956, 
on a trail through the woods in dense shade. She was walking backward over the 
trail, dragging a large paralyzed spider, which she held by the hind coxae in her 
mandibles. The spider was a mature male agelenid, Wadotes hybridus (Emerton), 


3 mm. long. 


Family SPHECIDAE 
Spilomena pusilla (Say) 


A slightly worn female (83056 A), 2.4 mm. long, was collected August 30, 1956, 
as she walked on a log in the cabin wall in the sun near the entrance to her bur- 
row. She held in her mandibles a paralyzed immature thrips 0.72 mm. long. The 
nymph was probably in the second instar and appeared to belong to the variabilis 
(Beach) section of the genus Sericothrips. 


Euplilis (Corynopus) coarctatus modestus (Rohwer) 


A newly emerged pair (82656 A) was taken in copula on oak foliage at the edge 
of a trail through open woods on August 26, 1956. 


Crabro (Crabro) discretus Fox 


A somewhat worn female (82956 A), 11.5 mm. long, was captured on the ground 
August 29, 1956, on a trail through open woods. She was struggling to get into 
the air with her prey, a large, paralyzed male larvaevorid, Achaetoneura sp. (pos- 
sibly aletiae Riley), which was 12 mm. long and much bulkier than the wasp. 


TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Family CHRYSIDIDAE 
Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, new species 


(Figure 1) 


This rather small, slender Chrysis is seemingly closer to chalcopyga 
Moesary (= nitidula auctt. not F.) than to any other species in the 
Nearctic fauna. Such characters as the relative length of the head and 
pronotum, sculpture of frontal concavity, and shape of the lateral and 
apical margins of the third abdominal tergum cause it to run to 
nitidula in Aaron’s key to the North American species (Trans. Amer. 
Ent. Soe. 12: 232-233, 1885). However, it is distinguished at once 
from chalcopyga by its smaller size (7.5 mm. as against 9.5 mm. aver- 
age length), the different head leneth:width ratio (0.56 as compared 
to 0.45), first and second abdominal terga with the punctures mostly 
separated instead of confluent in longitudinal rows medianly on the 
first and basal half of second, and the ocelli in an equilateral triangle 
instead of a lower, flattened triangle. 


54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Fig. 1, Chrysis cembricola, female, dorsum of head and pronotum; figs. 2-4, 
Spilomena spp., frontal view of male heads, figs. 2a-4a, same of female heads; 
figs. 2, 2a, S. pusilla; figs. 3, 3a, S. ampliceps; figs. 4, 4a, alboclypeata; fig. 5, 
S. pusilla, lateral view of female pronotum ; fig. 6, S. alboclypeata, the same. 
(Drawings by A. D. Cushman; fig. 1 is 22 X, figs. 2-6, 44 X; specimens for figs. 
1.2 3.5 from Lost River St. Pk., W. Va., for figs. 4, 6 from Arlington, Va.) 


2, 9, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 55 


Type. 2 ; Lost River State Park, W. Va.; July 5, 1955 (K. V. Krom- 
bein; on log cabin wall in sun) [U. 8. National Museum, Type No. 
63508; by donation from author’s collection]. 


Length 7.4 mm., forewing including tegula 5.4 mm. Mostly metallic blue, the 
frontal concavity, temples, legs and venter with bright green reflections in certain 
aspects; tarsi dark brown and flagellum black beyond second segment. Wings 
clear, the anterior edge of marginal cell narrowly infumated, the veins dark brown. 
Pubescence generally short, erect and inconspicuous; light brown on dorsum of 
head and thorax, somewhat longer and pale on sides of head and thorax, and 
thoracic venter; very short, suberect, denser and pale on abdominal dorsum. 


Head in frontal aspect with the width 1.1 times the height, the interocular dis- 
tance at level of facial carina 0.45 times the head width; in dorsal view (fig. 1) 
the length from facial carina to occiput 0.56 times the head width and subequal 
to interocular distance at level of posterior ocelli; mandible without an inner 
tooth; clypeus with median length subequal to diameter of antennal fossa, tumid 
medianly, the apical margin broadly and shallowly emarginate for a distance equal 
to half the total width, with scattered punctures except a narrow apical rim 
smooth; facial concavity with height subequal to width, moderately concave, closely 
punctate, the punctures becoming progressively larger toward the facial carina; 
the latter not as strong and sharp as in chalcopyga, four-fifths the interocular 
distance at that level, the central three-fourths of the carina bowed slightly down- 
ward in middle, the extreme sides of carina turned downward at a very obtuse 
angle; dorsum of head with rather coarse, close punctures and a narrow smooth 
strip laterad of each hind ocellus; ocellar triangle equilateral, situated a little 
closer to facial carina than to occiput, only slightly raised, the lateral ocelli 
directed obliquely outward but not situated in pits; ocellocular line subequal to 
postocellar line; malar space very short, 0.6 times the length of antennal pedicel; 
demporal carina extending upward from base of mandible to a point opposite the 
facial carina; relative lengths of first four antennal segmnts as 5:2:3:2. 

Pronotum (fig. 1) at humeri 0.8 times the head width, the median length of disk 
one-third the humeral width and half the head length from facial carina to occiput; 
humeri not projecting, right-angled as viewed from above; prehumeral slope almost 
perpendicular and with small close punctures except for a small smooth median 
area which is oblique; pronotal disk with larger, mostly subcontiguous punctures, 
such interspaces as are present with a few minute punctures, small depressed area 
at middle anteriorly; lateral margins of pronotum straight and slightly divergent 
posteriorly so that posterior width is 1.1 times the humeral width; lateral surface 
of pronotum with fine irregular rugulae and without a pit; scutum with length 
two-thirds the width, the surface with coarse, contiguous punctures, notaulices 
well-developed, subparallel, the parapsidal furrows slightly convergent posteriorly, 
weak and present on apical two-thirds only; scutellum feebly convex, two-thirds as 
long as scutum, with large, shallow, contiguous pits; postscutellum more strongly 
convex, two-thirds as long as scutellum, sculpture as on scutum; mesopleuron 
divided into upper and lower plates by a series of foveae which intersect an 
oblique series of foveae, a rather large, shallow, smooth depressed area at the 
intersection; metapleural spine acute, short, barely reaching base of postero- 
lateral propodeal projection; propodeum obliquely declivous posteriorly, viewed 


56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


from above the posterolateral projections are short and acutely angulate (about 
60°); U-shaped groove of propodeal dorsum relatively broad, crossed by a few 
weak carina, the area enclosed by groove sculptured like postscutellum. 

Relative median lengths of abdominal terga as 7:15:6; first tergum with a 
broad shallow depression anteriorly, with moderately large punctures which are 
more or less separated except laterally where they are confluent and somewhat 
larger and deeper, discally with scattered minute punctures also; width of second 
tergum three-fourths the median length and one and one-half times the length of 
lateral margin, the posterolateral angles extending below anterolateral edge of 
third tergum; large punctures of second tergum smaller than those of first, sep- 
arated more widely along posterior margin than elsewhere but not confluent any- 
where, and with a very few scattered minute punctures, the apical margin slightly 
thickened; third tergum with lateral margins straight, apical margin with teeth 
short and obtuse, separated by shallow emarginations, the lateral and median 
teeth closer to each other than the two median teeth; punctures of third tergum 
about equal in size to those on second but mostly confluent; submarginal foveate 
groove extending two-thirds of distance to base of third tergum, the foveae not 
deeply impressed, about eight on a side. 


Allotype. é&; Lost River State Park, W. Va.; August 30, 1956 
(Kk. V. Krombein; along trail through woods) [USNM]. 


Length 6.0 mm., forewing including tegula 4.0 mm. Color as in female except 
more purplish and with no green reflections, center of second tergum blackish, 
flagellum black beyond first segment. Wings and vestiture as in female. Sculpture 
and body proportions similar to female except as follows: facial carina evanescent ; 
first flagellar segment relatively shorter, only slightly longer than second; sub- 
marginal foveate groove of third tergum with the groove evanescent laterally and 
represented by only a few small pits; apical teeth of third tergum shorter and 
right-angled. 


Paratypes. 12 2 2 ; same data as type but June 19, 22, 23 and 24, 
1951, June 30, 1953, and July 5, 6, 9 and 10, 1955 (K. V. Krombein ; 
mostly on logs on cabin walls). 12 @ @ ; Arlington, Va., June 14, 1952 
(1 2), June 21 and September 7, 1953 (22 2), May 22 and 31, 1954 
(2 22), and April 29 (1 @ reared from wooden trap nest K 11 of 
Symmorphus canadensis (Saussure), May 26 (8 92 2), May 30 
(2 99) and June 2 (1 2), 1957 (K. V. Krombein; on wooden walls 
of old cowshed). 1 @ ; Dunn Loring, Fairfax Co., W. Va.; September 
11, 1954 (K. V. Krombein; on honeydew secretions of Toumeyella 
liriodendri (Gmel.) on foliage of Liriodendron tulipifera). 32 2 ; 
Westmoreland State Park, Westmoreland Co., Va.; July 4 and 8, 1951 
(K. V. Krombein). 1 @ ; Brookland, Washington, D. C.; May 15, 1908 
(R. W. Van Horn; bred from hickory) [USNM]. 1 @? ; Washington, 
D .C.; May 28, 1944 (G. E. Bohart) [GEB]..1 ¢ ; Washington, D. C.; 
July 12, 1927 (lot no. 3978) [USNM]. 2 @ 2; Biltmore, Buncombe 
Co., N. C., June 10, 1924 (R. A. St. George) [USNM]. 1 92; Harris- 
burg, Dauphin Co., Pa.; June 17, 1916 (W. S. Fisher; on hickory) 
{USNM]. 1 9 ; Overbrook, Philadelphia Co., Pa.; August 16, 1914 


or 
~ 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


(G. M. Greene) [USNM]. Paratypes are in the U. 8. National Mu- 
seum and personal collections of K. W. Cooper, G. E. Bohart and the 
author. 

About half of the paratypes have some greenish reflections on head 
and thorax. They are quite similar to the type in other details of the 
color, sculpture and pubescence, and are 5.9-7.8 mm. lone. 

Biology. One female of cembricola was reared at Arlington, Va., 
from a wooden trap nest (IX 11) provisioned by the solitary vespid, 
Symmorphus canadensis (Saussure). This trap nest contained a bor- 
ing 70 mm. long with a diameter of 3 mm. It was set out in a horizon- 
tal position two meters above the ground on the wooden wall of an old 
cowshed on June 24, 1956. The host wasp completed her nest four days 
later. I split open the nest on June 30 and found two stored cells at 
the inner end, 19 and 21 mm. lone respectively, separated by clay par- 
titions and with an empty vestibular cell 18 mm. long between cell 2 
and the closing clay plug at the entrance. The cells were stored with 
paralyzed larvae of the chrysomelid leaf-miner in locust, Chalepus 
dorsalis Thunberg. The eee of the vespid was attached by a slender 
thread to the ceiling at the inner end of each cell, that in cell 1 being 
shriveled. I did not see the chrysidid larva in cell 1 on June 30, but 
presumably it had sucked out the fluid contents of the host egg before 
beginning to feed on the stored prey as is customary with some other 
species of Chrysididae. On July 5 the chrysidid larva was beginning 
to spin its cocoon, and the Symmorphus larva in cell 2 was almost full 
erown.! The chrysidid larva coated the cell walls and ends with trans- 
parent silk. Then it spun a cocoon of transparent silk, almost 3 mm. in 
diameter and 6 mm. long, with rounded ends and with two small 
opaque patches of dense white silk near the outer end. I inspected this 
nest periodically during the next several months but the chrysidid 
remained in the prepupal state through October 8. On October 12 I 
placed all my trap nests outdoors for winter storage and brought 
them into my office again on April 20, 1957. I made the first inspection 
of these over-wintering traps on April 22, and found a pale pupa with 
black eyes in this cocoon. My experience has been that 2-3 days after 
pupation are required before a chrysidid pupa reaches the black-eyed 
stage, so this individual must have pupated not later than April 20. 
On April 26 there was a fully colored pupa in the cocoon. The adult 
wasp had cut through the cocoon and emerged when I opened the nest 
on April 29. Adult Symmorphus canadensis emerged from other trap 
nests kept under similar conditions from May 14 to 26. 

It is probable that cembricola preys only on wasps nesting in pre- 
existing cavities in wood. Of the specimens in the type series nine of 
the thirteen females at Lost River State Park, W. Va., and all three 
females at Westmoreland State Park, Va., were taken on logs forming 


1The Symmorphus larva in cell 2 died several days later. However, there can be 
no reasonable doubt as to the identity of the host wasp. I have reared Symmorphus 
canadensis from other trap nests containing the same prey and from the same 
station, and I know of no other wasp which preys on larvae of Chalepus dorsalis. 


58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


the cabin walls, and all twelve females at Arlington, Va., were taken 
on the wooden wall of an old cowshed. There were a number of species 
of wasps nesting in abandoned beetle burrows or other cavities in the 
logs or wood in each of these three localities, but the wasp that was 
most abundant and suitable in size to serve as a host for the chrysidid 
in each locality was Symmorphus canadensis. It seems likely that this 
vespid may prove eventually to be one of the chief hosts of the 
chrysidid. I looked over the material of Symmorphus canadensis in 
the U. S. National Museum and found four females and two males 
bearing the same label data as the Biltmore, N. C., paratypes of 
cembricola, and one female with the same label data as the Washing- 
ton, D. C. (lot no. 3978), paratype of cembricola. There are no label 
data indicating a parasite-host relationship, but the identical label 
data suggest the possibility that the specimens might have occurred in 
the same restricted habitat. 

The rather limited collection and rearing data sugeest that cem- 
bricola has successfully adjusted its developmental cycle to that of 
Symmorphus canadensis. The Symmorphus population nesting in my 
cowshed in Arlineton is almost entirely univoltine as demonstrated by 
trap nest rearings and seasonal flight range. The population of the 
chrysidid at the same locality is largely univoltine as evidenced by 
similar data. However, occasionally there may be a very small partial 
second generation of both canadensis and cembricola. Symmorphus 
was active during all our visits to Lost River State Park, but with 
noticeably higher population levels earlier in the season, indicating at 
least a partial second generation. All of the female cembricola at the 
Park were taken during periods coinciding with the population peak 
of Symmorphus, and the capture of a male at the end of August sug- 
vests at least a partial second generation of the chrysidid. 


Family TIPHIIDAE 
Methocha (Methocha) impolita, new species 


The female of this species is one of the most distinctive of the Nearc- 
tic forms, and may be recognized at once by the dull, roughened in- 
tegument of the head and thorax as contrasted to the highly polished, 
smooth integument of the other known species of this region. In addi- 
tion, the following combination of characters will serve to distinguish 
it from its congeners: the very short malar space (0.09 times the eye 
height) ; the front almost flat between the eyes; moderately gibbose 
scutum and scutellum; blunt mesosternal teeth; and basal and apical 
abdominal segments red, the intervening segments black in part or 
almost entirely. M. stygia (Say), the only species now known to oceur 
within the range of impolita, has a longer malar space (0.18 times the 
eye height), the front rounded between eyes, the mesosternal teeth 
acute, and the abdomen is rarely so colored, usually being either en- 
tirely black, or entirely red, or with the base only red. The male of 
impolita is unknown. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 59 


M. impolita has been collected in Lost River State Park, W. Va., at 
or near Washington, D. C., and at Ithaca, N. Y. The three specimens 
which I collected were all taken in open, sunny areas, on soils having 
a high content of gravel or larger stones. D. G. Shappirio informs me 
that the single specimen captured by him was from a similar soil type. 

Type. 2 ; Lost River State Park, W. Va.; August 8, 1957 (K. V. 
Krombein; crawling in sun on gravelly soil along trail) [U. S. Na- 
tional Museum, Type No. 64088; by donation from author’s collec- 
tion}. 


Length 7.4 mm. Head black, mandibles and basal seven antennal segments red; 
legs red except for some infuscation on femora above at apex, on tibiae outwardly 
and the last segment of all tarsi; abdomen red, the second to fourth terga with 
black bands covering the posterior half or two-thirds of these segments except for 
extreme apices, the bands broader along midline and narrowed toward sides, the 
posterior margins straight, the anterior margins arcuate. Pubescence quite sparse, 
pale golden on head and thoracic dorsum, silvery on rest of thorax, legs and 
abdomen. 

Head dull, strongly narrowed behind eyes, its greatest width 2.2 times the width 
at occipital carina; elypeus tumid in middle above the wide, depressed apical rim 
but not tuberculate there; malar space very short, 0.09 times the eye height; front 
almost flat between eyes; front and vertex with the integument finely shagreened, 
and with scattered large punctures which are closer between ocellar triangle and 
eyes than elsewhere; least interocular distance half the head width; ocelli in a 
compact right-angled triangle, the ocellocular distance 1.6 times the posterior 
interocellar distance. 

Thorax dull; pronotum along midline as long as combined lengths of scutum, 
scutellum and postscutellum, in profile strongly rounded, the surface finely 
shagreened and with a few scattered punctures and with some very close and fine, 
longitudinal wrinkles dorsally; seutum and scutellum subequal in length, gibbose, 
in profile the scutum separated from pronotum by a right-angled notch, the surface 
finely shagreened; mesopleuron finely shagreened and with a few oblique rugae 
above posteriorly; mesosternum with a pair of erect blunt teeth in front of mid 
coxae; metasternum with a pair of acute teeth in front of hind coxae; propodeum 
finely shagreened, dorsally with very close and fine, longitudinal wrinkles, pos- 
teriorly with half a dozen arcuate earinae above abdominal insertion, and laterally 
with fine, close oblique wrinkles. 

Abdomen shining and with a few scattered fine punctures; first sternite with a 
median groove on basal two-thirds. 


Male. Unknown. 


Paratypes. 2 2 2 ; Dunn Loring, Fairfax Co., Va.; June 26, 1949, 
and July 26, 1947 (K. V. Krombein; crawling on clay aa a having a 
high gravel content in an area open to sun) [KV Kale . Clifton, 
Fairfax Co., Va.; June 9, 1933 (J. C. Bridwell) een : ‘Qe Rock 
Creek Park, Washington, Dii@s; dune: 265-1947 (Ds GC: Shappirio) 
[DGS]. 1 2; Van Natta’s Dam, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., N. Y.; July 
20 9810¢E. Pe Babiy) + (CU: 


60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


The paratypes vary in length from 5.1 to 8.7 mm. The color also 
shows considerable variation as follows: in the specimens with the most 
red (Clifton and Dunn Loring) the head and thorax are as in type 
but the legs are all red and the black stripes on second to fourth 
terga are narrower and do not extend as far laterad; in the specimens 
with the least red (Washineton and Ithaca) the head, thorax and 
legs are as in type but the second to fourth terga are all black except 
for extreme base of second. narrow apices of each, and small antero- 
lateral areas on third and fourth. The vestiture and body proportions 
are quite similar. The sculpture varies somewhat as follows: the 
smallest specimen (Dunn Loring’) lacks the fine close wrinkles on pro- 
notum and propodeum as does the Ithaca specimen, and the next to the 
smallest (Washington) lacks them on propodeum; and the two largest 
(Chfton and Dunn Lorine’) have a few oblique to arcuate wrinkles ov 
eibbose part of scutum. 


Family SPHECIDAE 


Nitela virginiensis Rohwer 


The male of this species has not been reported previously. It is ex- 
tremely similar to the female in details of the sculpture, color and 
vestiture, and, aside from secondary sexual characters, it differs only 
in being a bit smaller, 3.5 mm. lone. Neither the legs nor antennae 
bear any sexual modifications. The seventh sternum has the surface 
convex and clothed with moderately dense, short erect hair, and the 
apical margin is broadly and shallowly emarginate; the preceding 
sterna do not bear modified vestiture. 


Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley 
(Figures 4, 4a, 6) 


This species has not been recognized since its description fifty years 
ago from a unique male from British Columbia. Some time during 
the intervening years the head of the type was lost. The original de- 
scription is very brief and fails to give the facial maculations in pre- 
cise detail, so that the exact identification remained in doubt until I 
had an opportunity recently to dissect the genitiaha from the type. A 
study of these and of the external characters of the thorax and ab- 
domen enabled me to identify as alboclypeata a short series of males 
and a much larger series of associated females from British Columbia, 
Oregon, California, Idaho, Montana, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, 
Colorado, Kansas, West Virginia and Virginia. I am giving a re- 
description of the male below, as well as a description of the hitherto 
unknown female, and also a key for the separation of the three species 
of Spilomena known from Lost River State Park. 


Marginal cell of forewing with scattered minute setae; pronotum with a deli- 
cate carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe; propodeal 
dorsum with a broad U-shaped area delimited by a sharp carina. FEMALE: 
greatest width of temple 1.3 times eye width; face (fig. 3a) delicately but 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 61 


noticeably lineolate, quite shiny. MALE: lower half of face yellow (fig. 3); 
flagellum testaceous except apical segment, clothed with appressed setae; 
third and fourth abdominal sterna with appressed short setae on apical third 
COE J ASW GS oes 2 Sey ca ee ieee ee ee PER Cn Se Se ee ee ampliceps Krombein 
Marginal cell of forewing devoid of setae; pronotum (fig. 5) with a delicate 
carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe; propodeal 
dorsum with a broad U-shaped area delimited by a sharp carina. FEMALE: 
greatest width of temple subequal to eye width; face delicately and noticeably 
lineolate, rather dull (fig. 2a). MALE: face yellow in middle for only a short 
distance above clypeus, the sides more broadly yellow (fig. 2); flagellum dark, 
clothed with appressed setae; third and fourth sterna with very narrow bands 
of dense, short appressed setae at apices pusilla (Say) 


Marginal cell of forewing devoid of setae; pronotum (fig. 6) without such a 
carina; U-shaped area on propodeal dorsum without marginal carina. FE- 
MALE: greatest width of temple subequal to eye width; face very shiny, the 
lineolations evanescent (fig. 4a). MALE: face immaculate above middle of 
clypeus, the sides with a moderately large, subtriangular, pale yellow to white 
spot (fig. 4); flagellum dark, clothed with denser suberect setae; third and 
fourth sterna with sparser, appressed setae on apical half or more 

bao wee Sea ae alboclypeata Bradley 


Female. Length 2.2-2.8 mm., forewing including tegula 1.6-2.2 mm. Black, with- 
out metallic reflections; mandible light red, the base and apex darker; tegula trans- 
parent, testaceous; legs varying from almost completely testaceous except coxae 
to the following condition 
and apices of mid and hind tibiae, fore tibia, and tarsi except apical segment, 
testaceous. Pubescence short and inconspicuous, silvery; extremely sparse and 


apices narrowly of trochanters and femora, and bases 


short on front and mesopleuron; a little denser on scutum, scutellum and last three 
abdominal segments; denser, though still relatively sparse, on mesosternum. Wings 
clear hyaline with violaceous reflections, sparsely setose, the marginal cell of fore- 
wing bare; stigma dark brown; veins pale to darker testaceous. 

Head very shiny, the lineolation delicate and evanescent; in frontal view (fig. 
4a) subcireular, the height and width subequal; viewed from above the width 
twice the length, and vertex as long as dorsal eye length; in lateral view the temple 
slightly angulate opposite middle of eye, its greatest width a bit greater than eye 
width; antennal scape 0.6 times as long as clypeal width at anterior mandibular 
condyles; postocellar distance 0.8 times the ocelloccipital distance and 0.7 times 
the ocellocular distance; clypeus tumid in middle, but without a sharply defined 
trigonal platform, the margin of median lobe slightly emarginate; lower third of 
front with a very delicate median carina which is gradually evanescent above, and 
whieh extends slightly downward onto elypeus. 

Thorax except propodeum, very shiny; pronotum dorsally with a strong, com- 
plete carina, viewed from laterally not produced upward into a tooth, no delicate 
carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe (fig. 6); scutum 
and scutellum more noticeably lineolate than front, with scattered minute pune- 
tures discernible at 68 diameters, notaulices as long as in pusilla but not so 
strongly impressed; mesopleuron smooth with a few tiny punctures, episternal 
suture minutely foveolate; propodeum dull, the dorsal surface with a pair of 


62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


longitudinal carinae near midline converging slightly toward apex; broad U-shaped 
area on propodeal dorsum not margined by a carina, the surface with fine and 
moderately close, transverse carinae; lateral propodeal surface separated from 
dorsal and posterior surfaces by a fine carina, the surface with oblique separated 
carinae; posterior surface with delicate, more or less transverse carinae and a 
stronger median carina on lower half. 

Second submarginal cell of forewing about three-fourths as wide above as below, 
the width above subequal to height of cell; first recurrent nervure received near 
apex of first submarginal cell or interstitial with first transverse cubital vein. 

Legs and abdomen without noteworthy modifications. 


Male. Length 2.1-2.6 mm., forewing including tegula 1.5-1.9 mm. Black, 
without metallic reflections; the following testaceous—tegula, fore leg except coxa 
and usually the fore tibia outwardly, mid and hind femora and hind tibia narrowly 
annulate at base and apex, mid tibia entirely, mid and hind tarsi except apical 
segment; the following varying from white to pale yellow—mandible except apical 
teeth which are light red, elypeus, malar space, postmandibular triangle, a 
triangular spot on side of face extending upward along eye margin two-fifths of 
distance to anterior ocellus, and antennal scape. Pubescence as in female except 
antennal fiagellum clothed with rather dense, suberect short setae, and apical half 
of third abdominal sternum and all of fourth sternum with moderately dense, 
short appressed setae. Wings as in female. 


Head sculptured as in female, in frontal view the width shghtly greater than 
height (1.06 times) (fig. 4); viewed from above the width 2.2 times the length, 
and vertex a little shorter than dorsal eye length; in lateral view the temple 
slightly angulate opposite middle of eye, its greatest width subequal to eye width; 
antennal scape 0.6 times as long as ¢lypeal width at anterior mandibular condyles; 
ocellocular and ocelloccipital distances subequal, the postocellar distance 0.7 times 
as great; lower fourth of front with a very weak median carina which does not 
extend downward onto eclypeus. 

Thorax and abdomen much as in female except for vestiture on third and fourth 
sterna. 

Legs without modifications. 

Venation similar to that of female except second submarginal cell of forewing 
about five-sixths as wide above as below, the width above subequal to height of cell. 


Three of the females (82253 C, 83053 A, and 92653 B) captured in 
Arlington, Va., were taken with prey. Each was taken near her burrow 
entrance in a board in a cowshed wall. Each was carrying a paralyzed, 
immature, pale green thrips in her mandibles. Two of the specimens 
of prey were lost before being measured, but the third (92653 B) was 
0.84 mm. in leneth. Females were active from at least 1000 to 1730 
hours in Arlington, and were taken in May, July, August and Septem- 
ber in 1953 and 1954. 


Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, new species 


This is extremely similar to stmillimus Smith in size, general color 
pattern and sculpture, but differs consistently in certain details of the 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 63 
’ 


color and sculpture, and apparently also in the preferred prey. In 
smillmus the upper sector of the metapleural-propodeal suture is 
foveolate, while in deceptor this part of the suture is a faint simple 
impression. The propodeal sculpture also separates the two at once: 
both sexes of samillimus have the rugae confined to the extreme base 
of the enclosure and to a small area adjacent to insertions of the 
abdomen and hind coxae; in deceptor the propodeal enclosure is 
entirely longitudinally rugose in the male and on the basal half or more 
in the female, and both sexes have a much more extensive area of the 
posterior surface rugose. The most noticeable differences in color are 
as follows: the palpi are yellow except basal segment in deceptor, 
entirely fuscous in similliomus; in the female of deceptor the antennal 
flagellum and mid and hind trochanters are yellow beneath, while in 
similliimus the apical segments of the flagellum and all trochanters are 
dark beneath; in deceptor males the trochanters are yellow beneath 
but in simallamus they are dark. I am indebted to I. H. H. Yarrow of 
the British Museum for comparison of material with the type of 
simillimus Smith. 

There are two published records of stmillimus preying on adult 
Cicadellidae in Buffalo, N. Y., and in Westmoreland State Park, Va. 
(Krombein: Ent. News 47: 93, 1936 and Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 78: 
95, 1952). K. W. Cooper captured a female of deceptor at Princeton, 
N. J., transporting an adult membracid. 


G. deceptor is known at present from a more circumscribed geo- 
graphic range than is simillimus, but additional collecting may prove 
them to be coextensive. Both species fly together at Lost River State 
Park. There are definite records of deceptor from New Hampshire, 
Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia, Ontario, 
Michigan, Minnesota, Kansas and Nebraska. Published records indicate 
that samillimus oceurs from Nova Seotia, New Brunswick and Maine 
south to Georgia, and in Ontario, Michigan, Illinois, Nebraska, and 
British Columbia. It is possible that some of these records for simil- 
limus may be based on misidentifications. 

Lype.) 2. host-hiver state Park: W2-Va:;. July 31,1957 CK V. 
Krombein) [U. S. National Museum, Type No. 64095; by donation 
from author’s collection |. 


Length 10.5 mm., forewing 8.5 mm. Black and shining, the following lemon 
yellow: palpi except basal segment, base of mandible, clypeus except very narrow 
apical margin, supraclypeal area except subantennal sutures, narrow stripe along 
lower two-thirds of inner eye margin, antenna beneath, narrow stripe on pronotal 
dorsum, posterior half of pronotal lobe, small spot on mesopleuron below base of 
forewing, band on posterior half of scutellum, a round spot on each side of 
propodeal enclosure behind spiracle, apical bands on first five terga, that on first 
covering the posterior third and with a deep right-angled emargination anteriorly 
toward middle, the remaining bands narrower, small posterolateral spots on second 
to fifth sterna which become progressively smaller toward apex, apices of all coxae 
beneath, all trochanters beneath, femora within on apical fourth or more, tibiae 


64. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 
2 ’ 


except in varying amounts beneath, and fore and mid tarsi. Wings with a faint 
yellowish cast, the marginal cell somewhat infuscated; veins fuscous. 

Sculpture and body proportions very similar to simillymus. Front rather dull 
from dense fine punctures and with some scattered superimposed larger ones; 
vertex and thorax except propodeum with minute, well-separated punctures; 
metapleural-propodeal suture well-marked on lower two-thirds, evanescent above; 
propodeal enclosure delimited by foveolate grooves, with a narrow central furrow 
on either side of which are about ten longitudinal rugae on the basal two-thirds; 
posterior surface of propodeum and area above hind coxa with some vertical rugae 
extending about halfway to upper horizontal surface; pygidium triangular, rather 
narrow, the basal width about two-thirds the length, the surface shining and with 
seattered, moderately small punctures. 

Allotype. é& ; Rochester, Monroe Co., N. Y.; June 1939 [USNM]. 

Length 10.1 mm., forewing 7.6 mm. Color pattern similar to type with following 
exceptions: clypeus all yellow, flagellum dark beneath, first sternum with narrow 
apical band, second and third sterna with lateral spots connected by a broader 
band, apices of coxae and trochanters entirely yellow beneath. 

Sculpture and body proportions as in type except as follows: narrow longitudinal 
tyloides on first four flagellar segments as in simillimus; propodeal enclosure 
entirely rugose and posterior surface covered with vertical rugae, the lateral ones 
terminating above on the yellow propodeal spots. 


Paratypes. 2 99; oe nie as type, but August 1 and 8, 1957 (K. 
V. Krombein) [KVK]. - Arlington, Va.; July 11, 19545 (keaye 
Krombein) [KVK].2 ¢@ ae ee Mercer Co., N. J.; June 9, 1946 
and August 2, 1941 (the latter pinned with an adult membracid, 
Spissistilus constans (WIk.)) (UK. W. Cooper) [USNM].1 @ ; Shokan, 
Ulster Co., N. Y.; July 8, 1936 (HH. K. Townes) [IKOVK\in 2.902 = Gor: 
nell University Campus, Ithaca, open Co... Ni Yo x Jumen Sian 
July 6, 1937 ce 12, ee [CU]. : Ithaca, N. Y. (Chittenden) 
NM ie 1 695: ithaca, N.-Yo7diully, a 1917 (H. C. Van’ Dyke) [Cal: 
Acad. Sei]. 12 ; eee Ithaca, N. Y.; July 5, 1920 [CU]. 
Forest Lawn Pee he Buffalo, Erie Co., N. Y.; June 20, 1934 (K. V. 
Krombein) [KVK]. 1 ¢ ; Hartford, Hartford Co., Conn.; June 12, 
1895 [U. Calif., Davis]. 1 ¢ ; New Hampshire [USNM]. 1 ¢ ; Ron- 
deau Park, Kent Co., Ont.; June 28, 1926 (G. Steyskal) [U. Mich.]. 
1 ¢;: Ann Arbor, Washtenaw Co., Mich.; July 27, 1935 [U. Calif., 
Davis]. 1 4 ; Detroit, Wayne Co., Mich.; June 14, 1936 (G. Steyskal) 
[U. Mich. ]. iL Q; Olmsted Co., Minn. (C. N. Ainslie) [USNM].1 9 ; 
Baldwin, Douglas Co., Kans.; June (J. C. Bridwell) [USNM]. 1 
Carns, Rock Co., Nebr.; July 1, 1902 (W. D. Pierce) [U. Nebr.]. 

Female paratypes range from 8.5 to 11.5 mm. in length There is no 
significant variation in details of the sculpture except that rugae may 
cover only the basal half of the propodeal enclosure. Likewise, there 
is very little variation in the coloration, the chief difference being a 
slight reduction in extent of the yellow markings in a couple of the 
specimens. The male paratypes are much lke the allotype in colora- 
tion, but the rugae on posterior surface of propodeum do not extend 
quite as high; they range from 8 to 9.5 mm. in length. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 65 


AN ANNOTATED CHECK LIST OF THE MOSQUITOES OF MONA ISLAND, 
PUERTO RICO, AND THE LARVA AND MALE OF AEDES 
OBTURBATOR D. & K. 


(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) 
J. MALDONADO-CAPRILES,! WARREN F. PIPPIN,2 AND MERLE L. Kuns? 


Mona Island is located in latitude 18° 05’ North and longitude 67° 
85’ West in the southern entrance to the Mona Passage between Puerto 
Rico and Hispaniola, West Indies. Politically the island is a part of 
Puerto Rico. The island is about 7 miles long from east to west and 
31% miles from north to south, thus covering about 14,000 aeres. 

The island is relatively flat and with two clear cut levels, the very 
narrow sandy and rocky coastal plain and the limestone plateau that 
ranges from 125 to 300 feet in elevation. Annual rainfall averages 
only 40 inches. Water is permanently found in less than half a dozen 
wells and cisterns built by people who have sporadically lived on the 
island. Due to the constant breeze and the relatively high diurnal tem- 
perature, water evaporates rapidly from the rock pools, ete. Addi- 
tional information on topography, climate, soil, vegetation, fauna, and 
flora can be found in condensed form in Ramos (1946). 

In his paper Ramos lists only two species of mosquitoes as occurring 
on the island, namely, Aedes aegypti (li.) and Culex pipiens Li. A total 
of 14 species were collected by the authors during the period 1953 to 
1956. All of these except Aedes obturbator D. & K. and Psorophora 
imsularia (D. & K.) have been reported from Puerto Rico. The iden- 
tifications have been checked by Dr. Alan Stone, of the U. S. D. A., 
Washington, D. C., and for this and other suggestions we are indebted 
to him. 


1. Aedes aegypti (Linnaeus)—Ramos (1946) says ‘‘Curran 1928 :10 
reports 4 ¢ 6 collected February 21-26, 1914.’’ This species has never 
been collected again. 


2. Aedes taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann).—Repeatedly found breeding in 
the small mangrove swamp and in an open cistern on the western shore 
near Sardinera. It is a vicious biter both day and night. Found to- 
gether with Psorophora johnstoni. 


3. Aedes mediovittatus (Coquillett)—This species was found breeding 
in artificial containers in the western lowland, near the Coast Guard 
Station, in one concrete tank located near the center of the island, in 
bromehads (probably Guzmania sp.), and in pools formed by water 
dripping from the roof of a cave near the light house. The water in 
these cave pools had a pH of 8.2. The part of the cave where these 
pools were found is well lighted. Adults are vicious biters both day 
and night. 


1College of Agriculture & Mechanic Arts, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico. 
2Department of Entomology, Oklahoma A. & M., Stillwater, Oklahoma. 
372nd Operations Squadron, Ramey Air Force Base, Puerto Rico. 


66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Aedes (Ochlerotatus) obturbator D. & K.: Fig. 1, head, dorsal view; Fig. 2, 
individual spines of lateral comb of eighth segment; Fig. 3, air tube, lateral view; 
Fig. 4, anal segment, lateral view; Fig. 5, basistyle, ventral view; Fig. 6, claspette, 
lateral view; Fig. 7, tenth sternum, ventral view; Fig. 8, ninth tergum, dorsal view. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO, 2, APRIL, 1958 67 


4. Aedes obturbator Dyar and Knab.—Found in semipermanent rain 


pools formed in rock depressions on the plateau and in cement catch- 
ment in the lowlands. Adults were taken feeding both day and night. 


Larva—Skin glabrous. Head (fig. 1) approximately one and one-half times as 
wide as long, swollen at sides. Antenna relatively short, one-third as long as head, 
nearly smooth except for an irregular double row of very small peg- or spine-like 
structures along dorsoposterior side, very few longer spines on apical third; an- 
tennal hair double. Postelypeal hair (No. 4) very small, branched; frontal internal 
hairs (Nos. 5, 6) simple and long ante-antennal hair (No. 7) multiple, long. Hair 
No. 8 simple and long; No. 9 short and branched. Mental plate triangular, with a 
larger median tooth and 15 to 16 lateral teeth on each side. 


Eighth segment with lateral comb formed by 18 to 23 very weakly sclerotized 
elongated spines in a triangular patch; individual spines with a central longer 
spine and two to four smaller on each side (fig. 2). Air tube (fig. 3) about twice 
as long as basal width; pecten reaching to apical two-thirds, with 14 to 15 spines, 
each successive spine slightly larger than preceding, last four more separated 
from each other, individual spines with a strong tooth und a smaller basal one; 
skin of air tube of scaly appearance; tuft close to last spine of pecten, multiple. 
Anal segment (fig. 4) equal or slightly longer on its dorsal margin than wide at 
base; ringed by sclerotized plate; skin of scaly appearance; ventral brush with 
8 multiple hairs; dorsal brush with a single and a multiple hair. Anal gills four, 
as long or slightly longer than anal segment; the dorsal pair slightly shorter 
than the ventral pair. Lateral abdominal hairs long and single, on segments IIL 
to VI shorter. 


Runs to couple 3 in Lane’s (1953) key to the Neotropical Aedes. Can be sep- 
arated from A. fulvus and A. pennai by the shorter anal gills, the different head 
hairs, and the different antennal tuft. 


Male—The male at hand runs without any difficulty to A. obturbator in Lane’s 
key to adult Aedes, therefore, it is very similar to the female. Proboscis one-fifth 
longer than fore femur; one and one-half times as long as antenna. Palpus as 
long as proboscis. Anterior claw serrate, others missing. Proboscis, palpus, torus, 
clypeus, legs, and thorax laterally yellowish; scales strongly iridescent, thus all 
these parts can look metallic blue, green, or black. Mesonotum with brown in- 
tegument along the median line and behind, on each side yellowish; covered with 
golden yellow scales, with brown scales on median line. Abdominal terga blackish 
with basal band of broad white scales; sterna paler with less conspicuous basal 
white band. 


Genitalia—Basistyle (fig. 5) uniform, relatively short, twice as long as broadest 
width, apical lobe very small, inconspicuous, not spined; basal lobe subtriangularly 
produced, evenly setose, on basal margin with a thicker and much longer hair. 
Dististyle missing. Claspette (fig. 6) with curved base; blade as long as base, 
slightly curved, with a conspicuous retrose point before apex. Tenth sternum end- 
ing in two closely united teeth, apex of each on lateral aspect as in figure 7. 
Mesosome subconical, weakly sclerotized. Ninth tergum very finely pilose, with the 
lobes separated, lobes with apical margin narrowly and slightly sclerotized, with 
three or four setae (fig. 8). : 


68 PROC. ENT. SOC.. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Two larvae with associated females and a male with the correspond- 
ing genitalia on a slide have been deposited in the United States Na- 
tional Museum. 


5. Aedes tortilis (Theobald).—} ound in limited numbers in temporary 
eround pools. 


6. Culex bahamensis Dyar & Knab.—larvae taken from temporary 
splash pools by the seashore and in a cistern in small numbers. Also 
in cave pools together with Aedes mediovittatus. 


7. Culex americanus (Neveau-Lemaire).— Hound breeding in great num- 
bers in the axils of bromeliads the year around. Adult rest during the 
day in cracks in rocks. 


8. Culex pipiens Linnaeus——This species was found in limited numbers 
near the lighthouse on the southeast coast of the island and in a shal- 
low well on the western lowlands. 


9. Culex nigripalpus Theobald—F ound in cistern and a grassy pool in 
the lowland area. 


10. Culex secutor Theobald.—This species is represented by one larva 
taken from a deep well near base of cliff. 


11. Anopheles grabhami Theobald.—[arvae were taken on two occasions, 
once in a cistern and once in a water catchment. One male was taken 
in a light trap. There is the possibility that this species was intro- 
duced by aircraft from Puerto Rico and will not become established on 
the island. 


12. Psorophora johnstonii (Grabham).—This species was encountered on 
one occasion when great numbers emerged after heavy rains. 


13. Psorophora pygmaea (Theobald).—[,arvae found in temporary pools 
of brackish water exposed to full sunlight. Large swarms occur during 
the rainy season. 


14. Psorophora insularia (Dyar & Knab).—(Collected in moderate num- 


bers in splash pools on the rocky southern shore. 


15. Deinocerites cancer Theobald.—F ound in crab holes primarily in the 
lowland area near the base of the cliff. Taken the year around. 


REFERENCES 


1. Lane, J., 1953. Neotropical Culicidae. Published by Univ. Sao Paulo, Brazil. 
Two volumes, 1112 pp., illus. 

2. Ramos, José A., 1946. The insects of Mona Island (West Indies). Journ. Agr. 
Univ. P. R. 33(1) :1-74. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 69 


TWO NEW NAMES IN MOSQUITOES 


(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE ) 


Work on a catalogue of the mosquitoes of the world has brought to 
light the need for two new names in mosquitoes, which we here propose. 


Aedes (Aedes) lankaensis, new name 
Aedes ceylonicus Edwards, 1917, Bull. Ent. Res. 7:221. (nee Theobald 1910). 


Theobald (Mon. Culic. 5:391, 1910) proposed the name Culex (?) 
japonicus var. ceylonica n. v. for specimens from Ceylon, one of which 
he had previously determined as Culex japonicus Theobald var. (Mon. 
Culic. 3:158, 1903). This so-called variety was placed as a probable 
synonym of Aedes chrysolineatus Theobald by Edwards (Gen. In- 
sectorum 194:151, 1932), and Knight (Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 40 :636, 
1947) verified the synonymy. This action placed ceylonica Theobald 
in the genus Aedes where it preoccupies Aedes ceylonicus Edwards 
1917. The name we choose is based on an ancient name for the island 
of Ceylon. 


Culex (Culex) starckeae, new name 
Culex basicinctus Edwards, 1922, Bull. Ent. Res. 13:96. (nee Edwards 1921) 


Edwards (Bull. Ent. Res. 12:78, 1921) transferred Leucomyia an- 
nulata Taylor 1914 to the genus Culex and since it was there pre- 
occupied by C. annulatus Schrank 1776, he proposed a new name, 
Culex basicinctus, for it. Later Edwards decided that the species he 
took to be Leucomyia annulata Taylor was actually a different species 
and in 1922 (loe. cit.) he described the species he had and proposed to 
use the name basicinctus for it, placing Taylor’s Leucomyia annulata 
as a synonym of Culex vicinus (Taylor). Although Edwards, in 1921, 
briefly characterized the species he had, the Copenhagen Decisions on 
Zoological Nomenclature (p. 75-76, par. 142) clearly state that, 
‘‘Where a specific name, when first published, is expressly stated 
to be a substitute for a previously published name . . . the species to 
which the new name applies is invariably that to which the previously 
published name applied.’’ Therefore Culex basicinctus Edwards 1921 
remains a synonym of Culex vicinus (Taylor) and the species de- 
scribed by Edwards as basicinctus requires a new name. The one we 
propose is in honor of Miss Helle Starcke, who brought this nomen- 
clatorial problem to our attention. We accept as type material of 
starckeae the specimens Edwards listed in 1922, p. 97, a male being 
marked as type in the British Museum.—ALAN STONE, Entomology 
Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture, and KENNETH L. 
Knicut, Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, Department of the Navy, 
both Washington, D.C. 


70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


A NEW SPECIES OF NYSIUS FROM ALASKA AND ALBERTA, CANADA 
(HEMIPTERA, LYGAEIDAE) 


Harry G. BarBeEr, Collaborator, Entomological Research Division, 
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 


Nysius fuscovittatus, new species 


Head much wider than long, 75:60; preocular portion nearly on third longer 
than eye, 35:20, and shorter than interocula rspace, 35:40; surface coarsely, 
closely punctate. Buceculae rather low, lower edge nearly straight, gradually 
narrowed posteriorly, terminatirg just before base of head. Antennae long, 
much longer than combined length of head, pronotum and seuttelum, basal 
segment extended well beyond apex of tylus, second segment longest; propor- 
tions of segments one to four: 25, 60, 40 and 50. 

Pronotum very little shorter than head, much wider than long, 90:55, lateral 
margins fairly straight, surface densely, coarsely punctate with fuscous, ob- 
soletely carinate along the middle and the humeral angles smooth. 

Scutellum one fifth wider than long, 55:45, longitudinally carinate through 
the middle, finely punctate on each side. 

Hemelytra dusky opaque, surface rather densely covered with short, recurved 
hairs interspersed with a few long hairs; basal costal margins sparsely pilose, 
these margins parallel for a distance equal to length of the commissure thence 
gently rounded to apices. Membrane translucent, the length very nearly equal 
to length of the corium and twice as long as its marginal length. Color.—Head 
black with several rather obscure testaceous spots on the vertex and a pale 
spot in the middle of the basal margin. Antennae and also the femora except 
testaceous spices, black. Pronotum stramineous, very closely and coarsely 
punctate with fuscous, a small black spot before each humeral angle. Seutellum 
black. Hemelytra dusky; area between costal margin of corium and subcostal 
vein pale, extreme costal margin, subcostal and median veins, outer margin of 
clavus and entire apical margin, fuscous. Following parts pale: spot in the 
middle of basal margin of head, bucculae, humeral angles of pronotum, anterior 
margin of prosternum, acetabular flanges and margins of osteole. Venter black, 
densely pilose. Length 6.30 mm. 


Types.—Holotype female: Lower Tonsina, Alaska, June 28, 1955, 
W. C. Frohne. Paratype, male: Jasper, Alberta, Canada, Aug., 
C. T. Parsons. 

N. fuscovittatus n. sp. is most closely related to paludicola, in fact 
so close in general appearance that a male specimen from Alberta, 
Canada, was included as a paratype in the paludicola series. N. fus- 
covittatus differs in having less elevated bucculae, antennae somewhat 
shorter, corium very little longer than membrane and posterior mar- 
ein with an unbroken fuscous line. From groenlandicus, which also 
occurs in Alaska, fuscovittatus differs in being a little longer, the 
preocular part of the head is longer in relation to the eye, and an- 
tennae and hemelytra relatively longer. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 71 


NEW AMBRYSUS RECORDS FOR MEXICO 


(HEMIPTERA, NAUCORIDAE) 


By Ira La Rivers, University of Nevada, Reno 


The following new records and comments on species already estab- 
lished as part of the Mexican Ambrysus fauna are largely the results 
of the recent Mexican collecting of Dr. C. J. Drake and Dr. F. C. 
Hottes, to whom I am indebted for the privilege of examining speci- 
mens. Because a recent comprehensive synonymicon is available for 
these species in the author’s Mexican revision (1953), usually only 
this last-mentioned paper will be necessary (in addition to the original 
citation) to bring the listings up to currency. 

Ambrysus parviceps Montandon 1897 


Ambrysus parviceps Montandon 1897, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 47:17; La Rivers, 
1953A, U.S.N.M. Proce. 103 (3311): 6; 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 
(II: 10): 1294-1296. 

This species has been previously reported from the States of Chi- 
huahua, Guerrero, Michoacan and Mexico; recent Drake and Hottes 
collecting has added two more states: OAXACA (Oaxaca, 21(vii)51, 
C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes) and PUEBLA (Puebla, 20(vii)51, Drake 
and Hottes. 


Ambrysus pudicus pudicus Stil 1862 


Ambrysus pudicus Stal 1862, Stet. Ent. Zeit., 23: 460. 
Ambrysus pudicus pudicus, La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35(11: 10); 
1294-1296. 


PUEBLA (Puebla, 20(vii)51, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes)—this 
record extends the range of this southern segment of the species from 
the States of Mexico and Guerrero eastward into adjacent territory. 
The species is also known from Guatemala, so it is only a question of 
time until the several intervening states will be added to the list. 


Ambrysus pudicus barberi Usinger 1946 
Ambrysus barberi Usinger 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31(1): 189-190. 
Amobrysus pudicus barberi, La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (IT: 10): 
1298-1299. 

SAN LUIS POTOSI (Tamazunchalo, 31 (411) 51, J. D. Lattin) (Univ. 
Kansas). This is an expected addition in the way of a general area to 
the known range of this variety, since it was previously known both 
north and south of Tamazunchalo. 

Ambrysus abortus La Rivers 1953 


Ambrysus abortus La Rivers 1955B, Univ. Kansas Sei, Bulle35 s GUL 2 10) h299- 
1301. 
The types of this species were from the State of Mexico, and the 


following record continues the distribution eastward; OAXACA 
(Oaxaca, 21(vii)51, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


as | 
bo 


The relationship between A. abortus and A. hungerfordi may well 
change with future collecting; through A. hungerfordi angularis, the 
rather variable A. hungerfordi makes some approach to the condition 
found in A. abortus—at present, the latter has a somewhat restricted 
range paralleling that of the southern components of A. hungerfordi 
to the northeast, at least in Mexico. In Guatemala, where an extreme 
form of A. hungerfordi occurs (A. h. spicatus), A. abortus is as yet 
unknown, so at the present time, the two entities are specifically 
separable. 

Ambrysus vanduzeei Usinger 1946 
Ambrysus vanduzeei Usinger 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1): 207-209; La 
Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10); 1308-1309. 

The paragraph describing the pronotal features of this species was 
omitted from the author’s “Mexic ‘an revision, and is here added for 
completeness : 


Pronotum: shiny, but minutely, almost smoothly, roughened and punctate, 
incipient transverse rugulosities developing centrally behind region of deepest 
head penetration. Ground color yellowish with a variable development of discal 
brown suffusion and dotting; when best developed, the entire dise suffused with 
brown, which becomes darker laterally and medially; some comparatively gross 
brown dotting is evident in the suffusion upon close examination, particularly 
laterally and centrally; generally a short, blunt, somewhat lunar spot in antero- 
lateral part of dise. Broad, whitish, posterior pronotal border conspicuously 
separated by transverse, thin, blackish posterior pronotal line (interrupted in 
middle) from the varicolored dise. Lateral edges smooth, unserrate, in unrubbed 
specimens with sparse, barely discernible marginal pilosity. Percent of pronotal 
lateral curvature, expressed in terms of straight-line distance between anterior 
and posterior lateral angles and greatest vertical distance between this base line 
and line-of-curvature, is 13% (88::11). Postero-lateral angles well-rounded. 
Venter rich yellow, lightening laterally with a slight lateral darkening behind 
eyes; conspicuous golden pilosity along posterior margin and on keel. Dorsal 
ratios are: 

(1) width between anterior angles to greatest pronotal width, 52::95 (55%) 

(2) median length to greatest width, 32::95 (34%) 

(3) width between anterior angles to distance between anterior angle and 

posterior base line of pronotum, 52::46 (88%) 


Ambrysus mormon australis La Rivers 1953 


Ambrysus mormon australis La Rivers 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 85 (IT: 10): 
1311-1313. 

This subspecies was described from the northern State of Chihuahua, 
and the following records show this southern subspecies of the widely 
ranging A. mormon to oceur well into southern Mexico : 

CHIHUAHUA (Camargo, 12(vii)51, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes) ; 
GUERRERO (Acapulco, 3(vii)51, Drake & Hottes) ; JALISCO (Lake 
Chapala, 15(vii)51, Drake & Hottes) ; CHIAPAS (Escwintla, 18(vii) 
26, J. J. White). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Ambrysus inflatus La Rivers 1953 


Ambrysus inflatus La Rivers 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1316- 
1318. 

The following new records indicate that this well defined species 
ranges more southerly and easterly than its type locality in the State 
of Jalisco: 

DISTRITO FEDERALE (Mexico City, 30(vii)50, C. J. Drake & 
EF. C. Hottes) ; MICHOACAN (Patzcuaro, 17(vii) 51, Drake & Hottes). 


Ambrysus signoreti Stal 1862 


Ambrysus signoreti Stil 1862, Stet. Ent. Zeit. 23: 450; La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. 
Kansas Sei. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1321-13238. 

The specimens representative of the following records come closest 
to my conception of Stal’s A. signoreti, although | am still not satisfied 
that they are that species: 

SAN LUIS POTOSI (Ciudad Valles, 8(vii)51, C. J. Drake) ; 
TAMAULIPAS (Tampico, 16(vii)50, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes). 

Although the evidence is as yet not conclusive, it appears that my 
A, portheo is a variant of A. signoreti; connexival spination and female 
subgenital plate terminal outlines are somewhat exaggerated over the 
condition found in the Stockholm Stal type, but otherwise there seem 
to be no specific differences. 


Ambrysus mexicanus Montandon 1897 


Ambrysus mexicanus Montandon 1897, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 47: 21-22; 1909, 
Bull. Soc. Sci. Bue.-Roum. 17 (5-6): 322; Champion, 1900, Biol. Centr.-Amer., 
Hemipt. 2: 357; Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 198, 
206-207; De Carlo, 1950, An. Soe. Cient. Argentina, 150: 8. 

Ambrysus dilatus Montandon 1910, Bull. Soe. Sci. Bue.-Roum. 18 (5-6): 190; 
Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (I: 10): 198; De Carlo, 1950, An. 
Soc. Cient. Argentina, 150: 10; La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 
35 (II: 10): 1327-1329. 

Ambrysus hintoni Usinger 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 206-207; 
De Carlo, 1950, An. Soe. Cient. Argentina 150: 12-13; La Rivers, 1953B, 
Unive Kansas Sea. Bull’ 35) (i 10) 13827. 


Montandon’s original locality for both A. mexicanus and A. dilatus 
was simply ‘‘Mexico;’’ to the States of Michoacan and Mexico given 
specifically in the author’s Mexican revision can be added the following 
more easterly record: PUEBLA (Puebla, 20(vii)51, C. J. Drake & 
FE’. ©. Hottes). 


Ambrysus bispinus La Rivers 1953 
Ambrysus bispinus La Rivers 1953A, U.S.N.M. Proe. 103 (3311): 4-6. 


Previously known only from the States of Veracruz and Oaxaca, 
this species’ range can be extended westerly into an adjacent area: 
PUEBLA (Teziutlan, 27(vii)50, C. J. Drake & F. C. Hottes). The 
male of this very distinctive Ambrysus is still unknown. 


74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Ambrysus occidentalis La Rivers 1951 

Ambrysus occidentalis La Rivers 1951, Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom. 8 (7): 322-325; 
1953B, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1328. 

This species, lone confused with A. signoreti in the southwestern 
United States, was inadvertently omitted from the Mexican list, 
although its occurrence south of the United States was noted in the 
revision of Ambrysus for that area. For the sake of completeness, the 
Mexican record is re-iterated here: 

BAJA CALIFORNIA (Ensenada, 11 (iv) 40, R. G. Miller (U. Mich- 
igan)); SONORA (Palmer dist., Alamos, 27(x)34, H. S. Gentry (U. 
Kansas). 

Ambrysus hybrida Montandon 1897 

Ambrysus hybrida Montandon 1897, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 47: 22; / 1909, 
Bull. Soc. Sci. Bue.-Roum. 17 (5-6); 322; Champion, 1900, Biol. Centr.-Amer., 
Hemipt. 2: 357; Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 198-199, 
209: De Carlo, 1950, An. Soe. Cient. Argentina, 150: 8. 

Ambrysus fuscus Usinger, 1946, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 31 (1: 10): 198-199; 
De Carlo, 1950, An. Soc. Cient. Argentina, 150: 11; La Rivers, 1953B, Univ. 
Kansas Sci. Bull. 35 (II: 10): 1333-1334. 

Through the kindness of Dr. Max Beier of the Naturhistorisches 
Museum at Wien, Austria, the writer was able to examine several 
Montandon types and note the above synonymy as well as to confirm 
the uses of other names in Ambrysus. Previously, A. hybrida had been 
omitted from the Mexican treatment since it had gone unrecognized 
as such in the material studied. It is, however, a distinctive enough 
species and no difficulty need be associated with its detection in future. 


REFERENCE 


La Rivers, Ira. 1953. The Ambrysus of Mexico (Hemiptera, Nauecoridae). Univ. 
Kansas Sei. Bull. 35(11: 10): 1279-1349. 


LAELAPS KEEGANI, NOM. NOV. FOR LAELAPS BERLESEI KEEGAN, 
1956 
(ACARINA, LAELAPTIDAE ) 


Laelaps berlesei Keegan, 1956 (nee da Fonseea, 1939), Egyptian Pub. Hlth. 
Assoc. Jour. 31(6): 246, Fig. 45. 

Keegan (1956) inadvertently created a primary homonym by naming an 
Egyptian mite Laelaps berlesei after this combination of names had been proposed 
by da Fonseca (1939, Memor. Instituto Butantan; 12: 104, Figs 1 & 2) for a 
Brazilian mite. The name Laelaps keegani, nom. nov. is proposed for Laelaps 
berlesei Keegan, 1956, with the description and illustration by Keegan as appli- 
cable. The holotype female has been deposited in the U. S. National Museum. 
The unique specimen was collected from Arvicanthis niloticus (striped mouse) at 
Pyramids, Giza Province, Egypt, 22 March 1952, by H. Hoogstraal.— ERNESTINE 
B. THURMAN, Sanitarian (R), Division of Research Grants, National Institutes 
of Health, Public Health Service, DHEW, Bethesda 14, Maryland, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


=I 
oO 


A NEW SPECIES OF LIZARD MITE AND A GENERIC KEY TO THE 
FAMILY PTERYGOSOMIDAE 


(ACARINA, ANYSTOIDEA) 1 
By JoHN A. Davinson, University of Maryland, College Park 


The family Pterygosomidae as now understood, is comprised of 8 
genera. These are variable in general appearance and habitus. Most 
species are parasites of lizards while a few parasitize arthropods. Those 
forms found on lizards are usually baghke in appearance and dorso- 
ventrally flattened. Free living species are elongate and flattened. In 
the new species of Geckobiella here presented, the male is free living in 
form while the female is parasitic, having the body laterally com- 
pressed and shaped in such a way as to fit between scale bases beneath 
the host’s scales (Fig. 3). 

In an attempt to facilitate identification of pterygosomid species, 
Miss Margaret Grayson, Dr. F. Cunliffe, Dr. R. F. Lawrence, and Dr. 
E. W. Baker collaborated to produce the key found herein. Since 
several genera are represented by relatively few species, the discovery 
of new forms may necessitate changes in the key as well as in generic 
concepts. 

Geckobiella harrisi, new species 
(Figs. 1-8) 


Diagnostic characters may be found in the laterally compressed body 
of the adult female; short clublike dorsal setae which occur in patches ; 
short peritremes which in the female, do not extend to the second 
palpal segment, and the absence of eyes. 


Adult female—Body longer than wide, distinctly laterally compressed and 
angular; clublike setae present in patches, especially numerous on the anterior 
dorso-lateral surface and becoming less abundant but larger posteriorly. Palpus 
4-segmented with the tibia and tarsus fused; dorsum of segments 2, 3 and 4 each 
bearing a single long barbed seta, the second seta being longest; palpal thumb 
bearing 4 simple setae and 2 rodlike sensory setae; palpal tarsus with 1 lateral 
simple seta in addition to the dorsal barbed seta. Leg 1 somewhat longer than 
2, 3, or 4, and with the last 3 segments distinctly enlarged; segments 3, 4, and 5, 
of all legs with 1 mildly pilose seta dorsally; duplex setae present on tarsus 1 and 
2, consisting of a long whiplike barbed seta, and a shorter rodlike sensory seta. 
Abdomen prominently bilobed posteriorly; 2 pairs of large clublike setae and 1 
large simple seta on each lobe; a ventral tubercle present anterior to each lobe, 
bearing a large seta which is medially pointed. 

Adult male—Unlike the female, the male retains the free living form, being 
dorso-ventrally flattened; considerably smaller in size; tapering anteriorly and 
posteriorly. Clublike setae present on the margins of the dorsum are most abundant 
anteriorly. Palpus 4 segmented with the tibia and tarsus fused; segments 2-3 with 
dorsal barbed setae above; palpal tarsus with 3 simple setae above and 4 simple 


1Scientific Art. No. A623, Contribution No. 2805, of the Maryland Agricultural 
Experiment Station, Department of Entomology. 


76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2. APRIL, 1958 
’ >) 


and 2 rodlike setae below on the palpal thumb; duplex setae present on legs 1-2 


only. Aedeagus present (Fig. 7). Posterior end of the dorsum with a pair of 
tubercles, and a pair of subapical setae antero-ventral to the tubercles. Anterior 
to the subapical setae are a pair of genital papillae, bearing 3 setae each. Posterior 
end of the venter with a pair of seeming genital plates, each bearing a finely 
barbed lateral seta and lanceolate median seta. 


AN 


PDQ“ FT Kier 


OG caw 


\\ 


Geckobiella harrisi, n. sp.: fig. 1, Lateral view of adult female; fig. 2, Dorsal 
seta of female; fig. 3, Female in position on host (dotted lines indicate scale 
bases); fig. 4, Tarsus 1 of female; fig. 5, Ventral view of female mouthparts (en- 
largement shows palpal thumb). 


Types—The holotype female, USNM No. 2365, and the allotype are 
deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Thirty- 
two female paratype specimens are deposited in the U. 8. National 
Museum and the Institute of Acarology, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Md. 

Type host—Plica plica (inn. ) 

Type locality—12 miles south of Santarem, Para, Brazil. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Material eramined—33 adult females and 1 adult male. No nymphs 
were found. All the material examined came from the ventral surface 
between the gular fold and the anal vent. The single iguanid host 
specimen was collected by Professor Lester E. Harris, Jr., in whose 
honor this mite is named. 


Geckobiella harrisi, n. sp.: fig. 6, Tarsus 1 of male; fig. 7, Ventral view of male 
genital—anal region; fig. 8, Dorsal view of adult male. 


Remarks—Banks (1905, p. 134) described the species Geckobia 
terana. Hirst (1917, p. 1388) erected the genus Geckohiella using 
Geckobia texana as the type. This species was refigured by Hirst 
(1925, p. 200), Lawrence (1953, p. 16), and Lane (1954, p. 96). Until 
now the genus Geckobiella was mono-typic, and known to occur only 
on species of the iguanid genus Sceloporous. 


(2) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Although the male and females here considered to be G. harrisi differ 
markedly in body form and shape, they appear to be the same species 
beause they both have clublike dorsal setae occuring in patches, 
similar duplex setae, identical chaetotaxy of the palpal thumb, lack 
eyes, and were found associated on the same host. No other species of 
mites were found on the type host. 

This species has been placed in the genus Geckobiella because it has 
dorsal setae which occur in patches, without indication of a transverse 
setal pattern; long, robust mouthparts; 1 dorsal seta present on palpal 

segments 2, 3, and 4, with the seta O palpal See ao ate 3 being longest ; 

leg 1 longer than the remaining legs; segments 2, 3, and 4 of all legs 
with 1 mildly pilose seta above ; the body decidedly ‘longer than wide. 
G. harrisi was found on an iouanid lizard as was the type species of 
the genus. 


KEY TO THE GENERA OF PTERYGOSOMIDAE 


1. Body decidedly longer than wide, coxae not fused, first two pairs of legs 


pointing anteriorly, last two pairs pointing posteriorly —_-----..._..___. 2 
Body only slightly longer than wide, or as wide or wider than long, coxae 
T and II fused, coxae III and IV fused, all legs pointing anteriorly_—-_____ 4 
2° Setae-ftew, in transverse OWS) 222 eee 3 
Setae numerous, not 1m transverse) rows reckobiella Hirst 
3. Thirteen pairs of dorsal body setae, duplex setae of Tarsus I of unequal 
length, palpal thumb short; on arthropods —---...... Pimeliaphilus Tragardh 
Fourteen pairs of dorsal body setae, duplex setae of Tarsus I of equal 
length, palpal thumb elongate; on reptiles ---_--------.-......---- Hirstiella Berlese 
4, Hypostome enlarged at apex, more or less parallel sided __.__________--_______._ 5 
Hypostome not enlarged at apex, more or less parallel sided 6 
5. Body usually as long as wide, skin leathery; size large. Txodiderma Lawrence 


Body much wider than long, skin soft and delicate; size small 

ea aa tS ag a ee Se ce ce Ee Scaphothrix Lawrence 
6. Dorsal setae in two dense patches along thie anterior part of lateral margins. 
Duplex setae of Tarsus I unequal. The anterior seta the shorter 

ie es ee BEN Te ee ON ee ee ee CTU OS OIG MEChGHS 
Dorsal setae not in two dense patches along the anterior part of lateral 


margins, duplex sensory setae not as-above 2 EEE 7 
7. Coxae armed with stout setae or spurs, duplex setae or Tarsus I unequal 
wathethesposterion setay the sorte rss ene es Geckobia Megnin 


Coxae without spurs, duplex sensory setae of Tarsus I equal 
Rud evi PN ee) ee tal oi SE ae ae 2A ae re Skee ee ee oes Zonurobia Lawrence 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The author wishes to express his appreciation for the interest and 
suggestions of Dr. E. W. Baker, Insect Identification and Parasite 
Introduction section, U. S. Department of Agriculture, and Dr. G. W. 
Wharton, Head, Department of Zoology, University of Maryland, in 
the study of this species and manuscript preparation. 


=I 
ideo) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


LITERATURE CITED 


» 


Banks, N., 1905. Descriptions of some new mites. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 18: 154. 

Hirst, A. S., 1917. On some new mites of the suborder Prostigmata living on 
lizards. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 19 (8): 186-143. 

, 1925. On parasitic mites of the suborder Prostigmata (Trombidoidea ), 
on lizards. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. 36: 173-200. 

Lane, J. E., 1954. A redeseription of the American lizard mite, Geckobiella texana 
(Banks), 1904, with notes on the systematics of the species. (Acarina; 
Pterygosomidae) Jour. Parasitol. 40 (1): 93-97. 

Lawrence, R. F., 1935. The prostigmatid mites of South African lizards. Parasitol. 
Bi (QWs. dleeay 

, 1953. Two new scale-mite parasites of lizards. Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 
27 (8312): 9-18. 


A NOTE ON THE IDENTITY OF NERTHRA PLANIFRONS (MELIN) 


(HEMIPTERA, GELASTOCORIDAE ) 


Nerthra planifrons (Melin), Zoologiska Bidrag Fran Uppsala, 
Band 12, p. 186, figs. 74-76, 1930 (prepublished, 1929), was one of the 
unrecognized species in my revision of the family, University of 
Kansas Science Bulletin, vol. 37, pt. 1, No. 11, 1955, pp. 277-475. The 
type, a unique female, is now before me through the courtesy of S. L. 
Tuxen, Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Ko¢benhavn, Denmark. 

The specimen is labeled ‘‘Type’’ and ‘‘ Mexico, Parzudaki.’’ The 
size is slightly different than that given in the original description. 
Length, 10.2 mm.; width of pronotum, 6.6 mm.; and width of abdo- 
men, 7.1mm. The apex of the head is provided with two minute tu- 
bercles which are scarcely larger than the granulations of the body 
and not visible from a dorsal view. The apex of the head does not 
project anteriorly. Because the head structure will not satisfy either 
part of couplet 39 of my key to the species of Nerthra, this specimen 
will run to either NV, lata (Montandon) or to V. amplicollis (Stal) and 
N. ecuadorensis (Melin). All of these are very closely related to if not 
identical with planifrons. This specimen appears to differ from the 
females of the aforementioned species in that the pronotum is widest 
near the antero-lateral angle and the median portions of the lateral 
margins converge posteriorly. The two margins are not quite identical 
and it therefore is possible that the specimen is but an abberrant indi- 
vidual of one of the other species. There is a possibility that plani- 
frons is the female of N. ater (Melin). In the absence of conclusive 
evidence to the contrary, the name Nertha planifrons (Melin) should 
be retained for the present as representing a distinct species—E. L. 
Topp, Falls Church, Virginia. 


80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


STEATONYSSUS FURMANI, A NEW NEARCTIC BAT MITE 


ACARI, MACRONYSSIDAE )} 
5] 


VERNON J. TiprTon, Captain, MSC, and Jack L. Borst, PFC, Fifth U. S. Army 
Medical Laboratory, St. Louis 2, Missouri 


A bat (Lasiurus borealis) found dead at an Indiana military instal- 
lation was sent to this laboratory for a postmortem examination. Gross 
examination revealed an unusually large number of mites in the fur 
and on the wing membranes. Subsequent study of these mites indi- 
cated they represented an undescribed species of the genus Steato- 
nyssus Kolenati 1858. 

The genus Steatonysus is probably cosmopolitan in distribution al- 
though to date no species have been reported from the Australian Zoo- 
eeographical Realm. Zumpt and Till (1954) in their treatment of the 
Ethiopian species of Steatonyssus express the opinion that a discus- 
sion of host relationships is premature in view of the present state of 
knowledge of taxonomy and host restrictions of this genus. However, 
it appears likely that bats are the true hosts of Steatonyssus species 
even though some specimens have been collected from mice, shrews and 
moles. Clark and Yunker (1956) have placed those species associated 
with birds in the genus Pellonyssus Clark and Yunker 1956. Further, 
Camin (1949) has furnished evidence that S. arabicus (Hirst 1921), 
described from specimens taken from a lizard, is a synonym of 
Ophionyssus natricis (Gervais 1844). 

As now constituted the genus contains twelve species. Five species 
are represented in the American fauna and of these, three species are 
nearctic: S. ceratognathus (Ewing 1923), S. occidentalis (HKwing 
1933) and a new species for which we propose the name Steatonyssus 
furmani n. sp. in honor of Dr. Deane P. Furman who is currently 
contributing so much toward a better understanding of the parasitic 
mesostigmatid mites. 


Steatonyssus furmani Tipton and Boese, sp. n. 


Female.—I/diosoma: 770 microns long, 448 microns wide at widest point. 
Elongate mite, becoming slightly swollen posterior to coxae IV, pronounced in- 
vagination of posterior margin at apex of anal plate in unmounted specimens. 
Dorsum (fig. 1): Dorsal plates composed of broad, well developed propodosomal 
plate; narrowly tapering opisthosomal plate. Prodosomal plate finely reticulate, 10 
pairs heavy, sublateral setae; six pairs medial setae exclusive of pair of short setae 
on anterior margin of plate; anterior most pair minute, 2nd pair very minute, re- 
maining pairs becoming progressively larger from anterior to posterior; pair of 
minute setae lateral to last pair of medial setae. Opisthosomal plate large (314 
microns long), anterior margin deeply concave, lateral margins roughly parallel 
for approximately 1% their length, then tapering narrowly; On wide anterior por- 
tion of plate 2 pairs minute setae lateral to 2 pairs long setae; On tapering pos- 
terior portion 1 pair long, medial setae; | pair minute medial setae, 5 pairs minute 
marginal setae. Unsclerotized portion of dorsum wide lateral bands each of which 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL: 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 81 


bear approximately 80-90 setae, areas between dorsal plates and posterior to opis 
thosomal plate without setae. Venter (fig. 2): Tritosternum divided from near 
base, lacinae finely pilose. Presternal area coarsely reticulate. Sternal plate non- 
reticulate; anterior margin convex, posterior margin concave; lst pair setae on an- 
terior margin, over % length of 2nd and 3rd pairs (30, 46, 50 microns); Ist pair 
sternal pores roughly at right angles to the longitudinal axis, 2nd pair at approxi 
mately 45 degree angle to longitudinal axis of mite. Endapodal plates very small, 


Steatonyssus furmani n. sp., female. Fig. 1, dorsum; fig. 2, venter. 


with setae of approximately same size as 2nd and 5rd pairs sternal setae. Epigyn- 
ial plate poorly developed, acutely tapered posteriorly, with one pair setae on geni- 
tal portion, anterior portion accordion-like to accommodate genital opening. Meta- 
podal plates elongate. Anal plate pyriform; base of adanal setae near posterior 
margin of anal aperture; adanal setae approximately same length as postanal seta 
but less robust. Unsclerotized portion of venter with fine lines in area bordering 
epigynial plate, otherwise coarsely reticulate; approximately 60 pairs setae which 
become more robust in posterior area. Stigmata located at anterior margin of coxae 
IV; peritremalia (80 microns) extend to anterior margin of coxae III, extend pos- 


9 


teriorly, fused with parapodal plates around coxae IV. Legs: First 3 pair coxae 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


Steatonyssus furmani n. sp. Fig. 3, gnathosoma, female; fig. 4, venter, male. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 83 


each with one pair setae, coxae IV with single seta. All legs with caruncles and 
claws, Tarsi I with fine tactile setae; those of Tarsi II, III & IV somewhat coarser. 
Legs II & III shorter than I & IV; legs II more robust. Gnathosoma (Fig. 3): 
Deutosternal groove with approximately 10 rows of teeth with 1 tooth per row. 
Gnathosomal setae small (20 microns), long medial hypostomal setae (34 mi- 
crons), lateral hypostomal setae small (20 microns), distal hypostomal setae small 
(14 microns). Hypostomal processes broad at base but taper acutely anterior to 
distal hypostomal setae. Chelae long, slender, untoothed. Tectum acutely pointed, 
serrate margin. 


Male.—Idiosoma: 480 microns long; 320 microns wide. Dorsum: As in female 
except 45-50 pairs setae on unarmed portion. Venter (fig. 4): Ventral plates 
consist of sternal plate, ventral plate, anal plate. Presternal area with one pair 
setae. Sternal plate with 3 pairs setae; tapers slightly to rounded posterior 
margin; gental opening between anterior-most pair of setae. Endapodal plates 
just off lateral margin of sternal plate at level of coxae III; one seta each, 
similar to those of sternal plate. Ventral plate short; anterior margin concave; 
lateral margins rounded then taper abruptly to rounded posterior tip; eight 
setae. Unarmed venter finely striated; 28 pairs setae. No metapodal plates 
visible. Anal plate as in female. Legs: Aproximately as in female. Gnathosoma: 
Approximately as in female except needle-like chelicerae. 


Types.—Holotype: A female collected from a bat, Lasiurus borealis, 
collected at Jefferson Proving Grounds, Madison, Indiana, September, 
956. Deposited in the Collection of the U. S. National Museum. Allo- 
type: A male, same data as above. Deposited in the U. 8S. National 
Museum. Paratypes: Many females and 1 male, same data as above. 
Deposited in the British Museum of Natural History (male), Univer- 
sity of California Collection and in the Collection of the senior author. 


Steatonyssus furmani lacks the heavy sclerotization of the posterior 
margin of the sternal plate characteristic of other members of the 
genus with the exception of 8. eos and SN. natalensis. S. furmani may 
be differentiated from these two species in possessing the following 
combination of characters: extremely short peritremalia, sternal plate 
non-reticulate, the first pair of sernal setae approximately one-half the 
length of the second pair and a narrowly tapered opisthosomal plate. 
The description of S. javensis (Oudemans 1914) is very short but ap- 
parently this species also lacks the heavy sclerotization of the posterior 
margin of the sternal plate. However, it appears to have peritremalia 
which extend to the dorsal area. Male distinct in having divided dorsal 
plate. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


We appreciate the help given us by Dr. Deane P. Furman of the 
University of California and Dr. Edward W. Baker, Division of In- 
sect Identification, U. S. National Museum, in determining the taxo- 
nomic status of this species. We are also grateful to Dr. Paul W. 
Parmalee, Curator of Zoology at the Illinois State Museum, for identi- 
fying the host. 


84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


REFERENCES 

Camin, Joseph H., 1949. An attempt to clarify the status of the species in the 
genus Ophionyssus Megnin (Acarina: Macronyssidae). J. Parasit. 35 (6): 
583-589. 

Clark, Gordon M. and Conrad E. Yunker, 1956. A new genus and species of Der- 
manyssidae (Acarina: Mesostigmata) from the English sparrow, with observa- 
tions on its life cycle. Proc. Helm. Soc. Wash. 23 (2): 93-101. 

Zumpt, F. and W. Till, 1954. The genus Steatonyssus Kolenati in the Ethiopian 
Region (Acarina: Laelaptidae). J. Ent. Soc. S. Africa 17: 47-57. 


NOW AV AILABLE 


Memoir 5 of the Entomological Society of Washington 


A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF 
SOUTH AMERICA 


WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 
by Phyllis Truth Johnson 


The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen- 
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using 
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These 
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England 
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the 
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England 
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s 
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of 
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its 
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa- 
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects. 


- 


Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted 
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic 
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera 
known to occur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and 
the species within each: genus have been listed with host and locality data. De- 
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to 
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of 
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con- 
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas 
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts, 
each with the flleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information ; 
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close 
the volume. 


Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be 
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr. 
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research 
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 85 


PYROGLYPHUS MORLANI, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MITE 
FORMING A NEW FAMILY, PYROGLYPHIDAE, IN THE ACARIDIAE 


ACARINA, SARCOPTIFORMES 


By FREDERICK CUNLIFFE, Columbia College, South Carolina, and Pinellas 
Foundation, Inc., Tallahassee, Florida. 


As has been noted by many workers the genital opening of the female Acaridiae, 
both free living and parasitic, are important in family and superfamily diagnosis. 
Female genitalia of known families range from simple longitudinal or transverse 
slits to those with lateral and epigynial plates which form an anteriorly pointing 
triangle. A series of mites with an extreme form of genitalia was discovered some 
years ago in rodents’ nests in New Mexico by H. B. Morlan of the U. S. Public 
Health Service. The genital opening is bell shaped and is covered by a sclerotized 
plate which is hinged posteriorly. The shield is similar in appearance and action 
to those of the uropodid mites. There are no visible lateral plates. The genital 
plate bears two pairs of setae posteriorly. In other acarids these setae appear to 
be at the margins of the lateral plates, or slightly off the plates. Their presence 
on the genital plate indicates that the laterals are not reduced, but may have been 
large as in Chortoglyphus, and have combined with the epigynial to form the single 
large plate. This species forms a new family in the superfamily Acaroidea. 


PYROGLYPHIDAE, new family 


This family is distinguished from all others in having a single trap- 
door like genital plate, in possessing greatly reduced genital discs, and 
in lacking copulatory tubes. 


Pyroglyphus, new genus 
With the characters of the family. 


Pyroglyphus morlani, new species 


Female.—These are small, rugose, leathery mites. The propodosoma is smoother 
than the rest of the dorsum, and possesses a sclerotized shield. The body setae are 
small, simple, and few in number. Coxal plates I and II are sclerotized across the 
entire venter. Coxae III and IV are only lightly sclerotized. The genital opening 
is large, bell shaped, and lies between coxae III and IV. The genital plate is 
sclerotized and possesses two pairs of setae posteriorly. Two pairs of tiny remnants 
of genital dises are present. Ventral body setae apparently are missing; a single 
pair of anal setae are present; two pairs of setae are on the posterior margin of 
the body. No copulatory tube could be found. The legs are simple, with few 
setae. The tarsal caruncles are expanded, and have tiny empodial claws. Tarsi 
IT and II each has a single rodlike sensory seta. The chelicerae are chelate; the 
mouthparts are barely visible from above. The body is 414 # long and 255 » wide. 

Male.—Similar to female. The genitalia lie between coxae III] and IV. The 
body is 319 » long and 172 » wide. 


Types.—Holotype female, U. S. National Museum No. 2461 was 
collected in a nest of Neotoma albigula Dee. 17, 1951; five female 
paratypes with the same data; three female paratypes collected in the 
same habitat Dec. 13, 1951; two female paratypes collected in Neotoma 


86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


sp. nest Feb. 9, 1953. One male paratype collected in Neotoma albigula 
nest Dee. 13, 1951. Three nymphs collected in the same habitat Jan. 17, 
1952. All were collected by H. B. Morlan near Santa Fe, New Mexico. 


SS \ 


Pyroglyphus morlani, new species, female: fig. 1, dorsum; fig. 2, venter; fig. 3, 
genital plate; fig. 4, tarsus I; fig. 5, tarsus IT; fig. 6, detail of caruncle. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 87 


INA LOUISE HAWES, 1896-1957 


The name of Ina Hawes, 
Bibliographer and Asso- 
ciate Librarian in the Li- 
brary of the Department 
of Agriculture, stands on 
the back of nine volumes of 
the Index of the Literature 
of American Economie En- 
tomology from 1940 
through 1955, comprising 
over 4000 pages of bibliog- 
raphy. Besides these vol- 
umes there are five other 
bibhographies, written in 
collaboration with others, 
and amounting to 777 
pages altogether, of which 
the Bibhography on Avia- 
tion and Eeonomie Ento- 
mology won the Oberly 
Memorial award for the 
best bibliography in the field of agriculture of the biennium. In truth 
this is great activity for so tiny a woman as Ina Hawes, especially 
when one considers that she was always rather frail in health and 
carried on a rich social life outside of her working days. 

When one is gathering up the details of the life of another human 
being, reviewing that one’s preeminence in a chosen field, his quality 
of work and his relationship with others, there emerges eventually 
from the many facts, the spirit of the individual, that peculiar essence 
of his being. In the case of Ina Hawes the essence might be said to be 
her dedication to service to others, not as a devout religieuse at all, but 
as a gay, happy woman. One of her fellow librarians summed it up in 
saying, ‘‘ Hawsey liked to do things for people.”’ 

Her only surviving sister, herself the mother of three daughters 
whom Ina cherished and helped, has written me of her childhood as 
follows: 

“Ina was born (April 28, 1896) and brought up in the small town of 
Oxford, Massachusetts. She was the daughter of Marian E. Waite 
and Charles H. Hawes, the second of the three Hawes girls. We lived 
on a farm with Mother and Father and Grandmother and Grandfather 
Waite. The Waites were an old New England family and the Hawes 
came from the North of Ireland to New York City in the early 1800's. 
Ina was brought up in the old New England way, with Sunday School 
in the old North Church (Congregational). In her teens she was active 
in the Camp Fire Girls, helping put on benefit entertainments in the 
church. She was gay and jolly and full of fun. She loved poetry and 


88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


while doing the dishes she used to recite ‘*The Lady of Shalotte’’ and 
parts of ‘‘Marmion’’ and the ‘‘Lady of the Lake.’’ She used to read 
to me a great deal. I think I got a great deal of education from her. 
She graduated from Oxford High School at seventeen and from there 
went to Simmons College.”’ 

Directly after her graduation from Simmons in June 1917 where she 
took the course in Library Science, she joined the library staff of the 
Department of Agriculture as assistant to Mabel Colcord in the Bu- 
reau of Entomology. She continued in the Department of Agriculture 
hbrary for the rest of her life. When I came to the Bureau a year and 
a half later, | met her in the old red brick building that used to stand 
next to the marble East Wing of the Agriculture building, in an office 
adjominge Dr. Howard’s front office. She had a desk between Miss 
Coleord and the silvery haired Mary Champney. Poor Miss Champney 
had had attacks of petit mal all her life. Often she would say, ‘‘I 
don’t know how I ever got here this morning, I have no recollection of 
it.’’ And Miss Coleord would remark, ‘‘Poor Champ, the air is blue 
with gloom here mornings till she settles down to work.’’ Miss Col- 
cord herself had just taken over after Nathan Banks’ departure the 
work on the Index of Literature of American Economie Entomology, 
and ** Hawsey’’ as she soon dubbed Ina, was appointed to help her out. 
It must have been dull work for a young girl, but she was ever a busy 
wren-like ttle person, always with a bubble of laughter. This sunny 
disposition probably came from her Irish inheritance, while from her 
New Eneland stock she doubtless drew the conscientiousness that en- 
abled her to work on the dullest of chores, climaxed by the Index. Her 
humor coincided with that of Mabel Colcord, whose sly wit delighted 
everyone. Together they were a congenial pair with a deep and affec- 
tionate understanding of each other that grew with the years. Ina 
owed much to her training under Mabel Colcord, a training that in 
the end enabled her to take over after Miss Coleord’s retirement and 
even surpass her in the number of volumes of the Index that she put 
out. 

Outside of office, Ina’s interests for many years were centered in the 
Pierce Hall Players at the Unitarian Church in Washington. She sel- 
dom was in the limelight herself in their performances, but she was 
foremost in organizing and directing them. One of the group told me 
that there could be no one finer than she at it. She joined this dra- 
matic group in the early 20’s when it was first formed and stayed with 
it till it disbanded in the war years. She was also active in her Sim- 
mons College Club. Several of her classmates at Simmons came to 
Washington at about the same time she did and the girls lived together 
for a time, till most of them were married, and even afterwards they 
kept in close touch with each other through the years. 

From 1944 through 1948 Ina was recording secretary for the Ento- 
mological Society of Washington, the second woman to hold that post. 
Besides the entomological societies she belonged to the Special Libra- 
ries Association. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., voL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 89 
] ’ ’ 


After Mabel Colcord’s retirement in June 1942 the work of the 
Index was continued by Ina, often with little clerical help, but she 
carried the burden from then to her death in March 1957. She was 
largely responsible for the organization of the entomology section of 
the Bibliography of Agriculture and compiled her two major bibliog- 
raphies apart from the Index at this time. This is the period in which 
she did her most constructive work and may well have been her most 
satisfying. In 1956 she was given the Superior Service Award in rec- 
ognition of the ‘‘intelligent and practical way in which she developed 
the Indexes of American Economie Entomology.’’ In connection with 
this award Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck wrote: 

‘These Indexes, now published annually, are the main reliance of 
the apphed entomologist for a guide to the literature pertaining to any 
subject in the broad field of economic entomology. Their usefulness is, 
of course, dependent on the care and intelligence with which they are 
prepared. It had become necessary to eliminate certain types of pub- 
lications and certain types of articles, as well as to sort out and use 
only what was significant in those publications and articles that might 
be selected for indexing. This demanded a nice understanding of the 
needs of the entomologists and an appreciation of the gradual changes 
of emphasis in the field. It is because of Miss Hawes’ exceptional un- 
derstanding of what is required, her resourcefulness, and her ability to 
get things done that the Indexes have been ready on time, that they 
reflect so well the growth and trends in the field covered, and that they 
have become indispensable tools of the economic entomologist ... I 
cannot emphasize too much the intelligent and effective conduct of 
this important undertaking while Miss Hawes has been in charge of it.’’ 

Ina was never very robust in health. She suffered from allergies— 
in the early days it was called ‘‘hay fever.’’ In addition she had nu- 
merous operations, some of them major ones, and once she was badly 
injured when hit by a car. A year or so before her death cancer was 
discovered, and she had a very serious operation for that. Later the 
cancer recurred, and she died on March 23, 1957. Her mother, it may 
be of interest to note, also died of cancer. 

She lived up to the tradition of those splendid women, many of 
them New Englanders like herself, whose conscientious effort and 
scholarship under the leadership of Claribel Barnett brought the De- 
partment of Agriculture Library to its zenith. 

Doris H. BuaKe! 


PUBLICATIONS OF INA LOUISE HAWES 


1. Check list of publications on entomology issued by the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture through 1927 with subject index. U. S. Dept. of Agr. 
Lib. Bibl. Contrib. 20, 261 p., Jan. 1930 (in collaboration with Mabel Colcord 
and Angelina Carabelli). 


1] wish to thank Ina’s sister, Mrs. John Andrych, Mrs. Ruth Lindley and Mrs. 
Egbert Walker for help in supplying the facts of her life, and Mrs. Margaret S. 
Bryant, Miss Mary E. Grinnell, and J. S. Wade for their suggestions and for 
supplying Ina’s bibliography. 


90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


2. List of publications on apiculture contained in the U. S. Department of Agri- 
eulture, and in part those contained in the Library of Congress. U. S. Dept. of 
Agr. Lib. Bibl. Contrib. 21, 219 p., May 1930 (in collaboration with Vajen 
K. Hitz). 

3. Index to the literature of American economic entomology, vols. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 
12, 13, 14, 15. 1940-1955. 

4. Bibliography on lice and man with particular reference to wartime conditions. 

U. 8S. Dept. of Agr. Bibl. Bull. no. 1, 106 p., 1943 (in collaboration with Mary 

E. Grinnell). 

Bibliography on aviation and economic entomology. U. 8S. Dept. of Agr. Bibl. 

Bull. No. 8, 185 p., 1947 (in collaboration with Rose Eisenberg). 

6. A selected list of publications. U. S. Dept. of Agr. Yearbook, 1952, pp. 732- 
737 (in collaboration with J. S. Wade). 


Or 


SOCIETY MEETINGS 


The 663rd regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President F. L. 
Campbell at 8:00 PM, Thursday, May 2, 1957, in Room 43 of the U. S. National 
Museum, with 37 members and 26 visitors present. The minutes of the previous 
meeting were read, corrected and approved. 

Mr. Rainwater reported that May 18 was selected for the date of the June 
picnic meeting to be held at the Log Lodge from 2 to 6 PM. The committee con- 
sists of Sollers, Walton, Rainwater, Shortino, Gilbert and Sullivan. 

New members elected were Mrs. Helene G. Cushman, Bibliography Section, 
Library, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, and Lt. Dale H. Habeck, 
Box 5215, State College Station, Raleigh, N. Car. 

Notes and exhibition of specimens were deferred to allow full time to the four 
students whose Science Fair exhibits provided the principal program of the eve- 
ning. Elliott S. Krafsur, student of Mrs. Ann Fullerton at Bethesda-Chevy Chase 
High Sehool, presented his exhibit, ‘‘ Hybridization and Classification of Saturniid 
Moths.’’ There were questions and comments on the exhibit by T. L. Bissell, R. H. 
Nelson, R. T. Mitchell, A. B. Gurney, H. H. Shepard, J. F. G. Clarke, R. I. Sailer, 
and others. Mr. and Mrs. 8. S. Krafsur and Mrs Fullerton were introduced. 

Rona Kushner, also a student of Mrs. Fullerton, presented her exhibit, ‘‘The 
Firefly,’’ and answered questins and comments by F. C. Bishopp, Elizabeth Havi- 
land, T. E. Snyder, Mr. Nelson, Mr. Bissell, James Watt, Dixie Krafsur, M. D. 
Leonard and T. J. Spilman. Mrs. M. Kushner was introduced at the meeting. 

Frances Watt, student of Ruth C. Strosnider at Woodrow Wilson High School, 
presented her exhibit, ‘‘Cockroaches for Nutritional Experiments.’’? Questions 
and comments were offered by Honorary President Snodgrass, F. P. Harrison, Dr. 
Gurney, R. J. Barker, Mr. Rainwater, Dr. Haviland, Mr. Bissell, Mrs. Fullerton 
and others. 

Judith Wilburn, student of member Howard Owens at Northwest High School, 
presented her exhibit, ‘‘ What Hibernates in a Clump of Broom Sedge?’’ raising 
questions and comments by Dr. Clarke, Mr. Bissell, Dr. Leonard, Mr. Rainwater, 
Kellie O’Neill, Rose Warner, Dr. Watt, Honorary President R. E. Snodgrass, Mr. 
Nelson, Dr. Bishopp and others. 

A. B. Gurney spoke briefly in praise of the initiative and interest in individual 
studying which are engendered in many high school students by Science Fairs. At 
each of the several regional Science Fairs held annually in the Washington Metro- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 91 


politan Area there are several hundred entries, many characterized by great merit. 
For several years the Washington Academy of Sciences has actively encouraged 
the Science Fairs, and the fine projects displayed this evening demonstrate well 
what is being accomplished. (Speaker’s abstract.) 

M. P. Jones added comments and an invitation to the students, their parents, 
and their teachers to attend the June picnic meeting. Mr. Bissell asked for Howard 
Owens’ comment. Mr. Owens said that this was the 11th annual Fair and the 4th 
year in which all of the suburban groups had participated. There were 30,000 
visitors to the suburban Virginia Fair and 10,000 to that at the University of 
Maryland, in addition to visitors to Montgomery County and District Fairs, and 
in all there were 16,000 exhibits in the Washington area—a lot of earthworms in 
the family refrigerator. Next week the winners are to leave for the national 
competition. 

The meeting was adjourned at 9:45 PM.—KELLIE O’NEILL, Recording Secretary. 

The 665th regular meeting of the Society was held in room 43 of the U. 8. 
National Museum on Thursday, October 3, 1957, with 61 members and 28 visitors 
present. President F. L. Campbell called the meeting to order at 8:00 P. M. and 
the minutes of the May meeting were read and approved. 

The name of Arthur B. Gahan was presented in nomination for Honorary Mem- 
ber to succeed the late Dr. A. G. Béving. A. B. Gurney, chairman of the nomi- 
nating committee, recapitulated Mr. Gahan’s life and entomological contributions 
for the benefit of younger member not acquainted with him. Arthur Burton Gahan 
was born in Manhattan, Kansas, in 1880, and was trained primarily at Kansas 
State College and the University of Maryland. He was a staff member at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland from 1904 until 1913, when he joined the taxonomic unit of 
the U. S. Bureau of Entomology. Mr. Gahan became an international authority on 
the Chaleidoidea, and retired in 1950. As an active member of the Entomological 
Society of Washington for 50 years, he contributed greatly to the Society’s activi- 
ties, and held various offices, including that of President in 1922. [Author’s ab- 
stract.] It was voted unanimously to make Mr. Gahan an Honorary Member. 

President Campbell reported that revision of the constitution was being discussed 
by the Executive Committee but the proposal was not yet complete. 

New members elected were: Robert Davis, 2211 Maxwell Drive, 8. W., Atlanta 
11, Georgia; Dr. M. J. Sloan, Shell Chem. Corp., 1700 K St. ,N. W., Washington, 
D. C.; Jerry Mallack, 303 Leighton Ave., Silver Spring, Md.; Michael Kostarab, 
12 Merrill Rd., Apt. A, Baltimore 28, Md.; John A. Fluno, Entomology Research 
Div., Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md.; Dr. Thomas H. G. Aitken, Trinidad 
Regional Virus Lab., P. O. Box 164, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, B.W.I.; James P. 
Kramer, Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Laboratories, U. S. Na- 
tional Museum, Washington 25, D. C. 

Following discussion of whether the December meeting should be postponed be- 
cause of the conflicting Entomological Society of America meeting, it was voted 
not to postpone the meeting, against some opposition. 

President Campbell announced the appointment of C. H. Hoffman to represent 
the Society at the Pacific Science Congress at Bangkok, November 18 to De- 
cember 9. 


The death of John H. Martin was announced by T. J. Spilman, who recounted 
a few of the experiences he shared with this friend during his short life and career 
as an entomologist. 


92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


A. B. Gurney announced the death of J. C. Bridwell, noted collector known to 
many older Society members. Mr. Bridwell’s obituary appeared in Vol. 60, No. 1, 
of the Proceedings. 

W. E. Bickley called attention to the necessity for having a permit to collect in 
National Parks; he finds it time-consuming to obtain permits for his students. 
J. F. Gates explained that the requirement for permits was instituted principally 
to protect birds and other larger forms of animal life more in danger of extine- 
tion than insects. He did not think it likely that the requirement could be changed, 
or that blanket permits could be obtained, and said that Park police were most 
assiduous in enforcing the law, so that collectors could expect to be asked to show 
their permits. He added that he was understandably in favor of the provision that 
material collected became the property of the National Museum, and went on to 
tell about a recent acquisition of the Division of Insects, the Tippmann eollee- 
tion. It comprises 97,830 specimens of wood-boring beetles, including 1,415 para- 
types and cotypes and 611 holotypes. 

T. L. Bissell told about an insect newly a pest in Maryland. Anticarsia gem- 
matalis Hibner, the velvetbean caterpillar, was found damaging soy beans. In 
answer to E. L. Todd’s question, Mr. Bissell said the species was not new to Mary- 
land, but that this was the first record of commercial damage. 

President Campbell read a letter of thanks from Miss Luey Howard for the 
L. O. Howard dinner. This letter is published here in full: 

Onteora Club 
September 15, 1957 


To the Entomological Society of Washington, D. C. 
Dear Entomological Society: 


For my sister and myself I want to thank you all for the heart-warming tribute 
to our Father on his hundredth birthday. All his friends, who to our joy and sur- 
prise seem still to be many, were so good in swelling the number who came to that 
wonderful dinner. 

It was particularly gratifying to us to have my sister Candace’s son present so 
that he too could hear the tributes to his grandfather and realize from sources 
other than the naturally prejudiced opinions of his family, the way people felt 
about him. I know he will never forget it. 

I have always felt as if the Entomological Society were a sort of family con- 
nection. Some of my earliest recollections are of meetings held in our house in 
Georgetown. One especially, when I was awakened by the charming playing of a 
German member, who after the insects and new discoveroies for their control had 
been finished with, was soothing his fellow members, or waking them up (?) with 
Schubert’s ‘‘Hark, Hark the Lark.’’ I have loved it dearly from that day. 

The years when I came to the meetings with Father were particularly happy 
ones and even though I didn‘t really understand most of the papers, the feeling 
of a group of people closely and enthusiastically bound together by their interest 
in their own work and the discoveries of others along similar lines, was a wonder- 
ful experience. 

Thank you again for your remembrance and the tribute to Father who would 
have been so greatly touched by the whole thing. 

Signed by 
Lucy T. Howarp 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 93 


A record of Dr. Howard’s voice copied from the original now in Archives was 
was played to the meeting. 

The principal speaker of the evening was Curtis W. Sabrosky, who told about 
his collecting experiences in the Palau Islands and Yan under the title, ‘‘A Visit 
to Paradise.’’ The program chairman added the subtitle, ‘‘ Roasting on a Pacific 
Isle.’’ Mr. Sabrosky’s talk was well illustrated with color slides, and he exhibited 
a number of articles of native handwork. 

The meeting was adjourned at 10:10 P. M.—KeE.LuI©m O’NEILL, Recording Sec- 
retary. 


The 666th regular meeting of the Society was held in Room 45 of the U. 8S. Na- 
tional Museum, Thursday, Nov. 7, 1957. President Frank L. Campbell called the 
meeting to order at 8:00 PM and there were 39 members and 14 visitors present. 
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. 

Dr. Ashly Gurney, chairman of the nominating committee, presented the names 
of the nominees for offices in 1958 (see inside front cover—ED.). 

A new member, Dr. J. T. Medler, Department of Entomology, University of 
Wisconsin, was elected. 

President Campbell read the letter of acceptance of honorary membership by 
A. B. Gahan and called our attention to the fact that Dr. M. D. Leonard has been 
elected a member of the Entomological Society of Japan. Dr. Campbell also 
pointed out that ‘‘ Preliminary Inventories, Records of the Bureau of Entomology 
and Plant Quarantine’’ (No. 94), compiled by Dr. H. T. Pinkett, is now available 
from the National Archives. 

A note concerning the winner of the Joseph Augustin LePrince award was 
presented by Helen Sollers. This award, consisting of a bronze medal, a certificate 
and an hononarium of $500, is now presented every three years by the American 
Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene to a person for outstanding accomplish- 
ment in the field of malaria. This year the honor was bestowed upon Dr. Louis L. 
Williams, internationally famous for his work in malaria control. He has become 
known as the father of malaria eradication in the United States. After his retire- 
ment as chief of the International Health Division in 1953, he joined the staff of 
the Pan American Sanitary Bureau where he is now a consultant. 

The principal speaker of the evening, Mr. Morris C. Leikind, had as his subject, 
‘*Ronald Ross and Medical Entomology—A Centennial Appraisal.’’? An active 
discussion followed this talk. 

Just after his speech, Mr. Leikind called attention to the Washington History 
of Science Club whose membership is open to those interested in the history of 
science. 

The following visitors were introduced: Dr. C. D. Pelekassis, Benaki Plant 
Pathology Institute, Athens, Greece; J. W. Beardsley, Hawaiian Sugar Planter’s 
Association, Honolulu; Roy Fritz, U. S. Public Health Service; Tom McIntyre, 
Mrs. Ruth Shechter, Roger Ratcliffe, and K. EF. Lipinsky, University of Maryland; 
and George E. Bohart, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville. 


The meeting was adjourned at 9:47 PM.—HELEN Sowers, Acting Recording 
Secretary. 


94, PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


The 667th regular meeting of the Society was called to order at 8:04 PM 
Thursday, December 5, 1957, in Room 438 of the U. S. National Museum, by 
President F. L. Campbell, with 15 members and 3 visitors present. 

Thomas McIntyre, R.D. 2, Bowie Rd., Laurel, Md., was elected to membership. 

President Campbell reported on the state of the Society. The report was 
accepted. There was comment on the $600 deficit in the general fund and on 
publication of th minutes. 

The slate presented by the nominating committee was elected unanimously by 
voice vote (see inside front cover.—ED.). 

R. I. Sailer reported briefly on Eastern Branch meetings of the Entomological 
Society of America. T. L. Bissell said that an important omission in the report 
was Dr. Sailer’s election as Vice Chairman of the Branch. 

President Campbell reported on the national meetings of the Entomological 
Society of America at Memphis. 

Mr. Bissell exhibited Diplopoda on bark, which looked like carpet beetles when 
alive. 

J. F. G. Clarke announced a meeting of the Lepidoptera Society in the Museum 
December 27 and 28, 1957. He exhibited two of the original parts of Samuel 
Seudder’s book on North American Lepidoptera, published in 1888. The scheduled 
speaker of the evening, Major Herbert C. Barnett, could not be present at the 
meeting, he announced. 

President Campbell read a letter written by Michael Kostarab, as follows: 

Ladies and Gentlemen! 

The picture of the streets in Budapest one year ago is still fresh in my 
memory. Among the thousands of buildings destroyed or damaged in the fighting 
of the revolution were the Hungarian National Museum and the Entomological 
Collection Building near-by. The roof and the fourth floor of the Entomological 
Collection Building caught fire from a Russian incendiary projectile, which 
destroyed them. Almost all of the Diptera collection located here was destroyed. 
The damage is inestimable from the point of view of science. 

While the fight was still raging on the streets of Budapest I saw with my own 
eyes the museum’s entomologists carrying the rest of the entomological collection, 
thru the rain and the snow, to the safety of near by buildings. In the damaged 
building the ceiling was wet through. The rest of the intact collection faced ruin 
by water if it stayed where it was. 

Even before the revolution several Hungarian entomologists had lost their jobs 
because they were ‘‘ politically undependable.’’ The present situation, after the 
revolution, is even worse. 

In the last few months the Austrian entomologists have sent several packages 
with clothing and food to Hungary, to help the miserable Hungarian entomologists 
in their enforced retirement. 

The entomologists of South America are collecting literature to replace, to some 
extent, the burned Diptera-library in the Hungarian National Museum. 

During the last few months the Hungarian entomologists have enthusiastically 
collected 50,000 Diptera to replace the destroyed collection. They have a plan for 
next year to collect 100,000 more. The Diptera mounting work however has stopped 
within the last few weeks, because of the lack of minuten nadeln. The Russian 
controlled Hungarian government has never been interested in importing minuten 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 95 


nadeln from abroad and for this reason in recent years we have always suffered 
from a want of insect pins. 

Ladies and Gentlemen! This letter contains the cry for help of the Hungarian 
entomologists. It came to my address, but it speaks to all of us. If we do not 
help soon, the material which was collected with such effort will be ruined. The 
loss will be our loss too, because science knows no national boundaries. I beg all 
of you who can help, to please contribute materially to purchase a parcel of 
minuten nadeln for the Hungarian National Museum. The cost of 10,000 nadeln is 
$25.00; 50,000 nadeln would cost $125.00. You can help this project. Please put 
your contribution in this box. This would be the most beautiful Christmas gift we 
could send to the Hungarian entomologists. I request the president and treasurer 
of the Entomological Society of Washington to handle this money. Thank you for 
your cooperation. 

A. B. Gurney circulated books by Lindroth on the faunal connections between 
America and Europe, Darlington on zoogeography, and Jaeger on North American 
deserts. 

Mr. J. W. Beardsley of Hawaii was introdueed. 

President Campbell exhibited the name tag worn at Memphis. He presented a 
gavel to Dr. Sailer, which he said was made by Dr. Hough from box elder with 
evidence of insect damage. 

The meeting was adjourned at 9:55 P.M.—KELLIE O’ NEILL, Recording Secretary. 


Date of publication of Vol. 60, No. 1 was March 10, 1958. 


NEW AMMUNITION? 


Search for improved insecticides and fumigants 
gets high priority at DiaMonn’s enlarged 
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own 
products give evidence of this interest. We 
welcome requests for cooperation on research 


and development projects. 


Diamond 
# Chemicals 


96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL 


The days of farmers’ complete crop 
losses to “‘bugs”’ arerapidly disappear- 
ing and will soon be only a memory 
like the horse and buggy. Today’s 
insecticides give a decided advantage 
to farmers. With dependable insect 
control, they now market a much 
larger share of harvests. 


To discover newer and better 
means of protecting crops, Shell 
Chemical Corporation researchers 
work with State and Federal experi- 
mental stations, independent re- 
searchers, extension workers and 
growers. 


SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION ¢ 


AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION 
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK 


Easy-to-apply Shell Chemical insecticides give dependable control. 


. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 


re: 


Gone are the 
“loss and buggy days! 


As a result of intensive experimen- 
tation, Shell developed aldrin, diel- 
drin, endrin and Phosdrin® insecti- 
cides; D-D® and Nemagon® soil 
fumigants; and Allyl Alcohol weed 
seed killer. 


Other pesticides being developed 
in experimental installations through- 
out the country promise even greater 
success for agriculture—and a bleak 
future for insect pests! 

Technical information on Shell 
Chemical Corporation pesticides is 
available. Write to: 


A Cyanamid Report 


‘DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS 


wly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied 
ef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of 
‘3 of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved 
ly the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for 
g cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl 
en red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition, 
ust _may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space. 
using ‘malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used 
uses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala- 
control, rubbing devices incorporating the product 
fective i in suppressing lice and horn flies. 


ion to dctatine dairy cows, since it has TIE yet 


e truck fads. ae cars, earl ships’ holds 
re Indian meal moth infestations de- 

ons of malathion dusts or sprays at pre- 
afford ct age 


: arate 


Bramble family 
Nectarines 
Quinces 
Currants 

; ; Gooseberries 


aa cotton, aa ete spearmint, 


( ompany, Insecticide Fantail 
feller Plaza, New York 20, N.Y. — 


A le} 


- 
ei 


GULE) QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


\ 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 


against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 


A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 


GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


— 


Vol. 60 JUNE 1958 No. 3 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMUOLUGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


_—<—.,~ PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


= —— 
CONTENTS 


BAKER, E. W.—The Mite Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov 
and its Control in Russia (Acarina, Psoroptidae) —._...._._._______ 125 


BOHART, R. M.—A North American Species of the Genus ee ih ihe 
ODOT GTITETS PoE a STE CG CD oo SL) a a ee ee Rake sal 122 


CARTWRIGHT, O. L.—Another Old Record of Aphotaenius carolinus 
(Van Dyke) (Coleoptera, Scarabeidae)__._—$_-________________. 134 


GREGG, R. E—Two New Species of Metapone from Madagascar (Hymen- 
SYRCET AE OLIMICLO AC) eee ee Bie se ee 111 


HIGGINS, H. G., and MULAIK, S. G.—Notes on Allodamaeus ewingi 
Uo SVS Oe FG ET cay EN FET) a De er 131 


KRANTZ, G. W.—Lobogyniella tragardhi, a New Genus and Species of 
Diplogyniid Mite Associated With Dampwood Termites in Oregon (Aca- 
Pi ee ED LO Ai Oe ype eee eee Se 127 


KROMBEIN, K. V.—Biological Notes on Some Wasps from Kill Devil 
Hills, North Carolina, and Additions to the Faunal List Tee Ae 


(AVTRULD Eg RN a a | i ei a ae a Se 97 
LANE, J., and CERQUEIRA, N. L.—The Types of Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia) 

dyari Lane & Cerqueira, 1942 (Diptera, Culicidae) ...._.»—._______- 135 
SABROSKY, C. W.—An Overlooked Name in “Musca” (Diptera) 134 
OBITUARY—Joseph M. Davis, 1909-1957_______-__-_.__ 136 
BELrOnis OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1957... 138 
SDC TA ATENSE: uN DS SAT 1h Oy CSD Se PA aU rE el DU Se eee E> 
SENET GIG FS OH SDM psa a ee eo 121, 137 

DIV. i) 6 


ORGANIZED Marcu 12, 1884 


OFFICERS FOR 1958 


R. I. Samer, President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


R. H. Newson, First Vice President 
Entomological Society of America 
1530 P St., N.W. 

Washington fi IDE M(Of: 


P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


HELEN Sours, Recording Secretary 
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. 


PauL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary 
7213 Beacon Terrace 
Bethesda, Maryland 


F. P. Harrison, Treasurer 
Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 


R. H. Foors, Editor 
c/o Division of Insects 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


H. J. CONKLE, Custodian 
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. 


J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman 
e/o Division of Insects 6 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


eis Jel SHEPARD, Nominated to ener the 
Society as Vice President of 
the Washington Academy of 
Sciences. 
FMRD-CSS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, Dz 


Executive Committee fh ; 
T. L. BIssELU, University of Maryland © 
R. A. St. Groren, U.S. Dept. Agriculture 
F. L, CAMPBELL, National Research Council 
Honorary President 
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Museum 


Honorary Members 


C. F. W. Muzszenox, U.S. National Museum 


H. G. Barser, U.S. National Museum ~ 
ING 134, GAHAN, Berwyn, Maryland 


a 


THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ea 
OF WASHINGTON 2 


1m 


Reunar meetings © of ‘the S 
Room 43 of the U. S. Nation 
first Thuraday of Sane monte fr 


payable in prc: 
made payable to The: Entomol 
Washington. f ee i 


The Society does n ot 
ie those of othe 


All “manuscrip 
be addressed to 


ject. inaect Mine cat sh 
ing address of the autho 
affiliation, if possible. — Citation 
pers longer than o on ted 
author and date a 


rye 


ture should be inclu 


Proportions of -page 
closely approximate 4-5/1! 
this usually all 
inal aan pa ost 0 str fous i 


ut 7 ill be 


Reprints of - ee r ay be 
the following costs plus ostage anc 
provided that a statemer e 
accompanies the nee 


z PP. 4 pp. 
50 copies: i 
$2. iy $3. 00 $5.0 


100 copies: fe 
2,50 8.80 


‘Additional copies, p 
500m 1. nls] 


‘ benretieae ba ne repr 


Re % \ ‘ 


2/3195 


ae JAPANESE. BEETLE 


Adult beetles feeding on fruit and leaves, about one-half natural 
Insert, adult beetle, about twice natural size. 
represent seasonal history of the Japanese beetle. 
grub (late spring) ; 


erubs (late summer and fall); all about twice natural size. 


size, 
Figures below ground 


Left to right, mature 


pupa; beetle laying eggs (summer); developing 


(See other side for life history and control ) 


Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine 
United States Department of Agriculture 


Picture Sheet No. 


i, rey ised 


JAPANESE BEETLE 
(Popillia japonica Newman) 


Japanese beetles spend about 10 months of the year as grubs in 
the soil, feeding on the roots of grasses and other plants. Early 
in June the grubs stop feeding and go through a resting, or pupal, 
stage, before they become beetles. By the first part of July the 
beetles are flying about in numbers and feeding extensively on the 
foliage, fruit, and blossoms of many trees and other plants. In 
July and August the females go into the ground and lay eggs, which 
hatch into small grubs. Grubs are usually most abundant in turf. 


Control of Beetles 


Plants can be protected from beetle attack with the following 
sprays: 

1. DDT (50-percent wettable powder), 3 ounces (20 tablespoonfuls) ; 
water, 10 gallons (for fruit and shade trees, shrubs, and flowering 
plants). 

2. Lead arsenate, 10 ounces (30 tablespoonfuls) ; wheat flour, 6 ounces 
(24 tablespoonfuls), or light-pressed fish oil, 2% fluid ounces (5 
tablespoonfuls) ; water, 10 gallons (for shade trees and shrubs). 

3. Powdered derris 4-percent rotenone), 5 ounces (30 tablespoonfuls) ; 
water, 10 gallons (for apple, plum, cherry, and peach trees, grapes, 
and small fruits when fruit is about to ripen, and flowering plants). 

Where spraying equipment is not available, apply a 5-percent 
DDT dust or hydrated dusting lime. 

Apply the spray or dust when the beetles first appear. Repeat 
as needed to maintain a protective coating on all parts of the plant 
subject to attack, until the beetles disappear. Dusts must be 
applied more often than sprays. 


Control of Grubs 

Use of Poisons——Lawns may be protected from injury by Japa- 
nese beetle grubs for at least 6 years with one application of DDT 
and for at least 3 years with one application of chlordane. Use 6 
pounds of a 10-percent DDT powder or 244, pounds of a 10-percent 
chlordane powder to each 1,000 square feet of lawn. Mix the 
material with several times its volume of slightly moist sand, soil, 
or other suitable material, and apply evenly to the lawn with a 
garden-type fertilizer distributor or by hand. Wash the material 
in with a hose. 

Use of Milky Disease—Japanese beetle grubs are subject to a 
number of diseases, the most important of which is the milky 
disease. Several dust mixtures containing spores of the organism 
causing this disease are available commercially. ‘They are prefer- 
ably applied by community groups, but may be used by individuals. 
Directions are on the package. The disease usually works slowly, 
and its full effect may not be evident for several years. Although 
it kills grubs in the soil, it does not prevent beetles from flying in 
from untreated areas. It is harmless to all other forms of plant 
and animal life. 


PRECAUTIONS.—DDT, chlordane, and lead arsenate are poisons, but when 
used as recommended are not likely to injure human beings, pets, wildlife, or 
vegetation. Avoid inhaling the dust. Protect the hands with leather or rubber 
gloves. Keep the hands away from the mouth and wash them thoroughly 
before eating. Do not spray fruits with DDT later than 4 weeks before 
picking. Wash or peel sprayed or dusted fruits or vegetables before eating 
them. Keep the poison in plainly labeled closed containers away.from food 
products, and where children or pets cannot reach them. Keep small children 
and domestic animals away from poisoned turf until it has been watered or rain 
has fallen. 


October 1950 U. S. Government Printing Office 
For sale by the Superintendent of Documerts, Washington 25, D.C. Price, 5¢ 


16—54363-2 YX U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 


JAN 17 @ take 


CeaxDIGEUs THRIPS 


MARY F, BENSON 


a, Adult thrips; b, egg; c, larva; d, pupa (or resting stage); e, foliage 
and flower spike showing typical feeding injury; f, uninjured gladi- 
olus corm; g, corms injured by feeding of thrips, showing charac- 
teristic russeted appearance. (a, b, c, and d about 20 times natural 
size; e, f, and g about one-half natural size.) 


(See other side for life history and control) 


S, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine A E 
-—— United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. 6 


GLADIOLUS THRIPS 


(Taeniothrips simplex Mor.) 


Gladiolus thrips overwinter and may reproduce on the stored 
gladiolus corms. During the growing season the adults and larvae 
attack the foliage and flowers of the growing plant. The eggs are 
inserted into the plant tissue. In the summer a generation of the 
thrips may be completed in 2 weeks. 


~The gladiolus thrips can be controlled by applying DDT to the 
stored corms or the growing plants. 


Treatment of the Corms 
On dormant corms use a 5-percent DDT dust. Apply 1 ounce of 
dust per bushel of corms in trays or 1 teaspoonful per 100 corms in 
paper sacks. Apply the dust with a duster over the top of filled 
trays soon after the corms are harvested or after cleaning. It is 
important to destroy the thrips before they penetrate beneath the 
protecting scales. 


Control on the Plants 


Watch the growing plants for evidence of thrips feeding. If you 
observe such feeding, spray or dust with DDT at once and continue 
at weekly intervals until the flowers appear. If infested plants are 
not treated until they bloom, the flowers cannot be saved from 
disfigurement. 


Apply the spray as a fine mist, and avoid run-off. For spraying a 
few plants use 1 ounce, or 6 tablespoonfuls, of 50-percent DDT wet- 
table powder to 3 gallons of water; for larger quantities use 2 pounds 
to 100 gallons of water. 


If you use a dust, it should contain 5 percent of DDT. Apply it 
lightly and evenly over the plant. 


CAUTION.—Insecticides are poisonous and should be handled 


with care. 
16—20760-1 


Issued April 1941 
Revised June 1950 U. S. Government Printing Office 


For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.—Price 5 cents 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


VOL. 60 JUNE, 1958 NO.3 


BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON SOME WASPS FROM KILL DEVIL HILLS, 
NORTH CAROLINA, AND ADDITIONS TO THE FAUNAL LIST 


(HYMENOPTERA, ACULEATA ) 


Karu V. KRoMBEIN, Entomology Research Division, A. R. S., U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 


The present contribution reports some biological observations, 
principally on ground-nesting wasps, made at Kill Devil Hills, Dare 
County, North Carolina, during several trips to that area during 1955 
and 1956. I include also additions to the list of wasps previously 
recorded from this area. Much of my time in the field during both 
years was spent in setting out wooden traps to attract solitary, wood- 
nesting wasps, and in processing the occupied traps. The voluminous 
data obtained from this latter project will be considered in a separate 
contribution, including the results obtained from similar traps set out 
in other areas from New York to Florida. 

The field work during 1955 was made possible by a grant from the 
American Philosophical Society, to which organization I am indebted 
also for support of some of the earlier work in this same area (Krom- 
bein, 1953a). I spent three periods at Kill Devil Hills during 1955, 
June 20-24, July 21-27, and September 15-19. My studies during 1956 
were made during a family vacation, July 28-August 11, and on 
official time, September 8-14. 

I am greatly indebted to the following specialists for identification 
of the prey of the wasps discussed below: P. H. Arnaud (Syrphidae, 
Stratiomyidae), H. W. Capps (lepidopterous larvae), W. L. Downes 
(Sacrophagidae), A. B. Gurney (Orthoptera), B. J. Kaston (Aran- 
eae), Louise Russell (Phylloxeridae), C. W. Sabrosky (Tylidae, Calli- 
phoridae, Larvaevoridae), R. I. Sailer (Pentatomidae, Coreidae), A. 
Stone (Tabanidae), and G. B. Vogt (Buprestidae). 


Wasps New 0 THE KiLit DeEvit HILts List 


The following 19 species were not collected in earlier years and 
bring the total number of species and subspecies recorded from this 
area to 211 in the families treated in this series of papers. Those new 
to the North Carolina State List or Supplements thereto (Brimley, 
1938, 1942; Wray, 1950) are preceded by an asterisk. 


SMITHSONIAN , 
iNCTIT: JNIAN SUE 


410C@e 


98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Family TIPHIIDAE 


*Tiphia jaynesi Allen. 2 6 6; September 13,'1956; on barrens; worn. 

Myzinum namea namea (Fabricius). 4 22, 4 6463; September 10-12, 1956; on 
barrens on flowers of a white Hupatorium; unworn. Recorded in State List 
as Myzine propodealis (Rohwer), a synonym. 


Family MUTILLIDAE 


Pseudomethoca sp. 9 & 63; September 16-17, 1955; in woods along sand road. 


This was formerly thought to be the male of simillima (Smith), a supposition 
demonstrated to be incorrect (Krombein, 1948). - 


Dasymutilla sp. near nigripes (Fabricius). 1 @; August 2, 1956; on barrens; 
worn. This represents either an undescribed species or an extreme variant 
of nigripes. 


Family VESPIDAE 


Ancistrocerus antilope antilope (Panzer). 7 ¢ 43; reared from wooden trap nest 
set out in woods. Recorded in State List as Ancistrocerus capra (Saussure), 
a synonym. 

Ancistrocerus tigris tigris (Saussure). 4 99,4 44; reared from wooden trap 
nests set out in woods. 


Family POMPILIDAE 


Chirodamus maculipennis (Smith). 1 2 ; September 17, 1955; on barrens visiting 
Phyllovera honeydew on foliage of Quercus falcata; unworn. 

Priocnessus nebulosus (Dahlbom). 1 ¢@; August 4, 1956; on barrens visiting 
Phylloxera honeydew on foliage of Quercus falcata; unworn. 6 92,1 ¢; 
September 17-18, 1955; on barrens in a similar habitat. 

Minagenia julia Brimley. 1 9; September 10, 1956; in woods; unworn. 

Episyron quinquenotatus quinquenotatus (Say), 1 23; June 21, 1956; in woods. 
1 29; September 12, 1956; on barrens visiting flowers of a white Hupatorium ; 
unworn. 


“Family AMPULICIDAE 


*Ampulex (Rhinopsis) canaliculatus Say. 2 992 2 264, reared from wooden 
trap nests placed at edge of woods. 


Family SPHECIDAE 

Nitela virginiensis Rohwer. 1 9; August 4, 1956; on barrens visiting Phylloxera 
honeydew on Quercus falcata foliage; unworn. 

Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) politum Say. 1 9; July 24, 1955; a sight record in 
woods. 1 9; August 10, 1956; picked up dead on woods road. 

Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) tridentatum Packard. 1 9, 1 ¢@; August 11, 1956. 
2 64; September 9-10, 1956. All on barrens and slightly worn. 

Chlorion (Ammobia) nudum (Fernald). 1 9; August 3, 1956; visiting flowers 
of Monarda punctata at edge of woods; unworn. 

Chlorion (Isodontia) harrisi Fernald. 1 6 ; August 4, 1956; on barrens on needles 
of Pinus serotina; worn. 


Sphex urnarius (Dahlbom). 1 ¢; September 10, 1956; on barrens; unworn. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 99 


Philanthus lepidus Cresson. 1 6; September 138, 1956 (coll. T. B. Mitchell). 
Recorded in State List as P. carolinensis Banks and P. carolinensis reductus 
Banks, both synonyms. : 

Cerceris fumipennis Say. 3 92,2 64; August 2-10, 1956; on barrens and at 
edge of woods road; males visiting Quercus virginiana foliage; mostly worn. 
1 2; September 8, 1956; at edge of woods road; worn. 


CHANGES IN EARLIER PAPERS 

A few of the species recorded in earlier papers were identified to 
genus only. Some of them represented new species which have now 
been described, and others represented species which it has been im- 
possible to determine until just recently. Consequently, the following 
changes should be made on the previous lists. Tiphia spp. 1 and 2 
(1953b) and Tachysphex spp. 1 and 2 (1950, 1953a, 1953b) are as 
yet undescribed. 


Family MUTILLIDAE 
Ephuta scrupea (Say) = Ephuta sp. 2 (1950) 
Ephuta spinifera Schuster = Ephuta sp. 1 (1950) 
Ephuta tentativa Schuster = Ephuta sp. 1 (1953b) 


Family VESPIDAE 


Stenodynerus (Stenodynerus) krombeini Bohart = Stenodynerus sp (1950, 19538a, 
1953b ) 


Family POMPILIDAE 


Ageniella (Ageniella) vogeli Townes = Ageniella (Ageniella) sp. (1958a, 1953p) 
Evagetes asignus Dreisbach = Evagetes sp. (1953a, 1953b) 
Anoplius (Pompilinus) krombeini Evans = Anoplius (Pompilinus) sp. (1950) 


Family SPHECIDAE 


Cerceris floridensis Banks = Cerceris sp. (19538a ) 


THE LATE-SEASON WASP FAUNA 

The earlier papers in this series (Krombein, 1950, 1953a, 1953b, 
1955) listed the wasp fauna found early in the season and during 
mid-summer. My two late-season trips, September 15-19, 1955, and 
September 8-14, 1956, showed that not only far fewer species are 
active at this time than during mid-summer, but also that many of 
the species present are still nesting. Below I am listing the 87 species 
which were collected or seen during these two late-season collecting 
trips. All these species have an extended seasonal flight period except 
Myzinum n. namea (F.), which is definitely an autumnal species, and 
Philanthus lepidus Cr., which is probably autumnal. 


100 


+0 +0 +0 +0 


+0 +0 10 1 110 


+0 +O +O +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 140 +0 


+0 +0 +0 


Os O 


Os O88 Oy @& O 


Os 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Family TIPHIIDAE 


Tiphia dryophila 

Tiphia floridana 

Tiphia subcarinata 
Myzinum ec. carolinianum 


& Myzinum dubiosum 
2G) 


Q gd Myzinum n. namea 


Myzinum maculatum 


Family MUTILLIDAE 


Pseudomethoca sanbornii aeetis 
Pseudomethoca sp. 

Dasymutilla lepeletierii 
Dasymutilla mutata 
Dasymutilla nigripes 
Dasymutilla 0, occidentalis 


so) Dasymutilla v. vesta 
2 4 Timulla d. dubitata 
g Timulla ferrugata 

2 6s Timulla ornatipennis 
°) Timulla rufosignata 


Family SCOLIIDAE 


Campsomeris plumipes fossulana 


Scolia bicincta 


6 


Family VESPIDAE 


Vespula maculifrons 
Vespula squamosa 
Polistes annularis 
Polistes e. exclamans 
Polistes metricus 
Eumenes fraternus 
Monobia quadridens 
Rygchium megaera 
Rygchium molestum 


Ancistrocerus campestris 
Leptochilus tylocephalus monotylus 
g Stenodynerus ammonia histrionalis 


Os 


Stenodynerus krombeini 
3 Stenodynerus f. fulvipes 

Stenodynerus p. pedestris 

Stenodynerus p. perennis 
4 Stenodynerus s. saecularis 


+O +0 +0 +0 +0 140 40 40 


Family POMPILIDAE 


Chirodamus maculipennis 
Priocnessus nebulosus 
Ageniella vogeli 

Minagenia julia 
Psorthaspis mariae 
Evagetes asignus 

Evagetes mohave 

Evagetes padrinus minusculus 
Sericopompilus apicalis 
Episyron posterus 
Episyron q. quinquenotatus 


9 g Anoplius cleora 
Q g Anoplius amethystinus atramentarius 
9 § Anoplius apiculatus pretiosus 
$ Anoplius semirufus 
2 S Anoplius cylindricus 
2 S$ Anoplius marginatus 
4 Anoplius rectangularis gillaspyi 
2 S$ Anoplius splendens 
°) A porinellus fasciatus 
se) Aporinellus t. taeniatus 
2 & Paracyphononyx funereus 


Family SPHECIDAE 


Miscophus americanus 
Tachytes e. elongatus 
Tachytes mandibularis 
Tachysphex terminatus 
Motes aequalis 


4 Podalonia violaceipennis 
2 2 Sceliphron caementarium 
4 Nysson aequalis 
Sphecius speciosus 
g Psammaecius denticulatus 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 101 


2 g Motes argentata 2 ¢ Bicyrtes quadrifasciata 
Q & Trypoxylon clavatum g Microbembex monodonta 
4 Trypoxylon tridentatum 6 Philanthus lepidus 
io) Chlorion aztecum Q Cerceris b. bicornuta 
Q 3s Chlorion pubidorsum 2 Cerceris blakei 
Chlorion aerarium g Cerceris fumipennis 
Q Sphex aureonotatus Q & Crabro hilaris 
2 ¢ Sphex procerus 2 § Crabo argus 
re) Sphex urnarius 2 & Oxybelus emarginatum 


Many of the species listed above were attracted to honeydew secre- 
tions of a species of Phyllorera on foliage of a scrubby Quercus 
falcata. Miss Russell beheves that this is probably an undescribed 
species close to querceti Pergande. The Phyllorera occurred on the 
underside of the foliage along the main veins. Most of them were 
in the various nymphal instars, but one ege and three adults were 
seen on the limited number of leaves subjected to close scrutiny. The 
Phylloxera nymphs varied from 0.30 to 0.75 mm. in length, and the 
adults were 1.0 mm. long. About 235 specimens of wasps were col- 
lected during 2 hours on a sunny day, and about 73 specimens during 
a similar period on a cloudy day. 


BIOLOGICAL NOTES 


Family VESPIDAE 
Monobia quadridens (Linnaeus) 


One female (81056 A) was eaught while flying along a sand road through the 
woods at 1345 hours on August 10, 1956. She was transporting a small, paralyzed 
lepidopterous larva, 12 mm. long, which was identified subsequently as ‘‘ doubt- 
fully a species of Stenomidae.’’ 


Rygchium molestum (Saussure) 


A female (8456 A) of this wood-nesting species was collected near her burrow 
entrance in a thick plank along a sand road at the entrance to the woods at 
13820 hours on August 4, 1956. She was flying with a paralyzed lepidopterous 
larva, 15 mm. long, which was determined later as the pyraustid Desmia funeralis 
(Hiibner ). 


Family POMPILIDAE 
Sericopompilus apicalis (Say) 

An unworn female (8556 A), 12.5 mm. long, was captured on the barrens at 
1100 on August 5, 1956. She was walking backward over the sand, dragging her 
paralyzed spider prey behind her. The latter was an adult female salticid, 
Phidippus audax var. bryantae Kaston, 12.5 mm. long. 


9 


102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Episyron posterus (Fox) 

I found a female (62355 A) just beginning to excavate her burrow between 
the ruts of a sand road through the woods at 1245 on June 23, 1955. The 
digging of the burrow required 15 minutes. Several times during the excavation 
of the burrow the wasp visited her paralyzed spider prey which was lying in a 
wheel rut 60 em. from the burrow entrance. A small specimen of EHvagetes 
investigated the burrow during one of these absences. The female Episyron was 
seared away from her prey several times by my attempts to take pictures or 
by being followed too closely by an inquilinous miltogrammine fly, and finally she 
abandoned her prey and burrow. The spider was identified as an araneid from 
a colored photograph. 

A second worn female (91256 B), 8.5 mm, long, was captured just as she 
started to exeavate a burrow on the barrens at 1510 on September 12, 1956. Her 
paralyzed spider prey was lodged in the crotch of a plant 7.5 em, above the 
ground and 60 em. from the burrow entrance. The spider was an adult female 
araneid, Gea heptagon (Hentz), 4.5 mm. long. 


Episyron quinquenotatus quinquenotatus (Say ) 

An unworn female (62155 A), 11 mm. long, was captured on the barrens at 
1040 on June 21, 1955, while she was dragging her paralyzed spider prey over the 
ground. The spider was an adult female araneid, Metazygia wittfeldae (McCook), 
9 mm. long. 

Anoplius (Lophopompilus) cleora (Banks) 

An unworn female (9856 A), 14.5 mm. long, was collected along the beach of 
Albermarle Sound at 1530 on September 8, 1956, while she was dragging her 
paralyzed spider prey over the sand. The wasp was walking backward and grasped 
the spider’s hind coaxe in her mandibles. The spider was a penultimate-instar 
female of the lycosid Arctosa littoralis (Hentz), 13 mm. long. 


Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) marginalis (Banks) 

Apparently this species always preys upon burrowing spiders at Kill Devil 
Hills. I followed a hunting female from 0905 to 0945, July 27, 1955, on the 
barrens. During that period she traversed some 225 feet, mostly on foot. Most 
of her hunting was done in the open and around grass tufts; she did not elimb 
onto any vegetation. She investigated a couple of ant burrows, and dug for a 
few seconds at several places on bare sand. Finally, at 0945 she made an exten- 
sive flight and disappeared. 

IT found a second hunting female (72755 A) at 0948 on the same day, while 
I was trying to relocate the first wasp. She was digging at an angle of 60° into 
the side of a burrow next to a grass tuft. The sand was quite dry and loose at 
ground level; so she had made a wide excavation in order to follow the burrow. 
She continued to dig until 1036, when she flew to a blade of grass 30 em, away 
and cleaned her antennae and legs thoroughly for 2 minutes. I had been taking 
a series of close-up pictures of the excavating, and while she was perched on the 
grass blade I could see that her fore-tarsi were almost entirely lacking, which 
explains the slowness of the digging. She returned to her digging, took fright 
at my proximity after a few minutes, and flew off to a pine tree several meters 


> 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 103 


distant. She returned to the burrow on foot at 1108, and again flew off when I 
frightened her several minutes later. When she did not return, I excavated the 
burrow at 1325. It was perpendicular and 10 cm. deep. At the bottom was a 
lively, penultimate-instar female of the lycosid Geolycosa pikei (Marx), 12 mm. 
long. 


Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) semirufus (Cresson) 


a-and 


A worn female (72655 C), 8.5 mm. long, was excavating a burrow at the edge 
of a wheel rut on a sand road through the woods at 1410 on July 26, 1955. The 
burrow began from a flat surface and entered the ground at an angle of 45°. As 
the excavation deepened the wasp disappeared from view and pushed up rather 
large masses of damp sand. From time to time she backed out of the burrow, 
pushing this damp sand out with her abdomen and hind legs, and then spreading 
it out over the adjacent ground. Twice, at 1428 and 1437, she left the burrow 
to visit her paralyzed spider prey which was eached on a leaf of a low plant 
4 em. above the ground and 45 em. from the burrow entrance. Each time that 
she returned from visiting the spider she stopped first at an abandoned burrow 
which she apparently had started earlier. At 1440 she got the spider from the 
leaf and dragged it to within 3 em. of the burrow entrance. She left it on the 
ground, visited the burrow, then returned to the spider and dragged it to the 
entrance. She went in again head first, reappeared at the entrance head first, 
reached out and grasped the spider by the spinnerets, and pulled it in. In a few 
seconds she began to fill in the burrow and was just smoothing sand over the 
entrance when I captured her at 1510. The spider was in a more or less spherical 
cell in damp sand 6.4 em. below the surface. It was lying on its venter, and the 
wasp egg was attached longitudinally to the right of the midline anteriorly on 
the abdominal dorsum. The spider had recovered entirely from its paralysis by 
1945 that evening. The wasp egg hatched and the larva was full grown and 
ready to spin on August 2. Dr. Kaston identified the spider as a lycosid from 
several colored pictures which I had taken. 

I found a second female (8356 B) exeavating a burrow and interring her 
spider prey during the afternoon of August 3, 1956, along a sand road through 
the woods. I tried to locate this nest on the following day, but was unable to 
do so. However, I had taken a series of pictures of the provisioning of the nest, 
and Dr. Kaston was able to identify the spider as a lycosid. 

I captured a third unworn female (8856 C), 8.5 mm. long, at 1350 on August 
8, 1956, while she was dragging her paralyzed spider prey along a sand road 
through the woods. The spider was a half-grown lycosid, Lycosa sp., 6.5 mm. long. 


Family SPHECIDAE 
Motes argentata (Beauvais) 


I captured an unworn female (8856 A), 10 mm. long, at 0950 on August 8, 
1956, while she was flying over the barrens a few centimeters above the ground 
with her paralyzed cricket prey. The cricket was a nymph of Orocharis saltator 
Uhler, 11 mm. long. 


104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Chlorion (Chlorion) aerarium Patton 


A female (72655 A) flew out of her burrow on the barrens at 1015 on July 
26, 1955. Apparently she had just completed the excavation and was ready to 
make a temporary closure. She returned at 1020 with a lizard dropping, which 
she dropped on the sand near the burrow entrance when IT seared her away by 
trying to take a picture. She did not return again, so I exeavated the burrow 
half an hour later. It was begun from a flat surface, went into the sand 
toward the south-south-east at an angle of 30°, and terminated in a eell 7.5 em. 
below the surface. 


Sphex aureonotatus (Cameron) 


On September 16, 1955, at 1335 I found a worn female (91655 B), 24 mm. 
long, dragging a paralyzed, pale-green caterpillar, 38 mm. long (distended in 
alcohol), between the ruts of a sand road through the woods. During prey trans- 
port the wasp carried the larva beneath her, venter to venter, clutching the 
head end with her mandibles and forelegs. She carried the larva to the burrow 
entrance at the edge of the road. The temporary closure at the burrow entrance 
consisted of sand interspersed with various kinds of litter, sueh as bits of grass 
stems and seeds. The wasp disposed of some of this material by flying backwards 
with it and dropping it a few centimeters from the entrance, but some of the 
material was left close to the entranee. At 1353 she backed into the burrow, 
grasped the caterpillar near the head end with her mandibles and pulled it into 
the burrow head first. A minute later she emerged and commenced to fill in the 
burrow with sand and a little debris. She seratched the sand in with her forelegs 
and then tamped it firm with the under side of her head holding her mandibles 
open. This process could be seen very plainly through the telephoto lens of a 
reflex camera when the level of the closure reached the top of the burrow. The 
wasp completed the closure at 1405 and was then captured. Upon exeavation I 
found that the burrow was almost perpendicular, about 5 em. deep, and termi- 
nated in a more or less horizontal ovoidal cell about 20 mm. long. The caterpillar 
was lying on its right side with its head at the inner end of the cell. The wasp 
egg was on the left side of the second segment bearing prolegs. The egg was 
shriveled the next day, so the caterpillar was preserved for identification. It 
was a last instar larva of the notodontid Heterocampa guttivitta (Walker). 


Sphex procerus (Dahlbom) 

IT found an unworn female (72355 A), 29 mm. long, at the edge of a sand road 
through the woods at 1245 on July 23, 1955. She was running rapidly over the 
sand carrying a large, paralyzed, pale green caterpillar. She was being chased 
by a miltogrammine fly which hovered several centimeters behind her. Shortly 
she pulled the caterpillar into a low plant and cached it in a crotch 15 em, above 
the ground, and then flew off. The miltogrammine fly disappeared at this time. 
In a few minutes the wasp returned, pulled the caterpillar down, carried it to the 
already opened burrow entrance, and left it there while she went inside. She 
came immediately to the entrance, and pulled in the caterpillar head first. In a 
few seconds she came out, and began to fill in the burrow with sand interspersed 
with debris. I captured her at 1310 before the burrow was completely filled. I 
found that the burrow went down at an angle of 75° to the north-northwest, and 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 105 


ended in a horizontal, ovoid cell 3.8 em. below the surface. The caterpillar was 
lying on its left side in the cell. The wasp egg was attached obliquely on the 
right side of the third abdominal segment, its tail end downward and backward. 
The caterpillar was a last-instar notodontid, Schizura ipomoeae (Doubleday ). 

The caterpillar voided about a dozen pellets of frass on July 24. The egg had 
not hatched by 0800 on July 25, but the abdominal segmentation was visible 
through the delicate chorion, The eggshell began to split from the rear end by 
1100. By 1400 there was still only a narrow split in the chorion exposing part 
of the abdomen, but the abdomen was now pulsating, indicating that feeding had 
commenced. By 2000 on July 25 the abdomen was quite swollen, but the head 
end was still narrow and enclosed in the ehorion. By 1930 on July 27, the wasp 
larva was half as large as the somewhat shrunken prey, and was still feeding with 
its head inside the eaterpillar’s abdomen. By 0700 on the 28th it was twice as 
large as the even more shrunken eaterpillar, and by 2000 it had completely 
devoured the prey. It was spinning its cocoon by 0700 on the 29th, but died in 
the cocoon some days later. 

Another worn female (91056 A), 28 mm. long, was captured along the side of 
a sand road in the open woods at 1540 on September 10, 1956. She was transport- 
ing a paralyzed, notodontid eaterpillar, Heterocampa manteo (Doubleday), 38 


mm. long. 


Bicyrtes quadrifasciata (Say) 

A detailed report on the nesting behavior and life history of this species has 
been published (Krombein 1955). The following observations made during 1955 
and 1956 supplement that account: 

In the five nests that I dug up, the burrow began on a flat surface and went 
downward at an angle of 30° to 45° to the horizontal. In four of these nests 
there was but a single cell at the end of the burrow. In the fifth nest (72455 B) 
there were two cells; the cell constructed first was at the end of a burrow 12.7 
em. long and contained 9 specimens of prey with the wasp egg on the first 
specimen of prey brought in; a lateral burrow branched downward at right angles 
to the main burrow 7.5 em. from the entrance, and terminated in a cell at a 
distance of 3.8 em. which contained a single specimen of prey bearing the wasp 
egg. The four cells provisioned during July and August (72455 A, 72455 B—two 
cells, 8356 A) were 7.6 to 10.2 em. below the ground surface; I was not success- 
ful in rearing any of the inhabitants, but presumably adults from these cells 
would have emerged within several weeks. The two cells provisioned during Sep- 
tember (91256 A, 91655 A) were 11.4 to 12.7 em. below the surface; these cells 
may have been deeper because the occupants presumably would not emerge until 
the following summer. 

The actual excavation and temporary closure of the burrows did not differ 
from the details reported earlier. The total elapsed time for this phase of the 
nesting cycle was not observed. Only one provisioning flight was timed; in this 
case the wasp (72555 A) completed the burrow excavation and temporary 
closure by 1200 on July 25 and returned with the first specimen of prey at 1235, 

Only two of the cells that I dug up were completely provisioned. One (72455 
B, first cell), excavated on July 25, 1955, contained nine nymphs of the penta- 
tomid Brochymena carolinensis (Westwood), probably in the fifth instar. The 


106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


other (91655 A), excavated on September 16, 1955, after the wasp made a final 
type closure, contained seven nymphs, three in the fifth instar of the pentatomid 
Stethaulax marmoratus (Say), and one possibly in the fourth instar and three 
possibly in the fifth instar of the coreid Leptoglossus probably oppositus (Say). 
Additional prey records are as follows: a partially stocked cell (72455 A) con- 
taining seven pale-green nymphs on July 25, 1955, identified from color photo- 
graphs as ineluding at least two nymphs of the coreid Archimerus alternatus 
(Say), possibly two fifth-instar nymphs of the pentatomid Thyanta custator F., 
and a nymph of a second species of pentatomid; the second cell of 72455 B 
containing a single nymph of Brochymena carolinensis on July 25, 1955, and the 
mother wasp brought in a fourth-instar nymph of the same species at 1215 on 
that date while I was excavating the burrow; a fourth- or fifth-instar nymph 
of Brochymena probably carolinensis being transported by an unworn female 
(8856 B) on the barrens at 1025 on August 8, 1956; and a partially stocked cell 
(91256 A) which contained three fifth-instar nymphs of Leptoglossus probably 
oppositus on September 12, 1956, which had been brought in by a worn female. 

One observation indicates that the duration of the egg stage may be from 32 
to 44 hours. The second cell of 72455 B contained a single specimen of prey and 
the wasp egg when I dug up the nest at 1215 on July 25. The mother wasp 
brought in a second specimen of prey at this time; so in all probability the first 
was brought in and the egg laid not much earlier than 1130 on the same date. 
This egg hatched between 1945 on July 26 and 0730 on July 27. The duration 
of the larval feeding period was 4 days plus or minus a few hours in the two 
examples observed (72455 A and 72455 B, second cell). 

From June 20 to 24, 1955, I saw several males flying to and fro along a sunny 
stretch of a sand road through the woods, but no females. Males exhibiting 
similar behavior may be seen through the rest of the flight range of the species 
until at least mid-September. 


Stictia carolina (Fabricius) 

Some fragmentary observations were made on a worn female (8156 B) that 1 
found a short time after she had begun excavation of a burrow on the barrens. 
This burrow was begun on bare sand having a slope of about 15°, and was several 
centimeters deep at 1100 on August 1, 1956. The burrow went in toward the north 
at an angle of 35° to the slope. The excavated sand was flung out behind the 
wasp and formed a spoil heap about 15 em. long below the burrow entrance. I 
took a series of pictures of the excavating and then left at 1230 while the wasp 
was still digging. When I returned at 1315 the entrance was plugged with sand. 
Half an hour later the wasp was again digging out sand, and continued to do so 
until 1530, when she again constructed a temporary closure by backing into the 
burrow and scraping sand down from the sides of the entrance. The camouflaging 
of the burrow entrance required half an hour, the sand forming the spoil heap 
being flung toward the entrance until the entire area below the entrance had been 
leveled. The wasp departed after this camouflaging and had not returned by 
1630 when I left the area. 


There was a heavy rain the night of August 1, and there was no activity at 
the burrow on the following day. On the 8rd there was no activity until 1115, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 107 


when the wasp was found excavating more sand. At 1123 she again made a 
temporary closure at the entrance. 

I made no further intensive observations, though I saw the wasp bring in a 
fly at 1545 on August 7, and another at 1630 on August 8 after a short, very 
gentle rain which had ended an hour earler. 

I dug up the nest of this individual at 0845 on August 9. The burrow went 
down at an angle of 35° to the slope for 16 em., then toward the northeast at the 
same angle for another 15 em., and then to the east almost horizontally for 
7.5 em., where it terminated in a large horizontal ovoid cell 3.8 em. long by 
2.5 em. wide at the greatest diameter and 20 em. below the surface. It contained 
a partially grown wasp larva and a multitude of flies, some whole and some 
partially or almost entirely eaten. The mother wasp was captured as she flew 
into the burrow at 0905 without prey. 

I preserved all the flies found in the cell and reared the wasp larva to maturity 
on fresh flies, which I eaught and immobilized by decapitation. The wasp larva 
reached maturity on August 11, at which time it was preserved for taxonomic 
study. 

The fly remains found in the cell were identified as follows: 


Tabanidae—Tabanus sp.—l @ 


Calliphoridae—Callitroga macellaria (F.)—5 complete specimens and parts of 
11 more (11 thoraces found )—16 

Larvaevoridae—thoraces of 2 specimens—2 

larva of Miltogrammini—1 

Amobia erythrura Wulp (1 6 terminalia and 1 thorax probably 
belongs)—1 6 

Sarcophaga (Ravinia) ochracea Ald. (¢ terminalia and thorax 


Sarcophagidae 


wing probably and head)—1 ¢ 
Sarcophaga sarracenioides Ald. (2 terminalia, and 1 thorax 
probably belongs)—1 2 
Sarcophaga bullata Park. (3 & terminalia and 3 heads)—3 ¢ é 
A second female (8556 B), not captured, was observed as she began excavating 
a burrow on the barrens on a 45° slope of pure sand at 1615 on August 5, 1956. 
I did not observe any wasps actually hunting flies but the following observations 
possibly indicates where this might be done. The stems of certain bunch grasses 
growing on the barrens are very attractive to wasps and flies, and I saw quite 
a few specimens of sarcophagids and ealliphorids which were used as prey by 
8156 B visiting the stems of this grass. I also saw several Stictia females on 
these stems. 


Bembix texana Cresson 


A limited number of observations were made on a small colony of about half 
a dozen individuals between August 8 and 11, 1956. This nesting site was in 
a roughly triangular, flat area of about 14 square meters located along a sand 
road through the woods. The ground consisted of rather loose dry sand at the 
surface with very sparse vegetation. It was shaded most of the day except for 
approximately 4 hours, from 1100 to 1500. Most of the individuals were nesting 
females in rather worn condition, but one worn male was taken flying to and fro 
in the nesting area on August I1. 


108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


I first observed nesting activities in this area on August 8. Between 1410 and 
1530 five females (8856 D-H) were observed either digging burrows or opening 
pre-existing burrows. The actual selection of a nesting site may be a difficult 
matter. On August 9 at 1355 I saw a female (8956 B) beginning to dig a 
burrow at the edge of the sand road. She abandoned this in a few minutes and 
began another between the wheel ruts. She abandoned this in turn in a few more 
minutes, revisited the first site, and then began a third burrow between the wheel 
ruts. At 1420 she had left the third and had begun a fourth burrow. By 1545, 
when the ground was shaded, she had thrown up a plug of sand from the inside 
of this last burrow. 

Two (8856 E, G) of the six burrows that I dug up on August 9 contained 
nearly full-grown larvae and several whole or partially eaten flies. The architee- 
ture of these two nests was identical. The burrows went in toward the south- 
east at an angle of 30°, had a diameter of 9.6 mm., and were 11.5 em. long. 
They terminated in horizontal (8856 G) or subhorizontal (8856 E) ovoid cells 
9 em. below the ground surface, and measured 38 mm. long by 13 mm. in greatest 
diameter. There was no sign of a subsidiary burrow. The burrow of 8856 G 
had only a temporary closure of sand a few millimeters long at the entrance, 
but the burrow of 8856 E was full of sand, this wasp having made a permanent 
closure the preceding afternoon. 

The other four burrows (8856 D, F, H, and 8956 B) consisted of oblique 
tunnels without terminal cells. They went in toward the east or southeast at an 
angle of 30° to 45° and ranged in length from 11.4 to 15.2 em. One of them 
(8856 D) was begun at 1410 on August 8. This wasp continued to excavate sand 
until 1600 even though a gentle rain had been falling for 10 minutes. She then 
threw up a sand plug from inside. This burrow was still plugged from the inside 
at 0845 on August 9 and was dug up at 1515—there was a temporary closure 
at the entrance but no wasp. Another wasp (8856 H) began digging a burrow 
at 1530 on August 8—she dug for 20 minutes until the rain began, and then 
threw up a sand plug from inside. This burrow was also still plugged from the 
inside at 0845 on August 9. When I dug it up at 1530 on August 9, the wasp 
was at the bottom. Another burrow without terminal cell was that of 8856 F—the 
mother was captured at 1505 on August 8 when she emerged from this burrow 
which she had entered 3 minutes earlier. The fourth burrow without terminal 
cell was that of 8956 B, whose construction was deseribed above. This burrow 
was dug up at 1300 on August 11—there was a temporary closure at the entrance 
but no wasp inside. The function of this type of burrow is a mystery. Perhaps 
it is dug to serve as a shelter only, or perhaps a brood cell is added at a later 
stage, but its explanation will require additional observations begun at an earlier 
stage in the colony development. The afternoon of August 8 was the only time 
when several individuals were active; on the 9th I saw only two females in the 
afternoon; no additional females were seen on the next 2 days, but one male 
was captured on the 11th. No specimens were seen during several inspections of 
the nesting area between September 8 and 14, 1956. The species is active earlier 
in the season, for I caught two unworn males on June 27, 1950, one unworn and 
one very worn male on June 23, 1954, and a worn male on June 29, 1954. 

Final closure of the burrow was witnessed on one oceasion, This female 
(8856 E) was found excavating a burrow at 1410 on August 8. She had pro- 


‘| 
| 
i 

] 


Close-up of 2, ovipositing female; 5, male; 
female pupa; ¢, male pupa; e, old egg mass. 
Larvae on oak leaf: f, first instar; g, second instar; 
4, fourth instar; 7, sixth instar or mature larva. 
Egg masses, &, under branches and on rock; /, 
young larvae spinning down. ato /about natural 
size; k and / reduced. (See other side for life 
history and control.) 


Picture Sheet No. 26 


‘yee 
reau of Entomology and Plant Quarant 


Dh fone es La Er — 


ine, Agricultural Research Administration, 


THE GYPSY MOTH 


(Porthetria dispar (1.)) 


The gypsy moth is a serious pest 
of forest and shade trees in New 
England and eastern New York 
State. The caterpillars, or larvae, 
of these moths eat the leaves. The 
defoliation retards the growth and 
otherwise weakens the trees, and 
repeated complete defoliation will 
permanently injure or even kill 


them. g AREA UNDER FEDERAL 
. aes ° cS - QUARANTINE FOR 
This moth was accidentally in THE GYPSY MOTH 


troduced into this country near 
Medford, Mass., in 1869. It 
spread rapidly through several of 
the Northeastern States. For many 
years the infested area has been & _—«Z Spressive Area 
under Federal quarantine. In part 

of this regulated area suppressive measures are being carried out in co- 
operation with State and local agencies. 

The gypsy moth larvae usually appear about the first of May. They 
increase in size until by the middle of June they are 114 to 2 inches long. 
They can then be recognized by several pairs of red and blue dots on their 
backs. Late in June or early in July they become mature and seek shady 
places, such as on trees or rocks, in which to pupate, or transform into moths. 
The moths emerge about a month later. The males are strong daytime 
fliers, but the females cannot fly and so lay their eggs close to the place where 
they issued as moths. The eggs are laid in clusters of 400 or more, which 
are covered with brownish hairs. The winter is passed in the egg stage. 


Control 


The gypsy moth can be controlled most effectively with DDT. An oil 
solution or an emulsion containing this insecticide is applied as a spray 
while the insect is in the caterpillar stage. Large forested areas are usually 
sprayed from aircraft. For use along highways and residential areas either 
mist blowers or hydraulic sprayers are suitable, and for treating low growth 
along stone walls and fences sprayers of the knapsack type can be employed. 
Karly in the season the spray should be applied at the rate of 1 pound of 
actual DDT per acre, but after the foliage has developed °4 pound per 
acre is sufficient. Information on formulations and dilutions to use with 
each type of equipment may be obtained from the Division of Gypsy Moth 
Control, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Greenfield, Mass. 


CAUTION.—DDT is poisonous and should be handled with care. 
Store in a dry place where children and animals will not have 
access to it. 


Dd U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1950 
November 1950 


Tor sale by the Superintendent of noe sume nts, U. S. Government Printing Office 
Washington 25, D. - Price 5 cents 


913859°—50 


Zeon an Insti, 
go MARL 5) 195 ' 
és Nationa ruse" 


45,7061 
) “POTATO LEAFHOPPER 


ARY EESEr 


a, Adult leafhopper; 6, nymphs; c, potato leaflets, showing upcurled brown tips and 
margins, known as hopperburn, caused by the feeding of leafhoppers. (a and b about 14 
times natural size; c about °4 natural size.) 


(See other side for life history and control) 


EN 
7 FEB pst) 


. ue fT 


is 


Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine 


Agricultural Research Administration Picture Sheet No. 8 
United States Department of Agriculture 


POTATO LEAFHOPPER 
(Empoasca fabae (Harr.)) 


Injury and Life History 


The potato leafhopper is an injurious pest of potato and beans in 
the Eastern States. It also attacks many other plants. Both the 
young forms, known as nymphs, and the adults feed upon the under 
surface of the leaves by sucking the plant juices. The adults fly when 
disturbed and the tiny nymphs scamper for cover, traveling sidewise. 
Besides sucking the plant juices, this leafhopper transmits to the 
plant a substance that causes a disease condition known as hopper- 
burn. The first symptom of this disease is a triangular brown spot 
at the tips of the leaflets. Later the entire margins may curl upward 
and turn brown as though scorched. Badly affected plants die 
early and the yield of potatoes is reduced. 

In Florida and other Gulf States the leafhopper breeds throughout 
the year. In the North the adults appear in April or May. Since 
they have never been found there in the winter, they probably migrate 
from the South. Early in June they move in large numbers to potato 
fields and deposit eggs in the tissue of the plants. In about a week 
these eggs hatch into wingless nymphs. The nymphs pass through 
five stages and become winged adults in 10 to 14 days. They begin 
laying eggs 5 or 6 days later. The period from egg to adult is about 
1 month. 


Control 


Dust the foliage thoroughly with a 3-percent DDT dust. 


If you prefer a spray to a dust, use 2 level tablespoonfuls of 50- 
percent DDT wettable powder or 2 level teaspoonfuls of 25-percent 
DDT emulsion concentrate per gallon of water. Apply with a good 
sprayer that throws a fine mist. To make 100 gallons of spray use 
either 2 pounds of the 50-percent wettable powder or 2 pints of the 
25-percent DDT emulsion concentrate. If spray is to be used for 
disease control, add either of these DDT preparations to the fungi- 
cidal spray rather than to water, and apply at once. 

Begin spraying or dusting when the insects first appear and repeat 
the treatment as often as necessary. 


CAUTION.—Insecticides are poisonous and should be handled with care. 
Store in a dry place where children and animals will not have access to them. 
16—20763-1 


Issued April 1941 
Revised November 1950 U.S. Government Printing Office 


For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D.C. — _ Price 5 cents 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 109 


gressed a little farther with her excavation than had 8856 D, which I first saw 
digging at the same time. The spoil heap behind the entrance of 8856 E was 
about 13 em. long and fanned out to a width of 5 em. In leveling the sand of 
this spoil heap, the wasp went to the back of the heap and scattered the sand 
behind her as she walked forward toward the entrance in a zigzag path from 
side to side. At 1430 she backed into the burrow and began to rake in sand 
from the sides of the entrance and the front of the burrow. She backed down 
into the burrow out of sight after raking in some sand, and then came to the 
surace and raked in some more sand, continuing this process until the burrow 
was completely filled at 1500. After smoothing the sand immediately around the 
burrow entrance, she flew for 5 minutes over an area about 4 meters in diameter 
around the entrance at a distance of 2 to 6 em. from the ground, and then 
disappeared. 


There are certain anomalies in this above account which require additional 
investigation. Is such an amount of excavation normal just before final closure? 
Is the zigzag type of leveling of the spoil heap normal? The latter question is 
posed by the behavior of 8856 D. This wasp was digging what turned out to 
be a burrow without terminal cell at the same time. However, she just pushed 
and raked the exeavated sand behind her into a narrow strip about 5 em. long, 
and did not exhibit any zigzag leveling motions. 

The two larvae that I obtained from digging up nests on August 9 were almost 
full grown. The flies recovered from their cells were preserved, and I fed the 
larvae on freshly caught, immobilized flies. One of the larva (8856 E) reached 
maturity the evening of August 9 and was preserved for taxonomic study. The 
other (8856 G) began to spin its cocoon at 0800 on August 10. 


The prey remains in these two cells were identified as follows: 8856 E—1 wing 
of a muscoid, 1 wing of a tylid (= micropezid), 2 specimens of Tubifera sp. 


(a syrphid), and parts of 2 stratiomyids; 8856 G—1 specimen of Callitroga 
DJ 


macellaria (F.) (a ealliphorid), parts of 3 specimens of larvaevorids, and 1 
specimen of Odontomyia sp. (a stratiomyid). 


Two points about these prey records require comment. One is the very few 
specimens of prey found in the cells, certainly far fewer than would be required 
to bring one of these large wasps from egg to mature larva. H. EH. Evans has 
observed a colony of texana in Florida and advises me (in litt.) that he also 
has found very few fly remains in the cells. I did not notice any fly fragments 
near the burrow entrances, but the finding of so few remains in the cells certainly 
offers strong circumstantial evidence that the female of this species removes 
prey fragments at the time fresh prey is brought in. The other point that needs 
emphasizing is that this species, like all our other North American species whose 
prey preferences are known, feeds only flies to its young. The record in the 
Synoptic Catalog of North American Hymenoptera (Burks 1951) of texvana 
using the immature hemipteron Huthochtha galeator (F.), as prey is based on 
a specimen of texana in the U.S. National Museum collection with a nymph 
of this bug pinned beneath it. The label data are Orlando, Fla., April 26 (year 
illegible), E. A. Back. I feel certain that this association is erroneous, and that 
the hemipteron, if it had any association with a bembicine wasp at all, was 
probably the prey of a specimen of Bicyrtes taken at the same time, and that 


110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


in some manner the two wasps were mixed and the prey associated with the 
wrong specimen. There is only one specimen of Bicyrtes, insidiatrix (Handlirsch ) 
collected by E. A. Back in the Museum collection—it bears the additional label 
data, Orlando, Fla., August 7, 1907. However, texana and insidiatrix are not at 
all similar in size or coloration, and these two specimens were taken in different 
months. H. E. Evans also has found texana provisioning with Diptera only. 


Cerceris fumipennis Say 

I discovered several females nesting in rather hard-packed soil along the sides 
of a road at the entrance to the woods August 9 to 11, 1956. 

One female (8956 A) flew into her open burrow at 1125 on August 9. On 
August 10 the entrance was closed from within at 1100, and open at both 1315 
and 1530. I dug up this burrow at 1345 on August 11 and found that it curved 
downward to the west at an angle of approximately 30°. There was one adult 
buprestid, Chrysobothris femorata (Oliv.), at the bottom of the burrow. I was 
unable to find a continuation of this burrow, but a Cerceris cocoon, bearing 
buprestid remains on the outside and a live prepupa inside, was found a few 
centimeters away at 5 em. below the ground level. 

A second female (81056 B) had her burrow just across the road from that 
of 8956 A. She flew in preyless at 1555 on August 10, was captured, released, 
and flew away. I dug up her burrow at 1600. For 8 em. it was almost perpendic- 
ular, curving slightly to the south. There were three paralyzed buprestids, Dicerca 
lurida (F.), at the bottom of this perpendicular section. The burrow then 
curved rather sharply, running downward at an angle of about 15°, and termi- 
nated in an empty ovoid cell at the end of 5 em. I could find no traces of an 
additional burrow either laterally or at lower levels. The wasp was captured 
when she flew back to the burrow at 1615. 

Another burrow (81156 A) was found and dug up at 1400 on August 11. It 
went straight down for 5 em. and then obliquely at an angle of 20° toward the 
southwest for another 5 cm., where there were two paralyzed buprestids, Dicerca 
lurida (F.). 

REFERENCES 

Brimley, C. 8., 1988. The Inseets of North Carolina. N.C. Dept. Agr., unnumbered 
publ., 560 pp. 

, 1942. Supplement to Insects of North Carolina. N. C. Dept. Agr., 
unnumbered publ., 39 pp. 

Burks, B. D., 1951. In Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes. Hymenoptera of 
America North of Mexico—Synoptic Catalog. U. S. Dept. of Agr., Agr. 
Monogr. 2: 1000. 

Krombein, K. V., 1948. The identity of the male of Pseuwdomethoca simillima 
(Smith). Ent. News 59: 187-189. 

, 1950. An annotated list of wasps from Nags Head and Kill Devil 
Hills. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 65: 262-272. 

, 1958a. Biological and taxonomic investigations on the wasps in a 
coastal area of North Carolina. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 10: 257-341. 

, 1953b. Kill Devil Hills wasps, 1952. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 55: 
113-1135: 

, 1955. Some notes on the wasps of Kill Devil Hills, North Carolina, 
1954. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 57: 145-160, 4 figs. 

Wray, D. L., 1950. Insects of North Carolina, Second Supplement. N. C. Dept. 
Agr., unnumbered publ., 59 pp. 


\ 


-* BALL ARMYWORM 


a, Male moth (or adult); b, eggs; c, larva; d, face of larva; e, pupa in 
a cell; f, moth in resting posture; g, wing of female moth; h, feeding 
injury to corn plant. (a,c, e, f, g, h about 1% times natural size; 
b twice natural size; d 8 times natural size.) 


(See other side for life history and control) 


Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine P 
United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. 12 


FALL ARMYWORM 


(Laphygma frugiperda (A. and S.)) 


The fall armyworm, known principally as an enemy of growing corn, feeds 
on many other cultivated crops, such as alfalfa, cotton, peanuts, and grasses, 
and also on wild plants. The eggs are laid at night on grasses or other plants 
and hatch in about 5 days. The young larvae (caterpillars, or ““worms’’) feed 
at first in concealment near the ground, become full grown in about 20 days, and 
then enter the soil for a few inches and change into pupae. The inactive pupal 
stage lasts about 10 days. After the moths emerge from the pupal cases they 
often fly many miles before the females lay eggs. The fall armyworm may have 
as many as six generations a year in the Gulf States, but does not survive the 
winter farther north. In addition to eating the blades of corn and boring into 
the stalks, the larvae may bore into the ears, particularly the shanks of the ears, 
and feed extensively therein. 


Control 


The fall armyworm can be controlled with the following sprays: (1) 2 pounds 
per acre of a wettable powder containing 50 percent of either DDT or TDE, 
mixed with 40 gallons of water. (2) A toxaphene emulsifiable concentrate, 
applied by aircraft at the rate of 1% to 2 pounds of toxaphene in 2 gallons of 
spray per acre. 


The application of a dust containing 5 percent of DDT, toxaphene, or TDE, 
at the rate of 40 pounds per acre, or a 20-percent toxaphene dust at 10 to 15 
pounds per acre, has also been reported to give good control. 


To control so-called “budworm” damage in sweet corn, caused by the feeding 
of this worm deep in the whorls of the corn plant, spray with an emulsion made 
with 38 quarts of a 25-percent DDT emulsifiable concentrate, 5 quarts of a white 
mineral oil of 50 to 95 seconds Saybolt viscosity, and enough water to make 25 
gallons of spray. Apply the spray at the rate of 25 gallons per acre. 


When the worms are crawling over the ground in large numbers they may be 
destroyed by broadcasting a poisoned bait thinly over the infested fields, and 
moderate infestations in corn may sometimes be controlled by light sprinklings 
of the bait in the leaf whorls. To prepare this bait mix 50 pounds of wheat bran 
with 2 pounds of paris green, and then add 6 gallons of water to make a damp 
mash. This quantity is enough for 2 to 8 acres. 


Warning: All these insecticides are poisons. They must be kept out of reach 
of children or animals and must be handled with care, according to directions 
on the containers. Because the residue of DDT, TDE, or toxaphene may be 
dangerous to humans and livestock, hay or forage that has been treated with 
these insecticides should not be fed to dairy animals or to meat animals being 
finished for slaughter. Paris green is a strong poison. Thoroughly wash out 
containers that have been used for mixing bait. Dispose of surplus bait by 
broadcasting it thinly on the ground in a field. oat 


Issued April 1941 


CORN EARWORM 


A OE NOT 
MARY MRBENSON 


a, Moth (or adult), and eggs on silks; b, eggs; c, earworm feeding in 
ear of corn; d, pupa fia ay celline, color phases of the earworm. (All 
except b about 144 times evsereell size; b 5'4 times natural size.) 


(See other side for life history and control) 


Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine F 
United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. 11 


CORN EARWORM 


(Heliothis armigera (Hbn.) ) 


Although the corn earworm attacks many cultivated crops, it is 
dealt with here only as an enemy of corn. The eggs are laid by the 
moth, usually on the corn silks. These eggs hatch in from 2 to 8 
days, and the tiny larvae or caterpillars feed downward, following 
the silks into the ear tip. Serious damage to the ear frequently 
results from their feeding and from the fermentation or molds which 
follow. When full-grown, the larva leaves the ear, enters the soil, 
and becomes a pupa, and from this the moth emerges. About 30 
days are required in midsummer for complete development from egg 
to adult. Pupae produced late in the summer or in the fall may pass 
the winter in the soil and become moths the following spring or early 
in the summer. Usually two complete generations are developed 
annually in the North, but in the South there may be as many as five 
or more generations. 

Control 


Injury to field corn can be reduced by growing strains with long, 
tight husks and, in the South, by planting early. 

Sweet corn can be protected by spraying. Prepare an erulsion 
by mixing 3 quarts of 25-percent DDT emulsifiable concentrate 
(obtainable commercially) and 2!% gallons of white mineral oil of 
65 to 95 seconds Saybolt viscosity thoroughly with water to make 
25 gallons. For a smaller quantity use 14, pint of the DDT emulsi- 
fiable concentrate and 34, pint of the oil with water to make 1 gallon 
of spray. Apply the spray to the ears 1 day after silks appear in 
the field and again 2 days later. A third application 2 days after 
the second usually increases the control. Spray only enough of the 
mixture onto the silks to wet them. Twenty-five gallons of the spray 
is enough for 1 acre of corn, and 1 gallon will take care of a plot 
about 17 by 100 feet. 

A spray similarly prepared, but including only 114, gallons of min- 
eral oil in a 25-gallon lot, can be applied to the entire plant to reduce 
“budworm” damage by the earworm to sweet corn before tasseling 
and silking. 

Any good hand sprayer is satisfactory for treating garden plots 
of sweet corn. For commercial acreage use a high-clearance power 
sprayer with hollow-cone nozzles adjusted to give adequate but not 
excessive coverage of the ears. Shake the emulsion well so that the 
oil will not separate. 

The earworm can also be controlled in small plantings of sweet 
corn by injecting into the silk at the tip of each ear about 1/4, teaspoon- 
ful of refined white mineral oil. If obtainable, use a ready-mixed 
oil containing 0.2 percent of pyrethrins. Apply with a pump-type, 
long-spouted oilcan, or use a glass medicine dropper filled about half 
full of oil for a small ear and three-fourths full for a large ear. Do 
not apply until the silks have wilted and have begun to turn brown 
at the tips. Earlier treatment will interfere with pollination and 
result in poorly filled ears. 

WARNING. Because of the danger of poisonous residues, husks or other 


parts of corn plants treated with DDT should not be fed to dairy animals 
or to meat animals being finished for slaughter. 


. 16—20761-2 
Issued April 1941 
Revised August 1950 U.S. Government Printing Office 
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. — Price 5 cents. 


OCT 3 01959 


OU RIPED 
SVCUMBER BEETLE 


a, Adult beetle; b, underground stem of cucumber seedling cut 
open to show larva (grub, or “worm”) feeding within; c, small 
cucumber plants showing characteristic feeding by adult beetles 
on leaves and stems. (a about 8 times natural size; b about twice 
natural size; c about three-fourths natural size.) 


(See other side tor control measures) 


Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine ; 
United States Department of Agriculture Picture Sheet No. Ti 


STRIPED CUCUMBER BEETLE 


(Acalymma vittata (F.) ) 


The striped cucumber beetle is one of the most familiar insects to gardeners 
in the Eastern and Central States. It is also one of the most troublesome. The 
beetles invade cucumber, squash, and melon plantings almost overnight, and 
often destroy tiny seedlings before they push through the soil. They girdle 
stems of older plants, and eat portions of the leaves. They also transmit 
bacterial wilt and mosaic disease from plant to plant. The grubs, or larvae, 
live on the roots and reduce the vitality of the plants. 


The adult beetles spend the winter in uncultivated areas, protected by plant 
debris. In the spring they become active, feeding on some wild plants about 
the time apple trees are in bloom. As soon as the first melon, cucumber, squash, 
or pumpkin seedlings push through the soil, the beetles attack them. Here 
they feed first on the stems and cotyledons, oftentimes killing the plants. There 
may be an influx of beetles into the field for several weeks. As the plants grow, 
the beetles collect under the vines and feed on the lower surfaces of the plants. 
Females crawl into cracks in the soil and deposit eggs. The young larvae, or 
grubs, that hatch from these eggs feed on the plant roots for about a month, 
pupate in the soil, and emerge as adults of the next generation. 


Control 


Several insecticides are effective, however, provided they reach the beetles 
in time. Derris or cube and cryolite are recommended for this purpose. They 
may be applied either as dusts or as sprays to prevent plants from becoming 
infected by wilt. 

The derris or cube dust should contain 0.75 to 1 percent of rotenone, and the 
eryolite dust 40 to 50 percent of sodium fluoaluminate. They are usually 
obtainable at these strengths from local dealers. 


Sprays can be prepared from undiluted powdered derris or cube, which con- 
tains from 38 to 5 percent of rotenone, or from a rotenone-containing extract. 
Use enough of the powder to give a spray containing 0.02 percent of rotenone. 
This requires 5144 pounds of a powder containing 38 percent of rotenone, or 4 
pounds of one containing 4 percent, in 100 gallons of water. Use the rotenone- 
containing extract at the strength recommended by the manufacturer. To pre- 
pare a cryolite spray use 5 pounds of cryolite containing 90 percent of sodium 
fluoaluminate or its equivalent in 100 gallons of water. 

Apply the dusts at 15 to 30 pounds per acre and the sprays at 75 to 100 gallons 
per acre, the rate depending on the size of the plants. To be effective the 
applications must be timely, thorough, and frequent. Keep in mind the follow- 
ing points: 

(1) Protect the young seedlings. 
(2) Apply the dust or spray to the plants as soon as the beetles appear. 


(8) Apply a light, even coating over the entire plant, especially at the 
point where the stems emerge from the soil. 


(4) Repeat the applications after rains and as often as necessary to keep 
the plants free from the beetles. 


-~ 


‘AUTION.—Insecticides are poisonous and should be handled with care. 


16—20766-1 


Issued April 1941 
Revised June 1950 U. S. Government Printing Office 


For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.—Price 5 cents 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 NALA 


TWO NEW SPECIES OF METAPONE 
FROM MADAGASCAR 


(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE ) 
Ropert E. Grecc, Department of Biology, University of Colorado 


The two species herewith described belong to an interesting and 
bizarre genus of ants comprising a distinct tribe, the Metaponimi, of 
the subfamily Myrmicinae. Up to 1953 (Smith), 13 species of MJeta- 
pone had been described, and though these ants have a wide distribu- 
tion in the Oriental and Australian Regions, they seem to be sporadic 
in occurrence and very rare. It is with considerable significance then 
that the group should turn up on the Island of Madagascar, and not 
surprising that it should be represented there by completely new 
species. A list of the known forms, with the localities from which 
they were first collected, appears at the end of this paper. The speci- 
mens upon which this report is based were obtained from Dr. Alfred 
KE. Emerson, in whose collection of termites they were residing. The 
ants are said to be associated at times with termites in rotting wood, 
and presumably the individuals in this sample were collected in such 
a situation. It is a pleasure to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. 
Emerson as the source of this material. 


Metapone madagascarica sp. nov. 


Worker.—Length, 6.91 mm.; head length (excluding mandibles), 1.50 mm.; 
head width, 1.08 mm.; head index, 0.72; thorax length, 1.83 mm. 

Head, even without the mandibles, distinctly longer than broad (about 1 and Ve 
times longer than broad), widest in the occipital region and tapering coneavely 
to the mandibular insertions where it is narrowest; oecipital margin broadly and 
shallowly excavated, and coneave. Head decidedly convex antero-posteriorly as 
well as transversely; gula convex; median cephalie groove very weakly indicated, 
becoming obsolete on the clypeus where it is replaced by a low, rounded carina, 
posterad. Frontal area absent, its position taken by a broad, curved epistomal 
suture which delimits the posterior border of the elypeus, and extends between 
the widely separated frontal carinae. The carinae are straight, parallel, and 
prominent where they cross the clypeus as trenchant ridges to its anterior margin, 
abruptly divergent and almost transverse at the antennal insertions, and again 
turning sharply backward through right angles, and continuing posteriorly to 
the region of the vertex, flaring slightly. The surfaces of the head below the 
carinae are broadly concave, forming shallow but distinct antennal scrobes, 
bounded and overhung by the carinae, though open ventrally. Median lobe of 
clypeus nearly quadrate, weakly and concavely truneate anterior to its small 
carina, and bidentate, that is, armed with two, small, blunt teeth projecting for- 
ward, and separated by a distance equal to the base of either. Lateral clypeal 
lobes narrow, sinuate, convex, and separated from the genae by faint lines con- 
tinous with the median portion of the epistomal suture. Ocelli absent; no ocellar 
pits. Compound eyes reduced to mere vestiges composed of 6 to 8 very minute 
and indistinct ommatidia; located on the sides of the head, at a point barely 


112 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


past the center as measured from the mandibles to the occiput, and on the edge 
of the scrobe. Mandibles stout, convex, anterior margins feebly curved to nearly 
straight, the masticatory border bearing five, heavy, blunt teeth, the apical ones 
best developed and the others diminishing slightly in size. Antennae 11-segmented; 
scapes short, flat, about 2% times as long as wide, with convex anterior and 
straight posterior margins; scapes almost fill the upper and deeper portions of 
the cephalic scrobes where they are overarched by the facial earinae. Funiculi 
longer than the seapes, decidedly flattened, but with the upper surface weakly 
convex and the lower surface flat to almost imperceptibly coneave; funicular 
segments 2 to 7 much broader than long and gradually increasing in size; last 
three segments much larger, forming a spatulate club, the penultimate and ante- 
penultimate members of which are nearly as broad as long, the terminal segment 
longer than broad and twice the length of the penultimate. 


Thorax long and narrow, about 2% times as long as broad, and narrower than 
the head; humeri well-developed, pro- and mesonotum fused with no trace of 
dorsal sutures; meso-epinotal suture distinet and slightly impressed, especially 
laterad. Entire thorax ineluding epinotum, marginate to submarginate laterally, 
the bordering ridge continuing transversely across the front of the pronotum, 
setting off a distinct collar which joins the head at a low level. The margins 
continue also to the epinotal angles which then terminate in broad, dentate 
processes at the same level as the thorax, and finally turn ventrally to border the 
declivious face of the epinotum. Dorsum of the thorax moderately convex from 
side to side, feebly from anterior to posterior ends: basal face of epinotum nearly 
horizontal, but passing through an abrupt, slightly concave angle to the vertical 
declivity; basal face twice as long as the declivious face. Thoracic pleurae and 
epinotal sides vertical but noticeably coneave. Petiole almost flat dorsally, sub- 
quadrate except that the postero-lateral corners are divergent and produced into 
prominent teeth; the posterior border is broadly excised. The dorsum is sepa- 
rated from the sides, front, and back walls by marginate borders, the walls 
concave in each case, descending and converging mesially toward the midline, thus 
producing the appearance of a flaring, cuneate, petiolar node. Anterior peduncle 
short and constricted; posterior peduncle hardly more than an acetabulum for the 
condyle of the postpetiole. Petiole armed with a thin, translucent, median, ventral, 
blade-like keel, pointed at its middle. Postpetiole 2/5 wider than long, almost 
flat dorsally, marginate on all borders, but the ridge more rounded than the cor- 
responding one on the petiole; anterior and lateral walls vertical and not tapering 
mesially, the post-petiolar node being thus no broader than the body of the 
segment. Anterior peduncle short, posterior peduncle obsolete, the postpetiole 
joined to the gaster by a wide face, though leaving a deep constriction between 
the two. Ventral surface of postpetiole produced into a short, triangular, trans- 
verse tooth, as a ventral extension of the anterior wall. Mesothoracie spiracles 
appear to be covered by backward extending flaps developed from the tops of 
the pro-mesothoracie pleural sutures. Epinotal spiracles large and easily visible. 
Petiolar spiracles located at the base of the anterior peduncle, postpetiolar spira- 
cles laterally on the node of this segment. Spiracles present on the first three 


gastric segments. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 113 


Gaster elongate, about as long as the combined lengths of the thorax, petiole 
and postpetiole, or a little shorter; elliptical, rounded and convex in all directions, 
the anterior border blunt while the posterior end terminates in a somewhat pointed 
pygidium that is faintly concave on its dorsal aspect, but deflected ventrad. Abdo- 
men furnished with a small sting, partly concealed. 


Coxae stout and bulbous. Femora inflated, especially of the meso- and meta- 
thoracic legs (about 14% times as long as broad), and laterally compressed, their 
ventral surfaces longitudinally grooved for the reception of the tibiae. Tibiae 
stout and partly compressed but less so than the femora. Foretibia armed with 
one small spine and a large, pectinate spur; the lower side of the fore basitarsus 
pectinate for its full length, its apex ending in three stout teeth. Mesotibia pro- 
vided with a small, barely pectinate spur, and three, stout apical teeth, two of 
them approximated; meso-basitarsus armed with three terminal teeth. Metatibia 
and meta-basitarsus idential with those of the middle leg, though more strongly 
developed. All tarsi equipped with large claws. 


Sculpture—Clypeus, frons, genae, and antennal scrobes covered with fine, longi- 
tudinal striae, essentially parallel, but which fade out posteriorly, leaving the 
vertex, occiput, and posterior part of the genae, smooth and very shining, inter- 
rupted only by piligerous punctures. Anterior third of the gula similarly striate, 
posterior portion smooth and shining. Mandibles longitudinally striate and pune- 
tate. Entire dorsum and pleurae of thorax, ineluding the epinotum, longitudinally 
striate (somewhat oblique on the pleurae), but the striations slightly finer than 
that of the cephalic sculpture, and diverging to the epinotal corners. Top of 
the petiole showing well-separated, hair-bearing punctures, its sides striate. Post- 
petiole and gaster with similar but finer punctures, and a faintly coriaceous tex- 
ture. All areas of the body, even where most heavily striated, bright and shining 
due to absence of inter-strial sculpture. Legs and antennae also smooth and 
shining. 


Pilosity: Short, scattered, yellow hairs on all surfaces of the head and thorax, 
many of them arising from discernible punctures especially on the vertex, occiput, 
and petiole. Hairs are longer and more readily visible on the mandibles, front 
margin of the clypeus, gula, coxae, lateral surfaces of the legs, and particularly 
the lower surface of the petiole and gaster. Pubesecence limited to the funiculi, 
postpetiole, and gaster, on which areas it merges with the erect hairs so that it 
is difficult to distinguish one from the other. Pilosity is most abundant on the 
gaster. 


Color: Head, including the mandibles, dark red-brown to blackish brown, the 
frons, center lobe of elypeus, anterior genae, and center of the occiput, lighter 
in color; thorax, petiole, and postpetiole red-brown; gaster, legs, and antennae 
partly yellowish brown. 


Holotype: Worker; collected 15 km. east of Tulear, Madagascar, on June 7, 
1935 by Harold Kirby (?). Collection notes accompanying it state that the ants 
were found in a stump and associated with T —[termites?] 4403. Deposited in 
the author’s collection. 


Paratypes: Eight other specimens; 4 workers, 1 female (see below), and 3 
winged female pupae (1 pigmented), collected from the same nest as the holotype. 


114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Female: Length, 9.09 mm.; head length (excluding mandibles), 1.54 mm.; head 
width, 1.12 mm.; head index, 0.73; thorax length, 2.67 mm. (dealated). 

The female caste is so similar in many ways to the worker in this genus that 
one is reminded of the parallel situation in ponerine genera. It is, therefore, 
necessary to point out only the salient features of the queen which separates it 
from the worker caste. There follows a brief diagnosis. 

The female is winged, although the single adult specimen before me had become 
deilate, so fully expanded wings for description are lacking. Three pupae, how- 
ever, have well-developed wing sacs. The female caste differs from the worker 
by its overall large size, the cephalic and thoracic striae or rugules which are 
a trifle coarser, the presence of large, flat, oval, compound eyes at the middle 
of the sides of the head, composed of a great number of ommatidia (longest 
diameter of the eye shghtly less than the distance from its anterior edge to the 
insertion of the mandible), three distinct ocelli on the vertex, and the anterior 
clypeal teeth which are smaller and blunter. A pronounced, arcuate pro-mesonotal 
suture is present, the mesoscutum has distinet parapsidal furrows, the seutellum 
is separated by a well-marked suture, and the metanotum is distinguished by 
deeply impressed boundaries. The epinotum shows the posterior corners rounded 
(denticles reduced to slight ecarinae), and the basal face is rounded, passing 
gradually into the declivity without an angle, the whole segment narrower than 
in the worker. Petiole and postpetiole are smaller and both are more quadrate 
than the corresponding segments of the worker, where they are slightly trans- 
verse. Dorsal surfaces of both are furnished with fine, curved, transverse striae. 
The pleurae, and sides of the petiole and postpetiole have enough minute inter- 
strial sculpture to cause a faint dullness to the otherwise shining surface. Pilosity 
over most of the body is sparser, especially on the gaster. Whether this is natural 
or due to a worn specimen, it is impossible to tell at present. 


In Wheeler’s key to the species of Metapone (1919), this ant runs 
to couplet 5 because of the bluntly bidentate clypeus. At the time 
this key was produced, there were two species known having the 
character mentioned, and madagascarica may be distinguished from 
them in the following manner. 

From tillyardi it differs by larger size (6.91 vs. 5.5-6 mm.), a more 
quadrate petiole which is somewhat more excavated behind, by a 
rectangular and transverse (rather than oval) postpetiole, and in 
color which is dark reddish brown to black on thorax and head in 
contrast to castaneous brown of tillyardi. The head is proportionately 
longer also (1.38 vs. about 1.25 times as long as broad). 

From bakeri it can be separated by a relatively longer head (1.38 
vs. less than 1.25 times as long as broad), the presence of five rather 
than four mandibular teeth, a posterior clypeal suture, striate sculp- 
ture of the body (in contrast to smooth), petiole less deeply excised 
behind, shorter and stouter legs with more inflated femora, red-brown 
color instead of black, and a difference in size, which is indeed very 
notable (9.1 vs. 6.4 mm.). It should be stated that these comparisons 
are between the females of the two species owing to absence of the 
worker of bakeri which has yet to be discovered. The differences in 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 ILS) 


dentition and in body sculpture however, leave no doubt of the dis- 
tinctness of these forms. 

M. madagascarica is to be distinguished from gracilis, a species 
which Wheeler described in 1935, again on the basis of the females. 
It has larger size (9.1 vs. 7 mm.), the ocelli are all nearly the same 
size, the anterior one being only slightly larger than the laterals in 
contrast to that of gracilis, antennal scapes almost 3 times as long 
as broad (not 4 times), and the petiolar node has a concave anterior 
surface, the dorsal surface weakly convex and from above subquadrate, 
being only minutely wider than long (1 and ¥% times longer than 
broad in gracilis ). 

From jacobsoni, it differs in larger size (9.1 vs. 6.4 mm.; only the 
female of jacobsoni has been described), head 114 times as long as 


broad instead of 114, clypeal suture visible, eyes almost in the exact 
middle of the head, epinotum more than one-half as wide at the rear 
as at the front, petiolar node 114 times wider than lone (jacobsoni 
about 144 longer than wide), anterior wall of petiole concave, pe- 
duncle less than one-half as long as the node, postpetiole a little 
wider than long (not fully quadrate), and postpetiole with curved, 
transverse striae rather than shagreened. In many respects the two 
ants are very similar, to judge from Crawley’s description, but the 
above differences appear to hold and should serve to distinguish them. 

From johni it may be told by the shape of the antennal scapes 
which are broadest in the middle, whereas in johni they are predun- 
culate at the base, broadening apically (or as Karawajew puts it, 
‘‘ham-shaped’’—schinkenartige Form). This situation obtains also in 
M. greent. Mandibles have 5 teeth instead of 4, the elypeus is biden- 
tate rather than truncate and feebly concave, and the petiole is less 
convex dorsally and lacks a tooth posteriorly following the ventral 
lamella, but the node has sharper and more tooth-like posterior 
corners. The postpetiole displavs a pointed transverse process instead 
of three, rounded transverse ridges. 


Metapone emersoni sp. nov. 


Worker: Length, 8.33 mm.; head length (excluding mandibles), 1.58 mm.; 
head width, 1.25 mm.; head index 0.79; thorax length, 2.33 mm. 

This species has many similarities to M. madagascarica, but as these traits 
are common to the genus Metapone and are given in detail in the foregoing 
description, they will not be repeated here. The most important features of this 
ant are as follows. Head about 11% times longer than broad, tapering slightly 
from the rear to the mandibular insertions, very convex both longitudinally and 
transversely, occipital border only weakly and broadly excised. Clypeus separated 
from the frons by a definite suture, subquadrate, though narrowing slightly at 
the anterior end, its median lobe projecting as a very short, anterior process, 
transversely truncated in front but not bidentate, with blunt but distinct antero- 
lateral angles and notably concave lateral edges. The median lobe stands quite 
high above the lateral lobes, and is bordered by anterior extensions of the frontal 


116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


earinae flush with its dorsal surface. At the antennal insertions, the carinae 
diverge sharply and then extend backward as strong ridges overarching rather 
deep facial scrobes which receive the antennae. Sceapes fairly slender at the base 
and widening to broad, flattened expansions distally. Funiculus with joints 
2 to 7 wider than long and gradually expanding in size toward the apex; club 
composed of the last three segments which are spatulate and concavo-convex as 
in madagascarica, Eyes reduced to a group of 8 to 10 minute, flat ommatidia at 
the posteroventral border of the serobe, and % the distance from mandibles to 
occiput. Mandibles narrow, masticatory border rounded, bearing 7 weak teeth 
(approaching denticles), and without any trace of a basal lobe. Ocelli and 
ocellar pits absent. Frontal groove distinct. 

Thorax subrectangular, exactly twice as long as wide, humeri well-developed, 
and the epinotum tapering slightly to its posterior border. Pro-mesonotal suture 
absent; meso-epinotal suture distinct and somewhat impressed. Dorsum of thorax 
straight longitudinally, convex transversely, with vertical, concave pleurae; strong- 
ly margined at the sides, and across the anterior border of the pronotum. Epi- 
notal teeth reduced to rather sharp ridges; basal face of the epinotum a little 
longer than the declivity, and joining the latter through a rounded angle; pos- 
terior border of the epinotum transverse and slightly excavated. Petiolar node 
from above strongly transverse, exactly twice as wide as long; anterior border 
faintly excised, lateral borders diverging posteriorly to well-marked, but rounded 
and backward-pointing lobes, and the posterior border deeply excised; the whole 
structure subtrapezoidal in shape, and strongly margined on the front and sides; 
antero-posteriorly convex. In profile, the petiole has a short anterior peduncle, 
a thin, translucent, longitudinal, ventral plate or keel with a rounded edge, the 
anterior and posterior faces of the node concave, the entire node rising and flar- 
ing laterally through concave sidewalls to the flat summit that expands into 
wing-like lateral lobes. From before, the node is decidedly cuneate in shape. 
Postpetiole also strongly transverse, but barely twice as wide as long (slightly 
narrower than the petiole) ; subrectangular in outline, the anterior border straight, 
posterior border weakly convex, and the sides diverging noticeably to the rear; 
summit of node nearly flat; sides tapering ventrally but not concave, converging 
obliquely to the petiole-postpetiolar joint, and continuing into a stout, ventrally 
directed spine, which curves slightly backward. 

Gaster of the usual shape in these ants, rounded anteriorly and sloping to a 
rather narrow point apically. First segment exactly twice as long as either the 
petiole or the postpetiole. Sting well-developed, protruding. 

Legs similar to those of madagascarica. Femora moderately inflated, tibiae 
stout, but metatarsi slender. 

Sculpture.—Entire head, including scrobes, longitudinally striate, except for 
the occiput; striae very fine on the clypeus and mandibles, heavier elsewhere on 
the cephalic dorsum and genae, coarse over the entire gula. Thorax longitudinally 
striate on the dorsum and pleurae, the sculpture of about the same texture as 
on the head. Head and thorax with scattered, hair-bearing punctures, and brightly 
shining. Petiole and postpetiole plentifully supplied with piligerous punctures, 
dorsally; shining. Gaster likewise punctate and shining, faintly shagreened or 
coriaceous. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the worker of Metapone madagascarica sp. nov. 
Fig. 2. Petiole and postpetiole of Metapone emersoni sp. noy. (worker) 


Wie 


118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Pilosity.— Very similar to that of the previously described species. 

Color.—Reddish brown, the head and antennae darker, mandibles black; gaster 
lighter, yellow-brown toward the tip. 

Holotype.—W orker; collected 12 miles from Perinet, Madagascar, on June 28, 
1935, by Harold Kirby(?). As with the preceding species, they were recorded 
under a field number, T-4503, and presumably were associated with termites. De- 
posited in the author’s collection. 

Paratype.—One worker bearing the same collection data as the holotype. 


In Wheeler’s key, this species goes to couplet 5 because of the 
scarcely projecting median lobe of the clypeus, and thence to fill- 
yardi because the petiole is broadly excised behind and the body is 
longitudinally striate. Though emerson in morphology resembles till- 
yardi most closely, it can be distinguished from that species by lack- 
ing the small, blunt clypeal teeth, by the presence of 7 mandibular 
teeth instead of 5, a postpetiole which is virtualy as broad as the 
petiole (more transverse and less elliptical) and which has one stout, 
curved spine (instead of two transverse processes), and by its larger 
size (8.33 mm. vs. 5.5-6 mm.). 

From bakeri it is easily separated by having 7 instead of 4 man- 
dibular teeth, by the longitudinal striation of the head and thorax 
(baker is very smooth and shining except for dense sculpture in the 
scrobes), the very broad petiole (petiole longer than broad and nar- 
rower than the postpetiole in bakert), and by its larger size (worker 
of emersoni 8.33 mm.; female of bakeri 6.4 mm.). 

Metapone gracilis differs from emersoni by its 5-toothed mandibular 
dentition, but especially by its petiole which is about 114 times as 
long as broad, somewhat longer than high, and the anterior face of 
the node which is straight and perpendicular. 

From jacobsom, the new species can be recognized by its shorter 
and stouter head (114 longer than broad rather than 114), 7 instead 
of 5 mandibular teeth, and by its very broad petiolar node (twice 
as wide as long in contrast to 144 times as long as wide). 

To distinguish it from johni, it is necessary only to compare the 
form and proportions of the petiole and postpetiole, both of which 
are strongly transverse and twice as wide as long in contrast to the 
petiole of johni which is trapezoidal, and the postpetiole which is 
transversely oval and about 1.6 times as wide as long; it also lacks 
the prominent ventral spine. 

Finally, the two new species can be readily differentiated by the 
form of the anterior clypeal margin, the shape of the scapes, the epi- 
notum, and particularly the petiole and postpetiole which are strik- 
ingly unlike in these ants. 

It will be noticed that madagascarica and emersoni belong to that 
division of the genus in which the anterior clypeal lobe is short, 
only slightly produced over the mandibular bases, and either some- 
what truncate or else bidentate. The preceding comparisons have all 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 119 


concerned other members of this group, while the remaining species 
of Metapone are in another division, represented by M. greeni, etc., 
and agree in having the clypeus notably extended, truncated in front, 
and furnished with sharp, tooth-like lateral corners. 

A list of the known species of Metapone will serve to summarize 
the taxonomy of this group, and also to give some conception of its 
distribution so far as present information allows. 


Metapone greeni Forel 
Forel, Rev. Suisse Zool., 1911, 19, p. 449, Pl. 14, %, 2, ¢ and larva; Emery, 
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1912, 56, p. 95, Fig. 1, larva; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. 
Amer., 1919, 12, p. 179, 8, 2, ¢, Fig. 1, 2; Emery, Genera Insect., 1921, Fasc. 
NES jon PAE 


Type locality: Peradenyia, Ceylon (KE. E. Green) 


Metapone mjoebergi Forel 
Forel, Ark. f. Zool., 1915, 9, p. 36, %, 9; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919, 
12, p. 181, 3, 9; M. mjoébergi Emery, Genera Insect., 1921, Fase. 174, p. 20. 
Type locality: Malanda, Queensland (E. Mjoberg) 


Metapone sauteri Forel 
Forel, Arch. f. Naturg., 1913, 79, p. 189, Fig. 2; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 
1919, 12, p. 182, 9; Emery, Genera Insect., 1921, Fase. 174, p. 20. 
Type locality: Sokutsu, Banshoryo District, Formosa (Hans Sauter ) 


Metapone leae Wheeler 


Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919, 12, p. 183, 9, Figs. 3, 4. 
Type locality: Mt. Tambourine, Queensland (A. M. Lea) 


Metapone bakeri Wheeler 


Wheeler, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 1916, 6, p. 10, 9, Fig. 1; Wheeler, Ann. 
Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919, 12, p. 186, 9. Fig. 5; Emery, Gen. Insect., 1921, Fase. 
174, p. 20. 

Type locality: Mt. Banahao, Luzon Island, Philippines (C. F. Baker ) 


Metapone tillyardi Wheeler 


Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 1919, 12, p. 187, %, Fig. 6. 
Type locality: Dorrigo, New South Wales 


Metapone hewitti Wheeler 
Wheeler. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1919, 63, p. 62, ¢; Wheeler, Ann. Ent. Soe. 
Amer:, 1919, 12, p. 189, ¢, Fig. 7. 
Type locality: Kuehing, Borneo (John Hewitt) 


Metapone jacobsoni Crawley 
Crawley, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1924, 13, p. 389, @. 
Type locality: Fort de Kock, Sumatra (E. Jacobson ) 


120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Metapone johni Karawajew 
Karawajew, Konowia, 1933, 12 (1-2), p. 115, $, 9, 4. 
Type locality: Hantana, Ceylon, 3000-4000’ (O. John) 


Metapone gracilis Wheeler 


Wheeler, Psyche, 1935, 42, p. 38, 9. 
Type locality: Dapitan, Mindanao Island, Philippines (C. F. Baker) 


Metapone krombeini M. R. Smith 


M. R. Smith, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1947, 49, p. 76, 9. 
Type locality: IK. B. Mission, Milne Bay, New Guinea (K. V. Krombein )} 


Metapone tricolor McAreavey 
McAreavey, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1949, 74, p. 4, 9. 
Type locality: Nyngan, New South Wales (J. W. T. Armstrong) 


Metapone truki M. R. Smith 
M. R. Smith, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1953, 61, p. 135, 3. 
Type locality: Truk Island; North Basin of Mount Chukumong, Moen (R. W. 
L. Potts) 


Metapone madagascarica sp. nov. 


Type locality: Tulear, Madagasear (H. Kirby) 


Metapone emersoni sp. nov. 
Type locality: Perinet, Madagasear (H. Kirby) 


At the present time, 15 species of Metapone have been described, 
and until the publication of this report, they have all come from the 
Indo-Austrahan portion of the globe. Four are known in Australia, 
2 in the Philippines, 2 in Ceylon, and 1 each on Borneo, Sumatra, 
Formosa, New Guinea, and Truk (in the Caroline Islands). The 2 
new species herein described from Madagascar extend the known 
distribution of the group far to the west of its previously understood 
limits. It is tempting to suppose that the genus may yet be found on 
the continent of Africa or southeastern Asia, but the fact of its 
proximity to these places does not justify such a prediction. The 
present range is very wide, but it is characteristically disjunctive, 
sporadic, and decidedly insular, with the exception of the Australian 
species which are the only ones found in a continental area. Coupled 
with these facts is the extreme rarity of both species and individuals, 
and the primitiveness of the genus. It has certain specialized features 
which seem to be correlated with life possibly in termite nests, but 
the general morphology places Metapone among the primitive myrmi- 
cines so far as our knowledge now permits. It seems safe to conclude 
that these ants form a relict group which may have been at one time 
much more extensively distributed, including continental areas of 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 127 


the Old World. I have been unable, however, to find any mention of 
the genus by Wheeler (1914) in his exhaustive treatment of the ants 
in the Baltic Amber, nor in Carpenter’s study (1930) of the Floris- 
sant Ant Fauna. The absence of these ants from Eurasia and from 
North America during mid-Tertiary times, as far as the record indi- 
cates, is suggestive but not conclusive. It is still possible they may 
have inhabited the area in question, but owing to peculiar and secre- 
tive behavior (perhaps associated with termites and not given to strong 
nuptial flights), they avoided the amber when it was forming from 
sticky resin, and the fine, volcanic ash sediments that were accumu- 
lating in the ancient lake bed at Florissant. 


LITERATURE 

Crawley, W. C., and E. Jacobson. 1924. Ants from Sumatra. Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist. 13:380 409. 

Karawajew, W. 1933. Ameisen aus dem Indo-Australischen Gebiet, VII Kono- 
wia 12:103-120. 

MecAreavey, J. J. 1949. Australian Formicidae. New genera and species. Proce. 
Linn. Soe. New South Wales 74:1-25. 

Smith, M. R, 1947. A new species of Metapone Forel from New Guinea. Proe. 
Ent. Soe. Wash. 49:75-77. 

-—_--—— , 1953. A new Metapone from the Micronesian Islands. Jour. N. Y. 
Ent. Soe. 61:135-137. 

Wheeler, W. M. 1916. Four new and interesting ants from the mountains of 
Borneo and Luzon. Proce. N. Eng. Zool. Club 6:9-18. 

, 1919. The ants of the genus Metapone Forel. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 
12:173-191. 


, 1985. New ants from the Philippines. Psyche 42:38-52. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type- 
written pages in leneth, are welcome and will usually receive prompt 
publication. References to literature should be included in the text, 
and the author’s name should appear at the end of the article. 


> 


122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


A NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PROSOPIGASTRA 
(HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE) 


RicHarD M. BoHARt, 


University of California, Davis 


During a visit to the U. 8S. National Museum, I was advised by 
Ix. V. Krombein that specimens in my collection labeled as a possible 
new subgenus of Tachysphex were in reality Prosopigastra Kohl, a 
genus previously thought to be exclusively Palearctic and Ethiopian. 
Although similar to Tachysphex, the abdominal puncturation of 
Prosopigastra is coarse, and the second tergite is rather sharply 
rounded laterally. Dr. Krombein has loaned three species for com- 
parison—P,. (Prosopigastra) orientalis de Beaumont from Cyprus, 
P. (Prosopigastra) neavei Turner from southern Rhodesia, and P. 
(Homogambrus) cimicivora cypriaca de Beaumont from Cyprus. In 
details of wing venation, mandibular and eclypeal structure, and 
eeneral body form, the Californian species is remarkably lke the 
others, particularly those in the typical subgenus. Homogambrus 
Kohl, in which the male is holoptic or nearly so, is somewhat less 
closely related. However, all of the exotic species seem to have a 
prominent hump between the antennal insertions and the median 
ocellus. This area is merely convex in our species, and this cireum- 
stance may indicate a new subgenus. As only the one Nearctic species 
is known, I prefer to retain it in the typical subgenus at least 
temporarily. It occurs over a variety of hfe zones from boreal to 
lower sonoran and has been found nearly the length of the state, 
but always in dry, sandy terrain. Adults have been collected lighting 
on the ground after the fashion of Tachysphex, and in one instance 
on flowers of Phacelia. 

The holotype will be deposited in the California Academy of 
Sciences and paratypes in the U. 8S. National Museum, California 
Insect Survey, and University of California at Davis. 


Prosopigastra nearctica, new species 


Male.—Length 6.0 mm., length of forewing 3.5 mm. Black with orange red 
markings as follows: mandible mostly, tegula and wing base, knee spots, tibiae 
distally, tarsi, tergites I-II entirely, III basally, sternite I]. Abdominal segment 
VII and mouth parts brownish. Wings lightly stained, median cell of forewing 


Prosopigastra nearctica Bohart, n. sp. Fig. 1, front view of holotype head; 
fig. 2, pygidium of female paratype; fig. 3, clypeus of female paratype; fig. 4, 
enlarged profile of one lobe of holotype aedeagus; fig. 5, distal one-half of holo- 
type forewing; fig. 6, ventral view of flattened holotype genitalia (aedeagus split 
and volsella removed from one side). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 


3. JUNE, 


1958 


124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


sparsely setose, practically bare toward center. Pubescence moderate, dull silvery, 
rather coarse, appressed, covering most of face below ocelli, upper mesopleuron, 
mesonotum posteriorly, postscutellum, propodeum laterally, and apical margins 
of tergites, otherwise well distributed but scanty; some erect hair along apical 
margins of sternites, thickest and about as long as last tarsal segment on V and 
VI; tarsi with slender to stout pale spines. Puneturation of body rather coarse, 
punctures mostly separated by about a puneture diameter, about 2 diameters or 
more toward rear of mesonotum; scutellum, pronotal lobe and tegula mostly 
polished as are distal margins of tergites ITV and following; sternites II and 
following with irregular puncturation, III-IV traversed by smooth welts. Head 
a little broader than long, eye as broad as middle of frons in front view, least 
interocular distance equal to lengths of pedical and first two flagellar segments; 
median apex of clypeus as in figure 1; flagellar segments somewhat flattened, not 
convex beneath, first one about twice as broad as long, others progressively 
slightly shorter except last which is also twice as broad as long; frons gently 
swollen toward middle; ocellar area strongly but evenly convex, not shiny, backed 
by a deep V on the vertex. Propodeal enclosure about as long as seutellum, with 
oblique striae which are partially broken up into areolae, posterior face rough 
and with oblique striae continued around sides to a basal shiny area; mesosternum 
with a small, blunt tooth halfway between anterior margin and precoxal trans- 
verse ridge. Last sternite shallowly excavated at apex, genitalia as in figures 4 
and 6. 

Female.—About as in male except as follows: mandible, pronotal lobe, tibiae, 
and tergite III with reddish areas more restricted, sternite II with a lateral dark 
spot. Sternites V and VI with only a row of erect hairs. Eye in front view 
about as broad as least interocular distance which about equals length of pedicel 
and first three flagellar segments. Median apex of elypeus with a pair of small 
approximate teeth flanked at some distance by a tooth directly below antennal 
insertion (fig. 2), elypeal bevel broad, triangular, sparsely punetured. Fore tarsal 
comb of long, slender, black bristles. No mesosternal tooth. Tarsi with stout 
dark spines, especially on two more basal segments. Pygidium flattened, broadly 
rounded at tip, lateral margins distinct (fig. 2). 


Types.—Holotype male: Brockway Summit, Placer Co., California, 
on flowers of Phacelia, July 25, 1957 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes (all 
from California) ; 2 males, 1 female, same data as type; 2 males, 3 
females, Carnelian Bay, Lake Tahoe, Placer Co., Aug. 22, 1955, and 
July 22, 1957 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 male, Sagehen Creek, Nevada Co., 
July 25, 1956 (R. M. Bohart) ; 2 males, Cassel, Shasta Co., July 15, 
1955 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 female, Yuba Pass, Sierra Co., Aug. 20, 1955 
(KE. I. Schlinger) ; 1 male, 1 female, Strawberry, Tuolumne Co., July 
15, 1951 (J. W. MacSwain) ; 1 male, Boca, Nevada Co., July 25, 1957; 
4 males, Hallalujah Junction, Lassen Co., July 4-15, 1951-57 (HK. I. 
Schlinger, R. C. Bechtel, R. M. Bohart). Metatypes: 7 males, 4 
females, Borrego Valley, San Diego Co., Calif., sand dunes, April 19, 
1957 (R. C. Bechtel, H. R. Moffitt, E. I. Schlinger, R. M. Bohart) ; 
1 male, San Diego Co., Calif. (‘thru C. V. Riley,’’ U.S.N.M.). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 125 


THE MITE DERMATOPHAGOIDES SCHEREMETEWSKYI BOGDANOV 
AND ITS CONTROL IN RUSSIA 


(Acarina, Psoroptidae ) 


EDWARD W. BAKER, 
Entomology Research Division, A. R. S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
Washington, D.C. 


In 1951 Jay Traver of the University of Massachusetts published a 
detailed account of a persistent and annoying infestation of Dermato- 
phagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov on humans.’ Methods of control 
used for other mites were found to be inadequate. In the same year 
A. A. Fisher et al (1951), of the New York University Post-Graduate 
Medical School published another account of the same mite infesting 
man. Sasa previously (1950) had reported on Dermatophagoides 
found in three cases of human acariasis in Japan. In 1956 V. B. 
Dubinin and coworkers of the Zoological Institute of the Academy of 
Sciences, Russia, published another paper which contains descrip- 
tions and photographs of cases found in that country. The Russian 
workers have developed a control for these mites, and their methods 
should be of interest. Except for some corrected typographical errors 
and changes made in the interest of clarity, the authors’ English 
summary reads as follows: 


The mite Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi has often been found 
on man in many countries, but was not subjected to research until 
now. In the winter of 1955 we examined for mites 78 patients suffer- 
ing from seborrhea (no mites found on 64 patients), seborrheal ec- 
zema (7 out of 8 patients infested), and chronic diffused neuroderma- 
titis (mites found on 2 out of 6 patients examined). The parasites 
were collected by scraping them off the patients’ skin, and were pre- 
pared for study by placing them in a gum mixture. 


D. scheremetewskyi mites settle first on the hairy part of the head, 
but after an unsuccessful treatment they may spread over the entire 
body. The mites settle on the surfaces of the epidermis, and creep into 
the tiny follicles at the base of the hairs, and under the scales and 
edges of crusts which form from dried papulae and as a result of 
seratchine. Because of the destruction of epidermal cells by the 
chelicerae and irritation of the nerve endings in the skin, the patient 
suffers from a constant unbearable itech which increases somewhat at 


1 Reprints of the valuable Traver paper may be obtained from the Custodian, 
Entomological Society of Washington (see inside front cover) at $.50 each. Re- 
prints of the present article at $.25 are also available from the Custodian.—Ed. 


126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


night. The histological symptoms noted are moderately manifested 
acanthosis, parakeratosis, and in places a slight hyperkeratosis; the 
blood vessels of the skin are dilated, and around the vessels there is a 
slight infiltration with lymphoid cells. The article describes eleven 
cases of seborrheal eczema due to these mites. 

All the patients whose cases were investigated by us had been ill 
for 2 to 7 years, and had previously undergone repeated hospital 
treatment; yet every winter there was a recurrence of the disease. The 
treatment applied by us consisted of disinfecting the patient’s whole 
body once with a 60-percent solution of hyposulphite and then several 
times with a 6-percent solution of hydrochloric acid (Demyanovich 
method). This treatment was repeated a day later. After each treat- 
ment the patient was wrapped in a sheet so as to obtain a maximum 
concentration of hydrogen sulfide gas fumes around the body. On fol- 
lowing days only the centers of infection were treated with Wilkin- 
son’s* formula. As a result of this treatment all clinical symptoms 
disappeared in all the patients, and no more mites were found in the 
course of numerous, frequently repeated examinations. The patients 
were kept under observation for 18 months. 

Future research on control should be directed towards determining 
whether cats, dogs, and rodents in the homes are hosts of this mite. 
Also the conditions and times which the mites can survive away from 
the human hosts should be studied. 


REFERENCES 


Dubinin, V. B., M. I. Guselnikova, and I. M. Raznatovsky, 1956. Discovery of 
skin mites (Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov, 1864) in some 
human skin diseases. Bull. Soe. Nat, Moscou, Sect. Biol. 61(3): 43-50 (in 
Russian with English summary). 

Fisher, A. A., A. G. Franks, M. Wolf, and M. Leider, 1951. Concurrent infesta- 
tion with a rare mite and infection with a common dermatophyte. A. M. A. 
Arch. Derm. Syph. 638: 336-342. 

Sasa, M., 1950..-Mites of the genus Dermatophagoides Bogdanoff, 1864, found 
from three cases of human acariasis. Jour. Jap. Expt. Med. 20: 519-525. 


Traver, J., 1951. Unusual sealp dermatitis in humans caused by the mite, 
Dermatophagoides. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 53(1): 1-25. 


2 Wilkinson’s ointment is a combination of precipitated calcium carbonate, 
sublimed sulfur, juniper tar, soft soap, and solid petroxolin (The National Formu- 
lary, VI, 1936, The American Pharmaceutical Association, Washington, D. C.). 
Castellani’s paint consists of basic fuchsin in a mixture of acetone and alcohol, 
boric acid, phenol, resorcinol, and water (A. Osol, and G. Farrar, 1955, The 
Dispensatory of the United States of America, 25th Ed., L. B. Lippincott, Phila- 
delphia). No information on the Demyanovitech method was found. I wish to 
thank Dr. R. P. Fischelis, American Pharmaceutical Association, for help in 
obtaining this information. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 W27/ 


LOBOGYNIELLA TRAGARDHI, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF 
DIPLOGYNIID MITE ASSOCIATED WITH DAMPWOOD TERMITES 
IN OREGON 
(ACARINA, DIPLOGYNIIDAE ) 

GERALD W. KRANTZ, Oregon State College, Corvallis. 


While examining specimens of Zootermopsis angusticollis (Hagen) 
collected from a tree stump near Corvallis, Oregon, a number of mites 
were recovered, one of which was identified as belonging to the family 
Diplogynidae Tragardh 1941. Further observation revealed the mite 
to be a representative of a new genus of the subfamily Diplogyniinae. 
The new genus resembles both Lobogynium Tragardh 1950 and 
Lobogynioides Tragardh 1950, but may be separated from the above 
mentioned genera through the use of the following key adapted from 
Tragardh : 


1. Ventral marginal shields meet the tip of the ventri-anal shield at the 


posterior end of the hysterosoma —-......_______-__ Lobogynioides Tragardh 1950 
Ventri-anal shield triangular, apparently not extending to the posterior 
Mam gine Of mth el WO diyaee es ee ee ee eee 2 


bo 


Sternal hairs II and III inserted near the posterior margin of the sternal 
shield etlankanor stern allpienay 1eVege Lobogynium Tragardh 1950 

Sternal hairs II and III well removed from posterior edge of sternal shield 
Gnaol EuaieiomaAne Shremoeyl Inghie JD eee Lobogyniella nov. gen. 


Lobogyniella, nov. gen. 

Metasternal shields with only the anterior and posterior extremities visible from 
beneath the lateral shields (Fig. 4). Posterior extremities of metasternal shields 
with a terminal hair and an adjacent pore. Lateral shields with large lateral lobes. 
Sternal hairs IT and ITT not in a transverse line, well removed from posterior edge 
of sternal shield. Ventri-anal shield triangular and apparently not extending to the 
posterior margin of the hysterosoma. 

Type species: L. tragardhi, n. sp. 


Lobogyniella tragardhi, n. sp. 


Female.—Idiosoma: length = 718 microns; width at insertions of coxae IV = 
543 microns; idiosoma ovoid-elongate, its widest point being at the insertions of 
coxae IV. Dorsal shield (fig. 2) with 26 pairs of setae, most of which are quite 
short. Three pairs of setae are noticeably longer than the rest, these being the 
shoulder setae and two pairs of latero-interior hysterosomal setae. The shield 
is weakly striated over its entire surface but only obviously so along the lateral 
margin. Ventral side with coalesced anal, ventral, sternal and metasternal 
shields which, except for the placement of the sternal hairs and the striation 
patterns, are quite similar to Tragardh’s Lobogynium rotundatum (Tragardh 
1950). Sternal shield (fig. 4) with anterior projections, between which the 
two-tined tritosternum is inserted. Sternal hairs I are inserted on the anterior 
edge of the sternal shield near the median area of the forward projections. A 
pair of pores, opening exteriorly and adjacent to the setae, are placed on a 
small defined area with the latter. Sternal hairs II are inserted behind and 


128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


somewhat exteriorly to sternal hairs I. A pair of pores are located either in a 
direct line behind sternal hairs I and II, or interiorly to sternal hairs II. These 
pores are not located symmetrically on one of the specimens examined. Sternal 
hairs III are situated near the posterior edge of the sternal shield and are 


interior to sternal hairs II. Laterally, the shield is elongated into two blade-like 


» 


Lobogyniella tragardhi, u.sp., female. Fig. 1, ventral aspect; fig. 2, dorsal aspect. 


prominences which extend between coxae II and III. Posteriorly the shield is 
deeply excavated, its lateral concavities all but covering the metasternal 
shields. Metasternal shields not fused at the midline, angling exteriorly and 
posteriorly to a narrow band. The sternal shield covers all but the anterior and 
posterior ends of the metasternals. A terminal seta and an adjacent pore are 
located at the widened posterior ends of the latter. The lateral shields (fig. 4) 
are bilobate, having both a lateral and an anterior protuberance. Two pairs 
of hairs are inserted on the posterior part of the shield, well away from the 
posterior margin. The anterior pair is located interiorly to the lateral lobes 
while the second pair is inserted midway between the first pair and the epgynial 
shield. The epigynial shield is triangular, the base being as wide as the two 
sides. The ventri-anal shield (fig. 1) is triangular, with its base extending 
toward, but not reaching, the end of the hysterosoma. The apex of the triangle 
las a pair of pores and a pair of short setae which are inserted on lateral 
prominences of the apex. Five additional pairs of setae are located on the 
ventri-anal plate, all of which are noticeably longer than those on the apex. 
One pair is lateral in position and is inserted on prominences which are nearer 
the base than the apex of the shield. The anal opening lies a little in front 
of the apex and is oblong in shape. The ventral marginal shields (fig. 1) are 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 129 


separated from the ventri-anal shield by a wide groove toward the posterior 
end and a narrow cuticular fold anteriorly. The fold is a flap of cuticle extend- 
ing the entire interior length of the marginal shield, ending just short of the 
margin of the body at the level of coxa Il. The posterior grooves appear to be 
nothing more than the deeply infolded lateral edges of the ventri-anal shield 


| 


Lobogyniella tragardhi, n.sp., female. Fig. 3, ventral aspeet of posterior por- 
tion; fig. 4, sternal, lateral, metasternal and epigynal plates; fig. 5, peritreme and 
peritremal plate; fig. 6, lateral aspect of chela; fig. 7, hypostome. 


which, under phase contrast, extend to the posterior margin of the body (fig. 3). 
The ventral marginals have one pair of setae which are lateral and posterior to 
the anal opening. The stigmata (figs. 1 and 5) are located exterior to a point 
between the insertions of coxae III and IV. The peritreme extends only as far 
as the middle of coxae II. A peritremal plate (fig. 5), on or near which the 
peritreme is located, extends anteriorly to a point in front of coxae I. Legs I 
are antenniform and are somewhat longer than legs II, III, and TV. Coxa IT are 


130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


larger than those of the other legs. The claws and pulvilli of all but legs I are 
large and well developed. The epistome (fig. 1) is triangular, with two sets of 
projections on the lateral edges. The base is broadly joined to the propodosoma, 
attached well behind the anterior margin of the body. A flap or fold of cuticle 
appears to extend from the propodosoma over the base of the epistome, forming 
a partial hood. The latter may be either a natural development or the result 
of pressure exerted on the cover slip during mounting. The chelicera (fig. 6) 
bears, on the ventral side of the movable digit, a slender, slightly curved 
appendage which is somewhat longer than the chela. Attached to it are a series 
of hairs divided into three groups of three or four hairs each, the whole series 
being united toward the basal part of the appendage. Behind the articulating 
membrane is a second, shorter appendage, ovate-lanceolate in outline and resting 
on a broad base to which it is narrowly attached. The movable digit is armed 
with seven teeth, the basal one being very large and wedge-shaped. Its three 
distal teeth are small and inconspicuous. The immovable digit has eight teeth, 
with the basal three longer than those distal to them. Teeth 6 and 8 are very 
small, flanking tooth 7 which is of a size comparable to that of the other 
terminal teeth. The hypostome (fig. 7) has a pair of pointed, slightly curved 
maxillary lobes which are inserted on the weakly projecting maxillae. Opposed 
to the maxillary lobes and inserted on the maxillae are a pair of hyaline 
secondary appendages which exceed the primary maxillary lobes in length. The 
maxillary plates are without fringes but have a pair of curved narrow terminal 
appendages extending forward under the chelicerae. 
Male.—Not known. 


Type Specimens.—Holotype female and paratype female on slides 
numbered 56415-1 and 2 respectively. Excised mandible in lateral 
position on slide No. 56415-2a. The holotype female will be deposited 
in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 
Collecting data are as follows: McDonald Forest, near Corvallis, Ore- 
eon: Ex Zootermopsis angusticollis (Hagen) ; April 15, 1956, Collec- 
tor Norman Tonks. Slides numbered 56415-2 and 2a will be placed in 
the collection at Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon. 

Type Host.—Zootermopsis angusticollis (Hagen). 

Type Locality—McDonald Forest, near Corvallis, Oregon. 

Optical Equipment.—Drawings were made and morphological data 
were collected with the aid of a Spencer phase contrast microscope 
equipped with dark medium contrast objectives and illuminated by a 
Spencer advanced laboratory illuminator. 


SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF LOBOGYNIELLA 
The similarity between this genus and Lobogynium Tragardh is 
striking. Not only do the lateral shields of Lobogyniella possess the 
ear-like lateral lobes but the arrangement and number of setae on the 
sternal and ventri-anal shields agree quite closely with those of Lobo- 
gynium. As regards the true nature of the ventri-anal and ventral 
marginal shield structure of Lobogyniella (Fig. 3)—that Tragardh’s 


) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 131 


Lobogynium rotundatum is not similar to Lobogymella in shield 
morphology is questionable since the two genera agree in many other 
details. The structure of the lateral plates of Lobogynioides Tragardh 
places this genus in close association with both Lobogynium and 
Lobogymniella. Lobogynioides, however, has only a narrow suture 
separating the ventri-anal from the ventral marginal shields. In 
addition, the posterior ends of the ventral marginals are pointed and 
joined at the terminus, whereas the ventral marginals are rounded and 
do not meet in Lobogyniella or Lobogynium. The metasternal plates 
of Lobogyniella resemble those of Lobogynioides but not those of 
Lobogynium which, in addition to the sclerotized bar-like condition of 
the shield (Fig. 4), has a pair of anterior triangular areas which meet 
at the midline. However, Lobogynioides has two pairs of metasternal 
pores rather than one pair of pores and a pair of setae such as found 
in both Lobogyniella and Lobogynium. From the various differences 
and resemblances noted between these three genera, it appears to the 
author that Lobogynium and Lobogyniella represent a more primitive 
condition than that of Lobogynioides. One could arrive at such an 
assumption by considering only the presence or absence of the meta- 
sternal hair, and the extent of separation of the ventri-anal and ventral 
marginal plates. The presence of the metasternal hair in place of a 
second pore, as found in Lobogyniella, indicates an earlier stage of 
development than noted in those forms where the hair has been lost. 
A more advanced condition may be assumed in those forms having 
closely coalesced plates than those with plates widely separated. 


REFERENCES 


Tragardh, Ivar, 1950. Studies on the Caelenopsidae, Diplogyniidae and Sehizo- 
gyniidae (Aecarina). Arkiv. for Zoologi, Ser. 2, bd. 1, nr 25: 361-451. 


NOTES ON ALLODAMAEUS EWINGI BANKS 
(ACARINA: ORIBATEI: BELBIDAE ) 


HAROLD G. HIGGINS AND STANLEY B. MULAIK 
Dept. of Biology, University of Utah 


The genus Allodamaeus was described by Banks (1947) from speci- 
mens taken from the forest of Duke University, Durham, North 
Carolina. This genus was placed in the family Belbidae near the 
genus Gymnodamaeus, and Allodamaeus ewingi was designated as the 
type species. 

In 1952 the junior author collected some mites from Duke Forest, 
among which were several adult and immature specimens of this 
species. Inasmuch as Banks did not completely figure either adult or 
immature specimens, adilitional figures and notes hased on topotypical 
specimens are presented in this paper. 


132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


Allodamaeus Banks 
Type: Allodamaeus ewingi Banks, 1947, Psyche 54(2):118-119, Figs. 6, 13, 44. 
Diagnostic characters—Body egg-shaped; division between hysterosoma and 
propodosoma distinct; hysterosoma nearly as broad as long with rounded sides; 
tectopedia I large, heavy, with a strong forward projecting point; tectopedia II 
large, blunt, and located under legs II; genital and anal plates separated from 
each other and of approximately equal size; legs of moderate length, relatively 
stout, most joints without huge swollen parts; tibia of leg I extends over the 


tarsus, claws born on a stalk. 


Fie. 1. Allodamaeus ewingi Banks, dorsal view; fig. 2, ventral view; fig. 3, 
dorsal view of nymph; fig. 4, dorsal view of larva. 


We 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 13: 


Allodamaeus ewingi Banks 

Diagnosis.—Body and legs heavy; pseudostigmatie organs slightly shorter than 
the distance between them and with a barbed, clavate tip; body and legs bordered 
with a heavy, erect, platelike secretion which is ridged and so appears rodlike. 

Description.—Color deep reddish brown. Body, body setae, and legs covered 
with a heavy veil of secretion that gives the appearance of stiff, short rods. Pro- 
podosoma wider than long with a pair of long, inward curving setae that are 
located some distance from the edge of the rostrom. Rostral setae curved in- 
ward, and nearly invisible in the secretion that covers the anterior edge of the 
body. Tectopedia I heavy, toothed near the middle, with a strong forward pro- 
jecting point. Tectopedia II blunt, massive, and located under legs II. Pseudo- 
stigmata short, cuplike. Pseudostigmatie organs slightly shorter than distance 
between them with a barbed, clavate tip. Interlamellar hairs absent or cannot be 
seen, although there is a spot for their attachment. 

Hysterosoma distinctly separated from the prodosoma and approximately the 
same length as width; dorsal surface rather smooth and devoid of setae except 
for a single pair near the posterior edge. 

Camerostome egg-shape; mandibles, chelate. 

Genital and anal plates of nearly equal size and separated from each other by 
a distinct piece of the ventral plate. Genital plates with seven pairs of setae; 
anal plates with two pairs of setae. 

Legs moderately heavy without huge swollen joints. Leg I nearly as long as 
body is wide; tibia I extends over the tarsus and bears a long bristle that ex- 
tends beyond the claws. Legs IV longer than all others, but shorter than body. 
The three elaws are born on a stalk, the stalk of which is nearly as long as the 
rest of the tarsus. Setae on legs, long, slender, and simple. 

Three specimens from Duke Forest have the following average measurements: 
Length, 0.68 mm.; width of hysterosoma, 0.45 mm.; length of leg I, 0.42 mm.; 
length of leg IV, 0.59 mm. 


Discussion.—All specimens of Allodamaeus ewingt Banks were taken 
from decaying leaves under trees in Duke Forest. This species, up 
to the present time, has been reported only from the type locality. 

The adult specimens, and to a lesser extent the immatures, show 
considerable individual variation. The relative size and shape of the 
anal covers appear to be the most variable character. For example, 
some species have nearly round anal plates, whereas in other speci- 
mens these plates have flattened sides. 


? 


134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


ANOTHER OLD RECORD OF APHOTAENIUS CAROLINUS (VAN DYKE) 
(COLEOPTERA, SCARABEIDAE ) 

Recently, while examining Scarabaeidae in the Charles Dury Col- 
lection in the Cincinnati Museum of Natural History, I was fortunate 
in finding the specimen reported by Mr. Dury as Ataenius lecontei 
Harold in his ‘‘ Additions to hte list of Cincinnati Coleoptera’’ (1906, 
Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 257). The label data 
reads, ‘‘Cin. O., v. 26.5., Dury.’’ The specimen proves to be Aphotae- 
nius carolinus (aVn Dyke) 

A record of Ataenius leconter Harold (synonym of ovatulus Horn) 
from Ohio would have been of considerable interest, since I have seen 
no Ohio specimens of that species; but ths old record of Aphotaenius 
carolinus was of even more interest. Hxcept for recent collections in 
the mountains of North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia, all 
specimens which I have seen previously were also collected over fifty 
years ago: “‘Key West, Fla.,’’ label very old, brown and brittle; 
‘*Marlboro, Md., May 13. H. 8S. Barber,’’ collected between 1898 and 
1901; and ‘*‘Crawford County, Indiana, May 19, 1903, W. S. Blatech- 
ley.’’ 

Evidently Aphotaenius carolinus once had a fairly wide distribu- 
tion—Indiana to Maryland to Florida—but it now seems confined to 
the Carolinas and Georgia. I have searched carefully for it in Vir- 
ginia, West Virginia and Pennsylvania without success. It is usually 
found in and under deer droppings in shady woods, April to Sep- 
tember. Perhaps the virtual extinction of deer over most of eastern 
North America eliminated this small dung-feedine scarab and 
accounts for no recent records over most of the previous range. I 
would be grateful for additional records, old and new, for this species. 
—O. L. CartTwricut, Smithsonian Institution, U. S. Nat. Musewm, Washington, 
ID (Ge 


AN OVERLOOKED NAME IN “MUSCA” 
(DIPTERA ) 


A long overooked name in the genus Musca recently came to my 
attention in correspondence with Mr. J. W. W. Loose, of Lancaster, 
Pennsylvania, who is interested in 19th century history, and to whom 
[ am indebted for the reference to the publication containing the 
name. 

In 1855, Mr. J. Franklin Reigert of Lancaster published a small, 
15-page pamphlet, ‘‘A treatise on the cause of cholera, an interesting 
discovery,’ in which he propounded the theory that swarms of a 
small yellow fly composed the ‘‘Cholera Miasmae,’’ the cause of 
cholera. This was indeed an early suggestion of the relation of insects 
to disease, but it was undoubtedly based on miscellaneous and in- 
correctly associated bits of data, including the presence of this small 
yellow fly. Some of these, captured on a window sill in his house, 
were sent to Dr. John G. Morris of Baltimore and Mr. S. S. Rathvon 
of Lancaster. Both men placed it in the genus Musca of Linnaeus. 


5) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 Mas 


OU 


Mr. Rathvon noted that that genus had been greatly subdivided, and 
he could not place the species definitely, but suggested (p. 9) that it 
be called **Musca Ochrapesus.’’ On p. 10 is quoted a 14-line descrip- 
tion furnished by Rathvon, and a frontispiece to the pamphlet shows 
3 colored figures of the fly. 

The description is extremely generalized, but gives the concrete 
facts that the species is 3/16 inch long, the color ‘‘dull ochery yel- 
low,’’ and the ‘‘thorax sparsely covered with long brownish spines 
or stiff hairs.’’ The wings were said to have ‘‘fine longitudinal 
nervures their whole leneth,’’ and the figures clearly show that the 
second longitudinal vein (Ryi3) is very long, ending nearly at the 
apex of the wing. Taken together, the various items indicate that the 
species was Chyromya flava (Linnaeus) (Chyromyidae). This species 
has sometimes been recorded as occurring in numbers on windows. 
I have no hesitation in referring Musca Ochrapesus Rathvon to the 
synonymy of C. flava. 

—CurTIS W. SaBrosky, Entomology Research Division, A, R. S., U.S. Department 
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


THE TYPES OF WYEOMYIA (WYEOMYIA) DYARI LANE & 
CERQUEIRA, 1942 
(DiprEeRA, CULICIDAE ) 


A mistake was made by Lane & Cerqueira (1942 in ‘‘Os Sabetineos 
da América’’ pg. 581), when a new name was given and the species 
called Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia) dyari n. n. Actually this was proposed 
for what we believed to be a misidentification by Dyar of the larva of 
Phoniomyia quasilongirostris Theobald, and was not a substitute name 
for a homonym. It should, therefore, have been treated as a new 
species and type material selected. 

Such being the case, we take this opportunity, at the suggestion 
of Dr. Alan Stone, to choose type material for this species. When our 
study of the Sabethini was concluded the material was divided, one 
part remaining with the Servico Nacional de Fébre Amarela and the 
other with the Faculdade de Higiene da Universidade de 8S. Paulo. In 
the Faculdade de Higiene there are seven specimens in perfect con- 
dition and which are here selected as type material for this species. 
Type material—BRASIL. Male lectotype, State of Rio de Janeiro, 
Petropolis, V.1938 (R. C. Shannon col.) (genitalia mounted on a 
shde and a midleg on another slide). Allotype female, State of Rio de 
Janeiro, Terezépolis, V.1938 (R. C. Shannon col.). Paralectotypes: 
State of Rio de Janeiro, Mangaratibe, [X.1939 and Cachoeira, Faz. 
Martinez, V.1938—two males with uncut genitalia; Federal District, 
V.1938 and X11.1936 (R. C. Shannon col.)—three females. Lectotype 
registered in our collection under n. 1363¢ allotype n. 1366, male 
paralectotypes ns. 1364 and 1365 and female paralectotypes under 
ns. 1367, 1368 and 1369. 


—J. LANE, Faculdade de Higiene e Satide Piblica da Universidade de 8. Paulo, 
and N. L. Cerquerira, Servico Nacional de Fébre Amarela, Rio de Janeiro, both 
Brazil. 


Lb} 


1356 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


JOSEPH M. DAVIS 
1909-1957 


Joseph M. Davis, entomologist of the Forest Insect Laboratory, 
Forest Service, Beltsville, Maryland, died on December 30, 1957, fol- 
lowing an illness of several months. 

Mr. Davis, the son of Charles W. and Margaret (Puhr) Davis, was 
born on May 17, 1909, at Noonan, North Dakota. He grew up there 
on the family farm and then attended the University of North Dakota 
where he received a BS degree in 1935 and an MS degree in 1937. 
Later, he took additional graduate work at the University of Wiscon- 
sin and the University of Utah. Although his training was primarily 
in entomology and the biological sciences, he acquired a considerable 
background in mathematics, physics, and chemistry as well. 

After receiving his Master’s degree, Mr. Davis was appointed in- 
structor at the North Dakota School of Forestry where he taught 
courses in mathematics and physics. He left there in 1941 to accept a 
position as research biologist with the North Dakota Game and Fish 
Department. 

In 1942, he came to the National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 
D. C., as a research physicist, working on special aviation equipment 
for the Armed Forces. When the war ended, he was engaged for a 
short while in federal plant quarantine work in Washington. 

In 1946, Mr. Davis joined the Forest Insect Laboratory at Belts- 
ville Research Center as a research entomologist. His principal fields 
of investigation were in aerial spraying for controlling forest defoli- 
ators, particularly studies on spray distribution and atomization. 
He also pioneered in the use of radioisotopes for studying the disper- 
sal habits of various forest insects. He published several papers on 
these subjects. 

He was a member of the American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, the Entomological Society of America, the Entomo- 
logical Society of Washington, the Insecticide Society of Washington, 
Phi Delta Kappa honorary education society, Sigma Xi, and the 
Masonic order. 

He is survived by his wife, the former Miss Evelyn Johnson of 
Fargo, North Dakota, whom he married in 1941, and by three sons— 
Bryan, 15; Allan, 12; and Darrell, 9 years old. 

In many respects, Joe Davis was an unusual man. Probably his 
most outstanding trait was his broad range of interests and abilities. 
Not only a well rounded entomologist, he also had a strong bent for 
mathematics and approached a research problem with the keen 
analysis of a mathematical mind. He was a stimulating idea man, a 
skilled technician, and a leader of team research. In addition to his 
profession, Davis had several avocations. Over a period of vears he 
built a spider collection, numbering some 3700 specimens, which he 
presented to the Smithsonian Institution. He had a great love for 


ba | 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 13 
’ ,’ ’ 


music, and not only played the clarinet and viola, but at one time 
was director of the civic orchestra in Bottineau, North Dakota. He 
was highly skilled in photography and liked to take both still and 
motion pictures of many of the insects he encountered such as walk- 
ingsticks, pine saw-flies, and the spruce budworm. Being especially 
ingenious, he built a special box for field use in taking pictures of 
insects which approximated dark room conditions. This was only 
one example of several pieces of equipment he made to facilitate his 
research work in the field of forest insects. 
In his death, his profession lost an exceptional scientist—his asso- 
ciates, a highly valued friend. 
R. A. ST. GEORGE 
J.S. YUILL 


NOW AVAILABLE 
Memoir 5 of the Entomological Society of Washington 


A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF 
SOUTH AMERICA 


WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 
by Phyllis Truth Johnson 


Dr. Johnson’s work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment 
of the fleas of the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the 
continent and its coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume 
will be indispensable to the serious student of this important order 
of insects. 

Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted 
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic 
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera 
known to occur in South America are completely deseribed and illustrated, and 
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De- 
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to 
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of 
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con- 
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas 
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts, 
each with the flleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information ; 
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close 
the volume. 


Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be 
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr. 
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research 
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. 


138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1957 


CORRESPONDING SECRETARY 


Membership; as of Jiainiuanzys Uy 19 Si eens ee ee ee ee eS) 
Reductions : 


RESIGN e Cee ree 14 
Droppede= === er Sean tae AUC 
Deceased) 2.22. a 4 
Total) jn.- Seon ee ee ee eee Se 35 
TDM eccierexel ito) aaavevaml cepa) cya) Se 23 
Reems tates | sock eee ee ei a SE ae ea eed ere 2 
Net loss. im® memberships ener pies AO 
Total membership—December 31,1957 = eee 499 
Classes of membership: 
Desay eiiya a Pe = 2 ee ne Se ee 476 
[sit @ 3 jon eet eR Ba esc? ete Bien 2 aan 5 
Rietined |: ss: ik t.<0s ee oe See eee 14 
TE On OP ates, ie Sete Serre | Ra eee eee 4 
TW otagh er ee eo ee ee Se ee ee 499 


The membership is distributed among 44 States, 4 Territories, the District of 
Columbia, and 24 foreign countries. 


Circulation of Proceedings (October 1957 issue) 
Unstamped, poundage rate: 


States eee eee 410 

DistrictwoteC ole ase 38 

U. S: Possessions =. = 13 
Total) toc Save Ste LEER a eds Ae hee iho Ls Eee 461 
Stamped! foreign countries’ 2 See UE ee ee 198 
Chaim: milaalt ose ye Se A ee 112 
Total) 22.22.24 2 ee eee 771 

Distribution: 

Mopniembersi == ee Wh a es 491 
Torsubserib ers: 22 ~ ee ee ee aos ee 2 Ee eee rr 280 
Totals}. <8 ee ee ae 


The Proceedings go to members and subseribers in 48 States, the District of 
Columbia, 4 territories, and 48 foreign countries. 
Respectfully submitted, KELVIN DorWArRD, Corresponding Secretary. 


TREASURER 


General Fund 


Cash ‘on! hana) Jana alr, alba y1/agenee ee een see eee $ 268.20 
Receipts during: V957 20 Ae ee ee ee eee eee 4,185.04 


Total 22.) <= 2k te Re be ee a ee $4,453.24 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 139 


CashonshandasDecemperrolnnl Goes meee ee eo eee 8.57 
Hxpenditunesm durin pel O oe ee ee ee eh wa ee eS 4,444.67 
BORE eg ee $4,453.24 


Publication Fund 


Cash and securities on hand, January 1, 1957 _. $6,724.98 
Receipts and earnings during 1957 ________________.____ 2 ae AY ONO EDA: 
PCC tn) iy ewe. eee ie Ee 2 a in ay Se Ne SS Nl al en $8,832.52 
Cashvonwhands December sill O57), 2 8 ee eee ee 4778255 
IDpqoyenobnGe) lumens IC b)7/| ee eee pe 40 8r oT 
CORRE Seas a a ee $8,832.52 


Copies of the complete Treasurer’s report, approved by the Auditing Committee, 
are on file with the Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer. 
Respectfully submitted, FLoyp P. Harrison, Treasurer. 


CUSTODIAN 
The Custodian is happy to report a considerable increase in the amount of sales 
during 1957 over each of the previous three years. The average for the three 
years 1954, 1955, and 1956 was $596 while in 1957 items to the amount of nearly 
$1,409 were sold. That makes 1957 the biggest year since 1953, the first year the 
““Chigger Manual’’ was on sale when over $1,900 worth of items were sold. Most 
of the increase in 1957 was accounted for by sales of Memoir No. 5, or 44 books 
for a total of $390.80. In addition, 3 complete sets of the ‘‘ Proceedings’’ were 
sold for a total amount of $523.80. 
Copies of a complete, detailed report are on file with the Recording Secretary 
and Treasurer. 
Respectfully submitted, H. J. CoNKLE, Custodian. 


EDITOR 


Six numbers of volume 59 of the Proceedings were published in 1957. Of the 
304 pages printed, 16 were devoted to advertising (exclusive of back covers) and 
288 to scientific papers, notes, book reviews, obituaries, and minutes of meetings. 
These figures are in contrast to 368 pages published in 1956, 294 of which were 
devoted to scientific papers, notes, ete. Because of the increase in printing costs 
at the end of 1956, each number of the Proceedings for 1957 (except one) con- 
tained only 48 pages as compared with 64 in 1956. Volme 59 contained 54 original 
contributions averaging 514% pages in length. 

Respectfully submitted, ALICE V. Renk, Hditor. 


SOCIETY MEETINGS 
Held in the U. S. National Museum 
668th Meeting, January 2, 1958— 
Although the officers for 1958 were unanimously elected at the December 5 
meeting, it was later discovered that a quorum was not present. For this reason, 


140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


the members present at the January 2 meeting ratified the action taken at the 
previous meeting; the officers are now in orbit. 

President Sailer announced the death of Mr. Joseph Davis (Division of Forest 
Insects Investigation) and appointed Mr. J. S. Yuill and Mr. R. A. St. George 
as a committee to write the obituary. Mr. Yuill is chairman. Dr. Sailer also 
commented on the death of Prof. Teiso Esaki on December 14. Dr. Esaki had 
written Dr. Campbell on December 11 thanking him for the cordial message 
sent the Entomological Society of Japan and noted the hospitality which has been 
accorded the many Japanese entomologists who have visited the United States. 

As a result of Dr, Kostarab’s plea for contributions to buy minuten pins for 
the Hungarian National Museum, a total of $21.40 was collected from members 
of our Society. 

Dr. W. E. Bickley reported that 23 new members joined the Society in 1957. 
A new member, Talmadge J. Neal, Dept. of Ent. at Walter Reed Army Inst. 
of Research, was elected unanimously. 

Dr. Willis Wirth showed 3 slides of Phasmidohelea crudelis sucking blood from 
the knee joit of a phasmid. Dr. R. I. Sailer exhibited specimens of Edessa 
florida Barber, These were collected early in October by T. H. Bissell in Virginia 
and represent one of the most northerly records for any members of this large 
neotropical genus. The specimens had lived for 3 months on a diet of green 
beans. With the stink bugs was a specimen of Leptoglossus oppositus (Say) of 
local origin. This was thriving on the same diet. Dr. John Fales gave a few 
highlights of a recent Lepidopterist’s Society meeting. 

The featured paper of the evening, ‘‘The Inerimination of Arthropods as 
Vectors of Pathogenic Agents,’’ was delivered by Major Herbert C. Barnett, 
Chief, Department of Entomology, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. He 
gave an informative talk on Japanese B encephalitis. An active discussion 
followed. 

The following visitors were introduced: W. E. McCauley, Carlyle Nibley, Jr., 
Tom Haines, Philip Garman, Donald P. Donwell and W. D. Kundin. 
669th Meeting, February 6, 1958— 

The annual reports of the treasurer, corresponding secretary, custodian and 
editor were read and approved. Dr. Sailer appointed the chairmen and members 
of the following committees for 1958: Advertising—Price P. Piquett, chairman, 
and B,. App; Auditing—L. B. Reed, chairman, and Paul X. Peltier; Member- 
ship—A. B. Gurney, chairman, H. S. Fuller and G. E. Bohart; Notes and 
Exhibition of Specimens—John Fales; Program—J. Rosen (previously elected 
as chairman), Frank L. Campbell and Howard Baker; Reserve Stock—H. J. 
Conkle and L. G. Davis; Joint Board on Science Education—H. B. Owens; 
Constitution and By-laws—H. H. Shepard, Chairman, W. H. Anderson and 
E. F. Knipling; Nominating Committee—Alan Stone, chairman, W. E. Bickley 
and Fred Poos; Memoirs—G. H. Wharton, chairman, R. H. Foote (ex officio), 
C. F. W Muesebeck, J. Rosen and Phyllis Johnson. 

Pictures of some of the plant and animal life on Barro Colorado Island were 


shown by Dr. Phyllis Johnson, who also gave interesting notes on the laboratory 
located on the island. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 141 


A. B. Gurney noted that during the past few years the egg laying habits of 
several grasshoppers which do not follow the usual habit of depositing egg pods 
in soil have been reported. He mentioned in particular the recent discovery, 
reported by Dr. C. S. Carbonell of Uruguay in 1957, that the semi-aquatie grass- 
hopper, Marellia remipes, attaches its eggs to the lower surfaces of the floating 
leaves of certain aquatic plants. Several other grasshoppers with specialized egg 
laying habits were mentioned, and the considerable progress made by Russian 
entomologists in acquiring a broad knowledge of the egg pods of their native 
grasshoppers was noted. 

Dr. F. L. Campbell called attention to Dr. Alvah Peterson’s ‘‘five-year plan’’ 
for the study of the eggs of all orders of insects. Dr. Campbell also reported 
the action taken by AIBS and ESA on the resent discriminatory action of the 
Civil Service Commission in refusing to recognize biological scientists as scientists 
at all. 

‘<Entsocology’’ was the subject of the address of the retiring President, Dr. 
Frank L. Campbell, who revealed the secret of his title to be ‘‘the study of the 
Entomological Society of Washington.’’ In a clever fashion he gave the Society 
a good look at itself by bringing to light some of the archaic rules under wheh 
we now operate and by offering a number of concrete suggestions for the improve- 
ment of the Society. 


Our new honorary member, Mr. A. B. Gahan, thanked the Society in person for 
conferring upon him this type of membership and recalled some of the earlier 
meetings of the Society. 

Two visitors were introduced: Mrs. Adam Béving and Mr. William S. Murray. 
700th Meeting, March 6, 1958— 

The report of the Auditing Committee was presented by Mr. Paul X. Peltier 
and approved by the Society. Two new members—Dr. Bernard Brookman, Div. 
of Research Grants, NIH and Lt. Alexander A. Hubert of Walter Reed Army 
Inst. of Research—were elected to the Society. 

Rose Ella Warner commented briefly on the death of L. L. Buchanan who for 
many years was a well-known taxonomist of Curculionidae and other coleopterous 
families. President Sailer appointed a committee consisting of Bernard Burks, 
chairman, Miss Warner and W. S. Fisher to write the obituary. 

There was an unusual number of interesting notes and exhibitions of specimens. 
Dr. F. L. Campbell described the origin and preparation of ‘‘ Laboratory and 
Field Studies in Biology: A Sourcebook for Secondary Schools.’’ He pointed out 
that only 6 of 153 exercises made use of insects, which in view of the availability 
of insects for demonstrating biological prineiples seemed too few. There was no 
entomologist in the group of 30 biology teachers who compiled these exercises, 
Moral: entomologists should take a greater interest in bringing insects to the 
attention of high school students. 

Curtis Sabrosky exhibited a 15-page pamphlet published in 1855 by J. Franklin 
Reigert, ‘‘A Treatise on the Cause of Cholera, an Interesting Discovery.’’ Reigert 
attempted to link cholera to small yellow flies which he found in the area just 
prior to eases of cholera. (See p. 134 for a note by Mr. Sabrosky on the flies.— Ep. ) 


142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


J. H. Fales gave a summary of his paper, ‘‘Spring Occurrence of the Monarch 
3utterfly in Maryland.’’ Information obtained over a period of 20 years on the 
return flight to the North was given. Faded and worn spring specimens of this 
migrant insect were exhibited. 

A rather comprehensive account of character displacement in speciation in the 
tenebrionid genus Helops was presented by T. J. Spilman. 

George Vogt discussed in detail the comparison of the biology of 3 species of 
leaf-mining buprestid beetles of the genus Pachyschelus. One of the. species is 
from Southeast Asia and the other 2 are from the vicinity of Washington, D. C. 

A series of pictures relating to the work on bee eulture was displayed and 
explained by George E. Bohart. 

The speaker of the evening, Dr. Willis W. Wirth, showed us Kodachrome slides 
of a number of entomologists in Australia as well as interesting scenes taken in 
connection with his study of sand fly research in that country. The title of his 
talk was ‘‘Fulbrighters and Cobbers Down Under.’’ 

In addiuton to the new members who were introduced, the following visitors 
were presented: Mrs. A. A. Hubert, Paul H. Freytag, Arthur H. Mason, Paul 
L. Rice and Dr. Clare R. Baltazar.—H®rLen Souuers, Recording Secretary. 


The date of publication of Vol. 60, No. 2, was April 18, 1958. 


NEW AMMUNITION ? 


Search for improved insecticides and fumigants 
gets high priority at DiaMonp’s enlarged 
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own 
products give evidence of this interest. We 
welcome requests for cooperation on research 


and development projects. 


Diamond 
e Chemicals 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 143 


7, erfect rofit etare! 


EACH SEASON, the picture brightens 
for growers to reap profits from agri- 
cultural crops. By using the improved 
and more effective insecticides avail- 
able today, they now retain a larger 
share of harvests formerly lost to 
destructive insects. 


Shell Chemical Corporation re- 
searchers, in co-operation with state 
and federal experiment stations, in- 
dependent researchers, extension 
workers and growers have created 
potent pesticides that offer depend- 
able protection throughout every stage 
of plant growth. 


SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION 
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK 


Shell has played a major role in the 
development ofaldrin, dieldrin, endrin 
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D® 
and Nemagon® soil fumigants; and 
Allyl Alcohol weed seed killer. Other 
pesticides, now in various stages of 
laboratory development, will be avail- 
able for even better insect control. 


Shell Chemical Corporation will 
continue intensive chemical research 
to provide the agricultural industry 
with more powerful weapons in the 
battle against crop-destroying insects. 
Technical information on Shell Chem- 
ical products is available. Write to: 


144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, JUNE, 1958 


uf 


RESEARCH ... . laboratory work that takes 


many years and millions of dollars 


PRODUCTION .. 


to make commercial 


quantities available at an economically sound 
cost 


A great deal of work and knowledge goes into the 


development of insecticides. Once developed, how- 


ever, they're a priceless defense against the loss of 


food and fiber, the disease, and the annoyance 


caused by man’s insect enemies. Velsicol Chemical 
Corporation manufactures five basic insecticides 
that are thoroughly proven, widely recommended, 
and extensively used: Heptachlor, Chlordane, 


TESTING .. 


. years of field work, to deter- 


mine effectiveness, dosages, side effects 


EDUCATION .... teaching methods of use, 


gaining confidence and trust 


Endrin, Parathion and Methyl Parathion. Each of 
them is rated most efficient for specific types of 
insect control, and all are available everywhere, in 
ready-to-use, reasonably priced formulations. If 
you deal with any phase of insect control, we think 
you will find technical information about these in- 
secticides highly useful. 


WRITE FOR A BROCHURE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION. PREPARED BY VELSICOL'S ENTOMOLOGISTS! 


HEPTACHLOR e 


NEW! VELSICOL GIBBERELLINS ! 


Amazing plant growth stimulant. Vels: 
cols newest contribution to increased 
ogricultural productivity Extensive re 


search program in progre 


CHLORDANE e@ ENDRIN e PARATHION e@ METHYL PARATHION 


VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


330 East Grand’ Ave.; Chicago 11, Illinois 


International Representative: Velsicol International Corporation, C.A 


P.O. Box 1687 © Nossau, Bahamas, B.W.! 


VC 1126-7108 


AS APPEARING IN: 


AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE, ANNUALS OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, CANADIAN ENTOMOLOGIST, FLORIDA 


ENTOMOLOGIST, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, 
PAN PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, PRECEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL 


SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, D.C. 


A Cyanamid Report 


MALATHION 
FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS 


With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied 
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of 
three years of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved 
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for 
controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl 
and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition, 
malathion dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space. 
Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used 
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala- 
thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product 
have been most effective in suppressing lice and horn flies. 


Do not apply malathion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet 
been accepted for this use, nor should it be used on calves under 
one month of age. 


PROTECTANT FOR STORED GRAIN 


With newly-granted residue tolerances for malathion on wheat, 
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, grain sorghum, and peanuts (post- 
harvest), grain handlers storing grain have a method of protect- 
ing grain from loss to insects. Malathion, either in dust or spray 
form, applied to the grain as it is being loaded into bins, affords 
protection against confused flour beetle, rice weevil, granary 
weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle, flat grain beetle, red flour beetle, 
rusty grain beetle, lesser grain beetle, and Indian meal moth. It is 
also suggested as a residual wall, floor, and machinery spray in 
grain elevators, in treating truck beds, box cars, and ships’ holds 
before loading grain. Where Indian meal moth infestations de- 
velop, surface applications of malathion dusts or sprays at pre- 
scribed intervals afford protection. 


NEW USES FOR MALATHION ON CROPS 


Tolerances have been established on 37 additional crops, including: 


Vegetables Fruits 
Asparagus Bramble family 
Carrots and other root crop Nectarines 
Garlic—Leeks—Shallots Quinces 
Several leaf vegetables Currants 
Pumpkins Gooseberries 


Also, small grains, cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint, 
corn and rice. With these additions, malathion is now recom- 
mended on 93 crops. 

Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


American Cyanamid Company, Insecticide Department, 
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y. 


GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 

A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


NSECTS 
Vol. 60 AUGUST, 1958 No. 4 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 
ARNAUD, P. H., JR.—A Synopsis of the Genus Melanderia Aldrich (Dip: 
tera, Dolichopodidae) ee Se ES Sa epee ee 179 
CARRIKER, M. A., JR.—On a Small Collection of Mallophaga from the 
United States, with Descriptions of Three New Species —__....--------- 167 
CLARKE, J. F. G.—The Correct Name for a Pest of Beans tunmipustikn 
Olethreutidae) oh DUI Data GR eA gi ne 187 
DOBROTWORSKY, N. V.—Designation of the Type Species of the Sub- 
genus Neotheobaldia (Genus Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire, 1902) went 
CSS ES) cL el oS SR Ee a ee ee ee ee 186 
SMIT, F. G. A. M.—Differences, in the Female Sex, Between Two North 
American Bat Fleas (Siphonaptera, Ischnopsyllidae) —.._--_.--------------- 175 
STONE, ALAN—The Identity of Culex aestuans Wiedemann (Diptera, 
Recelicicl acpi eae oe ee! es 186 
TRAUB, R.; MORROW, MARY LOU; and LIPOVSKY, L. J.—New 
Species of ‘Chiggers from Korea (Acarina, T1 Trombiculidae) 2 Rs SR 145 
OBITUARY—Francisco de Asis Moncada SQA Wa. bas oh, 188 
ff \ 
SOCIETY MEETINGS ae eae oert Uke OY tee _ 190 
(SEP [0 1958 | 
Boon REVIEW \, bin he a fp 187 
ANS ay 
ANNOUNCEMENTS S/BRARYH os 197,178, 191 


Orem a maT 


ENTOMOLOGICAL. SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON ia 7 


ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 . ip 


OFFICERS FOR 1958 


R. I. Samer, President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


R. H. NEwson, First Vice President 
Entomological Society of America 
1530 P St., N.W. 

Washington 5, D. C. 


P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building © 
Beltsville, Maryland 


HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary 
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. O. 


PAUL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary 
7213 Beacon Terrace 
Bethesda, Maryland 


F. P. HARRISON, Treasurer 
Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 


R. H. Footsz, Editor 
c/o Division of Insects 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. OC. 


H. J. CONKLE, Oustodian 
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Serre 
Washington 25, D. O. 


J. G. Rozen, Program Chairman 
c/o Division of Insects 5 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the 
Society as Vice President of 


the Washington Academy of 


Sciences. 
FMRD-OSS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. O. 


Executive Oommittee 


T. L. BIssuLL, University of Maryland 
R. A. St. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. Agriculture 
F. L, OAMPBELL, National Research Council 

Honorary President 


R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Museum 


Honorary Members 


O. F. W. MuESEBEOK, U.S. National Meee 
H. G. Barsgr, U.S. National Museum 
ATE: GAHAN, Berwyn, Maryland 


_ provided. that a statement 


MEETINGS 
Regular meetings of the Society are Ah 1 
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museur 
first Thursday of each month from Octobe 
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings a 
lished regularly in the tae “a 


MEMBERSHIP 


Members shall be persons over 
who have an interest in the science 
Annual dues for members are $4. 00; 
is $1.00 Sai 8. currency). ee 


PROCEEDINGS > 


Published bimonthly beginning ‘with 
the Society at Washington, D. O. Me 
standing are entitled to th 0 
charge. Non-member cription 
year, both domestic and foreign ( 
payable in advance. All remitt 
made payable to The estan ble 
Washington. 


for those of other satiation! 
All manuscripts intended for. pI 


by non-members. 
obtained at a cost to the eee part 
per printed page, plus cost of all engra 
of papers should be concise but compre 
should indicate the systematic p 
ject insect. By-lines should ind! 
ing address of the author and 
affiliation, if possible. Citations: 
pers longer than one printed p 
author and date and should ref 
cluding references in which auth 
name of publication, volume al 
that order. In shorter articles, 
ture should be included in ‘par 


Proportions of full-page 
closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6 
this usually allows explanatory 
the same page. Cost of illust 
that for one full-page line on 
author. 


Reprints of published paper m 
the following costs plus po 


accompanies the returned +P 


2 pp. 4 pp. , 8 pp. 
50 copies: pat 
$2.00 $3.00. $5.00 


(100 copies: pes 
(2.50 3.80 6.00 

Additional copies, per 100: 
1.00 1.15 2.00 ‘ 


Purchase of reprints b 
voices are subject to n 
fees will have ‘the cost 
purchase ‘prices |i) £4, 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 
EINTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


Vol. 60 AUGUST, 1958 No. 4 


NEW SPECIES OF CHIGGERS FROM KOREA 
(ACARINA, TROMBICULIDAE) ! 


Ropert Traus?, Mary Lou Morrow®, and Louis J. Lreovsky* 


During studies on the possible etiology and transmission of hemor- 
rhagic fever in Korea, an intensive collection of chiggers was made 
from small mammals, primarily rodents, by the Field Unit of the 
Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever of the Armed Forces Epidemio- 
logical Board in 1953 and 1954, and by its predecessor in 1952, a 
special Research Team of the Armed Forces Epidemiological Board. 
As a result of these investigations, eight new species of trombiculid 
mites were discovered and the larvae of these are described and 
illustrated in this paper. The possible role of these chiggers in the 
epidemiology of hemorrhagic fever, and observations on the host 
relationships and seasonal variations in incidence, are presented 
elsewhere (Traub ef al., 1954). 


Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) gemiticula, n. sp. 
(Figs. 1-7) 

Diagnosis.—Nearest to T. (L.) palpalis Nagayo et al., 1919, and T. (L.) 
orientalis Schluger, 1948, in general shape of seutum and in having both the 
dorsal and ventral tibial setae branehed. Separable from JT. (L.) palpalis in 
that it has a larger seutum, i.e., PW ° about 80 instead of 65 microns, and longer 
scutal setae (i.e. PL 52 instead of 47 microns). Differs from T. (L.) orientalis 
in having more dorsal setae, about 45 instead of 28-32, and these setae, as well 
as the seutal setae, are shorter and less bushy. 

Description—Body: Ovate to subovate, 357 x 224 microns in fairly engorged 
holotype. Eyes paired, subequal, and at level of insertion of PLs. Gnathosoma: 
Chelicerae about 4 times as long as broad at base, with apical tricuspid cap. 


I1This project was supported in part by funds from the Research and Develop- 
ment Division, Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, Washing- 
ton, D. C. 

2U. S. Army Medical Research Unit (Malaya), Kuala Lumpur, Malaya. 

3Department of Entomology, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. 

4Field Unit of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever, Armed Forees Epidemio- 
logical Board, Washington, D. C. 

5A key to the abbreviations used in this paper appears in ‘‘A Manual of the 
Chiggers’’ by G. W. Wharton (1952, Memoir No. 4, Entomological Society of 
Washington). 


€CaAsITLIOnari nen: 


146 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Cheliceral bases, palpal coxa and femora punctate. Setae on palpal femur and 
genu nude; the dorsal and ventral setae on palpal tibia branched; lateral seta 
nude. Palpal formula therefore N/N/BNB,. Galeal and maxillary (palpal coxa) 
setae branched, pectinate. Palpal tarsus with 6, at times 7, branched setae and 
a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 3-pronged. Scutum: About 1°%4 to twice as 
broad as long. Anterior margin relatively straight. Lateral margins coneave 
between insertions of 4Ls and PLs. Some specimens, where 4-P is larger, with 
lateral margins almost straight. Posterior margin slightly sinuate, appearing 
almost evenly and shallowly convex. With Pls set well anterior on rounded 
shoulders, at level with sensillae bases. Seutum lightly micropunetate except 
around insertion of AM. Scutal setae fairly stout with conspicuous barbs. Sensil- 
and then distally 
conspicuously branched. A darkened ridge contiguous and anterior to each 


lae flagellate, with very minute barbs for proximal 1%% to % 


-~) 


sensillae base. 
STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PAWi 
Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III 


Holotype 
(RT B- 


ZoO9U2-1) 69" 7.9" No4 25s 6 OA SOM 5S SOMO 79 36 1.18 

-54 —=1.36 —=1.93 
58 41 

Paratypes 

(20) 

Mean LOM SS OMS 3 28) Sali ve Oe nets Onn ome Somes 1.85 2.91 1.18 
54 

Range 

(+or—) 3 3 3 3 2 4 5 3 3 0.13 0.22 0.28 0.07 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae resemble those of scutum; 43 to 49 in number; some- 
what irregular in arrangement but rows frequently 2-12-8-10-8-4-2. Two pairs of 
pectinate sternal setae; one pair between coxae I and second pair between coxae 
III. Ventral setae about 46 in number, of which about 12 are postanals. True 
ventrals 30 microns long; subpectinate. Legs: Coxae and legs punctate dorsally 
and ventrally. All coxae unisetose; on coxa I, seta median; on coxa II, ventro- 
marginal; on coxa ITI anteromarginal or slightly submarginal. Sensory setae as 
follows: Leg I with 2 genualae, a microgenuala, 2 stout tibiala, a microtibiala, 
tarsal spur, microspur, a subterminala, a parasubterminala, and a _pretarsala. 
Leg II with a genuala, 2 tibiala, a tarsal spur and mierospur, a pretarsala. Leg 
III with a genuala and a tibiala. 

Type Material.—Holotype (RT B-25912) ex Apodemus peninsulae, 
Korea, Munsan-ni, 6 November 1953, coll. by Field Unit of the Com- 
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever. The following paratypes and other 
collections all from same source in Korea: ibid, but ex Apodemus 
agrarius; 48 ex Apodemus agrarius, Yangwon -ni, 30 miles N. of Seoul 
(Commonwealth Division Area)—of these, 29 on 17 October 1953, 17 
on 7 November 1953, 1 on 17 February 1954, and 1 on 29 April 1953. 


T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp. Fig. 1, seutum; fig. 2, dorsal view of chigger (with 
ventral aspect of legs); fig. 3, ventral view of chigger (with ventral aspect of 
legs); fig. 4, humeral seta; fig. 5, dorsal seta; fig. 6, ventral seta; fig. 7, ventral 
view of gnathosoma. 


147 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2230), and 7 paratypes in collections of U. S. 
National Museum, remaining paratypes distributed amongst: British 
Museum (Natural History), the South Australian Museum at Ade- 
laide, the Rocky Mountain Laboratory of the U. S. Public Health 
Service, the Chicago Natural History Museum, the Colonial Office 
Research Unit at Kuala Lumpur, the Department of Entomology at 
the University of Kansas, the Department of Zoology at the University 
of Maryland, the Muséum Nationale d’Histoire Naturelle at Paris, 
the Department of Parasitology, Institute for Infectious Diseases of 
the University of Tokyo, and the collections of Dr. E. W. Jameson, 
Dr. Charles Radford, and the authors. 
Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) zeta, n. sp. 

(Figs. 8-16) 

Diagnosis.—Agrees with T. (L.) subintermedia Jameson and Toshioka, 1954, 
regarding number of dorsal setae (32-36), palpal setal formula (N/N/bNN), 
and submedian insertion of seta on coxa III. Separable in that the scutum is 
consistently broader—PW about 91 microns instead of 80, and 1.75 times as 
broad as long instead of about 1.6 times; with its lateral margins only slightly 
concave so that scutum appears almost rectangular instead of sides appearing 
emarginate; PL setae longer, about 72 microns in length instead of 63. 

Description.—Boay: Subovate, 3884 232 microns in slightly engorged holotype. 
Eyes paired, subequal in size or anterior one a little larger; at level of PLs. 
Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 4 times as long as broad at base, with apical 
tricuspid cap. Palpal formula N/N/bNN. Galeal and palpal coxal (maxillary) 
setae heavily plumose, barbs quite long. Palpal tarsus with 6 branched setae and 
a striated rod. Palpal claw 3-pronged. Scutum: One and three-fifths to 134 
times as broad as long. Anterior margins slightly sinuate, convex in middle above 
insertion of AM, Lateral margins somewhat concave between ALs and PLs. 
Posterior margin straight or slightly coneave near middle. AL setae at antero- 
lateral angles of seutum. PLs set well anterior to caudal margin of scutum, but 
distinctly posterior to imaginary midline; inserted slightly anterior to level of 
sensillae bases. Scutum lightly micropunectate except around insertions of 4M and 
posterior to sensillae bases. Scutal setae fairly stout; plumose. Both AM and 
PLs long, about 70 microns. Sensillae flagellate proximally, this portion appear- 
ing smooth but actually, when seen under oil, with minute barbs; branched for 
distal two-thirds. 


STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW 
Holotype Cox. If SD ASB Tars. IIL 
(B-25897- 

19) Bi 18838) 35) 21 26a iom 46 iin 7a 88 88 225k 1.05 
Tae 3b —— ey 

Paratypes 65 5 

(20) 

Mean She OIE 4A 35) V2 ily ae ioe OA melo 1.65 2.67 1.19 
78 

Range 


(+or—) 5 6 4 4 


iw) 
i 
or 
rs 
for) 


0.05 0.13 0.31 0.14 


T.(L.) zeta, n. sp. Fig. 8, seutum; fig. 9, dorsal view of chigger (with ventral 
aspect of legs); fig. 10, ventral view of chigger; fig. 11, humeral seta; fig. 12, 
dorsal seta; fig. 13, dorsal seta; fig. 14, preanal seta; fig. 15, postanal seta; fig. 
16, gnathosoma. 


149 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae; as long as AM and PLs; 
32-36 in number generally arranged 2-8-6-6-6-4-2. Two pairs of sternals followed 
by 40-42 ventral setae, of which 12 are postanals. True ventrals 35-37 microns 
long; pectinate or somewhat shaggy. Legs: All coxae unisetose; seta on coxa 
III submarginal, almost median. Sensory setae as in T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp. 


Type Material.—Holotype and paratypes (B-25897) ex Apodemus 
agrarius, Korea, Munsan-ni, 6 November 1953, coll. Field Unit of the 
Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever. All paratypes from Korea and 
with same collector, as follows: 7 ibid; 6 ex Apodemus agrarius, 
Kumhwa, 2 December 1953; 18 ex Apodemus agrarius, Taehoesan-ni, 
with collecting data as follows—three 18 December 1953, three 19 
December 1953, six 20 February 1954, one 19 February 1954, four 
6 April 1954, and one 7 April 1954; 23 ex Apodemus agrarius, 
Yangwon-ni (Commonwealth Division Area) 30 miles N. Seoul, 8 of 
these 29 December 1953, eight 3 March 1953, and seven 21 March 1953. 

Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2232), deposited in collections of U. S. 
National Museum, and paratypes distributed as for 7. (L.) yemiticula, 
n. sp. 


Comment.—This species of chigger was found primarily in the 
winter and spring, particularly on Clethrionomys on Hill 1468, near 
Kapyong and Kumhwa. When 7. zeta was found on Apodemus 
agrarius, the largest collections were from Commonwealth Division 
Area or Yangwon-ni, Saemal, Yongp’yong 16 miles South of Ch’or- 
won, Kumhwa, Munsan-ni, Taehoesan-ni 12 miles South of Ch’orwon, 
and Nop’a-done, 7 miles Northwest of Munsan-ni. 


Discussion.—Since T.(L.) zeta closely resembles T.(L.) subinter- 
media, and the two are separated by the size of the scutum and length 
of PLs, it is advisable to consider the possibility that both names 
really merely represent extremes in the sizes and representatives of 
the same species. If this were true, then the mean of the measure- 
ments of the PWs or PLs in a long series would in each instance fall 
near the midpoint of the two extremes, producing a typical bell- 
Shaped curve when plotted as a graph. In actuality, however, the 
measurements of 200 specimens resulted in a bimodal curve—a bell- 
shaped curve for the PW or PL of T.(L.) zeta and another for the 
PW or PL of T.(L.) intermedia, with the lower measurements of the 
former species overlapping the upper extremes of the latter. Further, 
the presence of a broad scutum was invariably correlated with long 
PL setae. Biologic data support the contention that these are two dis- 
tinct species. For example, 7. (L.) zeta comprised almost half of the 
chiggers collected during the winter months by the research teams 
studying hemorrhagic fever. One third of all the 7.(L.) zeta were 
found in January and February (Traub, et al., in prep.). On the 
other hand, 7.(L.) subintermedia was common during the spring— 
three-fourths of the specimens having been collected in April and 


PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 151 


May, and less than 4 per cent having been taken in the winter 
(Traub, et al., in prep.). It is estimated that more than one-third of 
the T. (L.) zeta occurred on the striped field mouse, Apodemus agrari- 
us, but that nearly 60 per cent parasitized the red-backed vole, 
Clethrionomys. In contrast, over 90 per cent of the 7.(L.) subinter- 
media were taken on Clethrionomys. Geographical differences in dis- 
tribution were also noted, and the new species was rarely collected 
south of the 38th parallel, such as at the National Forest near Seoul, 
where 7'.(L.) subintermedia was common. 


Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) tecta, n. sp. 
(Figs. 17-24) 


Diagnosis.—Separable from all known Korean Leptotrombidiwm in having a 4- 
pronged palpal claw. Nearest to Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) tosa Sasa and 
Kawashima, 1951, (from Japan) in size and general shape of seutum. Separable 
by the length of the dorsal setae, which have a maximum size of 72 microns 
instead of 60 as in T.(L.) tosa, and with A-P 25, not 22. 


Description—Body: Subovate, 285 x 188 microns in partially engorged holo- 
type. Eyes paired, about equal, at level of Pls, about 2 microns from scutum. 


Gnathosoma: Chelicerae quite curved; about 5 times as long as broad at base, 
with an apical tricuspid cap. Palpal formula sequence V/N/BNN. Galeal and 


palpal coxal (maxillary) setae branched. Palpal tarsus with 7 branched setae 
and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 4-pronged, the proximal prong smallest. 


Scutum: Anterior margin straight or slightly sinuate, lateral margins fairly 
straight anterior to insertion of PLs. Posterior margin essentially straight. ALs 
»? at anterolateral angles. PULs distinctly removed forward 
so that they are a short distance (2-3 microns) anterior to level of sensillae 
bases; PLs not inserted in distinct shoulders. Scutum lghtly punctate except 
around AM and posterior to sensillae bases. Seutal setae quite long, thick, with 
numerous stout barbs arising from all sides of the shaft. PULs about half again 
as long as ALs. Sensillae flagellate, proximal half of basal third with small in- 
conspicuous barbs; distally with fine branches. 


inserted in ‘‘shoulders 


STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW 

Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III 

Holotype 

(RT B- 

BO9I8- mon wio 34 32) l45 265959 397 63 58 78 1.63 2.34 1.12 
—=1.24 

Paratypes -70 63 

(11) 

Mean Gomis 2 wale 425s —bifev4'0) 662) 58) S123 1.69 2.46 1.14 

-72 
Range 6 5 3 1 i 2 3 3 4 0.07 0.10 ORT .08 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling Pls in size and structure: 40 to 46 in num- 
ber and arranged typically 2-10-8(10)-8-6(8); remaining rows with variable 
numbers. Two pairs of sternal setae 40-45 microns long; with long, very slender 


152 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


barbs. Ventral setae about 46 to 48 in number, of which about 16 are postanals. 
First row of ventral setae 35 to 40 microns but the setae get progressively longer 
toward the posterior end of the chigger. Legs: Coxae and legs punctate. The 
seta on 3rd coxa submarginal. Sensory setae as in all above-deseribed Lepto- 
trombidium. 


Nevons 


T.(L.) tecta, n. sp. Fig. 17, dorsal view of larva; fig. 18, ventral view of 
larva; fig. 19, seutum; fig. 20, gnathosoma (dorsal); fig. 21, gnathosoma (ven- 
tral); fig. 22, leg I (distal segments) ; fig. 23, leg II (distal segments); fig. 24, 
leg III (distal segments). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 153 


Type Material—Holotype and 27 paratypes (RT B-30998, L 
541030-5 and 6) ex a pool of Apodemus agrarius and Microtus fortis 
pelliceus, Korea, Chip’o-ri, 30 October 1954, Field Unit of the Com- 
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever. Other paratypes as follows: 2 ecul- 
tured in the laboratory from chiggers taken ex Apodemus agrarius, 
Chip’o-ri, 30 October 1954, coll. as above; 4 cultured in the laboratory 
from chiggers taken on Microtus fortis pelliceus, Chip’o-ri, date and 
collector ibid; 19 raised in the laboratory on white mice, 6 from mouse 
No. 23, 8 from mouse No. 35, 1 from mouse No. 37, 3 from mouse No. 
39, and 1 from mouse No. 58. 

Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2231) deposited in the U. 8. National Mu- 
seum and paratypes distributed as for T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp. 


Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) pumilis, n. sp. 
(Figs. 25-32) 


Diagnosis.—Superficially resembles Trombicula (Leptotrombidiwm) subinter- 
media Jameson & Toshioka, 1954, but differs as follows: Seutum smaller (PW 
69 microns instead of 80); the posterolateral corners of the seutum somewhat 
obtuse, not fully and evenly rounded; posterior margin distinctly sinuate; with 
fewer dorsal setae (27-32 instead of about 36). 

Description.—Body: Small, subovate, 228 x 158 microns in holotype. Eyes 
double, subequal in size, at level of PLs and only 1 mieron distant from seutum. 
Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 3 to 4 times as broad as long at base, with apical 
tricuspid cap. Palpal formula N/N/BNN. Galeal setae branched, pectinate. 
Palpal tarsus with 7 branched setae and a basal, striated rod. Palpal claw 3- 
pronged. Scutum: Nearly twice as broad as long. Anterior margin relatively 
straight. Lateral margins slightly coneave. Posterior margin biconvex. PLs 
inserted just slightly anterior to posterior margin and on a level with sensillae 
bases. AM and PL setae quite stout barbs. Secutum micropunctate except around 
and anterior to 4M and posterior of PLs and sensillae bases. Sensillae flagellate, 
nude at proximal fourth or third; remainder plumose. 


STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW 
Cox. IL SD ASB Tars. III 
Holotype 
(B-28082) 60 68 29 23 12 20 48 31 54 44 68 1.94 2.96 119 
—-=1.28 
Ai, 503 
Paratypes 
(10) > 
Mean SSG 9e2O8 826) 812) 20 9475 32) 55 43 a5 NES 2.65 1.16 
-50 
Range 


0.11 0.16 0.31 0.05 


Go 


(-For—) 2 4 4 3 0 1 3 3 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae; thin, barbs mostly adpressed, 
short, 27 to 32 in number arranged typically 2-8(-7-10)-6-6-6(4)-2. Two pair 
of pectinate sternal setae; first pair longer. Ventral setae about 25 in number 
with about 6 of these postanals. Typical ventrals, as found in first 2 rows, 2 
microns long. Legs: Coxae all unisetose. Seta on 3rd coxa submarginal in posi- 


tion. Sensory setae as in above described species. 


154 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Type Material—Holotype and 59 paratypes (Rt B-28082-84) ex 
three chipmunks, Eutamias sibiricus (Laximann), Korea, Central Na- 
tional Forest 20 miles North of Seoul, 18 April 1954, coll. Field Unit 
of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever. Seventeen paratypes zbid, 


T.(L.) pumulis n, sp. Fig. 25, dorsal view of larva; fig. 26, ventral view of lar- 
va; fig. 27, scutum; fig. 28, gnathosoma (dorsal) ; fig. 29, gnathosoma (ventral) ; 
fig. 30, Leg I (distal segments); fig. 31, Leg II (distal segments) ; fig. 32, leg 
III (distal segments). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958 155 


but collection dates as follows—one 9 October 1954, five 29 May 1954, 
seven 27 March 1953, two 13 April 1953, one 5 September 1953; 5 ex 
Apodemus peninsulae, ibid, 31 July 1953; 1 ex Micromys minutus, 5 
miles South of Munsan-ni, 5 May 1953; 31 ex a bat, (Myotis sp.?), 
Uijongbu Mountains, about 13 miles North of Seoul, 31 July 1952; 
1 ex a bird, presumably Parus major wladiwostokensis, 16 April 1954; 
1 ex Apodemus peninsulae, Sangbonch’on-ni, 17 miles Southeast of 
Seoul, 14 April 1954. 

Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2233) deposited in U. S. National Mu- 
seum and paratypes distributed as for 7. (L.) gemiticula, n.sp. 


Trombicula (Leptotrombidium) halidasys, n. sp. 
(Figs. 33-40) 


Diagnosis —Resembles T.(L.) miyazakii Sasa et al., 1952, and T.(L.) owuen- 
sis Sasa et al., 1952, regarding size of scutum, although differing in general con- 
figuration, and in having 7 branched setae on palpal tarsus. Differs further from 
these two described species in that there are far more setae, 85 to 100, instead of 
about 45 as in 7.(L.) miyazakii or 56 as in T.(L.) owuensis. The dorsal setae 
are shorter with longer and heavier barbs, (in this respect resembling the dorsal 
setae of T.(L.) pallida Nagayo et al., 1919). 

Description— Body: Ovate, 425 x 306 microns in engorged holotype. Eyes 
double; anterior one twice as large as posterior eye; at level of PLs. Gnathosoma: 
Chelicerae 344 to 4 times as long as broad near base, with apieal tricuspid cap. 
Palpal setal formula VN/N/BNN. Galeal seta branched with long pectinate barbs. 
Palpal tarsus with 7 branched setae and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 3- 
pronged. Scutum: Usually twice as broad as long; anterior margin straight until 
near lateral margins where it slopes anteriorly at insertions of ALs, forming 
‘“shoulders.’’ Lateral margins straight but declivous, sloping lateral toward 
PLs. Posterior margin straight or slightly sinuate except where curving anterior- 
ly towards PLs, which are set in shoulders slightly anterior to level of sensillae 
bases. Lightly punctate except around insertion of AM. Scutal setae quite stout; 
ALs and Pls heavily branched. AM seta longest of scutal setae, pinnae resem- 
bling those on ALs and PLs but usually more appressed. Sensillae thin and 
fragile, present on only 1 or 2 of the 50 specimens known. Proximal third with 
small barbs; distal 73 very sparsely branched. 


STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW 
Holotype Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III 
(B-25928- 
5) SsuloGe45ess wn 24°76 “48 59 48 06 2.12 3.42 1.52 
1.48 2.09 3.22 1.50 
52 —-=—1.45 
Paratypes 74 
Mean SGmlOSt As s4s0 e826 74 (oi 167! ae 
- 60 


Range 6 6 5 2 2 3 a 6 0.11 0.22 0.42 0.08 


“] 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae in structure, with same stout 
pinnae but shorter in length, 85 to 105 in number; arranged very irregularly, 
the rows generally commencing 2-8-12-10. ... Two pairs of sternal setae. Ven- 


156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


tral setae about 60 in number, of which about 16 are postanals. 
28-30 microns long; subpectinate. Legs: All coxae are unisetose. 
TIT is submarginal. Sensory setae as in T.(L.) gemiticula, n. sp. 


True ventrals 
Seta on coxa 


T.(L.) halidasys, n. sp. Fig. 33, scutum; fig. 34, dorsal view of larva (with 
ventral aspect of legs); fig. 35, ventral view of larva; fig. 36, humeral seta; fig. 


37, dorsal seta; fig. 38, preanal seta; fig. 39, postanal seta; fig. 40, gnathosoma 
(dorsal). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 157 


Type Material—Holotype and 42 paratypes (RT B-25928) ex 
Apodemus agrarius, Korea, Commonwealth Division Area or Yang- 
won-ni, 30 miles North of Seoul, 7 November 1953, coll. Field Unit 
of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever. Three paratypes from 2 
shrews, Crocidura suaveoleus, vbid, 30 and 31 March 1954; 1 ex same 
host, Ori-dong, 35 miles North of Seoul, 16 December 1952; 4 ex 
Crocidura suaveoleus, 7 miles Northwest of Munsan-ni, Nop’a-dong, 
24 February 1954; 1 ex soil sample, Tokkum-ni, 444 miles North of 
Yonch’on, 25 March 1954. 

Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2234) deposited in U. S. National Mu- 
seum, and paratypes distributed as for 7T.(L.) gemiticula n.sp. 


Euschongastia (Laurentella) arcaricola, n. sp. 
(Figs. 41-48) 


Diagnosis.—Nearest to Euschéngastia kitajimai Fukuzumi and Obata, 1953, 
which was described from Rattus rattus in Japan but is also found on chipmunks 
in Central Korea. Differs from kitajimai in having fewer dorsal setae (+ 30 
instead of +40). The seutum of the new species is narrower although the length 
is the same, thus making the PW/SD ratio + 1.44 instead of = 1.26. With the 
posterior margin of the scutum sinuate near Pls instead of being evenly convex 
as in £, kitajimai, and not extending as far caudad. 

Description Body: Subovate in engorged holotype, 339 x 232 microns. Eyes 
paired, anterior eye larger than posterior one. Anterior eye at level of sensillae 
bases. Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 5 times as long as broad near base; with 
apical triscuspid cap bearing a distinct lateral proximal tooth. Cheliceral bases, 
palpal coxa and femora punctate. Palpal formula B/B/bbb; however branches 
on genual seta, dorsal and ventral tibial setae usually appressed or broken off. 
Galeal seta nude. Palpal coxal (maxillary) seta with 4 to 5 branches. Palpal 
tarsus with 6 branched setae and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 3-pronged. 
Scutum: Evenly micropunctate except just posterior to 4M. Anterior margin 
nearly straight between shoulders. AM marginal in insertion. ALs set back about 
12 microns from anterior margins of shoulders. Lateral margins slightly to dis- 
tinetly concave between ALs and PLs. Posterior margin sinuate, in many cases 
actually biconvex. PLs inserted at posterior corners of scutum. Sensillae bases 
slightly closer to ALs than to PLs. Distinct ridges over sensillae bases. Sen- 
sillae clavate, about 32 microns long (including petiole) x 10 microns wide. Seutal 
setae slender with short appressed barbs. 


STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW 
Cox. LE SD ASBe Tare LOL 
Holotype 
(B12069- 
4) aus (il AL Bb Ol eel psy alts) = Gil Py Gia 1.42 2.80 1.39 
-31 —=1.32 
46 
Paratypes 
GET) : 
Mean AR Gil “OR Wey aie "wE) wes ei) eal eine aka 1.44 2.71 1.39 
-31 
Range 


(+or—) 3 8 2 0.09 0.16 0.29 0.12 


to 
w 
bo 
oo 
vs) 
oO 


158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling scutal setae; 29 to 31 in number, usually 
arranged 2-8-6-6-6-. Two pairs of sternal setae; lst pair inserted at level of 
apices of coxae I; 2nd pair inserted between coxae III; short, thin, with ap- 
pressed barbs. Ventral setae 30-34 in number, of which about 8-10 are postanals. 
True ventrals 19 microns long, but posterior ones slightly longer; caudomarginal 
ones same length as dorsal setae. Legs: Coxae and legs with small punctae. All 
coxae unisetose. Seta on coxa I medial. Seta on coxae II near middle of poste- 
rior sclerotized margin. Seta on coxa III median. Sensory setae of legs as fol- 
lows: Leg I with 3 genualae, a microgenuala, 2 stout tibialae, a microtibiala, tar- 
sal spur, microspur, a subterminala, parasubterminala, and pretarsala. Leg II 
with a genuala, 2 tibialae, tarsal spur, microspur and pretarsala. Leg III with a 
genuala, a tibiala, and a mastitarsala. 


Type Material—Holotype and 13 paratypes (Rt B-12069) ex chip- 
munk, Hutamias sibiricus (Laxmann), Korea, Central National For- 
est, 20 miles N. of Seoul, 26 August 1952, coll. Field Unit of the 
Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever; 11 paratypes, (B-12068), ibid; 
17 paratypes ibid, but 4 September 1952. 

Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2235) deposited in U. S. National Mu- 
seum, and paratypes distributed as for 7.(L.) gemiticula, n.sp. 

Comment.—This species, as with EF. kitajimai, is a member of the 
indica-group which has now been revised as a subgenus, Lawrentella, 
by Audy (1956). It is therefore in order to refer to this species as 
Huschongastia (Laurentella) arcaricola. 


Gahrliepia (Walchia) comataxilla, n. sp. 
(Figs. 49-56) 


1954. Gahrliepia (Walchia) brennani var. ventralis Jameson and Toshioka nec. 
Womersley, 1952, err. det., Pacific Science 8:12-14 (Fig. 1). 

1954. Gahrliepia (Walchia) brennani ventralis Traub et al., nec. Womersley, 1952, 
err, det., Amer. Jour. Hyg. 59 (3) :300. 

Diagnosis —A Korean species which is close to G.(W.) ventralis (Womersley, 
1952) (new status) from Malaya, and like it, unique in that there are 2 or 3 
ventral setae inserted immediately anterior and lateral to coxa III. Further 
agreeing with G.(W.) ventralis in that there are 2 humeral setae per side. Sep- 
arable from G. (W.) ventralis as follows: PLs merely subequal to AZs in length 
instead of being much longer than ALs i.e., half again as long. Coxa II searcely 


PW 
greater than PW, so that the ratio ———— is approximately 0.91, while in (W.) 
Coxa IT 
ventralis PW is only about two-thirds or three-fourths the length of coxa II, and 


the resulting ratio is about 0.74. AW and PW significantly greater (44 and 50 
microns) than in (W.) ventralis (34 and 45 microns), but PSB virtually identical 
(49 versus 47 microns). The seutum is therefore proportionately broader in the 
new species. 

Description Body: Subovate, but constricted above midpoint in greatly en- 
gorged holotype, which is 512 x 314 microns. Eyes absent. Gnathosoma: Cheli- 
cerae about 31% or 4 times as long as broad; with a typical tricuspid cap. Papal 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 159 


setal formula N/N/NNN. Palpal thumb with 4 plumed setae. Palpal claw 3- 
pronged, the middle prong the longest. Scutum: About two-thirds as broad as 
long (50 x 75 microns); shield-shaped, with anterior margin slightly concave; 
lateral margins sloping from ALs towards PLs; margins beyond PLs fairly 
straight and sloping mesads at an angle of about 45°, the resulting triangle with 


Euschongastia (L.) arcaricola, n. sp. Fig. 41, dorsal view of larva; fig. 42, 
ventral view of larva; fig. 43, scutum; fig. 44, gnathosoma (dorsal); fig. 45, 
gnathosoma (ventral) ; fig. 46, leg I (distal segments) ; fig. 47, leg IT (distal seg- 
ments) ; fig. 48, leg III (distal segments). 


160 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


an altitude (PP) which almost equals A-P. Uniformly micropunctate. AL setae 
at anterolateral angles of scutum, but corners evenly rounded and ‘‘shoulders’’ 
therefore absent. AL setae fairly well branched; resembling PLs in structure 
and length. Ps marginal, inserted at level slightly below midpoint of seutum. 
SB inserted at line midway between ALs and PLs; removed from lateral margins 
of scutum for a distance equal to their diameters. With a faint ridge anterior 
to each sensillary base. Sensillae of typical clavate pattern; the expanded por- 
tion about 2% times as long as broad. 


STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AL PL DS PP PW PW PW PW 
Cox. II SD ASB Tars. III 
Holotype 
(B-24925- 
1) 43 49 35 23 49 389 33 33 30 33 49 49 
—= 0.92 0.68 2.1 —=0.96 
50 oil! 
Paratypes 
(10) 
Mean 44 50 386 25 48 41 32 32° 30 32> 0:91 0.68 2.0 0.95 
Range 
(+or—) 4 3 2 2 3 3 4 4 2 3 0.06 0.05 0.1 0.07 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae resembling seutal setae; about 36-38 in number; fre- 
quently arranged 4-8... , the rest irregular so that some rows have two or four 
setae out of line. Ventral setae about 54 in number, of which about 18 are post- 
anals, but these not much differentiated from true ventrals, although somewhat 
longer. True ventrals about 21 microns in length; thin; pinnae sparse and short. 
Legs: Coxae each with 1 seta; in coxa III it is submedian in position, With 1, 2, 
or 5 ventral setae inserted anterior to coxa III; near anterolateral angle; one of 
these setae may be near lateral margins of body. Sternal setae 2-2. Sensory 
setae as typical for genus. 


Type Material_—Holotype and 13 paratypes (RT B-24925) ex the 
reed vole, Microtus fortis pelliceus Thomas, Korea, Taegwang-ni, 7 
miles SW of Ch’orwon, 19 August 1953, coll. Field Unit of the Com- 
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever (U.S. Army), as were others in type 
series. One hundred and seven other paratypes, all from Korea, as 
follows: 5 ibid, but 10 November 1953; 7 ex the Old World or striped 
field mouse Apodemus agrarius, ibid, 12 September 1953; 4 ex Micro- 
tus fortis pelliceus, Munsan-ni, 6 November 1953; 1 ex same locality 
and date but from the Korean hamster, Cricetulus triton nestor 
Thomas; 20 ex 4 specimens of Cricetulus triton nestor, Ori-dong, as 
follows—eleven, 7 October 1952; five, 22 August 1952; six, 13 Sep- 
tember 1952; three, 20 September 1952; 9 ex 3 hamsters at Kumhwa— 
two, 9 September 1952; six, 5 August 1952; one, 29 June 1952; 21 
ex a hamster of Chong’gong-ni, 16 September 1952; 15 ex 2 hamsters, 
Yonch’on—thirteen, 29 August 1952; two, 4 October 1952; 9 ex Apo- 
demus agrarius, Seoul, August 1951; 1 ex Microtus fortis pelliceus, 
Chip’o-ri, 5 June 1952; 1 ex a Mus at Yonch’on, 15 December 1952; 
2 ex a mole, Talpa sp., at Yanewon-ni, 20 April 1953; 4 ex a hamster, 
Yongp’yong, 20 October 1953 and 1 ex the Korean redbacked vole, 


161 


PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


\\ \ 
\\ 


\\ 


M 


)) 


| 


} N 


Re 
Ve 


\\ 
Ae 


an 


3 


i? 


oN ce Se 
AGS RSLs 


5| 


dorsal view of larva 
fig. 52, humeral seta; 


fig. 50, 
postanal seta; fig. 56, gnatho- 


larva; 


5] 


seutum ; 


G. (Walchia) comatawzilla, n. sp. Fig. 49, 
(ventral aspect of legs); fig. 51, ventral view o 


fe 


] 


fig. 55 


53, dorsal seta; fig. 54, preanal seta; 


soma (dorsal). 


fig. 


162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Clethrionomys rufocanus regulus, Yongp’yong, 14 April 1954; 1 from 
Microtus fortes pelliceus, Yangwon-ni, 3 September 1953. 

Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2236) deposited in U. 8S. National Mu- 
seum, and paratypes distributed as for 7. (L.) gemiticula, n.sp. 

Comment.—Over 90% of the specimens of G.(W.) comataxilla were 
collected from the hamster, Cricetulus. Since several hundred mice 
trapped among the lush moist vegetation bordering streams at 
Yonech’on and Chip’o-ri were not infested with this chigger, it is be- 
lieved that G.(W.) comataxilla, n.sp., is most apt to be found on the 
relatively dry, rocky slopes of hillsides, the type of terrain character- 
istically inhabited by Cricetulus. Nearly two-thirds of the specimens 
were collected during the summer months, a relatively dry period of 
the year. 

Even when present, G.(W). comataxilla generally constituted a 
minority of the chiggers sampled. Frequently less than 10% of the 
chiggers on these particular hosts were this species, but in one in- 
stance 25 of 45 identified from a Cricetulus were G.(W.) comataailla. 


Shunsennia hertigi, n. sp. 
(Figs. 57-66) 


Diagnosis.—Nearest to Shunsennia biplumulosa Teller, 1956, but readily sep- 
arable as follows: Coxae II and III with one seta instead of two; palpal setal 
formula B/B/BNN instead of B/B/NBB; as well as by significant differences in 
standard measurements and sensory setae. Separable from the genotype S. tar- 
salis Jameson and Toshioka, 1953, as follows: 1) With a distinet subapical row 
of teeth on the chelicerae (fig. 65) which is absent in S. tarsalis (fig. 74). 2) 
Scutum with posterior margin sinuate (fig. 57), not convex (fig. 67). 3) Seutum 
about twice as broad as long, at maxima, instead of about 144 times as broad. 
4) Eyes double (fig. 57), not single (fig. 67). 5) Lateral and ventral tibial 
setae of palpus nude (fig. 66), not branched (fig. 74). 6) Palpal thumb with 6 
setae instead of 7. 7) Galeal seta nude instead of barbed. 8) Palpal claw bifid, 
not trifid. 9) Leg I with a tarsal parasubterminala, which is lacking in S. tarsalis. 
10) Leg II lacking the tarsal microspur and pretarsala of S. tarsalis. 11) Leg 
III with a genuala but lacking the tarsal spur. Instantly separable from S. 
ochotona (Radford, 1942) by virtue of characters 1, 2, 5, 7, among others. 

Description—Body: Very long and subovate, 513 x 302 microns in moderately 
engorged holotype. Eyes double; anterior one larger; just posterior to level of 
insertion of PLs. Gnathosoma: Chelicerae about 34 as long as broad at base; 
with subapical row of very small teeth immediately proximad to the cheliceral 
cap. Seta on palpal femora branched; seta on genu nearly twice as long as fem- 
oral seta, subpectinate; dorsal tibial seta branched; the lateral and ventral tibial 
setae nude; palpal formula therefore B/B/BNN. Palpal tarsus with 6 branched 
setae and a basal striated rod. Palpal claw 2-pronged. Chelicerae bases, palpal 
coxae, and femora punctate. Coxal setae (maxillary setae) branched, inserted 
somewhat medially on palpal coxa. Scutum: Slightly more than twice as broad 
as long. Anterior margin biconeave. Lateral margins straight except for 
rounded ‘‘shoulders.’’ Posterior margin biconvex, with a deep median sinus. 
The two AMs inserted at level slightly posterior to insertions of ALs. Seutum 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 163 


Shunsennia hertigi, n. sp. Fig. 57, scutum; fig. 58, dorsal view of larva (with 
ventral aspect of legs); fig. 59, ventral view of larva; fig. 60, humeral seta; fig. 
61, dorsal seta; fig. 62, dorsal seta; fig. 63, preanal seta; fig. 64, postanal seta; 
fig. 65, chelicera; fig. 66, palp and galea (ventral view). 


164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


very lightly micropunctate except around AMs and posterior to sensillae bases. 
Sensillary bases on same level as PLs or just slightly anterior. Sensillae flagel- 
late, nude for entire length. A darkened ridge just anterior to bases. 


STANDARD MEASUREMENTS IN MICRONS 


AW PW SB ASB PSB A-P AM AL PL DS PW PW PW PW 
Cox. II SD ASB Tars, III 
Holotype 
(Be2Z8722)90) V5 143 43) SGP Al SiG Sa iA Ae lee 1.95 2.56 1.28 
93 —=1.44 
Paratypes O8 
(9) 
Mean 90) AiG 43) 44 4 9) isi S82 ooh eed: 1.90 2.61 1.34 
-100 
Range 
(+or—) 5 fa 1 3 3 4 ake 8 0.08 0.23 0.3 0.06 


Body Setae: Dorsal setae thinner than and not quite as plumose as scutal setae, 
varying in length from 39 to 100 microns with shortest setae in middle of first 
row. Humeral seta usually closely associated with displaced setae of first dorsal 
row, posteriorwards on each side so as to be inserted immediately anterior to 
outermost 2 setae of first dorsal row. Humeral setae and lateral-most of first 
row the longest of the dorsal setae. Dorsal setae ranging in number from 81 to 
98; variable in arrangement of rows; with from 14 to 21 setae in first row; those 
in second row irregular, at times appearing as distinct rows. Only one pair of 
sternal setae present; inserted midway between coxae II and III; about 70 
microns long. Ventral setae about 80 in number; 35-40 microns long in the first 
few rows behind 38rd coxae. Anal aperture relatively anterior in position, be- 
tween 3rd and 4th row of ventral setae, so that nearly half of ventral setae are 
postanals. Legs: Coxae and legs finely punctate. First coxa with 2 setae, one 
almost median; the other in mesocaudal angle. Coxa II unisetose; seta inserted 
in the posterolateral angle. Coxa III unisetose; seta anteromarginal. Sensory 
setae as follows: Leg I with 2 genualae, microgenuala, 2 tibialae, microtibiala, 
tarsal spur, microspur, subterminala, parasubterminala, pretarsala; leg IT with a 
genuala, microgenuala, 2 tibialae, a tarsal spur, a pretarsala; leg III with a 
genuala and a tibiala. Tarsi with 2 claws and a elaw-like empodium, 

Type Material—Holotype (RT B-28722) ex Apodemus peninsulae 
Korea, Sangbonch’on-ni, 17 miles SE of Seoul, 28 May 1954, coll. 
Field Unit of the Commission on Hemorrhagic Fever (U.S. Army). 
The following 12 paratypes were all collected in Korea by the same 
field unit: 3 er Apodemus agrarius, Nop’a-dong, 7 miles NW of 
Munsan-ni, 24 February 1954; 1 ex Apodemus agrarius, Yongp’yoneg, 
16 miles 8 of Ch’orwon, 2 March 1954; 2 ex Apodemus agrarius, 
Munsan-ni, 6 and 7 November 1953; 3 ex Clethrionomys rufocanus 
regulus, Camp Indianhead, 2%4 miles E of Yangwon-ni, 17 September 
1953; 3 from Sanebonch’on-ni—l ex Apodemus agrarius, 14 April 
1954; 1 er Apodemus peninsulae, 14 April 1954; 1 ex Apodemus pe- 
ninsulae, 14 April 1954; 1 ex Apodemus agrarius, 16 February 1954. 
Holotype (U.S.N.M. No. 2237) deposited in U. S. National Museum. 


Shunsennia tarsalis J. and T. Fig. 67, seutum; fig. 68, dorsal view of larva 
(with ventral aspect of legs); fig. 69, ventral view of larva; fig. 70, dorsal seta; 
fig. 71, dorsal seta; fig. 72, preanal seta; fig. 73, postanal seta; fig. 74, gnatho- 
soma, 


165 


PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


)) 


UK 


J 
Y, 


Ny 


—<= 


an 


NUH )))) TELS ACAS \\ 
NI NN 
WS SND) rasa 
fa 


“i aN <€ on 
——— eG 


——— 


id 
AY Grids) 


aX 
LA SON 
eA ia: *) 
Nl ea i 
ae \\ Oe 


166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Paratypes distributed amongst collections of the Rocky Mountain 
Laboratory of the U. 8. Public Health Service, the Colonial Office 
Research Unit at Kuala Lumpur, the Department of Entomology, 
University of Kansas, and the authors. 

Comment.—As can be seen from the diagnosis, S. hertigi differs 
rather considerably from the genotype, and in some respects suggests 
Chatia Brennan, 1946, although distinct from that genus. Since the 
higher classification of trombiculid mites needs considerable study, it 
is felt advisable to treat this interesting species as a Shunsennia. 

This species is named for Dr. Marshall Hertig, Director of the Com- 
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever of the Armed Forces Epidemiological 
Board, whose work in medical entomology at the Gorgas Memorial 
Laboratory in Panama was interrupted for several years while he 
served as Director of the Field Unit in Korea. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


We are grateful to Dr. Joseph E. Smadel, former Director of the 
Division of Communicable Diseases, Walter Reed Army Medical Cen- 
ter, Washington, and to Dr. Marshall Hertig, of the Gorgas Memorial 
Laboratory, Panama, both of whom served as Directors of the Com- 
mission on Hemorrhagic Fever of the Armed Forces Epidemiological 
Board and as leaders of the Field Units in Korea, and who made it 
possible to collect and study these trombiculid mites. Our debt to 
various Army installations for their unstinted cooperation is great, 
and since these organizations are listed in detail elsewhere (Traub 
et al., in prep.), we here merely express our thanks. Although two of 
the authors (R.T. and L.J.l.) served in Korea, the large numbers of 
specimens available for study were obtained only by the enthusiastic 
assistance of the officers and men of the field teams, particularly T. T. 
Harriss, W. H. Lawrence, William Barnes, James J. O’Keefe, and 
Ervin Kardos. Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., and Dr. Paul Oman, former- 
ly of the 406th Medical General Laboratory in Tokyo, and Dr. J. R. 
Audy, of the Institute for Medical Research, Kuala Lumpur, Malaya, 
were especially helpful in loaning specimens for comparison. Thanks 
are also due Thomas M. Evans, of the Department of Entomology, 
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, who prepared the illustra- 
tions for this paper. Gordon Marsh, of that institution, greatly 
assisted in the identification of thousands of Korean chiggers, includ- 
ing some of the new species herein described. 


REFERENCES 


Traub, R., Hertig, M., Lawrence W. and Harriss, T. T. 1954. Potential Vectors 
and Reservoirs of Hemorrhagic Fever in Korea, Amer. Jour. Hyg. 59 (3): 
291-305. 

Traub, R., Hertig, M., Lipovsky, L. J., Morrow, M. L. and Marsh, G. A. Trom- 
biculid Mites as Potential Vectors of Hemorrhagic Fever in Korea. (In 
preparation). 

Audy, J. R. 1956. Laurentella, a New Subgenus of Trombiculid Mite. Bull. 
Raffles Museum No. 28:5-26. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 16 


~] 


ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF MALLOPHAGA FROM THE UNITED 
STATES, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES 


By M. A. CarrikER, JR., Popayan, Colombia, S. A. 


The species listed in this paper were sent to the author for identifi- 
cation by Mr. Nixon Wilson, Department of Entomology, Purdue 
University, and were, when not otherwise indicated, collected by him. 

The collection contains nine species, three of which are apparently 
new to science and are described below, while a fourth is probably a 
new subspecies, but lack of the necessary comparative material pre- 
vents its proper description. 

All measurements are in millimeters and all drawings were pre- 
pared by the author, accurately drawn by means of the eyepiece 
micrometer. 

All types have been returned to Mr. Wilson, but paratypes, when 
available, have been retained by the author. 


Philopterus ocellatus (Scopoli), 1763 


Pediculus ocellatus Scopoli, Ent. Carnioliea, p. 382 (Host: Corvus corone (sar- 
donius Kleinschmidt). 


The species of Philopterus found on the American Crow (Corvus 
brachyrhynchos) has been determined to be the same as that of the 
European Crow (C. corone), according to Hopkins and Clay (Check- 
list of Mallophaga, 1952). I have not personally compared the Ameri- 
can parasite with authentic specimens of ocellatus. 

A pair of this species was taken on Corvus brachyrhynchos by S. R. 
Joseph at Jacobus, York Co., Pa., Nov. 12, 1955. They agree with 
specimens in my own collection from Pennsylvania and Nebraska. 


Philopterus sp. 


A pair of this genus from Hremophila alpestris, collected by R. E. 
Mumford, Washington Co., Ind., Jan. 10, 1955. 

They are closely related to P. c. citrinellae (Schrank) (= P. com- 
munis of authors, in partim), and are very likely subspecies of it, but 
I lack the necessary material for comparison. 


Briielia rotundata (Osborn), 1896 


Nirmus rotundatus, Osborn, Bull. U. 8S. Bur. Ent. (n.s.) 5: p. 226 (Host: Corvus 
corone brachyrhynchos Brehm). 


A pair was taken on the same individual host as noted under Phil- 
opterus ocellatus. The specimens agree perfectly with material from 
the type host collected by the author at Lincoln, Nebraska. 


168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Penenirmus arcticus sp. nov. 
(Figs. 1 and 2) 


Types, male and female adults, collected by R. E. Mumford from a 
Picoides arcticus (Swainson), taken 3 miles east of Pike Lake, Luce 
Co., Michigan, Feb. 5, 1956. 


Penenirmus arcticus, n. sp., male: fig. 1, head, thorax and abdominal segments 
I-II; fig. 2, genitalia. 


Diagnosis.—Apparently nearest to P. auritus varius Emerson, from Sphyrapicus 
varius, agreeing with that species in the small, uniformly colored anterior plate. 
It differs in having the head narrower at temples and wider at the frons; an- 
terior plate smaller; cephalic carinae narrower, less deeply chitinized and paler 
in color. The pleurites are of a different color pattern and the tergites are sep- 
arated from the pleurites by a wide hyaline area, in which are located the 
spiracles. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 169 


The dark, marginal carinae of the legs, so prominent in auritus, are but slightly 
indicated along their inner margins. The types were left too long in the clearing 
solution so that it is not possible to evaluate all of the markings of the head and 
body. 

It is apparently specifically distinct from auritus (Scopoli), due to the totally 
different shape and structure of the anterior plate, the differences in the male 
genitalia and structure of the abdominal sclerites. The genitalia have long 
parameres, but slightly incised at their tips, and the endomera is longer. 

In auritus the heads of the abdominal tergites, while equally long, are of a 
different shape; the hyaline area surrounding the spiracles is scarcely evident in 
I and II, and becomes more prominent posteriorly. The median emargination of 
tergites I and II in the male is absent in segment II of the female. 

In the pair of neoparatypes of qauritus, with which these specimens have been 
compared, the median anterior portion of the abdomen in both sexes is com- 
pletely obscured by foreign matter, so that it is impossible to determine whether 
or not the median emarginations of tergites I and II are present. 

The species is represented by the ¢ holotype, @ allotype and 3 ¢@ ¢@ and 3 9 Q 
paratypes. All are in good condition. @ and @ paratypes in author’s collection. 


) Q 
length width length width 
TE 0) Cl year ee res ere egal = L7S. ee ele 
Hltea dea (bier origi aS 2 e137 es 158 
feemmplesie wee Tk. 506 45 25D 497 
IO tHORa kee oe ES 124 .288 20 OL 
iPier@uiinons< 2 eee 21 45 .24 463 
PAU ONE Tees rere ee A ce .89 .603 1.2% 70 
Basal late et 174 .095 
ISON) = a a .085 10 
IDG ONG, Se ee Se .07 .035 


Strigiphilus varius sp. nov. 
(Figs. 3 and 4) 


Types, male and female adults, from Strix v. varia Barton, collected 
at Saltillo, Washington Co., Ind., Dec. 29, 1955. 


Diagnosis.—Most closely related to Strigiphilus syrnii (Packard), from Strix 
nebulosa, with which they have been compared (a ¢ and 2 9 2 in the author’s 
collection from the type host). 

It differs from syrnii in much larger size; head proportionally wider at tem- 
ples (Q head .72 x .697 against .63 x .58); decidedly different cephalic carinae; 
both mandibles with apical portion parallel-sided, and both with bipartite tips 
(right mandible in syrnii pointed ). 


170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


The premarginal carinae are submarginal posterior to the clypeal suture 
(marginal in syrnii); lateral margins of head, anterior to clavi, are undulating, 
while in syrnii they are uniformly concave; anterior plate is hour-glass shaped, 
less swollen laterally in median portion. 


Strigiphilus varius, n. sp.: fig. 3, head, thorax and abdominal segments I-III, 
female; fig. 4, male genitalia. 


The pleurites are very much narrower and poorly chitinized (prominent and 
deeply chitinized in syrnii) ; tergites are short, poorly chitinized and with broadly- 
rounded inner ends. With the exception of the short tergites the whole abdomen 
is hyaline, the margins of the segments being almost invisible; hooks at posterior 
ends of pleurites in segments I to III more strongly developed. 

Chaetotaxy much as in syrnii; abdominal segments VIII and IX are fused in 
the female, forming one large segment, while in the male they are distinetly 
separated, IX being small and rounded apically. In segment III there is one 
long seta set within the pleurite, slightly posterior to the middle of tergite; in 
segment IV two long setae and in V to VIII there are 3 in a transverse row. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 Niall 


The male differs from the female in smaller size, narrower frons, shorter and 
more rounded abdomen and different structure of abdominal segments VIII and 
TX, as described above. Chaetotaxy about the same, excepting greater abun- 
dance and longer setae on segment IX of male. 

The genitalia differ decidedly from those of syrnii, especially the basal plate, 
which is shorter and wider, also the endomera. The parameres in syrnii are much 
thicker basally and taper to a slender tip (see fig. of genitalia). 

The nymphs present a very interesting and decidedly different head structure 
from that of the adults, the pre-antennary area being short and broad, with the 
marginal carina unbroken at the clypeal suture, this area having a strikingly 
similar appearance to ceblebrachys, so much so that I suspected at first examina- 
tion that two species were involved. 

The species is represented by the 92 holotype, é allotype,9 ¢ 4 and 21 29 
paratypes; 2 ¢@4 and 2 2 @ paratypes retained by the author. 

Measurements of the types: 


cy 2 
length width length width 

1SXO0hy Cla aes Oe eee ae 11k: oe ee 20g ee Pee 
IS IGENGS (2h) 1 ale oe eee ane 8 vas 245 

qiemmples Mee 2 64 59 He 697 
1 PA ROUNOIATS < ee ee eres 20 046 aly .39 
IP ARO LA NON e tee SS ee .216 .o2 207 59 
JN) oxo kay sa erie oe ten Se eae .92 78 1.12 92 
Balsall ante pes ee ere Oo 144 
DAT ANCL CS ge we ereet een nee ene 07 .13 (bases) 
[BG OMe T ae es ee ee 12 .08 


Strigiphilus otus Emerson, 1955 


Strigiphilus otus Emerson, 1955, Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 57(5):241; figs. 1 and 2 
(Host: Otus asio gilmani Swarth.) 


A pair of what seems to be this species from Otus asio, collected by 
G. L. Ward at Earlham College, Wayne Co., Ind., summer of 1953. 

The specimens are, unfortunately in poor condition, and are not 
in a condition for careful, detailed study. 

The male genitalia seem to be the same as the figure published by 
Emerson. The abdominal chaetotaxy cannot be distinguished. 


Gruimenopon canadense Edwards, 1949 


Gruimenopon canadense Edwards, 1949, Psyche 56:116; pl. VI, figs. 1-4 (Host: 
Grus ec. canadensis (Linné). 


Several specimens of this species were collected by R. E. Mumford 
from a Grus c. tabida, taken at the Jasper-Pulaski State Game Pre- 
serve, Pulaski Co., Ind., Nov. 29, 1955. 


172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, No. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


I do not have material of this species for comparison, but the speci- 
mens are in perfect condition and agree exactly with the description 
and figures published by Edwards. The only other species of this 
genus is G. longum (Giebel), from Grus g. grus, of which I have a 
pair from the type host. 

The American species is, apparently, very rare in collections. 


Myrsidea interrupta (Osborn), 1896 


Menopon interruptum Osborn, Bull. U. S. Bul. Ent. (m.s.), 5, p. 245; pl. II, fig. h. 
(Host: Corvus corone brachyrhynchos Brehm). 


Several specimens of both sexes from the type host, collected by 
S. R. Joseph, at Jacobus, York Co., Pa., Nov. 12, 1955. Compared 
with material collected by the author from type host taken at Del- 
mar, Pa., they agree in all respects. 


Menacanthus aurocapillus sp. nov. 
(Figs. 5, 6, 7 and 8) 


Types, male and female adults, from Seiwrus aurocapillus (linné), 
collected at Fort Meade, Anne Arundel Co., Maryland, July 21, 1955. 


Diagnosis.—The present species is an unusual type of the genus Menacanthus, 
resembling in some ways, especially the shape of the head, the genus Machaerilae- 
mus. The ventral head spines are poorly chitinized and are set at an unusual dis- 
tanee behind the bases of the mandibles. At first glance these sclerites do not 
seem to be the usual ventral spines of the genus, but a careful study of numer- 
ous specimens of both sexes leaves no doubt of their real identity. 

The deep ocular notches are also typical of Menacanthus, and are not present 
in Machaerilaemus. The horseshoe-shaped occipital plate, on each side of which 
are set four long, strong setae (not 5 as shown in figure) is also present in many 
species of Menacanthus, while such a structure is known from but one aberrant 
species of Machaerilaemus, while the type of genitalia also agrees with the former 
genus. 

The present type of thoracic sternal plates, with their setae, is also to be found 
in Menacanthus, as well as the abdominal chaetotaxy. The heavy infestation of 
this species (30 specimens on one individual host), together with the large num- 
ber of males is totally unlike the species of Machaerilaemus, of which never more 
than 1 to 3 individuals are found on a single bird, while the male sex is extremely 
scarce. There are numerous records of Menacanthus being taken on Passerine 
birds but this seems to be the first instance of its presence on a species of the 
Parulidae. 

The abdominal chaetotaxy, as here represented, is not commonly found on the 
genus Menacanthus, but is present on a number of known species. There is a 
series of short spines (3 to 5) along the dorsal, posterior margin of the pleu- 
rites, with another row of 3 to 10 spines on the posterior margin of sternites IT 
to VII, extending from near the lateral angle to a point more than half way to 
the median line of the abdomen on segments II to V. 


Menacanthus aurocapillus, n. sp.: fig. 5, male; fig. 6, tip of female abdomen; 
fig. 7, male genitalia; fig. 8, sternal sclerites, female. 


174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


The remainder of the abdominal chaetotaxy, as well as that of the head and 
thorax, is shown in the figure. The tergites are continuous across the abdomen 
and fused with the pleurites, but are separated by hyaline borders on both sides. 
The sternites are not clearly visible, being directly beneath the posterior half of 
the tergites, but they, also, seem to be fused with the pleurites. 

The species is represented by the ¢ holotype, 2 allotype, 12 ¢¢, 12 9@ 
and 6 nymphs paratypes. 2 ¢@¢@ and 2 2 2 paratypes have been retained in the 
author’s collection. 


3 iS 
length width length width 

Body Dae TRE 2 eee 1.00 os 1-23 ee 
Head \frons sae Oe Sal ts = 30 pals 33 

| 1ifs) 444) 0) Csf= fame teee AN eee .247 342 274 397 
Pro th Onesie 2 a se ee sill 220 126 129 
iPterothona xe eeeeeene annie .096 .288 al8} 348 
PAN OTIC Tie es 565 415 Ou 49 
Basal) plate: == ES eae .247 .095 
PAT AINIC TCG, eee ees rl .075 .124 (tips) 
JOP KOEN, .08 .08 


NOTE ON STRIGIPHILUS OCULATUS (RUDOW) AND S. BUBONIS (OSBORN) 


I have in my collection 2 ¢ ¢ and2 2 92 of a Strigiphilus taken on 
Bubo v. virginianus, shot at Indiana, Pa., and 3 2 @ from B. v. occi- 
dentalis, collected at Lincoln, Neb. Also a large series of the same 
genus from B. v. elutus Todd, collected in Colombia. This material 
represents three decidedly distinct species. Those from Pennsylvania 
have the preantennary area much shortened, with the clypeus short 
and broad and with divergent sides, approaching the type of ceble- 
brachys (Nit.) 

The 3 2 2 from Lincoln have the preantennary area longer and 
narrower and with the clypeal area longer and narrower anteriorly, 
and with the sides less divergent, very similar in this respect to syrnit. 
The series from Colombia have the preantennary area still longer and 
narrower, especially the clypeus, the latter with the sides but shghtly 
divergent, more of the type of cursor. 

It would seem from this evidence that there is no logical reason for 
sinking Docophorus bubonis Osborn (Hopkins & Clay, 1950, p. 339) 
in favor of Nirmus oculatus Rudow. Osborn’s description certainly 
agrees with my specimens from Indiana, Pa. He says: ‘‘General 
appearance of ceblebrachys,’’ which is quite true. On the other hand, 
if we wish to keep Rudow’s oculatus it would seem much more logical 
to apply it to the specimens from Nebraska, with the longer, nar- 
rower head, which certainly approximates the old idea of ‘‘Nirmus,’’ 
as given by Rudow. 

I therefore designate a female from Bubo virginianus occidentalis, 
collected by the author on Nov. 4, 1902, at Lincoln, Neb., as the 
neoparatype of Strigiphilus oculatus (Rudow). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 175 


DIFFERENCES, IN THE FEMALE SEX, BETWEEN TWO NORTH 
AMERICAN BAT-FLEAS 


(SIPHONAPTERA, ISCHNOPSYLLIDAE ) 
By F. G. A. M. Smit, British Museum (Natural History), The Zoological 
Museum, Tring, Herts., England 


Two of the commonest species of fleas occurring on bats of the 
genus Myotis in North America are Myodopsylla insignis (Roth- 
schild) (occurring mainly on Myotis lucifugus) and the closely re- 
lated M. gentilis Jordan & Rothschild (a parasite of Myotis lucifugus 
and M. yumanensis). The differences in structure of the genitalia in 
the male sex of these fleas are very distinct and therefore males of 
these two species are not difficult to identify. The females, however, 
are so much alike that up till now no reliable differences between 
those of the two species have been found. For example, Holland 
(1949: 180) says: ‘‘ According to the original description the female 
of this species [M. gentilis| is very close to that of M. insignis, but 
‘the head of the receptaculum seminis appears to be a little shorter 
and the tail shghtly longer than in insignis.’ This character does not 
appear to be reliable in our material; in fact, sometimes the reverse 
seems to be the case. As the ranges of the two species overlap in 
part, definite determinations should not be made on the strength of 
females alone.’’ Hopkins & Rothschild (1956: 247) remark that the 
females of M. gentilis, M. insignis and M. nordina Traub & Hoff 
appear to be inseparable. 

A recent donation by Dr. C. A. Hubbard of several females of 
Myodopsylla induced me to study this sex of the two species concerned 
and I was able to find the following differences between females of 
M. gentilis and of M. insignis: 

In gentilis the distance between the posterior margin of the sen- 
silium and the base of the anal stylet is less than the length of the 
stylet and the anterior setae of the anal tergum are situated quite 
close to the sensilium (Fig. 1); in insignis the distance mentioned is 
greater, the anal tergum is markedly longer and the setae are placed 
more distad from the sensilium (Fig. 2). In gentilis the dorsal margin 
of sternum VIT (Fig. 4) usually slants downwards more steeply than 
in insignis (Fig. 3). In gentilis the genal process is on an average 
somewhat narrower than in insignis, but this is not an easy character 
to use. I found no other constant differences. 

To a considerable extent the females of these two species of Myodo- 
psylla can be determined by consideration of geography, since there is 
very little, if any, overlap between them. Their distribution, based 
upon published records (see list of References), is shown in Fig. 5; 
two of the recorded localities for M. insignis could not be traced, 
namely Mt. Aeolus (? Mt. Arolus) in Vermont and Laird, Algoma 
District, Ontario. It will be seen that WM. insignis occurs throughout 
the north-eastern United States and in Canada from Ontario to 


176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, 


AUGUST, 1958 


3 4 
Fig. 1, sensilium and anal tergum of Myodopsylla gentilis (from Forest Grove, 
Oregon); fig. 2, same of M. insignis (from Hatchville, Massachusetts); fig. 3, 
outline of sternum VII of M. insignis, 9 (from Hatchville, Mass.); fig. 4, same 
of M. gentilis, 9 (from Forest Grove, Oregon). 


I yy, ™~ ay \) ‘ 
Ne See en 
SS [Sy ieee eae 


@ M.GENTILIS 
OM. INSIGNIS 


Fig. 5 


, map showing distribution of M. gentilis and M. insignis in North 
America. 


“ 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 17 


British Columbia. M. gentilis is found in a long stretch of country 
adjoining the west coast, but going inland as far as south-east Mon- 
tana and north-east Wyoming. The record of M. gentilis from Texas 
and perhaps that of M. insignis from Colorado seem to need corrobo- 
ration; these records may have been based on misdetermined females 
and the Texas specimen(s) are probably Myodopsylla collinsi Kohls. 
The five females M. ‘insignis’ recorded from Barber County, Kansas, 
by Hopkins & Rothschild (1956: 249) proved to be M. collinsi, and 
the female M. ‘gentilis’ from Blackfalds, Alberta (l.c.: 251) is M. 
imsignis. 

As regards the differences between the females of the two species 
dealt with above and that of M. nordina, the female of the latter has, 
according to the figure published by Traub & Hoff (1951: Fig. 17), 
a shorter anal tergum than that of M. gentilis and the anal stylet is 
situated at a distance of only about half its length from the sensilium ; 
sternum VII of M. nordina is also markedly different from that of 
gentilis and insignis and the ductus bursae is shorter than that of the 
last two species. 


REFERENCES 


Augustson, G. F. and S. F. Wood, 1953. Notes on California mammal ectopara- 
sites from the Sierra Nevada foothills of Madera County. Bull. 8. Calif. 
Acad. Sei. 52: 48-56. 

Burbutis, P. P., 1956. The Siphonaptera of New Jersey. N. Jersey Agric. Exper. 
Stat. Bull. 782: 1-36. 

Holland, G. P., 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Techn. Bull. Dep. Agric. Can. 
70, 306 pp. 

Hopkins, G. H. E. and M. Rothschild, 1956. An illustrated catalogue of the Roth- 
schild collection of fleas (Siphonaptera) in the British Museum. Vol. 2, 
445 pp. 

Jellison, W. L. and N. E. Good, 1942. Index to the literature of Siphonaptera of 
North America. Nat. Inst. Hlth. Bull. 178: 1-193. 

Jellison, W. L., B. Locker and R. F. Bacon, [1953]. Index to the literature of 
Siphonaptera of North America. Suppl. 1, 1939-1950. Mimeogr., 246 pp. 

Krutzsch, P. H., 1955. Ectoparasites from some species of bats from western 
North America. J. Mammal. 36: 457-458. 

Traub, R. and C. C. Hoff, 1951. Records and descriptions of fleas from New 
Mexico. Amer. Mus. Novit. 1530: 1-23. 

Wiseman, J. S., 1955. The Siphonaptera (fleas) of Wyoming. Publ. Univ. Wy- 
oming 19: 1-28. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages 
in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication, References 
to literature should be included in the text, and the author’s name should appear 


at the end of the article. 


178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


NOW AVAILABLE 


Memoir 5 
of the 
Entomological Society of Washington 


A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF 
SOUTH AMERICA 


WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 
by Phyllis Truth Johnson 


The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen- 
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using 
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These 
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England 
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the 
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England 
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s 
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of 
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its 
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa- 
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects. 


Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted 
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic 
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera 
known to oceur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and 
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De- 
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to 
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of 
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con- 
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas 
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts, 
each with the fleas known to oceur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information; 
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close 
the volume. 


Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be 
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr. 
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research 


Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 179 


A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS MELANDERIA ALDRICH 
(DIPTERA, DOLICHOPODIDAE) 


PAuL H. ARNAUD, JR. 


The purpose of this paper is to provide a synopsis of the genus 
Melanderia. A new species, which occurs geographically between the 
two previously known species, is described. The genus is divided into 
two subgenera, with a new subgeneric name being proposed for 
Melanderia curvipes (Van Duzee). 

The genus Melanderia was proposed by J. M. Aldrich in 1922 for 
a species of marine dolichopodid fly with remarkable ‘‘mandible-like’’ 
mouth parts. In the general habitus of external characters and on the 
usual key characters used, the genus Melanderia has been considered 
to be closely allied to the genus Hydrophorus Meigen. In her studies 
of the mouth parts, M. B. Cregan (1941, p. 30) considered the mouth 
parts sufficiently distinct to place Melanderia in a special group IX 
on the basis (in her terminology) ‘‘labrum not elongated; four 
prongs connected; no panels,’’ while she placed Hydrophorus in 
eroup X with five other genera characterized by ‘‘labrum plate-like ; 
four prongs connected; six panels geminately selerotized.’’ Her 
groups are not currently accepted. 

The generic type, Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, was collected 
along the Pacific ocean at Ilwaco, Washington, by A. L. Melander, and 
subsequently recorded from the northern California coast. A second 
species, curvipes (Van Duzee), described in the genus Hydrophorus, 
is distributed along the southern California coast. Recent collecting 
by the writer alone the central California coast at Pacific Grove has 
revealed a third species which is closely related to mandibulata 
Aldrich. 

The species of Welanderia are not inhabitants of sandy sea beaches, 
but appear to be confined to rocky areas along the Pacific sea coast 
which are subjected to strong wave action. The immature stages are 
unknown. 

Melanderia Aldrich 
1922. Melanderia Aldrich, Proe. Ent. Soe. Washington, 24(6): 146, Additional 
references: Snodgrass, 1922: 148-152 [morphology of mouth parts]; Curran, 
1934: 221, 229, fig. 72 on p. 266 [keys, figure of head]; Neave, 1940: 85 
[listed]; Cregan, 1941: 11, 20, 22, 23, 25, 27, 29, 30 [study of mouth parts] ; 
Wirth & Stone, IN: Usinger, 1956: 454 [key to California species]. 


Generic Characterization—Medium-sized dolichopodids. First antennal joint 
bare above, third antennal joint short, arista dorsal. Palpi large and flat, resting 
upon the proboscis, proboscis greatly enlarged, its basal portion forming a very 
broad, short tube, the apical half fleshy, opening underneath in a longitudina: 


1 Formerly Entomology Research Division, A. R. 8., U. S. Department of Agri- 
culture. Presently Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture, 
Sacramento. 


180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


slit, each side bilobed, the outer side pieces extending forward in the form of 
mandibles. Head bulging behind, with numerous bristles below at the neck, a 
single row of which extend across the occiput above with only a slight interrup- 
tion in the middle. Prothorax with spines around the neck except below. Pleura 
hairy or bristly in front of the prosterior spiracle, acrostichal hairs in an irregular 
double row. Seutellum with a single pair of upright bristles; dorsocentral bristles 
6 or 7, intraalar 2, one of which is directly on the suture, supraalar 1, postalar 1. 
Abdomen with 6 visible segments in the male, 5 in the female. Hind eross-vein 
of the wing beyond the middle, about its own length from the margin. Genital 
segments of the male rather prominent, but not extending forward under the 


venter. 


Subgenus Melanderia Aldrich 


Sternopleura haired on posterior half and first antennal segment 
with stout setulae below. Two known species. 


Type.—Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, by original designation. 


Melanderia (Melanderia) mandibulata Aldrich 
(Figures 2 and 5) 


1922. Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington, 24(6): 
146-147. [n. sp. from Ilwaco, Washington.] Additional references.—Snod- 
grass, 1922: 148-152, Plate 14 [morphology of mouth parts]; Aldrich, 1930: 
1 [collected at Smith River, California]; Aldrich, 1931: 111 [collected at 
Smith River, California]; Aldrich, 1933: 86 [very restricted distribution at 
Smith River, California]; Cregan, 1941: 7, 9, 20; figs. 32, 50, 82, 119, 159, 
190 [morphology of mouth parts]; Crampton, 1942: 148-149, fig. 7D [figure 
of head]; Wirth & Stone, IN: Usinger, 1956: 454 [key, California distri- 
bution }. 


Type Depository.—No. 25,240, United States National Museum. 

Species Characterization.—A large sized greenish species; face 
usually purplish; front femur of male on inner side with a close tuft 
of 8-10 bristles on a very slight protuberance, basitarsus modified with 
an enlargement on basal half; body leneth of male attains 5.5 mm., 
wing 6 mm.; body length of female attains 6 mm., wing 7.5 mm. 

Distribution.—Specimens examined: 55 (42 males, 13 females). All 
in the collection of the United States National Museum except two 
topotypes in the collection of the writer. WASHINGTON: Holotype, 
allotype and 6 paratypes (2 males, 4 females) Ilwaco, Beach, | Pacific 
County], VII-17 (A. L. Melander) except 1 female paratype dated 
27-VIII-17 (contrary to Aldrich’s original published data on type 
series). Two topotypes, 1 male dated 27-VIII-17 and 1 female dated 
VII-17. CALIFORNIA: Smith River, [Del Norte County] (J. M. 
Aldrich) as follows: 6 males, 1 female, 12-VII-30; 28 males, 5 females, 
21 to 25-VII-32; 4 males, 1 female [no dates]. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., voL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 181 


Melanderia (Melanderia) crepuscula Arnaud, new species 
(Figures 3, 6, 7 and 8) 


A large sized greenish species; male front femur long-haired with- 
out a tuft of bristles. 

Male.—Length, 6.5 mm.; length of wing, 6.5 mm. Head with face and front 
dark metallic purple, with traces of greenish metallic iridescence, face 0.19 of 
head width at narrowest point. Palpi black, covered with a brownish pollen, with 
many black hairs; proboscis black, with brownish gray pollen except on the 
mandible-like parts which are shining black. Antennae black; first segment bare 
above but with setulae below; second segment less than half length of first, with 


Figs. 1 to 3, inner side of front legs of male Melanderia. Fig. 1, M. curvipes; 
fig. 2, M. mandibulata; fig. 3, M. erepuscula. (Drawings by Arthur D, Cushman). 


setulae above and below; third segment searcely longer than wide, with short 
setulae on inner sides, at apex and below base of arista. Arista widened for 
distance twice its width and quickly tapering and slender for remainder of its 
length. Eyes with pale, thick, but very short pilosity. Back of head with long 
black hairs, the lower hairs the longest. Thorax with mesonotum and scutellum 
metallic greenish-blue with blackish reflections when viewed from above; meso- 
notum with two narrow blackish vittae, brownish pollinose above and whitish 
pollinose at sides. Scutellum with a well developed pair of midscutellar bristles 
and a number of very fine long hairs along posterior margin. Pleura green, with 
some iridescence, whitish pollinose; propleura with several black hairs and sterno- 
pleura with long slender black hairs on posterior half. Prosternum black, whitish 
pollinose, without hairs or bristles. Legs with front coxae, trochanter and femur 
(fig. 3) green with a thick white pollinosity; front tibia brownish pollinose; front 
femur with long black hairs and tibia with a comb of short black bristles on 


182 ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


tessa siosonsesan ans insoneowsere 


Figs. 4 to 6, left wings of male Melanderia, enlarged same magnification. Fig. 
4, M. curvipes; fig. 5, M. mandibulata (paratype); fig. 6, M. crepuscula (holo- 


type). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 183 


apical half. Middle and hind legs green, slender; the femora whitish pollinose 
on basal half and brownish pollinose apically; tibiae mostly brownish pollinose; 
femora and tibiae with long black hairs except for mid tibiae which are short 
haired and with one postero-dorsal bristle near base and three almost equally 
spaced postero-ventral bristles. Wing (fig. 6) elongated, narrow, brown in color, 
the third and fourth veins rather parallel and not approximate at wing apex; 
hind cross vein at right angles to costa. Halter yellow, with about 8 minute 


Melanderia mandibulata, male holotype. Fig. 7, lateral view; fig. 8, front view. 


black setulae on outer side. Abdomen colored as thorax, six visible segments 
brownish pollinose above and whitish pollinose on sides, somewhat compressed 
laterally. Hypopygium black, whitish pollinose, left basal portion with long 
black hairs; lamellae blackish with black hairs. 

Female.—Body length 7.5 mm.; wing length 8 mm. Similar to male in colora- 
tion, but differs structurally in that the face is wider, 0.25 of head width at 
narrowest portion; legs less hairy and mid tibiae without bristles; abdomen 
with but five well developed segments ending in a short blackish spined ovipositor. 


184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


€ 


Types.—Holotype male, allotype, and 9 paratypes (3 males, 6 
females) collected at Pt. Pinos, Pacific Grove, Monterey County, 
CALIFORNIA, 23 May 1952, (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.). Type No. 68,459, 
U.S.N.M. Holotype and allotype in the collection of the U.S.N.M. and 
paratypes in the collections of A. L. Melander, F. C. Harmston, and 
the writer. This series was collected at sunset on large rocks whose 
bases were washed by ocean breakers. 

This species is allied to mandibulata, but it is readily distinguished 
in the male by the characters furnished in the key. M. crepuscula 
attains a larger size than mandibulata. I am unable at this time to 
provide characters which will consistently separate the females of 
these two species. 


Subgenus Wirthia Arnaud, new subgenus 


Distinguished by its bare sternopleura; first antennal segment bare 
below; wing with third vein arcuate and non-parallel with 4th, 3rd 
and 4th veins close together at wing tip. Dedicated to Dr. Willis W. 
Wirth. One included species. 


Type.—H ydrophorus curvipes Van Duzee. 


Melanderia (Wirthia) curvipes (Van Duzee) 
(Figures 1 and 4) 


1918. Hydrophorus curvipes Van Duzee, Ent. News, 29(2): 48-50, fig. 2 [n. sp. 
from San Diego and Long Beach, California]. Additional references.— 
Aldrich, 1922: 146-148 [generic transfer to Melanderia]; Snodgrass, 1922: 
150-152, Plate 14 [morphology of head and mouth parts]; Van Duzee, 
1923: 250 [in key to Hydrophorus]; Van Duzee, 1926: 5, 11 [p. 5, in key to 
Hydrophorus; p. 11, in list of Hydrophorus}; Wirth & Stone, IN: Usinger, 
1956: 454 [key, distribution ]. 


Type Depository.—No. 3501, California Academy of Sciences, San 
Francisco. 


Species Characterization—A medium sized grayish green species; 
face metallic green; front femur of male with a row of ventral bristles 
which can fit into the modification of the curved apical portion of 
tarsus; body length of male attains 4.5 mm.; body length of female 
attains 4.7 mm. 


Distribution Specimens examined: 70 (30 males, 40 females). All 
in the collection of the United States National Museum. CALI- 
FORNIA: Paratype female, San Diego, [San Diego Co.], 5-IV-15, 
(M. C. Van Duzee). 1 male, 2 females, Santa Barbara, [Santa 
Barbara Co.], 6-VII-17, (J. M. Aldrich). 29 males, 37 females, 
Laguna |[Beach, Orange Co.], 1-VIII-32, (J. M. Aldrich). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 185 


Kery To MALES OF MELANDERIA 


1. Sternopleuron haired on posterior half; first antennal segment with stout set- 
wie lollonr (Stiles Whaat) aa 2 
Sternopleuron bare; first antennal segment bare below (subgenus Wirthia) 
(Santa Barbara Co. south to San Diego Co., Calif.) (figs. 1, 4)- bet 
a ae ee et ne Se a ee oe A A curvipes (Van Duzee) 
Front femur of male on inner side near base with a dense tuft of 8-10 
bristles on a very slight protuberance, basitarsus modified with an enlargement 
on basal half (Del Norte Co., Calif. north to Ilwaco, Wash.) (figs. 
obey it peas poten, waster ee ee Re ee ee mandibulata Nldrich 
Front femur of male without a tuft of bristles on inner side near base, but 
long black haired; basitarsus without enlargement on basal half (Monterey 
CommG Sita Cho cMy ORG MeO) eerss ee te a a crepuscula, new species 


bo 


2, 95) 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I am indebted to Dr. A. L. Melander of Riverside, California, who 
gave me a pair of topotypes of Melanderia mandibulata Aldrich, and 
to Dr. Alan Stone of the Entomological Research Branch, Washing- 
ton, D. C., for suggestions in the preparation of this paper. 


REFERENCES 


Aldrich, J. M., 1922. A new genus of two-winged fly with mandible-lhke labella. 

Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington, 24(6): 145-148. 
—, 1930. (Melanderia mandibulata). Smiths. Local Notes, August 8, 
LOZOSspe de 
, 1931. Collecting flies in the west. Expl. Field-Work Smiths. Inst., 
1930, Smiths. Inst. Publ. 3111: 107-112, figs. 91-95. 
, 1933. Hunting flies in the west. Expl. Field-Work Smiths. Inst. 1952, 
Smiths. Inst. Publ. 3213: 33-36, figs. 34-37. 

Crampton, G. C., 1942. The external morphology of the Diptera. IN: Guide to 
the Insects of Connecticut. Part VI. The Diptera or True Flies of Con- 
necticut. First Fascicle. Conn, Geol. Nat. Hist. Sur., Bull. No. 64: 10-165, 
figs. 1-14. 

Cregan, M. B., 1941. Generic relationships of the Dolichopodidae (Diptera) 
based on a study of the mouth parts. Illinois Biol. Mon., 18(1): 1-68, Plates 
1-30. 

Curran, C. H., 1934. The Families and Genera of North American Diptera. The 
Ballou Press, New York, N.Y., pp. 1-521, figures. 

Neave, 8S. A., 1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus, M-P, Vol. III: 1-1065. 

Snodgrass, R. E., 1922. Mandible substitutes in the Dolichopodidae. Proe. Ent. 
Soe. Washington, 24(6): 148-152, Plate 14. 

Van Duzee, M. C., 1918. New North American species of Dolichopodidae (Dip- 
tera). Ent. News, 29(2): 45-51. 

, 1923. Scientific results of the Katmai Expedition of the National 
Geographic Society. Diptera of the family Dolichopodidae. Ohio Jour, Sci., 
23(5): 241-264, Plate I. 


186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Van Duzee, M. C., 1926. A table of the North American species of Hydrophorus 
with the description of a new form (Diptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., 3(1): 4-11. 
Wirth, W. W. and Stone, A. 1956. IN: Usinger, R. L., Aquatic Insects of Calli- 
fornia with keys to North American genera and California species. University 
of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, pp. i-ix, 1-508, illustrated. 

(Diptera, pp. 372-482, figures 14:1-14:64). 


DESIGNATION OF THE TYPE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS NEOTHEO- 
BALDIA DOBROTWORSKY (GENUS THEOBALDIA NEVEU-LEMAIRE, 
1902) 


(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) 


The subgenus Neotheobaldia Dobrotworsky (1954, Proc. Linn. Soe. 
N.S.W. lxxix :65-78) was described on the larval characters of Theo- 
baldia hilli Edwards. This species is the type of the subgenus Neo- 
theobaldia.—N. V. Dosrorworsky, Zoology Department, University of Mel- 
bourne, Australia. 


THE IDENTITY OF CULEX AESTUANS WIEDEMANN 


(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE ) 


The species Culex aestuans Wiedmann (Aussereurop. zweifl. Ins. 
1:11, 1828) was described from specimens from Brazil in Wiedemann’s 
own collection. Theobald (Mon. Culic. 2:151, 1901) synonymized this 
under Culex fatigans Wiedemann, a synonym of Culex pipiens quin- 
quefasciatus Say. Howard, Dyar and Knab (Mosq. N. and C. Amer. 
3 :320, 1915) questioned the synonymy and since that time the species 
has remained unidentified. 

Through the kindness of Dr. Max Beier of the Vienna Museum we 
have seen five specimens, probably all original material. These are in 
very good condition and all agree well with Culex pipiens quinque- 
fasciatus, thereby verifying Theobald’s synonymy. The specimens 
bear the following labels: 

‘¢Brasilien/aestuans m. Coll. Wiedem.’’? Male and female. I have mounted 
the terminalia of this male on a slide and here designate this specimen as the 
lectotype. 

‘“aestuans m. Coll. Wiedem./C. aestuans m. Bracilia de Winth.’’ Female. 


‘¢Brasilien/aestuans Coll. Winthem./aestuans Wied. Brasilia.’’? Male. 


‘<Brasilien/aestuans Coll. Winthem.’’ Female 
ALAN StonE, Hntomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
Washington, D. C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 187 


THE MOSQUITOES OF MINNESOTA, by A. Ralph Barr. Technical Bulletin 
No. 228, University of Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Paul. 
April, 1958. Price, $1.00. 


The introduction to this work consists of the historical background of the mos- 
quitoes of the state, their biology, and instructions in technique and handling. 
The systematic treatment is introduced by generic keys for females, male genitalia, 
pupae and larvae. The main part of this section contains figured descriptions of 
species with keys, information on their biology, distribution inside and outside 
Minnesota, and their importance as pests or disease vectors. 

By being published so shortly after Carpenter and LaCasse’s big North Ameri- 
can monograph, this report may tend to lose some of its importance on a country- 
wide basis, and become another addition to an already too long list of references. 

However, for workers interested in the limited area which it covers, it ranks 
as one of the best published to date, even though the illustrations might have 
been easier to use had they all been placed together. The drawings by Mrs. 
Sylvia Barr are excellently executed in a technique which makes important fea- 
tures stand out and easy to follow. The descriptions of species are brief and 
concise. The author states that the keys may not always work, but this might 
be regarded as a valuable bit of information. To aid in identification of closely 
related species, measurements by histograms of comb scales and various hairs are 
presented. A thorough field biology is also included. 

All in all this is one of the best state reports on mosquitoes yet to have been 
published.—HELLE Srarcke, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. 


THE CORRECT NAME FOR A PEST OF BEANS 


(LEPIDOPTERA, OLETHREUTIDAE ) 


Laspeyresia fabivora Meyrick, 1928, Exotic Microlepidoptera, 3:449. 
Laspeyresia leguminis Heinrich, 1943, Proe. Ent. Soc. Washington, 45(3):71, 
pl. 4, figs. 1-5. (New synonymy). 


Meyrick based his description on a single male from Honda, Colombia, reared 
‘fin fresh beans.’’ Heinrich’s description was based on a series from Peru, 
Panama and El Salvador. Upon the receipt of specimens from Bogota, Colombia 
and a comparison of this new material with my figure of Meyrick’s type, my 
suspicion was aroused. In August, 1957, I compared an example with Meyrick’s 
type and confirmed the identity of all the specimens. This economically important 
pest of lima and string beans must now be known as Laspeyresia fabivora Mey- 
rick. 


Distribution—Colombia, Peru, Panama, El] Salvador and Mexico.—J. F. GATES 
CLARKE, U. 8S. National Museum, Washington 25, D.C. 


18S PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


ee 


FRANCISCO DE ASIS MONROS, 1922-1958 


News of the death by accident on May 3, 1958, of Francisco de 
Asis Monroés has reached us from Argentina. His wife wrote that he 
was overcome when disinfecting his beetle collection and no medical 
help was at hand to save his life. He was one of that group of brillant 
young scientists from the Miguel Lillo Institute at Tucuman who 
have come to the United States to study in recent years. While here 
he and his wife (a scientist herself in plant pathology) made many 
friends among entomologists who recognized his outstanding ability. 

He was born in Barcelona, Spain, on June 6, 1922. Even before 
leaving Spain, at the age of 17, he was studying entomology under Dr. 
Francisco Espanol at the Barcelona Museum. In Argentina he at- 
tended the College of Agricultural and Veterinary Science at the 
National University of Buenos Aires, from which he received the de- 
gree of Agricultural Engineer. He was appointed systematic en- 
tomologist at the Miguel Lillo Institute in 1948. In 1956 he became 
full professor of Agricultural Zoology at the College of Agriculture 
there, and was Vice-Dean of that College at the time of his death. 

During the hot summer months at Tucuman, Monrés, often with 
his wife or other colleagues, went on collecting trips not only through- 
out Argentina but into adjacent countries. On the way to the United 
States, where he was awarded a Guggenheim fellowship in 1952, he 
collected in Peru, Ecuador, and Panama. In the United States he 
spent most of his time at the National Museum at Washington and 
the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, also a shorter 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 189 


time at the American Museum of Natural History. At all these mu- 
seums he made many notes and drawings of the collections he studied. 
During the summer he and his wife toured the country by bus, going 
even to the Pacific coast, and visiting entomologists and museums on 
the way. On his way back to Argentina he visited Brazil. In 1955-56 
he was the recipient of a fellowship from the French government to 
work at the Paris Museum, and he spent the year in France with 
visits to the museums in England, Germany, and Switzerland. The 
summer before his death he spent some months collecting in the high 
Andes of Bolivia. 

He was tireless in working on his chrysomelid beetles. His collec- 
tion numbered 54,245 beetles. In his short life he published over 60 
papers, many of them extensive in scope, and all illustrated by his 
fine pen and ink drawines. Some were written in French and English 
although the majority are in Spanish. His early papers were mostly 
on Argentine beetles, but later he wrote on both North and South 
American beetles, and prepared re-editions for three fascicles of the 
Coleopterorum Catalogus (Sagrinae, Lamprosomatinae and Clytrinae). 
The first volume of his largest work, ‘‘The genera of Chrysomelidae,’’ 
went to press a few days before his death. 

His taxonomic work is of the highest order. He was quick to see 
relationships, his judgment was good, and he was painstakingly con- 
scientious. He was in communication with entomologists all over the 
world and alive to everything that was being done in his field. Un- 
usual, too, was his ability to pick up languages. He and his wife al- 
ways talked Catalan to each other instead of Spanish. It sounded a 
good deal like French to me. Once he helped us entertain a Parisian 
who had little knowledge of English and pretended he was deaf. 
When Francisco took over in French, however, the man’s deafness 
entirely disappeared. As a boy he had learned German from a neigh- 
bor and spoke it easily. Not lone after coming to the United States 
he was speaking English understandably, having long been able to 
read it. 


He had all the ingredients of a naturalist, with that early and deep 
devotion to his chosen field that is characteristic of all naturalists. 
He used to tell me that he would always be happy because of this in- 
terest in natural science. Gentle, with high idealism, and_ single- 
hearted in his pursuit of the knowledge of beetles, in particular 
Chrysomelidae, with a great capacity for making friends, he was 
already high in his attainments, both as a scientist and as a man 
among men. It is a pity that he died so young. Our sympathy is ex- 
tended to his wife and little daughter, Silvia. 

His bibilography will be published by the Miquel Lillo Institute. 


Doris H. BLAKE 


190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


SOCIETY MEETINGS 
Held in the U. S. National Museum 


701st Meeting, April 3, 1958: 


A new member, Dr. R. S. Beal, taxonomist in the Insect Identification and 
Parasite Introduction Laboratories, was elected. 


Mr. Ray R. Kriner explained his method of taking close-up pictures of insects 
and showed us a number of excellent Kodachrome slides of live insects. 


A booklet, ‘‘Inseets not Known to Oceur in the United States,’’ published by 
the Plant Pest Survey Section, was exhibited and discussed by Mr. L. G. Davis. 


Dr. F. L. Campbell called attention to recent joint meetings of the Washington 
Junor Academy of Sciences with the Senior Academy and the Washington Section 
of the American Chemical Society. He suggested that a similar joint meeting 
be arranged next fall between the Junior Academy and the Entomological 
Society of Washington. 


As a follow-up of the Society’s collection of money for minuten pins for the 
Hungarian Museum, Dr. Kostarab reported that the pins have been received. 
In the name of the Hungarian entomologists, he thanked the Society for the gift. 
As the collection exceeded the cost of the pins, Dr. Kostarab returned $1.20 to 
the Society. 


The speech of the evening, ‘‘ Professionalism in Entomology,’’ was delivered 
by Captain K. L. Knight of the U. S. Navy. He discussed the professional status 
and standards for entomologists. An enthusiastic discussion followed. 


Visitors introduced were as follows Arthur H. Mason, Ward B. Watt and 
S. Wiackowski. 


The meeting adjourned at 10 P. M. 


702nd Meeting, May 1, 1958: 


President Sailer announced that the annual pienie, held jointly with the 
Insecticide Society of Washington, will take place at the Log Lodge, Agricul- 


tural Research Center, June 7. Members from our Society appointed to the Picnic 
Committee are Rose Ella Warner, P. G. Piquett and Helen Sollers. 


New members elected to the Society are William S. Murray, Entomologist, 
Potomae River Command, and James W. Gentry, Department of Entomology, 
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, Washington. 


In connection with the Science Fair, three exhibits were on display and were 
described by the exhibitors. A brief history of science Fairs was given by Mr. 
Howard B. Owens. The winner of the Fair in northern Virginia, Hugh McMahan, 
discussed his exhibit which concerned the destruction of wood by fungi and 
insects. Ward B. Watt, the winner for Washington, D. C. explained his use of 
paper chromatography as a means of distinguishing two species of butterflies. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 191 


Gail Mackiernan, the winner in Montgomery County, Maryland, discussed her 
exhibit on color formation in wings of Lepidoptera. The fourth winner, Richard 
Thomas, of Prince Georges County, Maryland, was unable to be present. Each 
exhibitor was presented with a hand lens as a gift from our Society. 


Dr. H. H. Shepard showed 2 color Kodachrome slides of live butterflies. These 
were followed by an exhibit of a recently accessioned female specimen of the 
cockroach, Megaloblatta blaberoides (Wlk.) by Dr. A. B. Gurney. The overall 
length including folded wings, is 100 mm. and the wing expanse is 185 mm. 
No records of larger cockroaches have been found, though other specimens of 
approximately this size are known. No fossil species are larger than the largest 
living species. The ootheca borne by this species is 41 mm. long. 


- Another letter from the Hungarian Museum thanking the Society for the 
minuten pins was sent by Dr. Z. Kaszab to Dr. Campbell, who read the commu- 
nication before the Society. 

Our featured speaker of the evening, Miss Alice Gray, Scientific Assistant at 
the American Museum of Natural History, gave a most informative talk on the 
Southwestern Research Station of the above-mentioned museum. She explained 
the opportunities for research there and showed numerous interesting colored 
slides of the station as well as the flora and fauna of the area. 


The following visitors were introduced: Mrs. EF. B. Burch, James H, Lowe, Jr., 
Ralph Watt, Mrs. D. Mackiernan, K. W. McMahan, Gilbert Levesque, Donald E. 
Barcus, and Caryle Nibley, Jr—HELEN SoOuuerS, Recording Secretary. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


An important part of the Society’s program is to make available 
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many 
issues have dwindled to unprecendented lows. Members who wish to 
contribute to this important function are urged to send any of their 
back issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian 
(address on inside front cover). 


192 PROC. ENT. 


Soc. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1958 


Lexfect | rofl rcture A 


EACH SEASON, the picture brightens 
for growers to reap profits from agri- 
cultural crops. By using the improved 
and more effective insecticides avail- 
able today, they now retain a larger 
share of harvests formerly lost to 
destructive insects. 


Shell Chemical Corporation re- 
searchers, in co-operation with state 
and federal experiment stations, in- 
dependent researchers, extension 
workers and growers have created 
potent pesticides that offer depend- 
able protection throughoutevery stage 
of plant growth. 


SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION 
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK 


Shell has played a major role in the 
development ofaldrin, dieldrin, endrin 
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D® 
and Nemagon® soil fumigants; and 
Allyl Alcohol weed seed killer. Other 
pesticides, now in various stages of 
laboratory development, will be avail- 
able for even better insect control. 


Shell Chemical Corporation will 
continue intensive chemical research 
to provide the agricultural industry 
with more powerful weapons in the 
battle against crop-destroying insects. 
Technical information on Shell Chem- 
ical products is available. Write to: 


Penaae tolerances, malathion can be applied 
cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of 
x abies research in 11 states. The work proved 


I ‘poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl 
_and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition, 
applied to nests, litter, and floor space. 
shion emulsifiable liquid may also be used 
dition to spraying beef cattle with mala- 
Pan devices incorporating the Pro 


» storing grain have a method of protect- 
. Malathion, either in dust or spray 
; it is being loaded into bins, affords 
l ised flour bee rice weevil, granary 


ae Gk ines ok cars, ‘and ships’ holds 
ce oes meal moth infestations de- 


: n etablished o on 37 additional crops, including: 
Fruits 


Bramble family 
Nectarines 

Quinces 

Currants 

Gooseberries 

S;' , cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint, 
h these additions, malathion is now recom- 


Ne ia a) American | Cyanamid nat Insecticide Department, 
: 7 aa 30 pocket etr. Plaza, New York 20, N. ¥; 


ney 
ny, 


QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A “space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.759% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 

A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


Ln$e.t 
Vol. 60 OCTOBER, 1958 No. 5 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 


BAKER, E. W.—Chelacheles strabismus, a New Genus and Species of Mite 
rama Portacal (Acarina, Cheyletidae) 234 


BRELAND, OSMOND P.—Notes on the Aedes muelleri Complex (Diptera, 
MOTE NCTcl eee eee ee nen ne Lect Soterr te A e 206 


CRABILL, R. E., JR.—A new Kethops from New Mexico, With a Key to its 
Congeners (Chilopoda, Scolopendromorpha, Cryptopidae) __.....__. 235 


FAIRCHILD, G. B. and HERTIG, MARSHALL—Notes on the Phlebotomus 
of Panama XV. Four Apparently New Synonymies (Diptera, Psychodidae) 203 


HOFFMAN, R. L.—The Subspecies of Typocerus lunatus, A Cerambycid 
Cogn (ohare d ye ME eae ee ne oe ec cee 217 


HOOD, J. DOUGLAS—A New Zeugmatothrips from Brazil (Thysanop- 
PprrtaCemerigidag) 2) Aa ee Bases 225 


HOOGSTRAAL, HARRY—The Elephant Louse, Haematomyzus elephantis 
Piaget, 1869, on Wild African Elephants and Warthogs (Mallophaga, 
eet ca aT ch ae) iis wes te et sel ee 232 


(Continued on Back Cover) 


re 


% 
; 


| he a 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY | 
OF WASHINGTON > op aa 


ORGANIZED Marcu 12, 1884 


CFFICERS FOR 1958 


R. I. Samer, President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


R. H. Newson, First Vice President 
Entomological Society of America 
Lys Ol GaN avin 
Washington 5, D. C. 


P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


Members shall be perso 
who have an interest in 
Anoual dues for members | 
is ei 00 (U.S. Gpecrey) © 


HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary 
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture \ 
Washington 25, D. C. yt 


year, both. domestic ; 
payable in advance. 


made payable to. The Datenulanen A 
Washington. | my a se ny 
ee ee ee not excha ge its public: 

er ‘socie tie : ay 


PAuL WOKE, Corresponding Recuetany ~ : 4| 
7213 Beacon Terrace ; 
Bethesda, Maryland ' 


F. P. HARRISON, Treasurer 
Department of Entomology ™ 
University of Maryland ; 
College Park, Maryland 


R. H. Foorsz, Editor ° 
c/o Division of Insects 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


received ee will a 
by non-members. 
obtained at a ea a the 


of Bpnee indicat e ue syste 
ject insect. By-lines s! 
ing address _ of the 

affiliation, “thre possible 
pers ‘longer than | on 
p author and date and sh 
: cluding | eet oteuceee in 


H. J. CONKLE, Custodian 
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture . 
Washington 25, D. 


JOHN H, FALES, Program Chairman 


Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA ' that order. In sho 
Pesticide Chemicals Research Laboratory a ture should be | 
ARC, Beltsville, Maryland P ; 
7 roportions u 
H. H. SHEPARD, Nominated to Represent the closely’ approximate 4-5/16° 
Society as Vice President of | this usually allows exp! 
the Washington Academy Oi | the same page. Cost 
Sciences. that for one full-pag 
FMRD-CSS ) author. 
U.S. Department of Agriculture Reprints of p 
Washington 25, D. C. 


i the following c 
ve la A 


Executive Oommittee , l 7 2 pe 
= s Pp D 
T. L. BIssELu, University of Maryland Ai on copies 
R. A. Sr. GEORGE, U.S. Dept. Agriculture { 
F. L. CAMPBELL, National Research Council 


i 


Honorary President — fe ; 
R. E. SNopGRASS, U.S. National Museum Ler Hy 


Honorary Members . ‘ z 
OC. F. W. Mussmseck, U.S. National Museum ‘i 
H. G. BARBER, US. National Museum 


AB: GAHAN, Berwyn, barat 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 
EEN TONOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


Vol. 60 OCTOBER, 1958 No. 5 


TWO NEW SPECIES OF ALASKAN PROSIMULIUM, WITH NOTES ON 
CLOSELY RELATED SPECIES 
(DiprEeRA, SIMULIIDAE) 


KATHRYN M. SOMMERMAN, Arctic Health Research Center, P.H.S.., 


Department of Health, Hducation, and Welfare, Anchorage, Alaska. 


This presentation is supplementary to the papers by Stone (1952) 
and Sommerman (1953) on the taxonomy and_ identification of 
Alaskan black flies. It extends the known, described species from 
Alaska to 38, with 11 belonging to the genus Prosimuliwm. In addition 
the P. hirtipes complex in Alaska is now known to consist of at least 
two entities. One is here designated hirtipes 2 and overwinters in the 
larval stage. According to correspondence from Dr. Rothfels the 
chromosome pattern of this one is similar to the hirtipes 2 of Ontario, 
with a minor modification of the sex determining mechanism. lHow- 
ever, the Ontario larvae differ in general appearance from these in the 
Anchorage area. This hirtipes 2 was formerly identified as P. hirtipes 
(Fries). The other member of the hirtipes complex in Alaska is 
called tentatively hirtipes KE, and it overwinters in the ege stage. The 
larva of this was previously thought to be the larva of P. travisi 
Stone. The true larva of travisi is herein described for the first time. 

I wish to thank Dr. K. H. Rothfels for information concerning the 
relationship of P. frohnet, n. sp., and travist Stone, based on studies 
of the chromosomes of the salivary glands of mature larvae. I am 
greatly indebted to Dr. Alan Stone for the loan of paratypes of 
P. saltus Stone for study, and to Dr. Lewis Davies and Dr. Douglas 
Davies for the gift of specimens of the hirtipes complex from their 
countries. 

All the following descriptions and comments refer to alcoholic 
specimens. The drawings were made from terminalia cleared in warm 
NaOH, rinsed, and propped in position on a gob of vaseline submerged 
in alcohol in a Syracuse dish. A stereoscopic microscope was used with 
a ‘‘squared’’ ocular. The male ventral plates, ventral view, were 
placed in position so that the tip of the lip coincided with the arch 
of the anterior internal fork. The side views of the ventral plate 
were included to show the length of the plate, curvature, and depth 
of the depression on the dorsal surface. The dististyles were placed 
so that their condyles were superimposed, resulting in a sub-dorsal 
view. The larval drawings were made from uncleared specimens in 
alcohol. 


SMITHSONIAN 
.  WNSTITUTION NOV 7 1958 


wu 


PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


194 


|. FROHNE/ 2. SALTUS 3. TRAV/ STI 
FIGS.1-3 LARVAL HEAD CAPSULES, DORSAL AND VENTRAL VIEW 
Sc 


ANTERIOR—- -— r 


PRIMARY BRANCH 
SECONDARY BRANCH 


ie 


] Ss 
‘A 
4. FROHNE! 5. SALTUS 


FIGS. 4-5 BASES OF RESPIRATORY ORGANS 


—-ANTERIOR 
GONAPOPHYSES-_ 


-8TH STERNITE. 


8. ANTERIOR GONAPOPHYSES 


6. TERMINALIA LATERAL VIEW 


7. VENTRAL VIEW 
FIGS. 6-8 FROHNE/ Q 


9. TRAV/S/ 10. HIRTIPES 2 Il. PERSP/CUUM 
FIGS. 8-!!1 ANTERIOR GONAPOPHYSES, ENLARGED TO SCALE 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 195 


VENTRAL PLATES VENTRAL PLATES OISTISTYLES 
VENTRAL VIEW LATERAL VIEW SUB-DORSAL VIEW 


ISTISTYLE 


!2. TERMINALIA, 
VENTRAL VIEW 


/ 
\ aizé | 18. 
FIGS. 13-32, ENLARGED NUP EL eR Tp nana gee \O de 
TO SCALE 


FIGS. 19-21 TRAV/S/ 


VENTRAL PLATES 
FLAT VIEW 


— 


26. 


FIGS. 25-28 PERSP/CUUM 


ie SRS 


FIGS. 29-32 ALPESTRE = 


196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


Prosimulium frohnei, new species 


The superficial appearance and the chromosome patterns of the 
larva of this species indicate close relationship with P. wrsinum 
(Edw.); the pupa is similar to saltus and the adults to the hirtipes 
complex. The mature frohnei larva in alcohol is approximately 9.0 
mm. long and the head capsule 1.0 mm. wide. The body is grey-brown 
with the head capsule very dark brown, fig. 1. The antenna is short, so 
also its basal segment. The mandibular phragma is wide and complete, 
extending all the way to the mentum. The median mental tooth is 
directed inward, appearing much shorter than the last lateral teeth. 
There are 24 rays in the mouth fan, and 12-14 respiratory filaments. 
The mature larva of this species can be distinguished from ursinum 
(fig. 9, Sommerman, 1953) by the darker head capsule of the former, 
more constricted neck, narrower throat cleft, wide and complete man- 
dibular phraema, larger eye spots and absence of pigmented swelling 
below eye spots. It differs decidedly from saltus, fig. 2, and the 
Alaskan members of the hirtipes complex (fies. 15, 16, Sommerman, 
1953) in its larger size (mature saltus larva in alcohol being 6.2 mm. 
lone with head eapsule 0.7 mm. wide), dark head capsule with con- 
stricted neck and short antennae, narrower and deeper throat cleft, 
complete mandibular phragma, and apparent short median mental 
tooth. 

The pupa of frohnei is much like saltus but is larger, being 4.5 mm. 
long, and differs in that the respiratory filaments number 12-14 and 
the primary branches are stouter basally and are shorter than the 
secondary branches, fig. 4. This short primary branch with the two 
longer secondary branches, is especially pronounced on the middle or 
lateral primary branch of the respiratory organ. In saltus the primary 
branches are stouter distally and are longer than the short secondary 
branches, fig. 5, and there are 14-16 filaments. In addition frohnei 
differs from wrsinwm and the Alaskan members of the hirtipes complex 
in the lesser number of respiratory filaments and in that their primary 
branches are stout and extremely divergent. The pupal case is loosely 
woven, coarse and sparse. 

The adults of both sexes of frohnei differ noticeably from those 
of the hirtipes complex and from saltus in their dark brown color and 
silvery pubescence, and third segment of all tarsi broadly bare and 
pale ventrally. The antero-posterior length of anterior gonapophyses 
in situ of female is approximately twice the dorso-vental length of the 
cerci. Head width of males, equals or exceeds width of thorax, and 
dorsum of ventral plate broad with a deep median concavity, and 
pronounced recurved lip. 

Female.—General color dark brown. Wing length 5.0 mm. Head dark brown, 
with pale silvery hair; frons distinctly widened above. Antennae with 11 dark 
brown segments; scape, pedicel and basal part of first flagellar segment darkest, 
probably because of fine silvery pubescence on remaining segments; first flagellar 
segment slightly longer than pedicel. Palps with first, third and fourth segments 
light Drown, second, dark brown with pale sensory organ containing dark spot. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 197 


Mandible serrate; maxilla with retrorse teeth. Mesoseutum dark brown with 
recumbent pale silver hair. Seutellum light brown with erect silver hair. Post- 
seutellum shiny dark brown. Pleuron brown; hairs of pleural tuft fine and pale 
silver; sternopleural hairs absent. Hair on base of costa and on stem vein pale. 
Legs light brown; inconspicuous small pale area mesally on anterior surface of 
fore coxae; both extremities of tibiae with narrow dark band; tarsi dark brown. 
On all legs third tarsal segment with pale (almost white) bare area ventrally. 
Claws without teeth. Antero-ventrally abdomen pale, becoming progressively more 
fumose posteriorly, and covered with fine, pale hairs; selerotized tergites large 
and brown, some with pale flecks. No sclerotized sternal plates cephalad of the 
seventh sternite, which is pale brown; eighth sternite conspicuous brown. Anterior 
gonapophyses with tapered apex, fig. 8, and black selerotized strip extending 
distally beyond mesal emargination; length of anterior gonapophyses twice dorso- 
ventral length of cerei, figs. 6 & 7. 

Male.—General color darker than female but with same pale silvery pubescence. 
Wing length 4.5 mm. Abdominal sternites sclerotized and clothed with pale hairs. 
Width of truncate posterior margin of ventral plate about equal to width of its 
anterior internal fork; dorsum of plate with deep median coneavity, figs. 12, 13 
& 14. Dististyle with two stout distal teeth, fig. 15. 


All the following types were individually reared from pupae and 

each is accompanied by the pupal exuviae and case. The pupae were 
collected by the author July 26, 1956, from a small trickle parallel to 
the road at Eklutna Lake, Alaska, elevation 875 feet. The adults 
emerged between July 27 and 31. 
Holotype: Female, em July 31. Allotype: Male, em July 27. Para- 
types: 9 males, 14 females. The holotype, allotype and five paratypes 
of each sex are deposited in the collection at U.S. National Museum ; 2 
male and 4 female paratypes are deposited at Illnois Natural History 
Survey; 1 male and 3 female paratypes at Canadian National Mu- 
seum; and 1 male and 2 female paratypes at Arctic Health Research 
Center. In addition a few specimens of larvae and pupae are also 
deposited in the collections of these institutions. 


This species is named in honor of Dr. William C. Frohne, who has 
contributed so much to our knowledge of Alaskan biting flies. 


P. frohnei has been taken only from a tiny spring-fed trickle, 6-12 
inches wide, an inch or less deep, which flowed parallel to the road and 
was exposed to sunshine part of the day. There were a few old leaves 
and small stones in the trickle and, later in the season, rather long 
strands of a rope-like alea attached to the rocks. This species has but 
one generation a year, overwintering in the ege stage. The eggs 
hatched in early May or June, depending upon the progress of the 
season. The larvae attached to the under and deflecting surfaces of 
loose stones or to leaves, directly in the shght current, which was 
probably one foot per second at the most. The larval and pupal stage 
together required about two months, the adults emerging in late June 
or July, depending upon seasonal progress. The host of this species 
is not known. 


- 


198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


Prosimulium travisi Stone 

The mature larva of this species remotely resembles P. fulvum 
(Coq.). The chromosome patterns of the salivary glands of the mature 
larva are distinct. The larva can be distinguished readily from fulvwm 
by its dark brown, patterned head capsule, and dark color of the body. 
Sometimes the dark spots of the dorsal head pattern, fig. 3, are so faint 
as to be almost non-apparent but the two pale crescents are diagnostic. 
The median mental tooth is longest, with the last laterals just shehtly 
shorter. The second innermost lateral tooth is the next longest with 
the adjacent one slightly shorter, and the inconspicuous innermost one 
the shortest. The mature preserved larva is 7.5 mm. long and the 
head capsule is 0.8 mm. wide. 

The pupa is readily distinguished from all other Alaskan species 
of Prosimulium by two of the characters Stone (1952) mentioned—the 
pronounced rugose condition of the deeply pigmented dorsum of the 
thorax and the closely clumped respiratory filaments. 

The adults can be distinguished from those of the hirtipes complex 
by the ashy grey sides of the thorax and abdomen. In addition the 
females have the second segment of the palps blackish brown, much 
darker than the clypeus. The anterior gonapophyses of the female 
are longer than the dorso-ventral length of the cerci and the distal tips 
of the gonapophyses are acute, fig. 9, whereas those of hirtipes 2, 
fig. 10, are more rounded and are about as long as the cerei. The lip 
of the ventral plate of male travisi, figs 19 & 20, is much narrower 
than the anterior internal fork and it is sharply pointed. There is, 
at most, only a shg¢ht basal concavity on the dorsal surface of the 
plate. The lip of the ventral plate of male hirtipes 2, figs. 16 & 17, 
and fulvum, figs. 22 & 23, is rounded and the surface of the plate is 
distinctly concave. The hind femora of the males of travisi and hirtipes 
complex are brown so they can not be distinguished from each other 
on that basis. The dististyles of travisi, fig. 21, are truncate and have 
two or three distal teeth while those of hirtipes 2, fig. 18, and fulvum, 
fig. 24, are more tapered or rounded and also usually have only two 
teeth. 

Larvae and pupae of this species have been taken in small spring-fed 
streams above timberline in the vicinity of Anchorage. The stream 
speeds ranged from 2.5 feet per second to tumbling. This species has 
but one generation a year, overwintering in the egg stage. The eggs 
probably hatched during June at this elevation. Mature larvae and 
pupae were taken the middle two weeks of August. The larvae and 
pupae were attached to the under and deflecting surfaces of loose 
stones directly in the current. They were taken in direct association 
with mature larvae and pupae of a species of Gymnopais. The host 
of travisi is not known. Larvae, pupae, and reared adults of this 
species are deposited in the collections of the following institutions : 
U.S. National Museum, Canadian National Museum, Illinois Natural 
History Survey, and Aretic Health Research Center. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 199 


Prosimulium perspicuum, new species 


This species appears to be most closely related to P. alpestre D., R. 
& V. The ‘‘fixed’’ mature larvae prepared for chromosome study 
revealed no patterns suitable for study. All stages,—larvae, pupae 
and adults of perspicuum are easily distinguished from alpestre and 
from all the other known species of Alaskan Prosimulium. 

The mature larva in alcohol is approximately 6.0 mm. long and the 
head capsule 0.65 mm. wide. The living larva is almost transparent 
except for the head capsule which is off-white. Both body and head 
capsule of preserved specimens are opaque white with fumose dorsal 
bands on abdomen. Sommerman, 1953, fig. 13 depicts the dorsal and 
ventral aspects of the head and gives additional characters in the key 
for differentiating the larva of this species. It is very difficult to 
determine the exact anterior limit of the throat cleft in some specimens 
because of the transparent surrounding area of the head capsule. 
There is slight variation in the length of the mental teeth, but the 
median tooth is always longest, and in general the projections on the 
median tooth are about as long as (on the level with) the second in- 
nermost lateral tooth; the last lateral tooth is slightly shorter, the 
tooth adjacent to it a little shorter still, and the inconspicuous inner- 
most lateral tooth the shortest of all. There are approximately 36 rays 
in the mouth fan, and 16-21 respiratory filaments. 

The preserved pupa is approximately 3.5 mm. long, exclusive of the 
respiratory filaments. The pupal exuviae are pale excepting for light 
brown dorsum of thorax and respiratory filaments. The number of 
dichotomous filaments varies from 16-21, usually 20. The filaments 
arise from three primary branches, the anterior branch ultimately 
producing 6, lateral 6, and posterior 8. The respiratory clump is about 
1 mm. long. Antennae of both males and females extend beyond rear 
margin of eyes, those of females overlapping thorax. Dorsal trichomes 
6, very fine, curving forward. Abdominal segments 3-4 with 8 stout 
hooks on posterior margin of each; tergites 5-8 with anterior row of 
many fine spines; terminal hooks long, slender, almost straight; seg- 
ments 5-7 ventrally each with 4 retrorse hooks on posterior margin, 
segment 4 ventrally with 2 hooks. Pupal case is compact, rather 
elastic, composed of very fine, colorless strands which entrap fine 
particles of silt producing a felt-like light gray mass that covers the 
body except for dorsum of thorax and respiratory organs. The pupa 
is readily distinguished from alpestre by the number of respiratory 
filaments. 

Female.—General color dark brown. Wing length 4.0 mm. Head dark brown 
with rather coarse pale hair; frons distinctly widened above. Antennae long, with 
11 dark brown segments, the pedicel largest with f; a bit smaller and fy longest 
of all segments. Second segment of palps dark brown, slightly darker than clypeus. 
Margin of mandibles near tip with about a dozen short protrusions, apex with 
about a half-dozen longer projections. Tip of maxillae armed with fine bristle-like 
projections. Mesoscutum dark brown with short, sparse, pale recumbent hair. 
Seutellum dark brown with erect hair. Postseutellum elongate, shiny dark brown. 


200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


Pleuron brown; a few pale hairs in pleural tuft; sternopleural hairs absent. Hair 
on base of costa and stem vein sparse, short and rather pale. Legs brown; sparse 
dark hair on coxae. Claws with subbasal rounded tooth adjacent to basal swelling 
of similar size so that claw appears to have two basal teeth. Sides of abdomen 
pale with fine brown striations. Sclerotized tergites large and brown. Selerotized 
brown sternal plates on segments 3-7. Anterior gonapophyses pale, truncate, not 
extending back to paraprocts, fig. 11. Anterior gonapophyses about as long as 
dorsoventral length of cerei. The female is easily distinguished from alpestre 
by the sclerotized brown sternal plates on segments 3-7. 

Male.—General color darker than female. Wing length 3.8 mm, First or last 
flagellar segment longest of all antennal segments. Abdominal sternites dark 
brown and sclerotized, sparsely clothed with hairs. Ventral plate broad, margin 
lacking a median recurved lip, ventral surface concave and clothed apically, dorsal 
surface convex and shiny, figs. 25, 26 & 27, Dististyle with 5-6 distal teeth, fig. 28. 
The male is easily distinguished from alpestre, which has a median recurved hairy 
lip on the margin of the broad ventral plate, figs. 29, 30 & 32, and the entire body 
of alpestre is much more hirsute overall. 


All the following types were individually reared from pupae and 

each is accompanied by the pupal exuviae and case, except for one 
pair which was ‘“‘mass reared’’. The pupae were collected between 
August 14-30, 1957, by the author from trunks, branches, and roots of 
dead trees lodged in the swift water of Eagle River, a glacial stream, 
13.5 miles north of Anchorage, Alaska. The adults emerged between 
August 19 and September 5. The majority of the type material con- 
sists of mated pairs. 
Holotype: Female, em Aug. 28. Allotype: Male, em Aug. 27,—mated 
with holotype August 28, both killed August 29, unfed. Paratypes: 
10 mated pairs; 1 mated pair plus a male; 3 pairs, mating not ob- 
served; 3 males, 3 females ;—making a total of 18 male and 17 female 
paratypes. The holotype, allotype and five paratypes of each sex are 
deposited in the collection at U. S. National Museum; 4 paratypes of 
each sex are deposited at each of the following institutions: Ilhnois 
Natural History Survey, Canadian National Museum, and Arctic 
Health Research Center. (The latter also has the extra male para- 
type.) In addition a few specimens of larvae, pupae, reared males, 
and ‘‘wild’’ adults are also deposited in the collections of these institu- 
tions. The name ‘‘perspicuum’’ refers to the transparent condition of 
the living larva. 

P. perspicuum has been taken in the Anchorage area from a large 
olacial stream, Eagle River, which fluctuates considerably in width 
and depth between summer and winter. This species has but one 
generation a year, apparently overwintering in the ege stage. The 
eges probably hatched in June. During the 1957 season medium and 
maturing larvae were taken on July 11 from small branches trailing in 
the water just below the surface. The first mature larvae and one 
pupa were taken August 8. Later mature larvae and pupae were 
taken for the most part on the trailing sides of tree trunks and 
branches lodged in swift glacial water, 3-6 feet per second and 2-4 feet 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 201 


deep. It was not possible to sample in deeper or faster water nor on 
boulders. The immature forms were usually a foot or so below the 
surface of the stream. The adults emerged the latter part of August 
and in early September. The summer and fall of 1957 were warm 
and adults, mostly males, were first taken in flight or resting on bushes 
along the margin of the stream on August 30. By September 13 they 
were swarming around cottonwood trees and crawling over their 
leaves at the open picnic site on the margin of the stream by the high- 
way bridge. It was estimated that they averaged three per leaf, 
ventral surface. The trees were quite large, trunks 8-12 inches in 
diameter and the leaves had not yet begun to fall in numbers. The 
males tried to mate with each other. A sweep-sample was taken on 
each of three visits to the site between August 30 and September 16 
and approximately 250 males, and only five females were taken, in- 
cluding one mating pair which was crawling on a leaf. Oviposition 
was not observed. Because this species is closely related to alpestre it 
may deposit its eggs in flight over smooth stretches of swift water 
while oriented up-stream, as does alpestre. 

The reared adults of perspicuum showed a preponderance of males 
by approximately 3:1. The individual rearing cages described by 
Sommerman, 1956 were used, not only for adult emergence but as 
living and feeding quarters also. After emergence the exuviae and 
pupal cases were carefully removed from the moist cotton and a few 
granules of dextrose introduced, preferably loose on the cork bottoms. 
Some cages were supplied with ruptured crow berries, currants and 
rose hips, but these were not so satisfactory as the dextrose granules 
because the adults became bloated, or stuck in the exuded juice. 
Dextrose granules placed directly on the moist cotton proved at- 
tractive to the adults but often they became bloated. They seemed to 
do better if the dextrose granules were dry so long as they could get 
a drink of water from the wet cotton-filled tubes. Under such condi- 
tions both males and females lived a maximum of 20 days, the males 
averaging 13, and the females 8.5. 

Mating occurred readily in these small cages. Six timed matings 
lasted an average of 11 minutes and 36 seconds, with the longest being 
16 minutes and 15 seconds, and the shortest six minutes and 40 
seconds. When the adults were put in one cage the male occasionally 
flitted his wings but usually he seemed to be unaware of the female 
until the two collided. In general virgin females offered no resistance. 
The males grabbed them anywhere and curled the tip of the abdomen 
under them and eradually moved backward until the genitalia of both 
were joined. During copulation the females remained in their normal 
upright position with all tarsi on the substrate, but the males were in 
various positions, sidewise with the head toward the female’s head, 
upside down, or straight out behind the female. Usually there was at 
least one twist in the abdomen of the male because, upon fusion, the 
male genitalia are upside down. Occasionally the females walked about 
with the males dragging along behind. Usually the males separated 


202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


from the females but sometimes the females pushed them off with their 
hind tarsi. In most cases immediately after separation the males tried 
to regain the mating position but the females curled the tip of the 
abdomen and the head way under to the thorax and also pushed off 
the males with their hind tarsi. In one instance mating occurred for 
six minutes and 40 seconds and a minute later the male succeeded in 
regaining the mating position and the second time mating lasted 12 
minutes and 35 seconds. Three times after copulation unmated males 
were put with the females and a second mating did not occur because 
the females tucked their heads and abdomens close under the thorax 
and pushed the males off. Most of these females that emerged in the 
lab mated as soon as the male was introduced, which was for the most 
part the same day the female emerged. 

Rather well-developed eggs were present in some of the females 7-9 
days after mating, most of these females having fed on dextrose. Eges 
were not deposited in the cages, either on the cork bottoms or on the 
moist cotton, as with the females of a species of Gymnopais that 
emerged in the laboratory. Because of the close relationship between 
persprcuum and alpestre it is possible that the following technique 
may have induced the perspicuum females to deposit eges, had it been 
tried with them. Bottle caps containing water were introduced into 
large cages of wild-caught alpestre females and they deposited eges 
in the water after crawling or alighting on the surface. 

The host of perspicuum is not known, but judging from the strue- 
ture of the mouthparts, which are quite similar to those of alpestre, 
and from the fact that eggs developed when females fed on dextrose, 
it is obvious that this species is not blood-sucking. 

LITERATURE CITED 

Sommerman, K. M., 1953. Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae (Simuliidae, 
Diptera). Wash. Ent. Soc. Proc. 55 (5) :258-273. 

—————.,, 1956. Do-It-Yourself-Entomological Equipment. Mosquito News 16 
(4) :306-308, 

Stone, Alan, 1952. The Simuliidae of Alaska (Diptera). Wash. Ent. Soc. Proc. 54 
(2) :69-96. 

Stone, Alan and Jamnback, Hugo, 1955. The Black Flies of New York State. 
N. Y. State Museum Bull. No. 349, 144 pp. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


To assure receipt of their Proceedings, members and subscribers 
should make certain that notification of changes of address be sent 
promptly to the Corresponding Secretary (address on inside front 
cover.) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 203 


NOTES ON THE PHLEBOTOMUS OF PANAMA XV 
FOUR APPARENTLY NEW SYNONYMIES! 
(DipterA, PSYCHODIDAE) 


G. B. FarrcHinp and MarsHALL HeErRtTIG2 


On working over our collections of Phlebotomus we have aceu- 
mulated notes on several specific svnonymies which it seems best to 
publish at this time. 


Phlebotomus longipalpis Lutz and Neiva 
1912, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 4 (1):90-92 (¢@, ¢, S. Paulo, Minas, Brasil). 


Costa Lima, 1932, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 26(1):25-28 and figs. Barretto, 
1947, Arq. Zool. Est. S. Paulo, 5, Art. 4:208-209 (full references). 

Phiebotomus almazani Galliard, 1934, Ann. Parasit. Hum. Comp., 12(3) :193-195, 
1 fig. (2, Chichen Itza, Yucatan, Mexico). Barretto, 1947, Op. cit., p. 183 (full 
references). Pifano and Ortiz, 1952, Rev. Sanidad Assist. Social, Caracas, 17 
(12) :147, fig. 1 (2; Venezuela). Dampf, 1947, An. Esc. Nac. Ciene, Biol., 
Mexico, 4:424-426, figs. 1-9 (2; redeseription of type). 

(New synonymy.) 


There appears to be some confusion concerning the female of this 
species. Lutz and Neiva (1912) described the female from among 
specimens collected near Sao Paulo, and from Maquine and Ouro 
Fino in Minas Geraes, the male from a specimen from Ouro Fino. 
Costa Lima (1932) states, however, that the ‘‘typical’’ material con- 
sists almost exclusively of a large number of males taken in Quixada 
(Ceara) at ight by Dr. Gomez de Faria. Costa Lima goes on to note 
that Lutz mounted three females from this material on a single slide 
and that he (Costa Lima) mounted some others. It is to be presumed 
that the photomicrograph given by Costa Lima (Plate XXX, fig. 142) 
is of one of these specimens. This shows a slender, fusiform finely 
annulate spermatheca quite unlike the barrel-shaped structure figured 
by most subsequent authors. In any event, if this specimen was from 
Ceara, it could hardly have formed part of the type series, since no 
such locality is mentioned in the original description. It is perhaps 
better to base the specific name on the male, at least until Lutz and 
Neiva’s real co-types can be re-examined, if they still exist in recogniz- 
able condition, 

Subsequent authors have either dealt with two different species 
when describing and figuring the spermathecae, or their figures have 
been inaccurate. Coutinho (1940) gives a photomicrograph of the 
spermatheca of a specimen from Ceara, republished more clearly in 
Galvao and Coutinho (1940). The reproduction is not very clear in 
either case, but indicates a more or less barrel shaped structure with 
weak or irregular annulations. A drawing in the latter paper shows a 
much more clearly annulate spermatheca. DeLucena (1949) figuring 


1 The work here reported was supported in part by a research grant from the 
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, N.I.H., U.S.P.HLS. 


2 Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama, Republic of Panama. 


°04 PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


material from Pernambuco, shows the spermatheca weakly and _ir- 
regularly annulate. Floch and Abonnene (1952) consider almazani 
and longipalpis as distinct species, copying Galvao and Coutinho’s 
drawing for their figure of the spermatheca of longipalpis, Dampf’s 
(1947) drawine for almazani. 

The problem is complecated by the presence of at least two other 
closely related males, P. cruzi Mangabeira and P. gaminarai Cordero, 
Vogelsang and Cossio, which occur within at least the southern por- 
tions of the range of longipalpis but whose females remain unrecog- 
nized. We have compared males from Paraguay, Brasil, Venezuela, 
Panama, Costa Rica and Chiapas, Mexico, and find that they do not 
differ specifically. Females from Paraguay, Venezuela, Panama, 
Costa Rica and Mexico also agree, except that the spermathecal ducts 
of the Paraguay material appear to be shehtly shorter and thicker 
than those from the other localities. The spermathecae of these 
females agree reasonably well with the figures of almazani published 
by Galliard, Dampf, and Pifano and Ortiz, and with the figures of 
longipalpis published by Galvao and Coutinho, and de Lucena, taking 
into account the variable quality of the published figures. The only 
figure of the cibarium of longipalpis we have seen, that of Coutinho 
(1940), shows 10 horizontal teeth, while both Galliard and Dampf 
figure 8 teeth for almazani. All material we have examined, including 
the series from Paraguay, shows 8 teeth. The species has been reared 
several times and there seems little question as to the correct associa- 
tion of the sexes. 

The matter is of some importance, since recent work by Deane 
(1956) indicates that longipalpis is the most important vector of 
visceral leishmaniasis in Brasil. The known distribution of the 
species suggests also that it prefers relatively dry areas. The localities 
in Panama, Costa Rica and Mexico from which we have secured mate- 
rial are all in areas of relatively low rainfall, while its reported oc- 
occurrences, or at least maximum abundance, in Brasil seem also to be 
in the dry northeastern states. It is certainly not primarily a rain 
forest species. 

Phlebotomus saulensis Floch and Abonnene 


1944, Inst. Pasteur Guyane Terr. 1’Inini, Pub. No. 80, pp. 11-12, fig. 6, (¢; Saul, 
Haute Mana, and Crique Anguille, French Guiana). Barretto, 1947, Arq. Zool. 
Kst. S. Paulo, 5, Art. 4, p. 222. Floch and Abonnenc, 1952, Faune de 1’Union 
Francaise, XIV, Dipteres Phlebotomes de la Guyane et des Antilles Francaises, 
pp. 112-114, fig. 38. 

Phlebotomus pinealis Floch and Abonnene, 1944, Inst. Past. Guyane Terr. 1’Inini, 
Pub. No. 81, pp. 11-12, fig. 6, (2 ; Critique Anguille, French Guiana). Barretto, 
1947, Arq. Zool. Est. S. Paulo, 5, Art. 4, p. 219. Floch and Abonnene, 1952, 
Faune de L’Union Francaise, XIV, pp. 185-186, fig. 84. Rosabal, 1954, Investig. 
Epidem. No. 3, Ministerio Salub. Publ., San Jose, Costa Rica, pp. 29-30, figs. 
59-63; (92; Costa Rica). (New synonomy.) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 205 


We have long hesitated to combine these two names due to the 
discrepancies in the wing venation, the male (sauwlensis) having delta 
short or zero, the female (pinealis) having it relatively long. The 
quite close agreement in other characters, the fact that both sexes 
appear to belong in the same group, the lack of other possible mates, 
and the fact that though both sexes are quite rare, they have been 
taken together at three localities, make it seem advisable to combine 
them. Certainty in the matter will only be achieved by rearing. 


Phlebotomus vexillarius Fairchild and Hertig 

1952 (December) An. Ent. Soe America, 45 (4) :514-516, figs. 31-41 (4, 9; 
Panama). 

Phlebotomus foliatus Mirsa and Ortiz, 1952 (April-May), Rev. Sanidad Assist. 
Soc. Venezuela, 18 (3-4) :249-252, figs. 1-4 (¢; Venezuela). (New synonomy.) 
Although the number of Vol. 18 in which the deseription of foliatus 

appeared was dated April-May 1952, Dr. Ortiz (in litt.) informs us 

that it was not actually published until after July 1953, while the 
description of vexillarius appeared 30 January 1953. Dr. Ortiz 
concurs in the synonymy. 


Phlebotomus camposi Rodriguez 
1950 (July-December), Rev. Eeuat. Hig. Med. Trop., Guayaquil, 7(3-4): 7-10, 

figs. 1-7 (6; Eeuador). Rodriguez, 1953, Rev. Eeuat. Ent. aPrasit., 1(2) :91-96, 

figs. 1-9. Rodriguez, 1956, Rev. Eeuat. Hig. Med. Trop., 13 (2) 

Phlebotomus acanthobasis Fairchild and Hertig, 1952, Ann. Ent. Soe. America, 45 

(4) :508-511, figs. 9-18 (¢, 9; Panama). (New synonomy.) 

In spite of the published date of the description of camposi, we 
have been informed that the publication did not appear until Novem- 
ber 1952, when our description was in press. The figures of campos 
originally published did not show the spines on the bases of the 
parameres, an oversight corrected in Rodriguez’ careful redescrip- 
tion of the species published in 1953. 


REFERENCES 

Coutinho, J. O., 1940. Observacoes sobre algumas especies de flebotomos com a 
descricao do macho de Flebotomus lloydi Antunes, Arch. Zool. Est. S. Paulo, 
1 (8) 2331-336, figs. 1-110. 

Galvao, A. L. Ayroza and J. O. Coutinho, 1940. Contribuicao ao estudo dos flebo- 
tomos de Sao Paulo. 1° Nota. Rev. Ent., 11(1-2) :427-440, figs. 1-22, Pls. 16-17. 

Floch, H. and E. Abonnene, 1952, Faune de 1’Union Francaise, XIV. Dipteres 
Phlebotomes de la Guyane et des Antilles Franeaise. Office de la Recherche 
Scientifique Outre Mer, pp. 1-207, Pl. I-XII, 90 text figs. 

Deane, L. de M., 1956. Leishmaniose Visceral no Brasil. Estudos sobre reserva- 
torios e transmissores realizados no estado do Ceara. Servicio Nacional de 
Edueacao Sanitaria, Rio de Janeiro, pp. 1-162, 49 figs. 

De Lucena, D. T., 1949. Flebotomos de Pernambuco. I. Flebotomus whitmani e 
F. intermedius na zona da mata e F. longipalpis no agreste do Estado de 
Pernambuco. An Soc. Biol. Pernambuco, 9 (1) :27-36, Pl. I-III. 


206 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


NOTES ON THE AEDES MUELLERI COMPLEX! 
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) 


Aedes muellert was originally described by Dyar in 1920 (Dyar, 
H. G., Inseeutor Inscit. Menstr. 8: 81-82) from specimens collected at 
Mexico City. The species has been considered to be one of the rarer 
mosquitoes of North America, and the larva was not described until 
1957 (McDonald, W. A., Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 50: 505-511). 

On September 7, 1957, the writer, accompanied by two graduate 
students, Fred Klaus and John Riemann, made a collection of tree hole 
breeding mosquitoes approximately 19 miles south of Alpine, Brewster 
County, Texas. The cavity, with an opening approximately three 
inches in diameter, was in an oak tree and it contained about a pint of 
water. The water, which was quite dark, was removed and the cavity 
rinsed several times with strained pond water. Later examination 
revealed large numbers of larvae and pupae of Orthopodomyia alba 
Baker and several larvae of the Aedes muelleri complex. 

Several days after the collection was made, the small amount of 
debris (about two tablespoons) collected with the water was dried and 
reflooded twice. One larva was recovered from the first and eight 
others from the second flooding. None of the larvae were seen until 
several days after flooding, and two first instar larvae appeared after 
the material had been exposed to water for approximately ten days. 

Two additional larvae of the muelleri complex were obtained from 
the same locality but from a different tree hole. This cavity, also in 
oak, was moist but did not contain any free water; it was rinsed with 
pond water. No larvae were noticed until several days later when two 
young instars were discovered. 

The above facts indicate that many of the eges of these mosquitoes 
require more than one flooding before hatching, and that they often do 
not hatch until they have been exposed to water for several days. 

To date three females and one male have emerged as adults, and six 
fourth instar larvae have been mounted for study. Additional larvae 
are developing slowly. With the relatively few specimens available it 
has not been possible to determine whether they are Aedes muelleri 
Dyar or a closely related species. So far as known, however, this is the 
first time the species group has been collected in the United States east 
of Arizona. 


—OSMOND P. BRELAND, The University of Texas, Austin. 


1 The collections and observations mentioned herein were made while working 
on a project supported by a research grant, E-1187, from the Microbiological 
Institute of the National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 207 


NOTES ON SPATHIMEIGENIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF 
FOUR NEW SPECIES! 
(DIPTERA, TACHINIDAE) 


H. J. RetmnwHArRD, College Station, Texas 


Determinations of material belonging to Spathimeigenia have 
proved difficult, notwithstanding a revision of the genus with keys to 
the known species, published by Aldrich in 1931 (Proc. U. S. Natl. 
Mus., 80: 1-10). The latter reports on approximately 85 specimens dis- 
tributed among 11 nominal species. The additional material accumu- 
lated during the past 25 years is still too meager to provide an ade- 
quate basis for the construction of amended keys to the currently 
known forms assignable to the genus. 

The apparently new species described below and additional material 
now available in previously known forms indicate that some of the 
items relating to color patterns, chaetotaxy and especially the scutellar 
bristling, amone other characters, are much too unstable for diag- 
nostic purposes. Until specific limits of the variable forms can be 
established, or at least are better known, an element of doubt attends 
much of the routine determination work on members of this economi- 
cally important genus. Its host relationships are with sawflies and 
long series of reared specimens from all sections of the United States 
and Mexico will prove especially helpful in resolving perplexing 
questions of specifie entity. 


Spathimeigenia spinigera Townsend 


Townsend, 1915, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 18: 19; 1940, Manual of Myiology, Pt. 
LOS 153. 
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 4-5. 

The references to this species and synonymy have been listed by 
Aldrich. 

Hitherto only one specimen has been reported from Texas. Four 
additional local examples are in my collection; three reared from 
Neodiprion lecontei (Fitch) at Henderson and one female taken by 
me at College Station, May 15, 1943. Besides this material there are 
two additional females, one an ancient specimen with a fine hand- 
written label ‘‘Par. on pine sawfly, Iss. March 79’’ and one reared 
from ‘‘ Neodiprion swainei Middleton, Dolbeau Co. Pa.”’ 


Spathimeigenia mexicana Aldrich 


Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 5-6. 


The type series, including 19 males and 12 females all reared from 
Neodiprion vallicola Rohwer in Mexico, is described in part as follows: 


1 Contribution No. 2763, from Department of Entomology, Texas Agricultural 
Experiment Station. 


208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


‘pollen deep golden on parafrontals, parafacials, and posterior orbits ; 
face with yellow pollen... Tip of fourth (abdominal) joint red, 
sometimes a little red on sides of second, rarely on third’’. Since this 
color pattern is based upon a good series of reared specimens, it should 
prove fairly typical for the species. 

In the material available, one male from the Chiricahua Mts., 
Arizona, agrees well with the original characterization and apparently 
belongs here. However, two other examples provisionally referred to 
the present species show some seemingly important distinctions. 

One male from Tamaulipas, Mexico, has the abdomen much more 
extensively red at the sides, the head pollen is essentially pale gray 
and the parafacials bear a few inconspicuous pale hairs below middle ; 
there are additional minor differences. 

Another male example from the type locality Michoacan, Mexico, 
differs from the typical form in the following characters among 
others: head pollen yellow (not golden) grayish near vertex and on 
upper part of posterior orbits; apex of abdomen black; third antennal 
segment three times longer than second; bristling of thorax and ab- 
domen considerably stronger than in mexicana; four post dorsocen- 
trals; faciaha setose on lower three-fifths; genitalia about as in 
setigera. Evaluation of these items must await the accumulation of 
more material. 

Spathimeigenia dolopis, n. sp. 


In this form the male abdomen is as wide as the thorax and not much 
longer than same, effecting a somewhat more compact build than in 
any of the known allied forms. 

Male.—Head pollen gray with a perceptible yellow tinge below mid front and 
on parafacial; latter about one-third elypeal width, with fine black hairs extending 
sparsely above middle; vertex 0.20 of head width; antenna black, third segment 
squared on apex with a sharp but not produced anterior angle, two and one-half 
times length of second; cheek one-fifth eye length; palpus yellow gently bowed 
and thickened beyond middle. 

Thorax and scutellum black, dusted with gray pollen and marked with four 
rather broad, moderately well defined metanotal vittae; chaetotaxy as in dolosa, 
except four post dorsocentrals, hind lateral on scutellum shorter, the apical pair 
distinctly larger and about three pairs of diseals differentiated behind middle. Legs 
black, mid tibia with two anterolateral bristles, claws and pulvilli equal length of 
last tarsal segment. Wing slightly infuscate on costal half; veins brown, third 
with two or three hairs near base; costal spine small; ealypters white tinged 
with yellow. 

Abdomen wholly black, last three segments with changeable gray pollen which 
in direct view leaves a broad subshiny posterior margin on intermediate segments ; 
chaetotaxy as in dolosa. Female unknown. 

Length, 9.5 mm. 


Holotype: Griffin Creek, Jackson Co., Oregon, July 5, 1951 (C. 
Fitch). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 209 


Spathimeigenia aurifrons Curran 
Curran, 1930, Can. Ent., 62: 246-47. 

This species appears rather closely allied to the genotype, spinigera. 
In a series of thirty-two specimens of both sexes collected at Farming- 
dale, L. I., New York, June 16, 1936, by Blanton and Borders, the 
apex of the abdomen and the legs are regularly black, parafrontals 
sometimes cinereous but more frequently yellowish and rarely golden 
as originally described. In one additional pair reared from Neodiprion 
swainei Middleton the male, from Laniel, P. Q., VII-8-31 (M. B. 
Dunn), has the apex of the abdomen black but the female (LaToque, 
P. Q.) shows a reddish color along the hind margin on venter of the 
fourth tergite. One pair from Riverside, California, ‘‘ex. sawfly (7?) 
eypress’’, May 15, 1926 (H. L. McKenzie) agrees with the common 
pattern in having fourth abdominal segment wholly black but the 
golden front in both sexes averages considerably wider and this form 
may not belong here. 

Spathimeigenia dolosa, n. sp. 

Traces to S. hylotomae in available keys but averages much larger in 
build and the last three abdominal segments have obviously wider 
basal pollen bands. 

Male.—Front at vertex 0.28 of head width, equibroad to middle thence gradually 
widening downward; frontalia deep brown, subequal to parafrontal width; head 
pollen silvery often with a yellowish tinge especially on parafrontal; uppermost 
two frontals stout and reclinate, two or three bristles beneath antennal base; outer 
verticals barely differentiated, orbitals absent; proclinate ocellars well developed; 
parafacial over one-half c¢lypeal width, with sparse fine black hairs on lower half; 
vibrissae on oral margin, with three or four bristles next above on facialia; an- 
tenna black, third segment about one-half parafacial width and barely twice 
longer than second; arista micro pubescent, blackish with a paler median ring, 
very slender beyond narrowly thickened base, proximal segments short; eye bare, 
strongly oblique; proboscis short, palpus longer than haustellum, yellow and beset 
with short black spinose hairs; cheek barely one-third eye length; occiput flat, 
with two rows of black hairs on upper margin and entirely pale pilose below. 

Thorax gray pollinose on black ground color dorsal vittae well defined, scutellum 
concolorous with mesonotum. Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 3, 3; dorsocentral 3, 3; 
intraalar 3; supraalar 3; presutural 2; notopleural 2; humeral 3-5; pteropleural 
1-2 (small) ; sternopleural 2, 1; scutellum with 3 lateral (hindmost pair divergent, 
reaching about to apex of second abdominal segment), 1 decussate hairlike apical 
and 1 good-sized discal pair; prosternum setose at sides; propleuron and postnotal 
slope bare. Legs black; mid tibia with one strong anterolateral bristle; claws and 
pulvilli about equal to length of last tarsal segment. Wing grayish hyaline usually 
with a faint yellowish tinge apparent along the principal veins; first posterior cell 
narrowly open well before wing tip; third vein with 1 to 3 setulae near base; 
hind cross vein oblique, joining fourth a little nearer cubitulus than small cross 
vein; costal spine well developed; epaulet and subepaulet blackish; calypters 
whitish to pale yellow. 

Abdomen narrower and longer than thorax, apical two-fifths or more of last 
three segments shining black above and last two largely tomentose on venter; one 


210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


pair of median marginal bristles on first two segments and a marginal row on last 
two: intermediate segments each with one pair of good-sized diseals and anal with 
two discal rows on apieal half; hypopygium blackish, small and retracted; foreeps 
short, divided beyond middle terminating in blunt-tipped non-divergent prongs; 
accessory process thin or bladelike in rear view and plowshare-shaped in profile or 
narrowed outwardly from base to widest part beyond middle thence well tapered 
to apex and obliquely coneave on outer face; fifth sternite with a deep U-shaped 
apical excision, black lobes largely retracted, bearing pale pubescence intermixed 
with a few delicate pale hairs along inner margin. 

Female.—Front at vertex 0.31 of head width and but slightly wider at antennal 
base; head pollen entirely gray; frontalia narrower than one parafrontal; outer 
verticals and proclinate orbitals present; abdomen with a ventral carina bearing 
about ten stubby spines on margin of third segment; genitalia terminating in a 
short curved sharp-tipped piercer. 

Length, 8-10.5 mm. 

Holotype male and allotype female, College Station, Texas, June 
19 and April 24, 1946 (H. J. Reinhard). Paratypes: 3 males and 3 
females, same data as type except dated from May 3 to July 10, 1945; 
and 1 male, Austin, Texas, April 18, 1949 (F. A. Cowan). 


Spathimeigenia hylotomae (Coquillet) 


Ooquillett, 1898, Can. Ent. 30: 233 (Admontia). 

This is one of the more readily recognizable members of the genus. 
In the sixteen specimens collected locally (April to July) the color 
pattern appears more stable than in some allied forms. Among the 
more distinctive items associated with this species are the following: 
head pollen subsilvery, parafacial broader than usual, with an isolated 
hair-patch on lower part; addomen shining black to apex with silvery 
pollen on basal half or less of last three segments above, each bearing 
a smallish but well differentiated pair of discals. The host relation- 
ships of the species in the southwestern limits of its range are not 
known. 

Spathimeigenia erecta Aldrich 
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 8. 

One male from Michigan, ex. Neodiprion pinetum (Norton), and 
one pair from Canada, ex. N. leconter (Fitch), are provisionally as- 
signed here. In these specimens the color pattern of the abdomen 
closely approaches that of spinigera; however, the legs are entirely 
black and the discals on the intermediate abdominal segments are 
doubled with numerous coarse erect hairs intermixed along the median 
line. In the female, hitherto unknown, the apical scutellars are com- 
pletely lacking, apex of abdomen is distinctly red and the proximal 
antennal segments are red in ground color. 


Spathimeigenia bridwelli Aldrich 


Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 9. 
This species, described from a single male specimen from Baldwin, 
Kansas, presents a number of peculiar characteristics that readily 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 211 


distinguish it from all allied forms except perhaps fivoris. From the 
latter, the present species differs in having much denser subsilvery 
head pollen which completely obscures the ground color; the male 
claws and pulvilli are minute; discals on intermediate abdominal 
segments smallish and reduced to a single pair, not at all differentiated 
on the third segment in the one female example. Besides the latter, 
two males, also from Kansas, are referred here. 


Spathimeigenia fivoris, n. sp. 


Front wide as in bridwelli, but with thin plumbeous pollen on a 
black background which remains very apparent on entire parafacial 
and cheek except the reddish groove of latter. 

Male.—Vertex 0.33 of head width; verticals two pairs, ocellars long; frontals 
in a single row, two or three bristles below antennal base; frontalia velvety black, 
wider than parafrontal; antenna black, second segment slightly over one-half as 
long as third which reaches to lower fourth of face; black, micro pubescent arista 
thickened on basal fourth, proximal segments short; facialia bearing three to five 
bristly hairs on lower fourth, vibrissae on oral margin; parafacialia over three- 
fourths clypeal width, with a rather large patch of fine black hairs on lower 
three-fifths, cheek with a similar vestiture on lower margin, about one-half eye 
length; proboscis short, labella fleshy, palpus rather slender, brown to blackish 
but sometimes paler; occiput flat, plumbeous, beset with short pale hairs, 

Thorax and seutellum subshining black, lightly dusted with gray pollen; dorsal 
vittae poorly defined; chaetotaxy as in dolosa, but the hindmost lateral on scutellum 
shorter and the hairlike apicals usually irregular and sometimes entirely absent. 
Legs subshiny black; mid tibia with two stoutish anterolateral bristles and fore 
tibia with two posterolaterals; claws and pulvilli almost equal to length of last 
tarsal segment. Wing with a uniform light brownish or smoky tinge; third vein 
usually with two setulae near base; first posterior cell open before extreme wing 
tip; costal spine subequal to length of small cross vein; calypters opaque white; 
epaulet and halteres infuscated. 

Abdomen shining black with silvery pollen on basal fourth of last three seg- 
ments; discal pairs on intermediate segments usually doubled and about three 
irregular rows on anal; one pair of median marginals on segments one and two 
and a marginal row on three and four; venter entirely shining. Female unknown. 

Length, 6-7.5 mm. 

Holotype: Berkeley, Calif., April 14, 1954 (P. D. Hurd) in the 
California Academy of Sciences Collection. Paratypes 5 males all 
from California as follows: one, same data as type except dated April 
7, 1954; one ‘‘Palmdale, III-12-1934’’; one, ‘‘Los Angeles Co., 
V-7-39’’; one, Glenville, Kern Co., I[V-24-49 (E. G. Linsley, J. W. 
MacSwain, R. E. Smith); and one, labeled ‘‘Cal. Coql.’’, without 
precise locality. 

Spathimeigenia texensis Aldrich 
Aldrich, 1931, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 80: 9-10. 

The very short claws and pulvilli in the male seem distinctive, at 
least in this sex. Of the five specimens before me three are from 
Mexico, one from Arizona and one male is from Huntsville, Texas, 


212 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


May 10, 1951 (F. A. Cowan). The latter specimen is of particular 
interest since the parafacials are entirely devoid of any hairs or setae 
but the agreement in other pertinent items, including genitalia, seems 
too close for any other generic assignment. However, since the front 
is a little wider and outer verticals are larger, the specimen may not 
be conspecific with terensis. More material is needed to determine the 
limits of variation in the present form. 


Spathimeigenia erronis, n. sp. 


A small species differing from all known allied forms in the total 
absence of abdominal diseals. 

Male.—Head pollen silvery on a dark background; front at vertex 0.28 of head 
width, shghtly wider at antennal base; frontalia equibroad to triangle, narrower 
than parafrontal; outer verticals barely differentiated; antenna black, third seg- 
ment not quite three times longer than second; black arista micro pubescent, taper- 
ing outward on moderately thickened proximal fourth, thence very slender or 
delicate to tip; parafacial inconspicuously setose on lower half, which is hardly 
equal to width of third antennal segment; facialia setose on lower fourth; cheek 
one-sixth eye length; palpus reddish; occiput wholly pale-haired behind occipital 
fringe above. 

Thorax and scutellum black, dusted with thin cinereous pollen, which in a flat 
rear view shows two broad mesonotal vittae uninterrupted at suture; chaetotaxy 
as in dolosa but bristles generally weaker. Legs black, mid tibia with one antero- 
lateral bristle; claws and pulvilli minute. Wing clear or hyaline; veins yellow, 
third with two hairs near base; first posterior cell closed at costa a little before 
wing tip; calypters translucent white. 

Abdomen shining black with silvery pollen on about basal third of last three 
segments, hairs on upper surface of each appressed; one pair of median marginals 
on segments one and two and a marginal row on three and four; hypopygium 
small, retracted in repose. Female unknown. 

Length, 5 mm. 


Holotype: College Station, Texas, June 3, 1920 (H. J. Reinhard). 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


An important part of the Society’s program is to make available 
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many issues 
have dwindled to unprecedented lows. Members who wish to con- 
tribute to this important function are urged to send any of their back 
issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian (address 
on inside front cover.) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 213 


SOME NOTES ON BOHEMAN’S ANTHICIDAE FROM “CALIFORNIA” 
(COLEOPTERA ) 


F. G. WrErRNER,! University of Arizona, Tucson 


Dr. René Malaise, of the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum in Stockholm, 
has very kindly made available all of the specimens of Anthicidae de- 
scribed by Boheman from the voyage of the ‘‘Eugenie.’’ All of the 
species described were based, wholly or in part, on specimens pur- 
ported to have come from California. 

Casey (1895, Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 8: 731) has already indi- 
cated that three of the species are definitely not North American and 
two of the others only doubtfully so. Except in the case of caesiosig- 
natus he made no attempt to locate the actual type locality. A re- 
examination indicates no Nearctic affinities for the species but does 
show that they must be Neotropical. Caesiosignatus and amplicollis 
belong in the genus Ischyropalpus, nitidus and atomarius in Lappus, 
taitiensis in Sapintus and troglodytes in or near Acanthinus. Ischyro- 
palpus is entirely Neotropical, the rest entirely New World, with some 
species, but not Boheman’s, Nearctic. According to the account of 
the voyage, the ‘‘ Eugenie’’ touched at a number of ports on both the 
Atlantic and Pacific sides of South America. The specimens may have 
come from one locality or many. In any event they were not collected 
at the localities stated on the labels, unless the Puna locality is correct 
and refers to Puna Island off Ecuador, as surmised by Casey. 

The following additions to Boheman’s descriptions should aid future 
workers in assigning his names to Neotropical species. 


Ischyropalpus La Ferté, 1848, NEW STATUS 


Anthicus (Ischyropalpus) La Ferté, 1848, Monographie des Anthicus et des genres 
Voss)... . 2 106; 141). 


This is one of the most distinctive genera of Neotropical Anthicidae, 
closely related to Lappus Casey. With this latter genus it shares the 
following characters: Last segment of maxiliary palpi very broad, in 
the form of an isosceles triangle with the apex at the point of attach- 
ment; tibial spurs with several series of very small spinules near the 
base, most readily visible on slide preparations; male genitalia of a 
distinctive form, with separate parameres and a bilaterally symmetri- 
cal sclerotization on the internal sac unlike anything found in other 
Anthicidae (for an example see Werner, Coleop. Bull. 10: 88). No 
other genus thus far examined possesses any of these characters. The 
expanded palpal segment is sufficient for recognition of the group. La 
Ferté associated Anthicus trigonocephalus with the South American 
species he included in Ischyropalpus even though it came from ‘‘ India 
Orientalis.’’ The single specimen lacked palpi and was therefore in- 


1 Based on part of a dissertation presented in partial fulfillment of the require- 
ments for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Harvard University in 1950. 


214 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


eluded on general facies, the tibial sur and genitalia characters not 
being used by La Ferté. I have never seen either Ischyropalpus or 
Lappus from the Old World and believe that trigonocephalus should 
not be included in the former genus. 

Ischyropalpus differs from Lappus mainly in external form and 
size. The head and pronotum are very heavily sculptured, the head 
with the dise evenly rounded to a very sharp margin, which extends 
from eye to eye around the back of the head. The dise of the pronotum 
is wide and flattened, sharply margined at the sides. In Lappus the 
head is only lightly sculptured by comparison, even in Lappus niti- 
dulus (Lee.), our most strongly punctured species, and the head mar- 
gin is not as sharp. The pronotum is fairly normal, not as flattened 
and without distinct margins on the sides. All Ischyropalpus species 
examined have been much larger than Lappus. Until a gradation 
between the two genera is discovered, the two are most conveniently 
kept separate. 


Ischyropalpus caesiosignatus (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION 


Anthicus caesiosignatus Boheman, 1858, Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies 

resa omkring Jorden... ; Entomologiska Bidrag—Coleoptera: 104. 

I have found Boheman’s measurements of Anthicidae misleading. 
Because of the deflection of the head in the family, very different 
measurements can be arrived at, depending on how the specimen has 
been mounted. The measurements added here are from the first speci- 
men in Boheman’s series in all cases. Head: length to clypeus 0.63 
mm., width 0.68; prothorax: 0.74 mm. long, 0.23 wide at collar, 0.44 
at base, 0.67 at widest, 0.44 mm. from base; elytra 1.86 mm. long, 0.82 
wide at humeri, 0.92 at widest. Total length, based on the above 
lengths: 3.25 mm. 

The sculpture of head and pronotum is not exactly as Boheman de- 
scribed it. The head is densely covered with shallow-crateriform punc- 
tures, almost contiguous but not coalescing, becoming sparser and 
obsolete toward the back. The pronotum has numerous longitudinal 
rugae, with little indication of punctures in their troughs. They aver- 
age 0.02 to 0.03 mm. from crest to crest and are not perfectly straight. 
There are a few cinereous setae along the sides behind the widest por- 
tion and on the basal fifth. The markings of the elytra are in the - 
pubescence only. Cinereous markings are as follows: narrowly at base, 
narrowing at the humeri; a W-shaped marking with the lateral mar- 
gins slightly expanded, in the transverse impression; and a narrow, 
almost transverse band 7% from the apex, narrowing and angling for. 
ward slightly at the suture. 

There are five specimens in the series, four labeled ‘‘California’’ and 
one ‘*‘Puna.’’ 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 2S 


Ischyropalpus amplicollis (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION 
Anthicus amplicollis Boheman, op. cit.: 106. 

Head: 0.61 mm. long, 0.67 wide; prothorax: 0.79 mm. long. 0.25 wide at 
collar, 0.46 at base and 0.80 at widest, 0.47 mm. from base; elytra: 2.07 mm. long, 
0.83 mm. wide at humeri, wider behind but not measurable because of the position 
of the elytra in the specimen. Total length: 3.47 mm. 

This is a light brown species in which the paler markings are indi- 
cated both in the ground color and in the pubescence. Paler markings 
occur as follows on the elytra: narrowly at base; in the transverse 
impression, interrupted at the suture; and in a small, oblique fascia 
on each elytron one-fourth from the apex. The sculpture of the head 
consists of dense, shallow but distinct punctures that do not anastomose. 
On the pronotum the punctures are equally dense but tend to anasto- 
mose longitudinally, forming very indistinct longitudinal rugae. 

This species is represented by a single male labeled ‘‘ California. ’’ 


Lappus Casey, 1895 
This genus has already been discussed above. Two of Boheman’s 
species are assignable to it. These are unlike any known from Cali- 
fornia and are undoubtedly synonymous with each other. 
Lappus nitidus (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION 


Anthicus nitidus Boheman, op. cit.: 105. 
Anthicus atomarius Boheman, op. cit.: 106. NEW SYNONYMY. 
Anthicus nitidus var. atomarius, Pie, 1911, Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars 36: 64. 


This is a small, tannish species, with the antennae luteous. It is 
sparsely and finely punctured and has sparse, appressed pubescence. 
The transverse impression on the elytra is almost obsolete and all the 
pubescence in it is directed backward. 

Nitidus and atomarius are represented by two specimens each, all 
labeled ‘‘California.’’ Except for a very small difference in size, the 
two appear identical. Measurements of the first specimen of nitidus 
are: head: 0.49 mm. long, 0.59 wide; prothorax 0.59 mm. long, 0.22 
mim. wide at collar, 0.36 at base, 0.35 at the postmedian constriction 
and 0.49 at widest, 0.36 mm. from base; elytra 1.68 mm. long, 0.69 at 
humeri, 0.97 at widest. Total length: 2.76 mm. 

Sapintus Casey, 1895 

At present the species properly assignable to this genus are uni- 
colorous, tan to brown Anthicidae which have a small prothorax and 
the pubescence on the elytra triple, consisting of scattered erect or 
suberect tactile setae, a moderately dense covering of backward- 
directed, subdecumbent setae and a denser undercoat of decumbent 
setae directed obliquely laterally. Some Old World forms have similar 
pubescence but are not unicolorous and apparently are not related. 


Sapintus taitiensis (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION 


Anthicus taitiensis Boheman, op. cit.: 105. 
Anthicus taitensis, Pic, op. cit.: 76 (lapsus calami). 


216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


In general appearance this species is very similar to Sapintus ful- 
vipes (Laf.) from eastern North America. The male lacks any special 
development of the trochanters, as does that species. A male would 
have to be dissected before exact placement would be possible. There 
are similar species in the Neotropical region. The backward-directed 
setae on the elytra are ca. 0.10 mm. long and the undercoat setae ca. 
0.05 mm. Measurements: head: 0.47 mm. long, 0.55 wide; prothorax 
0.52 mm. lone, 0.23 wide at collar, 0.43 at base and 0.51 at widest, 0.38 
mm. from base; elytra 1.84 mm. lone, 0.77 wide across humeri, 0.90 at 
widest. Total leneth: 2.83 mm. 

Boheman mentions only Taiti but his series includes three specimens 
labelled **Taiti’’? and one ‘‘California.’’ There is little chance that 
either locality is correct. 


Acanthinus La Ferté, 1848 


Anthicus (Acanthinus) La Ferté, 1848, op. cit.: 106, 136. 
Acanthinus, Casey, 1895, op. cit.: 732. 

The genus Acanthinus can be defined as including all Anthicidae 
which have the following combination of characters: mesosternum 
ereatly expanded lateraliy, the free margins bearing some long setae ; 
hypopygium of male deeply cleft; head and pronotum deeply seulp- 
tured, at least semi-opaque; and prothorax not narrow and deeply 
constricted. So defined, the genus includes troglodytes (Boheman). If 
the presence of sharp or blunt spines on the prothorax is added to the 
definition, the genus would contain only the species usually assigned 
to it and troglodytes would be in an undescribed genus. Until a 
thorough review of the Neotropical Anthicidae can be undertaken, it 
would be preferable to leave the species in Acanthinus. 


Acanthinus troglodytes (Boheman), NEW COMBINATION 


Anthicus troglodytes Boheman, op. cit.: 105. 


To Boheman’s description of the color pattern of the elytra should 
be added a note that the pale pattern is marked in the ground color. 
The elytral pubescence is moderately dense but very short, fine and 
appressed and does not affect the general color of the insect. Part of 
it is directed obliquely laterally, particularly in the pale areas. The 
head and pronotum are densely but quite finely and deeply punctured, 
the pronotum showing tendencies toward longitudinal rugulation be- 
cause of partial confluence of punctures. The measurements of the 
first specimen in the series are: head: 0.48 mm. long, 0.56 wide across 
eyes, narrower behind; prothorax 0.59 mm. long, 0.21 wide at collar, 
0.55 at base, 0.26 at postmedian constriction and 0.438 at widest, 0.38 
mm. from base; elytra 1.54 mm. long, 0.61 wide at humeri and 0.81 at 
widest. Total length: 2.60 mm. 

There are six specimens in the series labeled ‘‘California’’ and one 
‘Taiti.’’ There is no indication of a cave association on the labels, as 
might be expected from the trivial name. Such an association is very 
unlikely. 


? 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 21 


THE SUBSPECIES OF TYPOCERUS LUNATUS, A CERAMBYCID BEETLE 
(COLEOPTERA, CERAMBYCIDAE ) 


RicHarD L. HorrMan, Biology Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 
Blacksburg 

Several years ago, while arranging the insect collection of the Vir- 
einia Agricultural Experiment Station, I noticed that specimens of 
Typocerus lunatus (F.) from localities in western Virginia differed 
somewhat in color pattern from beetles of the same species collected 
in the Virginia Coastal Plain. Since then, as the occasion permitted, 
I have examined the material of lunatus in various museum collec- 
tions and have determined that the species consists of two distinct 
color pattern types, each occupying a geographic range exclusive of 
the other and thereby qualifying for recognition as valid subspecies. 
Although the recognition of such forms has not been widely practiced 
in the case of American beetles, it seems likely that many of the 
entities currently considered full species will ultimately be shown to 
be but geographic races of widespread and variable forms. This may 
be especially true in respect to species with distinet and complex color 
patterns. 

Through the generous cooperation of Drs. Ross H. Arnett, W. L. 
Brown, Jr., Mont A. Cazier, Henry Dietrich, J. M. Grayson, and 
M. W. Sanderson, I have seen all of the specimens of 7. lunatus in 
the collections of the United States National Museum, (135), the 
American Museum of Natural History (59), Cornell University (45), 
the [linois Natural History Survey (16), the Museum of Compara- 
tive Zoology (11), and the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station 
(20)—a total of 286 beetles. In addition, Dr. D. L. Wray kindly sup- 
plied sketches of specimens in the collection of the North Carolina 
Department of Agriculture. 

Although the number of specimens thus recorded is fairly large, the 
distribution of material is unfortunately quite uneven. Much of it 
comes from the vicinity of Washington, D. C., with a few long series 
from other localities, and but very little from the Middle Western 
States. Still, there is enough distributional data to provide a general 
picture of the ranges of the two races, and imperfections in our knowl- 
edge about exact limits will eventually be ironed out by additional 
collecting. 

In the material which I have seen, typical examples of both sub- 
species, as well as various degrees of intermediates, are represented 
from several localities such as Washington, D. C., and Raleigh, North 
Carolina. Whenever the series have been adequate for the purpose, 
assignation of such mixed populations was made on the basis of domi- 
nance. For example, in a series from Nelson County, Virginia, 3 indi- 
viduals out of 21 are referable to lunatus, the other 18 to fractus, and 
the latter name is thus considered applicable to that local population. 
Allocation of single specimens from marginal localities has been made 
tentatively, influenced by a consideration of the geographic proba- 
bility involved. At a subspecific level, occasional occurrences of one 


218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


color type within the range of the other (as observed several times in 
this study) do not, of course, seriously militate against the usefulness 
of the subspecific category. 

The genus Typocerus has been adequately treated in the admirable 
monograph of the Lepturini by Swain and Hopping (1928). For this 
reason a detailed description of the species need not be introduced. 


Typocerus lunatus lunatus (Fabricius) 
Figure 1] 


Leptura lunata Fabricius, 1801, Syst. Eleuth., vol. 2, p. 360. 


9 


Typocerus lunatus Aurivillius, 1912, Coleopt. Cat., pars 39, p. 246.—Swain and 
Hopping, 1928, Nat. Mus. Canada. Bull. 52, p. 33. 

Typocerus lunulatus Leng, 1920, Catalog. Coleopt., p. 274.—Brimley, 1938, Insects 
of North Carolina, p. 213 (in part). 
Diagnosis.—Basal spots of elytra lunate or bent at a right angle, tending to 

be more orange or orange-red; body averaging slightly larger than in 7. l. fractus. 


Discussion.—The original description of this beetle leaves no doubt 
of its identity. The type specimen was received from the French con- 
sul Bose, most of whose collections were made in the vicinity of 
Charleston, South Carolina, which may reasonably be considered the 
type locality. No specimens have been seen from that region, but 
Charleston lies well within the range of the typical subspecies as here 
defined. 

It is a matter of interest that the dichotomy of pattern in this spe- 
cies escaped the critical eye of T. L. Casey, a situation perhaps ex- 
plainable by the fact that only within the past fifty years have many 
inland specimens made their way into collections. The only literature 
to color variation in /unatus which I have found is that of Swain and 
Hopping (op. cit., p. 33), who observed that the elytral pattern con- 
sists of four basal spots which are often merged into lunate markings ; 
their illustration is of a typical 7. l. lunatus. 

Distribution—The Coastal Plain of southeastern United States, 
from southeastern Pennsylvania to northern Florida, thence west as 
far as the Colorado River in Texas. Intergradation with T. 1. fractus 
takes place along the Fall Line in the Middle Atlantic States. Infor- 
mation is now desirable on the following points: does lunatus extend 
farther southward into peninsular Florida, and does it occur on the 
Del-Mar-Va peninsula or southern New Jersey as might be anticipated 
on the basis of the Pennsylvania record 

Specimens have been examined from the following localities : 

PENNSYLVANIA: Dauphin Co., Hummelstown (4). MARYLAND: Mont- 
gomery Co., Glen Echo (2). Prince Georges Co., Bladensburg, (1), Beltsville (1). 
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Washington (2). VIRGINIA: Arlington Co.: 


Fig. 1: sketch of color pattern, dorsal aspect, of Typocerus lunatus lunatus 
(Fabr.). Fig. 2: same, Typocerus lunatus fractus, n. subsp. Fig. 3: map showing 
localities from which specimens of 7. lunatus have been examined. Triangles in 
the shaded distribution represent 7. 1. lunatus; spots, T. 1. fractus; crosses 
intermediate samples. 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 219 


220) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


Glencarlyn (4). Fairfax Co.: Falls Church (4), Barcroft (1), Mount Vernon (3). 
Spotsylvania Co., Fredericksburg (2). New Kent Co.: no precise locality (7). 
Nansemond Co., Holland (6). NORTH CAROLINA: Wake County, Raleigh (4). 
Northampton Co., Pendleton (1). Brunswick Co., Leland (1). GEORGIA: Clarke 
Co., no precise locality (1). Charlton Co., Okefenokee Swamp (1). Tift Co., 
Tifton (2). FLORIDA: Duval Co., St. Nicholas (1), Jacksonville (1). Putnam 
Co., Welaka (2). County undetermined: Fort Capron (1). ALABAMA: Mobile 
Co.: Mobile (7). Washington Co., Leroy (1). MISSISSIPPI: Jackson Co., 
Ocean Springs (1). George Co., Lucedale (14). Harrison Co., Biloxi (1). 
Forrest Co., Hattiesburg (3). Perry Co., Richton (1). LOUISIANA: St. 
Tammany Par., Covington (2). Natchitoches Par., Vowell’s Mill (8). AR- 
KANSAS: Garland Co., Hot Springs (3). TEXAS: Angelina Co., Lufkin (20). 
Bastrop Co., Bastrop (2). Brazos Co., College Station (2). Lee Co., without 
locality (3), Lexington (1). Dallas Co., Dallas (1). 


Typocerus lunatus fractus, new subspecies 
Figure 2 


Typocerus lunulata Brimley, 1938, Insects of North Carolina, p. 213 (in part, 
western records only). 
Typocerus lunatus Fattig, 1947, Emory Univ. Mus., Bull. 5, p. 19 (in part, north- 
ern records only). 
Diagnosis.—Basal spots of elytra strongly constricted at the angle, usually 
separated into four small subtriangular or pyriform spots, these usually bright 
yellow in contrast to the more orange markings of the nominate subspecies. 


Type specimens.—lolotype, U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 64108, from Blacks- 
burg, Montgomery Co., Virginia, collected on July 8, 1948, by G. M. 
Bousch. Paratypes from Black Mountain, Cumberland Co., Tennes- 
see (C.U. 1); Lake Toxoway, Transylvania Co., North Carolina 
(A.M.N.M. 1); and Blacksburg, Virginia (V.A.E.S. 3). 

Distribution.—The Southern Appalachians and the middle and 
upper Mississippi Valley, west as far as the eastern edge of the Great 
Plains, north to Wisconsin. Intergradation with 7. 1. lunatus occurs 
in eastern Virginia and central North Carolina, and doubtless else- 
where on the inner edge of the Coastal Plain. 

Material has been seen from the following localities : 

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Washington (10). MARYLAND: Anne Arundel 
Co., Odenton (4). VIRGINIA: Arlington Co., Glenearlyn (2). Fairfax Co., 
Falls Church (5), Great Falls (1), no exact locality (1). Nelson Co., no exact 
locality (21). Botetourt Co., Bonsack (2). Montgomery Co., Blacksburg (5). 
NORTH CAROLINA: Polk Co., Tryon (3). Buncombe Co., Asheville (2), 
Swannanoa Valley (2). Transylvania Co., Lake Toxoway (1). SOUTH 
CAROLINA: Oconee Co., Clemson (1). GEORGIA: Rabun Co., Clayton (1). 
Fulton Co., Atlanta (3). ALABAMA: no exact locality (6). MISSISSIPPI: 
Oktibbeha Co., Agricultural College (2). ARKANSAS: Marion Co., no exact 
locality (1). MISSOURI: St. Louis Co., St. Louis (11). No exact locality (1). 
TENNESSEE: Cumberland Co., Black Mountain (1). ILLINOIS: ‘‘S. Tl.’? 
(1). Woodford Co., Kappa (1). WISCONSIN: Monroe Co., Sparta (1). 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 221 


The most curious facet of the distribution of this subspecies is its 
excessive scarcity in midland United States. It was not reported for 
Indiana by Blatchley, and Dr. Sanderson advises me that the Illinois 
Natural History Survey has but a single specimen from Illinois, taken 
many years ago. Knull treats lunatus in his survey of the Ceramby- 
cidae of Ohio, but cites no localities and I presume the species was 
included as a ‘‘probable’’ for the state. There appear to be no pub- 
lished records for West Virginia and Kentucky, and no specimens 
have been seen from either state. Yet fair sized series have been taken 
in Virgina and Missouri, and it may be that additional collections 
will prove the occurrence of the form in as yet unrepresented inter- 
vening areas. 


THE APPLICATION OF THE NAME PLECTISCUS 
(HYMENOPTERA, [CHNEUMONIDAE) 


The generic name Plectiscus was proposed by Gravenhorst in 1829 (I¢chneumonol- 
ogia europaea 2: 978) for some small, slender ichneumonids. The genotype of 
Plectiscus was first designated by Westwood in 1840 (Introduction to the modern 
classification of insects 2: Synopsis of the genera... p. 58) as Plectiscus impurator 
Gravenhorst. There has nearly always been uncertainty about the zoological 
identity of this genotype, and hence about the proper application of the generie 
name Plectiscus. The subfamily name Plectiscinae, based on Plectiscus, is involved 
with the generic name. 

In April, 1958, I was able to study Gravenhorst’s personal collection at 
Wroclaw, Poland. Gravenhorst had one male and two females under the name 
Plectiscus impurator, none with locality labels. All fit the original description 
and appear to be the same species. I hereby designate the male as lectotype. In 
the same month I saw the Manger Collection in Berlin. Manger collected at 
Warmbrunn, one of the localities mentioned by Gravenhorst for P. impurator. 
His collection was determined largely by Gravenhorst, and in many cases contains 
syntypes of Gravenhorst species. In the Manger Collection four specimens are 
under the label P. impurator, none with locality labels. All of these appear to be 
near or the same as the species represented by the lectotype in Wroclaw, though 
two of the specimens are in such poor condition as to make determination dif- 
ficult. 

The species represented by the lectotype belongs in the genus Leipaulus, sub- 
family Orthocentrinae. I hereby synonymize Leipaulus Townes, 1945, under 
Plectiscus Gravenhorst, 1829, synonymize the subfamily name Plectiscinae under 
Orthocentrinae, and propose the subfamily name Microleptinae for Plectiscinae of 
authors. The name Brephoctonus Forster, 1868, has the same genotype as 
Plectiscus (designated by Forster, 1871), so is also a synonym of Plectiscus. The 
Nearetic Deleter suffuscus Davis, 1897, is hereby transferred from Leipaulus to 
Plectiscus. 

The name Microleptinae is based on the generic name Microleptes Gravenhorst 
1829, which is the oldest generic name in the subfamily. 

—HeEnrRY TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan. 


bo 
bo 
bo 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


NOW AV AILABLE 


Memoir 5 
of the 
Entomological Society of Washington 


A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF 
SOUTH AMERICA 


WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 
by Phyllis Truth Johnson 


The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen- 
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using 
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These 
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England 
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the 
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England 
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s 
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of 
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its 
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa- 
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects. 


Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted 
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic 
validity and possible phylogenetie significance. All the families, tribes and genera 
known to occur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and 
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De- 
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to 
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of 
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con- 
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas 
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts, 
each with the fleas known to oceur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information; 
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close 
the volume. 


Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be 
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr. 
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research 


Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 999 


NEW SYNONYMY IN THE GENUS APHAERETA WITH A 
REDESCRIPTION OF APHAERETA PALLIPES (SAY) 1 
(HYMENOPTERA, BRACONIDAE ) 


C. W. McComps, University of Maryland, College Park 


Over 700 specimens of Aphaereta (Braconidae, Alysiinae) were ex- 
amined in a recent study of the North American members of this 
genus. In addition to the study of pinned specimens, slides of male 
terminalia, tarsal segments, and antennae were made from examples 
of several series studied, but comparison failed to yield any reliable 
morphological characters by which separation could be attempted. 

Muesebeck and Walkley (1951, U. S. Dept. Agr. Monogr. No. 2, p. 
148) included six species in this genus. Aphaereta sarcophagae Gahan 
and A. pegomyiae Brues, the types of which I have seen, have been 
examined and are here suppressed as synonyms. A study of notes on 
the types of A. subtricarnita Viereck and A. delosa Viereck, made by 
Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck at the University of Kansas, indicates that 
these two forms should also be included in this synonymy ; and although 
the types of A. auripes (Provancher) and A. pallipes (Say) were not 
examined, the descriptions of these forms in the hterature indicate 
that they likewise represent the same species. (The type of A. pallipes 
is presumed to be destroyed. ) 


Aphaereta pallipes (Say) 


28 Alysia pallipes Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila. 1:77. 

59 Alysia pallipes Say. Le Conte, Complete Writings of Thomas Say 1:380. 

1881 Trichesia auripes Provancher, Le Naturaliste Canadien 12:208. Fig. 30. 
N. Syn. 

1883 Trichesia auripes Provancher. Provancher, Petite Faune Entomologique du 
Canada, 536. 

1886 Trinaria pilicornis Provancher, Addit. Corr. Faune Ent. Canada Hym., 149. 

1887 Aphaereta auripes (Provancher). Cresson, Synop. of the Hym. of N.A., 
Part 2:231. 

1887 Aphaereta pallipes (Say). Cresson, Synop. of the Hym. of N.A., Part 2:231. 

1888 Aphaereta auripes (Provancher). Provancher, Addit. Corr. au Vol. II de la 
Faune Ent. du Canada, 392. 

1889 Aphaereta muscae Ashmead, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 11:647. 

1889 Aphaereta californica Ashmead, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proe. 11:647. 

1889 Aphaereta oscinidis Ashmead, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proce. 11:647. 

1898 Aphaereta auripes (Provancher). Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. Vi, 45 uPH42 

1898 Aphaerete pallidipes (Say). Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. V. 4, P. 42. 

1905 Aphaereta delosa Viereck, Kans. Acad. Sei. Trans. 19:283. N. Syn. 

1905 Aphaereta subtricarinata Viereck, Kans. Acad. Sci. Trans. 19:283. N. Syn. 

1907 Aphaereta pegomyiae Brues, Extr. MS. Rpt. Minn. State Ent., P. 4. N. Syn. 

1914 Aphaereta sarcophagae Gahan, U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 48:158. N. Syn. 


1 Mise. Pub. No. 312, Contribution No. 2882 of the Maryland Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, Department of Entomology. 


224 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


Aphaereta pallipes (Say) may be characterized as follows: 


FEMALE. 
as broad as high, strongly convex, smooth and polished; eyes round and with a few 


Length 1.2 to 2.6 mm; mandibles tridentate; face more than twice 


distinet hairs near the middle; temples convex, narrower than the eyes; antennae 
with 19-25 segments, scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum dark, filiform, the first 
segment shorter than the second, the rest subequal; head smooth, polished, with a 
line running caudad from the median ocellus to the neck; ocellocular line more 
three times diameter of an ocellus. 

Thorax black in fresh material; the prosternum yellow; a well impressed 
mesopleural furrow present containing a varying number of fovea; mesoscutum 
polished with two short ridges arising at a 90 degree angle from the anterolateral 
edge of the mesoscutum vanishing on approaching the dorsal surface; prescutellar 
suture twice as long as wide (actually a pit), deeply impressed and with 1-3 
longitudinal ridges; propodeum largely smooth but with some irregular rugae and 
usually with a median longitudinal keel on the short dorsal face and often two 
more less parallel median longitudinal carinae on posterior face; costulae some- 
times well developed, but sometimes indistinct. 

Wings covered with a fine pubesence; Ist cubital and 1st discoidal cells con- 
fluent; the 2nd cubital cell twice as long as wide; the cubital and median veins 
not reaching the outer edge of the wing; stigma at its widest point about as wide 
as the length of the first section of the radius which joins it at the center of the 
anterior edge of the wing; metacarpus extending to the distal end of the wing 
where it is joimed by the radius; nervulus a little postfureal; subdiscoidens inter- 
stitial; hind wing very narrow, the cilla on posterior margin about as long as 
width of wing; mediella very weak; radiella and nervellus wanting. 

Legs very slender, yellow but with the apical tarsal segment generally darker 
than the other tarsal segments; calearia of posterior tibiae very short, indistinct. 

Abdomen smooth, polished; the first segment yellow on dorsal surface with two 
longitudinal posteriorly convergent median carinae present often fading out near 
middle of tergite; varying amounts of carinulation on postpetiole; ovipositor 
yellow, sheaths brown, longer than the tibia of the metathoracie leg. 

MALE,—Like the female except that number of segments in the antennae of 
material examined ranges from 20 to 26. 


Specimens of Aphaereta pallipes (Say) are parasitic on various 
muscoid Diptera. 

The author wishes to express his appreciation to the Division of 
Insects, U. S. National Museum; the University of Minnesota; the 
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard; the Division of Ento- 
mology, Science Service, Canadian Department of Agriculture; Mr. 
R. R. Dreisbach of Midland, Michigan; and Dr. W. W. Judd of the 
University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario Canada, for the loan 
of material used in this work. The author is especially grateful to 
Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck for his advice and guidance throughout this 
study. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 225 


A NEW ZEUGMATOTHRIPS FROM BRAZIL 
(THYSANOPTERA, PHLAEOTHRIPIDAR ) 


J. DoueLtas Hoop, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 


The genus Zeugmatothrips Priesner is one of the more distinctive 
genera in the Neotropical fauna, and its known species, now fifteen in 
number, form a compact group much alike in aspect, habits, and be- 
havior. They range from Mexico to Trinidad, Peru, and Brazil. All 
of them feed upon fungus spores and the accompanying gelatinous 
matter—such is true, at any rate, of the thirteen species which the 
author has described. Though in general appearance they suggest a 
diminutive Actinothrips, they are doubtless more closely related to 
the African Zeugmatothripoides Bagnall, represented by one species 
of unknown habits taken in Sierra Leone and distinguished principally 
by chaetotactic differences. 


Zeugmatothrips pallidulus, sp. nov. 
Figures 1 and 2 


Female, forma macroptera.—Length about 2.6 mm. Color to naked eye or under 
low magnifications, by reflected light, dark brown in fore part of and along sides 
of head, blackish brown to nearly black in abdominal segments ITI-X (most of 
these segments a trifle paler posteriorly, IX paler throughout), the remainder of 
head, all of thorax, and segments I and II of abdomen pale brown, the contrast 
between IT and IIT marked, II with a pair of well-separated rounded dark spots 
at middle, ITI-VII with a more or less darkened area occupying about median one- 
third of anterior portion, these spots margined in front and at sides by a heavy 
black line; legs pale dull yellow excepting the light brown fore and middle coxae, 
the black tarsal cups, and the nearly colorless ends of femora and tibiae; internal 
pigmentation red!; antennae with segments I and IT blackish brown, about con- 
colorous with head, but with I pale basally and II yellow apically; III-V dull 
yellow, IV and V lightly touched with gray in swollen apical portion, VI dull 
yellow in pedicel, shaded with gray-brown in apical three-fifths; VII and VIII 
gray-brown, each more or less yellowish basally; wings of both pairs pale brownish 
yellow, palest in a narrow streak just in front of the usual vein, which is brownish 
yellow and darkest near middle of wing. 

Head (Fig. 1) with total length about 1.6 times its greatest width, which is 
across eyes, the cheeks broadest just behind a slight postocular notch, nearly as 
wide at basal third, narrowed just in front of distal third and again in front of 
basal collar; head produced between eyes and antennae, the sides of this production 
deeply and roundly emarginate, its greatest width (anteriorly, near bases of an- 
tennae) about 1034, its length in front of eyes about 524; dorsal surface of head 
conspicuously and sharply polygonally reticulate, excepting in the head-process 
and in the area of the four major setae, the reticles not wrinkled; postocular setae 
brown, moderately long (about 954), stout, knobbed, and arising from conspicuous 
elevations, their bases on a line with posterior margins of eyes, the interval between 


1 Living or very freshly-mounted specimens, to judge from other species which 
T have myself collected, may possibly have in addition chalky-white internal areas 
in the legs or beneath intersegmental membranes in the body. 


226 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


these setae about 634; dorso-cephalie setae similar to postoculars in form and 
color but much shorter (5lu), about 34u apart, and arising about 134 behind them; 
genal setae very pale, slender, and pointed. Eyes distinctly protruding, with an 
enlarged facet or two on sides behind middle, these producing a slight subangula- 
tion when the eyes are observed from above; dorsal length of eyes (894) nearly 
0.3 that of head, their width about 54u, their interval about 83u. Antennae (Fig. 
2) Jess than 2.2 times as long as head, formed as usual in the genus, the interme- 
diate segments with long slender pedicels; segment I with the usual long dark 
brown knobbed seta arising from a distinet tubercle; If with the inner seta near 
middle of dorsum rather large, pale brown, and knobbed at tip, but much shorter 
and much more slender than the large one on dorsum of IT; IIT and IV each with 
two strong dorsal knobbed setae (instead of the single one found in some species), 
these brown in color with bases nearly black; V with the usual similar single dark 
dorsal seta; sense-cones long, slender, pale, and pointed, III-V each with one on 
inner and one on outer surface, V with an additional smaller one on dorsum at 
apex, VI with one on inner surface and a shorter one on dorsum, VI with the 
usual large one on outer dorsal surface. Mouth-cone semicircularly rounded at tip, 
extending about 104# beyond posterior dorsal margin of head. 

Prothorax (Fig. 1) with median length of pronotum about 0.56 that of head 
and contained in the trans-coxal width about 1.9 times; pronotum with anterior 
margin nearly straight, its surface lightly reticulate in about anterior half, lightly 
cross-striate posteriorly with widely-spaced anastomosing lines; epimeron and 
episternum fused with each other and with notum; antero-marginal setae 754, 
antero-angulars 128, midlaterals 64, epimerals 116, postero-marginals 65, coxals 
53. Legs normal to the genus (fore leg shown in Fig. 1), the usual knobbed setae 
disposed as usual; fore tarsi not toothed. Wings of both pairs typical, long, nar- 
row, and of nearly equal width throughout; fore wings with the three subbasal 
setae knobbed, measuring 21, 35, and 454, respectively. Mesothorax much nar- 
rower than metathorax, the latter about 4194 wide and much swollen at sides and 
with the usual knobbed pleural seta; metanotum reticulate like head and with a 
pair of strong knobbed setae, these about 394 long and 92m apart. 

Abdomen normal, broadest at segment IT; median tergite of I hat-shaped, 
about 77“ long medially and 230 wide, not connected with the lateral tergites; 
terga III-VIII without a pair of pores on antecostal line; abdomen heavily reticu- 
late over most of surface, both dorsally and ventrally; most major setae very 
similar to those on prothorax, knobbed like them, and brownish yellow in color, 
terga I and II each with one pair, III with two, IV-IX each with three. Tube 
(segment X, only) less than twice as long as head and nearly 6 times as long as 
greatest basal width (which is across the basal collar), this dimension fully 2.8 
times the width of the narrowed tip; surface with numerous gray clothing hairs, 
all pointed, the longest considerably exceeding the greatest width of tube; extreme 
base of tube reticulate, remainder longitudinally ridged. 

Measurements of female (holotype), in mm.: Length about 2.5 (partially dis- 
tended, 2.64); head, total length 0.308, width across eyes 0.192, across postocular 
notch 0.174, across cheeks. just behind eyes 0.176, least width near anterior third of 
cheeks 0.167, at basal third of cheeks 0.171, in front of basal collar 0.160, aeross 
basal collar 0.162; pronotum, median length 0.173; width of prothorax (inclusive 
of coxae) 0.326; mesothorax, width across anterior angles 0.335; metathorax, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 227 


greatest width 0.419; fore wings, length 1.10; abdomen, greatest width (at seg: 
ment II) 0.420; tube (X, only), length 0.602, width across basal collar 0.106 


? 


subbasal width 0.101, least apical width 0.037, terminal setae 0.130; seta I on IX 
0.102, IL 0.118. 
Antennal segments: I it. JOO JAY V WAL WARE = WAngE 
Length (/): 605 6I) 86) Fino 120 90 66 79 
Width (4): “Age ah © Gb ayy Bieiesyler ies ph ala 
Total length of antenna, 0.672 mm. 


\ 
/\, fade Oh 
y, OOS SUE 


OA ae @ Hy ~~ Ae 
bat SS i(\\ ao 


ee meeos 


oP ad 
RS y> CSR <I 
ze 


PES OF 


Zeugmatothrips pallidulus, sp. nov. Fig. 1: head, prothorax, and left fore leg; 
2, holotype (macropterous) ; all sculpture shown; 92.5. Fig. 2; Same specimen, 
left antenna; all sculpture shown; * 92.5. Fig. 3: Z. cinetus Hood; outline of 
antennal segments III-VIII; 2, paratype (macropterous) ; & 92.5. 


228 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


Female, forma brachyptera.—Color and structure as in macropterous form, 
except for the short wings (about 0.259 mm.). 

Male (brachypterous).—Length about 2.5 mm.; more slender and paler and 
somewhat more yellowish than female, but sculpture and structure not noticeably 


different; fore tarsi unarmed; sterna without glandular areas. 


BRAZIL: Linha Facaéo, Santa Catarina, May, 1957, Fritz Plau- 
mann, 1 macropterous 2 (holotype), 12 brachypterous ? ? (inelud- 
ing morphotype), and 1 male (allotype), from fallen leaves. The 
types are in the author’s collection. 

Superficially, this species resembles Z. cinctus very closely because 
of the pale base of the abdomen. Its true relationship, however, is 
probably more with Z. gracilis. From the former it may be readily 
known by the pale legs and the more slender antennae (compare Figs. 
2 and 5); while from the latter it may be distinguished by the differ- 
ently colored thorax and abdomen, the somewhat shorter antennae, 
the less rounded eyes, and the long, knobbed metanotal setae. 


Zeugmatothrips cinctus Hood 
Figure 3 
Hood, 1952, Proe. Biol. Soe. Washington, 65:171. 
This reference is introduced to keep the outlne drawing of the 
antenna from being overlooked. 


NEW RECORDS FOR THE RICE DELPHACID, SOGATA ORIZICOLA MUIR, 
IN THE UNITED STATES 


(HoMopTERA, DELPHACIDAE ) 


Muir (1926, Bull. Hawaiian Sugar Planters Assoe., Div. Ent., 18:1-51) described 
Sogata orizicola from a series of ten males and two females which were taken in 
association with rice at Blairmont, British Guiana. Additional Neotropical records 
for this species include Argentina, Colombia, Cuba, Costa Rica, and Venezuela. 
S. orizicola is now known from two localities in the United,States, having been 
collected by the author at Belle Glade, Florida, on September 14, 1957 and at 
Bay Saint Louis. Mississippi, on September 3, 1958. In both cases the collections 
were made on field rice. 

While the value of isolated new records is questionable, S. orizicola is of more 
than passing interest. Recent experiments by plant pathologists in Cuba and 
Venezuela have demonstrated that this species is the vector of ‘‘hoja blanea,’’ a 
virus disease of rice. While the disease has not been found in our major rice 
growing areas, its eventual occurrence there is not unlikely. The collection at 
Belle Glade, Florida, was made on infected plants, while the specimens taken in 
Mississippi were associated with apparently healthly rice-——JAMES P. KRAMER, 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA, Washington, D. C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 229 


TWO NEW GLYPTOTERMES FROM THE PHILIPPINES 
(IsoprrRA, KALOTERMITIDAE ) 


THOMAS E. SnypeER, Research Associate, Smithsonian Institution, 
Washington, D.C. 


Fifty living species of Glyptotermes are known; they occur in all of 
the zoogeographical regions of the world except the Nearctic and 
Palaearctic. Two Ethiopian termites of these fifty are doubtfully placed 
in Glyptotermes. One fossil species has been described from Baltic 
amber. The sixteen known in Indo-Malayan species are from India, 
Ceylon, Malacca, Sumatra, Java, Sarawak, the Philipines, Formosa 
and Japan. 

I have compared these termites with the other Indo-Malayan species 
and there are differences in size, size of head, color, number of segments 
to the antenna, shape of gula, pronotum, ete. I have named these new 
species, G. franciae in honor of F. C. Francia, entomologist, Forest 
Products Laboratory, College, Laguna, Philippines, and G. magsaysayt 
in honor of the late patriot and president of the Philippine Islands, 
Ramon Magsaysay. 

These additions to the fauna bring the total number of known Phil- 
ippine termites to 54. Keys are appended to separate the three known 
Philippine Glyptotermes in the winged and soldier castes; franciae is 
known only from the soldier caste. 


Glyptotermes franciae, new species 

Soldier,—Head brownish-yellow, with seattered long hairs, nearly twice as long 
as wide, front steeply sloping anteriorly, bilobed with deep v-shaped lobe. Eye 
spot hyaline, larger than an antennal pit. Left mandible with two marginal teeth 
at apex, one at middle, right mandible with two at middle of mandible. Gula wide 
at middle. Antenna with 12-13 segments, third segment not enlarged, shorter than 
2nd or 4th segments. Pronotum wider than long, shallowly concave anteriorly, 
slightly emarginate posteriorly. Femora not swollen as in Kalotermes. 

Nymph,—Mandibles of the Glyptotermes type. 

Measurements: 


Length of entire soldier: 8.50-10.00 mm. 


Wenothwotmesheade wath manmdibllesisy : 3.30 mm. 
Length of head without mandibles (to anterior): 2.60 mm. 
Weneth of lett mandible; — i Oe ee 0.90 mm. 
Jerr Cie Tornnevoynboreys eee ee ee 1.00 mm. 
biemedln Ore IhuinGl qlnele ae ee PSA en Weed es 1.30 mm. 
WAGlin Oe TRS CL eS ee ee 1.80 mm. 
WYGGKH OL jORRanonabien >: Gos eee 1.80 mm. 


G. franciae is larger and has a longer head than the short-headed 
G. chapmani Light, from the Philippines. 

Type locality —Mt. Makiling, Laguna, Philippine Islands. 

Described from four soldiers collected with nymphs at the type 
locality on October 16, 1957 by F. C. Francia in Canarium luzonicwm. 

Holotype, soldier —Cat. No. 64121 U. S. National Museum, para- 
types at the same institution. 


230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


Glyptotermes magasaysayi, new species 

Winged male adult-—Head yellow-brown, shining, longer than broad, with 
scattered long and short hairs. Eye black, nearly round, separated from the lateral 
margin of head by a distance less than its short diameter, and separated from the 
posterior margin by a distance three times its diameter. Ocellus large, hyaline, at 
an angle but close to eye. Mandibles of the Glyptotermes type. 

Labrum light brown, pubescent. 

Antenna pale yellow-brown, 13 segments, third segment slightly shorter than 
second or fourth, pubescent. 

Pronotum slightly lighter colored than head. Twice as wide as long, shallowly 
and roundedly emarginate anteriorly, sides rounded, with long and short hairs. 

Legs yellow, pulvillus between claws. 

Wings whitish, yellowish in costal area, stippled. In forewing median and 
costal veins close to—and all three run parallel to—apex of wing; cubitus slightly 
below center of wing with 16 branches to lower margin, extends to apex. Upper 
margin of wing with hairs. 

Abdominal tergites light yellow-brown, with scattered long and short hairs. 

Measurements.— 


Length of ‘entire winged male adult) 2 es) cee 8.50 mm. 
Length’ of entire dealated malevadulltt 2. ue ee 165005 mm: 
Length of heads Gostip tof labrum))ieee es et eee — 1.40 mm. 
Weng thvot pronotumeCwhenesonmest): me aaa len nenns nian 0.60 mm. 
Gength, ofehand)tilbvay 2= aseme s eee Sek eee eSe t ee 0.80 mm. 
Ibrerakegly @ie BhayeroOne: Vyabnee 7.40 mm. 
Diameter ot eyem (one diameter) sass =e eennns emanernEannnaE 0.20 mm. 
NiSfaultidote Gone lavetsiGl -(ANECh AOS) ae 1.20 mm. 
NAVAL oy One, Toro RAUNT, ee Se 1.20 mm. 


fof eee Be eee 1.90 mm. 
Soldier.—Head yellow-brown, with scattered but sparse long hairs, longer than 

broad, front steeply sloping anteriorly, shallowly roundedly bilobed. Eye spot 

hyaline, larger than antennal pit. Both mandibles with two apical marginal teeth. 

Gula fairly wide at middle. Antenna with 11 segments, third segment not enlarged, 

shorter than second or fourth segments. Pronotum lighter colored than head, 

wider than long, shallowly coneave anteriorly. Hind femora not swollen. 
Measurements.— 


Width of anterior wing 


Ibfeuavertelny, he roe, SOG 6.50 mm. 
Length of head with mandibles WERE al i. 2.60 mm. 
Length of head without mandibles (to anterior) — 1.80 mm. 
Irsuaverdny Yone Ikevee sens iragholls: Vu 0.80 mm. 
IDG, CHE TOMO, oo sos Wier ioe 0.60 mm. 
IBeveviel duoneelSboWOl vill Ohe: hye veces Ree Se a 0.80 mm. 
Width Of -biea dis ed Se ee rr el he ee ere eee 1.30 mm. 
Width tof “promot unit see ae es EE Se eee ee ee 1.10 mm. 


Type locality —Caguiok, Mt. Makiling, Laguna, Philippine Islands. 

Described from a series of winged adults and soldiers collected with 
nymphs at the type locality in Caranga odorata on December 24, 1957 
by F. C. Francia. 

Holotype, winged male adult—Cat. No. 64191, U. S. National 
Museum ; morphotype, soldier; paratypes at the same institution. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 231 


KEYS TO PHILIPPINE GLYPTOTERMES 
Winged 


1. Fontanelle or head gland absent; no subsidiary tooth at base first marginal 
tooth right mandible; forewing scale usually not much longer than 
pronotum; branches between costal and subcostal veins; median vein 


heavy, close to costal veins (genus Glyptotermes) ae eee Saas eee 2 
2. Wing membrane stippled; antenna with 12 segments; small species, 7 mm. 
rina. Wayanad > OD cd eo Se ees Oe eee eS Glyptotermes chapmani Light 


Larger species, 8.20 mm. in length, antenna with 13 segments —--_-- 
Ce oe ee ee er GG lyptotermes magsaysayi Snyder 


Soldier 


No fontanelle; mandibles functional, used for biting; with marginal teeth; 
labrum not elongated; pronotum flat, broader than head (genus Glypto- 
cK CIRITLG S;) ee aCe RO i, Mase ier 2b PER Ee ale ent 8S ee A es! b URGE Wa DB 


1. Front of head steeply sloping, anteriorly roundedly but shallowly lobed; 
head short, length with mandibles 1.15 mm.; light yellow-brown; antenna 
Wabhwelevien aseemMeniig eee these Glyptotermes chapmani Light 


2. Front of head shallowly, roundedly lobed; head more elongate, length with 
mandibles 2.60 m.; yellow-brown; antenna with eleven segments — 
Glyptotermes magsaysayi Snyder. 


3. Front of head with deep v-shaped lobe; head elongate, length with 
mandibles 3.30 mm; brownish-yellow; antenna with 12 to 13 segments 
Glyptotermes franciae Snyder. 


A PHRAGMITES GALL-MAKER NEW TO NORTH AMERICA 
(DipTeRA, CHLOROPIDAE ) 


In material recently received for identification were two females of Lipara 
lucens (Meigen), New Haven, Conn., Mar. 27, 1931 (B. H. Walden). This com- 
mon European species is easily distinguished from all Nearctic chloropids by its 
comparatively large size (6-8 mm.), bulky body, and dense covering of appressed 
yellowish hairs on mesonotum and scutellum. The larvae cause a large, cigar- or 
spindle-shaped terminal stem gall in the giant reed, Phragmites. The latter is 
widely distributed in North America but the gall-forming chloropid has not 
hitherto been recorded. 

A related European chloropid, Lipara similis Schiner, was intercepted at Ho- 
boken, N. J., April 2, 1946, in Phragmites packing from a ship from Holland. It 
is not at all improbable that L. lwcens was introduced in the same way, but it is 
not known whether the species is actually established. The specimens recorded 
here were apparently collected rather than reared. I am informed by Dr. Neely 
Turner of the Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station that the way the label 
is written indicates that Mr. Walden collected them personally—CurtIs W. SAB- 
ROSKY, Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA, Washington, De: 


232 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


THE ELEPHANT LOUSE, HAEMATOMYZUS ELEPHANTIS PIAGET, 1869, 
ON WILD AFRICAN ELEPHANTS AND WARTHOGS ! 2 
(MALLOPHAGA, HAEMATOMYZIDAE ) 


ITarry Hooagstraau, Head, Department of Medical Zoology, U. S. Naval Medical 
Research Unit Number Three, Cairo, Egypt 


In reviewing the taxonomy, distribution, and host relationships of 
the elephant louse, Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget, 1869, Ferris 
(1951) stated, ** Apparently all the specimens thus far taken of this 
species have been from animals in captivity. It is evidently normal to 
the Indian elephant, and whether the original record from African 
elephant, and above all, that from rhinoceros, indicate anything more 
than purely chance occurrences in zoological gardens remains to be 
determined. ’’ 

On 1 August 1956, Mr. Makram N. Kaiser of the NAMRU-3 staff 
examined a warthog, Phacochoerus aethiopicus subsp., at Maji ya 
Chumyi, Meru District, Kenya, at about 4800 feet elevation, a moment 
after the animal’s death. He collected approximately 125 imature and 
adult Haematomyzus elephantis {together with one male, four females 
and nine nypmhs of Haematopinus phacochoert Enderlein (P. John- 
son, det.) | from hairs on all parts of the animal’s body but chiefly on 
the mane and head. Maji ya Chumyi is a salty water hole in a widely 
scattered acacia savannah. A few days previously, an elephant, Loxo- 
donta africana subsp., shot in Meru Forest, an indigenous woods about 
ten miles from the water hole, had yielded only a single specimen of 
the same species of louse in spite of diligent search for others. Another 
elephant examined in the same locality was entirely free of lice. 

Haddow (1957a) noted a heavy infestation of H. elephantis on a 
warthog shot in 1956 in Karamoja District, Uganda, and stated espe- 
cially that the host record was an accurate one. Reid (1954) collected 
only two specimens of H. elephantis on an elephant near Yirol in the 
southern Sudan and stated that no other lice were found on seven other 
elephants that he examined in this area. Hopkins (1938) reported on 
specimens of H. elephantis from two elephants shot by Mr. T. W. 
Chorley in Ankole District, Uganda, and noted that Mr. Chorley had 
found none on two elephants shot in another district of Uganda. Be- 
quaert (1930, p. 997) noted H. elephantis from an elephant at Api, 
Belgian Congo. While the Api elephants are captives in a work and 


1 Research Report NM 52 08 03.13. The opinions and assertions contained 
herein are the private ones of the author and are not to be construed as official or 
reflecting the views of the Navy Department or the naval service at large. 


*This report is a contribution from the Scientific Working Party on EKeto- 
parasites sponsored by the U.S. Naval Medical Research Unit Number Three and 
the East African Veterinary Research Organization, 1956, and was suggested by 
Dr. G.H.E. Hopkins of the Zoological Museum, Tring. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


bo 


training farm, they are obtained in northeastern Belgian Congo. No 
elephant lice were found on ‘‘quite a nnumber’’ of elephants shot in 
the Semliki Forest, Uganda, near the Congo border, between 1942 and 
1948 (Haddow, 1957b). 


This evidence establishes that H. elephantis occurs in nature in 
Kenya, Uganda, Sudan, and Belgian Congo, and that it normally in- 
fests warthogs as well as elephants. From recent statements by Mukerji 
and Sen-Sarma (1955) there appears to be little doubt that this louse 
also infests elephants in India. These authors, in addition to an ex- 
cellent review of previous literature on anatomy and affinities of the 
insect, observe that these parasites are seldom seen on well groomed 
elephants and that they die within three hours when transferred to 
other mammals. 


On the basis of the Indian observations noted above, it is possible 
that the large number of elephant lice found on African warthogs and 
the small number found on African and Asiatic elephants reflect dif- 
ferences in cleanliness of the two animals. If this is not the true 
explanation of abundance on warthoes it might be considered that 
warthogs are the true hosts of H. elephantis and elephants adventiti- 
ously acquire small infestations at common mud wallows. Yet Hae- 
matomyzus, so distantly related to all other lice, seems rather more a 
parasite of an isolated group lke the Elephantidae, from whieh no 
other hee are known, than of Suidae. In zoological gardens infesta- 
tions persist for some time on elephants. 


REFERENCES 


Bequaert, J. G., 1930. Entomology. Medical and economic entomology. In: 
R. P. Strong, ed. The African Republic of Liberia and the Belgian Congo 
(based on the observations made and materials collected during the Harvard 
African Expedition 1926-1927). Contr. Dep. Trop. Med. & Harv. Inst. trop. 
biol. Med., (5), 2:797-1001. 

Ferris, G. F., 1931. The louse of elephants Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget 
(Mallophaga:Haematomyzidae). Parasitology, 23(1):112-127. 

Haddow, A. J., 1957a. Unusual ectoparasite on a warthog. Ann. Rept. Game 
Fish. Dept. Uganda (1 Jan. 1955 to 30 June 1956), p. 24. 

, 1957b. Personal communication. 

Hopkins, G.H.E., 1938. Stray notes on Mallophaga. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 8.11, 
2(8) :191-198. 

Mukerji, D., and Sen-Sarma, P., 1955. Anatomy and affinity of the elephant louse 
Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget (Insecta: Rhyneophthiraptera). Parasitol- 
ogy, 45 (1-2) :5-30. 

Reid, E.T.M., 1954. A further record of Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget 
(Rynechophthirina) from a wild African elephant. Entom. Mo. Mag., 90:85. 


bo 
Yo 
He 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


CHELACHELES STRABISMUS, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF 
MITE FROM PORTUGAL 
(ACARINA, CHEYLETIDAE) 


Epwarp W. Baker, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


A small series of predaceous mites obtained from a flour mill in 
Portugal were sent to me by J. C. da Fonseca of the Brigada de 
Estudos de Defesa Fitossanitaria dos Produtos Ultramarinos. On the 
basis of present generic standards (Baker 1949), these simple elongate 
cheyletids form a new genus, distinguished from all others by the com- 
plete absence of dorsal shields, by having truncated hysterosoma and 
a normal complement of palpal thumb setae. 


Chelacheles strabismus, new genus and species. Fig. 1, dorsum of female. Fig. 2, 
venter. Fig. 3, tarsus I. Fig. 4, palpal thumb and claw complex. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 235 


Chelacheles, new genus 


The palpi are normal; the thumb possesses two comblike, two sicklelike, and one 
short clublike seta. The body is completely covered dorsally and ventrally by fine 
striae, and is without a differentiated shield or plate; there are 14 pairs of dorsal 
setae, including the humerals. Legs I-II and III-IV are widely separated; tarsal 
claws and a padlike empodium with tenent hairs are present on all legs. Only 
females are known. 


Type of genus: Chelacheles strabismus, new species. 
Chelacheles strabismus, new species 


The gnathosoma is normal, although somewhat elongate, with longitudinal 
striae; the peritremes are simple, inverted U-shaped, with seven pairs of segments; 
the palpal femur is longer than wide; all segments have simple setae; the palpal 
claw has three basal teeth; the palpal thumb has two comblike, two sicklelike, and 
one short clublike, setae 


the comblike setae are distinctive in having strong teeth 
which are fingerlike on the larger. The body is completely covered with fine 
striae; there are 14 pairs of dorsal and humeral setae, the dorsal setae being short, 
lanceolate, serrate; a single pair of closely set eyes is present; the propodosoma 
and hysterosoma are separated by a deep suture; the hysterosoma does not extend 
beyond femora IV. The legs are normal in that they possess claws and empodia; 
they are distinctive in having coxae I-II and III-IV widely separated, with the 
fourth pair pointing directly to the rear; coxae I-II and III-IV are united to 
form a characteristic pattern. Length, including rostrum, 427 “; width 115 wz. 


Holotype, U. S. National Museum No. 2462, collected in flour mill, 
Lisbon, Portugal, in 1952 by J. C. da Fonseca. Eighteen paratypes have 
the same data. 

REFERENCE 
Baker, E. W. 1949. A review of the mites of the family Cheyletidae in the United 
States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 99 (3238) :267-320: 


A NEW KETHOPS FROM NEW MEXICO, WITH A KEY 
TO ITS CONGENERS 
(CHILOPODA, SCOLOPENDROMORPHA, CRYPTOPIDAE ) 


RaupuH E. Crasiuy, Jr., Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D. C. 


Among the Scolopoeryptopinae the members of HKethops superfi- 
cially seem the least likely of constituents. Their diminutive size and 
pale color, their suturation, their lack of prehensorial plates and den- 
ticles, and their remarkable rear legs, which are almost identical with 
the type found in the Cryptopinae, all suggest a very close affinity 
with, if not proper inclusion within, this latter subfamily despite the 
discrepaney in pedal segments between the two groups. 

However, an examination of the maxillae of ewterpe, the new spe- 
cies, shows them to be essentially identical with their counterparts in 


236 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


the other Scolopocryptopine genera, and fundamentally unhke those 
of the remaining two subfamilies. Whether the similarities shared by 
Kethops and, for example, Cryptops can be explained on the bases of 
evolutionary conservatism, parallelism, or convergency remains un- 
certain in our present state of knowledge. 

The known distribution of the genus is restricted to Utah and New 
Mexico, where the present species was discovered. 

In this genus, if the question of whether or not the cephalic plate 
overhangs part of the first pedal tergite is really meaningful syste- 
matically, then the new species seems most like atypa Chamberlin, 
1943, from which it differs in many respects, e.g. its possession of a 
first tergital cervical suture, its total lack of cephalic sulci, its posses- 
sion of ventral tibial spines. It differs from wtahensis Chamberlin, 
1912, in lacking cephalic sulci and a diastemate tibial ridge on the 
ultimate legs in addition to having an overlapped first tergite. This 
last feature plus its possession of distinct ventral furrows or sulci on 
the ultimate lees distinguish euterpe from letoceps Chamberlin, 1925 


Kethops euterpe, sp.n. 
Figures 1, 2 and 3 


Type: 6 2. New Mexico: Otero County, Clouderoft. July 26, 1948. 
George E. Ball and Howard E. Evans, leg. Deposited in the U. 8. 
National Museum: Myriapod Type Number 2454. 

Total length: 27 mm. Antennae: Sordid yellow; 3.2 mm long; proximal four 
articles distinctly less setose than those remaining. Cephalic plate: Sordid 
vellow; 1 mm long, greatest width 0.93 mm. Sides straight on posterior two- 
thirds, anteriorly narrowing to meet truncate frontal margin; posterior corners 
rounded; posterior margin straight, overhanging first pedal tergite but leaving 
its cervical suture exposed. Without sutures or sulci. Very sparsely setose. 
Clypeus: Enclosed anteriorly and laterally by a broad band of sordid white, 
this enclosing a yellowish subtriangular central area extending from labrum 
nearly to antennal insertions. Prominent postantennal setae 5, in a subcireular 
group postero-medial to antennae; central area with a few irregularly dispersed 
setae; with 11 setae linearly disposed anterior and adjacent to labrum. 
Labrum: Midpiece prominent, with the usual pointed spine, completely fused 
with sidepieces without trace of divisions; ventral surfaces of sidepieces without 
setae, their latero-posterior margins with a few short delicate fimbriae. First 
maxillae: Essentially as in Scolopocryptops, the coxosternum on each side 
beneath the telopodite without an inverted Y-shaped suture (as there is in 
Theatops); the two sides of the coxosternum meeting narrowly in a minute 
articulation. Second maxillae: The claw as in Scolopocryptops, i.e. its ventral 
edge straight, undissected, the entire length of its dorsal edge divided into 
a series of delicate broad blunt teeth or fimbriae, its apex pointed, not bifid as 
in Cryptops or Theatops. Prehensors: Sordid yellow, dull; without denticles, 
sclerotized plates or similar appurtenances. Sparsely clothed with long pale 
setae. Prosternum: concolorus with prehensors. Without chitin-lines, sclerotized 
teeth, plates or like appurtenances. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 237 


Sternites: (excluding the ultimate pedal): Yellowish-white; virtually 
glabrous; coarsely reticulate; shallowly punctate. Median longitudinal sulci on 
2 through 21, becoming progressively shallower on successive sternites. Sub- 
marginal sulei pronounced on sternites 1 through 22. Tergites (excluding the 
ultimate pedal): the first (fig. 1) yellowish, its cervical suture complete and 
conspicuous, this giving rise posteriorly to a W-shaped sutural configuration 
from whose posterior angles a pair of incomplete paramedial sutures arise; 
remaining tergites yellowish-white, each (2 through 22) with a pair of complete 


Kethops euterpe, sp. n. Fig. 1. First pedal tergite; suturation and the more 
prominent setae shown. Fig. 2. Section from tibial ridge of ultimate leg—A, a 
seta; B, a spine; C, a spur. Fig. 3. Ultimate leg. (right, inner surface uppermost ) 
—A, first tarsal ventral spine; B, second tarsal ventral blade. 


paramedian sutures; lateral margins extremely vague, present on the first 15 
to 15 tergites. Sparsely setose. Legs (excluding the ultimate pedal): Inner 
surfaces whitish, outer yellowish. Vestiture heavier on about the first eight, 
thereafter becoming lighter on successive legs. Tarsi 1 through 22 each 
unipartite, without trace of division; all pretarsi but the ultimates with two 
accessory (setiform) claws; conspicuous plextrotaxy, VTiA =1-— 20, 
VTiM = 1— 21, VTaM=1—21. Ultimate pedal segment: Tergite yellow; 
not suturate or sulcate; posterior margin not indented, subtruneate; its setae 
sparse, without spines or spurs. Sternite longer than wide, sides gently con- 
vergent to rounded rear margin, this not sulecate, with a few scattered stout 
setae. Pseudopleura, each with 25-30 round pores in a band-like porigerous areé 
occupying its lower third; pore-free areas each with about 15 strong, scattered 
spurs; each ventral margin expanded into a strong flange that is continuous 


238 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


with the pseudopleural spine, ventrally on each flange a single strong spur, 
each inner postero-dorsal pseudopleural margin (above the spine proper) with 

linear series of 3 small strong spines. Legs: Prefemora, each with a longi- 
tudinal glabrous suleus ventrally and an abortive postero-dorsal suleus; the 
ventral sulcus forming two ridges, the inside ridge with 3 linear spines! (fig. 2), 
the outer ridge with many spurs but without spines, inner and outer lateral 
surfaces with no spines but with numerous spurs; femora, each with a longi- 
tudinal ventral setose suleus and an abortive postero-dorsal suleus, ventrally the 
inside ridge with spines (r.,= 3, 1= 4), the outer ridge with only scattered 
spurs and setae, inner and outer lateral surfaces with a few scattered weak 
spurs but with numerous setae; tibiae (fig. 3), each proximally deeply ex- 
cavate, the inner margin expanded into a prominent broad ridge bearing a linear 
series of stout spines (1.=9, r.=10), spurs and setae, this ridge not 
diastemate (as in wtahensis), inner lateral surface with only a few spurs, outer 
lateral surface without spurs, with only setae; first tarsus (fig. 3) excavate 
proximally, ventrally with one robust broad spine, entire article subdensely 
setose, without spurs; second tarsus totally without spurs or spines, ventrally 
with a long smooth blade-like ridge, the entire article subdensely setose; 
pretarsus strong, deeply pigmented. 


Key TO THE KNOWN MEMBERS OF KETHOPS 


1, Rear margin of cephalic plate overlapping anterior margin of first pedal 
tergite. First pedal tergite with or without a cervical suture. Cephalic 
plate without a posterior transverse sulcus: 2 

Rear margin of cephalic plate not overlapping first pedal tergite. First 
pedal tergite with a cervical suture. Cephalic plate with or without a 
posterior jtransverse sulcus 28) ee eee 3 


2. Distal tarsal article of ultimate leg ventrally with (3) distinet spines. 
Proximal tarsal article with a row of (6) distinct spines. Ultimate tibiae, 
femora, and prefemora ventrally without spines First pedal tergite with- 
Out; acervicallsiiture: eee EN Ge ene Wey ees ees R ace) Me atypa Chamberlin 

Distal tarsal article of ultimate leg ventrally without spines, instead with 
a smooth blade-like ridge. Proximal article with one low spine. Ultimate 
prefemora, femora, and tibiae each with ventral spines. First pedal 
tergite! wathvadistinet ervicalsulume 2-2-2 sess eee euterpe, Sp.n. 


3. Cephalic plate with a transverse posterior suleus from which two long 
divergent sulei arise and pass forward. Ultimate prefemora and femora 
ventrally (sulle@ater. 2: cing. 20. Uys CUS see havik tai utahensis Chamberlin 
Cephalic plate without sulei. Ultimate leg articles ventrally non- 
Sul@aite. sis cule eyalel Re Wi” een tile ie ela ee eee leioceps Chamberlin 


1 Throughout this paper, as in my other publications, spines and spurs are 
intended to mean two different things. Like a seta, a spur is articulated, hence 
movable, but much more robust (fig. 2, C). Unlike either, a spine is always un- 
articulated, hence immovable (fig. 2 B). Typically, it is merely an extension of 
the exoskeleton, though in some eases it may possibly represent a spur that has 
lost its free articulation and attendant ability to move. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. 


RESEARCH ... . laboratory work that takes 


many years and millions of dollars 


PRODUCTION 


quantities available at an economically sound 
cost 


to make commercial 


A great deal of work and knowledge goes into the 
development of insecticides. Once developed, how- 
ever, they re a priceless defense against the loss of 
food and fiber, the disease, and the annoyance 
caused by man’s insect enemies. Velsicol Chemical 
Corporation manufactures five basic insecticides 
that are thoroughly proven, widely recommended, 


and 


extensively used: Heptachlor, Chlordane, 


WASH., VOL 


. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


239 


TESTING .... years of field work, to deter- 
mine effectiveness, dosages, side effects 


EDUCATION .... teaching methods of use, 


gaining confidence and trust 


Endrin, Parathion and Methyl Parathion. Each of 
them is rated most efficient for specific types of 
insect control, and all are available everywhere, in 
ready-to-use, reasonably priced formulations. If 
you deal with any phase of insect control, we think 
you will find technical information about these in- 


secticides highly useful. 


WRITE FOR A BROCHURE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION, PREPARED BY VELSICOL’S ENTOMOLOGISTS! 


HEPTACHLOR e 


NEW! VELSICOL GIBBERELLINS ! 


Amozing plant growth stimulant. Velsi 
col’s newest contribution to increased 
ogncultural productivity Extensive re- 
seorch program in progress 


VC 1126-7108 


CHLORDANE e@ 


VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 


ENDRIN e PARATHION e METHYL PARATHION 


330 East Grand Ave., Chicago 11, Illinois 


International Representative; Velsicol International Corporation, C.A 


P.O. Box 1687 © Nassau, Bahamas, B.W,! 


AS APPEARING IN: 
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE, ANNUALS OF THE 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, CANADIAN ENTOMOLOGIST, FLORIDA 
ENTOMOLOGIST, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, 
PAN PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, PRECEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, D.C. 


240 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1958 


A Cyanamid Report 


MALATHION 
FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS 


With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied 
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of 
three years of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved 
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for 
controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl 
and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition, 
malathion dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space. 
Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used 
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala- 
thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product 
have been most effective in suppressing lice and horn flies. 


Do not apply malathion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet 
been accepted for this use, nor should it be used on calves under 
one month of age. 


PROTECTANT FOR STORED GRAIN 


With newly-granted residue tolerances for malathion on wheat, 
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, grain sorghum, and peanuts (post- 
harvest), grain handlers storing grain have a method of protect- 
ing grain from loss to insects. Malathion, either in dust or spray 
form, applied to the grain as it is being loaded into bins, affords 
protection against confused flour beetle, rice weevil, granary 
weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle, flat grain beetle, red flour beetle, 
rusty grain beetle, lesser grain beetle, and Indian meal moth. It is 
also suggested as a residual wall, floor, and machinery spray in 
grain elevators, in treating truck beds, box cars, and ships’ holds 
before loading grain. Where Indian meal moth infestations de- 
velop, surface applications of malathion dusts or sprays at pre- 
seribed intervals afford protection. 


NEW USES FOR MALATHION ON CROPS 


Tolerances have been established on 37 additional crops, including: 


Vegetables Fruits 
Asparagus Bramble family 
Carrots and other root crop Nectarines 
Garlic—Leeks—Shallots Quinces 
Several leaf vegetables Currants 
Pumpkins Gooseberries 


Also, small grains, cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint, 
corn and rice. With these additions, malathion is now recom- 
mended on 98 crops. 

Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


American Cyanamid Company, Insecticide Department, 
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y. 


‘in 


ILE) QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


_ QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 


A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
_ Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 


A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 

A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long Proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent: properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0. 19% 
Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF CiL CORPORATION 
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


CONTENTS 


(Continued from Front Cover) 


KRAMER, J. P.—New Records for the Rice Delphacid, Sogata orizicola 
Muir, in the United States (Homoptera, Delphacidae) 


McCOMB, C. W.—New Synonymy in the Genus Aphaereta, With a Rede- 
stciption of Aphaereta pallipes (Say) (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) _______ 


REINHARD, H. J.—Notes on Spathimeigenia With Descriptions of Four 
New Species (Diptera, Tachinidae) __.----_______ ie 


SABROSKY, C. W.—A Phragmites Gall-Maker New to North America 
(Diptera; Chloropidae) |. eee eee a! 


SNYDER, T. E.—Two New Glyptotermes from the Philippines (Isoptera, 
Kalotermitidae).: 22 SS ee ee ee oe 


SOMMERMAN, KATHRYN M.—Two New Species of Alaskan Prosimul- 
ium, with Notes on Closely Related Species (Diptera, Simuliidae) ____ Ey 


TOWNES, HENRY—The Application of the Name Plectiscus (Hymen- 
optera, Ichneumonidae) 


WERNER, F. G.—Some Notes on Boheman’s Anthicidae From ‘*Cali- 
fornia” (Coleoptera) 


ANNOUNCEMENTS 


193 


Tol. 60 DECEMBER, 1958 No. 6 


PROCEEDINGS 


of the 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
« WASHINGTON 


U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 
WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 


PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY 


CONTENTS 


ALLRED, D. M.—Redescription of Ophioptes tropicalis Ewing, 1933 (Acar- 
iia, Ophioptidae) 2 pout £1 eae ei bee ee ee ee 287 


ANANTHAKRISHNAN, T. N.—Two New Species of Tubuliferous Thys- 
anoptera from India (Phlaeothripidae) ese Soe eee Pe 277 


ELKINS, J. C.—Three New Species of Cuernolestes Miller (Hemiptera, Re- 
SERRE SY) ads J OE EE Se en a ee ee 2 E267 


FOOTE, R. H. and ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.—Notes on the Taxonomy and 
Habits of Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga) in Japan (Diptera, 
ereptochactidae) mem eeee. et 0 ee 241 


HOFFMAN, R. L.—A New Milliped of the Genus Sigmoria from Western 
North Carolina (Polydesmida, Xystodesmidae) ___..... Rae Oe ame eR 281 


HUBER, IVAN—Color as an Index to the Relative Humidity of Plaster of 
Jplnal Cee Mareen 1 Bar ig RN ete eed re is ea a NP 289 


HULL, F. M.—Some Species and Genera of the Family Asilidae (Diptera). 251 


KROMBEIN, K. V.—Date of Publication, First Supplement, Synoptic Cata- 
log of North American Hymenoptera ________________-_--____------------ 266 


(Continued on Back Cover) 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF WASHINGTON 


OncANizep Marcu 12, 1884 


OFFICERS FOR 1958 


R, I. Samer, President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North ‘Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


R. H. NEuLsSON, First Vice President 
Entomological Society of America ‘ 
1530) P Sti, Naw. 

Washington 10h (Op 


P. W. OMAN, Second Vice President 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Plant Industry Station, North Building 
Beltsville, Maryland 


HELEN SOLLERS, Recording Secretary 
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of hericuiare 
Washington 25, D. 


PavuL WOKE, Corresponding Secretary 
7213 Beacon Terrace 
Bethesda, Maryland 


P. HARRISON, Treasurer 
Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 


H. Foorn, Editor 
c/o Division of Insects ' 
U.S. National Museum 
Washington 25, D. C. 


H. J. CONKLE, Custodian 
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. O. 


JOHN H. FAuES, Program Chairman 
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA 
Pesticide Chemicals Research Laboratory 
ARC, Beltsville, Maryland sh 


13h Jal, SHEPARD, Nominated to “Represent the 
Society ae Vice President of 
the Washington Menten sey 
Sciences. 


F. 


R. 


> 


FMRD-CSS 
U.S. Department of Agriculture 
Washington 25, D. C. 


Executive Oommittee 


L. BIsSsELu, University of Maryland» 
“a a Sr. Groraz, U.S. Dept. Agriculture 
F. L. CAMPBELL, National Research Council 


¥ 
¥ 


Honorary President 
R. E. Snoperass, U.S. National Museum 


Honorary Members 


F. W. MuESEBECK, U.S. National Museum — 
H. G. BARBER, U.S. National Museum > 
A. B. GaHan, Berwyn, Maryland — 


0. 


< 


bie 


xq 


¢ 


; MEETIN' es 


- Regular meetings’ of the 
~ Room 43 of the (Oo Sb 


‘) Published bimonthly beginnii 
the Society at Washington, J OF 
standing a titled to the Pro 

_ charge. Non-member | subscription 
year, both domestic a: 

payable in advance. Ar r 

made payable to The _Entomolo 

Washington. 

The Society does not 

tor those of other soc 
All manuscripts int 

be addressed to the Editor. 5 

mitted by members will be pu 


of papers: ag ; Pee at 
should indicate the syste ce 
ject insect. By-lines shot 


affiliation, if possible. | 
pers longer than one | 
author and date and 8 I 
cluding — references in whi h 
name of publication, vo 
that order. In shorter 
ture should be included 


this usually aaa exp - 
the same page. Cost of Mu 
that for one full-page i 
author. 

Reprints of pabtlenads 
the following costs | ph 
provided | that a tater: 
pecom panics the returned 


2 pp. pp. 
50 copies: 7 
$2 00 $3.00 
100 copies: i. 
2.50 a: 80 : 


85: 00 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


Vol. 60 DECEMBER, 1958 No. 6 


NOTES ON THE TAXONOMY AND HABITS OF CRYPTOCHAETUM 
NIPPONENSE (TOKUNAGA) IN JAPAN 
(DIPTERA, CRYPTOCHAETIDAE ) 


RicHarpD H. Foorr! and Pau H. ARNAUuD, JR.” 


An interesting fly with annoying habits was encountered by the 
junior author while he was collecting near Kyoto, Japan.* Adults be- 
haved like Hippelates of the family Chloropidae, flying close to his 
face and head, but grossly resembled a species of black fly, or Simu- 
hidae. A later examination showed these flies to belong to the genus 
Cryptochaetum. It is the purpose of this paper to direct the attention 
of American entomologists to the habits of certain members of this 
little-known genus, and to add another species to it. 

Male specimens were referred to the senior author for identification. 
These males are conspecific with Hippelates nipponensis Tokunaga 
(1944)*. Since most workers do not have access to the original descrip- 
tion of this species, we include a redescription of the male and effect 
its transfer from Hippelates to Cryptochaetum. 


Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga), new combination 


Cryptochaetum grandicorne Rond.: Coquillett, 1898, Proe. U. S. National Museum 
21(1146): 340 (misident.); Nawa, U., 1920, Konchu Sekai 24: 267 (mis- 
ident.) ; Koizumi, 1954, Kontyu 20(3/4): 73 (misident.). 

Cryptochaetum sp.: Nawa, Y., 1904, Konchu Sekai 8: 246, fig.; Koizumi, 1952, 
Kurashiki-Kontsyu-Dokokai-Kaiho 1:2. 

Hippelates nipponensis Tokunaga, 1943, Iyo Konchu Gaku 2: 1075, 


Male: Head.—Frontal triangle (fig. 1) shiny, extending full length of front, 
apex broadly rounded and as wide as distance between inner surfaces of antennae ; 
with short hairs, the socket of each hair in a shallow depression of the integument ; 


1Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., Washington, D. C. 

2California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento. 

3The specimens were collected while the junior author was under contract No. 
DA-49-007-MD-558 between Stanford University and the Medical Research and 
Development Board, Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, 406th 
Medical Laboratory, APO 343, San Francisco. 

40. W. Sabrosky provided the first clue to the true identity of these flies and 
translations of several important papers from the Japanese. Teiso Esaki, Kyushu 
University, and M. Tokunaga and M. Sasakawa, Saikyo University, Kyoto, made 
additional literature references and their translations available. 


241 


SMITHSONHMAN 
INSTITUTION DEG $ O 1968 


242 PROC, ENT, SOC, WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


parafrontal areas dull black, more finely haired than frontal triangle. Eyes red, 
bare; ocelli red, separated from each other by twice the diameter of one ocellus. 
Post verticals erect, short but considerably stouter than hairs on frontal triangle. 
Face brownish-black in certain lights, in others with a bright green metallie¢ luster, 
surface very finely granulated, subshining. Antenna (figs. 3 and 4) 0.90 to 0.95 
times as long as face, third segment covered with minute hairs, rounded at tip, 
the minute apical spine easily visible in most specimens. Labellum (fig. 2) with 
numerous spines as shown. 


Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga), male: fig. 1, dorsal view of head; fig. 2, 
anterior view of labellum; fig. 3, enlarged view of apical spine of antenna; fig. 4, 
lateral view of head; fig. 5, dorsal view of right wing. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 243 


Thorax.—Shining, with a metallic blue-green luster, punctures at bases of hairs 
about as deep and numerous as those on frontal triangle. Sternopleuron and ptero- 
pleuron dark brown and shining. Seutellum broadly rounded apically, 0.45 times 
as long as thorax, with same metallic luster and punctation as thorax; hairs at 
apex not differentiated. Femora and tibiae dark brown, with parallel rows of 
short, stout spines, those at apex of each tarsomere longer than those on shaft. 
Wing (fig. 5) membranes with greenish and purplish reflections; proportion of 
wing length to width, 9 : 4. Costa extending only very slightly beyond R; and ter- 
minating distinctly before tip of wing; R: with a distinct angle; Res and Ras 
parallel for two-thirds of their lengths, then diverging to the margin; r-m cross- 
vein very short, situated at distal fourth of discal cell at about same level as june- 
tion of Ri with costa; m-cu erossvein slightly sinuate, situated at nearly right 
angles to longitudinal axis of wing, almost twice as long as distal portion of Cu: 
Anal vein as shown. Halter black. 

Abdomen.— Wide and somewhat flattened in pinned or dried specimens; shining 
and with punctation and coloration as on thorax. 

Distribution and specimens examined.—Type locality, Nishi Kamo, 
Kyoto, Japan (collected May 13, 1938). Types are presumably in the 
collection of the Department of Entomology, Kyoto University, but 
were not examined in this study. The junior author took this species 
at Arashiyama, Kyoto, on May 22, 1955, and at Otsu, Shiga Pref., on 
May 30, 1955. The senior author examined 36 males from the former 
and 25 males from the latter locality. Ten specimens found in the 
National Collection with the label ‘‘ Japan, Mitsukuri’’ are presuma- 
bly those presented to the U. 8S. National Museum by the Imperial 
University of Tokyo and recorded by Coquillett (1898) as C. grandi- 
corne Rond. They agree very well with males collected by the junior 
author. 


Taxonomic discussion—In Thorpe’s (1941) key C. nipponense runs 
to the very closely related iceryae (Will.) or to pariceryae Thorpe, 
depending upon whether one considers the r-m crossvein to be proxi- 
mal or distal to the junction of Ry with the costa. The most reliable 
means of separating nipponense from pariceryae is the sinuate m-cu 
crossvein. In pariceryae the posterior end of this vein is abruptly 
curved toward the base of the wing just before its Junction with Cuy. 
In nipponense this crossvein is almost twice as long as that portion of 
Cu, lying between it and the wing marking; in iceryae it is distinctly 
shorter than this distal portion of Cuy. The r-m crossvein of iceryae 
is distinctly proximal to the junction of Ry with the costa. 

The genus Cryptochaetum has been assigned by various authors to 
three existing families—Agromyzidae, Drosophilidae, and Chamae- 
mylidae. On account of its peculiar habits and morphology, it appears 
to have few affinities to any of these, and until further morphological 
studies, especially of the genitalia, can be made, the authors prefer to 
regard it as a separate family, following Menon (1949) and others. 

At least 16 species of Cryptochaetum have been described. The most 
important focus of the genus appears to be tropical Africa with sev- 


244 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


eral species occurring in the Oriental and Palaearctic Regions. As 
far as known, larvae are exclusively parasitic on monophlebine coecids 
(family Margarodidae) and exhibit much more striking interspecific 
morphological differences than adults. The most complete information 
about the morphology and biology of a species in the genus is found 
in Thorpe’s (1930) account of C. iceryae (Will.), a species introduced 
into California and studied as a parasite of economic importance in 
the control of scale insects in that State. 


Habits —Howlett (1909, p. 623) was apparently the first to record 
the Hippelates-like habit of Cryptochaetum. He stated that one spe- 
cies (thought to be closely related to C. aenescens de Meijere) was an 
annoying eye fly in the jungle at Pusa. Adults were often found on 
stems or leaves or in crevices in tree trunks in small groups of about 
six. Bezzi (1919) described C. fastidiosum from the Philippines; R. C. 
MacGregor, who collected the specimens, sent them to Bezzi with a 
note reading, ‘‘A pest, flies into the inner corner of a person’s eye.’ 
Thorpe (1930) wrote an extensive account of the biology of C. iceryae, 
in which he noted the two references mentioned above; he did not 
observe this habit in males in his rearing cages in California. The 
terms ‘‘mematoi’”? and ‘‘kuro me matoi’’ are used by the Japanese to 
designate any fly that has the annoying habit of flying about a per- 
son’s face, according to Tokunaga (1943) and Koizumi (1952). In 
Japan, this habit was observed by both Y. Nawa (1904) and U. Nawa 
(1920) in Cryptochaetum species, presumably nipponense (Tokunaga). 
Tokunaga (1943) reported nipponense to be active in the spring, and 
that adults bite with ‘‘powerful, toothlike projections’’ on the ridges 
of the labellum, sometimes licking secretions and sucking blood. There 
is usually some pain which disappears shortly after such an attack. 
Our studies indicate that the numerous spinelike projections on the 
surface of the labellum (fig. 2) may enable these flies to inflict some 
skin damage. 

On May 22, 1955, while collecting Diptera along a steep mountain 
slope over the Hozu River near Arashiyama, Japan, the junior author 
encountered a number of C. nipponense adults flying about his face. 
Other people in the vicinity were waving their hands in an apparent 
attempt to drive insects, presumably also of this species, from their 
faces. Many Japanese hikers passed by him during the next two hours, 
and flies were following each of them as well. The flies followed him 
to a spot in partial shade about 200 feet above the river. The day was 
warm and humid, with a very slight breeze, and was alternately sunny 
and cloudy. A total of 536 specimens was collected by net, flying 
about his person. Between 1230 and 1330 hours, the first hour of col- 
lecting, 282 specimens were caught; from 1347 to 1402 hours, another 
120 adults were netted ; and an additional 134 specimens were obtained 


5Me means ‘‘eye’’ and matoi means ‘‘ delusion, perplexity.’’ Hence a mematoi 
is something that deludes, perplexes (or bothers) the eye. Kwro means ‘‘black.’’ 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 245 


by net between 1413 and 1428 hours. C. nipponense males were still 
very abundant at the conclusion of this activity. 

On no occasion did the flies bite. Adults flew between eyeglasses 
and eyes and occasionally into the eye itself. One adult entered the 
nose. 

There are no published results of investigations on the habitat of 
the immature stages of nipponense. If this fly is found to have para- 
sitic stages in its life history, its pestiferous habits should be weighed 
in any decision to introduce it for purposes of biological control. 

We can find no reference incriminating any species of the genus in 
the transmission of a disease. 


REFERENCES 

Bezzi, M., 1919. Nota sul genere Cryptochaetum (Dipt.) con deserizione di una 
nuova specie delle Philippine. Atti. Soc. Ital. Nat. Soe., Pavia, 58: 237-252. 

Coquillett, D. W., 1898. Report on a collection of Japanese Diptera, presented to 
the U. S. National Museum by the Imperial University of Tokyo. Proce. U.S. 
Nat. Mus. 21(1146) : 301-340. 

Howlett, F. M., 1909. In Maxwell—Lefroy, ‘‘Indian Insect Life,’’ p. 623. 

Koizumi, K., 1952. Mematoi from Okayama. Kurashiki-Kontsyu-Dokokai-Kaiho, 
1, pp. 2-8, illus. 

, 1954. Ni shu no nematoi ni tsuite [On two species of nematoi]. Kont- 
yu 20(3/4): 73 

Menon, M. G. R., 1949. A review of our knowledge of the genus Cryptochaetum 
Rondani, an interesting group of dipterous seale parasites. Indian Journ, Ent. 
TAG) =8 

Nawa, Umekichi, 1920. Hai-ka hi tsuite [On the family Muscidae]. Konehu Sekai 
(Insect World) 24: 264-267. 

Nawa, Yasushi, 1904. Konchu ni kansuru Zuikan Zuihitsu (IX), 54. Meseseribae 
ni tsuite [Miscellaneous writings on the insects (IX), 54. On the eye fly]. 
Konehu Sekai (Insect World) 8: 246-247, fig. 

Thorpe, W. H., 1930. The biology, post-embryonie development, and economic im- 
portance of Cryptochaetum iceryae (Diptera, Agromyzidae) parasitie on Icerya 
purchasi (Coceidae, Monophlebinae). Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1930: 929-971, 
illus. 

, 1941. A deseription of six new species of the genus Cryptochaetwm 
(Diptera, Agromyzidae) from East Africa and East Indies; together with a 
key to adults and larvae of all known species. Parasitology 33(2) :131-148, 
illus. 

Tokunaga, M., 1943. Tyo Konchu Gaku [Medical Entomology] 2: 1075-1076. 


CORRECTION 


Line 36, page 179, no. 4, vol. 60 of the Proceedings should read as 
follows: “Generic Characteriz ation. —Medium to large-sized dolichopo- 
dids. First antennal joint .. .’’— Ep. 


246 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN PIOPHILIDAE 


(DIPTERA ) 


This family, hike the Sepsidae, contains a large proportion of very 
widely distributed species. The commonest forms, at least in eastern 
North America, are apparently the same as those of Europe. Willi 
Hennig’s excellent monograph of the Palaearetie speices (1948, in 
Linder, Die Flegen d. pal. Region, fase. 40 :1-32, pls. I-III) makes it 
obvious that many of the species previously considered as Nearctic are 
synonymous with Palaearctic species, as Duda pointed out as long ago 
as 1924 (Konowia 3 :97-113, 153-203). Consequently, determination of 
our material should be done first with the Hennig work and second- 
arily with the 1924 paper by Melander (Psyche 31:78-86) for the sev- 
eral apparently purely Nearctic species. 

Sabrosky recently published a note (1958, Ent. News 69:174) on 
two far-northern species, and I wish now to add the following. 


Piophila (Protopiophila) latipes Meigen. 


Mycetaulus hornigi Cresson, 1919, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia 71:193. New 
Synonymy. 

The complete synonymy of this very widespread species is given by 
Hennig, who also cites the distribution: Europe (France, Germany, 
Hungary, Croatia, Corsica), Oriental Region (Calcutta, Kurseong, 
Sumatra, Celebes, Philippine Is., Formosa), New Guinea, Fiji, Aus- 
tralia (Sydney). I have seen Cresson’s type, from Philadelphia, Pa., 
and have a number of specimens taken from rotten cadavers of small 
animals in Wayne County, Mich. (Detroit and Trenton). My material 
agrees well with the Duda description repeated in Hennig. 


Piophila (Allopiophila) vulgaris Fallén 


I have a female specimen from Sodus Point, New York, which 
agrees very well with the Duda-Hennig description. It appears likely 
that P. ortens Melander and Spuler may be a distinct species. 


Piophila (Mycetaulus) costalis Melander, 1924, Psyche 31:79 


A female specimen, kindly presented to me by its collector, Paul H. 
Arnaud, Jr., is from Pinecrest, Tuolumne County, Calif., Aug. 11, 
1948, and agrees well with Melander’s description of a male from Mt. 
Hood, Oregon. The abdomen is wholly black and appears dull due to 
a very fine shagreening. P. (M.) bipunctata Flln., according to Hen- 
nig, has the abdomen shining black, with the basal two segments large- 
ly brownish, a condition I also find in eastern North American speci- 
mens in my collection. 


GEORGE C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Mich. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 247 


A REVIEW OF THE GENUS GASTROPS WILLISTON, 
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES 
(DipTERA, EPHYDRIDAE) 

Wintis W. WIRTH, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., 
Washington, D. C, 

Four species have been described in the American genus Gastrops 
Williston. It is the purpose of this paper to give additional characters 
for their recognition, to give additional distribution records, to de- 
scribe two new species, and to present a diagnostic key. 


Genus Gastrops Williston 
Gastrops Williston 1897, Kansas Univ. Quart. 6:3 (type species: niger Williston, 
monobasic). 

This genus belongs in the subfamily Parydrinae Wirth & Stone 
(1956, on Usinger, Aquatic Insects of California, p. 407). The sub- 
family name Napaeinae Cresson (1930, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 56: 
100), is invalid because it is based on a homonym: Napaea Robineau- 
Desvoidy 1830, not Hiibner 1819, Lepidoptera). Although Cresson re- 
vised the North American Parydrinae in 1949 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 
74 :225-260), his untimely death put an end to his study of the sub- 
family from other regions, including the Neotropical, where all but 
one of the Gastrops species are found. Species of Gastrops greatly 
resemble those of Lytogaster Becker in their subglobose abdomen, but 
can be separated by the rounded or subconically swollen upper face, 
which is set off from the apronlike lower face, and by the plumose 
arista. 

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF GASTROPS WILLISTON 
1. Wing spotted or with fuscous bands at apex of first vein and along posterior 
crossvein < : ‘ EET N Eo perenne s Pees ne 


ow bo 


Wine hyalines without imtuscated pattern. = teen dian a 
2. Wing with many fuscous spots; second vein with a large distal spur vein 
@NonbhweAtmenica)) ieee ee ee ears nebulosus Coquillett 
Wing without discal spots, but with broad fuscous band from apex of first 
vein to anterior crossvein and infuseation along posterior crossvein ; sec- 


ond vein without distal spur vein (Costa Rica). fuscivenosus, n. sp. 
Smelem Oram DlaCKe sees. sie Le 2 es Sue ta anita seen) ea ah iene = oe 4 
IBVern OF ABY,ellO wan CEC LUy) meee ee flavipes, n. sp. 


4. Smaller species (wing 2-3 mm. long); thorax subshining, with coarse, 
sparse golden to coppery pollen, vittae scarcely evident; scutellum very 


COUVeXGHMaTigtatwithy O° LOM rays tae Se Ls Lee ee ee 
Large species (wing 4.0 mm. long); thorax pollinose with two prominent 
gray dusted stripes; scutellum flattened; arista with 12-14 rays (Brazil 

awavel 1Byerhatslay (Cube eh eV) 2 eee eee 1 oe Nees ______willistoni Cresson 
5. Tibiae uniformly yellowish-brown; hairs on mesonotum, scutellum and ab- 

domen short and semi-appressed (Texas to Argentina) niger Williston 


Tibiae blackish, at least on a broad subapical band; hairs on mesonotum, 
scutellum and abdomen very dense and suberect, about half as long as 
seutellar bristles (Paraguay, Bolivia, Panama). __auropunctatus Hendel 


248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Gastrops nebulosus Coquillett 


Gastrops nebulosus Coquillett 1900, Canad. Ent. 32:34 (male, female; North Caro- 
line, Georgia). 

This species was briefly redescribed by Cresson (1949, Trans. Amer. 
Ent. Soc. 74:251) and distribution records were added by Sturtevant 
and Wheeler (1954, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 79:206). It is easily 
recognized by the maculate wings. 

Recorded distribution—North America from Massachusetts to 
Michigan, Missouri, Florida and Texas. 


Gastrops fuscivenosus Wirth, new species 


Male, female—Length 2.1 mm. Wing 2.3 mm. long. Shining black; antenna, 
sides of clypeus, mouthparts, trochanters, tibiae and first four tarsomeres yellowish- 
brown; halter black, base of stem yellow. Wing with membrane yellowish, veins 
darker brown; a prominent dark brown cloud from apex of first vein to anterior 
crossvein; posterior crossvein broadly margined with brown infuscation; in some 
specimens small brown spots present also at wing margin at apices of third and 
fourth veins; the veins in areas of the brown clouds blackish. Face, frons, meso- 
notum, pleura and seutellum rather uniformly covered with very sparse, coarse, 
brown pollen; median facial tubercle polished; also the sternopleuron. Abdomen 
shining with metallic reflection, surface scrobiculate, with sparse brown pollen 
except lines on posterior margins of segments; fourth tergum with a sublateral 
pair of small polished areas on posterior margin. Mesonotum, scutellum and ab- 
domen with sparse, short, semi-appressed black hairs; hairs of legs very short 
compared with other species. 

Arista with 7-10 rays; frons at level of hind antennal margin 0.50 times as 
wide as total width of head; cheek not quite 0.3 as wide as eye height; seutellum 
rather flat dorsally with prominent apical tubereles broadly separated; wing with 
third costal section 1.5 times as long as second; last section of fourth veing 1.6 
times as long as next to last. 


Holotype male, Higueto, San Mateo, Costa Rica, P. Schild, collector 
(Type no. 64215, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes 12 males and females: Costa 
Rica, 1, same date as type; 11, La Caja, 8 kil. w. San José, Schmidt, 
1930 (5 returned to Deutsches Ent. Inst., Berlin; 2 in U.S.N.M., 2 in 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2 in British Museum 
(Natural Histoyr) ). 

This species is distinguished from all other species of Gastrops by 
the pattern of infuscation of the wings, with clouded areas from the 
tip of the first vein to the anterior crossvein and along the posterior 
crossvein, but without the numerous isolated spots in the wing cells 
characteristic of nebulosus Coqpillett. 


Gastrops flavipes Wirth, new species 
Female.—Length 2.4 mm.; wing 2.9 mm. long. Body black; lower demarcated 
portion of face, clypeus and mouthparts, antenna, fore coxa and all legs including 
femora, yellowish. Halter knob black, base of stem yellow. Wing yellowish-brown 
hyaline, the veins dark brown. Face, frons and dorsum of thorax shining with 


PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 249 


very sparse, coarse, yellowish pollen allowing the integument to shine through 
except on sides of face. Sides of frons with violet reflections; a broad median 
and two broad lateral bands on mesonotum and all of secutellum brownish pollinose; 
mesofrons, a pair of sublateral mesonotal vittae and large areas in front of 
mesonotal suture and extending over pleura except for the polished sternopleuron, 
densely yellowish gray pollinose. Thoracic hairs very sparse but fairly long. Legs 
with hairs mostly yellowish and not very prominent. Abdomen subshining with 
metallic reflections, irregularly secrobiculate, with scattered, rather short black 
hairs arising from prominent punctures, with sparse brownish pollen, a prominent 
pair of sublateral spots on distal margin of fourth tergum with dense, grayish 
white pollen; posterior margins of terga not polished. 

Third antennal segment broken off; frons at level of hind margin of antennal 
bases 0.50 as wide as total head width; facial tubercle not prominent, the protrud- 
ing lower portion of face nearly half of total height of face; cheek only 0.3 of eye 
height; scutellum very convex dorsally and pointed behind, the apical tubercles 
searcely developed; wing with third costal section 1.5 times as long as second; last 
section of fourth vein 1.4 times as long as next to last. 


Holotype female, Perené, Peru, R. C. Shannon, collector (U.S.N.M. 
Type no. 64216). 

The yellow femora will readily distinguish this species from all 
other species of Gastrops. 


Gastrops willistoni Cresson 


Gastrops willistoni Cresson, 1914, Ent. News 25:250 (male, female; Brazil, British 
Guiana). 

This species can be distinguished by its large size (wing 4 mm. 
long), densely pollinose and vittate thorax, flattened scutellum which 
is broad apically with a prominent pair of tubercles, the arista with 
12-14 rays and the unmarked wings. 

New records—Costa Rica: Higueto, San Mateo, P. Schild, coll. (det. Cresson 
1946), 3. Brazil: Rio de Janeiro, Oct. 1943, Bertha Lutz (‘‘parasita depostura 
de batrachio do genero Eupemphix’’). 


Gastrops niger Williston 


Gastrops niger Williston, 1897, Kansas Univ. Quart. 6:3 (Grenada and Brazil; 
male, female). 

This species resembles auropunctatus Hendel in having hyaline 
wings, black femora and arista with 8-10 rays, but differs in having 
uniformly yellowish-brown tibiae and shorter body hairs. 

Recorded distribution.—Brazil, Grenada, Texas, Costa Rica, Mexico. 

New records.—Argentina: Chaco, Colonia Benitez, 1-7 Dec. 1948, R. Golbach, 1; 
same, 3 Ney. 1949, M. Aczél, 2; Formosa, Mision Laishi, 13-15 Dee. 1948, 1; For- 
mosa, Pirané, 29-31 Dec. 1948, R. Golbach, 1; Salta, Aguaray, 14-18 Feb. 1950, 
R. Golbach, 1; Tucumén, Lacavera, 23-28 Nov. 1951, Aczél-Golbach, 1. Costa 
Rica: Higueto, San Mateo, P. Schild, 5; La Caja, San Jose, Schmidt, 1930, 7. 
Ecuador: Los Rios, Guare, Aug. 1955, 2; Guayas, Taura, Dec. 1955, 1, El Oro, 
Machala, Dee. 1955, 1, all collected by R. Levi-Castillo. El Salvador: Apopa, 28 


250 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Feb. 1957, P. Berry, 1. Grenada, W.I.: 2 (these probably came from Williston’s 
type series, although they are not so labelled). Guatemala: Quirigua, 7 May 
1926, J. M. Aldrich, 5; La Providencia, Obispo, Apr. 1914, J. M. Aldrich, 4. 
Mexico: Oaxaca, 13 May 1938, R. Greenfield, 2. Nicaragua: Chinandega, coll. 
Baker, 1. Panama: La Jolla, Mindi Dairy, Summit, Frijoles, Pedro Miguel, 
Mojinga Swamp, Sabanas, 13. Trinidad: Montserrat, 29 June 1905, A. Buseck, 1. 
Venezuela: Caife, Jan. 1943, P. Anduze, 20; Barinas, Santa Rosa, Feb. 1943, P. 
Anduze, 18. 


Gastrops auropunctatus Hendel 


Gastrops auropunctata Hendel 1930, Konowia 9:145 (Bolivia, Argentina; male, 
female). 


Very closely related to niger Williston, but separated by the dark 
tibiae and its much hairier appearance. The hairs on the mesonotum, 
scutellum and abdomen are long, black, and suberect, about half as 
lone as the bristles (Hendel gives 24 to 34). 

There are 8 rays on the arista. The wing membrane has a somewhat 
darker infuscation behind the apex of the first vein. The mesonotum 
bears two mesal and two lateral longitudinal dark-brown vittae, with 
a sublateral pair of noticeable grayish pollinose vittae between. 


New records.—Bolivia: Huachi Beni, Sept., W. Mann, Mulford Bio. Exp. 1921- 
22, 1; Covendo, Aug., W. Mann, Mulford Bio. Exp. 1921-22, 1 (these were mis- 
determined and reported by Cresson as niger Williston). Ecuador: El Oro, 
Puerto Bolivar, Dee. 1955, 1; Guayas, Balao, Dee. 1955, 1, all collected by R. Levi- 

99 


Castillo. Panama: Gatun, C. Z., A. H. Jennings collector, 2; Paris, 23 Oct. 1952, 
F. S. Blanton, 9. Venezuela: Barinas, Santa Rosa, Feb. 1943, P. Anduze, 2. 


BOOK NOTICE 


THE ENTOMOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS OF CHARLES HENRY TYLER 
TOWNSEND (1863-1944): With Lists of his New Generic and Specific Names. 
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.; Microentomology 23(1):1-63; 1 plate. $1.25. 


In this fine and useful work, Mr. Arnaud has brought together all 
of the known papers of Townsend, together with separate lists of the 
Townsend genera and species. For the first time the works of this 
prolific Dipterist have been effectively referenced under one set of 
cOovers.— Ep. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 251 


SOME SPECIES AND GENERA OF THE FAMILY ASILIDAE 
(DIPTERA ) 


FRANK M. Huu, University of Mississippi, Oxford 


In this paper are several descriptions of species and genera of robber 
flies. 
Cophinopoda, new genus 


Type of genus: Asilus chinensis Fabricius, 1794. There is a second 
species to which one of the older names in synonomy under chinensis 
may apply. 

Large flies related to Ommatius Wiedemann. They are characterized by the 
wide, more prominent face, densely beset with long, bristly pile over the middle 
and on the cheeks. The low mesonotum, the strong bristles on the scutellum, long, 
ventral prongs of male superior forceps and process of the hypandrium, as well 
as a patch of characteristic hairs immediately above the halteral base further 
characterize these flies. Length, 30 mm. 

Head.—The head is similar to that of Ommatius. Occiput is moderately promi- 
nent throughout; upper bristles are short and stout and confined to the upper 
corner of eye. Proboscis longer than the face. Face extensive and more strongly 
extended below but gradually produced; beneath antenna it is about one-fourth 
the head width, strongly divergent below to more than one-third the head width. 

Thorax.—The mesonotum is low and pollinose, broadly covered by numerous, 
suberect setae, especially anteriorly; acrostical bristles undifferentiated and dorso- 
central bristles only so posteriorly. Lateral bristles consist of 2 notopleural, 1 
supraalar, 1 postalar and 1 pair on scutellum. All of these bristles are stout and 
long. Base of scutellum on each side with a tuft of pile over the halteres. Pro- 
sternum dissociated. 

Legs.—The legs are generally similar to those of Ommatius including claws 
and pulvilli. The bristles of the legs are remarkably stout, blunt, and almost 
spike-like; the hind femur has 6 dorsolateral, 6 dorsomedial and 1 dorsal pair at 
the subapex, besides 7 ventrolateral and 7 ventromedial bristles. 

Wings.—The posterior branch of the third vein ends almost at the wing apex 
and both the first and second posterior cells are wide at the margin. The second 
posterior cell is strongly widened at the base and twice as wide as the end of the 
discal cell. 

Abdomen.—The abdomen is stout, especially at base and gently tapered; the 
pile is short, appressed, setate; sides of first tergite with 7 stout bristles. Males 
with 8 well developed tergites. Superior forceps with a distilateral, flattened wing 
curved towards midline and bearing a long, slender, ventral, sigmoid, apically 
hooked process. Hypandrium with long, apical process. Female terminalia consists 
of a flat, quadrangular plate with medial crease and it has a posterolateral corner 
extension of the eighth sternite. 


Molobratia, new genus 


Type of genus: Asilus teutonus Linné, 1767. 

I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. H. Oldroyd of the British Mu- 
seum (Natural History) for calling to my attention the fact that this 
species, teutonus Linné, hitherto regarded as the type of the genus 


252 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Dasypogon, is not in fact the type of Dasypogon Meigen. The type of 
Dasypogon is Asilus diadema Fabricius, 1781, by designation of 
Latreille, 1810. Since Asilus diadema is also the type of Selidopogon 
3ezz1, 1902, and for the earlier Cheilopogon Rondani, 1856, both 
these names must sink. Hence a new name is required for Asilus 
teutonus Linné and the characterization as given here includes also 
Dasypogon japonicum Bigot, 1878. 

Fhes of medium size or larger, with drooping aspect of head and abdomen. They 
are relatively bare with long legs and the front tibia and tarsi are unusually 
lengthened; anterior tibia bears at apex a greatly elongate protuberance. Spines 
absent on the female terminalia. Length, 25 mm. 

Head.—The face is moderately prominent throughout but never strongly ex- 
tended or gibbous and is not quite plane in profile. Occiput nowhere prominent 
but its pile everywhere stiff and bristly in character. Proboscis stout and laterally 
compressed. Palpus clearly of 2 segments. Antenna moderately elongate; third 
segment longer than the first 2 segments combined, sometimes laterally compressed, 
generally attenuate apically and with long, conspicuous, dorsal bristles; the third 
segment bears a well developed, pointed microsegment with apical spine. The face 
varies from one-fifth to one-third the head width; it bears scanty, stiff pile, long 
or short over the middle and numerous, slender or stout, long bristles on the lower 
third. Ocellarium low but prominent with 3 pairs of bristles. 

Thorax.—The mesonotum is low and rather bare with a well developed band of 
bristly, dorsocentral pile and more scattered acrostical pile. Lateral bristles con- 
sist of 5 notopleural, 5 to 7 supraalar, 3 to 5 postalar, and seutellum either with- 
out bristles or pile or with several pairs of long, slender bristles; humerus without 
bristles. Prosternum dissociated. 

Legs.—The legs are elongate, especially on the anterior tibia and tarsus. Femora 
relatively slender. The hind femur bears short, stout bristles which consist of 
5 to 7 dorsomedial, 5 dorsolateral, and 6 or 7 on each side below and a dorsal pair 
at apex. Anterior and middle femora with 7 to 11 bristles. Anterior tibia at apex 
with exceptionally long and characteristic protuberance and heavy, stout spine at 
its apex; anterior basitarsus with ventral swelling and denticles. Claws sharp; 
pulvillus long. 

Wings.—The marginal eell, all posterior cells and anal cell widely open. 

Abdomen.—The more or less eylindroid abdomen is slightly flattened across the 
middles of the tergites. Males with 7 tergites, the seventh reduced; females with 
8 tergites, the last considerably reduced. Male terminalia rotate, the epandrium 
large and quite uncleft. Female terminalia inconspicuous, the lamellae large and 


spines absent. 
Opocapsis, new genus 
Type of genus: Laphria dioctrioides Walker, 1860. 
‘Very small flies belonging to the tribe Atomosini of the subfamily Laphriinae. 
They are readily distinguished by the presence of only 4 posterior cells on the 


wing. Apparently related to Clariola Kertesz, which has 5 posterior cells. Length, 


5.5 mm. 
Head.—The face is quite plane with the eye except for a minute extension on 
the lower part; anteriorly it is quite narrow, with 2 fine bristles above and 2 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 253 


somewhat longer bristles below. Palpus of 2 segments, the first minute and the 
second small. Proboscis minute, barely protruded beyond face and not constricted 
in the middle. Antenna elongate; the third segment is longer than the first 2 seg- 
ments combined and tapered from the base to a comparatively fine point at the 
apex; in the middle it bears a deep incision with basal, spinous bristle. 

Thorax.—The mesonotum is polished and shining, apparently without acrostical 
elements and with a single row of fine, scanty, suberect, dorsocentral hairs. Lateral 
bristles are slender and consist of 1 notopleural, 1 supraalar, 1 delicate postalar, 
and on the scutellum 1 pair of quite long, rather stout, closely adjacent bristles. 
Post metacoxal area fully chitinized. 

Legs.—The hind femur is slightly lengthened and rather distinctly thickened; 
of slender bristles it bears 3 laterally, 1 dorsally at apex, 1 medially at apex, 3 
very slender, long, anteroventral bristles, besides 2 or 3 quite long, slender, ventro- 
medial hairs. Claws short, sharp; pulvilli nearly as long as claws; empodium long 
and basally stout. 

Wings.—One posterior cell is missing and it appears to be the third; all other 
posterior cells open maximally. Anal cell closed with a short stalk; marginal cell 
likewise. The ambient vein ends at the middle of the anal cell; alula quite narrow. 

Abdomen.—The abdomen is slender and subcylindrical though slightly flattened 
on first 2 or 3 tergites; it is strongly punctulate, slightly but gradually widened. 
Sides of first tergite with 4 rather stout, white bristles in a vertical row; middle 
of sides of second to fourth tergites, each with a rather long, distinet, slender 
bristle. Seven tergites in male. Male terminalia small, inconspicuous, hidden by 
the cupped abdominal apex. 


Zabrotica, new genus 
Type of genus: Zabrotica clarkei, new species. 


Small, cylindroid, short pilose flies, belonging to the Dasypogoninae and related 
to Hypenetes Loew. From Hypenetes they are readily separated by the quite differ- 
ent third antennal segment, which is not sharply constricted and attenuate at the 
base. Male terminalia with 2 long, curved, blunt processes. Length 11 to 13 mm. 

Head.—The face is nearly straight, vertically visible in lateral aspect only below. 
Occiput weakly developed above, more prominent below. Proboscis short. Palpus 
of 2 segments. Antenna short, the third segment laterally flattened and gradually 
expanded from the base but rarely more than twice as wide at any point as its 
basal width; apex slightly narrowed. The face below the antenna is one-fourth 
the head width. The face bears a rather dense, vertical band of stout bristles 
which are pale or black. Ocellar protuberance low, with 5 pairs of bristles. 

Thorax.—The thorax is pollinose on the pleuron and lateral mesonotum; meso- 
notal pile is scanty, setate or bristly and both acrostical and dorsocentral elements 
are differentiated. Lateral bristles consist of 3 notopleural, 1 above wing but 
situated posteriorly, 2 on postalar callosity and 3 pairs on the seutellum. 

Legs.—All femora moderately thickened. Bristles comparatively numerous. On 
the hind femur there is a transverse row of 3 chiefly medial apical bristles, 1 dorsal 
subapical, 4 dorsolateral, 4 lateral, 5 ventrolateral and 7 ventromedial bristles. 
Middle femur with fewer bristles. Anterior femur with 4 dorsal bristles, besides 
1 or 2 posterodorsal bristles near outer third. Anterior tibia without spine at apex. 
Claws sharp, empodium thick at base, pulvilli long and slender. 


254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Wings.—The marginal cell is open; anterior branch of third vein ends well 
above wing apex. Fourth posterior cell closed with a long stalk. Anal cell closed 
in margin. Ambient vein complete. 

Abdomen.—The abdomen is eylindroid and tapered. Pile is abundant but flat 
appressed, coarse in males; middles of tergites largely bare. Tergite one with 5 
or 6 pairs of bristles. Eight tergites in each sex. Epandrium emits on each side 
a long, obtuse process; hypandrium emits a single long, curved process. Spines 
on the acanthophorites. 


Zabrotica clarkei, new species 


Very dark brown, feebly shining, with abundant brownish yellow pollen. 

Length, 12 mm. 

Male. Head.—The head is black, densely covered with brownish yellow pollen 
on the front, anterior part of ocellarium, a narrow stripe between the ocelli behind 
and the whole occiput. On the face there is dense, coarse pubescence of the same 
color, which extends to a more limited extent over the middle portion of the face 
among the dense bristles of the mystax. The gibbosity of the face occupies per- 
haps a little more than three-fourths of the face and is established a little abruptly 
a short distance beneath the antenna. The middle half of the face on this gibbous 
portion is densely covered with numerous, slender, long, black bristles laterally and 
dorsally but with nearly 20 equally long, stout, white bristles in the middle of the 
lower part. Palpus black with slender, black bristles. Proboscis black, attenuate 
apically, heightened by the strong, basal carina ending beyond the middle. Pile 
of occiput white, long, fine, rather abundant and wavy. Upper occiput beginning 
at the middle with 14 pairs of rather strong, black bristles. Ocellarium with 4 
pairs of quite long, moderately stout, black bristles, 2 of them placed behind. 
Sides of front with 2 rows of 15 quite long, more slender, black bristles or bristly 
hairs and a tuft of 5 fine, black hairs in front of each antenna. 

Thorax.—The thorax is brownish black, densely covered with coarse, brownish 
yellow micropubescence in several shades and with the apparent bare areas of the 
opaque mesonotum reddish to golden brown pollinose. There is a conspicuous 
acrostical row of many strong, slender, black bristles, also a presutural differenti- 
ation of still stronger and still longer dorsocentral bristles; 5 long and 2 short 
bristles lie in front of the suture, 4 long and several short bristles lie behind the 
suture. Lateral bristles are black and rather strong. There are 3 notopleurals in 
a row, 1 postsupraalar and on the post callus 2 yellowish white, long, stout bristles 
and 3 weaker, black bristles. Seutellum concolorous and pubescent like the meso- 
notum, its margin with 3 pairs of stout, long, black bristles. No pile on the dise. 
From oblique light half of the scutellar dise appears bright, brassy pubescent, the 
other half dark and the prescutellar area appears to have 2 bright stripes of such 
pubescence, together with a basolateral spot and from the opposite side these 
spots and scutellar pattern change position. Halteres dully brownish yellow. Pleuron 
somewhat reddish over the middle coxa, the whole surface densely brownish yellow 
micropubescenee. Metapleuron with a vertical row of 8 stout, whitish bristles and 
4 similar hairs. 

Legs.—The coxae are brownish black, the femora all tend to be dark reddish 
brown and shining with the dorsal surface obscurely blackish. The pile is loose, 
coarse, subappressed and whitish. The bristles are pale yellow, almost limited to 
the hind femora and tibia, rather short but quite stout. Hind femur with 7 lateral 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


bo 
o 
oO 


bristles, 4 ventrolateral, 2 distal ventral medial bristles, besides 5 other long, white 
hairs. At the apex there are 2 dorsomedial bristles side by side, 1 dorsolateral 
bristle and a larger one behind. All tibia light reddish brown. Hind tibia with 
4 dorsolateral, 3 dorsomedial, 3 ventrolateral bristles and ventromedially 2 short, 
black bristles. Middle femur with a stout, white bristle anteriorly at the outer 
fifth, a smaller one before the middle and a stout bristle posteriorly near the apex. 
Middle tibia with 5 anterodorsal, 4 shorter, darker, dorsal bristles, 5 posterior and 
2 posteroventral bristles besides 2 ventral distal bristles. Anterior femur with 
only 1 stout, reddish bristle posteriorly near the subapex. Bristles of its tibia 
similar to the middle tibia but shorter. Claws only moderately sharp, black, widely 
reddish at the base, pulvilli long, with parallel sides, the empodium long and sharp. 

Wings.—The wings are hyaline, villi absent. Marginal cell widely open, pos- 
terior cells maximally open except the fourth which is closed with a long stalk; 
anal cell widely open, the ambient vein stout. 

Abdomen.—The abdomen is slender and tends to be a little compressed laterally. 
It is dark, sepia brown and densely, brownish yellow pollinose, with a tendency 
towards slightly bare areas and change in pattern with a change in direction of 
light. From above obliquely the posterior corners appear to have large triangles 
of pollen. Pile fine, scanty, loose, yellowish white, subappressed, finely attenuate. 
There are a few longer hairs on the sides of the first 3 tergites and the first tergite 
bears 5 or 6 weak, yellow bristles, sometimes with 1 more stout, reddish bristle. 
Sternites concolorous with the mesonotum similarly pollinose but with wider, bare, 
posterior margins. Those of the first to fourth sternites each with a right bright, 
diffuse, small, medial, posterior spot of paler pollen, which stands out from the 
background. Terminalia reddish brown, the long processes of the fully cleft epan- 
drium darker and the hypandrium darker. Basal portions more light reddish. 

Type—Male, Oroya, Peru, May 7,:.1914,-C. Hea, T: Townsend 
collector. In the United States National Museum. Named in honor of 
Dr. J. F. Gates Clarke. 


Margaritola, new genus 

Type of genus: Margaritola mirabilis, new species. 

Peculiar flies, small and robust with short, rather high thorax, quite wide head 
with prominent, goggle-eyed appearance. It has exceptionally broad, generalized 
wings and a very long antenna composed chiefly of the microplumose microseg- 
ments which are longer than the third segment itself. Length 6 mm. without 
antenna. 

Head.—The head is of medium length; in profile the upper face is quite short, 
almost plane with the eye and strongly retreating below. Occiput is poorly devel- 
oped. Proboscis exceptionally small, short, robust, obtuse, and not extended as 
far as the face. Palpus large, elongate with small, short, basal segments. The 


antenna is exceptionally elongate, nearly twice as long as the head and slender. 
First 2 segments each quite short, subequal and bead-like. The third segment, 
microsegments included, is at least 5 times the combined length of the first 2 seg- 
ments. The third segment proper is not as long as the 2 microsegments but nearly 
as long as the second and ultimate microsegment. Both microsegments and end of 
third segment bear dense, long micropubescence. In anterior aspect the head is 
quite wide, the face below the antenna is one-fourth the head width; upper third 
of face bears not very dense, coarse pubescence. Remainder is polished and bare, 


256 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


except for similar sparse pubescence bordering the small, nearly horizontal sub- 
epistoma. Upper face with no pile; middle face with 3 or 4 long, bristly hairs of 
weak bristles. Lower retreating face with 3 or 4 similar hairs on each side. Front 
extremely short, the vertex a little widened, and scarcely excavated, though the eye 
rises above the vertex; the ocellarium is quite large and high with vertical sides. 

Thorax.—The thorax is short and rather high, the mesonotum moderately high 
and convex, abrupt anteriorly, densely covered with coarse, undifferentiated, sub- 
erect pile; lateral bristles absent. Prosternum fused laterally. 

Legs.—The legs are short, especially the femora; the first 4 femora are distinctly 
stout. The slightly longer hind femur only moderately stout, densely covered with 
rather long, fine appressed pile and a few, weak, slender bristles; it has very weak, 
ventrolateral bristles and 4 much longer, equally slender, ventromedial bristles. 
Hind tibia with 2 lateral bristles at the middle and beyond and in nearly the same 
position 2 ventrolateral bristles besides 2 ventromedial bristles and 2 others near 
the apex which are erect. Hind basitarsus with dense, erect, glandular-tipped pile. 
Claws small, straight, sharp and hooked at the immediate apex. Pulvillus well 
developed. 

Wings.—The wings are exceptionally broad, being little more than twice as 
long as wide. The marginal cell quite widely open the first vein and the costa are 
all much stouter than the remaining veins. The 2 branches of the third vein end 
almost an equal distance above and below the wing apex. All posterior cells open 
maximally; the discal cell is short and broad, the short anterior crossvein enters 
the middle of this cell. Anal cell very widely open. Alula narrow and ambient 
vein complete. 

Abdomen.—The abdomen is rather wide with the base perhaps not quite as wide 
as the mesonotum but with the third tergite, however, fully as wide as the meso- 
notum. The abdomen is comparatively short; males with 7 tergites, the seventh 
half as long as the sixth, the third a little more than half as long as the second, 
and the eighth totally concealed beneath the seventh. The male terminalia are 
recessive and the basally, at least partially split, epandrium is largely tucked 
beneath the last tergite. Remainder of terminalia rather deeply recessed within 
the epandrial hood and reminiscent of the Stichopogonini, to which it is nowise 
related. 


Named for my wife, Marguerite Chappell Hull, who has collected 
many flies and who has greatly aided me in my work with Diptera. 


Margaritola mirabilis, new species 

Abdomen broad, light brownish orange; wings exceptionally broad and brown. 

Length, 7 mm. including the antenna. 

Female. Head.—The head is quite black, for the most part polished and shining, 
and exclusive of the occiput, with only a small portion micropubescent or pollinose. 
Face not very high, gently rounded, retreating below with a large, short, oval, 
transverse, bare area occupying at least two-thirds of the lower face and not quite 
reaching the eye margin on each side. Remainder of face, cheeks, eye margins 
and the anterior border of the very small, horizontal subepistoma coarsely whitish 
micropubescent, arising from the bare area and widely separated. There is a tuft 
of 6 rather long, but extremely fine, pale yellow, bristly hairs extended straight 
outward. Palpus comparatively large, elongate, cylindrical, of 2 segments, the apex 
slightly narrowed; the apex bears 3 and the ventral surface bears in 1 row 6 slen- 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO, 6, DECEMBER, 1958 257 


der, yellow, bristly hairs as long as those of the face. Proboscis somewhat laterally 
compressed, much shorter than the face and extended horizontally forward. Front 
and vertex bare except for a narrow line of coarse pubescence along the eyes. 
Ocellarium moderately high and steep with 3 pairs of slender, yellowish, bristly 
hairs and a tuft of 2 on each side immediately behind. Antenna quite elongate, 
slender, black, the basal half of the second segment with reddish sepia cast to the 
dense, but extremely short pubescence. Beyond the middle the pubescence becomes 
a little more coarse or loose, equally dense and more blackish. Pile of the first 2 
segments bristly and reddish. First 2 segments minute and subequal, the third 
segment bears 2 microsegments which together are longer than the first segment 
and of equal thickness. The first microsegment is no longer than the first antennal 
segment. There is some evidence that the apex of the second microsegment may be 
subdivided but it is obscured by the pubescence. 

Thorax.—The thorax is black, dully shining. There is a triangle of greyish 
yellow, coarse pubescence medial to the humerus which extends backward as a 
medial vitta, widening and confluent with the other half before the scutellum, 
and laterally extended behind the humerus to broadly connect a similar stripe on 
the lateral margin. These triangles almost connect at the base of the pronotum. 
The lateral stripe runs narrowly in front of the post callus which is bare dorsally, 
but pubescent below. The broad area in front of the scutellum is flecked with 
bare spots. Seutellum gently convex to the sloping edge of the rim, shining black 
and thinly grey pollinose, mostly bare in the middle with a trace of a median spot 
of pubescence. Pleuron rather uniformly greyish yellow micropubescent. Pro- 
notum with reddish brown pollen. 

Legs.—The legs are wholly light brownish orange, except the last 3 segments 
of all of the tarsi, which are dark reddish brown, pile and bristles yellow. All 
femora are a little stout. Hind tibia a little swollen from the base to the apex 
and rather large at the apex. Hind basitarsus long and stout with dense, erect 
fringe of pale, ventral sensory hairs. All bristles are extremely weak, being seareely 
more than bristly hairs except on the middle tibia where they are a little more 
prominent and those of the first 3 tarsal segments are more prominent. Hind femur 
with 3 quite long, ventromedial, bristly hairs along the middle, 5 ventrolateral, 
also along the middle, its tibia with 2 lateral, 2 dorsal, 3 ventrolateral and 2 ven- 
tral. Middle tibia with 3 rather long, ventral, 2 anterior bristles and 4 short, dorsal 
bristles. 

Wings.—The wings are unusually broad and uniformly tinted with medium dark, 
reddish sepia brown. Marginal cell and all posterior cells widely open, including 
the anal eell. 

Abdomen.—The abdomen is only slightly convex, the first 2 tergites being slightly 
flattened over the middle. The first 4 tergites have nearly parallel sides but are 
a little the widest on the second and third tergites where they are fully as wide 
as the thorax. Remaining tergites only a little narrowed. Seven tergites present, 
the seventh half as long as the sixth. Female terminalia short, obtuse, barely pro- 
truding beyond the seventh tergite. The whole abdomen is light brownish yellow 
or orange with minute, scanty, appressed pile which becomes a little longer, more 
dense and suberect on the side margins. No bristles present. 

Type—Female, Lourenco Marquez, Africa, November 6, 1902, C. 
W. Howard collector. In the collections of the United States National 
Museum. 


Lo 
on 
oe) 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


A NOTE ON SWARMING AND EMERGENCE OF ANTS 
(HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAE) 


Swarms of Myrmica emeryana Forel were observed at intervals of 
about 100 yards for a distance of nearly 5 miles while I was driving 
along U. 8. Highway 12 between Black River Falls and Tomah, Wis- 
consin, on August 29, 1958. As the car approached the swarms they 
had the appearance of large clouds of black smoke drifting across the 
highway from the tops of the pine trees that densely lned the right- 
ot-way. However, in most instances when the car drew alongside, each 
swarm was found to be suspended in the air above the 25-foot wide 
parkway between the pavement and the trees. The swarms were of 
various shapes and sizes, but most were spherical aggregations ap- 
proximately 10 feet in diameter. They were uniformly at tree-top 
height, which was estimated at 40 feet. During a stop to make a 
collection, many winged ants were seen on the ground alone or mating. 
The random sample of specimens had a 4:1 ratio of males to females. 
The sandy soil of the parkway contained numerous colonies of Lasius 
neoniger Kmery among a sparse growth of grasses and weeds. Worker 
ants of these colonies appeared to be scavenging on individuals of 
M. emeryana. 

The swarming locality was driven into soon after leaving a heavy 
rain storm. The air was muggy, and the sky heavily overeast but rain 
apparently had not yet fallen in the swarming area. Observations 
were made at 2:30 p.m. Standard Time. 

On July 26-28, 1958, an emergence of winged males and females of 
Lasius sitkaensis Pergande was observed at Ruidoso, New Mexico, ele- 
vation 7,000 feet. Ant colonies had not been noticed in a well-traveled 
pathway prior to the appearance of the alates at newly opened en- 
trance holes. The emergence followed early afternoon showers. Alates 
were clustered around emergence holes until late afternoon, dispersing 
gradually by flying away singly rather than swarming. Emergenees on 
the second and third day occurred under conditions similar to the first 
day, but a noticeable reduction in the number of individuals took place 
on the successive days. 

It was hypothesized that the observed activity was associated with 
environmental conditions of increased moisture and reduced light in- 
tensity. However, many different factors may be related to such 
activity, including ‘‘clock’’ rhythms reported on by McCluskey (Scei- 
ence 128:536, 1958). 

The writer is grateful to Dr. W. L. Brown, Jr., for identifying the 
species of ants. Specimens of the ants are deposited in the Harvard 
Museum of Comparative Zoology. 


Joun T. MEpDLER, Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison. 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 259 


SOME ATTINE SYNONYMS AND TYPES 
(HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAE) 


Nrau A. WEBER, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 


Studies in the European Forel, Santschi and Emery collections of 
attine or fungus-growing ants!, supported by a grant from the Na- 
tional Science Foundation, have shown that a number of synonyms 
exist. Some in Atta and Trachymyrmex have been published (Weber, 
1958, Ent. News 69 :7-13 and 49-55) the present records are by genera 
listed below. These synonyms reflect not only the direct examination 
of types but a growing realization, based on field and laboratory stud- 
ies, that considerable infraspecific variation is normal. The attine 
tribe as a group consists of spiny and ferruginous workers and it has 
been found true particularly that the exact proportons of spines and 
the color varies considerably within a colony. As so often has been the 
case, a description of a new species based on one or two known speci- 
mens can hardly picture the true situation. For this reason it should 
be useful to redescribe some species, indicate where the types now are 
and if possible to show where conspecific material may be found. 


Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. minutus Mayr 
1862. Cyphomyrmex minutus Mayr, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 12:691. 

Forel, Santschi and Emery were in agreement on the common Cy- 
phomyrmex form as shown by the specimens so labeled in their collec- 
tions. They placed them under Cyphomyrmex rimosus minutus. The 
proper name to be applied to it is another matter since their collections 
do not contain any types of Spinola or Mayr, the describers of rimosus 
(recorded from Para, Brazil) and minutus (from Cuba). 

The specimens listed by Forel, Santschi and Emery as minutus are 
the same form considered by the author (Weber, 1940, Rev. de Ent. 
11 :406-427 and Ibid., 12 :93-130) to be the widely distributed rimosus 
of the islands and shores of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea and 
the mainland south to Brazil and Bolivia. In the Forel Collection is a 
pin marked ‘‘Cotypus’’ with the labels: “‘C. Steinheili & Forel, Bre- 
sil; C. rimosus Spin. r. minutus Mayr, coll. A. Forel.’’ The single 
worker is on a minuten nadeln with heavy iron salt spicules protrud- 
ing from the high part of the thorax.? It has a thorax length of 1.09 


1 That of Forel in the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle in Geneva, Switzerland; of 
Santschi in the Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland; and of Emery in 
the Museo Civico Di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy. The authorities of these mu- 
seums were most helpful in making available their collections for study. 

2 The term ‘‘thorax’’, as used generally in myrmecology, is taken to mean the 
compact, rigid part separated from the head and petiolar node or nodes by sharp 
constrictions. The fact that in its development it may include the first abdominal 
segment need not obscure the primary concept of a well understood central strue- 
ture that bears the legs (and wings in males and females). The term ‘‘alitrunk’’, 
used in place of ‘‘thorax’’, is inaccurate when applied to the wingless worker ant, 
is a longer word and does not appear to be an improvement. 


260 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


mm. and total extended length of 3.01 mm. The postpetiolar node 
from above is 0.830 mm. long by 0.42 mm. wide. This also is the com- 
mon form. It is probable that minutus, too, is a synonym of rimosus 
but this cannot be proved with existing evidence. From considerable 
collecting in the area the author has coneluded that this is as variable 
a species as other attines have proven to be. 


Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. fuscus Emery 


NO 


1894. Cyphomyrmex rimosus var. fuscus Emery. Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. 26:225. 

1921. Cyphomyrmex rimosus var. fuscula Emery, Genera Insectorum, Fase. 174, 
p. 342. 

1938. Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. curiapensis Weber, Rev. Ent. 9:190. New 
synonymy. 


Emery renamed this ant fuscula when Trachymyrmex was considered by him to 
be a subgenus of Cyphomyrmex. He had earlier in the same 1894 publication 
named an ant T. urichi subsp. fusca. Sinee there appears now no good reason to 
consider Trachymyrmex a subgenus of Cyphomyrmex his original name should 
stand. Aside from morphological evidence, the present ant cultivates a yeast-lke 
fungus on insect excrement, the Trachymyrmex a hyphal form of fungus on vegetal 
substrate. 

The Emery collection now contains two pins here, one with five workers bearing 
the labels: ‘‘F. 59, 8. Cath., Schm; Cyphomyrmex rimosus Sp. var. fuscus Emery.’’ 
The second pin, of two males, one alate female and two workers has the same 
“*S. Cath. Schmidt’’ top label. The Forel collection contains as a ‘‘Cotypus’’ a 
pin of two workers labelled: ‘‘Cyphomyrmex rimosus var. fusca Em; S. Cath- 
arina.’? 

These type ants are large, sharply sculptured rimosus with the occipital angles 
more produced than in trinitatis but with less acute posterior thoracic tubercles. 
The scapes surpass the occipital angles by their distal diameters. The antero- 
median impression of the gaster and squamate hairs are conspicuous. A direct 
comparison with cotypes of curiapensis shows that they are the same. The three 
castes of the latter were described in 1938. 


Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. transversus Emery 


1894. Cyphomyrmex rimosus subsp. transversus Emery, Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. 26:226. 
1901. Cyphomyrmex rimosus st. olindanus Forel, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 45:337. 
1938. Cyphomyrmex rimosus ssp. venezuelensis Weber, Rev. Ent. 9:188. New 


synonymy. 


The Emery collection contains four pins in the type series, the lead- 
ing pin bearing the labels: ‘‘ Matto Grosso, Germain.’’ It contains one 
dealate female and three workers. The postpetiolar node of the female 
from above is 0.32 mm. long by 0.52 mm. wide so that it is indeed 
transverse as the new name implied. The Forel collection contains a 
pin with one worker marked ‘‘Cotypus,’’ from Matto Grosso, whose 
postpetiolar node is 0.22 mm. long by 0.30 mm. wide. The Forel col- 
lection also contains a pin marked ‘‘Typus’’ from Olinda, Brazil with 
two workers which presumably are the types of the svnonym, olindanus. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 261 


A comparison of cotypes of venezwelensis with the workers in the 
Forel collection show them to be the same. A worker marked ‘*‘ Coty- 
pus’’ and sent to me by Menozzi in the 1930’s is from Matto Grosso 
(Germain) and may be part of the type series. It is small and with 
the postpetiolar node deeply impressed. Despite minor differences, 
venezuelensis is best considered a synonym. 


Cyphomyrmex salvini Forel 
1899. Cyphomyrmex rimosus race salvini Forel, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Hym. 3:40. 


The Forel collection contained two pins, one of which was wrongly 
labeled ‘*Typus.’’ This one, with three workers, had six separate la- 
bels, reading from top to bottom: ‘‘Typus; Port Limon, Costa Rica, 
ITI 25.05, F. C. Paulmeier ; Type No. AMNH;; C. rimosus salvini For ; 
r. C. salvini Forel; coll. A. Forel.’’ The second pin, of one worker, has 
two labels: ‘‘C. rimosus, Spin. & r. Salvini Forel; coll. A. Forel.’’ It 
is unfortunate that it had no locality label; Bugaba, Panama 
(Champion) is the type locality. The total length of the worker, with 
head and gaster bent down, is 2.2 mm., thorax length 1.11 mm. and 
the occipital angles 0.10 mm. One of the Costa Rican workers had 
occipital angles 0.12 mm. long. The two pins were of the same species. 
The caste described and figured originally by Forel is the female but 
his figure compared with the workers in the Forel collection and those 
described below as acutus indicate clearly what the species is, regard- 
less of where the female may be. When the type female and the female 
of acutus are found, the latter may be considered a synonym. 

Cyphomyrmex salvini ssp. acutus Weber 
1940. Cyphomyrmex acutus Weber, Rey. de Ent. 11:409. 

The typical salvini worker, as listed above, is darker and more 
densely and finely punctate than the cotype of acutus with which it 
was compared. The latter has a much more acute post-ocular tubercle 
and the postpetiolar tubercles are more prominent. For these reasons 
acutus is temporarily retained as a subspecies although, when more 
specimens of both appear, acutus may turn out to be a synonym. 

The best biological evidence for considering either salvini or acutus 
as a species separate from rimosus would be the finding of the fungus 
earden. If it consists of yeast-like masses of cells on insect excrement 
this would suggest that the ants belong to the rimosus complex which 
is unique in possessing this type of garden. If like costatus, e.g., mM 
having a typical mycelium, the ants should be treated as a separate 
species. 

Myrmicocrypta I. Smith 
Myrmicocrypta collaris Emery 


1913. Myrmicocrypta collaris Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 57:252. 
1913. Myrmicocrypta corniculata Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 57:253. New 
synonymy. 


262 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Although Emery described both species as new, these were each 
based on single alate females that still exist in the Emery collection. 
The collaris female, labeled ‘‘ Vilecanota, Peru, Stug.; Myrmicoerypta 
eollaris Em.’’, has an extended length as mounted of 3.62 mm. thorax 
1.27 mm. and postpetiolar node from above of 0.26 mm. long by 0.47 
mm. wide. The corniculata female, labeled: ‘‘Pachitea, Peru, Stde. ; 
Myrmicocrypta corniculata Em,’’ has an extended length as mounted 
of 3.6 mm., thorax 1.16-1.20 (difficult to see exactly) and a postpetiolar 
node from above of 0.27 mm. lone by 0.47 mm. wide. Both specimens 
were evidently from the collector, Staudinger. A direct comparison 
of the two shows that they are conspecific and that sheht differences 
in wings and the occipital area are not significant. Since collaris was 
deseribed first, this name should stand. 

Direct comparisons with specimens of ednaella, longinoda, occipi- 
talis, spinosa, unidentata and urichi show these to be distinct. 


Myrmicocrypta squamosa fF. Smith 


1860. Myrmicocrypta squamosa Smith, Jour. Ent. 1:74. 
1934. Myrmicocrypta buenzlii Borgmeier, Arq. Inst. Biol. Veget. Rio de Janeiro, 
1:104. New synonymy. 


The Forel collection contains a pin of three workers labeled: “‘M. 
squamosa Sm., %, Ypiranga, Sao Paulo (Ihering)’’ that agree well 
with Trinidad specimens of buenzlii, whose type locality is Surinam. 
Since Smith’s descriptions were often worthless, the continental myr- 
mecologists went to some pains to determine what they applied to. If 
Forel’s concept is correct in this instance, buenzlii becomes a synonym. 


Mycetophylax Emery 


1913. Cyphomyrmex subg. Mycetophylax, Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 57:251. 
1956. Paramycetophylax, nov. gen. Kusnezoy, Idia, Agosto-Sept., p. 24. (Minist. 
Agric. y Ganaderia, Buenos Aires.) New synonymy. 


The new genus, Paramycetophylar, was based on bruchi described 
below and is discussed there. 


Mycetophylax bruchi Santschi 


1916. Sericomyrmex bruchi, Santschi, Physis, 2:183. 

1922. Mycetophylax bruchi, Santschi, Bull. Soe. Vaud. Se. Nat., p. 355. 

1956. Paramycetophylax bruchi, Kusnezov, Idia, Agosto-Sept., p. 24. (Minist. 
Agric. y Ganaderia, Buenos Aires.) New synonymy. 


Santschi dedicated a number of ants to Carlos Bruch. Several were 
attines and he later placed them in other attine genera so that con- 
fusion is sometimes possible. Fortunately the Santschi collection still 
contains a type ant labeled ‘‘ Mycetophylax bruchi Sants.; Argentine ; 
Puerto Madryn (Biraben)’’ which is No. 3450 in the collection. This 
is a worker with a thorax, excluding neck, of 1.32 mm., or length with 
neck of 1.89 mm. The postpetiole from above is 0.30 mm. long by 0.41 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 263 


mm. wide. The head back of the eyes is 0.91 mm. and it is 1.01 mm. 
from occiput to the anterior border of the clypeus. The head appears 
squarish. I noted it at the time as ‘‘a good Mycetophylax but with 
large, acute inferior pronotal tubercles as in ants of other related 
genera and with a very slight anterior pronotal median gibbosity (not 
tubercle).’’ Santschi’s type of pauper is similar but his cristatulatus 
has a strikingly high median gibbosity or obtuse tuberosity on the 
median pronotal area. Kusnezov bases his descriptions of Paramyceto- 
phylax on Santschi’s same Puerto Madryn species and figures the head 
of a worker. Considering the Santschi type, it would appear that 
unless attine genera are to be broken up into many on the basis of 
minor distinctions, the new genus name would be a synonym. In this 
particular case the ant has a character somewhat transitional to that 
of other genera. 


Mycetophylax emeryi Forel 


1907. Myrmicocrypta emeryi Forel, Intern. Se. Rev. Genevo 4:144. 
1948. Mycetophylax hummelincki Weber, Ultgaver. Natuurwet. Stud. v. Suriname 
en Curacao 3 (No. 14): 78. New synonymy. 


A cotype worker in the Santschi collection from Cienaga, Colombia 
(Forel) has the same color and structural characters as hummelinckt. 
The Wheeler and Santschi descriptions, used as a basis for describing 
hummelincki, proved unreliable. 


Mycetophylax emeryi ssp. bolivari Weber 


1948. Mycetophylax bolivari Weber. Ultgaver. Natuurwet. Stud. v. Suriname en 
Curacao 3 (No. 14): 78. 


Considering the specimens so far known, bolivari is best considered 
to be a geographical subspecies of emery: differing in much paler color. 
It is primarily a pale ferruginous with head slightly darker. 


Sericomyrmex Mayr 
Sericomyrmex amabalis Wheeler 


1925. Sericomyrmex amabalis Wheeler, Biol. Bull. 49:166. 
1931. Sericomyrmesx bierigi Santschi, Rev. de Ent. 1:279. New synonymy. 


The Santschi collection contains under bierigi three pins labeled: 
‘Panama, La Conception, 16.vii.30, Bierig,’’ and one labeled: ** Pan- 
ama, France Field, Bierig 1.vi.30.’’ These type ants agree exactly 
with dark specimens of amabalis from the latter type locality, Barro 
Colorado Island, Canal Zone. Santschi lacked specimens of amabalis 
for comparison and was unaware of the marked color and size differ- 
ences since found by the present writer to be common in this species 
although not present in Wheeler’s type series. Specimens taken in 
March 1957 on Barro Colorado Island were a dark brown. To the 
distribution of the species may also be added specimens collected at 
Turrialba and Bataan, Costa Rica (N.A.W.). 


264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Acromyrmex Mayr 
Acromyrmex (Moellerius) landolti Forel 


1884. Atta (Acromyrmex) Landolti Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat. 20:357. 


Unfortunately the types of landolti were not seen in the Forel collec- 
tion. Under balzani this collection has specimens from Paraguay (Fie- 
brig). In the Santschi collection, however, the ants labeled as this and 
the ants of balzani and its forms prove to be of one species. The 
Emery collection landolti also are of the same species as balzani. Speci- 
mens collected by the author at Rio Poree, Colombia in 1938 as typical 
landolti-balzant and may well be similar to the types of landolti, 
which came from Colombia. In the keys that Emery, Forel and Sant- 
schi used for separating the species of Acromyrmex the two key out 
together and are separated on minor distinctions. It would appear, 
therefore, that balzani, described six years later, is the synonym or at 
most a subspecies of landolti. Because the types of landolti were not 
studied, balzani is retained until better proof is at hand. 


Acromyrmex (Moellerius) balzani Emery 
1890. Acromyrmex (Moellerius) balzani Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. France, 10:67. 


There are four pins in the Emery collection, the first, containing 
eight workers of differing sizes, jumbled together, bearing the labels: 
‘‘Paraguay, Balzan; Atta Balzani Em. n. sp.’’ As described under 
landolti, this may be same as that species. The eight workers were 
compared with the subspecies named by the author as follows: 


A planorum cotype (Rev. de Ent. 1937, 7:409) lacks the epinotal 
tubercle and the well developed horseshoe-shaped ridge on which are 
the median anterior pronotal tubercles; it is much paler. 


A myersi paratype with thorax 2.60 mm. (Rev. de Ent. 1937, 7 :408) 
has fewer striae on the frons, has larger occipital tubercles and higher 
median anterior pronotal tubercles. 


A pampanus cotype (Rev. de. Ent. 1938, 9:200) has the striae of 
the frons less extensive and the occipital spine rises more abruptly. 


Santschi’s var. multituber holotype, a maxima with thorax 2.71 
mm. (Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat. 54:362) has the frons densely and 
finely rugulose between the carinae. 


Santschi’s var. senex cotypes from Pirapora, Brazil (Rev. Mus. 
Paulista, 1923; 13:19) have a fine, dense rugulosity generally distrib- 
uted over the head and on part of the thorax. The thorax leneth of 
the maxima is 2.58 mm. and it has a well developed inferior mesonotal 
spine as in myerst. 

The above differences seem minor and it is possible that these forms 
are synonyms of a widely distributed and variable species which 
should be called landolti. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 265 


THE PROBLEM OF COLOR VARIATION IN PODABRUS 
(COLEOPTERA, CANTHARIDAE ) 


GEORGE WILLIAM MISKIMEN, Department of Biology, 
University of Florida, Gainesville 


Within the genus Podabrus there are many instances of trouble- 
some color variations among species which show little intraspecific 
structural difference. In some instances these color variants have been 
described as full species or as subspecies. I have studied two cases of 
this type in an effort to arrive at a working hypothesis for future study 
to determine the exact nature of these differences. 

The West Coast forms Podabrus comes Lee., P. pruinosus pruinosus 
Lee., and P. pruinosus diversipes Fall are identical in structural mor- 
phology. The only observable difference is color variation involving 
the legs, antennae, occiput, and the last two or three abdominal stern- 
ites. In comes these parts are essentially rufous, in prwinosus pruino- 
sus strongly melanized, and in pruinosus diversipes exhibit all degrees 
of gradation. Certain relationships between various darkened struc- 
tures may be noted. Specimens closest to the rufous condition have 
increasingly darker tibiae, tarsi, and antennae. When these structures 
reach nearly maximal melanization the femora, except for the distal 
tips, become progressively darker. Finally, in some examples the 
terminal sternites of the abdomen become dark. The procoxae appar- 
ently do not become melanistic. The combined range of these forms 
extends from southern California north to British Columbia with a 
few captures in western New Mexico and Nevada. Strongly melanized 
specimens are much more common in the northern parts of the range 
and also in the higher altitudes of mountains. The rufous type is more 
common in the lowlands of the southern part of the range. Most ex- 
amples of the lighter type, however, show at least some evidence of 
melanization. There is an extensive zone of intergradation from north- 
ern California to southern Washington. 


The above observations indicate that these nominal species form a 
natural unit best expressed by the names P. pruinosus pruimosus, P. 
pruinosus diversipes, and P. pruinosus comes. 

The Mississippi Valley species, P. tomentosus Lec., also shows color 
variation. Western specimens in the hot, dry Great Plains region have 
flavous elytral margins whereas eastern members of the species have 
totally black elytra. A gradational zone may be plotted as extending 
from Minnesota through Illinois, then southward. An exceptional 
capture with flavous elytral borders was made from Ohio in a series 
having entirely black elytra. 

In both P. pruinosus and P. tomentosus these color variations paral- 
lel Glogers’ Rule as applied to invertebrates, since these beetles tend 
to be more melanistic in areas of increasing moisture and coolness: 
Dobzhansky (1933), Hovanitz (1941), Netolitzky (1931), Spieth 
(1938), Zimmermann (1931). Hot, dry surroundings shortly after 


266 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


emergence and prior to hardening of the exoskeleton tend to retard 
melanin formation. This effect seems to be more pronounced if both 
the moisture and temperature factors are involved simultaneously. In 
the case of the West Coast species Fender (1949) noted that in the 
Willamette Valley of Oregon occasional colonies of the rufous type 
could be found. My hypothesis for this apparent irregularity is that 
members of these colonies may have emerged either late in the morn- 
ine after the temperature had risen, later in the season, or during a 
warmer than average day early in the season. These possibilities 
will require controlled experiments to ascertain their validity. It 
would be expected that the northern dark types be found occasionally 
in the southern part of the range due to local environmental conditions 
inducing increased melanin deposition. This is actually the case; I 
have noted many specimens from the southern part of the range which 
show some melanization although never as much as in the truly dark 
populations of British Columbia. 

Future study of this phenomenon will no doubt serve to further 
clarify the taxonomy of beetles in this group. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Dobzhansky, Theodosius, 1933. Geographical variation in lady-beetles. American 
Naturalist 67:97-126. 

Fender, Kenneth M., 1949. Studies in the Cantharidae IV. (Coleoptera). Pan- 
Pacific Ent. XXV (4) :185. 

Hovanitz, W., 1941. Parallel ecogenotypical color variation in butterflies. Ecology, 
1941 : 259-284. 

Netolitzky, F., 1931. Einige Regeln in der geographischen Verbreitung gefliigelter 
Kiaferrassen. Biol. Zentralbl, 51:277-290. 

Spieth, Herman T., 1939. Studies on the biology of the Ephemeroptera. I. Colora- 
tion and its relation to seasonal emergence. Canadian Entomologist LXX: 
210-218. 

Zimmermann, K., 1931. Studien tiber individuelle und geographischen Variabilitiét 
palaarktischer Polistes und verwandter Vespiden. Zeitschr. Morph. Okol. 22: 


OLOOT 
I 7 =e 0) 


DATE OF PUBLICATION, FIRST SUPPLEMENT, SYNOPTIC CATALOG 
OF NORTH AMERICAN HYMENOPTERA 


Initial copies of the First Supplement to ‘‘ Hymenoptera of America 
North of Mexico—Synoptie Catalog’’ (U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monoer. 
2, 305 pp.) were distributed to personnel of the Hymenoptera Unit in 
the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Laboratories in 
Washington, D. C., on October 8, 1958. The publication date on the 
title page, ‘September 1958,’’ is erroneous. 

Kart V. KromsBein, Editor, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., 
Washington, D. C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 267 


THREE NEW SPECIES OF CUERNOLESTES MILLER 
(HEMIPTERA, REDUVIIDAE) 


Jor C. ELKINS, 7010 Alderney Dr., Houston 24, Texas 


In this paper three new species of Cuernolestes Miller are described, 
bringing the total of described species to four. Additional notes con- 
tributory to the knowledge of the genus are included. 


Cuernolestes nanus, new species 


Male.—Length, 5.04 mm. Highly polished, color generally stramineous suffused 
with dark amber laterally on pronotum and on hemelytra; meso and metathoracie 
femora lightly annulate apically; pleura, abdomen, legs and antennae sparsely 
pubescent. 

Head with a spine ventro-laterally on each side before eye, another ventro- 
laterally on each side just behind posterior margin of eye, a seta on each side 
ventro-laterally juts before collum; intraocular suture distinct but very shallow; 
Ist rostral segment with two upward projecting spines; dorsum of jugum with an 
indistinet tubercle; length from anterior border of eye to tylus apex slightly more 
than longitudinal length of eye; Ist rostral segment attaining border of posterior 
ventro-lateral spines. 

Pronotum with spine at each antero-ventral angle on each side, whose length is 
subequal to longitudinal length of eye; length of humeral spine 1.5 times longer 
than terminal rostral segment; mesonotal spine 1/3rd shorter than humeral spine; 
metanotal process very short; dorsal median spine of Ist tergite 1/5th longer than 
basal rostral segment. 

Conformity of apical internal cell and surrounding veins of hemelytron as in 
fie 

Prothoracie coxa with three ventral short spines; prothoracic trochanter with 
one long apical spine, one middle short spine and one basal very short spine; 
prothoracic femur with six long rather robust spines on inner upper surface, two 
long robust spines ventrally with several shorter spines; prothoracic tibia with 
three robust spines on dorsal surface; other legs spineless; metathoracie femur 
surpassing abdominal apex. 

Connexival segments spineless. 

Posterior border of male hypopygium (fig. 4) somewhat narrowed and lightly 
bisinuate; claspers directed anteriorly as is characteristic of this genus. 

Female.—Unknown. 

Specific name from Greek vavus, 6, a dwarf. 

Holotype ¢, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, San Jose, Mindoro, II-22- 
45, BE. S. Ross. Deposited in the Calif. Acad. Sci. Collection. 


Cuernolestes normae, new species 


Male.—Length, 6.25 mm. High polished, general color dark amber suffused with 
stramineous on head and abdomen, legs light stramineous without annuli, hemelytra 
hyaline; pleura, abdomen, legs and antennae sparsely pubescent. 

Head with a spine ventro-laterally on each side before eye, another ventro- 
laterally on each side just behind posterior margin of eye, a small seta on each 


268 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


side ventro-laterally just before collum; intraocular suture indistinct; 1st rostral 
segment with two upward projecting spines; dorsum of jugum with a distinct 
small tubercle; length from anterior border of eye to tylus apex subequal to 
length of eye longitudinally; Ist rostral segment not reaching border of postocular 
ventro-lateral spines. 


oe es! 


lO 


Cuernolestes nanus, n. sp.: fig. 1, apieal internal cell and surrounding venation 
of hemelytron; fig. 4, male posterior hypopygial border. C. normae, n. sp.: fig. 2, 
apical internal cell and surrounding venation of hemelytron; fig. 5, male posterior 
hypopygial border. C. bakeri, n. sp.: fig. 2, apical internal cell and surrounding 
venation of hemelytron; fig. 6, male posterior hypopygial border; fig. 7, male 
clasper; fig. 8, aedeagus and basal plate; fig. 9, basal plate; fig. 10, genital capsule 
and claspers of male. C. philippinus Miller: fig. 3, apical internal cell and sur- 
rounding venation of hemelytron. 


Pronotum with spine at each antero-ventral angle on each side, whose length is 
subequal to that of terminal rostral segment; length of humeral spine slightly 
longer than terminal rostral segment; mesonotal spine 1/4th shorter than humeral 
spine; metanotal process very short; dorsal median spine of Ist tergite 1/5th 
shorter than basal rostral segment. 

Conformity of apical internal cell and surrounding veins of hemelytron as in 


= » 
fig. 2. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 269 


Prothoracic coxa with three ventral short spines; prothoracic trochanter with 
one long apical spine, one middle short spine and one basal very short spine; pro- 
thoracic femur with six long rather robust spines on inner upper surface, two 
long robust spines ventrally with several shorter spines; prothoracie tibia with 
three robust spines on dorsal surface; other legs spineless; metathoracic femur 
surpassing abdominal apex. 

Connexival segments spineless. 

Posterior border of male hypopygium (fig. 5) broad; elaspers directed anteriorly 
as is characteristic of this genus. 

Female.— Unknown. 

Specific name in honor of my wife, Norma. 

Holotype, ¢, BORNEO, Sandakan, Baker. Deposited in the U. 8. 
National Museum. 

Cuernolestes bakeri, new species 


Length from 6 mm to 6.10 mm. Highly polished, color dark amber lightly suf- 
fused with stramineous ventrally on abdomen; legs light stramineous with annuli 
at apices of all femora; pubescence sparse on abdomen, pleura, antennae and legs. 

Head with a spine ventro-laterally on each side before eye, another ventro- 
laterally on each side just behind posterior margin of eye, a small seta on each 
side ventro-laterally just before collum; Intraocular suture distinct; Ist rostral 
segment with two upward projecting spines; dorsum of jugum with a very distinet 
pointed tubercle; length from anterior border of eye to tylus apex subequal to 
length of eye longitudinally; Ist rostral segment not reaching border of postocular 
ventro-lateral spines. 

Pronotum with rather long spine at antero-ventral angle on each side, length 
of spine subequal to, or slightly longer than, longitudinal length of eye; length of 
humeral spine variable from slightly shorter to slightly longer than terminal 
rostral segment; mesonotal spine less than length of humeral spine; metanotal 
apical process very short; dorso-median spine of Ist tergite very long, slightly 
longer than to subequal to length of Ist rostral segment. 

Conformity of apieal internal cell and surrounding veins of hemelytron as in 
figs 2; 

Prothoracie coxa with three ventral short spines; prothoracic trochanter with 
one long apical spine, one middle short spine and one basal very short spine; 
prothoracic femur with six long rather robust spines on inner upper surface, two 
long robust spines ventrally with several shorter spines; prothoracie tibia with 
three robust spines on dorsal surface; other legs spineless; metathoracie femur 
surpassing abdominal apex. 

Connexival segments spineless. 

Posterior border of male hypopygium (fig. 6) almost pointed, shallowly U- 
shaped; elasper as in fig. 7, directed anteriorly as is characteristic of this genus; 
basal plate (fig. 9) minute, lacking anterior bridge; aedeagus tubular, roughly 
C-shaped; phallosoma not disseeted and everted. 

Female IXth tergite pointed and directed posteriorly rather than vertical; 
VIIIth tergite and attendant gonopophyses also following this conformity of an- 


terior poimtedness. 


270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Specific name in honor of the collector. 

Holotype, ¢, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, Surigao, Mindinao, Baker. 
Deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. Paratypes, 2 6 6,2 92 2, 
same data as holotype, 2 Elkins collection, 2 USNM. 


All the species known in this genus seem to comprise a closely knit 
eroup. Until additional individuals are available for genital dissection, 
it would be unwise to venture close relationships. 

Kry T0 THE SPECIES OF CUERNOLESTES 
1. Ist rostral surpassing border of postocular ventro-lateral spines; hemely- 
tral venation around apical internal cell as in fig. 1; male posterior 
hypopyLial border asiein aloe eee eee ens eee eee ee nanus, n. sp. 
Ist rostral not surpassing border of postocular ventro-lateral spines; 


Lo 


hemelytral venation around apical internal cell otherwise — io eee 


2. Head lacking seta on either side ventro-laterally before collum ; homely 
venation around apical internal cell as in fig. 3 _.-___. philippinus Miller 
Head with seta on either side ventro-laterally before collum; hemelytral 


9 fa} 


venation around apical internal cell as in fig. 2 ee Sl fs 3 


we) 


Tuberele on dorsum of each jugum indistinet, femora not ataratee apie Calley 
posterior border of male hypopygium broad (fig. 5) —..-___.. normae, n. sp. 

Tubercle on dorsum of each jJugum small but es femora annulate, 
posterior border of male hypopygium rather pointed (fig. 6). bakeri, n. sp. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Miller, N. C. E., 1954. New genera and species of Reduviidae (Hemiptera Heter- 
optera). Comment. Biol., Soc. Sci. Fenn. 13(17) :2, 3. 


BOOK NOTICE 


THE WORLD OF BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS, by Alexander B. Klots. Nu- 
merous text illustrations, including photographs; 24 full page color plates; 207 
pp. MeGraw-Hill Book Co., Ine., New York. $15.00. 


This English version of Mr. Klots’ contribution to the series of La 
Nature Viwante is a clearly written attempt to bring to others an 
interest in the study of these insects. The text, divided into chapters 
dealing with ancestry, structures, biology, food habits, relationships 
to other insects and to man, and distribution, is aimed at young and 
old alike. The principal attraction of this book is the excellent quality 
of the illustrations, which should serve to whet anyone’s appetite for 
further study of the order Lepidoptera.— Ep. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 271 


TWO NEW AND TWO RARE TUBULIFEROUS THRIPS, RECORDED 
PRINCIPALLY FROM ILLINOIS 
(THYSANOPTERA, PHLAEOTHRIPIDAE ) 


Lewis J. STANNARD, JR., Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana 


The species described or listed herein belong to taxonomically diffi- 
cult groups. These and many of their relatives are not only extremely 
close in diagnostic characteristics but also, what is worse, they are 
members of genera that have never been revised or analyzed. If the 
new characteristics and comparisons introduced in the following prove 
to be of aid, it is hoped that any synonyms that chance to result will 
be justly pardoned. 

The types and other specimens studied are deposited in the collec- 
tions of the Illinois Natural History Survey. 


Eurythrips setiger, new species 


Female (macropterous).—Length, distended, nearly 2 mm. General color dark 
brown, being darkest in apical segments of antennae, thorax, and posterior seg- 
ments of abdomen. Pedicel of antennal segment III yellow to yellowish brown. 
Legs yellowish brown being darkest in the femora. Body with red subintegumental 
pigment. 

Head, fig. 1, moderate in size, smooth dorsally and ventrally except at extreme 
sides and base. Eyes bulged. Ocelli present. Postocular setae long and dilated. 
Antennal segment IIIT moderate in size, not shortened, with one inner and one outer 
sense cone; segment IV with one inner and two outer sense cones; segments VII 
and VIII each with a distinet pedicel. Maxillary stylets placed far apart within 
head. 

Prothorax, fig. 1, with anteromarginal setae minute; other major setae well 
developed, dilated. Epimeral sutures complete. Ventrolateral metathoracic setae 
dilated. Fore tarsi each with a small tooth. Femora each with an unusually differ- 
entiated, dilated seta, fig. 2. Fore wings fully developed. 

Pelta roughly triangular, hexagonally reticulate to nearly smooth. Abdominal 
tergites III to VIII each with two pairs of sigmoidal wing-holding setae. Abdomi- 
nal tergite IX with major posterior setae about as long as tube and pointed. Tube 
about twice as long as length of abdominal tergite IX. 

Female (brachypterous).—Length, distended, about 1.7 mm. Similar to macrop- 
terous female except head and legs slightly lighter in color. Ocelli present. Wings 
reduced to pads. Wing-holding setae present on abdominal tergites but slightly 
reduced in size. 

Male.— Unknown. 


Holotype——Female (macropterous), Dixon Springs, Illinois, Au- 
eust 30, 1951, Ross and Richards, from vegetation. Paratypes.— 1 2m, 
Rantoul, Mlinois, July 21, 1953, Evers and Stannard, from native 
prairie plants; 1 9m, Rogers, Arkansas, July 8, 1949, Sanderson and 
Stannard, from grasses; 1 2m, 3 2b, Key West, Florida, December 
27, 1951, Richards and Stannard, from grass clumps. 


272 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


This species is separable from all others in the genus by the charac- 
teristic of the unusually differentiated, dilated seta present on each 
femur. It is also distinctive as being one of the few species of Eury- 
thrips which has the prothoracic epimeral sutures complete. 


Kurythrips setiger: fig. 1, dorsal aspect of head and prothorax; fig. 2, left hind 
leg showing differentiated seta on femur (all other setae omitted). Hurythrips 
constrictus: fig. 3, dorsal aspect of head and prothorax. 


Eurythrips constrictus, new species 


Female (brachypterous).—Length, distended, about 1.7 mm. General color 
brown; head, especially at base and apex, antennal segments I and II, legs, and 
thorax light to yellowish brown; posterior segments of abdomen grading into dark 
brown. Body with red subintegumental pigment. 

Head, fig. 3, moderate in size, about as in connatus Hood, smooth dorsally and 
ventrally except at extreme sides and base, constricted under the posterior facet of 
each eye and at this point usually with a tooth-like projection. Eyes bulged. 
Ocelli absent. Postocular setae well developed, dilated. Antennal segment IIT with 
oné inner and one outer sense cone; segment IV with one inner and two outer sense 
cones; segment VII with pedicel moderately thickened varying from the condition 
in ampliventralis Hinds to almost the broad condition as found in connatus; seg- 
ment VIII with a broad pedicel. Maxillary stylets usually retracted into the head 
well beyond the midway point between the base of the eye and the base of the 
head. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 273 


Prothorax, fig. 3, with anteromarginal setae minute, remainder of major pairs of 
setae well developed, dilated. Epimeral sutures incomplete. Ventrolateral meta- 
thoracic setae small and pointed. Fore tarsi each with a minute tooth. Mid and 
hind femora without any unusual, differentiated setae. Wings reduced to small 
pads which bear one or two dilated setae. 

Pelta broad, much as in ampliventralis. Wing-holding setae reduced. Abdomi- 
nal tergite IX with major posterior setae not exceeding tube, pointed. 


Male (brachypterous).—Length, distended, about 1.3 mm. Color and structure 
much as in brachypterous female. Abdominal sternite VITI with a narrow, median 
transverse glandular area. Abdominal tergite IX with the major lateral posterior 
setae reduced in size. 


Holotype.—Kemale, Mammoth Cave National Park, Kentucky, April 
8, 1950, L. J. Stannard, from Andropogon clumps. Allotype.—Male, 
same data as for holotype. Paratypes.—5 ¢, same data as for holo- 
type; 21 9,15 6, Red Hills State Park, Illinois, April 30, 1950, 
P. W. Smith and L. J. Stannard, from Andropogon clumps. 

The name of this species refers to the constricted, narrow, abdominal 
glandular band of the male which is a principal feature for its differen- 
tiation. In one characteristic, the moderately thickened pedicel of 
antennal segment VII, constrictus stands intermediate between ampli- 
ventralis and connatus. Usually females of constrictus can be distin- 
guished from those of ampliventralis and connatus by the position of 
the maxillary stylets. In constrictus these stylets extend well beyond 
the half way mark between the base of the eves and the base of the 
head whereas in the other two species these stylets are placed more 
basally in the head. 

The species genarum Hood, recently described, is apparently very 
similar to constrictus, but constrictus bears only one outer sense cone 
on antennal segment III in contrast to genarum which is stated to 
bear two outer sense cones, and by this characteristic the two may be 
separated. 


Hindsiothrips, new genus 


Head longer than wide; surface smooth except at extreme base. Eyes relatively 
small as in Haplothrips subgenus Karnyothrips, never prolonged ventrally more 
than dorsally, not keglike or particularly bulged as in Hurythrips. Ocelli present 
in the macropterous form, absent in the apterous form. Postocular setae moderate 
in size to fairly long, pointed or dilated. Cheeks smooth without strong lateral 
setae. Antennae each eight-segmented; segment ITT subequal in length to segment 
TV, with at least one inner and one outer sense cone; segment ITV with one inner 
and two outer sense cones; segment VIII decidedly lanceolate. Mouth cone short 
and broadly rounded. Maxillary stylets retracted far into the head, placed fairly 
close together within the center of the head. Maxillary bridge not discernible. 

Thorax nearly smooth, without strong sculpture. Prothorax with anteromarginal 
setae small or long, anteroangular setae well developed, midlateral setae always 
small, posterior pairs of setae well developed; these setae pointed, blunt or dilated. 


274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Epimeral sutures usually incomplete. Praepectus present. Mesopraesternum degene- 
rate to nearly absent. Macropterous or apterous. Fore wings, when present, of 
nearly even width throughout and not indented in the middle, without accessory 
fringe cilia near the apex of the trailing edge. Fore legs armed with a small tooth. 

Pelta nearly rectangular to trapezoidal, weakly sculptured. Abdominal tergites 
IIt to VII in the macropterous form each with one pair of wing-holding setae; in 
the apterous form these setae not differentiated. Abdominal tergite IX with 
major posterior setae longer than tube, always pointed, and in males the lateral 
pair is much reduced in size. Males apparently without a distinet glandular area 
on abdominal sternite VIII. Females with a small internal rod (fustis) in abdomi- 
nal segment IX. Tube relatively short; terminal setae not greatly elongate. 

Type species.—Hindsiana pullata Hood. 

Besides the type species, this genus should also include robustisetis 
(Watson and Preer) which was originally described in Hurythrips. 

Unfortunately the creation of Hindsiothrips brings into being an- 
other genus difficult to define. But the two species included cannot be 
placed in any presently recognized genus with any degree of satisfac- 
tion, and it seems best, therefore, to emphasize their imtermediate 
taxonomic position by grouping them in a separate category that takes 
its place between Phlaeothrips (sensu Stannard 1957) especially the 
flavicauda complex, Haplothrips especially the subgenus Karnyothrips, 
and Hurythrips. 

Hindsiothrips can be separated from Haplothrips and its subgenera 
and complexes by the combination of the lanceolate form of antennal 
segment VIII and by the incomplete epimeral sutures; from Hury- 
thrips by the retracted position of the maxillary stylets which are 
placed closer together within the center of the head than is the case 
in Lurythrips; and from Phlaeothrips, particularly flavicauda and its 
relatives which bear praepectal plates, by the dark, non-yellow tube 
and by the incomplete epimeral sutures. 

The aforegoing differences are stressed for the few species of each 
of these genera which are atypical. Hindsiothrips ean be distinguished 
from the majority of the species in Haplothrips by the fore wings 
which are not indented in the middle, in Hurythrips by the shape of 
the eves which are not especially bulged, and in Phlacothrips by the 
presence of praepectal plates. 


Key To THE ADULTS OF HINDSIOTHRIPS 


Tarsi generally brown; postocular setae pointed J25. eee _ pullatus 
Tarsi generally yellow; postocular setae dilated _.........---- robustisetis 


Hindsiothrips pullatus (Hood), new combination 
Hindsiana pullata Hood (1925:27). 9. Type locality: Macedon, New York. 
Female (apterous).—Length, distended, nearly 1.5 mm. Almost entirely dark 
brown. Inner apical angles of femora and pedicel of antennal segment ITI yellow 
to colorless. Body with red subintegumental pigment. 
Eyes relatively small. Ocelli absent. Postoeular setae moderately long and 
pointed. 


bo 
~l 
Or 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Prothorax with anteromarginal and midlateral setae small, anteroangular setae 
moderate in size, and the posterior pairs of setae somewhat longer; the smallest 
of these setae pointed to blunt, the longest setae blunt or slightly dilated. Epimeral 
sutures incomplete. 


Pelta subrectangular. Tube short. 


Female (macropterous).—Length, distended, about 1.6 mm. Similar to apterous 
female except for the following: Eyes slightly larger in size. Ocelli present. Wings 
fully developed, nearly uniformly light gray. Pelta in the form of an isosceles 
trapezoid. Wing-holding setae sigmoidal. 

Male (apterous).—Length, distended, about 1.5 mm. Color and strueture similar 
to apterous female except for the sexual characteristics. 


Previously this species was known solely from the type locality in 
New York State. The following records are new: ILLINOIS.—1 9? m, 
2 9a, Karbers Ridge (Hardin County), August 17, 1951, Ross and 
Stannard, from dead branches; 1 9a, same data as preceding except, 
May 5, 1950, Sanderson and Stannard; 1 Qa, Belle Smith Springs 
(Pope County), May 5, 1950, Sanderson and Stannard, from dead 
oak branches; 1 9a, Alto Pass (Union County), May 10, 1951, San- 
derson and Stannard, from dead willow branches; 1 ¢a, Decatur 
(Macon County), September 8, 1955, L. J. Stannard, from dead 
branches. ARKANSAS.—1 @a, Rogers (Benton County), July 10, 
1949, Sanderson and Stannard, from dead pine needles. 


Hindsiothrips robustisetis (Watson and Preer), new combination 


Eurythrips robustisetis Watson and Preer (1939:3). 92, ¢. Type locality: not 
stated, but either Putnam or Alachua counties, Florida. 


Female (apterous).—Length, distended, about 1.8 mm. General color yellowish 
brown. Antennal segment III to VIII, median and lateral portions of the terminal 
abdominal segments and tube, darker brown. Anterior of head, pedicel of antennal 
segment III, inner apical angle of femora, apex of tibiae, and all tarsi, yellow. 
Body with red subintegumental pigment. 

Eyes relatively small. Ocelli absent. Postocular setae moderate in size, dilated. 

Prothorax with major anterior and posterior setae well developed, dilated; mid- 
lateral setae minute. Epimeral sutures incomplete. 

Pelta rectangular. Tube short, but slightly longer than that of pullatus. 

Female (macropterous).—Unknown. 

Male (apterous).—Unknown to me. Deseribed as ‘very similar to the female 
but smaller.’ 


Previously robustisetis was known only from Florida. The follow- 
ing new records indicate a wide distribution in the eastern part of the 
United States: ILLINOIS—2 ¢a, Palos Park (Cook County), De- 
cember 14, 1932, Frison and Ross, from soil cover; 4 2 a, Elgin (Kane 
County), October 10, 1952, Ross and Stannard, from Andropogon 
clumps. MASSACHUSETTS.—2 @a, Salem (Essex County), Sep- 
tember 24, 1948, Bonet and Christiansen, presumably from soil debris. 


°76 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


BOOK REVIEW 
THE PHYLOGENY AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN 
GENERA OF THE SUBORDER TUBULIFERA (THYSANOPTERA), by 
Lewis J. Stannard, Jr., Illinois Biological Monographs, no. 25, 1957. v ~ 200 
pp. The University of Illinois Press, Urbana $2.50 paper, $3.50 cloth. 

Although this work does a considerable service in meeting the need for more 
usable aids to identification in Tubulifera, its major contribution is the first 
original arrangement of the group as a whole that has been presented since 
Priesner’s Die Thysanopteren Europas. 

It is probably to show the importance Stannard attaches to phylogeny that this 
word comes first in the title, as the first and larger part of the paper is devoted 
to classification. Following a short introduction and notes on habits, there are 
several pages on morphology that are invaluable for the inclusion of the many 
new terms and characteristics not explained in previous works in English on thrips 
morphology. A glossary would have been helpful, but the illustrations at the end 
of the paper leave little to be desired in the way of explanation. 

In the section on classification, comprising a key to genera and a treatment of 
each within the two subfamilies recognized, Stannard’s adherence to qualitative 
in preference to quantitative characteristics not only makes the key more workable, 
but also provides a sounder basis for the separation of genera. The key is far the 
best I have used in this group, with all due respeet to the formidable accomplish- 
ment represented by Priesner’s Genera Thysanopterorum. The chart of character- 
istics of difficult genera is an excellent device. 

The treatment of each genus is a synonymy, characterization, discussion of 
relationships, species list, and occasionally a key to species. Although brief, 
the characterizations are more satisfactory than complete generic descriptions 
often are. Stannard does not indicate in the species lists which combinations are 
new and which may not represent his own opinion, but the lists will nonetheless 
be useful, and the keys even more so. The rejection of seven available names in 
favor of a name proposed to replace a senior homonym (flavipes (Jones) in 
Haplothrips, p. 51) is difficult to understand, as inadvertence could not account 
for so many, and the disregard for priority otherwise implied is contrary to his 
interpretations of nomenclature anywhere else. 

It is more difficult to evaluate the section on phylogeny, but insofar as I am 
acquainted with the group, I find the scheme of relationships plausible. The jump 
to Tubulifera from Heliothripinae takes in a wide gap, but other groups of 
Terebrantia have even less in common with Tubulifera. Below the subfamily level, 
an arrangement with mueh 


135) 


Stannard places genera in ‘‘lines’’ and ‘‘spurs, 
logic, but extremely difficult to visualize without a chart or diagram. The 
‘legalistic involvements in the International Rules of Nomenclature,’’ he avoids 
by not assigning genera to definite intermediate categories, however, are minimal 
in comparison to those created by his drastic lumping of genera. Many of the 
new combinations are unlikely to be accepted by other thysanopterists, for if there 
is intergradation among the groups in question, there are also clear lines of rela- 
tionship for which names are useful. There is also the need, as the author points 
out in not accepting Leptogastrothrips, to see eritical specimens for one’s self 
in order to judge whether the change is an improvement. 

—KeLuin O’NEILL, Entomology Research Division, A.RS., U. S. Department 

of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


bo 
ba | 


~1 


TWO NEW SPECIES OF TUBULIFEROUS THYSANOPTERA FROM INDIA 
(THYSANOPTERA, PHLAEOTHRIPIDAE ) 


T. N. ANANTHAKRISHNAN, Professor of Zoology, Loyola College, Madras, India 


Allothrips Hood 


Allothrips Hood, 1908, Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist., 8(2):361-79. Watson, 
1923, Univ. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta., Tech. Bull. 168: 3-100. Priesner, 1949, Bull. 
Soc. Fouad Ter Entom., XX XIII: 88. Stannard, 1955, Ann. Ent. Soe. America, 
48(3): 151-157. 


The genus Allothrips has hitherto been unrecorded in the Indian 
region, though it has been known to be worldwide in its distribution. 
It is characterized by the thick, band-like maxillary stylets, broadly 
rounded mouth-cone, dilated postocular setae and a 7-jointed antenna, 
with joint 7 pedicellate, not closely united with 6. Allothrips Hood 
very closely resembles an allied genus, Pseudocryptothrips Priesner, 
which also is apterous, but the latter has an 8-jointed antenna. 


Allothrips indica, sp. nov. 


Female: Total body length 0.938 mm—1.120 mm. 30dy bicolorous; head 
yellowish, except for the dark patches of pigment as in the figure; vertex yellowish 
brown. Prothorax, abdomen, antennal joints 4-7 brown. Pterothorax, all legs 
and antennal joint 2, yellow; joints 1 and 3 yellowish brown. Tube golden yellow, 
brown tipped. Eyes blackish red; dark patches of pigment scattered all along 
sides of thorax and abdomen. 

Head about 1.1 times as long as wide, being 1824 long in the holotype and 198u 
wide across cheeks and 154“ wide across eyes. Cheeks straight, eyes small with 
a few facets. Ocelli absent. Postoculars 224 long with dilated tip, placed 154 
from sides of head and very close to the caudal eye facet. Interocular setae 16H 
long. Other head setae minute, distributed as in the figure. Antenna 1.8 times 
head length, sense cones well developed and conspicuous, setae pale. 

Joints: length (width) in 4—35-38(32-35); 48-53(32-35); 48-53(32); 38-42 
(28-32) ; 35-42(28) ; 32-38(28); 51-61(26). 

Mouth cone broadly rounded at tip; length from posterior dorsal margin of 
head, 126#. 

Prothorax 133-140“ long at middle, 140-1684 wide at anterior margin and 
224-252u wide at base inelusive of coxae. Prothoracie bristles well developed, 
dilated at tips; anteroangulars 29-324; anteromarginals 294; mid-laterals 29-324; 
postangulars 26-324; epimerals 29u. Median pair of spines on posterior margin 
very poorly developed. Legs normal, well developed, dilated setae of femur on 
outer margin, 264 long. Foretarsus without teeth. Pterothorax 224 wide, 
slightly less wider than prothorax. Abdomen broad and heavy, widest at middle, 
about 350 wide. Outer setae of IX 99 long, pointed inner 644, with dilated 
tips. Tube 112 long, 56-70H wide at base and 28-354 wide at tip; anal setae 
98 long. 


Habitat: Two females taken from inside dead twigs of Thevetia 
neruifolia by K. S. Ananthasubramanian (7.4.1957), Madras, India 
(T.N.A. No. 274) (Holotype in the author’s collection). 


278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


A. indica comes near A. africanus Hood, but differs in the general 
coloration, head 1.1 times as long as wide, short postoculars, antenna 
1.8 times head length, and tube 1.6 times head length. 


Xylaplothrips Priesner. 


Xylapothrips Priesner, 1928, Thys. Eur., 1:572; 1949, Bull. Soc. Fouad Ier 
Entom. XXXIIT:80; 1950, Bull. Soc. Fouad er Entom. XXXIV:91. Stannard, 


1956, Proce. Biol. Soe. Wash., 69:25. 


Allothrips indica, sp. nov.: fig. 1, head and prothorax of female; fig. 2, antenna 
of female; fig. 3, head of female showing patches of dark pigment. Xylaplothrips 
nayari, sp. nov.: fig. 4, antenna of female; fig. 5, apex of pseudovirga of aedeagus; 
fig. 6, head and prothorax of female. 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 279 


Xylaplothrips Pr. is generally considered as a subgenus of Haplo- 
thrips, though as Stannard observes, its status as ‘“‘subgenus or genus 
or species complex’’ is a point of controversy. Though Priesner’s 
separation is based on the placement of the foretarsal tooth at the 
extreme apex of the tarsus, the new species described below lacks the 
foretarsal tooth in both males and females. All the same, the delicate, 
slender body form is characteristic of Xylaplothrips. 


Xylaplothrips nayari, sp. nov. 


Macropterous female: Total body length 1.26—1.4 mm. General colour various 
shades of yellow and brown. Normal colour: Head, thorax and tube, antennal 4-8 
and abdominal pleurites dark brown; antennal joints 1 and 2, LX segment and base 
of wings and scale lighter brown; joint 3 pale; abdominal segments 1-8 yellowish 
grey brown, being darker in segments 2-4. Leg coloration variable. All legs 
uniform dark yellow, except for a brownish tinge at base of forefemora; in some, 
both fore and midfemora are yellowish at extreme apex and brownish yellow at 
base. Wings light greyish infumate; fringes brown. Eyes black, ocelli with red 
pigment; plenty of scattered red pigment on thorax. 

Head wider than long, being 112 long from eyes and 140“ wide across cheeks. 
Eyes large, 56-634 long, occupying half the head length or slightly more and 424 
wide. Ocelli well developed, arranged in triangle. Cheeks 56“ long, margin 
slightly serrate, one or two weak spines. Postocular setae, 48-514 long, dilated 
at tip, placed 164 from cheeks and 134 below eyes. Antenna nearly 2.4 times as 
long as head. 

Antennal joints—measurements in #, length(width) :—22-29(29-32); 38-42 
(26-28); 35(22); 38-42(29); 28-42(19); 35(19); 32(16-19); 19-26(10). 
Prothorax as long as head, 112 long, 172-196 wide anteriorly and 238 wide 
at base inclusive of coxae. Prothoracic bristles well developed, dilated at tip. 
Anteroangulars 384; anteromarginals 444; midlaterals 384; postangular 51- 
54u; epimerals 48 long. Pterothorax 224 long, uniformly wide, 238. Forefe- 
mora slightly enlarged, 70“ wide at middle, inner femoral setae fine 48u long. 
Foretarsus without tooth. Forewings 532-560# long, with 5 accessory setae; basal 
wing bristles 45-484, 48 and 70-74u long respectively. 

Abdomen broad at base, gradually narrowing towards extremity; IX abdominal 
segment 126“ wide and 70-84# long. Wing retaining bristles well developed in 
segments 1-6. Tube as long as head, 112u long, 484 wide at base and 28u wide 
at tip. Anal setae, fine, 704 long. 


Macropterous male :—1.12-1.19 mm. General colour almost as in the female, 
except for the dark red pigments at the sides of abdominal segments 2-4. Fore- 
and midfemora similarly coloured brownish yellow at base, rest dark yellowish. 
Head 112 long, 126u wide; eyes 56u long, 42” wide; postoculars 48u long. 
Antennal joints: length(width) in #: 22(26-29); 32-38(22) ; 32-38(22); 38(26) ; 
35-38(19); 35(16-19) ; 32(16-19) ; 22(10). 

Prothorax 98-112u long, 140-154 wide at anterior margin, 1964 wide at base. 
Prothoracic setae—anteroangulars 32u, anteromarginals 384, mid-lateral 354, post- 
angular 48-5lu, epimeral 38-42u. Pterothorax length 196-210u; width across 
mesothorax 196-2104; width across metathorax 168-196z. Forefemoral width 
56u. Wing length 490-504u. Basal wing bristles 38-42; 38-45; 48-58u long. 


280 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Abdomen 1684 wide at base, 126-1404 at middle, 844 wide across IX. Segment LX 
70u long. Tube 98u long, 42 wide and 214 at tip. Anal setae 84u long. 


Habitat: Numerous males and females on bamboo leaf sheaths, Tri- 
vandrum, collected by Dr. K. K. Nayar, Feb., 1957, Trivandrum, India 
(T.N.A. No. 290). This species has been named after Dr. Nayar as a 
token of regard for the constant help rendered to the author. 

Dr. Priesner, while confirming XY. nayari as a new species, points 
out that it is not far from pictipes Ben. and incognitus Priesner, but 
nayart has head much shorter (broader than long’), foretarsi unarmed 
(males and females), eyes larger (as long as cheeks), characteristic 
coloration, and shorter antennae. 

Holotype female and allotype male with the author—Paratypes in 
the Indian Museum, Caleutta and Priesner’s collection. 


BOOK REVIEW 


ZOOGEOGRAPHY—THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS, 
by Philip J. Darlington, Jr. John Wiley & Sons, Ine., New York, xi and 675 
pp., 80 figs. Sept. 1957. $15.00. 


This book is a masterpiece of thoroughness and precision, as well as a landmark 
for zoogeography. It is the first comprehensive treatment of the subject in 80 
years—since Wallace’s foundation in ‘‘The geographical distribution of animals’’. 
An interesting aspect is that though it is by an entomologist, it concerns the 
vertebarte animals almost exclusively. The author did this because vertebrate 
animals are so much better known than insects. The book has many interesting 
aspects, including clarity, frankness and fairness of reasoning. Stress is given 
to geography and history, and four main factors—barriers, competition, dominance 
and evolution. Darlington emphasizes that animal distribution is a produet of 
movement of animals, not of land, in stressing great age of continents, and in 
giving evidence against continental drift. The distribution of fresh-water fishes, 
amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals is discussed in detailed chapters, followed 
by treatment of continental and island patterns, evolution of patterns, history of 
animal distribution, principles of zoogeography and geographical history of man. 
The maps are original and clear, on orthographic projection. The treatment of 
islands omits many island groups, although some have few or no_ terrestrial 
vertebrates. Almost no mention is made of the fact that insect distribution does 
not agree with vertebrate distribution in eastern Indonesia, New Guinea, the 
Solomons and other Pacific islands. Possibly the importance of ecology to 
zoogeography has been minimized by Darlington, even though he does stress com- 
petition and dominance. The strong emphasis on geography and history is of 
course well warranted. This book will be of the greatest use to entomologists 
even though island insect patterns, or some of the southern continent insect 
distribution patterns, may not fit the vertebrate picture. 

—J. L. Gressirr, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 281 


A NEW MILLIPED OF THE GENUS SIGMORIA FROM WESTERN 
NORTH CAROLINA 
(POLYDESMIDA, XYSTODESMIDAE) 


RicHarD L. HorrmMan, Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 
Blacksburg. 

The following new species of Sigmoria is described in advance of a 
general revision of the genus as it is endemic to the region now being 
studied under the research program of the Highlands Biological Sta- 
tion and since publication of the generic synopsis cannot be expected 
for several years at the least. 

Except for one specimen personally collected in 1949, all of the 
material at hand has been obtained either by investigators at the High- 
lands Station (largely through the influence of its Director, Thelma 
Howell) or my friend Leshe Hubricht, to all of whom I am indebted 
for their interest in collecting millipeds. 


Sigmoria nantahalae, new species 
(Figures 1 to 4) 


Type specumens.—Male holotype and paratypes of both sexes, de- 
posited in the U. 8. Nat. Mus. (Myriapod Type No. 2460), from the 
Nantahala Gorge near Blowing Spring, 3 miles north of Nantahala, 
Swain County, North Carolina, collected on May 6, 1951, by Leshe 
Hubricht. 


Diagnosis —A small species of Sigmoria characterized by the black, gray, and 
red color pattern; by the slender gonopodial telopodite with two unequal subtermi- 
nal processes; and by the strongly carinate transverse section of the cyphopod. 

Male holotype.—39.0 mm, long and 9.3 mm. wide at the 12th segment; width/ 
length radio approximately 24%. 

Head smooth and polished, somewhat flattended in front, groove of vertex very 
distinet and with a row of tiny punctations. Genae broad, with shallow median 
depressions, the edges not margined; distal ends rounded, greatly exceeded by tip 
of 2nd antennal article. About 6 moderate sized macrosetae each side of the me- 
dian labral sinus, which is margined with about 12 much smaller and closer set 
setae. Labral teeth small, rounded, the median tooth lightly recessed. Interanten- 
nal space broad, equal to length of 2nd article (1.3 mm.). Antennae long (8.0 
mm.) and slender, reaching back beyond caudal margin of 3rd tergite, the articles 
cylindrical, somewhat clavate distally, and sparingly setose; 7th article with four 
sensory cones. Articles in decreasing order of length: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7. 

Collum smooth and polished, 7.0 mm. wide, anterior lateral margins only weakly 
set off by a faint submarginal groove; in lateral aspect the ends are at the same 
level as the following paranota. Tergites of segments 2-5 completely smooth, their 
paranota only slightly bent forward; following segments are smooth but distinctly 
rugulose or coriaceous, the paranota broad and depressed, continuing slope of dor 
sum, the anterior and posterior corners rounded, and lateral edges set off by a 
distinct submarginal groove. Ozopores opening somewhat dorsolateral in their 
swellings, fully visible in lateral aspeet. Tergites 17-19 almost completely smooth, 


282 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


the paranota produced caudad into acutely triangular lobes except those of the 
19th which are small, distally rounded processes, greatly exceeded by the elongate 
conical telson. Depth-width ratio of 12th segment: approximately 62%. 

Anal valves nearly flat, slightly wrinkled, with strongly produced marginal 
ridges. Preanal seale large, with convex margins, the lateral tubereules located 
almost at the apex and nearly confluent with the terminal angle; lateral ends of 
preanal scale somewhat depressed. 


Sigmoria nantahalae, new species, male and female genitalia drawn from para- 
types: fig. 1, gonopods, in situ, with outline of sternal aperture; fig. 2, left gono- 
pod, mesial aspect; fig. 3, distal half of telopodite blade of left gonopod, an 
oblique caudolateral aspect, somewhat more magnified than other figures; fig. 4, 
left eyphopod, in caudolateral aspeet. Abbreviations: A, B, C, terminal processes 
of gonopod; CX, coxa; PF, prefemur, PFP, prefemoral process; R, receptacle; 
V, valve. 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 283 


Pleural regions smooth and unmodified, the interzonal furrow a broad shallow 
depression down to level of stigmata, thence continuous across venter as a fine 
groove. Sternal areas flat to concave, sloping upward from the transverse groove 
to form a sharp-edged shelf between the second legpair of each segment. Sternites 
of segments 8-10 each with a few tiny setae, those of other segments completely 
glabrous. 

Legs smooth and polished, coxae and prefemora with 1 to 12 ventral setae, 
femora and postfemora glabrous except for a distal ring of small setae, tibiae and 
tarsi distinctly more setiferous, the tarsal joints particularly so on the dorsal side. 
Sterna not produced at bases of legs, but both coxae and prefemora with sharp 
conical distal spines. Leg joints, in decreasing order of length, 3, 6, 2, 5, 1, 4. 
Tarsal claws long and bisinuate, each with a high thin carina on the dorsal side 
and a much smaller carina on each side of it. 

Coxal process of 2nd legpair high, ereet, and distally globose, smooth and shining 
with a few setae around the aperture. Sternum between 3rd legpair with two 
short, medially confluent digitiform processes; those between 4th legs lower, flat- 
tened and distinetly transverse; those between 5th legs low and hemispherical. 

Gonopod aperture large and suboval, approximately 3.0 mm. wide and 2.3 mm. 
long; the gonopods fully exposed in ventral aspect (fig. 1), their prefemoral por- 
tions adjacent: or in contact. Coxae connected by membrane and a large intercoxal 
muscle, no sclerotized sternal remnant present. Prefemora elongated and subeylin- 
drical, densely setose on the mesial side; the prefemoral process a simple arcuate 
spine. Femur about half the length of telopodite blade, setose on its outer surface. 
Postfemur or tibiotarsus glabrous, sigmoidally curved, its inner margin with a 
conspicuous dentate process (C) and a smaller rounded subterminal lobe (B); the 
seminal groove being carried out to the extreme end on a tiny lobe (A). 

Female paratype.—40.0 mm. long and 9.7 mm. wide at 12th segment, width/ 
length ratio approximately 24%. 

Body similar to that of male in structural details except for the more bulky 
form and wider sternal areas, the depth/width ratio of 12th segment beng 70%. 
The antennae are actually as well as relatively shorter than in males, 7.0 mm, in 
length and not extending back beyond caudal margin of 2nd segment. 

Cyphopods small, of the form shown in figure 4. The caudal arm of the recep- 
tacle is larger than the cephalic (not shown in the drawing), the transverse section 
is strongly ridged with five or six distinct striations. Upper surface of valves, at 
their basal ends, conspicuously tuberculate. 

Color in life-—Prozonites and anterior third of metazonites shining black; cau- 
dal two-thirds of metazonites, tip of telson, and caudal edge of collum light pearl 
gray; entire dirsal surface of paranota and front edge of collum bright vermillion. 
Underparts whitish, legs becoming pink distally. Antennae and labrum brown. 
Living specimens are rich and glossy in coloration, appearing as though enameled, 
and are the most attractive diplopods which I have encountered. 


Distribution —Sigmoria nantahalae has been collected so far at a 
number of localities in extreme western North Carolina and adjacent 
northern Georgia, chiefly in the mountain ranges surrounding the 
headwaters of the Nantahala and Hiwassee Rivers. These ranges in- 
clude the Nantahala, Cowee, and Valley River Mountains, and the 


284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Blue Ridge in north Georgia. Almost certainly the species occupies 
the Snowbird and Cheoah ranges as well, a matter which can be 
determined by future collecting. Specimens at hand bear the follow- 
ing locality and collection data: 

NORTH CAROLINA. Clay County: White Oak Bottom, June 18, 1954, Julian 
T. Darlington; Buck Creek, June 5, 1952, C. E. Wood, Jr., and Leland Rodgers; 
U.S. Hy. 164, 4 miles west of Glade Gap, June 18, 1954, J. T. Darlington; Glade 
Gap, 3673 ft., July 20, 1952, Thelma Howell; Tuni Gap, eastern end of Tusquitee 
Mountains, July 20, 1954, Howell. Macon County: west side of Wesser Bald, 4 
miles southwest of Nantahala, July 29, 1949, R. L. Hoffman; Cowee Mountains, 
8.8 miles northeast of Franklin, U. S. Hy. 23, June 23, 1950, Leslie Hubricht; 
road to Wayah Gap, July 14, 1951, R. L. Humphries. Swain County: U. S. Hy. 
19, 8 miles southwest of Bryson City, May 6, 1951; base of Cliff Ridge at Nanta- 
hala, May 6, 1951; near Blowing Spring, 3 miles north of Nantahala, May 6, 1951; 
Smokemont Camp Ground, 6 miles north of Cherokee, June 22, 1950, all by 
Hubricht. 

GEORGIA. Towns County: Enota Glade Pienic Area, east side of Brasstown 
Bald near the top, June 7, 1953, Hubricht. 

Collections made on the periphery of the presently known range 
will be of interest in establishing the distribution of this interesting 
species. Collectors who may have the occasion to obtain millipeds in 
the Cowee range, particularly its eastern extension which approaches 
the Highlands Plateau near Cashiers, North Carolina, are urged to 
be on the alert for the large and colorful nantahalae. 


A NOTE ON THE STATUS OF SIGMORIA 


The generic name Sigmoria was proposed by R. V. Chamberlin in 
1939 for seven species from Tennessee and North Carolina, and de- 
fined by the following statement: ‘‘Ineludes large, robust species 
which are characterized by the sigmoidally curved blade of the telopo- 
dite.”’ 

Since that time a number of species have been added to the genus, 
many of which are not very closely related to the type species, and it 
appears that Sigmoria is now a sort of ‘‘eatch-all’’ for species which 
do not readily fall into any of the other established genera. A thorough 
study is needed of the groups of species currently called Apheloria, 
Sigmoria, Cleptoria, and Sigiria, all being ‘‘genera’’ which are de- 
fined more by their traditionally allocated species than by tangible 
morphological characters. Although resolution of this problem re- 
mains to be accomplished, it is evident on the basis of preliminary 
studies that much shifting of species, as well as redefinition of the 
generic groups using newly discovered characters, is to be expected. 
Sigmoria, as represented by its type species, S. munda Chamberlin, 
will probably include only those forms in which the telopodite of the 
gonopod is provided on the inner margin with a distinet triangular 
process about a third of the length back from the distal end. Such 
a process is present in nantahalae, and is indicated by the symbol ‘‘C’’ 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 285 


on the drawings. On the other hand, several forms described in this 
genus lack the process, and are probably referable either to Cleptoria 
or to some genus which has yet to be proposed. Since process C is usu- 
ally concealed when the gonopods are examined in situ, it is necessary 
that a gonopod be removed for careful study or for illustration, and 
the mesial aspect is the one which normally shows the greatest amount 
of structural details. The practice of publishing drawings of the gono- 
pods of related species from various different aspects cannot be too 
strongly disparaged. 

The family name Xystodesmidae, not used in the recent checklist 
of North American diplopods by Dr. Chamberlin and me, is once more 
employed on the streneth of recent studies which have disclosed 
important differences between the North and South American genera 
of the families involved. 


ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF AFRICAN GRASSHOPPERS. By H. B. 
Johnston. Anti-Locust Research Centre. Cambridge Univ. Press, American 
Branch: 32 East 57th St., New York 22. xxii + 833 pp. $18.50 (Cloth 
bound, 26 em.) 


The author of this invaluable catalogue has had much experience with African 
grasshoppers, and the sponsoring organization, the Anti-Locust Research Centre, 
has also been especially concerned with African problems for many years. The 
Director of the Centre, Dr. B. P. Uvarov, has been one of the very active students 
of African Acridoidea, and he is credited with the arrangement of genera in 
groups and tribes for the catalogue. Because of the happy combination of these 
factors, the preparation of the volume is assumed to be very thorough. 

This catalogue is an index to what has been published; it does not contain 
new synonymy, new type designations, or other revisionary changes. As regards 
the literature on five outstanding locusts, only taxonomie and faunistic references 
are given, but full information on other grasshoppers is included. Condensed an- 
notations following each species indicate references to the following topies: De- 
scriptions; keys; figures; morphology; nymphs; ecology; bionomics; economic 
importance; distribution. The type species of each genus is shown as orthotype, 
haplotype, or logotype. Type localities of species and the museum containing 
each type are shown. References are given in abbreviated form, corresponding to 
the bibliography of 981 books and papers. 

As now known, about 500 genera containing 2,000 species of grasshoppers 
inhabit Africa and the immediately adjacent islands. Much revisionary work 
remains to be done, which doubtless will place many currently valid names in 
synonymy, but new species have been recognized at a rapid rate in recent years, 
and the trend probably will continue. The hope is expressed in the preface that 
supplements to the catalogue will appear as a need arises. With the agricultural 
development of Africa, grasshoppers have become so important, and the fauna 
is so rich, that this catalogue is extremely practical and useful.—ASHLEY B. 
Gurney, Entomology Research Division, A-R.S., U.S.D.A., Washington, DAG: 


286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


THE JUMPING SPIDER, PHIDIPPUS AUDAX HENTZ, AND THE SPIDER 
CONOPISTHA TRIGONA HENTZ AS PREDATORS OF THE BASILICA 
SPIDER, ALLEPEIRA LEMNISCATA WALCKENAER, IN MARYLAND. 


(ARANEIDA; SALTICIDAE, THERIDIIDAE, ARGIOPIDAE ) 


It is recognized that spiders themselves are important enemies of 
spiders. Bristowe (1941, The Comity of Spiders) ranks spiders first 
in his list of spider enemies. 

On August 14, 1957, while observing a series of basilica spiders, 
Allepeira lemniscata, that I was studying on the shrubbery of the 
Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Bethesda, Montgomery 
County, Maryland, I found a specimen of Phidippus audax feeding on 
a large female basilica spider. Basilica spiders would attract the at- 
tention of and expose themselves to the attack of roving Phidippus 
audax in going out from the web dome to the leaves and branches, as 
they do occasionally, to check, reinforce or repair the web and strand 
that supports the cocoons. Phidippus audax was on top of this basilica 
spider which was attached by silk to a branch of an American Holly, 
Ilex opaca, at the level of a deserted snare of a basilica spider which 
had already made 4 cocoons and was present in its snare the day before. 

Conopistha trigona is‘a frequent commensal of the basilica spider, 
usually being noted in either the dorsal or the ventral labyrinths of 
the host web. On one occasion, which I have reported, (1957, Proc. 
Ent. Soe. Wash., 59(2) :79), Conopistha trigona showed an aggressive 
tendency toward its host. On the 16th of July, 1958, I found a spec- 
imen of Conopistha trigona feeding on the abdomen of a dead basilica 
spider under the apex of the dome of the basilica spider’s web on the 
top of aPrivet Hedge, Ligustrum vulgare, at Greenbelt, Prince 
George’s County, Maryland. The basilica spider was hanging in the 
normal inverted watching position, but its legs were buckled, giving 
it the typical appearance of a dead spider. Conopistha trigona was 
also in its normal inverted position, just below the basilica spider, 
feeding on the posterior dorsal abdomen of its host. Examination of 
the basilica spider revealed that its legs, tibia and tarsi were trussed 
up in silk. It was definitely the prey of this Conopistha trigona which 
appeared shehtly smaller, having relatively thinner legs and a smaller 
cephalothorax. 

—Donaup H. LAamore, Cottey College, Nevada, Mo. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


The XIth International Congress of Entomology will take place in 
Vienna from 17-25 August 1960 under the chairmanship of Professor 
Karl E. Schedl. Several symposia will serve as discussion media for 
panels of experts, and a number of social events will help to establish 
personal contact between Congress members. Application forms may 
be obtained from the Secretary General, Dr. Max Beier, c/o Natur- 
historisches Museum, Vienna 1, Burering 7, Austria.— Ep. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 287 


REDESCRIPTION OF OPHIOPTES TROPICALIS EWING, 1933 
(ACARINA, OPHIOPTIDAE ) 


ORALD M. / ED, Brigham Young University rovo, ah 
Doraup M. ALLRED, Brig] iy Gf ik CY, we , Utal 


Through the courtesy of Dr. E. W. Baker of the United States Na- 
tional Museum, I have examined and compared a cotype of Ophioptes 
tropicalis Ewing, 1933 (shde U.S.N.M. 1081) with other species of 
Ophioptes. On the basis of these studies, the following redescription 
of O. tropicalis is presented. Its affinities to other known species are 
discussed in another manuscript describing a new species of pit mite 
from Cuba (Allred, 1958). The terminology of the palps is adapted 
from the interpretation of Southcott (1955 :146). 


Ophioptes tropicalis Ewing, 1933 


Length of the female including the gnathosoma, approximately 360 microns; 
width at the widest part of the body exclusive of the legs, 330 microns. 

Dorsum.—The propodosoma is provided with eight pairs of setae arranged in 
two lateral groups; the posterior seven pairs are approximately 36 microns in 
length; the anterior pair is 10 microns, with slightly swollen bases. There are 
four pairs of setae approximately 12 microns in length near the center of the 
metapodosoma. 

Venter.—The propodosoma is provided with two pairs of peg-like setae 16 
microns in length, each with several ridges or leaves. There is a pair of setae 17 
microns in length immediately anterior to the first pair of pegs. There are four 
pairs of setae distantly surrounding the anus; the anterior two pairs are 9 microns, 
and the posterior two pairs are 14 microns. The posterior anal opening has four 
pairs of minute setae immediately adjacent to it. 

Gnathosoma.—The venter of the gnathosoma is provided with a pair of hypos- 
tomal setae 14 microns in length. The postero-lateral seta of the femur is 8 
microns in length. On the antero-lateral edge of each tibia is a thick, modified 
seta 10 microns in length. There is a similar seta 16 microns in length on the 
dorsal surface of the tibia. The tibial claw has two prongs. There are two setae 
12 microns in length on each tarsus. The apical seta of the tarsus is modified but 
is not distinguishable as to the number of teeth it possesses. The chelicerae are 
simple, long needle-like stylets. 

Leg I.—The coxa and trochanter each has one short seta. The femur has a long 
whip-like seta and a thick seta of medium length. The genu has a long whip-like 
seta and two short setae. The tibia has a serrated spur, a short seta and a seta 
of medium length. The tarsus has a short, conical, annulated peg 7 
length, one long whip-like seta, two thick setae of medium length, two short 


microns in 


single-barbed setae and four other short setae. The tarsus terminates in a cup- 
shaped sucker and a double-forked seta with long, external serrations. 

Leg II1.—The setation of the coxa, trochanter, genu, tibia and tarsus is similar 
to leg I. The femur has one whip-like seta. 

Leg III.—The coxa has one short seta. The trochanter has one short and one 
long setae. The femur has a whip-like seta. The genu is nude. The tibia has a 
spur and a whip-like seta of medium length. The tarsus lacks a peg, but has two 


288 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


whip-like setae of medium length, two short single-barbed setae and four other 
short setae. The sucker and double-forked seta are present. 

Leg IV.—The coxa lacks setae. The setation of the trochanter, tibia and tarsus 
is similar to leg IIT. The femur and genu are nude. 


REFERENCES 


Allred, D. M., 1958. A new species of pit mite (Acarina: Ophioptidae) infesting 
snakes. Herpetologica 14:107-112. 

Ewing, H. E., 1983. A new pit-producing mite from the seales of a South Ameri- 
can snake. Jour. Parasit. 20(1) :53-56. 

Southeott, R. V., 1956. Notes on the acarine genus Ophioptes, with a description 
of a new Australian species. Trans. Royal Soe. S. Australia 79:142-147. 


THE TRANSFER OF ANAMPHIDORA FROM THE TENEBRIONIDAE 
TO THE ALLECULIDAE 


(COLEOPTERA ) 


Ananphidora was deseribed by Casey in 1924 (Memoir Coleop. 11: 
330) for his new species parvula from Mexico; in the catalogues it has 
been placed in the Tenebrionidae beside Amphidora. Anamphidora is 
quite obviously an alleculid by virtue of its heteromeric tarsi, closed 
fore coxal cavities, and combed claws. The only important difference 
between this genus and the Mexican alleculid genus Phedius is in the 
tarsi: Anamphidora has simple tarsal segments and Phedius has lobed 
tarsal segments. The original description which Casey presented is 
not slanted toward alleculid characteristics and is in addition a mix- 
ture of generic and specific characteristics. However, the description 
given by Champion in 1888 (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop. 4(1) : 
447) and later modified in 1893 (ibid.:568) for Phedius can be used 
for Anamphidora except for the tarsi. In Champion’s key of 1888 
(ibid. :386) to the Central American alleculid genera, Anamphidora 
will come out with Lystronychus, but these two may then be separated 
by the former’s lateral pronotal borders being evenly arcuate, its 
sparse dorsal punctation, and its shiny surface. The following de- 
scriptions or redeseriptions of some of the attributes of Anamphidora 
parvula Casey might be helpful: 


Long, erect setae on all parts except the appendages; antennae filiform, seg- 
ments 6-11 approximately twice as long as wide; pronotal punctures not coarse, 
not cribriform, the majority separated by much more than their diameters; elytra 
with striae 1 and 2 weakly impressed and visible, other striae not impressed and 
their punctures obscured by the confused punctures of the intervals, the strial 
punctures without setae; hind wings short, approximately one-third normal length; 
metasternum short, distance between mesocoxa and metacoxa subequal to length 
of mesocoxa.— 

T. J. SpInMAN, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., Washington, 
DNC: 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 289 


COLOR AS AN INDEX TO THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF PLASTER 
OF PARIS CULTURE JARS 


Ivan Huser, Institute of Acarology, Dept. of Zoology, University of Maryland, 
College Park 


INTRODUCTION 


Postlarval trombiculid mites, collembolans, and oribatid mites re- 
quire a high relative humidity at all times. Wharton and Fuller 
(1952) and Rohde (1956) discuss various methods of culturing mites 
in high relative humidities. A number of workers listed by the above 
authors use plaster of Paris and activated charcoal in a ratio of 9:1 
as a substrate in their culture jars. This mixture has the advantages 
of not serving as a substrate for the growth of fungi and of being 
relatively easy to keep clean. Charcoal was originally added in order 
to offset a toxic effect that the plaster of Paris seemed to have. An- 
other advantage of the use of charcoal has now become apparent. The 
higher the moisture content of the plaster-charcoal mixture, the darker 
a color it seemed to have. 

It might, therefore, be possible to determine the relative humidity 
of the culture jars by inspection alone, without disturbing the con- 
tents by opening the jars. The first object of this study was to de- 
termine whether this was possible. Wharton and Fuller (1952) state 
that the plaster-charcoal mixture acts as a humidifier, giving off 
water vapor or reabsorbing it as conditions change. The second ob- 
ject of this study was to determine, assuming the above assumption to 
be correct, at what relative humidity the mixture would maintain the 
jars. 

MATERIALS AND METHODS 


Powdered animal charcoal from the Fisher Scientific Co., Catalog 
No. C-263, and plaster of Paris from Cardinal Products, Durham, 
N. C., were used in this study. One part charcoal to nine parts plaster 
of Paris were used, this having been recommended by Wharton and 
Fuller (1952) as a practical standard mixture. The ingredients were 
mixed in 100 g. batches with an accuracy of + 1 g. and shaken up in 
a bottle to obtain a homogeneous mixture. A batch was then placed 
in a one-pint Ball Special Wide-Mouth canning jar and _ sufficient 
water was added to set the mixture. These jars have covers consisting 
of a lid with a rubber gasket and a screw cap. 

Two holes were drilled in one of these lids, one to accommodate a 
thermometer and one for the sensing element of the Aminco Electric 
Hygrometer Indicator. Rubber tubing was used to make the seals 
around these instruments as air-tight as possible. When the relative 
humidity of a jar was to be tested, the lid with the sensing element 
and the thermometer was screwed onto the jar. At least one hour 
(usually more) was permitted to elapse before attempting to measure 
the relative humidity, in order to give the air in the jar a chance 
to attain a state of equilibrium with the substrate. 


290 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


The color of the plaster-charcoal was determined by a method of 
visual comparison as described in an instruction booklet which ac- 
companied the Munsell Book of Color produced in 1929 by the Munsell 
Color Co., Baltimore, Md. A square hole about 2 K 2 em. was cut 
into a piece of gray cardboard. One such cardboard was placed over 
the squares of color in the Book of Color and another was placed over 
the plaster-chareoal in the jar. The first cardboard was moved about 
on the page until the hole was over a square of color matching that 
seen on the hole of the second cardboard. The plaster-charcoal mixture 
had a gray or black color, designated as N, or Neutral, in the Munsell 
color system, and was without chroma. Pure black was designated as 
N 0/ and pure white was N 10/. The steps in the color scale are 
integers, but it was possible to interpolate readings. 


PROTOCOL 


One of the jars which had been prepared as described above was 
dried out in an incubator oven at 50° C. in order to dry out the plaster- 
charcoal as much as possible. Then the relative humidity and color 
were measured and were found to be 7.2% and N 5.7/. After that, the 
plaster-charcoal was saturated with water and another set of read- 
ings was taken: 93.5% and N 3.5/. At the next reading, five hours 
later, the relative humidity had risen to 97.5%, and thereafter con- 
tinued to be between 97.5% and 98.0% until the jar was again dried 
out in the incubator oven. Readings continued to be taken almost 
daily until the plaster-charcoal returned to its original light color 
(N 5.5/), but the relative humidity was still high (97.5%). The jar 
was then dried out in the incubator oven, and the color was found to 
be unchanged, while the relative humidity had dropped to 9.5%. It 
should be noted that after each set of readings, the jar would be left 
open for 30-60 minutes to allow some of the moisture to escape. Al- 
though the color did gradually become lighter, the readings do not 
progress in an orderly manner. This may, in part, be due to the 
difficulty in reading gray color, especially on the curved surface of a 
bottle, and also the fact that some of the readings were made during 
daylight and others at night under artificial illumination. 

In an earler experiment, before readings of the color were being 
made, an oven-dried jar had water added to it, drop by drop, and 
the relative humidity was measured after the addition of each drop. 
An eye dropper was used for adding the water, the same one being 
used throughout this experiment. A reading was not taken until 5-6 
hours had elapsed from the addition of the drop. The humidity of 
the jar rose from 6.0% (oven-dry) to 74.5% (15 drops). 


DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS 


Utilizing these data, it is possible to conclude that, in one sense, it 
is not possible to use color as an index of the relative humidity, since 
the color will change, while the relative humidity will not (experi- 
ment utilizing a saturated jar). However, starting with a saturated 
jar, as lone as the color is not the lightest obtainable, the user is 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 291 


assured of a relative humidity of well over 95%. On the other hand, 
when water is added, drop by drop, to an oven-dried jar, the relative 
humidity rises from 6% to over 70% by the time 15 drops have been 
added, but this small amount of water is insufficient to cause any 
color change at all. 

The answer to the second question posed in this study is affirmative, 
with qualifications. The data from the saturated jar experiment show 
that the plaster-chareoal does act as a humidifier which will keep the 
relative humidity of the jar constant until the substrate is almost 
entirely dry, but only if the experiment is begun with a moistened 
jar. At room temperatures, however, the only relative humidity which 
can be maintained by this type of humidifier is one of over 95%. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Rhode, C. J., 1956. A modification of the plaster charcoal technique for the rearing 
of mites and other small arthropods. Ecology 37: 843-844. 2 illus. 

Wharton, G. W., aided by Fuller, H. S., 1952. A Manual of the Chiggers. Ent. 
Soe. Wash. Memoir No. 4, 185 pp., illus. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 
ACTUAL DATES OF PUBLICATION, VOLUME 60 


No. 1, pp. 1-48. March 10,1958 No. 2, pp. 49-96 Sept. 4, 1958 
No. 3, pp. 97-144... April 18,1958 No. 4, pp. 145-192. Nov. 10, 1958 
No. 5, pp. 193-240. June 27,1958 No. 6, pp. 241-300___Dee. 18, 1958 


292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


LEE L. BUCHANAN, 1893-1958 


The Washington Star for February 19, 1958 carried the following 
story: ‘‘Lee L. Buchanan, 64, honorary research associate in zoology 
at the Smithsonian Institution and former senior entomologist at the 
Agriculture Department, was pronounced dead at Emergency Hospi- 
tal Saturday night after collapsing on the street. Mr. Buchanan was 
an internationally recognized authority on weevils and their iden- 
tification. ’’ 

Lee L. Buchanan was born October 27, 1893 in Solon, Iowa. Solon 
is a small town on the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railroad some 
15 miles southeast of Cedar Rapids. There he spent his childhood, 
living the life of a midwestern small town boy, his world centered in 
his home, his school, and the church, and his interests extending to 
the immediate countryside of fields, woods, and streams. Quite early 
in life he showed an inclination toward books and games of skill. He 
was especially intrigued by competitive games, such as baseball, where 
the performance of individual players often is of more importance 
than strict teamwork. At an age when most boys are playing the 
game only for fun, he was studying it intently to be able to play 
it better. 

He was not a boy naturalist, but he was from an early age at home 
in the outdoors. He fished, hunted, hiked, and camped. In all these 
endeavors, he carefully studied the equipment and performance so that 
he might excel. In school he was a much better than average, but not a 
brilhant, student. His grades were in the upper 80’s and low 90’s. In 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 293 


all his school work he took an intense interest in those subjects which 
appealed to him. 


When he had finished grade school in Solon, he had to go to Cedar 
Rapids for high school, because Solon had none. In high school he 
played on the baseball team, his early intensive study of the game 
giving him an advantage his physical powers alone would not have 
provided. 


He entered the University of Iowa, Iowa City, in 1912 and took his 
A.B. there in 1916. During his days at the university he took up the 
game of bilhards; he continued to play this game until the time of 
his death. In billiards, as in other games, he studied the play intently 
and exhaustively to outdo his opponents. Later in his life he took 
up the game of golf, studying with a professional player. He also 
gave this game intensive study to master it. 


He took no courses in entomology in college until the second semes- 
ter of his junior year, when he signed up for a course merely to fill 
out his schedule. His entry into entomology was, thus, essentially 
fortuitous. But he found at once that both the subject and his instruc- 
tor, Professor Wickham, were exactly suited to his temperament. The 
course gripped his mind from the start, and he applied to it all his 
powers of intensive concentration. As a result, he was able in only 
the year and a half that remained to him before graduation to gain a 
broad comprehension of this admittedly detailed and essentially un- 
organized subject. His own inclinations, and the direction of Profes- 
sor Wickham, himself a well known Coleopterist, led him to concen- 
trate on the taxonomy of beetles. His first paper, a note on distribu- 
tion of a leaf beetle, was published while he still was an undergraduate. 


By the time he graduated, it was fairly well settled that entomology 
was to be his life’s work, with a study of weevils (the largest family in 
the Insecta) to be his primary specialty. It was typical of him that he 
should choose the most difficult family of all. 


After his graduation, Professor Wickham was largely instrumental 
in securing for him an appointment in the U. S. Biological Survey in 
Washington. Buchanan entered that organization on Oct. 21, 1917 
His first assignment was keeping the card records of stomach analyses 
of birds. Because there wree at that time some 200,000 bird stomachs 
on hand, this would have been to many workers an impossibly trying 
assignment, but to him it represented a problem to be solved by patient 
and sustained concentration. Here again he studied the problem thor- 
oughly and soon succeeded in putting the project on a rational and 
workable basis. Later he was able to spend more and more of his time 
identifying the fragments of weevils found in the bird stomachs; even- 
tually he was permitted to devote all his time to the identification of 
these weevils. He afterwards remarked that these years spent in the 
Biological Survy were the best years of his lfe—his golden years. 


294 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


From May 28, 1918 to Feb. 15, 1919 he served in the Field Artillery 
of the U. S. Army. (Like Miniver Cheevy in E. A. Robinson’s poem, 
he viewed a khaki suit with loathing.) Returning to civilian life, he 
resumed his duties in the Survey. 

On April 1, 1926 he went on half-time duty in the Survey, devoting 
the other half of his time to a project for rearranging and curating 
the Thomas L. Casey collection of Coleoptera. This collection had been 
willed to the Smithsonian Institution by Colonel Casey, but was ar- 
ranged and labeled in such a cryptic fashion that it could not be used 
by other workers. The Casey Fund, administered by the Smithsonian, 
provided money for paying Buchanan’s salary half time for a period 
of 5 years. During this period, he put this collection into superb con- 
dition, with the segregates, as defined by Colonel Casey, definitively 
arranged and labeled. This was far from an easy task, because it some- 
times required days of intensive study to establish the exact limits 
and identity of a single series of specimens. This undertaking was 
ideally suited to Buchanan’s capacity for intensive study and intelli- 
gent deliberation. 

In 1929 the Biological Survey was abolished and he transferred to 
the Bureau of Entomology as a specialist in the taxonomy of Cur- 
culionidae. He continued to put in half his time on the Casey collec- 
tion, but when that project was completed in 1931 he became a full time 
employee of the Bureau. For a short time in 1935 he held a Smithson- 
jan appointment when he returned to the University of Iowa to ar- 
range for the shipment to Washington of the Wickham collection. 
Aside from that, he remained a specialist on Curculionidae for the 
Bureau until his retirement in October 1949. In the late 30’s his 
health had begun to fail noticeably. The exact cause was never deter- 
mined—it may have been endocarditis, complicated by other factors, 
but apparently not caneer. By 1949 his health had become alarmingly 
bad, and he was forced to retire. 

During his active career in Washington, he published a series of 
papers on the taxonomy of Curculionidae. His outstanding work was 
that on the classification of the white-fringed beetles. The segregates in 
this extremely difficult complex of weevils, which reproduce by the- 
lyotokous parthenogenesis, can be distinguished statistically. He con- 
sequently made an exhaustive biometric study of thousands of speci- 
mens in order to establish the taxonomic units in the genus. This 
study of the white-fringed beetles is fundamental to the research 
which is now going on in parthenogenetic reproduction. 

After his retirement, Buchanan’s health continued to worsen, and 
he passed into a coma in the late summer of 1951. He was not expected 
to live, but his constitution evidently was more resistant than anyone 
supposed possible. He passed through the crisis and recovered. It 
seemed, however, that he might have suffered some brain damage dur- 
ing the time he was in the coma, as his personality, except for brief 
periods, was greatly changed afterwards. The acute awareness he had 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 295 


always shown before was now almost gone. Physically he experi- 
enced a remarkable but transitory improvement. His general health 
oradually failed again, with brief periods of improvement. 

In 1956 he presented his personal entomological library of over 
3400 items to the Smithsonian, but he seemed well enough to try to un- 
dertake taxonomic studies again. Accordingly he was appointed Hon- 
orary Research Associate in the Smithsonian, specializing in Carabidae. 
He came irregularly to the museum and worked on Carabidae in the 
Casey collection up to the time of his death. 

He was a member of the Entomological Society of America, the En- 
tomological Society of Washington, the Biological Society of Washing- 
ton, the Washington Academy of Sciences, and the Cosmos Club. He 
was a bachelor and was survived by his sister, Mrs. Fern Stolz of 
Washington, D. C., and his brother, B. E. Buchanan of Pueblo, Colo- 
rado. We wish to thank Mrs. Stolz for supplying us with a large part 
of the information used here. 


Rose ELLA WARNER 
W. S. FISHER 
B. D. BuRKS 


PUBLICATIONS OF L. L. BUCHANAN 


1916. Homophoeta lustrans Crotch in Towa. Ent. News 27:236-237. 

1922. Notes on Apion, with descriptions of two new species. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 
24:82-84. 

1923. Two European weevils established in North America. Ent. News 34:280-281. 

——. The European Amalus haemorrhous Hbst. in the United States. Proe. Ent. 
Soc. Wash. 25:79. 

1924. On the systematic position of the earabid, Stereocerus haematopus De). 
Canad. Ent. 56:40-42. 

1926. A new Otiorhynchid with single tarsal claws. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 
179-181. 

1927. Synonymical notes on several Otiorhynchid weevils. Canad. Ent. 59:183-184. 

——. Notes on some light attracted beetles from Louisiana. Ent. News 38:165-170. 

——, A review of Panscopus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29:25-36. 

. A short review of Notaris. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soe. 22:36-40. 

1929. A new Agronus from Canada. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 31:101-104. 

——. North American species of the weevils of the Otiorhynchid genus Mesa- 
groicus. Proe. U. 8S. Natl. Mus. 76(4), pp. 1-14. 

1930. [Key to species of Piesocorynus] Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 77(17), footnote 
pp. 23-26. 

1931. Synopsis of Perigaster. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 21:320-325, 

1932. A new barine Curculionid injurious to sugar-cane in Louisiana, with syn- 
opses of Anacentrinus and Oligolochus. Ann, Ent. Soc. Amer. 25:328-336. 

——. The parsley and carrot weevil, Listronotus latiusculus Bol. Bull. Brook. 
Ent. Soc. 27:7-8. 

1934. A new North American Magdalis from blue spruce. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 
36 :85-87, 


296 


1934. 


1936. 


PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


An apparently new species of North American Hylobius, with synoptic key. 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 36:252-256. 

Henry Frederick Wickham. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 36:60-64. 

Thomas Lincoln Casey and the Casey collection of Coleoptera. Smithsn. 
Mise. Coll. 94(3), pp. 1-15. 

A new genus and species of orchid weevils. Proce. Haw. Ent. Soc. 9:45-48. 
Systematic notes on the Trachodinae. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 37:178-183. 
Notes on the generic synonymy of Collabismodes cubae Boh. Bull. Brook. 
Ent. Soe. 30:125-126. 

Synopsis of Lepidophorus. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soe. 31:1-10. 

The pacificus group of Cossonus. Pan-Pae. Ent. 12:111-116. 
Nomenclature of Listroderes obliquus Klug. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 38: 
204-208. 

A new genus and four new species of West Indian Curculionidae. Mem. 
Soe. Cubana Hist. Nat. 10:145-152. 

The genus Panscopus Schoen. Smithsn. Mise. Coll. 94 (16) pp. 1-18. 

A new species of Ceutorhynchus from North America. Bull. Brook. Ent. 
Soe. 32:205-207. 

Notes on Curculionidae. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27:312-316. 

Changes of names in Carabidae and Rhynchophora. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 
41:79-82. 

The species of Pantomorus of America north of Mexico. U. 8. Dept. Agr. 
Mise. Pub. 341, pp. 1-39. 

Three new species of the longulus group of Cylindrocopturus. Proe. Ent. 
Soe. Wash. 52:177-181. 

A new species of Smicronyx from Saskatchewan, and synonymical notes. 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 43 :29-32. 

A new species of Metamasius from Cuba. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. 15: 
169-172. 

Four new species of white-fringed beetles (subgenus Graphognathus) from 
the southeastern part of the United States. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soe. 37: 
107-110. 

Xylocomesus Thatcher a Curculionid. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44:50. 

Notes on American Rhyncolus, with description of a new species. Bull. 
Brook. Ent. Soc. 41:129-136. 

The Japanese weevil, Pseudocneorhinus bifasciatus Roelofs in America. Bull. 
Brook. Ent. Soe. 41:143. 

Hickory cureulios of the genus Conotrachelus. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 49: 
41-54, 

A correction and two new races in Graphognathus (white-fringed beetles). 
Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 37:19-22. 

Notes on Cuban Curculionidae, with descriptions of new genera and species. 
Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. 19:43-51. 

A new species of Stenoscelis, and notes on other Curculionidae. Bull Brook. 
Ent. Soe. 43:61-66. 

A new sugar-cane weevil from Cuba (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Mem. 
Soe. Cubana Hist. Nat. 19:167-170. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 297 


INDEX TO 


Acanthinus, 216; A troglodytes, 216. 

Acromyrmex balzani, 264; landolti, 264. 

Aedes aegypti, 65; agenioides, 61; lan- 
kaensis, 69; mediovittatus, 65; muell- 
eri, 206; obturbater, 67; taeniorhyn- 
chus, 65; tortilis, 68. 

Ageniella cupida, 51; norata, 51; par- 
tita, 51; vogeli, 99; sp., 51. 

Allepeira lemniseata, 286. 

Allodameus ewingi, 131. 

Allothrips, 277; A. indica, 277. 

Ambrysus abortus, 71; bispinus, 
hungerfordi, 72; h. angularis, 72; h. 
spicatus, 72; hybrida, 74; inflatus, 
73; mexicanus, 73; mormon australis, 
72; occidentalis, 73; parviceps, 71; 
pudieus barberi, 71; p. pudicus, 71; 
signoreti, 73; vanduzeei, 72. 

Ampulex canaliculatus, 51, 98. 

Ampulicidae, 51, 98. 

Ampuleomorpha confusa, 23. 

Anamphidora, 288. 

Ancistrocerus a. antilope, 98; campes- 
tris 100: t. tigris, 98. 

Anisepyris columbianus, 50, 

Anopheles grabhami, 68. 

Anoplius amethystinus atramentarius, 
100; apiculatus pretiosus, 100; caro- 
lina, 538; cleora, 100, 102; eylindricus, 
100; krombeini, 99; marginalis, 102; 
marginatus, 100; reetangularis gillas- 
pyi, 100; semirufus, 100, 103; splen- 
dens, 100. 

Aphaereta pallipes, 223. 

Aphotaenius carolinus, 134. 

Aporinellus fasciatus, 100; t. taeniatus, 
100; t. wheeleri, 51. 

Astata leuthstromi, 52; nebeeula, 52. 

Auplopus caerulescens subcortiealis, 51. 


mo. 
((ay 


Bembix texana, 107. 

Bethylidae, 50. 

Bieyrtes quadrifasciata, 101, 105. 
Briielia rotundata, 167. 


Caeculus tibbettsi, 17. 

Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus, 52. 

Campsomerus plumipes fossulana, 100. 

Cereeris b. bicornuta, 101; blakei, 101; 
floridensis, 99; fumipennis, 99. 

Ceropales hatoda, 51. 

Chelacheles strabismus, 234. 

Chirodamus maculipennis, 100. 

Chlorion aerarium, 101, 104; azteeum, 
101; harrisi, 98; nudum, 98; pubidor- 
sum, 101. 


VOLUME 60 


Chrysididae, 53. 

Chrysis cembricola, 50, 53; chaleopyga, 
50, 53; coerulans, 50; parvula, 50; 
verticalis, 50. 

Chyromya flava, 135. 

Conopistha trigona, 286, 

Cophinopoda, 251; C. chinensis, 251. 

Corynopus, 53. 

Crabro argus, 101; diseretus, 52; hilar- 
Sy OME 

Cryptochaetum nipponense, 241. 

Cuernolestes bakeri, 269; nanus, 267; 
normae, 267; philippinus, 270. 

Culex aestuans, 186; americanus, 68; 
bahamensis, 68; nigripalpus, 68; pi- 
piens, 68; secutor, 68; starckeae, 69. 

Cyphomyrmex rimosus fuscus, 260; r. 
minutus, 259; r. transversus, 260; sal- 
vini, 261; s. acutus, 261. 


Dasymutilla lepeletierii, 100; mutata, 
100; nigripes, 100; o. occidentalis, 
100; v. vesta, 51, 101; sp., 98. 

Deinocerites cancer, 68. 

Dermatophagoides scheremetewskyi, 125. 

Dipogon b. brevis, 51; b. reealvus, 51; 
S. Sayi, 52. 


Eetemnius brunneipes, 52. 
Ephuta p. pauxilla, 51; serupea, 51, 99; 
spinifera, 99; tentativa, 99. 
Episyron posterus, 100, 102; q. 
quenotatus, 98, 100, 102. 

Epyris sp., 50. 

Eumenes fraternus, 100. 

Eumysia idahoensis, 5. 

Euplilis coarctatus modestus, 53. 

Eurythrips constrictus, 272;  setiger, 
271. 

Euschongastia acaricola, 157. 

Evagetes asignus, 99, 100; mohavi, 100; 
podrinus minusculus, 100; subangula- 
EUSs oll 


quin- 


Gahrliepia comataxilla, 151. 

Gastrops auropunetatus, 250; flavipes, 
248; fusecivenosus, 248; nebulosus, 
247; niger, 249; willistoni, 249. 

Geekobiella harrisi, 75. 

Glyptotermes franciae, 229; chapmani, 
231, magasaysayi, 230. 

Gorytes deceptor, 52, 62, 63; simillimus, 
62, 63. 

Gruimenopon canadense, 171. 


298 


Haematomyzus elephantis, 232. 

Hedychridium dimidiatum, 50; fletcheri, 
50. 

Hedychrum violaceum, 50. 

Hindsiothrips, 273; H. pullata, 274; ro- 
bustisetis, 275. 

Holepyrus sp., 50. 


Ischyropalpus, 213; I. amplicollis, 215; 
caeslosignatus, 214. 
Ixodorhynehus gordoni, 16. 


Kethops atypa, 238; euterpe, 236; leio- 
ceps, 238; utahensis, 238. 


Laelaps keegani, 74. 

Lappus nitidus, 215. 

Lasius neoniger, 258; sitkaensis, 258. 
Laspeyresia fabivora, 187. 

Leptochilus tylocephalus monotylus, 100. 
Lestiphorus cockerelli, 52. 

Limnophila marechandi, 9. 

Lipara lucens, 231; similis, 231. 
Liriomyza dianthi, 1. 

Litarachna digiustii, 19; duboseqi, 20. 
Lobogyniella tragardhi, 127. 


Malaya jacobsoni, 15. 

Margaritola, 255; M. mirabilis, 256. 

Melanderia crepuscula, 181; ecurvipes, 
184; mandibulata, 180. 

Menacanthus auroeapillus, 172. 

Mesitiopterus kahlii, 50. 

Metapone bakeri, 119; emersoni, 115, 
120; gracilis, 120; greeni, 119; hew- 
itti, 119; jacobsoni, 119; johni, 120; 
krombeini, 120; leae, 119; madagas- 
cariea, 111, 120; mjoebergi, 119; sau- 
teri, 119; tillyardi, 119; tricolor, 120; 
truki, 120. 

Methoecha impolita, 51, 58. 

Microbembex monodonta, 101. 

Mimesa pauper, 52. 

Minagenia julia, 98, 100. 

Miscophus americanus, 100. 

Molobratia, 251; M. teutonus, 251. 

Monobia quadridens, 100, 101. 

Motes aequalis, 100; argentata, 
103. 

Mutilidae, 51, 98, 99, 100. 

Mycetophylax, 262; M. bruchi, 262; em- 
eryi, 263; e. bolivari, 263. 

Myodopsylla gentilis, 175; insignis, 175. 

Myrmica emeryana, 258. 

Myrmicocrypta collaris, 261; squamosa, 
262. 


Myrmosa blakei, 51. 


52, 


101, 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 


60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


Myrsidia interrupta, 172. 

Myzinum ¢. earolineanum, 100; dubio- 
sum, 100; maculatum, 100; n. namea, 
98, 100. 


Neotheobaldia, 186. 

Nerthra planifrons, 79. 

Nitela virginiensis, 52, 60, 98. 
Nysius fuscovittatus, 70. 

Nysson aequalis, 100; lateralis, 52. 


Omalus iridescens, 50; laeviventris, 50; 
sinuosus, 50. 

Ophionyssus natricis, 80. 

Ophioptes tropicalis, 287. 

Opocapsis, 252; O. dioctrioides, 252. 

Oxybelus decorosum, 52; emarginatum, 
101. 


Paracyphononyx funereus, 100. 

Paralitarachna, 19. 

Penenirmus arcticus, 168. 

Phidippus audax, 286. 

Philanthus lepidus, 99, 101. 

Philopterus ocellatus, 167; sp., 167. 

Phlebotomus camposi, 205; longipalpis, 
203; saulensis, 204; vexillarius, 205. 

Piophila costalis, 246; latipes, 246; vul- 
garis, 246. 

Plectiseus, 221. 

Podabrus pruinosus comes, 265; p. di- 
versipes, 265; p. pruinosus, 265. 

Podalonia violaceipennis, 100. 

Polistes annularis, 100; e. exelamans, 
100; metricus, 100. 

Pompilidae, 51, 52, 98, 99, 100. 

Pompilinus, 99. 

Priocnemioides u. unifasciatus, 51. 

Priocnemus hestia, 51. 

Prioenessus nebulosus, 98, 100. 

Prosimulium alpestre, 199;  frohnei, 
196; fulvum, 198; hirtipes, 193; per- 
spicuum, 199; saltus, 193; travisi, 198. 

Prosopigastra nearctica, 122. 

Psammaecius denticulatus, 100. 

Psen erythropoda, 52. 

Pseudisobrachium myrmecophylum, 50. 

Pseudomethoea, 98, 100. 

Psorophora insularia, 
68; pygmaea, 68. 

Psorthaspis mariae, 100. 

Pterygosomidae, 75. 

Pyroglyphidae, 85. 

Pyroglyphus morlani, 85. 


68; johnstonii, 


Rhabdepyrus’ sp., 50. 
Rygechium megaera, 100; molestum, 100, 
101. 


PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 


Sapintus, 215; S. taitiensis, 215. 

Sceliphron caementarium, 100. 

Scolia bicineta, 100. 

Scoliidae, 100. 

Sericomyrmex amabilis, 263. 

Sericopompilus apiecalis, 100, 101. 

Shunsennia hertigi, 162; tarsalis, 165. 

Sigmoria nantahalae, 281. 

Sogata orizicola, 228. 

Soherella p. plenoculoides, 52. 

Spathimeigenia aurifrons, 209;  brid- 
welli, 210; dolopis, 208; dolosa, 209; 
erecta, 210; erronis, 212; fivoris, 211; 
hylotomae, 210; mexicana, 207; spini- 
gera, 207; texensis, 211. 

Sphecidae, 52, 53, 60, 98, 99, 100, 103. 

Sphecius speciosus, 100. 

Sphex aureonotatus, 52; 101, 104; pro- 
cerus, 101, 104; urnarius, 52, 98, 101. 

Spilomena alboclypeata, 52, 60, 61; am- 
pliceps, 61; pusilla, 53, 61. 

Steatonyssus furmani, 80. 

Stenodynerus ammonia histrionalis, 100; 
blepharus, 51; f. fulvipes, 100; krom- 
beini, 99, 100; p. pedestris, 100; p. 
perennis, 100; s. saecularis, 100. 

Stricta carolina, 106. 

Stigmus inordinatus universitatus, 52 

Strigiphilus varius, 169; otus, 171. 

Symmorphus canadensis, 56, 57, 58. 


Tachypompilus ferrugineus nigrescens, 
oe 


60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 299 


Tachysphex sepuleralis, 52, terminatus, 
100; spp., 52, 99. 


Tachytes e. elongatus, 100; mandibu- 
laris, 100. 

Tetrastichus giffardianus, 28. 

Timulla dryophila, 100; d. dubitata, 


100; ferrugata, 100; floridana, 100; 
jaynesi, 98; ornatipennis, 100; rufi- 
signata, 100. 

Tiphia intermedia, 50; subearinata, 
100; transversa, 50; spp., 50, 99. 

Tiphiidae, 50, 58, 98, 100. 

Trombicula gemiticula, 145; halidasys, 
155; pumilis, 153; tecta, 151; zeta, 
148. 

Trypoxylon clavatum, 101; politum, 98; 
tridentatum, 52, 98, 101. 

Typocerus lunatus fraetus, 220; 1. lu- 
natus, 218. 


Vespidae, 51, 98, 99, 100, 101. 
Vespula maeculifrons, 100; squamosa, 
100. 


Wirthia, 184. 

Wyeomyia dyari, 135. 

Xylapothrips, 278; X. nayari, 279. 

Zabrotiea, 253; Z. brevicornis, 253; 
elarkei, 254. 

Zethus s. spinipes, 51. 

Zeugmatothrips pallidulus, 225. 


300 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1958 


A Cyanamid Report 


MALATHION 
FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS 


With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied 
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of 
three years of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved 
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for 
controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl 
and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition, 
malathion dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space. 
Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used 
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala- 
thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product 
have been most effective in suppressing lice and horn flies. 


Do not apply malathion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet 
been accepted for this use, nor should it be used on calves under 
one month of age. 


PROTECTANT FOR STORED GRAIN 


With newly-granted residue tolerances for malathion on wheat, 
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, grain sorghum, and peanuts (post- 
harvest), grain handlers storing grain have a method of protect- 
ing grain from loss to insects. Malathion, either in dust or spray 
form, applied to the grain as it is being loaded into bins, affords 
protection against confused flour beetle, rice weevil, granary 
weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle, flat grain beetle, red flour beetle, 
rusty grain beetle, lesser grain beetle, and Indian meal moth. It is 
also suggested as a residual wall, floor, and machinery spray in 
grain elevators, in treating truck beds, box cars, and ships’ holds 
before loading grain. Where Indian meal moth infestations de- 
velop, surface applications of malathion dusts or sprays at pre- 
scribed intervals afford protection. 


NEW USES FOR MALATHION ON CROPS 


Tolerances have been established on 37 additional crops, including: 


Vegetables Fruits 
Asparagus Bramble family 
Carrots and other root crop Nectarines 
Garlic—Leeks—Shallots Quinces 
Several leaf vegetables Currants 
Pumpkins Gooseberries 


Also, small grains, cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint, 
corn and rice. With these additions, malathion is now recom- 
mended on 93 crops. 

Developers and producers of malathion and parathion 


American Cyanamid Company, Insecticide Department, 
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y. 


i 


QUALITY INSECTICIDES 


Preferred by Home Owners, 
Food Processors and Dairymen 


QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 
A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many 


kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- 


thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. 


GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB 

Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock- 
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% 
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. 


GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 

An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens 
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT 
and 3% Perthane. 


GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB 


A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- 
val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 


0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. 


SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) 
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for 
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. 


Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. 


GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY 

Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and 
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% 
Piperony! Butoxide. 


GULF OIL CORPORATION 


GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. 


CONTENTS 


(Continued from Front Cover) — bee) z i. | 


LAMORE, D. H.—The Jumping Spider, Phidippus eudee ent! ae had 
Spider \Gononitha trigona Hentz as Predators of the Basilica Spider, 
Allepeira lemniscata Walckenaer, in Maryland (Araneida; Sal 4 
Theridiidae, eer. co oe EN ok A i ee a ee 

ey 

MEDLER, J. T—A Now on ketamine aa Emergence of ‘Ants 


-optera, Formicidae) Te eg Toe ana 


SLT SESE TSS 


STANNARD, L. Jc; Jr Two New and Two Rare T 
Recorded Principally Brom Illinois (Thysanoptera, Phliaeotl 


STEYSKAL, G. C.—Notes on N sae American Piophilidae ma tae , 4 
ae yf 


Gach Ses 8 Sate ER eR ee ee 
——— ——— 


WIRTH, W. W.—A Review of the Genus Gastrops W iston, 
tions Ey Two New Snecies tas Ephydridae) Tis 


OBITUARY—Lee i Buchanan, 1893. TOSS 3E te te i arn 
it je eee 


ANN: OUNCEMEN’ T See 
{ ‘ 


Pd 
CORRECTION ML EO 


uti 


INDEX—Volume ue 1958 - ate ers 


. 
a 


ro ape wt ; _ 
ue 7. ae a 
Sade ‘ ca Pati, ‘i ; 


i 
ah 


mer 


ae ie 


* 


b 


r 


we 


iat 


3 iim 
1 i 


oe 
ry Mores er 
Pern wale ee ea 
8 8 Este ter 


© Meh 
FA Ah eR SOR ROHS AME Oe ME MEF EM OAR Bey hated 
Pere Me eee ie 

dep etiem el 
WPM PND Ow 
Qyentae 


hehen pet 
Wieiay Wee ROI eH 


ret ees ee viieale tivated Ep ' 
ofpad seta Ue eli (HEL ev en eeeeene 
Le ne hed PRT cee Pre 
ier in thetle Whal feedley oe en ew ay eal r) 
eaves 48 UP ewe MEO Ena ‘ 
pele ere vit t rer ry 
sahiehh Ww. rye) SFA tee Wh thet edith onneas he 

Ohh ees We hei . fet ate gaileeen 
aren wari Hitt ht a Ub a 

1A pte pe pe otha Baal Ve DEMO sp epenenomadtyat 
Serene ir aM hiner veh edinie gare wea 


bette hea theat ed 
pled Ot hen anh Mashat Hew ed 


grey erty Er 
trai Pe thewien hte ab 
Ve EUAN E osha), Mein pe bee 

teh enemenee ne nee 

Prenery wiynite. 
Aetioe menire 

be Aee ode mee 
meh ee et 


ert aa 
Prete liege te el 


Selied AbPa\ om wenn Want Nrdpersrdeg 
. es ae ays) eotera wet 
Amie erg ec) iw on 

reer err tre tn ee rr) 
Perret ee | wa jel 


eer orm ert Tri) 
re ee) 
rererrny rit. 


Aone De raed deen carte im 

4 te Wiech ealee, let ee en oe Net 

Ue Web eh ad oh adidas bth a tat Cee be NAC OUR Ate Bhd 
da Al neg det) 

Sette ttm 


Pr er i 


AM Hi Okd hele et Aen vn 
A Abe e edhe cab © Mb by od) wh au 


Pere ee ee 


J 


IVAN eve ALOE ed ytd al yalid 
Jobo pe ee el ne NE: Peller baa 
Vln nade oki pil ofindte He Mba ABLE DEIN 4h ' 
Wahiedl of Pererrre Nee ie meee ee tae ed 
oa oe Lehane hae ud mead gah Mele MURA HAD dE NIA Boe ate é é 
Pt rr ee ene ae ee has PirTrrer tt eat 
byte) me beaved 
eres pera IME) RAPA LE latin rue vai gir’ fe ret eOay i Y ¥ 
PON EA aR ee ee ee me nbr bales rere ar te 
Pov err irer tae) pipe oh ibe bara had Vad rls y Ai 
ony wie P heh perl ee Sarovar ee Tents aren 
epespetnie Wien rotate pain lale Pyed elaede i 
i Se Peer eee roe ty tiie AD Lene ’ Z 
Neri eaten tisen i Heir Ube ki Usd Pipers ‘ 
Uru ay Ure tere “yet fy 7 F nerhy 


Het 
Hilipe